DCMR 12 ConstructionCodes 2013

DEPARTMENT OF CONSUMER AND REGULATORY AFFAIRS
CONSTRUCTION CODES COORDINATING BOARD
NOTICE OF FINAL RULEMAKING
District of Columbia Construction Codes Supplement of 2013
The Chairperson of the Construction Codes Coordinating Board (Chairperson), pursuant to the
authority set forth in Section 10 of the Construction Codes Approval and Amendments Act of
1986 (Act), effective March 21, 1987 (D.C. Law 6-216; D.C. Official Code § 6-1409 (2012
Repl.)) and Mayor’s Order 2009-22, dated February 25, 2009, as amended, hereby gives notice
of the adoption of the following amendments to Title 12 (D.C. Construction Codes Supplement
of 2008) of the District of Columbia Municipal Regulations (DCMR), as well as the renaming of
Title 12.
This rulemaking adopts and amends the following codes published by the International Code
Council (ICC), as amended by this rulemaking in a new District of Columbia Construction
Codes Supplement of 2013, as the District of Columbia Construction Codes: the 2012 edition of
the International Building Code; the 2012 edition of the International Residential Code; the 2012
edition of the International Fuel Gas Code; the 2012 edition of the International Mechanical
Code; the 2012 edition of the International Plumbing Code; the 2012 edition of the International
Property Maintenance Code; the 2012 edition of the International Fire Code; the 2012 edition of
the International Energy Conservation Code; the 2012 edition of the International Existing
Building Code; the 2012 edition of the International Green Construction Code; the 2012 edition
of the International Swimming Pool and Spa Code; and the 2011 edition of the National
Electrical Code (NFPA 70), published by the National Fire Protection Association.
With the exception of projects grandfathered pursuant to Section 123 of the District of Columbia
Building Code Supplement, 12 DCMR A, this rulemaking repeals the D.C. Construction Codes
Supplement of 2008, effective December 26, 2008 (published at 55 DCR 13094), which adopted
and amended the following codes published by the ICC: the 2006 edition of the ICC
International Building Code; the 2006 edition of the ICC International Residential Code; the
2006 edition of the ICC International Fuel Gas Code; the 2006 edition of the ICC International
Mechanical Code; the 2006 edition of the ICC International Plumbing Code; the 2006 edition of
the ICC International Property Maintenance Code; the 2006 edition of the ICC International Fire
Code; the 2006 edition of the ICC International Energy Conservation Code; the 2006 edition of
the ICC International Existing Building Code; and the 2005 edition of the National Electrical
Code (NFPA 70) published by the National Fire Protection Association.
A Notice of Third Proposed Rulemaking was published on October 4, 2013 at 60 DCR 13763
and reflected changes made in response to comments submitted by the public. The Third Notice
superseded a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking published on December 7, 2012 at 59 DCR 14179
and a Notice of Second Proposed Rulemaking published on May 31, 2013 at 60 DCR 7728.
The District of Columbia Building Code (2013), referred to as the ―Building Code,‖ consists of the 2012 edition of the International Building
Code as amended by the District of Columbia Building Code Supplement (2013)(12 DCMR A). The International Building Code is copyrighted
by the International Code Council and therefore is not republished here. However, a copy of the text may be obtained at:
http://publicecodes.cyberregs.com/icod/ibc/2012/index.htm?bu=IC-P-2012-000001&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.
2013 DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA BUILDING CODE SUPPLEMENT 1

Pursuant to Section 10(a) of the Act, a proposed resolution approving the third proposed
amendments was submitted to the Council of the District of Columbia, on December 9, 2013 for
a forty-five (45) day period of review. The 45-day period of review having expired on March 5,
2014 with no Council action to approve or disapprove the proposed resolution, the proposed
amendments are deemed approved.
No substantive changes were made to the final rulemaking. These rules were adopted as final by
the Chairperson on March 20, 2014 and will become effective upon publication in the D.C.
Register.
Title 12 (D.C. Construction Codes Supplement of 2008) of the District of Columbia

Municipal Regulations is amended as follows:
The title of Title 12 is renamed as the District of Columbia Construction Codes Supplement
of 2013.
Subtitle 12-A (Building Code Supplement of 2008) is repealed in its entirety and replaced
with a new Building Code Supplement of 2013.
Subtitle 12-B (Residential Code Supplement of 2008) is repealed in its entirety and replaced
with a new Residential Code Supplement of 2013.
Subtitle 12-C (Electrical Code Supplement of 2008) is repealed in its entirety and replaced
with a new Electrical Code Supplement of 2013.
Subtitle 12 D (Fuel Gas Code Supplement of 2008) is repealed in its entirety and replaced
with a new Fuel Gas Code Supplement of 2013.
Subtitle 12-E (Mechanical Code Supplement of 2008) is repealed in its entirety and
replaced with a new Mechanical Code Supplement of 2013.
Subtitle 12-F (Plumbing Code Supplement of 2008) is repealed in its entirety and replaced
with a new Plumbing Code Supplement of 2013.
Subtitle 12-G (Property Maintenance Code Supplement of 2008) is repealed in its entirety
and replaced with a new Property Maintenance Code Supplement of 2013.
Subtitle 12-H (Fire Code Supplement of 2008) is repealed in its entirety and replaced with a
new Fire Code Supplement of 2013.
Subtitle 12-I (Energy Conservation Code Supplement of 2008) is repealed in its entirety
and replaced with a new Energy Conservation Code Supplement of 2013.

Subtitle 12-J (Existing Building Supplement of 2008) is repealed in its entirety and replaced
with a new Existing Building Code Supplement of 2013.
Subtitle 12-K (Fees) is redesignated as Subtitle M (Fees).
A new Subtitle 12-K (Green Construction Code Supplement of 2013) is added.
A new Subtitle 12-L (Swimming Pool and Spa Code Supplement of 2013) is added.
For purposes of clarity, the following table lists each chapter of the ICC and NFPA 70 codes
amended by the District of Columbia Construction Codes Supplement of 2013:
SUBTITLE A – BUILDING CODE SUPPLEMENT
Chapter 1 Administration and Enforcement

Chapter 2 Definitions
Chapter 3 Use Group and Classification
Chapter 4 Special Detailed Requirements Based on Use and Occupancy
Chapter 5 General Building Heights and Areas
Chapter 7 Fire-Resistance-Related Construction
Chapter 9 Fire Protection Systems
Chapter 10 Means of Egress
Chapter 12 Interior Environment
Chapter 14 Exterior Walls
Chapter 15 Roof Assemblies and Rooftop Structures
Chapter 16 Structural Design
Chapter 18 Soils and Foundations
Chapter 26 Plastic
Chapter 30 Elevators and Conveying Systems
Chapter 31 Special Construction
Chapter 32 Encroachments into the Public Right-of-Way
Chapter 33 Safeguards During Construction
Chapter 34 Existing Structures
Chapter 35 Referenced Standards
Appendix E Supplementary Accessibility Requirements
Appendix N Signs
SUBTITLE B – RESIDENTIAL CODE SUPPLEMENT
Chapter 1 Scope and Administration

Chapter 3 Building Planning
Chapter 9 Roof Assemblies

Chapter 11 Energy Efficiency
Chapter 12 Mechanical Administration
Chapter 15 Exhaust Systems
Chapter 16 Duct Systems
Chapter 24 Fuel Gas
Chapter 25 Plumbing Administration
Chapter 29 Water Supply and Distribution
Chapter 30 Sanitary Drainage
Appendix E Manufactured Housing Used as Dwellings
Appendix H Patio Covers
Appendix J Existing Buildings and Structures
Appendix K Sound Transmission
Appendix M Home Day Care – R-3 Occupancies
SUBTITLE C – ELECTRICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT
Article 90 Introduction
Chapter 4 Equipment for General Use
SUBTITLE D – FUEL GAS CODE SUPPLEMENT

Chapter 5 Chimneys and Vents
SUBTITLE E – MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT

Chapter 4 Ventilation
Chapter 5 Exhaust Systems
Chapter 6 Duct Systems
Chapter 8 Chimneys and Vents
Chapter 9 Specific Appliances, Fireplaces and Solid Fuel-Burning Equipment
Chapter 10 Boilers, Water Heaters and Pressure Vessels
Chapter 11 Refrigeration
SUBTITLE F – PLUMBING CODE SUPPLEMENT

Chapter 3 General Regulations
Chapter 4 Fixtures, Faucets and Fixture Fittings
Chapter 6 Water Supply and Distribution
Chapter 7 Sanitary Drainage
Chapter 8 Indirect/Special Waste
Chapter 11 Storm Drainage
Chapter 13 Nonliquid Saturated Treatment Systems
SUBTITLE G – PROPERTY MAINTENANCE CODE SUPPLEMENT

Chapter 3 Requirements
Chapter 4 Light, Ventilation and Occupancy Limitations
Chapter 5 Plumbing Facilities and Fixture Requirements
Chapter 6 Mechanical and Electrical Requirements
Chapter 7 Fire Safety Requirements
SUBTITLE H – FIRE CODE SUPPLEMENT

Chapter 3 General Requirements
Chapter 5 Fire Service Features
Chapter 6 Building Services and Systems
Chapter 9 Fire Protection Systems
Chapter 10 Means of Egress
Chapter 11 Construction Requirements for Existing Buildings
Chapter 56 Explosives and Fireworks
Chapter 61 Liquefied Petroleum Gases
Appendix B Fire-Flow Requirements for Buildings
Appendix C Fire Hydrant Locations and Distribution
Appendix D Fire Apparatus Access Roads
Appendix H Hazardous Materials Management Plan (HMMP) and Hazardous Materials
Inventory Statement (HMIS) Instructions
SUBTITLE I – ENERGY CONSERVATION CODE SUPPLEMENT
Chapter 1[CE] Administration

Chapter 2[CE] Definitions
Chapter 4[CE] Commercial Energy Efficiency
Chapter 1[RE] Scope and Administration
Chapter 4[RE] Residential Energy Efficiency
SUBTITLE J – EXISTING BUILDING CODE SUPPLEMENT

Chapter 4 Prescriptive Compliance Method
Chapter 6 Repairs
Chapter 7 Alterations-Level 1
Chapter 10 Change of Occupancy
Chapter 15 Construction Safeguards
SUBTITLE K – GREEN CONSTRUCTION CODE

Chapter 3 Green Building Act and ASHRAE 189.1
Chapter 4 Site Development and Land Use
Chapter 5 Material Resource Conservation and Efficiency
Chapter 6 Energy Conservation, Efficiency, and CO2e
Chapter 7 Water Resource Conservation, Quality and Efficiency
Chapter 8 Indoor Environmental Quality and Comfort
Chapter 9 Commissioning
Chapter 10 Existing Buildings
Chapter 11 Existing Building Site Development
Appendix A Project Electives
SUBTITLE L – SWIMMING POOL AND SPA CODE SUPPLEMENT


DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA
CONSTRUCTION CODES SUPPLEMENT OF 2013
12 DCMR A BUILDING CODE SUPPLEMENT
The District of Columbia has adopted the 2012 edition of the International Building Code (IBC),
as amended by this Supplement.
IBC CHAPTERS AMENDED BY THIS SUPPLEMENT:
CHAPTER 1 ADMINISTRATION AND ENFORCEMENT

CHAPTER 2 DEFINITIONS
CHAPTER 3 USE GROUP AND CLASSIFICATION
CHAPTER 4 SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND
OCCUPANCY
CHAPTER 5 GENERAL BUILDING HEIGHTS AND AREAS
CHAPTER 7 FIRE-RESISTANCE-RELATED CONSTRUCTION
CHAPTER 9 FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS
CHAPTER 10 MEANS OF EGRESS
CHAPTER 11 ACCESSIBILITY
CHAPTER 12 INTERIOR ENVIRONMENT
CHAPTER 14 EXTERIOR WALLS
CHAPTER 15 ROOF ASSEMBLIES AND ROOFTOP STRUCTURES
CHAPTER 16 STRUCTURAL DESIGN
CHAPTER 18 SOILS AND FOUNDATIONS
CHAPTER 26 PLASTIC
CHAPTER 29 PLUMBING SYSTEMS
CHAPTER 30 ELEVATORS AND CONVEYING SYSTEMS
CHAPTER 31 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION
CHAPTER 32 ENCROACHMENTS INTO THE PUBLIC RIGHT-OF-WAY
CHAPTER 33 SAFEGUARDS DURING CONSTRUCTION
CHAPTER 34 EXISTING STRUCTURES
CHAPTER 35 REFERENCED STANDARDS
APPENDIX E SUPPLEMENTARY ACCESSIBILITY REQUIREMENTS
APPENDIX N SIGNS

101 General
102 Applicability
103 Department Of Consumer and Regulatory Affairs
104 Duties and Powers of Building Official
105 Permits
106 Submittal Documents
107 Temporary Structures and Uses
108 Fees
109 Inspections
110 Certificate of Occupancy
111 Service Utilities
112 Appeals
113 Violations and Infractions
114 Stop Work Order
115 Unsafe Structures and Equipment
116 Emergency Measures
117 Posting Structures
118 Addresses of Premises
119 [Reserved]
120 [Reserved]
121 [Reserved]
122 Amendments and Copies
123 Transitory Provisions
Strike Chapter 1 of the International Building Code in its entirety and insert the following in its
place to read as follows:
101 GENERAL
101.1 The Construction Codes. The District of Columbia Construction Codes (2013),
hereinafter referred to as the ―Construction Codes,‖ shall consist of the Building Code,
Residential Code, Electrical Code, Fuel Gas Code, Mechanical Code, Plumbing Code, Property
Maintenance Code, Fire Code, Energy Conservation Code, Existing Building Code, Green
Construction Code and Swimming Pool and Spa Code as defined in Sections 101.2 through
101.4.10 of Title 12-A of the District of Columbia Municipal Regulations (DCMR), and shall
include, as to any specific application, any modifications thereto authorized and duly granted by
the code official. The District of Columbia Construction Codes Supplement of 2013 (the
―Construction Codes Supplement‖) shall consist of the additions, insertions, deletions and
changes to the 2012 editions of the International Codes published by the International Code
Council (―ICC‖) identified in Sections 101.2, 101.3 and 101.4, and the National Electrical Code

(2011) published by the National Fire Protection Association (―NFPA‖) (collectively, the
―International Codes‖). The International Codes are adopted pursuant to the provisions of the
Construction Codes Approval and Amendments Act of 1986, effective March 21, 1987 (D.C.
Law 6-216; D.C. Official Code § 6-1401 et seq. (2012 Repl.)) (the ―Construction Codes Act‖).
101.1.1 The Construction Codes Scope and Intent. 12 DCMR A, Chapter 1 shall serve
as the administrative and enforcement provisions for the Building Code, Residential
Code, Electrical Code, Fuel Gas Code, Mechanical Code, Plumbing Code, Energy
Conservation Code, Existing Building Code, Green Construction Code and Swimming
Pool and Spa Code, except as otherwise provided herein. Administrative and
enforcement provisions for the Property Maintenance Code and the Fire Code are set
forth in 12 DCMR G, Chapter 1, and 12 DCMR H, Chapter 1, respectively.
101.1.2 Definitions. Italicized words and terms shall have the meanings set forth in the
International Codes or the Construction Codes Supplement.
101.2 D.C. Building Code. The D.C. Building Code (2013), hereinafter referred to as the
―Building Code‖, shall consist of the 2012 edition of the International Building Code
(―International Building Code”), as amended by the Construction Codes Supplement (12-A
DCMR, Building Code Supplement).
101.2.1 Appendices. Provisions in the appendices of the International Building Code

shall not apply unless specifically adopted in the Construction Codes Supplement.
101.2.2 Administration and Enforcement. Chapter 1 of the International Building

Code is deleted in its entirety. In its place, the provisions of 12 DCMR A, Chapter 1,
shall apply to the Building Code and are incorporated by this reference.
101.2.3 Scope. The provisions of the Building Code shall apply to the construction,
alteration, addition, repair, removal, demolition, use, location, movement, enlargement,
occupancy and maintenance of all premises, including any buildings or other structures,
and appurtenances attached to buildings or other structures in the District of Columbia,
and shall apply to existing or proposed buildings and other structures, except as such
matters are otherwise provided for in other ordinances or statutes or in the rules and
regulations authorized for promulgation under the provisions of the Building Code.
These regulations establish minimum standards: for maintenance of all structures; for
basic equipment and facilities for light, ventilation, space heating and sanitation; for
safety from fire; for space and location; for safe and sanitary maintenance of all
structures now in existence; for minimum requirements for all existing buildings and
other structures for means of egress, fire protection systems and other equipment and
devices necessary for life safety from fire; for rehabilitation and reuse of existing
structures; and for construction, alterations and repairs.

Exceptions:
1. Detached one- and two-family dwellings and townhouses not more than
three stories above grade plane in height with a separate means of egress
and their accessory structures shall be permitted to comply with the
Residential Code defined in Section 101.3.
2. Existing buildings undergoing repair, alteration, additions or change of

occupancy shall comply with the Existing Building Code defined in
Section 101.4.8 or the current Construction Codes.
101.2.4 Intent. The purpose of the Building Code is to establish minimum requirements
to safeguard the public health, safety, and general welfare through structural strength,
means of egress facilities, stability, sanitation, adequate light and ventilation, energy
conservation, accessibility, sustainability, and safety to life and property from fire and
other hazards attributed to the built environment, and to provide safety to fire fighters and
emergency responders during emergency operations.
101.3 D.C. Residential Code. The D.C. Residential Code (2013), hereinafter referred to as the
―Residential Code,‖ shall consist of the 2012 edition of the International Residential Code
(―International Residential Code”), as amended by the Construction Codes Supplement (12
DCMR B, Residential Code Supplement).
101.3.1 Appendices. Provisions in the appendices of the International Residential Code

shall not apply unless specifically adopted in the Construction Codes Supplement.
101.3.2 Administration and Enforcement. Chapter 1 of the International Residential

Code is deleted in its entirety. In its place, the provisions of 12 DCMR A, Chapter 1,
shall apply to the Residential Code and are incorporated by this reference.
101.3.3 Scope. The provisions of the Residential Code shall apply to the construction,
alteration, movement, enlargement, replacement, repair, equipment, use and occupancy,
location, removal and demolition of detached one- and two-family dwellings and
townhouses not more than three stories above grade plane in height with a separate
means of egress and their accessory structures.
Exceptions:
1. Live/work units complying with the requirements of Section 419 of the

Building Code shall be permitted to be built as one- and two-family
dwellings or townhouses. Fire suppression required by Section 419.5 of
the Building Code when constructed under the Residential Code shall
conform to Section 2904 of the Residential Code.

2. Owner-occupied lodging houses with five or fewer guestrooms shall be
permitted to be constructed in accordance with the Residential Code when
equipped with a fire sprinkler system in accordance with Section 2904 of
the Residential Code.
101.3.4 Intent. The purpose of the Residential Code is to establish minimum

requirements to safeguard the public health, safety, and general welfare through
affordability, structural strength, means of egress facilities, stability, sanitation, adequate
light and ventilation, energy conservation, and safety to life and property from fire and
other hazards attributed to the built environment, and to provide safety to fire fighters and
emergency responders during emergency operations.
101.4 Referenced Codes. The codes defined in Sections 101.4.1 through 101.4.10 and
referenced elsewhere in the Building Code shall be considered part of the requirements of the
Construction Codes to the prescribed extent of each such reference.
101.4.1 D.C. Electrical Code. The D.C. Electrical Code (2013), hereinafter referred to
as the ―Electrical Code,‖ shall consist of the 2011 edition of the National Electrical Code
(“National Electrical Code”) published by the National Fire Protection Association
(―NFPA‖) as amended by the Construction Codes Supplement (12 DCMR C, Electrical
Code Supplement).
101.4.1.1 Annexes. Provisions in the annexes to the National Electrical Code are
provided for informational purposes only, in accordance with Article 90, Section
90.5 of the National Electrical Code, unless otherwise specified in the
Construction Codes Supplement.
101.4.1.2 Administration and Enforcement. The provisions of 12 DCMR A,

Chapter 1, shall apply to the Electrical Code and are incorporated by this
reference.
101.4.1.2.1 Deletions. Sections 90.1 (A), 90.1 (C), 90.2, 90.4 and 90.6 of
the National Electrical Code are deleted in their entirety.
101.4.1.3 Scope. The provisions of the Electrical Code shall apply to the design,
installation, maintenance, alteration, conversion, changing, repairing, removal,
and inspection of electrical conductors, equipment, and raceways; signaling and
communications conductors, equipment, and raceways; and optical fiber cables
and raceways for the following:
1. Public and private premises, including, but not limited to, buildings, other
structures, mobile homes, recreational vehicles, and floating buildings.

2. Yards, lots, parking lots, carnivals, circuses, fairs and similar events, and
industrial substations.
3. Installation of conductors and equipment that connect to the supply of

electricity.
4. Installations used by the electric utility, such as office buildings,

warehouses, garages, machine shops, and recreational buildings, that are
not an integral part of a generating plant, substation, or control center.
Exceptions:
1. Installations in ships, watercraft other than floating buildings,

railway rolling stock, aircraft, or automotive vehicles other than
mobile homes and recreational vehicles.
2. Installations underground in mines and self-propelled mobile

surface mining machinery and its attendant electrical trailing cable.
3. Installation of railways for generation, transformation,

transmission, or distribution of power used exclusively for
operation of rolling stock or installations used exclusively for
signaling and communications purposes.
4. Installations of communications equipment under the exclusive

control of communications utilities located outdoors or in building
spaces used exclusively for such installations.
5. Installations under the exclusive control of an electrical utility

where such installations.
5.1 Consist of service drops or service laterals, and associated

metering, or
5.2 Are on property owned or leased by the electric utility for

the purpose of communications, metering, generation,
control, transformation, transmission, or distribution of
electric energy, or
5.3 Are located in legally established easements or rights-of-

way, or

5.4 Are located by other written agreements either designated
by or recognized by public service commissions, utility
commissions, or other regulatory agencies having
jurisdiction for such installations. These written
agreements shall be limited to installations for the purpose
of communications, metering, generation, control,
transformation, transmission, or distribution of electrical
energy where legally established easements or rights-of-
way cannot be obtained. These installations shall be limited
to federal lands, Native American reservations through the
U.S. Department of the Interior, Bureau of Indian Affairs,
military bases, lands controlled by port authorities and state
agencies and departments, and lands owned by railroads.
6. Installations that are part of detached one- and two-family

dwellings and townhouses not more than three stories above grade
plane in height with separate means of egress and their accessory
structures that comply with the Residential Code.
101.4.1.4 Intent. The purpose of the Electrical Code is to establish minimum

requirements to safeguard persons and property from hazards arising from the use
of electricity, and is not intended as a design specification or as an instruction
manual for untrained persons.
101.4.2 D.C. Fuel Gas Code. The D.C. Fuel Gas Code (2013), hereinafter referred to as
the ―Fuel Gas Code,‖ shall consist of the 2012 edition of the International Fuel Gas
Code (―International Fuel Gas Code”), as amended by the Construction Codes
Supplement (12 DCMR D, Fuel Gas Code Supplement).
101.4.2.1 Appendices. Provisions in the appendices of the International Fuel

Gas Code shall not apply unless specifically adopted in the Construction Codes
Supplement.
101.4.2.2 Administration and Enforcement. Chapter 1 of the International

Fuel Gas Code is deleted in its entirety. In its place, the provisions of 12 DCMR
A, Chapter 1, shall apply to the Fuel Gas Code and are incorporated by this
reference.
101.4.2.3 Scope. The provisions of the Fuel Gas Code shall apply to the
installation of fuel gas piping systems, fuel gas utilization equipment, gaseous
hydrogen systems, and related accessories, as follows:
1. Gaseous hydrogen systems shall be regulated by Chapter 7.

2. The regulations shall cover piping systems for natural gas with an
operating pressure of 125 pounds per square inch gauge (psig) (862
kPa gauge) or less, and for LP-gas with an operating pressure of 20
psig (140 kPa gauge) or less, except as provided in Section
402.6.1. Coverage shall extend from the point of delivery to the
outlet of the equipment shutoff valves. Piping system
requirements shall include design, materials, components,
fabrication, assembly, installation, testing, inspection, operation,
and maintenance.
3. Requirements for gas utilization equipment and related accessories

shall include installation, combustion and dilution air, and venting
and connection to piping systems.
4. The requirements for the design, installation, maintenance,

alteration, and inspection of mechanical appliances operating with
fuels other than fuel gas shall be regulated by the Mechanical
Code.
Exception to 101.4.2.3: Detached one- and two-family dwellings and

townhouses not more than three stories above grade plane in height with
separate means of egress and their accessory structures that comply with the
Residential Code.
101.4.2.3.1 Exempted Installations and Equipment. The Fuel Gas Code

shall not apply to the following:
1. Portable LP-Gas equipment of all types that is not

connected to a fixed fuel system.
2. Installation of farm equipment such as brooders,

dehydrators, dryers and irrigation equipment.
3. Raw material (feedstock) applications except for piping to

special atmosphere generators.
4. Oxygen-fuel gas cutting and welding systems.
5. Industrial gas applications using gases such as acetylene

and acetylenic compounds, hydrogen, ammonia, carbon
monoxide, oxygen and nitrogen.

6. Petroleum refineries, pipeline compressor or pumping
stations, loading terminals, compounding plants, refinery
tank farms and natural gas processing plants.
7. Integrated chemical plants or portions of such plants where

flammable or combustible liquids or gases are produced by
chemical reactions or used in chemical reactions.
8. LP-Gas installations at utility gas plants.
9. Liquefied natural gas (LNG) installations.
10. Fuel gas piping in power and atomic energy plants.
11. Proprietary items of equipment, apparatus, or instruments

such as gas generating sets, compressors and calorimeters.
12. LP-Gas equipment for vaporization, gas mixing and gas

manufacturing.
13. Temporary LP-Gas piping for buildings under construction

or renovation that is not to become part of the permanent
piping system.
14. Installation of LP-Gas systems for railroad switch heating.
15. Installation of LP-Gas and compressed natural gas (CNG)

systems on vehicles.
16. Except as provided in Section 401.1.1 of the Fuel Gas

Code, gas piping, meters, gas pressure regulators, and other
appurtenances used by the serving gas supplier in the
distribution of gas, other than undiluted LP-Gas.
17. Building design and construction, except as specified

herein.
18. Piping systems for mixtures of gas and air within the
flammable range with an operating pressure greater than 10
psig (69 kPa gauge).
19. Portable fuel cell appliances that are neither connected to a

fixed piping system nor interconnected to a power grid.

101.4.2.4 Intent. The purpose of the Fuel Gas Code is to provide minimum
standards to safeguard life or limb, health, property and public welfare by
regulating and controlling the design, construction, installation, quality of
materials, location, operation and maintenance or use of fuel gas systems.
101.4.3 D.C. Mechanical Code. The D.C. Mechanical Code (2013), hereinafter referred
to as the ―Mechanical Code,‖ shall consist of the 2012 edition of the International
Mechanical Code (―International Mechanical Code”), as amended by the Construction
Codes Supplement (12 DCMR E, Mechanical Code Supplement).
101.4.3.1 Appendices. Provisions in the appendices of the International

Mechanical Code shall not apply unless specifically adopted in the Construction
Codes Supplement.

Mechanical Code is deleted in its entirety. In its place, the provisions of 12
DCMR A, Chapter 1, shall apply to the Mechanical Code and are incorporated by
this reference.
101.4.3.3 Scope. The provisions of the Mechanical Code shall regulate the
design, installation, maintenance, alteration, and inspection of mechanical systems
that are permanently installed and utilized to provide control of environmental
conditions and related processes within buildings. The Mechanical Code shall
also regulate those mechanical systems, systems components, equipment and
appliances specifically addressed therein. The installation of fuel gas distribution
piping and equipment, fuel gas-fired appliances and fuel gas-fired appliance
venting systems shall be regulated by the Fuel Gas Code.
Exception: Detached one- and two-family dwellings and townhouses not

more than three stories above grade plane in height with separate means of
egress and their accessory structures that comply with the Residential Code.
101.4.3.4 Intent. The purpose of the Mechanical Code is to provide minimum
standards to safeguard life or limb, health, property, and public welfare by
materials, location, operation and maintenance or use of mechanical systems.
101.4.4 D.C. Plumbing Code. The D.C. Plumbing Code (2013), hereinafter referred to
as the ―Plumbing Code,‖ shall consist of the 2012 edition of the International Plumbing
Code (―International Plumbing Code”), as amended by the Construction Codes
Supplement (12 DCMR F, Plumbing Code Supplement).

Plumbing Code shall not apply unless specifically adopted in the Construction
Codes Supplement.

Plumbing Code is deleted in its entirety. In its place, the provisions of 12 DCMR
A, Chapter 1, shall apply to the Plumbing Code and are incorporated by this
reference.
101.4.4.3 Scope. The provisions of the Plumbing Code shall apply to the
erection, installation, alteration, repairs, relocation, replacement, addition to, use
or maintenance of plumbing systems within this jurisdiction. The Plumbing Code
shall also regulate non-flammable medical gas, inhalation anesthetic, vacuum
piping, non-medical oxygen systems and sanitary and condensate vacuum
collection systems. The design and installation of fuel gas distribution piping and
equipment, fuel gas fired water heaters, and water heater venting systems shall be
regulated by the Fuel Gas Code. The design and installation of chilled water
piping in connection with refrigeration process and comfort cooling, and hot
water piping in connection with building heating, shall conform to the
requirements of the Mechanical Code. The design and installation of piping for
fire sprinklers and standpipes shall conform to the requirements of the Building
Code. Water and drainage connections to such installations shall be made in
accordance with the requirements of the Plumbing Code.
Exception: Detached one- and two-family dwellings and townhouses not

more than three stories above grade plane in height with separate means of
egress and their accessory structures that comply with the Residential Code.
101.4.4.4 Intent. The purpose of the Plumbing Code is to provide minimum

standards to safeguard life or limb, health, property and public welfare by
materials, location, operation and maintenance or use of plumbing fixtures and
systems.
101.4.5 D.C. Property Maintenance Code. The D.C. Property Maintenance Code
(2013), hereinafter referred to as the ―Property Maintenance Code,‖ shall consist of the
2012 edition of the International Property Maintenance Code (―International Property
Maintenance Code”) as amended by the Construction Codes Supplement (12 DCMR G,
Property Maintenance Code Supplement).
101.4.5.1 Appendices. Provisions in the appendices of the International Property

Maintenance Code shall not apply unless specifically adopted in the Construction
Codes Supplement.

Property Maintenance Code is deleted in its entirety. Administration and
enforcement provisions for the Property Maintenance Code are set forth in 12
DCMR G, Chapter 1.
101.4.5.3 Scope. The provisions of the Property Maintenance Code shall apply
to all existing residential and nonresidential structures and all existing premises,
and shall constitute minimum requirements and standards for: premises,
structures, equipment, and facilities for light, ventilation, space, heating,
sanitation, protection from the elements, life safety, safety from fire and other
hazards, and for safe and sanitary maintenance; the responsibility of owners,
operators and occupants; the occupancy of existing structures and premises; and
for administration, enforcement and penalties.
101.4.5.4 Intent. The purpose of the Property Maintenance Code is to ensure

public health, safety and welfare in so far as they are affected by the continued
occupancy and maintenance of structures and premises. Existing structures and
premises that do not comply with these provisions shall be altered or repaired to
provide a minimum level of health and safety as required therein.
101.4.6 D.C. Fire Code. The D.C. Fire Code (2013), hereinafter referred to as the ―Fire
Code,‖ shall consist of the 2012 edition of the International Fire Code (―International
Fire Code”), as amended by the Construction Codes Supplement (12 DCMR H, Fire
Code Supplement).
101.4.6.1 Appendices. Provisions in the appendices of the International Fire

Code shall not apply unless specifically adopted in the Construction Codes
Supplement.
101.4.6.2 Administration and Enforcement. Chapter 1 of the International Fire

Code is deleted in its entirety. Administration and enforcement provisions for the
Fire Code are set forth in 12 DCMR H, Chapter 1, provided, however, that the
provisions of 12 DCMR A, Chapter 1, shall apply to the enforcement by the
Director of the Department of Consumer and Regulatory Affairs, as set forth in
Section 103.2 below, of all Fire Code provisions pertaining to approval,
installation, design, modification, maintenance, testing, and inspection of all new
and existing fire protection systems.
101.4.6.3 Scope. The provisions of the Fire Code shall establish regulations
affecting or relating to structures, processes, premises and safeguards regarding:
the hazard of fire and explosion arising from the storage, handling or use of
structures, materials or devices; conditions hazardous to life, property or public

welfare in the occupancy of structures or premises; fire hazards in the structure or
on the premises from occupancy or operation; and conditions affecting the safety
of fire fighters and emergency responders during emergency operations
101.4.6.4 Intent. The purpose of the Fire Code is to establish the minimum
requirements consistent with nationally recognized good practice for providing a
reasonable level of life, safety, and property protection from the hazards of fire,
explosion, or dangerous conditions in new and existing buildings, other structures
and premises, and to provide safety to fire fighters and emergency responders
during emergency operations.
101.4.7 D.C. Energy Conservation Code. The D.C. Energy Conservation Code (2013),
hereinafter referred to as the ―Energy Conservation Code,‖ shall consist of the 2012
edition of the International Energy Conservation Code (―International Energy
Conservation Code”), as amended by the Construction Codes Supplement (12 DCMR I,
Energy Conservation Code Supplement).
101.4.7.1 Appendices. (The International Energy Conservation Code has no

appendices.)
101.4.7.2 Administration and Enforcement. Chapter 1 [CE] and Chapter 1

[RE] of the International Energy Conservation Code are deleted in their entirety.
In their place, the provisions of 12 DCMR A, Chapter 1, shall apply to the Energy
Conservation Code and are incorporated by this reference.
101.4.7.3 Scope. The provisions of the Energy Conservation Code shall apply to
residential and commercial buildings, the buildings’ sites, and associated systems
and equipment.
101.4.7.4 Intent. The Energy Conservation Code shall regulate the design and
construction of buildings for the effective use and conservation of energy over the
useful life of each building. The Energy Conservation Code is intended to
provide flexibility to permit the use of innovative approaches and techniques to
achieve this objective. The Energy Conservation Code is not intended to abridge
safety, health or environmental requirements contained in other applicable codes
or ordinances.
101.4.7.5 Applicability.
101.4.7.5.1 Existing Buildings. Except as specified in 12 DCMR A,

Chapter 1, the Energy Conservation Code shall not be used to require the
removal, alteration or abandonment of, nor prevent the continued use and
maintenance of, an existing building or building system lawfully in

existence at the time of adoption of the Energy Conservation Code.
101.4.7.5.2 Historic Buildings. Any building or other structure that is

listed (either as an individual listing or as a contributing resource to a
listed historic district) in the D.C. or National Register of Historic Places
shall be exempt from the Energy Conservation Code, provided that the
D.C. Historic Preservation Officer or the Keeper of the National Register
of Historic Places certifies that compliance with the Energy Conservation
Code will cause the loss of irretrievable historic components that may lead
to the de-listing of the building or other structure.
101.4.7.5.3 Additions, Alterations, Renovations or Repairs. Additions,

alterations, renovations or repairs to an existing building, building system
or portion thereof shall conform to the provisions of the Energy
Conservation Code as they relate to new construction without requiring
the unaltered portion(s) of the existing building or building system to
comply with this code. Additions, alterations, renovations or repairs shall
not create an unsafe or hazardous condition or overload existing building
systems. An addition shall be deemed to comply with the Energy
Conservation Code if the addition alone complies, or if the existing
building and addition comply with the Energy Conservation Code as a
single building.
Exceptions: The following need not comply with the Energy

Conservation Code provided the energy use of the building is not
increased:
1. Storm windows installed over existing fenestration.
2. Glass-only replacements in an existing sash and frame.
3. Existing ceiling, wall or floor cavities exposed during

construction provided that these cavities are filled with
insulation.
4. Construction where the existing roof, wall or floor cavity is

not exposed.
5. Reroofing for roofs where neither the sheathing nor the

insulation is exposed. Roofs without insulation in the cavity
and where the sheathing or insulation is exposed during
reroofing shall be insulated either above or below the
sheathing.

6. Replacement of existing doors that separate conditioned
space from the exterior shall not require the installation of a
vestibule or revolving door, provided, however, that an
existing vestibule that separates a conditioned space from
the exterior shall not be removed.
7. Alterations that replace less than 50 percent of the

luminaires in a space, provided that such alterations do not
increase the installed interior lighting power.
8. Alterations that replace only the bulb and ballast within the
existing luminaires in a space, provided that the alterations
do not increase the installed interior lighting power.
9. Alteration or replacement of exterior lighting systems

provided that such alteration or replacement does not
increase the installed exterior lighting power.
101.4.7.5.4 Change in Occupancy or Use. Spaces undergoing a change

in occupancy that would result in an increase in demand for either fossil
fuel or electrical energy shall comply with the Energy Conservation Code.
Where the use in a space changes from one use in Table C405.5.2(1) or (2)
to another use in Table C405.5.2(1) or (2), the installed lighting wattage
shall comply with Section C405.5.
101.4.7.5.5 Change in Space Conditioning. Any nonconditioned space

that is altered to become conditioned space shall be required to be brought
into full compliance with the Energy Conservation Code.
101.4.7.5.6 Mixed Occupancy. Where a building includes both

commercial and residential occupancies, each occupancy shall be
separately considered and meet the applicable provisions of the Energy
Conservation Code – Commercial Provisions or the Energy Conservation
Code – Residential Provisions.
101.4.7.6 Compliance. Residential buildings shall meet the provisions of the

Energy Conservation Code – Residential Provisions. Commercial buildings shall
meet the provisions of the Energy Conservation Code – Commercial Provisions.
101.4.7.6.1 Compliance Materials. The code official shall be permitted

to approve specific computer software, worksheets, compliance manuals
and other similar materials that meet the intent of the Energy Conservation

Code.
101.4.7.6.2 Low Energy Buildings. The following buildings, or portions

thereof, separated from the remainder of the building by building thermal
envelope assemblies complying with the Energy Conservation Code shall
be exempt from the building thermal envelope provisions of the Energy
Conservation Code:
1. Buildings, or portions thereof, with a peak design rate of

energy usage less than 3.4 Btu/h • ft2 (10.7 W/m2) or 1.0
watt/ft2 (10.7 W/m2) of floor area for space conditioning
purposes.
2. Buildings, or portions thereof, that do not contain conditioned

space.
101.4.7.7 Alternate Materials – Method of Construction, Design or Insulating

Systems. The Energy Conservation Code is not intended to prevent the use of
any material, method of construction, design or insulating system not specifically
prescribed herein; provided, that such construction, design or insulating system
has been approved by the code official as meeting the intent of the Energy
Conservation Code.
101.4.8 D.C. Existing Building Code. The D.C. Existing Building Code (2013),
hereinafter referred to as the ―Existing Building Code,‖ shall consist of the 2012 edition
of the International Existing Building Code (―International Existing Building Code”), as
amended by the Construction Codes Supplement (12 DCMR J, Existing Building Code
Supplement).
101.4.8.1 Appendices. Provisions in the appendices of the International Existing

Building Code shall not apply unless specifically adopted in the Construction
Codes Supplement.

Existing Building Code is deleted in its entirety. In its place, the provisions of 12
DCMR A, Chapter 1, shall apply to the Existing Building Code and are
incorporated by this reference.
101.4.8.3 Scope. The provisions of the Existing Building Code shall apply to the
repair, alteration, change of occupancy, addition, or relocation of existing
buildings.
101.4.8.4 Intent. The purpose of the Existing Building Code is to provide the

code official with flexibility to permit the use of alternative approaches to achieve
compliance with minimum requirements to safeguard the public health, safety,
and welfare, insofar as they are affected by the repair, alteration, change of
occupancy, addition or relocation of existing buildings.
101.4.9 D.C. Green Construction Code. The D.C. Green Construction Code (2013),
hereinafter referred to as the ―Green Construction Code,‖ shall consist of the 2012
edition of the International Green Construction Code (―International Green Construction
Code”), as amended by the Construction Codes Supplement (12 DCMR K, Green
Construction Code Supplement).
101.4.9.1 Appendices. Provisions in the appendices of the International Green

Construction Code shall not apply unless specifically adopted in the Construction
Codes Supplement.

Green Construction Code is deleted in its entirety. In its place, the provisions of
12 DCMR A, Chapter 1, shall apply to the Green Construction Code and are
incorporated by this reference.
101.4.9.3 Scope. The provisions of the Green Construction Code shall apply to
the construction, addition, alteration, relocation, razing, and demolition of every
building or structure and appurtenances connected or attached to such buildings
or structures and to the site on which the building is located except as otherwise
provided in this Section 101.4.9.3 or in the Green Construction Code.
Exceptions:
1. The Green Construction Code shall not apply to the following:
a. Demolition or razing of a building or structure of less than

10,000 square feet (929m2 );
b. New construction and associated building site

development, including construction of an addition to an
existing building, of less than 10,000 square feet (929 m2);
c. Alteration of an existing building where the aggregate area

of construction or renovation is less than 10,000 square
feet; or
d. Relocation of structures of less than10,000 square feet (929

m2).

2. The Green Construction Code shall not apply to the following
residential construction:
a. Detached one- and two-family dwellings and multiple

single-family dwellings (townhouses) not more than three
stories in height above grade plane with a separate means
of egress, their accessory structures, and the site or lot upon
which these buildings are located.
b. Group R-3 residential buildings, their accessory structures,

and the site or lot upon which these buildings are located.
c. Group R-2 and R-4 residential buildings three stories or

less in height above grade plane, their accessory structures,
and the site or lot upon which these buildings are located.
3. The Green Construction Code shall not apply to equipment or

systems that are used primarily for industrial or manufacturing.
4. The Green Construction Code shall not apply to temporary

structures approved under Section 3103 of the Building Code.
5. Appendix A to the Green Construction Code shall not apply to

alterations except for Level 3 alterations.
6. Commissioning in accordance with Section 611 and Chapter 9 of

the Green Construction Code shall not apply to alterations except
for Level 3 alterations and alterations of 50,000 square feet or
greater.
101.4.9.3.1 Applicability to Alteration. Determination of whether the

area threshold would be triggered by an alteration of an existing
building shall be based upon the aggregate area affected by the
alteration; the work area where the alteration is to take place shall be
identified in the permit application. An alteration includes, but is not
limited to, fit out of space in an existing building not previously built
out and fit out of space following demolition of previously built out
space in an existing building. Areas of an existing building beyond the
work area of an alteration shall not be included to determine if the
Green Construction Code would be applicable to the alteration.
Notwithstanding a determination that the size of the work area of an
alteration would subject the alteration to the provisions of the Green

Construction Code, compliance with the Green Construction Code shall
not be required for building areas, components and systems that are
located outside of the affected work area of the alteration.
101.4.9.3.2 Applicability to Additions. Only the aggregate area of a

proposed addition to an existing building shall be used to determine if
the provisions of the Green Construction Code would be applicable to
the work to be undertaken to construct the addition. The portion(s) of an
existing building that would not be altered by the construction of the
addition shall not be used to determine if the threshold for application of
the Green Construction Code would be met. If the provisions of the
Green Construction Code would be applicable to the construction of an
addition, then only the work to be undertaken in the addition shall be
subject to the provisions of the Green Construction Code; the portion(s)
of an existing building, building components or building systems located
outside of the addition are not required to be brought into compliance
with the provisions of the Green Construction Code .
101.4.9.3.3 Existing Buildings. The Green Construction Code shall not

be deemed to require the removal, alteration or abandonment of, nor
prevent the continued use and maintenance of, an existing building,
building system or building component lawfully in existence at the time
of adoption of the Green Construction Code, unless within the work area
of an alteration as defined in Section 101.4.9.3.1.
101.4.9.4. Alternative Compliance Paths. In lieu of the requirements of the

Green Construction Code, projects that (a) are covered by the Green Building Act
of 2006, effective March 8, 2007 (D.C. Law 16-234; D.C. Official Code § 6-
1451.05 (2013 Supp.)), as amended (Green Building Act) and comply with the
requirements set forth in Section 101.4.9.4.1; or (b) are not covered by the Green
Building Act and comply with one of the four alternative compliance paths set
forth in Section 101.4.9.4.2, shall be deemed to comply with the Green
Construction Code.
101.4.9.4.1 Projects Subject to the Green Building Act. Where a

project is subject to the Green Building Act, and the project complies with
the provisions of the Green Building Act and the regulations promulgated
thereunder set forth in Section 302 of the Green Construction Code, the
project shall be deemed to comply with the Green Construction Code.
101.4.9.4.2 Projects Not Subject to the Green Building Act. Where a

project is not subject to the Green Building Act, but complies with the
requirements of Sections 101.4.9.4.2.1, 101.4.9.4.2.2, 101.4.9.4.2.3, or

101.4.9.4.2.4 the project shall be deemed to comply with the Green
Construction Code.
101.4.9.4.2.1 Compliance Utilizing ASHRAE 189.1. Projects

designed, constructed and verified to be in compliance with the
applicable requirements of ANSI/ASHRAE/USGBC/IES Standard
189.1, Standard for the Design of High Performance Green
Buildings Except Low-Rise Residential Buildings (―ASHRAE
189.1‖), as adopted and amended by Section 303 of the Green
Construction Code, shall be deemed to comply with the Green
Construction Code.
101.4.9.4.2.2 Compliance Utilizing LEED. Projects designed,

constructed and certified to be in compliance with one or more of
the U.S. Green Building Council (USGBC) Leadership in Energy
and Environmental Design (LEED) standards listed in Chapter 35
at the Certified Level or higher shall be deemed to comply with the
Green Construction Code. The owner shall have a 12-month
period from the date of issuance for the project of the certificate of
occupancy, or the first certificate of occupancy for occupiable
space in a story above grade plane where a project has multiple
certificates of occupancy, to submit evidence of LEED
certification to the code official. The code official, for good cause
and upon written request, is authorized to extend the period to
submit evidence of certification.
101.4.9.4.2.3 Compliance Utilizing Green Communities.

Affordable housing in Group R-2 occupancies designed,
constructed and certified to be in compliance with the Enterprise
Community Partners standard listed in Chapter 35 shall be deemed
to comply with the Green Construction Code. The owner shall
have a 12-month period from the date of issuance for the Group R-
2 occupancy of the certificate of occupancy, or the first certificate
of occupancy for occupiable space in a story above grade plane
where a project has multiple certificates of occupancy, to submit
certification of compliance with the applicable Enterprise
Community Partners standard to the code official. The code
official, for good cause and upon written request, is authorized to
extend the period to submit evidence of certification. Affordable
housing for the purpose of this section shall consist of projects
eligible for certification by Enterprise Community Partners or as
otherwise defined by the code official.

101.4.9.4.2.4 Compliance Utilizing National Green Building
Standard (ICC 700). Group R-2 occupancies designed,
constructed and certified to be in compliance with (a) the National
Green Building Standard, ICC 700, listed in Chapter 35, at the
bronze level or higher; and (b) the EPA’s Energy Star New Homes
Program or Multifamily High Rise Program, as applicable, listed in
Chapter 35 shall be deemed to comply with the Green
Construction Code. The owner shall have a 12-month period from
the date of issuance for the Group R-2 occupancy of the certificate
of occupancy, or the first certificate of occupancy for occupiable
space in a story above grade plane where a project has multiple
certificates of occupancy, to submit evidence of certification to the
code official. The code official, for good cause and upon written
request, is authorized to extend the period to submit evidence of
certification.
101.4.9.5 Intent. The Green Construction Code is intended to safeguard the

environment, public health, safety and general welfare through the establishment
of requirements to reduce the negative impacts and increase the positive impacts
of the built environment on the natural environment and building occupants. This
code is not intended to abridge or supersede safety, health or environmental
requirements under other applicable codes or ordinances.
101.4.10 D.C. Swimming Pool and Spa Code. The D.C. Swimming Pool and Spa Code
(2013), hereinafter referred to as the ―Swimming Pool and Spa Code,‖ shall consist of the
2012 edition of the International Swimming Pool and Spa Code (―International
Swimming Pool and Spa Code”), as amended by the Construction Codes Supplement (12
DCMR L, Swimming Pool and Spa Code Supplement).

Swimming Pool and Spa Code shall not apply unless specifically adopted in the
Construction Codes Supplement.

Swimming Pool and Spa Code is deleted in its entirety. In its place, the
provisions of 12 DCMR A, Chapter 1, shall apply to the Swimming Pool and Spa
Code and are incorporated by this reference.
101.4.10.3 Scope. The provisions of the Swimming Pool and Spa Code shall
apply to the construction, alteration, movement, renovation, replacement, repair
and maintenance of aquatic vessels.
101.4.10.4 Intent. The purpose of the Swimming Pool and Spa Code is to

provide minimum standards to safeguard life or limb, health, property and public
welfare by regulating and controlling the design, construction, installation, quality
of materials, location and maintenance or use of aquatic vessels.
101.4.10.5 Applicability. Any aquatic vessel and related mechanical, electrical

and plumbing systems lawfully in existence at the time of the adoption of the
Swimming Pool and Spa Code shall be permitted to have their use and
maintenance continued if the use, maintenance or repair is in accordance with the
original design and no hazard to life, health or property is created.
101.4.10.5.1 Moved Aquatic Vessels. Unless covered by Section

101.4.10.5, systems that are a part of aquatic vessels or systems moved
into or within the District of Columbia shall comply with the provisions of
the Swimming Pool and Spa Code for new installations.
101.4.10.6 Other Requirements. Owners and operators of swimming pools and

spas shall also comply with other agency requirements including the Department
of Health (DOH) regulations set forth in 25-C DCMR, Chapter 64, and District
Department of the Environment (DDOE) regulations set forth in 21 DCMR,
Chapter 5.
101.5 Jurisdiction. The Construction Codes shall apply to premises, including any buildings or
other structures, within the limits of the District of Columbia, including premises, buildings and
other structures owned, occupied or controlled by the government of the District of Columbia or
any of its independent agencies.
101.5.1 Exemption from Jurisdiction. The Construction Codes shall not apply to public
premises, including any buildings or other structures, owned by the United States
government, including appurtenant structures and portions of premises, buildings, or
other structures, which are under the exclusive control of an officer of the United States
government in his or her official capacity.
Exception: Where a permit is required for major substantial improvement

activities (as defined in 21 DCMR Chapter 5) or land-disturbing activities
involving the implementation of stormwater management, erosion and sediment
control, or floodplain management measures, and to the extent required by 21
DCMR Chapter 5; 20 DCMR Chapter 31; or the Soil Erosion and Sedimentation
Control Amendment Act of 1994, effective August 26, 1994 (D.C. Law 10-166;
D.C. Official Code § 6-1403 (2012 Repl.)).
101.5.1.1 Exclusive Control. If a lessor is responsible for maintenance and

repairs to property leased to the United States government, the property shall not
be deemed to be under the exclusive control of an officer of the United States

government. If the underlying real property is owned by the United States
government, but leased to private parties for development pursuant to a long-term
ground lease or comparable property interest, the property shall not be deemed to
be under the exclusive control of an officer of the United States government for
purposes of this exemption.
101.5.2 Foreign Missions. The Construction Codes shall apply to those buildings
occupied by or for any foreign government as an embassy or chancery to the extent
provided for in Section 206 of the Foreign Missions Act, approved August 24, 1982 (96
Stat. 286; D.C. Official Code § 6-1306(g) (2012 Repl.)), that is, foreign missions shall
substantially comply with the Construction Codes as required by the U.S. Secretary of
State in a manner determined by the Secretary not to be inconsistent with the
international obligations of the United States. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a permit
shall be required for all land-disturbing activities or major substantial improvement
activities as defined by 21 DCMR Chapter 5.
101.5.3 President or Vice President’s Residence. No permit required under the

Construction Codes shall be issued if it is determined by the code official, defined in
Section 103.1 of the Building Code, that:
1. The permit affects an area in close proximity to the official residence of the
President or Vice President of the United States; and
2. The United States Secret Service has established that the issuance of the
permit would adversely impact the safety and security of the President or the
Vice President of the United States.
101.5.4 Structures Located in or Adjacent to Rivers or Bodies of Water. The

Construction Codes shall apply to structures, including, but not limited to, piers,
wharves, jetties, slips, boat storage facilities, marinas, and pilings, located in or adjacent
to any river or body of water within the limits of the District of Columbia.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, work affecting navigable waters may also require a
permit from the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers pursuant to the Rivers and Harbors
Appropriation Act of 1899, effective March 3, 1899 (30 Stat. 1151; 33 U.S.C. § 401
(2007)).
102 APPLICABILITY
102.1 General. The provisions of these regulations shall cover all matters affecting or relating
to buildings, other structures, and systems as set forth in Section 101. A building or other
structure shall not be constructed, maintained, extended, repaired, removed or altered in
violation of these provisions.

Exception: The raising, lowering, or moving of a building or other structure as a unit,
necessitated by a change in legal grade or widening of a street, shall be permitted provided
that the building or other structure is not otherwise altered, that its use or occupancy is not
changed, and that the building or other structure complies with the code provisions originally
applicable to the building or other structure.
102.1.1 Code Precedence. Unless otherwise provided herein, or in the Construction

Codes Act, the Construction Codes Supplement shall take precedence over the
International Codes, including standards and amendments.
No provision of the Construction Codes shall be deemed to modify or amend any

provision of the Zoning Regulations of the District of Columbia (11 DCMR), as
amended, or any relief granted or order issued pursuant thereto (collectively, the ―Zoning
Regulations‖), nor shall any provision of those Zoning Regulations be deemed to modify
or amend any provision of the Construction Codes. Where a provision of the
Construction Codes is deemed to be in conflict with any provision of the Zoning
Regulations, then a waiver of the applicable provision of the Construction Codes must be
sought from the code official or there must be relief granted pursuant to the applicable
provisions of the Zoning Regulations.
102.1.2 Conflicts. Where, in any specific case, different sections of the Construction
Codes specify different materials, methods of construction or other requirements, the
most restrictive shall govern. When there is a conflict between a general requirement and
a specific requirement within the Construction Codes, the specific requirement shall be
applicable.
102.2 Performance of Work in Public Space. Work performed in a public space, not
specifically addressed in the Construction Codes, shall conform to the pertinent standards of the
District of Columbia Department of Transportation (DDOT) and of the District of Columbia
Water and Sewer Authority (DC Water).
102.3 Application of References. Unless otherwise specifically provided in the Construction

Codes, all references to article or section numbers, or to provisions not specifically identified by
number, shall be construed to refer to such article, section or provision of the Construction
Codes.
102.4 Referenced Standards. The standards referenced in the Construction Codes and listed in
Chapter 35 of the International Building Code, in Chapter 44 of the International Residential
Code, in Annex A of the National Electrical Code, in Chapter 8 of the International Fuel Gas
Code, in Chapter 15 of the International Mechanical Code, in Chapter 13 of the International
Plumbing Code, in Chapter 8 of the International Property Maintenance Code, in Chapter 80 of
the International Fire Code, in Chapters 5[RE] and 5[CE] of the International Energy
Conservation Code, in Chapter 16 of the International Existing Building Code, in Chapter 12 of

the International Green Construction Code, and in Chapter 11 of the International Swimming
Pool and Spa Code shall be considered a part of the requirements of the Construction Codes to
the prescribed extent of each such reference.
102.4.1 Conflicts. If conflict arises between the provisions of the Construction Codes
Act and the Construction Codes Supplement, the International Codes, or their referenced
standards, the provisions of the Construction Codes Act shall take precedence. If conflict
arises between the Construction Codes Supplement, the International Codes, and their
referenced standards:
1. The provisions of the Construction Codes Supplement shall take precedence
over the International Codes and their referenced standards.
2. The provisions of the International Codes, other than their referenced

standards, shall take precedence over their referenced standards.
102.5 Severability. If any part or provision of the Construction Codes is held illegal or void,
this shall not make void or illegal any other parts or provisions of the Construction Codes, which
shall be determined to be legal. It shall be presumed that the Construction Codes would have
been enacted and adopted without such illegal or void parts or provisions.
102.5.1 Severance of Invalid Provisions. Any illegal or void part of the Construction
Codes shall be severed from the remainder of the Construction Codes by the court
holding such part illegal or void, and the remainder of the Construction Codes shall
remain effective.
102.5.2 Decisions Involving Existing Structures. The invalidity of any provision in any
section of the Construction Codes as applied to existing buildings and other structures
shall not be held to affect the validity of such section in its application to buildings and
other structures erected after the effective date of the Construction Codes.
102.6 Continuation of Legal Use and Occupancy. The legal use and occupancy of any
structure existing on the effective date of the Construction Codes, or for which a permit has
already been approved, shall be permitted to continue without change.
Exceptions:
1. Provisions of the Building Code, the Property Maintenance Code, or the Fire
Code that are specifically required to be applied retroactively.
2. Provisions of the Construction Codes deemed necessary by the code official, as

defined in Section 103.1 of the Building Code, for the general safety, health and
welfare of the occupants and the public.

102.7 Continuation of Unlawful Use. The continuation of occupancy or use of a building or
other structure, or of a part thereof, contrary to the provisions of the Construction Codes or to
the provisions of the Zoning Regulations, shall be deemed a violation or infraction under Section
113 of the Building Code. The code official, as defined in Section 103.1 of the Building Code, is
authorized to issue a notice of violation and order requiring discontinuance of the use or
occupancy pursuant to Section 113 of the Building Code, and the owner or other violator shall be
subject to the penalties or fines prescribed in Section 113 of the Building Code.
103 DEPARTMENT OF CONSUMER AND REGULATORY AFFAIRS
103.1 Code Official. The Director of the Department of Consumer and Regulatory Affairs
(―Director‖) shall be, and shall hereinafter be referred to as, the code official for the enforcement
of the provisions of the Construction Codes, except those provisions of the Fire Code that shall
be enforced by the Fire Chief as provided in Section 103.2. Where in the Construction Codes
the term ―building official‖ is used, it shall mean the ―code official.‖
103.1.1 Delegation of Authority. The code official shall have the authority to delegate
his or her duties and powers under the Construction Codes, but he or she shall remain
responsible for the proper performance of those duties and powers.
103.1.2 Department. Where used herein the word ―Department‖ shall refer to the
Department of Consumer and Regulatory Affairs, except that references to ―Department‖
in the Fire Code shall refer to the D.C. Fire and Emergency Medical Services Department
(―Fire Department‖).
103.2 Code Official for the Fire Code. The Chief of the Fire Department (―Fire Chief‖) shall
be the code official for the enforcement of the Fire Code, except that the Director of the
Department of Consumer and Regulatory Affairs shall be the code official for enforcement of all
provisions of the Fire Code pertaining to approval, installation, design, modification,
maintenance, testing, and inspection of all new and existing fire protection systems.
103.3 Organization. The code official shall appoint such number of officers, technical
assistants, inspectors and other employees as shall be necessary for the administration of the
Construction Codes.
103.3.1 Deputy. The code official is authorized to designate an employee or employees

as deputy who shall exercise powers of the code official during the temporary absence or
disability of the code official, as delegated.
103.4 Conflicts of Interest. No official or employee of the Department shall directly or

indirectly engage in any private business transaction or activity, which tends in any way to
interfere with the performance of his or her duties, including:

1. Furnishing of Services. Being engaged in, or directly or indirectly connected
with, the furnishing of labor, materials or appliances for the construction,
alteration or maintenance of a building under the jurisdiction of the Construction
Codes, or the preparation of plans or specifications of a building under the
jurisdiction of the Construction Codes, unless the official or employee is the
principal owner of the building.
2. Conflict with Official Duties. Engaging in any work which conflicts with official
duties or with the interests of the Department.
3. Private Work. Directly or indirectly engaging with or accepting remuneration

from any private person, firm, or corporation for the performance of any work as
a designer, architect, engineer, consultant, or inspector, which work is to be
submitted to, passed upon, reviewed, or inspected by any officer of the District of
Columbia charged with the administration of any portion of the Construction
Codes.
103.5 Public Access to Records. In accordance with procedures established by the code
official, official records of the Department shall be available for public inspection at all
appropriate times pursuant to the Freedom of Information Act, effective March 25, 1977 (D.C.
Law 1-96; D.C. Official Code § 2-531 et seq. (2012 Repl.)). Pursuant to D.C. Official Code § 2-
532 (2012 Repl.), the Department may collect a fee in accordance with 1 DCMR § 408 for
researching and copying any requested documents, except that Advisory Neighborhood
Commissioners shall not be required to pay this fee.
104 DUTIES AND POWERS OF THE CODE OFFICIAL
104.1 General. The code official is hereby authorized and directed to enforce the provisions of
the Construction Codes. The code official shall have the authority to render interpretations of the
Construction Codes and to adopt policies and procedures in order to clarify the application of its
provisions. Such interpretations, policies and procedures shall be in compliance with the intent
and purpose of the Construction Codes. Such policies and procedures shall not have the effect of
waiving requirements specifically provided for in the Construction Codes.
104.1.1 Administrative Bulletins. The code official shall have the authority to
promulgate from time to time administrative bulletins that shall be effective upon
publication in the D.C. Register. Administrative bulletins shall be titled, numbered, and
dated. Administrative bulletins shall be publically available at the Department’s permit
center and shall be posted on the Department’s website. The code official shall maintain
on the Department’s website the same administrative bulletins as available at the
Department’s permit center.
104.2 Applications and Permits. The code official shall receive applications, review submittal

documents, and issue permits and certificates authorized by the Construction Codes; and enforce
compliance with the provisions of the Construction Codes.
104.3 Notices and Orders. The code official shall issue all necessary notices or orders to ensure
compliance with the Construction Codes, and shall institute administrative and legal actions to
correct violations or infractions, including actions pursuant to An Act To provide for the
abatement of nuisances in the District of Columbia by the Commissioners of said District, and
for other purposes, approved April 14, 1906 (34 Stat. 114; D.C. Official Code § 42-3131.01 et
seq. (2012 Repl.)), and the Due Process Demolition Act of 2002, effective April 19, 2002 (D.C.
Law 14-114; D.C. Official Code § 42-3171.01 et seq. (2012 Repl.)).
104.4 Inspections. The code official is authorized to inspect the premises for which a permit or
certificate has been issued, and shall make all of the required inspections. The code official shall
have authority to accept reports of inspection by approved agencies. The code official is
authorized to engage such expert opinion as is deemed necessary to report upon unusual
technical issues that arise.
104.5 Identification. The code official, and authorized representatives of the code official, shall
carry proper credentials when inspecting premises, including any buildings or other structures, in
the performance of their duties under the Construction Codes.
104.6 Right of Entry. The code official, in the performance of his or her duties, shall have the
right to enter any unoccupied building; any building under construction, alteration, or repair; any
building being razed or moved; any premises, including any building or other structure which he
or she has reason to believe to be unsafe or a menace to life or limb; or any building, the use of
which may require the issuance of a license or a certificate of occupancy. With respect to the
inspection of any occupied habitable portion of any building, consent to such inspection shall
first be obtained from any person of suitable age and discretion therein, except that if an acute
emergency occurs and immediate steps must be taken to protect the public, such consent need
not be obtained. When attempting to gain entrance for inspection, the code official, and
authorized representatives of the code official, shall show official credentials issued by the
Department. If entry is refused, the code official is authorized to apply to the Superior Court for
an administrative search warrant, pursuant to D.C. Official Code §§ 42-3131.02 and 42-3509.08
and Sup. Ct. Civ. R. 204.
104.7 Department Records. The code official shall keep official records of applications
received, permits and certificates issued, fees collected, reports of inspections, and notices and
orders issued. Such records shall be retained in the official records of the Department for the
period required for retention of public records.
104.8 Relief from Personal Liability. Unless otherwise provided by Federal or District of
Columbia law, the code official and any officials or employees of the Department charged with
enforcement of the Construction Codes acting in their official capacity shall not be liable

personally, and are relieved from all personal liability for any damage that may accrue to persons
or property as a result of any act required or permitted in the discharge of their official duties.
104.8.1 Defense of Suits. Any suit instituted against the code official or any official or
employee of the Department because of an act performed in the discharge of official
duties and under the provisions of the Construction Codes, or by reason of any act or
omission while performing official duties in connection with the Construction Codes,
shall be defended by the Office of the Attorney General for the District of Columbia until
the final termination of legal proceedings.
104.8.2 Liability for Costs. The code official and any official or employee of the
Department shall not be personally liable for costs in any action, suit or proceeding that is
instituted in pursuance of the provisions of the Construction Codes.
104.8.3 Liability for Acts or Omissions. Any official or employee of the Department,
acting in good faith and without malice, shall be free from liability for acts performed
under the provisions of the Construction Codes, or by reason of any act or omission while
performing official duties in connection with the Construction Codes.
104.9 Approved Materials, Equipment and Devices. All materials, equipment and devices
approved for use by the code official shall be constructed and installed in accordance with such
approval.
104.9.1 Used Materials, Equipment and Devices. The use of used materials which
meet the requirements of the Construction Codes for new materials is permitted. Used
equipment and devices shall not be reused unless approved by the code official.
104.9.2 Unlabeled Products. Where materials, assemblies or products are required by

the Construction Codes to be labeled, those materials, assemblies or products which are
not labeled, listed or classified by an approved testing agency and which are proposed to
be installed in the District of Columbia, shall be tested and labeled by an approved testing
laboratory or shall be approved in accordance with Sections 1701 and 1703 of the
Building Code at the expense of the applicant, before a permit can be granted for this
installation.
104.9.3 Assembled Components. Any mechanical or electrical appliance which is not

labeled, listed or classified by an approved testing agency, which is an assembly of
individually labeled or listed subassemblies or components and which is proposed to be
installed in the District of Columbia, shall be tested and approved in accordance with
Section 104.9.2 of the Building Code, before a permit can be granted for its installation.
104.9.4 Modular Structures. Before erecting or installing in the District of Columbia

any factory assembled structure, manufactured at a remote site and transported in one or

more sections, a complete set of drawings shall be submitted for review prior to the
issuance of a building permit. These drawings shall include a certificate of approval by a
factory inspection agency that has been approved by the code official. The drawings
shall be submitted to the code official for plan review and permitting and shall include a
set of the manufacturer’s installation specifications and designate the applicable portions
of construction that are required to have field inspection by the code official, including all
utility connections, the marriage line connections and the foundation plate nailing
patterns. These drawings shall be stamped by a structural engineer or architect licensed
in the District of Columbia, and include the site constructed or assembled foundation
system details and specifications. Separate permits issued by the Department for
plumbing, mechanical, and electrical connections shall be required. Inspections of all
work conducted on site shall be in accordance with Section 109. Prior to placement of
the factory assembled structure on a footing and foundation, all required footing and
foundation inspections shall require approval by the code official, including the footing
drains and any required waterproofing.
104.10 Modifications. Wherever there are practical difficulties involved in carrying out the
provisions of the Construction Codes, the code official shall have the authority to grant
modifications for individual cases upon application of the owner or owner’s representative;
provided, that the code official shall first find that special individual reasons make the strict letter
of the Construction Codes impractical, that the modification is in compliance with the intent and
purpose of the Construction Codes, and that such modification does not lessen health,
accessibility, life and fire safety, or structural requirements. The details of the action granting
modification shall be recorded and entered in the appropriate files of the Department. The code
official may seek the opinion of the Office of the Attorney General for the District of Columbia
when deemed necessary for the requested modification.
104.10.1 Flood hazard areas. The code official shall not grant modifications to any
provision required in flood hazard areas as established by Section 1612.3 unless a
determination has been made that:
1. A showing of good and sufficient cause that the unique characteristics of the size,
configuration or topography of the site render the elevation standards of Section
1612 inappropriate.
2. A determination that failure to grant the variance would result in exceptional

hardship by rendering the lot undevelopable.
3. A determination that the granting of a variance will not result in increased flood
heights, additional threats to public safety, extraordinary public expense, cause
fraud on or victimization of the public, or conflict with existing laws or
ordinances.

4. A determination that the variance is the minimum necessary to afford relief,
considering the flood hazard.
5. Submission to the applicant of written notice specifying the difference between

the design flood elevation and the elevation to which the building is to be built,
stating that the cost of flood insurance will be commensurate with the increased
risk resulting from the reduced floor elevation, and stating that construction below
the design flood elevation increases risks to life and property.
104.10.2 Procedure for Modifications. The application for modification shall be

submitted on a form provided by the Department and sealed by the registered design
professional if applicable. The final decision of the code official shall be in writing and
shall be officially recorded with the application for permit in the permanent records of the
Department.
104.10.3 Improper Procedure. Any verbal waiver or verbal permission to deviate from
or violate any provision of the Construction Codes is null and void.
104.11 Alternative Materials, Equipment, Methods of Construction and Design. The

provisions of the Construction Codes are not intended to prevent the use of any material,
equipment or method of construction not specifically prescribed by the Construction Codes,
provided any such alternative has been approved by the Department. Alternative materials,
equipment or methods of construction shall be approved when the code official finds that the
proposed design is satisfactory and complies with the intent of the provisions of the Construction
Codes, and that the material, equipment or method offered is, for the purpose intended, at least
the equivalent of that prescribed in the Construction Codes in quality, strength, effectiveness,
fire-resistance, durability and safety. Approvals shall conform to Sections 1701 and 1703 of the
Building Code.
104.11.1 Research Reports. Supporting data, where necessary to assist in the approval
of materials, equipment or methods of construction not specifically provided for in the
Construction Codes shall consist of valid research reports from sources approved by the
code official.
104.11.2 Tests. Whenever there is insufficient evidence of compliance with the

provisions of the Construction Codes, or evidence that a material, equipment or method
of construction does not conform to the requirements of the Construction Codes, or in
order to substantiate claims for alternative materials or methods, the code official shall
have the authority to require tests as evidence of compliance to be made at no expense to
the government of the District of Columbia. Test methods shall be specified in the
Construction Codes or by other recognized and accepted test standards in the industry. In
the absence of recognized and accepted test methods, the code official is authorized to
approve appropriate testing procedures. Tests shall be performed by an agency approved

by the code official. Reports of such tests shall be retained by the code official for the
period required for retention of public records.
104.12 Reasonable Accommodation Under the Fair Housing Act. Requests for reasonable
accommodation under the Fair Housing Act, 42 U.S.C. § 3604(f)(3)(B), as amended, shall be
made according to the procedures set forth in 14 DCMR § 111.
105 PERMITS
105.1 Required Permits. Depending on the scope of work, an owner or authorized agent who
intends to undertake any of the activities set forth in items 1 through 4 below, or to cause any
such work to be done, shall first make application to the code official and obtain the required
permit(s) relevant to the intended work:
1. Construct, enlarge, alter, repair, move, demolish, or change the occupancy

of a building or other structure; or
2. Erect, install, enlarge, alter, repair, remove, convert or replace any

electrical, gas, mechanical, or plumbing system, the installation of which
is regulated by the Construction Codes, or to cause any such work to be
done; or
3. Install tower cranes or other similar hoisting devices on public space or

private property; or
4. Undertake any other activity regulated by the Construction Codes.
105.1.1 Classification of Permits. For the purposes of the Construction Codes, permits
issued by the Department shall be classified as follows:
1. Building permits.
2. Raze permits.
3. Trade permits:
3.1. Electrical;
3.2. Gas;
3.3. Mechanical;
3.4. Plumbing;

3.5. Elevators and conveying systems;
3.6. Boilers.
4. Sign permits (subject to Sections 105.1.11 and 3107).
5. Foundation and earthwork permits.
6. Miscellaneous permits.
6.1. Projection permits;
6.2. Crane and derrick permits;
6.3. After-hours permits;
6.4. Other activities as may be determined by the code official, and set
forth by the Department in administrative bulletins.
105.1.2 Permitted Construction Hours. Authorized construction hours permitted in the

District of Columbia, for work conducted under a permit, are from 7 a.m. to 7 p.m.
Mondays through Saturdays, excluding legal holidays.
105.1.3 After Hours Permit. Any request to work pursuant to a permit beyond
permitted construction hours shall be made by application to the code official and shall be
subject to noise regulations set forth in 20 DCMR. No after-hours permit shall be issued
for work in an area zoned ―residential‖ under the Zoning Regulations then in effect, or in
an area within 500 feet (152 400 mm) of such residential zone, or within 500 feet (152
400 mm) of a building with sleeping quarters, unless the code official determines that not
issuing such permit would pose a threat to public safety, health and welfare.
105.1.4 Establishment of Special Flood Hazard Areas. The District of Columbia has
established a Special Flood Hazard Area, as delineated on the Federal Emergency
Management Agency’s Flood Insurance Rate Map and adopted by the District at 20
DCMR § 3101.2. For purposes only of this subsection and 20 DCMR Chapter 31,
―development,‖ as defined in 20 DCMR § 3199.1, shall mean any man-made change to
improved or unimproved real estate, including but not limited to buildings or other
structures, streets and other paving, utilities, filing, grading, excavation, mining,
dredging, drilling operations, storage of equipment or materials, and the subdivision of
land.
105.1.5 Annual Permit. In lieu of an individual permit for each alteration to an already

approved electrical, gas, mechanical or plumbing installation, the code official is
authorized, upon application therefore, to issue an annual permit allowing alterations to
such installations to any person, firm or corporation regularly employing one or more
qualified tradespersons in the building, other structure or on the premises owned or
operated by the applicant for the permit.
105.1.5.1 Annual Permit Records. The person or entity to whom an annual

permit is issued shall keep a detailed record of alterations made under such annual
permit. The code official shall have access to such records at all times or such
records shall be filed with the code official as designated.
105.1.6 Licensing Requirements. Electrical, mechanical, plumbing, and fuel work

requiring a permit shall be performed, as applicable, by a licensed electrician, plumber,
gas-fitter, and/or refrigeration and air-conditioning mechanic licensed pursuant to D.C.
Official Code § 47-2853.01 et seq. (2012 Repl.).
105.1.7 Raze Permits. Before a raze permit is issued, the owner of the building or other
structure to be razed, or the owner’s agent, shall post and maintain a notice furnished by
the code official on the façade fronting on the public street of the building or other
structure as designated by the code official, so as to be visible from the public way. The
raze permit shall not be issued by the code official until at least 30 days after the date the
notice is posted on the building or other structure. This notification requirement shall not
apply to any emergency raze ordered by the code official. Violations of this subsection
shall be deemed a Class 3 infraction pursuant to 16 DCMR § 3200.
105.1.7.1 Other Requirements. Prior to issuing a raze permit, the code official is
authorized to require the applicant to submit clearances and/or information,
including, but not limited to, asbestos removal, utility disconnects, grading plans,
and historic preservation, and to provide notification to adjoining property owners
where party walls are involved.
105.1.7.2 Fee. The applicant for a raze permit shall pay a fee for the furnishing of
the notice required under Section 105.1.7 in accordance with the applicable fee
schedule published in the D.C. Register, as amended from time to time.
105.1.8 Emergency Work. When necessary to make emergency repairs or replacements

to buildings, other structures or systems, an application for a permit to cover all
emergency work shall be submitted no later than the first business day following the
performance of such emergency work.
105.1.9 Posting of Permit. The permit, or a copy thereof, shall be kept on the work site
and conspicuously displayed at a location visible from the street until the completion of
the project.

105.1.10 Grounds for Permit Denial. The code official is authorized to deny permits
pursuant to D.C. Official Code § 6-1408.01 (2012 Repl.).
105.1.11 Signs. To the extent that the code official is designated as the permitting and
enforcement official for signs, pursuant to any District of Columbia laws and regulations,
including, but not limited to, the Sign Regulation Emergency Amendment Act of 2012,
enacted July 11, 2012 (D.C. Act 19-387; 59 DCR 8491), any substantially similar
successor legislation; Section 1 of An Act to regulate the erection, hanging, placing,
painting, display, and maintenance of outdoor signs and other forms of exterior
advertising within the District of Columbia, approved March 3, 1931 (46 Stat. 1486; D.C.
Official Code § 1-303.21 (2012 Repl.), and Mayor’s Order 2011-181, dated October 31,
2011 (―Sign Legislation‖), the duties and powers of the code official shall be governed by
(a) Chapter 1, 12 DCMR A and (b) Chapter 1, 12 DCMR G, including, but, not limited
to, the code official’s authority to receive applications, to review submittal documents
and issue permits, to institute administrative and legal actions to correct violations or
infractions, and to inspect premises.
105.1.11.1 Applicable Requirements. Signs shall be designed, constructed and

maintained in accordance with the requirements of Title 12 of the DCMR,
including, but not limited to, Appendix N to the Building Code Supplement
which is hereby expressly adopted and incorporated by reference, and the
Property Maintenance Code, until such time as the District of Columbia adopts
superseding regulations pursuant to the Sign Legislation.
105.1.12 Stormwater Management and Erosion and Sediment Control. A permit

shall not be issued for a major substantial improvement activity (as defined by 21 DCMR
Chapter 5) or a land-disturbing activity regulated by 21 DCMR Chapter 5, until the
submitted plans reflect the pertinent features approved by the official charged with the
administration and enforcement of 21 DCMR Chapter 5, and the requirements of D.C.
Law 5-188, Water Pollution Control Act of 1984, as amended.
105.2 Work Exempted from Permit. This Section 105.2 sets forth exemptions from permit
requirements, subject to historic and Special Flood Hazard Area restrictions set forth in Sections
105.2.5 and 105.2.6 respectively. Exemptions from permit requirements of the Construction
Codes shall not be deemed to grant authorization for any work to be done in any manner in
violation of the provisions of the Construction Codes or of any other laws, regulations or
ordinances of the District of Columbia.
Building:
1. Brick pointing.

2. Caulking, patching and plaster repair of non-rated assemblies.
3. Installation of window screens and storm windows.
4. Repair in kind of existing fences.
5. Painting other than fire-retardant paint.
6. Papering, tiling, carpeting, floor covering, cabinets, countertops and similar finish
work.
7. Replacement in kind of one of the items listed hereafter. For the purpose of this
section, ―replacement in kind‖, means replacement with a feature of like material
that replicates the existing feature in proportion, appearance, texture, design,
detail and dimensions.
7.1. Roofing and coping.
7.2. Siding.
7.3. Gutters and downspouts and fascia.
7.4. Private sidewalks and driveways.
7.5. Patios
7.6. Non-rated suspended ceiling tile.
7.7. Not more than 160 square feet (14.9 m2) of gypsum board excluding
installation of fire-rated gypsum wall board or shaft liner.
8. A single garden storage shed that does not exceed 50 square feet (4.65 m 2) in
area, is less than ten feet (3048 mm) in overall height, is an accessory structure to
a building of Use Group R-3 or to a building under the jurisdiction of the
Residential Code, and is erected on a lot with no other exempted storage shed.
9. Prefabricated pools, accessory to a Use Group R-3 occupancy, or accessory to

buildings under the jurisdiction of the Residential Code, which are less than 24
inches (610 mm) deep, do not exceed 1000 gallons (3785.41L), are installed
entirely above ground and are not designed or manufactured to be connected to a
circulation system.
10. Retaining walls that are not over four feet (1219 mm) in height, measured from

the bottom of the footing to the top of the wall, for one and two family dwellings
only where the area of land disturbance is less than 50 square feet (4.65 m2).
11. Shade cloth structures constructed for nursery or agricultural purposes, not
including service systems.
12. Swings and other playground equipment accessory to one- and two-family
dwellings.
13. Movable fixtures, cases, racks, counters and partitions not over five feet nine
inches (1753 mm) in height.
Electrical:
1. Repair portable electrical equipment.
2. Repair lighting fixtures.
3. Repair or replace ballasts, sockets, receptacles, or snap switches.
4. Minor repair work, including the replacement of lamps or the connection of

approved portable electrical equipment to approved permanently installed
receptacles, and other minor repairs at existing outlets.
5. Electrical equipment used for radio and television transmissions; however, a

permit is required for equipment and wiring for a power supply and the
installations of towers and antennas.
6. Listed cord-and-plug connected temporary decorative lighting.
7. Reinstallation of plug receptacles but not the outlets thereof.
8. Replacement of branch circuit overcurrent devices of the required capacity in the

same location.
9. Installation of any temporary system required for the testing or servicing of

electrical equipment or apparatus.
Gas:
1. Portable heating, cooking or clothes drying appliances.
2. Replacement of any minor part that does not alter approval of equipment or make

such equipment unsafe.
3. Portable-fuel-cell appliances that are not connected to a fixed piping system and
are not interconnected to a power grid.
Mechanical:
1. Portable heating appliances.
2. Portable ventilation appliances.
3. Portable cooling units.
4. Steam, hot or chilled water piping within any heating or cooling equipment or
appliances regulated by the Construction Codes.
5. Replacement of any minor part that does not alter approval of equipment or make
such equipment unsafe.
6. Portable evaporative coolers.
7. Self-contained refrigerating systems containing 10 pounds (5 kg) or less of

refrigerant or that are actuated by motors of 1 horsepower (746 W) or less.
8. Portable-fuel-cell appliances that are not connected to a fixed piping system and
are not interconnected to a power grid.
Plumbing:
1. The stopping of leaks in drains, water, soil, waste or vent pipe, provided,
however, that if any concealed trap, drainage, water, soil, waste or vent pipe
becomes defective and it becomes necessary to remove and replace the same with
new material, such work shall be considered as new work and a permit shall be
obtained and inspection made as provided in the Construction Codes.
2. The clearing of stoppages or the repairing of leaks in pipes, valves or fixtures, and
the removal and reinstallation of water closets, provided such repairs do not
involve or require the replacement or rearrangement of valves, pipes, or fixtures.
3. Repair or replacement of water meters performed by DC Water.
105.2.1 [Reserved].

105.2.2 Ordinary Repairs. Permits are not required for ordinary repairs to buildings,
other structures or equipment. Ordinary repairs shall not include:
1. The cutting away of any wall, partition or portion thereof, the removal or
cutting of any structural beam or load bearing support, or the removal or
change of any required means of egress, or rearrangement of parts of a
structure affecting the egress requirements; or
2. Addition to, alteration of, replacement or relocation of any standpipe,

water supply, sewer, drainage, drain leader, gas, soil, waste, vent or
similar piping, electric wiring or mechanical or other work affecting
public health or general safety.
105.2.3 Public Service Agencies. A permit shall not be required under the Construction
Codes for the installation, alteration or repair of equipment and facilities used for
generation, transmission, distribution, metering or treatment that is under the ownership
or control of public service agencies subject to the jurisdiction of the Public Services
Commission or DC Water.
Exception: A permit shall be required for all projects involving land-disturbing

activities or major substantial improvement activities as defined in 21 DCMR Chapter
5, and for all work described in Section 105.2.5.
105.2.4 [Reserved].
105.2.5 Permit Exemptions Not Applicable in Historic Districts or to Historically

Designated Structures. When the proposed scope of work would qualify to be
exempted from permit pursuant to Section 105.2 of this chapter, and the work is to occur
on the land of or the exterior of buildings or other structures located in historic districts,
or of historically designated buildings or other structures, an application for a building
permit pursuant to Section 105.1 shall be required for the following work described in
Section 105.2 Building: 1. Brick pointing; 4. Repair or replacement of fences, except as
deemed an ordinary repair; 5. Painting of unpainted exterior masonry at a landmark
property; 7. Replacement in kind, except of interior ceiling tile and gypsum board; 8.
Garden storage shed; 9. Prefabricated pools; and 10. Retaining walls.
105.2.6 Permit Exemptions Not Applicable in Special Flood Hazard Areas. When
the proposed scope of work would qualify to be exempted from permit requirements
pursuant to Section 105.2 of this chapter, and the work is to occur on land designated as a
Special Flood Hazard Area on the Federal Emergency Management Agency’s Flood
Insurance Rate Map for the District (20 DCMR § 3101.2), a building permit shall be
required.

105.3 Application for Permit. To obtain a permit, the owner or the authorized agent (herein
referred to as the applicant) shall submit to the code official an application for permit. Where a
permit is required, it shall be obtained by applicant prior to the commencement of any work,
except as provided in Section 105.1.8. For trade permits, the applicant shall be the contractor
responsible for the work to be done.
An application shall be submitted in the form prescribed and provided by the code
official. Unless otherwise specified by the code official, the application shall:
1. Be accompanied by any filing fee deposit required pursuant to Section 108.2.1.1

and any other fees required by the code official to be paid at the time of filing.
All other fees shall be paid prior to issuance of the permit pursuant to Section 108.
2. Clearly identify and describe the work to be covered by the permit for which
application is made.
3. Describe the land on which the proposed work is to be done by legal description,
street address, lot and square or similar description that will readily identify and
definitively locate the proposed building or work.
4. Provide sufficient information clearly distinguishing existing versus proposed use.
5. Indicate the use and occupancy for which the proposed work is intended.
6. Be accompanied by a fully completed intake form and supporting submittal

documents as required by Section 106.
7. Include an accurate breakdown of construction valuation in accordance with

Section 108.3.
8. Include a valid electronic mail address for communications relating to the

application and for electronic service of notices and orders related to the permit.
9. Include the applicant’s certification that the information provided in the

application is true and correct to the best of the applicant’s knowledge, and
acknowledging the applicability of criminal penalties for false statements as
provided in Section 404 of the District of Columbia Theft and White Collar
Crimes Act of 1982, effective December 1, 1982 (D.C. Law 4-164; D C. Official
Code § 22-2405 (2013 Supp.)).
10. Include the ―Standards of External Effects‖ application required by the District of
Columbia Zoning Regulations (11 DCMR, Chapter 8) if the property is located in
a CM or M zone district.

11. Provide name and contact information, including a valid electronic mailing
address, for the general contractor or construction manager, if known, when the
application is filed. If the information is not known at the time of filing, the
information shall be provided to the code official as soon as the general
constructor or construction manager is selected, but no later than the scheduling
of the first inspection.
12. Be signed by the applicant, or the applicant’s authorized agent. The application
form shall contain the statement ―Making of a false statement in this form is
punishable by criminal penalties pursuant to D.C. Official Code § 22-2405‖ in the
applicant’s signature box.
13. Provide such other data and information as required by the code official.
14. For applications to authorize electrical, mechanical, plumbing or fuel gas work,
include the name, signature and license number of the person performing the
work as required by Section 105.1.6.
105.3.1 Action on Application. The code official shall examine or cause to be examined
all applications for permit and amendments to applications within a reasonable time after
filing. The code official may reject an application at the time of filing if the application
and required supporting documents are not substantially complete. If deficiencies in the
application, plans or other supporting documents are discovered during processing, the
code official is authorized, in his or her discretion, to give the applicant an opportunity to
correct the deficiencies prior to taking action to approve or reject the application. If the
application or the plans do not conform to the requirements of all pertinent laws, the code
official is authorized to reject such application. The code official shall state the reasons
for the rejection in writing, citing specific sections of the Construction Codes, and stating
the applicant’s right of appeal under Section 112. If the code official is satisfied that the
proposed work conforms to the requirements of the Construction Codes and all
applicable laws, rules, and regulations, the code official shall issue a permit as soon as
practicable.
105.3.1.1 Third-Party Plan Review. An applicant shall have the option of

providing for a third-party plan review agency to perform a code compliance
review of a project, at the applicant’s expense, pursuant and subject to the
provisions of: this Section 105.3.1; the Homestart Regulatory Improvement
Amendment Act, effective June 25, 2002 (D.C. Law 14-162; D.C. Official Code §
6-1405.03 (2012 Repl.)); and the Third-Party Plan Review Program Procedure
Manual, adopted by the Department on January 2, 2011 (the ―Third-Party Plan
Review Manual‖), as amended.

105.3.1.2 Third-Party Plan Review Procedures. An applicant may seek an
expedited submittal documents review by providing the code official with a
certified report(s) of the findings of the third-party plan review agency, in a
format acceptable to the code official. The code official shall accept such reports
from approved third-party plan review agency or agencies, as provided for in the
Third-Party Plan Review Manual.
If the code official is satisfied that the report and the proposed submittal
documents or certified components of submittal documents conform to the
requirements of the Construction Codes, the Department shall complete its review
within 15 business days of application submission. The code official’s final
approval of the submittal documents and issuance of related permits will be
provided upon receipt of approvals from other reviewing agencies.
105.3.2 Payment of Delinquent Fines and Penalties. The code official may refuse to
issue a permit if the owner, applicant, or responsible officer has outstanding fines or
penalties imposed under the Construction Codes, or if the code official determines that
the owner, applicant, or responsible officer is in violation of any provision of the
Construction Codes.
105.3.3 By Whom Application is Made. Application for a permit shall be made by the
owner or lessee of the premises, including any building or other structure, or by the
authorized agent of either. The licensed engineer, architect or interior designer employed
in connection with the proposed work shall be allowed to submit an application for a
building permit on behalf of the owner or lessee if an authorized agent.
105.3.3.1 Transfer of Permit Application. If the owner or lessee of the

premises, including any building or other structure, should change, an unexpired
permit application may be transferred to a new owner or lessee upon approval by
the code official of an application by the new owner or lessee, in a form specified
by the code official.
105.3.3.2 Penalties for False Statements. False statements in an application

may subject the permit to revocation pursuant to Section 105.6. Applicants are
also subject to the penalties of Section 404 of the District of Columbia Theft and
White Collar Crimes Act of 1982, effective December 1, 1982 (D.C. Law 4-164;
D.C. Official Code § 22-2405 (2013 Supp.)) for false statements.
105.3.4 Approval of Partial Plans. The code official is authorized to issue a partial
permit for earth retention or the construction of foundations before the entire plans and
specifications for the whole building or other structure have been submitted, provided
adequate information and detailed statements have been filed complying with all
pertinent requirements of the Construction Codes. Issuance of a partial permit by the

code official does not constitute assurance that a permit for the entire structure will be
granted. The holder of such partial permit for earth retention or foundations will proceed
with the construction at the holder’s own risk and without assurance that a permit for the
entire structure will be granted.
105.3.5 Approval of Submittal Documents. When the code official issues a permit, the
submittal documents shall be approved, in writing or by stamp, as ―Approved.‖ Unless
submitted electronically, one set of approved submittal documents so reviewed shall be
retained by the code official and the other sets shall be returned to the applicant; at least
one approved set shall be kept at the work site and shall be open to inspection by the code
official.
105.3.6 Signature on Permit. The code official’s signature shall be attached to every
permit; or the code official may authorize a subordinate to affix a facsimile of the code
official’s signature to permits. The code official’s signature shall not be construed as
indicating that the construction complies with any other requirement of District law or
regulation other than the Construction Codes and the Zoning Regulations. The permit
does not grant a waiver of the maximum height allowed under An Act to regulate the
height of buildings in the District of Columbia, approved June 1, 1910 (36 Stat. 452; D.C.
Official Code §§ 6-601.01 to 6-601.09 (2012 Repl.)), unless expressly indicated on the
permit.
105.3.7 Time Limitation of Application. An application for a permit for any proposed
work shall be deemed to have been abandoned 180 days after the date of filing, unless
such application has been pursued in good faith or a permit has been issued. The code
official is authorized to grant a maximum of two extensions of time for agency
consideration of a permit application, not exceeding 180 days each, provided that the
extension is requested in writing and justifiable cause demonstrated. Refunds of the
unused portion of the application file deposit shall be made pursuant to Section 108.6.
105.3.8 Amendments to Permit. The holder of a valid active building permit shall be
authorized to amend it or to amend the plans, application or other records pertaining to
the permit by filing, at any time before completion of the work for which the original
permit was issued, an application for revision of a building permit, accompanied by a
copy of the originally approved submittal documents and, unless submitted
electronically, by two sets of the revised plans. Once such amendments are approved and
the revised permit is issued, it shall be deemed part of the original permit and shall be
kept therewith in the official records of the Department. A revision permit shall become
invalid upon expiration of the original building permit it amends. The extension
provisions of Section 105.5.1 shall apply to the original building permit and shall only
affect the respective revision permits to the extent that the original building permit is
extended.

105.3.9 Electronic Mail Address Update. While applications are pending for
processing and after issuance of a permit, applicants and permit holders are required to
update the electronic mailing address provided in the underlying permit application as
specified in Section 105.3, items 8 and 11.
105.3.10 Design Professional in Responsible Charge. All design for new construction
work, alteration, repair, expansion, addition or modification work involving the practice
of professional architecture or engineering, as defined by applicable District of Columbia
laws, shall be prepared by registered architects or professional engineers licensed to
practice in the District of Columbia. All plans, computations, and specifications required
for a building permit application for such work shall be prepared by or under the direct
supervision of a registered architect or professional engineer and shall bear the architect’s
or engineer’s signature and seal in accordance with the laws of the District of Columbia.
Plans for non-structural alterations and repairs of a building, including the layout of
interior spaces, which do not adversely affect any structural member or any part of the
structure having a required fire resistance rating, or the public safety, health or welfare,
and which do not involve the practice of engineering as defined by applicable District of
Columbia laws, shall be deemed to comply with this section when such plans are
prepared, signed and sealed by an interior designer licensed and registered in the District
of Columbia in accordance with applicable District of Columbia laws.
105.3.10.1 Exemptions. The professional services of a registered architect,

professional engineer or an interior designer are not required for the following:
1. Work done under any of the exemptions from registration provided
for in the laws of the District of Columbia governing the
professional registration of architects, engineers and interior
designers.
2. Nonstructural alteration of any building of R-3 occupancies or of

any building under the jurisdiction of the Residential Code.
3. Preparation of drawings or details for cabinetry, architectural

millwork, furniture, or similar interior furnishings, for any work to
provide for their installation or for any work exempt from building
permit by Section 105.2.
4. Preparation of drawings or details for the installation of water and

sewer building connections to a single family residential structure.
The code official is authorized to accept drawings and details
prepared by a licensed plumber.
105.3.10.2 Substitute Design Professional. If the circumstances require, the

owner shall designate a substitute registered design professional in responsible
charge who shall perform the duties required of the original registered design
professional in responsible charge.
105.3.11 Green Building Incentives. In order to foster green building development and
encourage the District’s sustainability goals, including resource conservation and
increased energy and water efficiency, the code official is authorized to develop
incentives for projects which meet voluntary green building standards as set forth in the
Department’s Administrative Bulletins. Such incentives may include, but are not limited
to, expedited permit processing.
105.4 Compliance with Code. The permit shall be an authorization to proceed with the work
for which the permit was issued and shall not be construed as authority to violate, cancel or set
aside any of the provisions of the Construction Codes, except as specifically stipulated by
modification granted in accordance with Sections 104.10 and 104.10.1.
105.5 Expiration of Permit. Any permit issued shall become null and void if the authorized
work is not begun and inspected pursuant to Section 109 within one year after the permit is
issued, or if the authorized work is suspended, abandoned or not inspected pursuant to Section
109 for a period of one year. In determining whether work has been suspended or abandoned
under this Section 105.5, including exceptions thereto, the code official shall have the right to
request documentation from the permit holder and to inspect the premises, including any
building or other structure, for which the permit has been granted.
Exceptions:
1. Any permit issued for construction regulated by the Residential Code shall
become invalid if the authorized work is not begun within 180 days after the
permit is issued, or if the authorized work is suspended or abandoned for a period
of 180 days after the date work is begun as evidenced by lack of continuous work.
2. Any permit issued for work that is to occur on land designated as a Special Flood
Hazard Area on the Federal Emergency Management Agency’s Flood Insurance
Rate Map shall become invalid if the authorized work is not begun within 180
days after the permit is issued, or if the authorized work is suspended or
abandoned for a period of 180 days after the date work is begun as evidenced by a
lack of continuous work.
3. Any permit issued for work on premises, including any buildings or other
structures, that have been deemed to be unsafe or unfit for human occupancy (in
accordance with Section 115), or abandoned or deteriorated property (in
accordance with D.C. Official Code § 42-3171.01 et seq.(2012 Repl.)), shall
become invalid if the authorized work is not begun within 30 days after the permit

is issued and completed within six months after the date work is begun, unless the
permit is extended in accordance with Section 105.5.1.
4. The code official has the authority to reinstate, in writing, an expired permit upon
a showing of applicable extenuating circumstances.
105.5.1 Extension of Permit. A permit may be extended upon written request, prior to
expiration and upon a showing of good cause. The code official is authorized to grant
extensions of time not to exceed 180 days per extension. Not more than four extensions
of time will be granted to any permit. The code official may issue an extension for a
period of 365 days upon demonstration of need at the time of extension application, but,
in no event, shall the aggregate extensions of time exceed two years.
Exceptions:
1. For any permit issued for work on premises, including any buildings or
other structures, that have been deemed to be unsafe or unfit for human
occupancy (in accordance with Section 115), or abandoned or deteriorated
property (in accordance with D.C. Official Code § 42-3171.01 et seq.
(2012 Repl.)), work must commence within 30 days after the initial permit
is issued, and be completed within 180 days after the date work is begun,
unless an extension of time is granted by the code official. If the work has
not been completed within the 180 day period or any extension period
granted by the code official, the Department is authorized to complete the
work in accordance with D.C. Official Code § 42-3131.01 et seq. (2012
Repl.) and to seek any other remedies or penalties authorized by law,
including monetary fines, criminal prosecution, or court orders directing
correction or abatement of the violation.
2. The code official shall have the discretion to inspect the premises,
including any building or other structure, for which a permit extension has
been requested prior to granting an extension.
105.5.2 [Reserved].
105.5.3 Transferability of Permits. Where a permit holder transfers a premises,

including any building or other structure, for which an unexpired permit has been issued,
except where restricted by Section 113.9, the permit may be transferred to the new
owner, upon application by the new owner in a form specified by the code official.
Permits for installations related to electrical, gas, mechanical, plumbing, elevator and fire
protection systems are not transferable.
105.6 Revocation of Permits. The code official is authorized to revoke a permit or approval

issued under the Construction Codes or the District of Columbia Zoning Regulations (11
DCMR) (the Zoning Regulations), for any of the following conditions:
1. Where there is a false statement or misrepresentation of fact, or other significant

inaccuracy, in the application or on the plans on which a permit or approval was
based, that substantively affected the approval, including, but not limited to,
inaccuracies with respect to pre-existing conditions;
2. When the construction does not comply with the Construction Codes (or any
modification duly granted thereunder by the code official), the Zoning
Regulations (or any relief granted therefrom by the Board of Zoning Adjustment
or the Zoning Commission), the permit, the revised permit, one or more
conditions of any Board of Zoning Adjustment or Zoning Commission Order that
authorized the construction, or the approved plans and other information filed to
obtain the permit, and when the permit holder fails to correct the non-conforming
situation within the time period specified in a notice or order issued under Section
113;
3. When the permit holder has been cited under 12 DCMR A § 115 for one or more
violations of the Construction Codes which, by the determination of the code
official, threaten the health and safety of the public in the District of Columbia,
and when the permit holder fails to restore safety or otherwise remedy the
situation under the terms and conditions of the code official’s order and within the
time period specified;
4. When the construction has been posted with two or more stop work orders, under
12 DCMR A § 114, and the permit holder fails to comply with conditions stated
in the orders prior to resuming construction, in two or more instances, so as to
establish a pattern indicative of the permit holder’s unwillingness to fully comply
with the Construction Codes;
5. When permits are issued to a contractor whose license has expired, or is
suspended or revoked by the Board having jurisdiction;
6. When the code official determines that the permit has been issued in error or on
the basis of incorrect information supplied; or
7. When the use is located in a CM or M zone district and the use violates the
―Standards of External Effects‖ described in the Zoning Regulations.
105.6.1 Effective Date of Revocations. Revocations based on items 1, 2, 4, 5, 6 or 7 of

Section 105.6 are proposed actions and shall become final upon occurrence of one of the
following conditions:

1. If the permit holder fails to request a hearing from: (a) the Office of
Administrative Hearings within 15 business days of receipt after service
pursuant to Section 105.6.3 of the notice of revocation with respect to
violations of the Construction Codes; or (b) the Board of Zoning
Adjustment within 60 days of receipt after service pursuant to Section
105.6.3 of the notice of revocation with respect to violations of the Zoning
Regulations; or
2. If the Office of Administrative Hearings or Board of Zoning Adjustment

finds that grounds exist to revoke the permit following a hearing requested
by the permit holder pursuant to Section 105.6.4.
105.6.1.1 Summary Revocations; Cancellations.
1. Revocations based on item 3 of Section 105.6 shall be summary

revocations and shall take effect on the date ordered by the code official.
2. The code official shall have the right to declare a permit null and void, if
the agency determines that the permit was erroneously issued as the result
of administrative or clerical error and notifies the permit holder of the
error within five business days of permit issuance. Upon such notification,
the permit holder shall promptly surrender the permit for cancellation,
however, the failure to surrender the permit voluntarily for cancellation
shall not affect its invalidity and the permit shall be cancelled upon
notification to the permit holder in accordance with Section 105.6.3.
105.6.1.2 Board of Zoning Adjustment Order. When a written order of the

Board of Zoning Adjustment concludes that a permit was issued in error, the
permit shall be revoked, effective 10 days after the Board of Zoning Adjustment
Order is served upon the permit holder. The revocation may be appealed to the
District of Columbia Court of Appeals pursuant to Section 11 of An Act To
prescribe administrative procedures for the District of Columbia Government,
approved October 21, 1968 (82 Stat. 1209; D.C. Official Code § 2-510 (2012
Repl.)).
105.6.2 Notice of Revocation. Except as provided in Section 105.6.1.1, the permit

holder shall be provided, pursuant to Section 105.6.3, written notice of the code official’s
order to revoke the permit. This notice shall include the following:
1. A copy of the written order;
2. A statement of the grounds for the action taken, citing the provisions of

the D.C. Official Code, the Construction Codes or the Zoning Regulations
which have been violated; and
3. A statement advising the permit holder of the right to appeal the

revocation in accordance with Section 105.6.4.
105.6.3 Service of Notice to Revoke a Permit. The code official shall effect service of a
notice to revoke a permit by one of the following methods:
1. Personal service on the permit holder or the permit holder’s agent;
2. Delivering the notice to the last known home or business address of the
permit holder as identified by the permit application, the tax records, or
business license records, and leaving it with a person over the age of 16
years old residing or employed therein;
3. Mailing the notice, via first class mail postage prepaid, at least 10 days
prior to the date of the proposed action, to the last known home or
business address of the permit holder or the permit holder’s agent as
identified by the permit application, the tax records, or business license
records; or
4. If the notice is returned as undeliverable by the Post Office authorities, or

if no address is known or can be ascertained by reasonable diligence, by
posting a copy of the notice in a conspicuous place in or about the
structure affected by such notice.
105.6.3.1 Respondent’s Agent. For the purposes of this section, respondent’s

agent shall mean a general agent, employee, registered agent or attorney of the
respondent.
105.6.3.2 Subsequent Notifications. Once the initial notice has been served:
1. The respondent shall notify the Department of all changes of

address or of a preferred address to receive all future notices
regarding the revocation. This notification by the respondent shall
be in writing; and
2. All other notices, orders, or any other information regarding the

revocation may be sent by the Department via first class mail,
postage prepaid.
105.6.4 Appeal from Action. The permit holder may request a hearing by the Office of
Administrative Hearings or the Board of Zoning Adjustment as provided below.

105.6.4.1 Office of Administrative Hearings. The permit holder may appeal a
notice of revocation to the Office of Administrative Hearings (OAH) no later than
10 business days after service of written notice of the revocation upon the permit
holder, pursuant to Chapter 18A of Title 2 of the D.C. Official Code (D.C.
Official Code § 2-1801.01 et seq. (2012 Repl.)) and any regulations promulgated
thereunder. The appeal shall specify that the Construction Codes or the rules
legally adopted thereunder have been incorrectly interpreted or applied by the
code official, that the provisions of the Construction Codes do not fully apply, or
that an equally good or better form of construction can be used. OAH shall have
no authority to waive requirements of the Construction Codes.
105.6.4.2 Board of Zoning Adjustment. To the extent that a revocation is based

in whole or in part upon a violation of the Zoning Regulations, any appeal of the
zoning-based ground shall be heard by the Board of Zoning Adjustment in
accordance with Section 8 of An Act Providing for the zoning of the District of
Columbia and the regulation of the location, height, bulk and uses of buildings
and other structures and the uses of land in the District of Columbia, and for other
purposes, approved June 20, 1938, as amended, (52 Stat. 799; D.C. Official Code
§ 6-641.07 (2012 Repl.)) and Chapter 32 of the Zoning Regulations (11 DCMR).
The appeal shall be filed no later than 60 days after service of written notice of the
revocation upon the permit holder, pursuant to D.C. Official Code § 6-641.09
(2012 Repl.), and the Zoning Regulations. The permit holder shall specify the
provisions of the Zoning Regulations on which the appeal is based.
105.6.4.3 Expedited Hearings. When a summary revocation is ordered under

item 3 of Section 105.6 of this chapter, the permit holder may request an
expedited hearing from OAH within 72 hours (excluding Saturdays, Sundays, and
legal holidays) of service of notice pursuant to Section 105.6.3, to review the
reasonableness of the revocation order. At this hearing, the code official shall
have the burden of establishing a prima facie case of immediate or serious and
continuing endangerment. The OAH may not stay the code official’s decision to
revoke a permit under item 3 of Section 105.6 pending the final resolution of the
hearing.
105.7 Posting of Fines. Where civil infraction citations have been issued to an applicant for a
building permit for illegal construction under Section 113.7, all applicable fine amounts must be
posted with the Treasurer of the District of Columbia by the applicant, prior to the issuance of
any permit. Upon adjudication of said civil infraction citations, any fines or penalties not
assessed to the applicant will be refunded.
106 SUBMITTAL DOCUMENTS

106.1 General. Submittal documents shall consist of construction documents (as specified in
this Section 106 or as may be required by the code official), a statement of special inspections, a
geotechnical report and other data. The construction documents shall be prepared by a registered
design professional where required by the Construction Codes. Where special conditions exist,
the code official is authorized to require additional construction documents to be prepared by a
registered design professional.
Where one or more submittal documents are required based on the permit(s) applied for,
submittal documents shall be submitted with the permit application and shall include four sets, or
an electronic submission, of drawings and one set of all other supporting documents unless
otherwise specified below. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all submittal documents, the permit
application and all other supporting documents shall be submitted electronically, based on the
following schedule:
1. January 1, 2014: Projects of 100,000 square feet or more.
2. April 1, 2014: Projects of 75,000 square feet or more.
3. July, 1, 2014: Projects of 50,000 square feet or more.
4. October 1, 2014: All projects with the exception of projects exempted from seal
requirements by Section 105.3.10.1.
The code official is authorized to modify the requirements for submittal documents when the
application for permit is for alteration or repair or when otherwise warranted.
Exception: The code official is authorized to accept and process permit applications without
submissions of construction documents and other supporting data not required to be prepared
by a registered design professional, where the code official finds that the nature of the work
applied for is such that review of construction documents is not necessary to obtain
compliance with the Construction Codes.
106.1.1 Architectural and Engineering Details. The code official shall require
adequate details of structural, accessibility, fire protection, electrical, fuel gas,
mechanical, plumbing, energy conservation, and green building provisions to be filed,
including computations, stress diagrams, sound transmission details and other technical
data essential to assess compliance with the Construction Codes, as further specified in
this Section 106. All engineering plans and computations shall bear the signature of the
District-licensed professional engineer responsible for the design as required by Section
106.3.4.
106.1.1.1 Shop Drawings. Before construction or installation of the elements

and systems listed below, the code official is authorized to require submission of

shop drawings bearing the review stamp of the engineer of record, and bearing the
seal and signature of the registered design professional who designed the system.
When required, four sets of shop drawings shall be submitted, or an electronic
submission; provided, shop drawings shall be submitted electronically where the
project is subject to the mandatory electronic submission requirements in Section
106.1.
1. Structural steel and steel trusses, with connection details.
2. Open web steel joists.
3. Precast and prestressed concrete.
4. Post tensioning.
5. Space frames.
6. Strong backs.
7. Curtain wall.
8. Structural wood trusses, beams, girders, and columns.
9. Concrete mixes.
10. Structural, electrical, and mechanical loads related to new

construction installations of elevators, escalators and other
conveying systems including, but not limited to, accessibility lifts.
11. Pre-engineered elements.
12. Suspended plaster ceiling systems.
13. Underpinning.
14. Sheeting and shoring.
15. Formwork.
16. Automatic fire suppression systems.
17. Fire alarm systems.

18. Smoke control systems
19. Commercial kitchen hood suppression systems.
20. Flammable and combustible liquid storage tanks.
21. All installations, modernizations or alterations of elevators and

conveying systems.
Exception for Items 16, 17, and 19: When approved by the code official,
shop drawings are not required to bear the seal and signature of the registered
design professional who designed the system when the following conditions
are met:
1. Automatic fire suppression systems shop drawings are permitted to

bear the stamp and signature of a National Institute for
Certification in Engineering Technology (NICET) Level III
Technician certified in Automatic Sprinkler System Layout or
Special Hazards Suppression Systems.
2. Fire alarm shop drawings are permitted to bear the stamp and
signature of a NICET Level III Technician certified in Fire Alarm
Systems.
106.1.2 Means of Egress. The construction documents shall show in sufficient detail the
location, construction, size and character of all portions of the means of egress, including
the path of the exit discharge to the public way, in compliance with the provisions of the
Construction Codes. In occupancies other than Group R-2, R-3 and I-1 occupancies, the
construction documents shall designate the number of occupants to be accommodated on
every floor and in all rooms and occupiable spaces.
106.1.3 Exterior Envelope. The construction documents for all buildings shall describe
the exterior wall envelope, roof envelope and building thermal envelope in sufficient
detail to determine compliance with the Construction Codes. The construction
documents shall provide details of the exterior wall and roof envelope as required,
including materials, flashing, intersections with dissimilar materials, corners, end details,
control joints, intersections at roof, eaves or parapets, means of drainage, water-resistive
membrane, details around openings, fire-resistive construction and fire-resistive
protection of wall openings, wall cavities and intersections with floor assemblies, as
applicable.
106.1.4 Structural Documents. Before a permit is issued and before work can begin,
structural documents shall be submitted in accordance with Section 1603 of the Building

Code, showing the complete design, with sizes, sections, and relative locations of various
structural members, floor elevations, column, or bearing wall centers, and beam or joint
sizes and spacings. Documents shall be drawn to scale large enough to convey the
information adequately. The code official shall have the right to require that the structural
computations for the structure be submitted for review.
106.1.4.1 Certification of Structural Design. When the structural plans have

been prepared by a professional engineer registered in the District of Columbia,
practicing in the field of structural engineering, the applicant shall have the option
to submit with such plans a certificate, duly executed by such structural engineer
on a form provided by the code official, that the structural portion of the plans
complies with the structural requirements of the Construction Codes. The code
official is authorized to accept the structural portions of the plans thus certified, at
the code official’s discretion. Each sheet of each set of plans certified under this
section shall bear the seal and signature of the certifying engineer, under the
following statement: ―Structural plans certified as provided in Section 106.1.4.1
of the D.C. Construction Codes.‖
106.1.4.2 Non-Structural Review. The provisions of Section 106.1.4.1 shall not

relieve the code official from determining that the design, erection or alteration of
such building or other structure complies with other applicable requirements of
the Construction Codes and other regulations.
106.1.5 Fire Protection Documents The applicant shall provide plans and schedules of
sufficient detail showing the applicable features and characteristics of all fire protection
systems components for any system required by the Construction Codes or otherwise
proposed to be installed. The construction documents shall show the location and type of
all fire alarm devices, fire alarm control equipment and panels, fire alarm primary and
backup power sources. Construction plans containing fire protection systems data shall
be drawn to a scale of not less than 1/8 inch to the foot (10 mm/m). The construction
documents shall include sufficient information and detail to adequately describe the
elements of any smoke control systems including equipment location and engineering
needs as required by the Construction Codes. The construction documents shall show the
standpipes and automatic sprinkler system infrastructure, including the location, size and
type of risers, valves, flow and pressure sensors, Siamese connections, fire pump, jockey
pump, pump controllers, pump test pipes and other appurtenances of the system, as
applicable. The type of sprinkler system and areas and openings requiring special
coverage shall be so noted on the construction documents. The construction documents
shall show details of other fire suppression systems, including gaseous and kitchen hood
systems. The construction documents shall show capacities and loads of the means of
egress, maximum travel distances at every floor, remoteness between exits, fire resistance
rating of structural members, floors and walls enclosing means of egress, rating of fire
doors and fire dampers, fire stop penetration details at rated wall and floor assemblies,

location and type of exit signs and emergency lighting. Construction documents for work
in part of an existing building shall include a scoping document listing all floors of the
building and the extent to which each floor is protected with an automatic fire
suppression system.
106.1.6 Elevator and Other Conveying Systems Documents. The applicant shall
provide plans and schedules of sufficient detail showing the applicable features and
characteristics of all conveying systems components for any system required by the
Construction Codes or otherwise proposed to be installed. These plans and schedules
shall be drawn to a scale of not less than 1/8 inch to the foot (10 mm/m). The
construction documents shall clearly show:
1. The location, overall dimensions and type of all vertical transportation

systems;
2. The location and type of elevator lobby smoke detectors, other smoke
detectors for elevator recall, as well as other fire alarm and fire suppression
devices proposed to be installed in elevator machine rooms, elevator pits
and top of elevator hoistways and shall include a sequence of elevator
operation in emergency mode when such fire detection equipment is
activated;
3. The primary and backup power sources for the elevator equipment and shall
define the primary and secondary levels of elevator recall;
4. Clearances at top and bottom of hoistway and at elevator equipment spaces,

minimum interior dimensions of cabs, provisions for access to elevator pits,
provisions for drainage of elevator pits, provisions for illumination and
electric power in elevator machine rooms, elevator hoistways, elevator pits
and elevator equipment spaces shall be shown on the construction
documents, as applicable; and
5. The location of provisions for emergency disconnect of elevator power in

elevator pits, elevator machine rooms and elevator equipment spaces, and
shall show the location of sprinkler valves and sprinkler flow sensors for
systems serving elevator machine rooms and hoistways, as required.
106.1.7 Electrical Documents. The applicant shall provide plans and schedules of
sufficient detail and clarity showing the location and capacity of all lighting facilities,
electrically operated equipment and electrical circuits required for all service equipment
of the building or other structure. These plans and schedules shall be drawn to a scale of
not less than 1/8 inch to the foot (10mm/m). All electrically controlled devices, including
signal, communicating and lighting systems and associated wiring, wherever required

under the provisions of the Construction Codes, shall be shown on the electrical plans for
the following purposes:
1. Places of public assembly and education and control of emergency

lighting systems in accordance with Section 1006 and hazardous uses
requirements in Chapter 4 of the Building Code.
2. Stairway and exit illumination in accordance with Section 1205 and

Section 1006 of the Building Code, ―Exit‖ sign lighting circuits in
accordance with Section 1011 of the Building Code, and elevator car
illumination in accordance with Chapter 30 of the Building Code.
3. Electrical equipment and control of heating, refrigerating and ventilating

machinery and devices in accordance with the Mechanical Code.
4. Fire protective signaling systems, automatic fire detection systems, fire

department communications and supervisory services in accordance with
Sections 901.6 through 901.6.3 of the Building Code and Section 907 of
the Building Code.
5. Wiring of signs in accordance with 13 DCMR, and telecommunication

and broadcast towers in accordance with Section 3108 of the Building
Code.
6. Power control electric operation and circuit wiring of elevators, escalators

and other conveying systems in accordance with Chapter 30 of the
Building Code.
7. Illumination of spaces intended for human occupancy in accordance with

Section 1205 of the Building Code.
8. Backup emergency and standby power systems.
9. Lighting intensity levels along all required paths of egress.
10. All fire stop penetration details at rated wall and floor assemblies.
106.1.7.1 Exemptions. Electrical plans shall not be required for the following:
1. Any work exempted from the building permit requirement in accordance

with Section 105.2.
2. Repair or replacement in kind of electrical equipment.

3. Work involving only structures without equipment regulated by the
Electrical Code, such as open sheds for storage purposes, detached private
garages and other similar spaces not required by the Construction Codes
to be provided with electric current.
4. Temporary sanitary installations required for construction operations.
106.1.8 Fuel Gas Documents. The applicant shall provide construction documents,
engineering calculations, diagrams and other data, which shall be of sufficient clarity to
indicate the location, nature and extent of the fuel gas work proposed and show in detail
that the work conforms to the provisions of the Construction Codes. These documents
shall be drawn to a scale of not less than 1/8 inch to the foot (10 mm/m). Construction
documents shall indicate where penetrations will be made for installations and shall
indicate fire stop penetration details at rated wall and floor assemblies.
106.1.9 Mechanical Documents. The applicant shall provide diagrammatic mechanical

equipment or system and mechanical plans, which shall show the location and
arrangement of the mechanical equipment, fuel systems, ductwork and appurtenances,
including safety and pressure-controlling devices. The plans shall be drawn to a scale of
not less than 1/8 inch to the foot (10 mm/m). The plans shall show in sufficient detail the
relevant features and clearances of the appliances and systems, including: fire stop
penetration details at rated wall and floor assemblies, and size and type of apparatus;
construction of flue, stack or chimney; stack connections; type of fuel; method of
operation; and the method of compliance with all the applicable regulations for the class
and type of equipment installed.
106.1.9.1 Exemptions. Mechanical plans shall not be required for the following:
1. Any work exempted from building permit requirement in accordance with

Section 105.2.
2. Repair or replacement in kind of mechanical equipment.
3. Work involving only structures without equipment regulated by the

Mechanical Code, such as open sheds for storage purposes, detached
private garages and other similar spaces not required by the Construction
Codes to be heated.
106.1.10 Plumbing Documents. The applicant shall provide plans of each floor and of a
typical floor showing the complete plumbing system layout, all plumbing fixtures, total
Drainage Fixture Unit (DFU) values, the water supply piping layout, together with
building sections showing vertical and diagrammatic elevations of the soil, waste, vent

and water supply lines with traps and valves, and the location and size of the public sewer
or other disposal system. These plans shall be drawn to a scale of not less than 1/8 inch
to the foot (10 mm/m). The plumbing plans shall show in sufficient detail: the layout and
spacing of fixtures; the size, material and location of the building and storm sewers and
drains; and the soil, waste, vent and water supply piping and the method or equipment
proposed to prevent cross contamination, backflow and fire stop penetration details at
rated wall and floor assemblies.
106.1.10.1 Public Sewer. Plans for new plumbing or alterations to existing

plumbing systems shall be accompanied by a diagram showing the relative
elevation of the lowest fixture and the top of the public sewer referred to in the
established datum of DC Water. The plans shall show the size, number and
location of all new sewer connections. A water and sewer Certificate of Approval
issued by DC Water shall be provided with the plumbing plans for every project
where DC Water is requested to furnish new water or sewer service connections.
106.1.10.2 Public Water Main. Where the installation of a water distribution

system or the replacement or alteration of an existing water supply system is
contemplated, the plumbing plans shall show the location and size of all water
lines and branches involved all fixtures or other devices to be supplied, and the
minimum water pressure in the main in front of the building or other structure. A
water and sewer Certificate of Approval, issued by DC Water, shall be provided
with the plumbing plans for every project where DC Water is requested to furnish
new water or sewer service connections.
106.1.10.3 Exemptions. Plumbing plans shall not be required for the following:
1. Any work exempted from building permit requirement in accordance with

Section 105.2.
2. Repair or replacement in kind of plumbing fixtures.
3. Work involving only structures without plumbing fixtures, such as open

sheds for storage purposes, detached private garages and temporary
installations for exhibition purposes where not designed for sanitary use
and not directly connected to a sewage system.
4. Temporary sanitary installations required for construction operations

where not designed to be directly connected to the public sewer system.
106.1.11 Energy Conservation Documents. The applicant shall provide plans and
schedules of sufficient clarity to indicate the location, nature and extent of the work
proposed and show in sufficient detail pertinent data and features of the building and the

equipment and systems as herein governed, including, but not limited to:
1. Design criteria, exterior envelope component materials, insulation

materials and their R-values;
2. Fenestration U-factors and SHGCs;
3. Area-weighted U-factor and SHGC calculations; mechanical system

design criteria;
4. Mechanical and service water heating system and equipment types, sizes
and efficiencies;
5. Economizer description; equipment and system controls;
6. Fan motor horsepower (hp) and controls;
7. Duct sealing, duct and pipe insulation and location;
8. Lighting fixture schedule with wattage and control narrative;
9. Air sealing details; and
10. Other pertinent data to indicate compliance with the requirements of the
Energy Conservation Code and relevant laws, ordinances, rules and
regulations, as determined by the code official.
These plans and schedules shall be drawn to a scale of not less than 1/8 inch to the foot
(10 mm/m) upon suitable material. The submittal documents and designs submitted
under the provisions of Chapter 4 of the Energy Conservation Code shall be prepared by
a registered design professional.
Exception: For residential buildings having a conditioned floor area of 5000 square
feet (465 m2) or less, designs submitted under the provisions of Chapter 4 of the
Energy Conservation Code shall be prepared by anyone having qualifications
acceptable to the code official.
106.1.11.1 Deemed to Comply. Use of the appropriate REScheck and

COMcheck tools, which are available online from the U.S. Department of Energy,
are an acceptable method to comply with the residential and/or commercial
requirements of the Energy Conservation Code.
106.1.12 Zoning Compliance Review Data. The applicant shall provide to the Zoning

Division of the Department plans showing orientation of the property as to North, drawn
to a scale indicated numerically as well as depicted graphically, and the following:
1. The shape, dimensions and topography of the lot to be built upon, in

sufficient detail to allow determination of heights above existing and
proposed finished grade of all proposed structures, so as to allow
determination of compliance with pertinent height limitations of the Zoning
Regulations.
2. The width of all public streets and public rights-of-way contiguous to the
lot, with elevations at measuring points along them sufficient to determine
compliance with the An Act to regulate the height of buildings in the
District of Columbia, approved June 1, 1910, as amended, (36 Stat. 452;
D.C. Official Code § 6-601.05 (2012 Repl.)).
3. The shape and location in plan of all existing and proposed structures, fully
dimensioned, including orientation and distances to lot lines so as to define
without ambiguity the dimensions and location of said structures.
4. The elevations of all existing and proposed structures fully dimensioned so

as to define without ambiguity the dimensions of said structures.
5. The parking and loading plans and the basis for computation of the facilities
shown on those plans.
6. A Zoning Data Summary of the project including, as applicable, at least the

following data: lot width, area of the lot, percentage of lot occupancy, height
of the structure and the location and elevation of the height measurement
reference points, gross floor area for each floor level, area of basement, area
of cellar, proposed Floor Area Ratio, areas dedicated to each use, width of
any proposed side yard, rear yard or court, number of standard and compact
parking spaces and dimensions of loading berths and delivery loading
spaces.
7. Other information necessary to determine compliance with the Zoning

Regulations.
106.1.12.1 Zoning Data on Building Plat. For the purpose of zoning compliance
review, the following data shall be provided on the building plat required by
Section 106.1.12, as applicable, in addition to the information required by Section
106.1.12.1:
1. The number, size, shape and location of all open parking spaces,

open loading berths, and approaches to all parking and loading
facilities.
2. Other information necessary to determine compliance with the

Zoning Regulations.
106.1.13 Official Building Plat. The applicant shall provide an official building plat
issued by the D.C. Office of the Surveyor, in duplicate or by electronic submission, with
applications for permit involving any of the following:
1. Erection of a new building or other structure.
2. Addition to an existing building.
3. Permanent construction higher than 48 inches (1219 mm) above grade,

outside the footprint of existing buildings.
4. Construction or alteration of projections into public space.
5. Erection of retaining walls higher than 48 inches (1219 mm).
6. Establishment of a new parking lot, regardless of the amount of work

involved.
106.1.13.1 Plat Information. The applicant shall show upon the building plat,
completely dimensioned and drawn in ink to the same scale as the plat, the outline
of all buildings, additions, or other structures existing and to be constructed. The
accuracy of the representation of the location of the structures on the plat shall be
self-certified by the owner or authorized agent for the owner of the lot of record
or parcel of land, who shall sign a certificate in a form prescribed by the code
official, printed on the building plat.
106.1.14 Location of Water and Sewer Mains. When relevant to the scope of work, the
permit applicant shall secure from DC Water the location and other necessary details
regarding water and sewer mains to serve the premises to be permitted and shall submit
this information with the permit application to the code official.
106.1.15 Green Building Documents. The applicant shall provide plans and supporting
documents in sufficient detail and clarity to show compliance with the relevant green
building construction practices as required by the Green Construction Code or an
alternative compliance path selected pursuant to Section 101.4.9.4, and with any green
building submittal requirements specified by the code official as set forth in the
Department’s Administrative Bulletins.

106.2 Site Plan. The applicant shall provide a site plan, whenever the application for permit
involves any of the following:
1. Erection of a new building or other structure.
2. Addition to an existing building.
3. Permanent construction outside the footprint of existing buildings.
4. Construction or alteration of projections into public space.
5. Erection of retaining walls.
6. A major substantial improvement activity (as defined by 21 DCMR Chapter 5) or

a land-disturbing activity regulated by 21 DCMR Chapter 5.
7. Demolition or razing of existing structures or buildings.
8. Installation or replacement of underground utility service connections.
9. Installation or replacement of site drainage systems.
10. Path of the exit discharge to the public way.
11. Construction in whole or in part in a Special Flood Hazard Area as established in

Section 1612.3 of the Building Code.
The code official shall be authorized to establish minimum requirements for submittal of site
plans and maximum overall size of plans acceptable for review. These limits shall also apply to
zoning compliance review plans submitted pursuant to Section 106.1.12.
106.2.1 Site Plan Information. The applicant shall show upon the site plan, completely
dimensioned and drawn to a scale indicated numerically and graphically, the site, its
orientation to North and, as applicable: location of all existing and new construction on
the site; distances from property lines; established street grades, proposed finished
grades, features required to comply with 21 DCMR Chapter 5; location of utility service
lines and connections thereto (with dimensions and all appurtenant features of such
connections); and flood hazard areas, floodways and design flood elevations. For raze or
demolition, the site plan shall identify the structures or portions thereof to be demolished
and the location and size of all existing structures and construction that are to remain on
the site.

106.2.1.1 Design Flood Elevations. Where design flood elevations are not
specified, they shall be established in accordance with Section 1612.3.1 of the
Building Code.
106.3 Examination of Documents. The code official shall examine or cause to be examined the
submittal documents accompanying building permit applications, pursuant to Section 105.3.1.
106.3.1 Review by Other Agencies. Permit applicants shall be responsible for obtaining
approvals from other reviewing agencies, including, but not limited to, the Historic
Preservation Office and the District Department of the Environment. If deficiencies in
the plans or other supporting documents are discovered during these reviews, the other
reviewing agencies may give the applicant an opportunity to correct the deficiencies.
Any restrictions or conditions imposed by other reviewing agencies may be annotated on
the plans and shall be incorporated into and deemed a condition of the permit.
106.3.2 Special Inspections. Where special inspections are required by Chapter 17 of

the Building Code, the owner shall name the individual or firms who are to perform such
special inspections. The stages of construction at which special inspections are to occur
shall be established by the Special Inspections Program Procedural Manual (―Special
Inspections Program Procedural Manual‖) published by the Department (July 2012
edition, as may be amended from time to time by the Department). Special inspections
shall be made in accordance with Section 109.3.13 and Chapter 17 of the Building Code.
106.3.2.1 Building Permit Requirement. The special inspection requirement of

Section 106.3.1 shall be determined prior to the issuance of the building permit
and shall be a requisite for the permit issuance as described in Section 1704.1. A
statement of special inspections, completed by the registered design professional
in charge, shall accompany each application where special inspections are
required.
106.4 Amended Submittal Documents. All work shall conform to the approved application
and plans for which the permit has been issued and any approved amendments to them. Any
changes made during construction which deviate substantively from the approved plans shall be
resubmitted for approval, in accordance with Section 105.3.3.
106.5 Department Records. The code official shall keep official records of applications
received, permits and certificates issued, fees collected, reports of inspections, and notices and
orders issued. Such records, including one set of approved submittal documents, shall be retained
in the official records so long as the building or other structure to which they relate remains in
existence, unless otherwise provided for by statute, rule or regulation.
106.6 Form of Covenants and Agreements. All covenants and agreements required by the
Construction Codes or drafted in connection therewith shall require approval as to form and legal

sufficiency by the Office of the Attorney General for the District of Columbia (OAG). A copy of
such covenant or agreement as approved by OAG shall be filed and recorded in the Office of the
Recorder of Deeds by and at the expense of the owner before issuance of any related permits or
certificates of occupancy, and one copy of the covenant or agreement, duly noted, shall be filed
with the code official. The owner will cause any lien or interest, recorded prior to the covenant,
to be subordinated to the covenant.
106.6.1 Vault Agreement. Before issuance of a permit for the use or construction of a
vault in public space, the owner of the abutting private property shall execute an
agreement, in the form prescribed by the District, acknowledging for the owner and
owner’s heirs and assigns that: (1) no right, title, or interest of the public is thereby
acquired, waived, or abridged; (2) the Mayor may inspect such vault during regular
business hours; (3) the Mayor may introduce, or authorize the introduction, into or
through such vault, with right of entry for inspection, maintenance, and repair, any water
pipe, gas pipe, sewer, conduit, other pipe, or other public utility underground construction
which the Mayor deems necessary in the public interest to place in or by the District, at
the expense of such owner, to conform with any change made in the street, roadway, or
sidewalk width or grade; (4) rental for such vault will be paid to the District as required
by the District of Columbia Public Space Rental Act, approved October 17, 1968 (82
Stat. 1156; D.C. Official Code § 10-1101.01 et seq. (2012 Repl.)); and (5) the owner will
release and relinquish the vault space, and remove, free of expense to the District of
Columbia, all structural parts of the vault when so ordered by the code official.
106.6.2 Covenants for Openings on Property Lines. A covenant running with the land,
in a form prescribed by the District of Columbia, shall be required before issuance of a
final certificate of occupancy for the building where openings in exterior walls closer
than 5 feet (1524 mm) from interior lot lines are allowed pursuant to Sections 705.8.7
through 705.8.7.7. The covenant shall ensure that compliance with the minimum
requirements of those sections will be maintained for as long as the building shall exist,
and shall ensure that responsibility for the maintenance of those conditions will be
conveyed to any future owner of the building.
106.6.3 Covenants for Private Fire Hydrants. No permit or related plan that
authorized installation of a private fire hydrant shall be approved without an agreement in
the form prescribed by the District of Columbia and recorded in the land records of the
District of Columbia, establishing the entity or person, and successors thereof,
responsible for maintenance, repair and replacement of the private fire hydrant in
perpetuity.
106.6.4 Covenants for Modifications of Projection Requirements. No permit or

related plan shall be approved for a modification of projection requirements pursuant to
Section 3202.4 without an agreement in the form prescribed by the District of Columbia
and recorded in the land records of the District of Columbia establishing, by covenant

running with the land for such period as the projection shall exist, such limitations and
conditions as shall be imposed by the code official, which shall include but not be limited
to agreement to save harmless the District of Columbia, its officers and agents, from
liability by virtue of the grant of authority to construct said projection, and agreement to
landscape or otherwise treat, to the satisfaction of the code official, and thereafter to
maintain the area upon which the covenanter has forborne to build.
106.6.5 Covenants for Green Building Act Binding Pledge. Where the applicant has
elected to submit a binding pledge as provided in Section 302.6.2.4 of the Green
Construction Code as security for compliance with the provisions of Section 302.3.2 or
Section 302.3.3 of the Green Construction Code, the applicant shall present to the code
official a certified copy of the binding pledge, in a form approved by the Office of the
Attorney General, evidencing due recordation of the binding pledge among the land
records of the Office of the Recorder of Deeds of the District of Columbia at no cost to
the District of Columbia. The certified copy of the binding pledge shall be presented
prior to the issuance of the first certificate of occupancy in a story above grade plane in
the project. The owner will cause any lien or interest, recorded prior to the recording of
the binding pledge, to be subordinated to the binding pledge.
106.6.6 Covenants for Water or Sewer Utility Service. A covenant shall be required
before a permit shall be issued to install water or sewer utility services to a lot from an
adjacent lot, or to extend such services to a lot or premises from a building, as approved
pursuant to Section 301.3.1 of the Plumbing Code.
106.6.7 Master Service or Master Meter Covenants for Master Service or Master
Metering. No covenant in connection with Articles 230.2 and 230.3 of the Electrical
Code shall be approved in order to provide master service to more than one building on a
single lot, or to buildings on different lots in the same square, unless in accordance with
Section 106.6. Such covenant shall be required prior to issuance of a permit.
106.6.8 Covenants for Stormwater Management. A covenant running with the land
and each applicable easement shall be required before a permit is issued for a major land-
disturbing activity or a major substantial improvement activity (as defined by 21 DCMR
Chapter 5) regulated by 21 DCMR Chapter 5.
107 TEMPORARY STRUCTURES AND USES
107.1 General. The code official is authorized to issue a permit for temporary structures and
temporary uses. Such permits shall be limited as to time of service, but shall not be permitted for
more than 180 days. The code official is authorized to grant extensions for demonstrated cause.
107.2 Conformance. Temporary structures and uses shall conform to the structural strength,

fire safety, means of egress, accessibility, light, ventilation and sanitary requirements of the
Construction Codes as necessary to ensure public health, safety and general welfare.
107.3 Temporary Power. The code official is authorized to give permission to temporarily
supply and use power in part of an electric installation before such installation has been fully
completed and the final certificate of completion has been issued. The part covered by the
temporary certificate shall comply with the requirements specified for temporary lighting, heat or
power in the Electrical Code.
107.4 Termination of Approval. The code official is hereby authorized to terminate such
permit for a temporary structure or use and to order the temporary structure or use to be razed,
removed or discontinued, as applicable.
108 FEES
108.1 Payment of Fees. A permit shall not be issued until all fees have been paid to the
Department or other authorized agency, nor shall an amendment to a permit requiring an
additional fee be issued until the additional fee shall have been paid.
108.1.2 Accounting. The code official shall keep an accurate account of all fees
collected, and such collected fees shall be deposited with the D.C. Treasurer, or otherwise
deposited of as required by law.
108.2 Schedule of Permit Fees. The building permit fees for plans examination, permit
processing, inspections and related services shall be as prescribed in Section 108.2.1 and the
code official is authorized to establish by approved rules a schedule of unit rates for buildings
and other structures and for the installation of their appurtenant systems, fixtures, appliances and
equipment.
108.2.1 Fee Schedule. A fee for each plan examination, permit and inspections shall be
paid in accordance with the applicable fee schedule published in the D.C. Register, as
amended from time to time.
108.2.1.1 Application Filing Deposit for New Construction and Alterations.

All applications filed for new construction or alterations must be accompanied by
a portion of the permit fee in the amount of 50 percent of the assessed permit fee
based on the estimated cost of construction; provided, that the required deposit
shall not exceed twenty thousand dollars ($20,000).
108.3 Building Permit Valuations. The applicant for a building permit shall provide an
estimated permit value at time of application. Building permit valuations shall be based upon
total value of materials and labor for which the building permit is being issued, including
electrical, gas, mechanical, plumbing equipment and permanent systems. The total value shall

not include architectural, engineering, and other associated professional costs. If, in the opinion
of the code official, the valuation is underestimated on the application, the permit shall be
withheld, unless the applicant can show detailed estimates to meet the approval of the code
official. Final building permit valuation shall be set by the code official. Proof of valuation can
be made in any of the following forms:
1. A fully executed construction contract.
2. A formal contractor’s estimate.
3. When a deferred method of determining construction cost is submitted, the code

official is authorized to request from the applicant a certified contractor’s
certificate of payment showing the actual cost of construction and the code
official is authorized to adjust the building permit fee to reflect the actual cost of
construction prior to issuing a certificate of occupancy.
4. A construction estimate for repairs and alterations in Group R-3 and structures
under the jurisdiction of the Residential Code.
108.4 Work Commencing Before Permit Issuance. Any person who commences any work on
a building, other structure, gas, electrical, mechanical or plumbing system before obtaining the
necessary permits shall be subject to an additional fee established in the official fee schedule that
shall be in addition to the required permit fees and any fines that may have been levied.
108.5 Related Fees. The payment of the building permit fee, as prescribed in Section 108.2,
shall not relieve the applicant or holder of the permit from the payment of other fees that are
prescribed by law, including, but not limited to fees for: water taps or sewer connections;
temporary use of public space; trade permits; special inspections; special permits issued in
connection with or concurrently with a building permit, such as sign, projection, awning,
demolition, razing, or excavation permits; plan revisions and amendment of permits; certificates
of use and occupancy; or any other privileges, services or requirements, allowed or prescribed by
the Construction Codes or other regulations, both within and without the jurisdiction of the
Department.
108.6 Refunds. In the case of a revocation of a permit or of abandonment or discontinuance of a

building project, upon written request made by the permit holder before the permit expires, the
portion of the work actually completed shall be computed and any excess fee for the incomplete
work shall be returned to the permit holder as soon as practicable after written request is made.
All plan examination and permit processing fees, all fees for inspections actually performed, and
all penalties that have been imposed on the permit holder under the requirements of the
Construction Codes shall be withheld first. Refunds may not be granted for permits issued after
six months.

108.6.1 Revocation Due to Administrative Error. If the permit is declared null and
void due to an administrative or clerical error pursuant to 105.6.1.1 item 2, the filing fee
shall be refunded unless the applicant elects to continue processing of the original
application or the administrative or clerical error resulted from a false statement or
misrepresentation of fact by the applicant or other applicant misconduct.
108.7 Waiver of Fees. No person or entity shall be entitled to a waiver of fees, except as set
forth in the License Fees and Charges Act of 1976, effective September 14, 1976 (D.C. Law 1-
82; D.C. Official Code § 47-2712 (2012 Repl.)).
109 INSPECTIONS
109.1 General. Construction or work for which a permit is required shall be subject to
inspection by the code official and such construction or work shall remain accessible and
exposed for inspection purposes until approved. It shall be the duty of the permit holder to cause
the work to remain accessible and exposed for inspection purposes. Approval as a result of an
inspection shall not be construed to be an approval of a violation of the provisions of the
Construction Codes or of other laws or regulations of the District of Columbia. Regardless of
whether the code official inspects the construction or work, it is the responsibility of the permit
holder and the individual or entity doing the work to comply with all applicable provisions of the
Construction Codes. The permit holder shall be liable for expense entailed in the removal or
replacement of any material required to allow inspection.
109.1.1 Preliminary Inspection. Before issuing a permit, the code official shall, if
deemed necessary, examine or cause to be examined all premises, buildings, and other
structures for which a permit application has been filed.
109.2 Required Inspections and Testing. The permit holder shall be responsible for
notifying the code official when the stages of construction are reached that require any
inspection under Section 109 and for other critical items as directed by the code official.
The code official upon notification shall make the inspections specified in this Section
109 and such other inspections as necessary, and shall either approve that portion of the
construction or shall notify the permit holder of any violations that shall be corrected.
The code official shall not be responsible for conducting inspections unless appropriately
notified. It shall be the duty of the person requesting any inspections required by the
Construction Codes to provide access to and means for inspection of such work.
109.2.1 Inspection Record Card. Work requiring a permit shall not be

commenced until the permit holder or an agent of the permit holder has posted or
otherwise made available the inspection record card issued by the code official.
The inspection record card shall be maintained available by the permit holder on
the job site until final approval has been granted by the code official.

109.3 Types of Inspections. After issuing a building permit, the code official or approved
agency shall conduct the types of inspections specified in Section 109 from time to time during
and upon completion of the work for which a permit has been issued. A record of all such
inspections and of all noted violations of the Construction Codes shall be maintained by the code
official.
109.3.1 Building Inspections.
109.3.1.1 Footing Inspection. Footing inspection is required prior to concrete

placement, after trenches are excavated, forms are erected and reinforcement is
installed. The inspection shall include confirming that the soil classification, soil
compaction and soil bearing capacity specified in the approved plans are
consistent with the field conditions and available soils testing data. The
appropriate erosion and sediment control measures must be in place and
functional.
109.3.1.2 As-Built Foundation Survey (Wall Check). Wall check survey is

required before wall reaches a height of 1 foot (305 mm) above footer, or, in the
case of other vertical construction, when a template or form is located and noted.
The D.C. Office of the Surveyor is authorized to require up to three wall checks
depending on the design of the structure: below grade at footer, near grade, and
final grade. Surveys, wall examinations and reports, and field notes shall comply
with 10 DCMR B §§ 2802, 2810-2812. Wall check surveys shall be performed
by a D.C. Registered Land Surveyor. Wall reports, including drawings and field
notes, shall be filed with the D.C. Office of the Surveyor. Surveying practices
should comply with standards set forth in the current ―Manual Of Practices For
Real Property Surveying In The District Of Columbia.‖ Authorization to continue
construction of any building or other structure beyond construction of the
foundation shall not be issued until a wall report has been prepared and submitted
to the Department. The wall report shall confirm that the location and elevation
of the building or other structure conform to the approved plans and the
provisions of the Construction Codes and other applicable District of Columbia
regulations.
109.3.1.3 Foundation Inspection. Foundation inspection is required prior to

backfill for inspection of footings, sheeting and shoring, waterproofing,
insulation, and location of walls and columns with respect to footings, crawl space
or basement foundation walls, piles and piers.
109.3.1.4 Concrete Slab or Under-floor Inspection. Concrete slab and under-

floor inspections are required after in-slab or under-floor reinforcing steel is in
place to verify reinforcement size, spacing, concrete cover, splicing, vapor barrier,
mesh and insulation. For slab-on-grade foundations, any required forms shall be

in place prior to inspection.
109.3.1.5 Floodplain Certificate. For any project located in a Special Flood

Hazard Area, inspection is required upon placement of the lowest floor, including
basement, and prior to further vertical construction. The code official shall
require submission of a certification of the elevation of the lowest floor, including
basement, prepared by a registered professional engineer or land surveyor, as
required in Section 1612.5 of the Building Code.
109.3.1.6 Pre-Cladding Inspection. Inspection is required after the roof, wall

bracing, windows, doors, flashings and moisture barrier are installed and prior to
placement of exterior cladding.
109.3.1.7 Framing Inspection. Inspection is required after wiring, piping,

chimneys, duct and vents to be concealed are in place, accessibility provisions are
in the rough stage, and all electrical, plumbing and mechanical rough inspections
are approved.
109.3.1.8 Energy Efficiency and Insulation Inspections. Inspection of building

thermal envelope requirements shall be performed before covering them with any
other materials. Inspections to determine compliance with the Energy
Conservation Code and the Green Construction Code shall be conducted by each
trade inspector.
109.3.1.9 Gypsum Board Inspection. An inspection is required of gypsum

board, both interior and exterior, that is part of a fire or smoke-rated assembly, a
shear assembly, a shaft or a sound transmission construction after the gypsum
board is in place, but before the outer layer of gypsum board joints and fasteners
are taped and finished.
109.3.1.10 Accessibility Inspection. An inspection is required of all accessibility

features prior to the final inspection.
109.3.1.11 Final Inspection. A final inspection is required after all mechanical,

electrical, plumbing, fuel gas, elevator and conveying systems, Energy
Conservation Code, and Green Construction Code final inspections and special
inspections, if applicable, are recorded, and the structure, building or portion
thereof is completed in compliance with the Construction Codes.
109.3.2 Electrical Inspections.

109.3.2.1 Underground and Slab Inspection. Inspection is required after
trenches or ditches are excavated, forms are erected, conduit or cable are installed,
and before any backfill or concrete is put in place.
109.3.2.2 Service Inspection. Inspection of each new and upgraded electrical

service is required before the service entrance equipment is authorized to be
energized.
109.3.2.3 Rough-in Inspection. Inspection is required after the roof, framing,

fire blocking, bracing, and wiring are in place, and prior to the installation of
insulation and wall and ceiling membranes.
109.3.2.4 Fire Alarm Systems Rough. Inspection of fixed portions of fire

detection and alarm systems, whether to be concealed or not, is required before
installation of any concealing materials, for inspection of method of installation,
clearances and supports.
109.3.2.5 Fire Alarm Systems Final Inspection. Final inspection is required of

permitted work in fire detection and alarm systems, for proper initiation,
notification, annunciation and operation. This inspection shall include an
acceptance test of the system in accordance with the relevant standard.
109.3.2.6 Final Electrical Inspection. A final electrical inspection is required

after the building or other structure is complete, all required electrical outlets,
switches and fixtures are in place and properly connected and protected, and the
structure, building or portion thereof is ready for occupancy.
109.3.3 Plumbing Inspections.

trenches or ditches are excavated, forms are erected, and piping is installed, and
before any backfill or concrete is put in place. Piping to be covered shall be
tested for leaks under appropriate hydrostatic pressure. The appropriate erosion
and sediment control measures must be in place and functional.
109.3.3.2 Rough-in Inspection. Inspection is required prior to the installation of

wall and ceiling membranes, after the roof, framing, fire blocking and bracing are
in place, and all water, soil, waste and vent piping is complete. Piping to be
covered shall be tested for leaks under appropriate hydrostatic pressure.
109.3.3.3 Fire Service Flush Inspection. Fire service flush inspection is required
prior to connection of the service to any portion of the fire pump or sprinkler
system, for removal of all debris in the fire service water.

109.3.3.4 Fire Suppression Systems Hydro Inspection. Before installation of
any concealing materials, an inspection is required of fixed portions of fire
suppression systems piping, whether to be concealed or not, for method of
installation, clearances and supports and to test for leaks under appropriate gas, air
or hydrostatic pressure.
109.3.3.5 Fire Pump Inspection. Before final inspection of a water fire

suppression system, where a new or replacement fire pump assembly is installed,
a fire pump inspection is required, for proper installation, initiation, pressure, flow
and operation. This inspection shall include an acceptance test of the pump in
accordance with the relevant standard.
109.3.3.6 Fire Suppression Systems Final Inspection. Final inspection is

required of permitted work in fire suppression systems for proper installation,
coverage and operation. This inspection shall include testing of system discharge
control devices, as appropriate under the relevant standards.
109.3.3.7 Final Plumbing Inspection. Final plumbing inspection is required

after the permitted work is complete, all plumbing fixtures and appliances are in
place and properly connected, and the structure, building or portion thereof is
ready for occupancy.
109.3.4 Mechanical Inspections.

trenches or ditches are excavated, forms are erected, underground duct and fuel
piping is installed, and before any backfill and concrete is put in place.
109.3.4.2 Rough-in Inspection. Inspection is required prior to the installation of

wall and ceiling membranes, and after the roof, framing, fire blocking and bracing
are in place and all duct and fuel piping to be concealed are complete.
109.3.4.3 Kitchen Hood and Duct Fire Suppression Systems Final Inspection.
Final inspection is required of permitted work in fire suppression systems, for
proper installation, coverage and operation. This inspection shall include testing
of system discharge control devices, as appropriate under the relevant standards.
109.3.4.4 Final Mechanical Inspection. A final mechanical inspection is

required after the permitted work is complete, the mechanical system and
appliances are in place and properly connected and the structure, building or
portion thereof is ready for occupancy.

109.3.5 Fuel Gas Inspections.
109.3.5.1 Rough-in Inspection. Inspection is required after all piping authorized

by the permit has been installed and before any such piping has been covered and
concealed or any fixtures or appliances have been connected. This inspection shall
include a gas pressure test.
109.3.5.2 Final Fuel Gas Inspection. A final inspection is required after the
permitted fuel gas work is complete and the fuel gas appliances are in place and
properly connected and vented
109.3.6 Elevator and Conveying Systems Inspections. Prior to operation of an elevator

or conveying system that has been installed or altered pursuant to a permit, a final
inspection and issuance of a certificate of inspection shall be required in accordance with
Section 3010.3.
109.3.7 Energy / Green Inspections. Inspections are required at appropriate times

during the construction and upon completion of each project as necessary to determine
compliance with the Energy Conservation Code, the Green Construction Code or an
alternate compliance path selected pursuant to Section 101.4.9.
109.3.8 Other Inspections. In addition to the inspections specified above, the code
official is authorized to make, or to require the owner of a building or other structure to
have an independent inspection agency perform, other inspections of any construction
work. These inspections shall ascertain compliance with the provisions of the
Construction Codes, the Zoning Regulations and other laws or regulations that are
enforced by the Department.
109.3.9 [Reserved].
109.3.10 [Reserved].
109.3.13 Special Inspections. Special inspections shall be made in accordance with

Chapter 17 of the Building Code, and the Special Inspections Program Procedural
Manual.
109.3.13.1 Authority to Require Special Inspections. The code official is

authorized to require the owner to employ special inspectors having adequate
qualifications for inspection or supervision of the types of construction indicated

in Sections 109.3.13.1.1 through 109.3.13.1.9.
109.3.13.1.1 Reinforced Concrete. Inspection and tests for reinforced

concrete when the working stresses are based on a stipulated strength of
the concrete.
109.3.13.1.2 Reinforced Masonry. Reinforced masonry construction.
109.3.13.1.3 [Reserved].
109.3.13.1.4 Welding. Structural welding.
109.3.13.1.5 Precast Concrete. Fabrication and installation of precast

concrete panels and structural elements and their connections.
109.3.13.1.6 Structural Steel. Structural steel construction.
109.3.13.1.7 Engineered Fill. Method of fill, fill materials and

compaction tests.
109.3.13.1.8 Smoke Control Systems. The code official shall require the
owner to have the smoke control system inspected and tested as outlined
in Section 909.3 of the Building Code.
109.3.13.1.9 Other Construction. Other construction or work requiring

special knowledge and experience, involving unusual hazards, or requiring
periodic or continuous inspection; including spray-applied fire proofing,
fire resistant penetrations and joints, and Exterior Insulation Finishing
Systems (EIFS).
109.3.13.2 [Reserved].
109.3.13.3 Fees and Costs. All fees and costs related to the performance of
special inspection services shall be borne by the owner.
109.3.13.4 Qualifications of Special Inspectors. The code official shall

determine the qualifications of special inspectors, in accordance with Chapter 17
of the Building Code and the Special Inspections Program Procedural Manual.
109.3.14 Final Inspection. Upon completion of work for which a permit was issued, a
final inspection approval is required to verify that all required inspections have been
performed and approved. No portion of a building or other structure shall be used or
occupied until its final inspection has been obtained and, if required, a certificate of

occupancy is issued pursuant to Section 110. All violations or infractions of the
approved plans and permit shall be noted and the holder of the permit shall be notified of
the discrepancies pursuant to procedures set forth in Section 110.2.2.
109.3.15 Certificate of Occupancy Issuance. After the code official inspects the
building or other structure pursuant to Section 109.3.14 and finds no violations of the
provisions of the Construction Codes or the Zoning Regulations, the code official upon
due application shall issue a certificate of occupancy pursuant to Section 110 of the
Building Code.
Exceptions:
1. One-family dwelling.
2. Community-Based Residential Facility with six or fewer residents.
109.4 Third-Party Inspections of Permitted Work.
109.4.1 Third-Party Inspection. When approved by the Department, a permit holder, at

the permit holder’s expense, shall have the option of having a third-party inspection of
work subject to a permit issued by the Department conducted by one or more third-party
inspection agencies. The third-party inspection agency must be one that has been certified
by the Department as a qualified third-party inspection agency pursuant and subject to
the provisions of D.C. Official Code § 6-1405 (2012 Repl.), this Section 109.4, and the
Third-Party Inspection Procedures Manual (the provisions of which are incorporated
herein by reference). Where the Department approves the use of a third party inspection
agency, the third-party inspection agency(s) shall provide and perform inspection
services of the work for which a permit has been issued by the Department in accordance
with D.C. Official Code § 6-1405, this Section 109.4, and the provisions of the Third-
Party Inspection Procedures Manual.
Exception: Special inspections shall be governed by Section 109.3.13 and

Chapter 17 of the Building Code, and the Special Inspections Program Procedural
Manual.
109.4.2 Third Party Inspection Procedures. Where inspections are to be conducted by

one or more approved third-party inspection agencies of work subject to permit issued by
the Department, the third-party inspection agency(s) must make a determination that the
work performed or construction undertaken was completed in accordance with the
permit(s) as issued by the Department, including associated construction documents, and
in accordance with the requirements of the Construction Codes. Where the third-party
inspection agency makes that determination, it shall submit its inspection report in
accordance with the provisions of the Department’s Third-Party Inspection Manual to the

code official, and request verification by the code official of final inspection. The code
official shall review and verify the report within ten business days after acceptance. The
code official shall accept all reports submitted by a third-party inspection agency related
to work for which a permit has been issued as prima facie evidence that the work
inspected meets or exceeds all requirements of the permit, and the construction
documents upon which the permit was issued, and the Construction Codes. If the code
official is satisfied as to the findings of the report regarding work, the code official shall
issue to the permit holder, if requested, a conditional certificate of occupancy or
certificate of occupancy, as applicable.
109.5 Approval Required. Work shall not be done beyond the point indicated in each
successive inspection without first obtaining the approval of the code official. The code official
shall respond to inspection requests without unreasonable delay. The code official shall approve
the work or shall either indicate the portion of the construction that is satisfactory as completed,
or shall notify the permit holder or an agent of the permit holder wherein the same fails to
comply with the Construction Codes. Any portions that do not comply shall be corrected and
such portions shall not be covered or concealed until authorized by the code official.
109.6 Right of Entry. The code official, in the performance of his or her duties, shall have the
right to enter any unoccupied building; any building under construction, alteration, or repair; any
building being razed or moved; any premises, including any building or other structure, which he
or she has reason to believe to be unsafe or a menace to life or limb; or any building, the use of
which may require the issuance of a license or a certificate of occupancy. With respect to the
inspection of any occupied habitable portion of any building, consent to such inspection shall
first be obtained from any person of suitable age and discretion therein, except that if an acute
emergency occurs and immediate steps must be taken to protect the public, such consent need
not be obtained. When attempting to gain entry for inspection, the code official shall show an
official identification issued by the Department.
109.6.1 Refusal of entry. Any person who prevents or refuses to allow the code official
to enter a building for inspection in the performance of his duties, is in violation of these
regulations and the code official shall have the authority to issue a notice of violation,
order or notice of infractions pursuant to Section 113.
109.6.2 Administrative Search Warrant and Injunctive Relief. If the code official is
denied entry for an inspection in the performance of his or her duties, the code official is
authorized to apply to the D.C. Superior Court for an administrative search warrant
and/or injunctive relief.
109.7 Coordination of Inspections. Whenever in the enforcement of the Construction Codes or

another code or ordinance, the responsibility of more than one official of the District of
Columbia is involved, it shall be the duty of the officials involved to coordinate their inspections
and administrative orders as fully as practicable so that the owners and occupants of the structure

shall not be subjected to visits by numerous inspectors nor multiple or conflicting orders.
109.8 Inspection of Existing Buildings. Where existing buildings are allegedly occupied
without the proper occupancy permit or contain an occupancy alleged to be illegal or unsafe, the
code official is authorized to make inspections of the existing buildings before the issuance of
occupancy permits.
109.9 Other Inspections. The code official is authorized to make inspections upon referral of a
notice of violation received from inspection agencies other than the Department alleging a
violation of the Construction Codes; and upon receipt of a complaint by a District resident,
Council member, District government employee, or other government agency alleging a
violation of the Construction Codes.
109.10 Plant Inspection. When required by the provisions of the Building Code, materials or
assemblies shall be inspected at the point of manufacture or fabrication in accordance with
Section 1703.7 of the Building Code and the Special Inspections Program Procedural Manual.
110 CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY
110.1 General Requirement for Certificate of Occupancy. Except as provided in Section

3203 of the Zoning Regulations, no person shall use any structure, land, or part thereof for any
purpose, and no change in use or load shall be made, until a Certificate of Occupancy has been
issued stating that the use complies with the applicable Zoning Regulations and the Construction
Codes, including related building, electrical, plumbing, mechanical and fire protection
requirements. Issuance of a certificate of occupancy shall not be construed as an approval of a
violation of the provisions of the applicable Construction Codes, Zoning Regulations or other
laws or regulations of the District. The person or entity to which a certificate of occupancy is
issued is referred to herein as the ―certificate holder.‖ When a change in ownership occurs, a new
certificate of occupancy shall be applied for in the name of the new owner.
110.1.1 New Buildings. A building or other structure hereafter erected shall not be used
or occupied in whole or in part until the certificate of occupancy has been issued by the
code official, in accordance with the applicable Construction Codes and the Zoning
Regulations following a final inspection pursuant to Section 109.3.14 of the Building
Code.
Exceptions:
1. One-family dwellings;
2. Community-Based Residential Facility with six or fewer residents; or
3. A conditional certificate of occupancy has been issued pursuant to Section

110.4.
110.1.2 Change in Ownership. For changes in ownership of structures, land, or parts

thereof with an existing valid Certificate of Occupancy, a new Certificate of Occupancy
shall be issued in the name of the new owner without re-inspection, provided there is no
proposed change in use, floor layout or occupancy load.
110.1.2.1 Compliance. To monitor compliance with Section 110.1.2, the

Department may review change of ownership applications and conduct
inspections to determine if there has been a change in use, occupancy load, or
floor layout, and certificates of occupancy that have been determined to have been
erroneously issued on the basis of a change in ownership shall be revoked.
110.1.3 Change in Use, Load or Floor Layout. For changes in use, occupancy load or
tenant floor layout, a new Certificate of Occupancy shall be required. In the foregoing
circumstances, a construction permit application must be filed pursuant to Section
105.1.1(1) and approved by the Department, in order to confirm that the new use, load or
tenant floor layout complies with the Construction Codes and Zoning Regulations. An
application for certificate of occupancy will not be accepted for filing until a permit
application has been granted, or a determination has been made that a permit application
is not required under the circumstances.
110.1.4 Use Designation. A certificate of occupancy shall only be issued for stated uses,
including accessory uses, which have been identified in the Zoning Regulations. In the
case of §§ 701.5, 721.4, 741.4 and 751.4 of the Zoning Regulations, which permit other
retail and service uses similar to those uses expressly permitted in the applicable
Commercial Districts, the certificate of occupancy shall first state the expressly permitted
use and then indicate the similar use that is being authorized.
110.1.5 Special Restrictions for Projects Subject to Green Construction Code

Alternate Compliance Paths.
110.1.5.1 Projects Subject to the Green Building Act. Prior to issuance of a

certificate of occupancy for projects subject to the Green Building Act and
Section 302 of the Green Construction Code, and where provided for therein, the
owner shall submit the financial security required by Section 302 of the Green
Construction Code.
110.1.5.2 Projects Not Subject to the Green Building Act. For projects electing
an alternate compliance pathway pursuant to Sections 101.4.9.4.2.2, 101.4.9.4.2.3,
or 101.4.9.4.2.4, prior to issuance of a certificate of occupancy, or prior to
issuance of the first certificate of occupancy for occupiable space in a story above
grade plane where a project has multiple certificates of occupancy, the code

official is authorized to request additional documentation as deemed necessary to
confirm that the project is on track to be certified as compliant with the elected
pathway.
110.1.6 Certificate Issued. After the code official inspects the building or other
structure and finds no violations of the provisions of the Construction Codes, the Zoning
Regulations or other laws that are enforced by the Department, the code official shall
issue a certificate of occupancy containing the following:
1. The building permit number (if applicable);
2. The address of the structure;
3. The name and address of the property or business owner, as applicable;
4. A description of that portion of the structure for which the certificate is

issued;
5. The name of the code official;
6. The use and occupancy, in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 3 of

the Building Code;
7. The use and occupancy in accordance with the Zoning Regulations;
8. The design occupant load;
9. Any special stipulations and conditions of the building permit; and
10. Date of issuance.
110.1.7 Exemption from Certificate. A Certificate of Occupancy shall not be required

for any use exempted by 11 DCMR § 3203.
110.1.8 Posting of Certificate. All Certificates of Occupancy shall be conspicuously

posted in or upon the premises to which they apply so that they are readily visible to
anyone entering the premises, except sanctuary and nave areas of places of religious
worship in Group A-3.
110.2 Application for Certificate. Application for a Certificate of Occupancy shall be made in
accordance with Sections 110.2 through 110.2.3.4.
110.2.1 Application Procedure. All applications for Certificate of Occupancy shall be

filed with the Department on the prescribed forms provided by the code official. The
applicant shall pay the prescribed filing fee at the time of the application. If a property is
located in a CM or M zone district, the ―Standards of External Effects‖ application
required by the Zoning Regulations shall also be submitted. Where field inspections are
deemed necessary, the inspection process shall be in accordance with Sections 110.2.2.
110.2.1.1 Building Permits. Applications for a certificate of occupancy, other

than for a change of ownership with no proposed change in use, occupancy load
or floor layout, will not be accepted unless a building permit application has
previously been filed and granted, or the Department has determined that a permit
application is not required.
110.2.1.2 Compliance with Conditions. If an application pertains to a structure

or use authorized by an order of the Zoning Commission or Board of Zoning
Adjustment and the permission granted in that order was made subject to
conditions, the application shall include a copy of the order and a statement
demonstrating compliance with all conditions that were to be satisfied prior to the
issuance of a certificate of occupancy.
110.2.2 Inspections. Following the filing of a certificate of occupancy application,

except for a change in ownership pursuant to Section 110.1.2, inspections shall be
conducted to confirm compliance with the applicable Construction Codes and the Zoning
Regulations. Notice of all existing violations of the applicable Construction Codes and
Zoning Regulations shall be provided to the applicant within ten business days after the
date of the inspection.
110.2.2.1 Service of Notice. The notice of existing violations shall be personally

delivered to the applicant or sent by first class mail, postage prepaid. Where the
notice is mailed, a certificate of mailing completed by the person responsible for
mailing shall constitute proof of service.
110.2.2.2 Reinspection. If a notice of existing violations is issued, a reinspection

shall be made within ten business days after the date of notification by the
applicant that all required corrections have been made.
110.2.2.3 Expiration of Application. Except as provided in Sections 110.2.3

through 110.2.3.4, the failure to comply with all applicable District of Columbia
laws and regulations pertaining to the issuance of a Certificate of Occupancy,
within the prescribed timeframe in a notice of existing violations, shall cause the
application to be canceled without further notice to the applicant, and the
applicant shall be required to file a new Certificate of Occupancy application and
pay the required fees.

110.2.2.4 Access to the Premises. Refusal to permit entry for inspection of the
premises shall result in the cancellation of the Certificate of Occupancy
application without further notice to the applicant.
110.2.3 Extensions. The code official is authorized to grant an extension to comply with
the notice of existing violations for any of the following reasons:
1. The District Government has performed all the required services but due
to extenuating circumstances the applicant is unable, through no fault of
his or her own, to bring the property into compliance; or
2. Other special or unusual circumstances as determined by the code official.
110.2.3.1 Filing for Extension. All requests for extensions shall be made in
writing and addressed to the code official. All requests for extensions shall be
filed at least 15 business days prior to the expiration of the prescribed time period.
The request shall specify the following:
1. The basis for the request including the details of all efforts on the
part of the applicant to bring the property for which an extension is
requested into compliance;
2. The facts which support the request in sufficient detail to enable

the code official to make an informed judgment; and
3. Any other information as the code official may deem necessary.
110.2.3.2 Disposition of Request for Extension. The extension requested shall

either be granted or denied by the code official as soon as practicable after receipt
of all required information. The decision to grant or deny the extension shall be
delivered to the applicant in writing by first class mail or personal service, and the
provisions of Section 110.2.2.1 shall apply to the pertinent extension request
records.
110.2.3.3 Period of Extension. A decision to grant an extension shall set forth

the extended period of time by which compliance shall be achieved.
110.2.3.4 Extensions for Reinspection. If a reinspection is required, the

reinspection shall be made within 10 business days after the date of notification
by the applicant that all required corrections have been made.
110.3 Occupancy Dependent on Construction. Sections 110.3.1 through 110.3.5 regulate the
issuance of a certificate of occupancy for the use of a structure, or part thereof, if the

establishment of the use is dependent upon the erection, construction, conversion, or alteration of
the structure, or part thereof.
110.3.1 Proposed use. The intended use shall be designated as a proposed use at the
time of application for the building permit on which the use depends.
110.3.2 Provisional Occupancy. At the time of approval of the building permit

application by the Zoning Administrator, the proposed use shall become the provisional
occupancy approved by the code official.
110.3.3 Expiration of Provisional Approval. A building permit shall be obtained

within six months of approval of the provisional occupancy, otherwise the zoning
approval granted pursuant to Section 110.3.2 shall expire.
110.3.4 Final Occupancy Approval. The use designated as the approved provisional
occupancy shall become final upon issuance of a Certificate of Occupancy pursuant to
the provisions of Section 110.
110.3.5 Construction Completion Required. If the erection or alteration of a structure,

or part thereof, is contemplated, a certificate of occupancy for that structure, or part
thereof, shall not be issued until the erection or alteration is completed to the point that
the structure, or part thereof, is deemed by the code official to be available for occupancy
and in compliance with the requirements of the applicable laws and regulations.
110.4 Conditional Occupancy. The code official is authorized to issue a conditional certificate
of occupancy for which a permit for work has been issued, in the following circumstances:
110.4.1 Completion of a Portion of the Work. The code official is authorized to issue a
conditional certificate of occupancy to permit the conditional use and conditional
occupancy of a building, other structure, or a portion thereof, in advance of the
completion of all work covered by the permit, and prior to the issuance of a certificate of
occupancy under Section 110.1 above, if the building, other structure, or a portion
thereof may be safely occupied notwithstanding incomplete work covered by the permit.
The code official is authorized to specify when the conditional certificate of occupancy
issued under this section will expire.
110.4.2 Completion of Core and Shell. The code official is authorized to issue a
conditional certificate of occupancy for a building or other structure after determining
that the core and shell of the building or other structure are substantially and materially
complete, in accordance with the Construction Codes. The issuance of a conditional
certificate of occupancy under this section shall not grant, allow, or permit use or
occupancy, for any reason or purpose, of any other portion of the building or other
structure for which a certificate of occupancy is required under Section 110.1.

110.4.3 Other Circumstances. The code official is authorized to issue a conditional
certificate of occupancy in other circumstances, prior to the issuance of the final
certificate of occupancy, if the building, other structure, or a portion thereof may be
safely occupied, where the code official determines that the public interest warrants such
conditional occupancy. The code official is authorized to specify when the conditional
certificate of occupancy issued under this section will expire.
110.5 Revocation of a Certificate of Occupancy. The code official is authorized to revoke a

certificate of occupancy pursuant to any of the Sections 110.5.1 through 110.5.5.
110.5.1 Different Occupancy. Any certificate of occupancy previously issued or issued

pursuant to Section 110 shall be revoked by the code official, after notice to the certificate
holder, if the actual occupancy does not conform with that which was permitted.
110.5.2 Misleading Declaration by Applicant. Any certificate of occupancy previously

issued or issued pursuant to Section 110 shall be revoked by the code official, after notice
to the certificate holder, if the code official determines that it was obtained based on an
application that contained any material misrepresentation.
110.5.3 Certificate Issued in Error. Any certificate of occupancy previously issued or

issued pursuant to Section 110 shall be revoked by the code official, after notice to the
certificate holder, if the code official determines that it was issued in error.
110.5.3.1 Cancellation. The code official shall have the right to declare a
certificate of occupancy null and void on the grounds of administrative or clerical
error, and to cancel the certificate of occupancy, if such error is discovered within
five business days after the date of issuance of the certificate of occupancy and
notice is provided to the certificate holder within the five day period. Upon
notification of cancellation, the holder shall promptly surrender the certificate of
occupancy for cancellation, provided, however, that the failure to voluntarily
surrender the certificate shall not affect its invalidity and the cancellation shall be
effective upon notification.
110.5.3.2 Board of Zoning Adjustment. When a written order of the Board of

Zoning Adjustment concludes that a certificate of occupancy was issued in error,
the certificate of occupancy shall be revoked effective ten days after the Board of
Zoning Adjustment Order becomes final pursuant to the provisions of the Zoning
Regulations. Appeal of revocations under this provision shall be governed by
Section 110.6.1.
110.5.4 Incomplete Alteration, Repair or Addition. Any certificate of occupancy

previously issued or issued pursuant to Section 110 shall be revoked by the code official,

after notice to the certificate holder, if all of the following conditions are verified:
1. The building or space under such certificate of occupancy is undergoing

alteration or repair, or an addition thereto is being constructed, under a
duly issued building permit, and the original use is being continued during
the construction period; and
2. The code official deems that construction is not progressing at a

reasonable pace and the unfinished portion of the project, as shown on the
approved permit drawings, or the missing systems or portions thereof, are
such that the code official deems that the safety, health or welfare of the
public or of the occupants is seriously threatened thereby.
110.5.5 Additional Grounds for Revocation.
110.5.5.1 Completion of Construction Work. Any certificate of occupancy

previously issued or issued pursuant to Section 110 shall be revoked by the code
official, after notice, if, upon completion of work pursuant to a duly issued
building permit, the owner or occupant does not apply for a new certificate of
occupancy within 30 days after completion of the work and a new certificate of
occupancy is required. A new certificate of occupancy is required when there is a
change in use, occupancy or load.
110.5.5.2 Violation of Zoning Order Conditions. Any certificate of occupancy

previously issued or issued pursuant to Section 110 shall be revoked by the code
official, after notice, if the use is being operated in violation of one or more
conditions of any Board of Zoning Adjustment or Zoning Commission order that
authorized the establishment of the use or the construction, renovation, or
alteration of the building in which the use is located. Such violations include,
but are not limited to, the failure to establish or maintain any public benefit in
accordance with a condition set forth in any Zoning Commission order granting a
planned unit development on the property in which the use is located.
110.5.6 Service of Notice to Revoke a Certificate of Occupancy. The code official

shall effect service of a notice to revoke a certificate of occupancy by one of the
following methods:
1. Personal service on the certificate holder or the certificate holder’s agent;
2. By electronic mail to the last-known electronic mail address of the

certificate holder or the certificate holder’s agent, provided that a copy of
the notice or order is posted in a conspicuous place in or about the
structure affected by such notice;

3. Delivering the notice to the last known home or business address of the
certificate holder as identified by the certificate application, the tax
records, or business license records, and leaving it with a person over the
age of 16 years old residing or employed therein;
4. Mailing the notice, via first class mail postage prepaid, at least 10 days
prior to the date of the proposed action, to the last known home or
business address of the certificate holder or the certificate holder’s agent
as identified by the certificate application, the tax records, or business
license records; or
5. If the notice is returned as undeliverable by the Post Office authorities, or

if no address is known or can be ascertained by reasonable diligence, by
posting a copy of the notice in a conspicuous place in or about the
structure affected by such notice.
Exception: A Board of Zoning Adjustment Order finding that a certificate of

occupancy has been issued in error constitutes the Notice of Revocation required
under this section.
110.5.7. Content of Notice. Except as provided in Section 110.5.3.2, the Notice of

Revocation shall contain the effective date of revocation.
110.5.8 Effective Date of Revocation. Revocations based on Sections 110.5.1, 110.5.2,

110.5.4, or 110.5.5 are proposed actions and shall become final upon occurrence of one
of the following conditions:
1. If the certificate holder fails to request a hearing from (a) the Office of
Administrative Hearings within 10 business days of receipt of the notice of
revocation with respect to violations of the Construction Codes or (b) the
Board of Zoning Adjustment within 60 days of receipt of the notice of
revocation with respect to violations of the Zoning Regulations; or
2. If the Office of Administrative Hearings or Board of Zoning Adjustment

finds that grounds exist to revoke the permit as the result of a hearing
requested by the certificate holder pursuant to Section 110.6.
110.5.8.1 Summary Revocations; Cancellations. Revocations based on Section

110.5.3.1 shall be summary revocations and shall take effect on the date ordered
110.6 Appeal from Action. Any person aggrieved by the action of the code official granting,
withholding, or revoking a Certificate of Occupancy, based in whole or in part upon the Zoning

Regulations, may appeal the action to the Board of Zoning Adjustment, pursuant to D.C. Official
Code § 6-641.07 (2012 Repl.) and the Zoning Regulations, no later than 60 days after service of
written notice of the action upon the applicant or permit holder. All other appeals shall be filed
before the Office of Administrative Hearings within the time period required.
110.6.1 Limitation on Appeal. No appeal may be taken to the Board of Zoning

Adjustment when a ground for the revocation is a Board of Zoning Adjustment Order
finding that the certificate of occupancy was issued in error. The revocation in such cases
may be appealed to the District of Columbia Court of Appeals pursuant to D.C. Official
Code § 2-510.
110.6.2 Stay pending appeal. The filing of an appeal of the revocation shall not operate
to stay the revocation.
110.7 Certificate of Occupancy Fees. A fee for the processing and issuance of a certificate of
occupancy shall be paid to the D.C. Treasurer in accordance with the applicable fee schedule.
110.7.1 Fee Schedule. The Director is authorized to establish, from time to time, by
approved rules, a schedule of unit rates and other fees for certificates of occupancy,
partial certificates of occupancy and other related miscellaneous services.
110.7.2 Filing Fee. The fee for filing an application for certificate of occupancy shall be
in accordance with the current user fee schedule.
110.8 Records. The Director or his or her designee shall be the custodian of Certificate of
Occupancy records. The records shall include, but not limited to, the following:
1. Pending Certificate of Occupancy applications;
2. Extensions granted pursuant to Sections 110.2.3 through 110.2.3.4; and
3. All approved applications for Certificates of Occupancy, issued Certificates of

Occupancy and copies of all cancellation notices and related correspondence.
111 SERVICE UTILITIES
111.1 Connection of Service Utilities. No person shall make connections from a utility source
of energy, fuel, power, water or sewerage to any building, other structure or system that is
regulated by the Construction Codes for which a permit is required, until the permit is issued by
the code official.
111.2 Temporary Connection. The code official shall have the authority to authorize the
temporary connection of a building, other structure or system to the utility source of energy, fuel

or power.
111.3 Authority to Disconnect Service Utilities. The code official shall have the authority to
order the disconnection of utility service to any building, other structure or system regulated by
the Construction Codes, in case of emergency where necessary to eliminate an immediate hazard
to life or property. The code official shall notify the serving utility, and where possible the
owner and occupant of the building, other structure or service system, of the decision to
disconnect prior to taking such action. If not notified prior to disconnecting, the owner or
occupant of the building, other structure or service system shall be notified in writing, as soon as
practical thereafter.
112 REVIEW AND APPEALS
112.1 Review by the Code Official or Zoning Administrator. The owner of a building or
other structure, an applicant for a permit or certificate of occupancy, or a permit holder or
certificate holder who is adversely affected or aggrieved by an interpretation, decision, denial or
other action or decision, relating to application processing or inspections, by a person in the
Department other than the code official or the Zoning Administrator (a ―Staff Action‖) may seek
review by the code official or the Zoning Administrator, as applicable. Review under this
section must be initiated by the claimant no later than 15 days after being advised of, or learning
of, the Staff Action. Notwithstanding the foregoing, review of stop work orders shall be
governed by Section 114.11.
112.1.1 Review Process. To seek review, a claimant shall use a review form provided by
the code official or the Zoning Administrator, as applicable, on which the claimant shall
state the grounds for any requested review, which shall be based on a claim that the
Construction Codes or the Zoning Regulations, or the rules legally adopted under either,
as applicable, have been incorrectly interpreted or applied, that the provisions of the
Construction Codes or Zoning Regulations, as applicable, do not fully apply, or, in the
case of any action under the Construction Codes, that an equally good or better form of
construction can be used.
112.1.1.1 Code Official. With regard to matters arising under the Construction
Code, the code official shall affirm, modify, or reverse the Staff Action within 15
business days of receipt of a review form. If the code official denies review, or
does not act upon the review within the 15 business day period, the Staff Action
shall be deemed affirmed and the claimant may appeal to the Office of
Administrative Hearings in accordance with Section 112.2.1 below. The decision
of the code official shall be the final decision of the Department.
112.1.1.2 Zoning Administrator. With regard to matters arising under the

Zoning Regulations, the Zoning Administrator shall affirm, modify, or reverse the
Staff Action within 15 business days of receipt of a review form. If the Zoning

Administrator denies review, or does not act upon the review within the 15
business day period, the Staff Action shall be deemed affirmed and the claimant
may appeal the decision to the Board of Zoning Adjustment in accordance with
Section 112.2.2 below. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a person’s election to
seek Zoning Administrator review pursuant to this Section 112 shall not stay the
time period in which to appeal the Staff Action decision to the Board of Zoning
Adjustment as that time period is set forth at 11 DCMR Section 3112.2.
112.2 Appeal of Decisions of the Code Official and the Zoning Administrator.
112.2.1 Appeal of Decisions of the Code Official. The owner of a building or other
structure or any person adversely affected or aggrieved by a final decision or order of the
code official based in whole or in part upon the Construction Codes, may appeal to the
Office of Administrative Hearings (OAH). The OAH appeal shall be filed within 10
business days after the date the person appealing the decision of the code official had
notice or knowledge of the decision, or should have had notice or knowledge of the
decision, whichever is earlier. The appeal shall specify that the Construction Codes or
the rules legally adopted thereunder have been incorrectly interpreted or applied by the
code official, that the requirements of the Construction Codes do not fully apply, or that
an equally good or better form of construction can be used. The OAH shall have no
authority to waive requirements of the Construction Codes.
Exceptions:
1. OAH review of a notice or order to close or vacate residential premises

issued pursuant to Section 115 shall be based solely on the issue of
whether the premises are unsafe or unfit for occupancy requiring a
building closure under the provisions of Section 115;
2. OAH review of a notice or order to close or vacate residential premises

issued pursuant to Section 116 shall be based solely on the issue of
whether the code official’s building closure decision comported with the
provisions of Section 116.1.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, OAH review of a notice or order to close or vacate

residential premises issued pursuant to Section 115 shall be based solely on the issue of
whether the premises are unsafe or unfit for occupancy requiring a building closure under
the provisions of Section 115 and OAH review of a notice or order to close or vacate
residential premises issued pursuant to Section 116 shall be based solely on the issue of
whether the code official’s building closure decision was arbitrary and capricious,
112.2.2 Appeal of Decisions of the Zoning Administrator. The owner of a building or

other structure or any person adversely affected or aggrieved by a final decision or order
of the Zoning Administrator may appeal to the Board of Zoning Adjustment of the
District of Columbia pursuant to D.C. Official Code § 6-641.07.
112.2.3 Expedited OAH Hearing for Section 115 Closure Orders. Where a notice or
order to close or vacate residential premises is issued pursuant to Section 115, a tenant or
occupant of the premises affected by the closure has a right to request an expedited
hearing by OAH prior to the closure subject to the following requirements:
1. The tenant or occupant shall file the request for an expedited hearing with
OAH no later than the date specified in the closure order for tenants or
occupants to vacate the structure or unit;
2. OAH review shall be based solely on the issue of whether the premises are
unsafe or unfit for occupancy requiring a building closure under the
provisions of Section 115 of the Building Code;
3. Enforcement of the closure notice or order shall be stayed until OAH

issues a written decision; and
4. OAH shall hold a hearing within 72 hours of receipt of a timely request,

and shall issue a decision within 72 hours after the hearing. For purposes
of computing the 72-hour period, weekends and legal holidays shall be
excluded.
Nothing herein shall be construed to authorize an expedited hearing for any orders or
notices issued, or actions taken, pursuant to Section 116.
112.3 Stop Work Orders. Appeals of stop work orders are governed by Section 114.11.
112.4 Revocations. Appeals of permit revocations and revocations of certificates of occupancy

shall be governed by Sections 105.6 and 110.5, respectively.
112.5 Enforcement of Decision. The code official or the Zoning Administrator, as applicable,
shall take immediate action in accordance with the decision of the Office of Administrative
Hearings or the Board of Zoning Adjustment, as applicable, in any appeal.
112.6 Stay of Enforcement. Appeals of notices or orders shall stay the enforcement of the
notice or order until the appeal is heard by OAH.
Exceptions:
1. Closure or imminent danger notices or orders issued pursuant to Section 116, and

related orders to vacate premises,
2. Closure notices or orders issued pursuant to Section 115, and related orders to
vacate premises, except where the tenant or occupant has requested an expedited
OAH hearing in accordance with Section 112.2.3.
3. Stop work orders.
112.7 Section 116 Closure or Imminently Dangerous Orders and Notices. Appeal of a
closure notice or order issued pursuant to Section 115, or a request for an expedited hearing
pursuant to Section 112.2.3, shall not preclude the code official from issuing a notice or order
pursuant to Section 116 for the same premises, including any building or other structure, while
such appeal or hearing is pending.
113 VIOLATIONS AND INFRACTIONS
113.1 Unlawful Acts. It shall be unlawful for any person, firm, or corporation to erect,
construct, alter, extend, repair, raze, demolish, use, or occupy any building or other structure or
equipment regulated by the Construction Codes or Zoning Regulations, or cause same to be
done, in conflict with or in violation of any of the provisions of the Construction Codes or
Zoning Regulations.
113.2 Notice of Violation, Infraction, or Order. The code official is authorized to serve a
notice of violation, notice of infraction, or order on the owner, operator, occupant or other person
responsible, for the erection, construction, alteration, extension, repair, razing, demolition, use, or
occupancy of a building or other structure in violation of the provisions of the Construction
Codes or Zoning Regulations, or in violation of a plan approved thereunder, or in violation of a
permit or certificate issued under the provisions of the Construction Codes or Zoning
Regulations. A notice of violation or order shall direct the discontinuance of the illegal action or
condition and/or the abatement of the violation. Notices or orders shall be in accordance with all
of the following:
1. Be in writing.
2. Include a description of the real estate sufficient for identification.
3. Include a statement of the violation or violations, the code section(s) violated, and
why the notice or order is being issued.
4. Include, if the notice or order affords an opportunity to abate a violation, a

reasonable period of time to make the repairs and improvements required to bring
the building, or other structure into compliance with the provisions of this code.

5. Include, if applicable, a specific time by which unsafe or imminently dangerous
premises shall be closed, barricaded and/or vacated, or equipment placed out of
service.
6. Inform the property owner of the right to appeal pursuant to Section 112.
7. Include a statement of the District of Columbia’s right to abate the violation

without the owner’s consent if the owner fails to comply with the notice or order
or to file a timely appeal, to assess the costs of such abatement against the owner
and to place a tax lien on the property in accordance with Section 113.5 for the
costs of such abatement.
113.2.1 Service of Notice of Violation or Order. A notice of violation or any other

authorized notice or order, other than a notice of infraction, shall be served on the owner,
operator, occupant or other person responsible for the condition or violation (the
―respondent‖) by any one of the following methods:
1. Personal service on the respondent or the respondent’s agent;
2. By electronic mail to the last-known electronic mail address of the person or

business to be notified, provided that a copy of the notice or order is posted in a
conspicuous place in or about the structure affected by such notice;
3. Delivering the notice or order to the last known home or business address as
identified by the tax records, the business license address, or the corporate
registration address of the respondent or the respondent’s agent and leaving it
with a person over the age of 16 years old residing or employed therein;
4. Mailing the notice or order, via first class mail postage prepaid, at least 10 days
prior to the date of the proposed action, to the last known home or business
address, as identified by the tax records address, the business license address or
the corporate registration address, of the respondent or respondent’s agent; or
5. If the notice or order is returned as undeliverable by the Post Office authorities, or

if no address is known or can be ascertained by reasonable diligence, by posting a
copy of the notice or order in a conspicuous place in or about the structure
affected by such notice.
113.2.1.1 Respondent’s Agent. For the purposes of this section, respondent’s

agent shall mean a general agent, employee, registered agent or attorney of the
respondent.
113.2.1.2 Stop Work Orders. Service of stop work orders shall be made as set

forth in Section 114.
113.2.1.3 Special Provisions for Residential Premises. Where a notice or order

is issued to the owner of a residential premises with respect to a dwelling unit
occupied by a tenant, the code official shall provide such tenant with a copy of the
notice or order. This requirement will be satisfied by mailing a copy to the tenant
by first-class mail, leaving a copy at the tenant’s residence or any other
reasonable method in the code official’s discretion.
113.2.1.3.1 Notification for multiple tenants. In any instance where a

notice or order affects more than one tenant of a residential building or
dwelling, including notices or orders involving common space, the code
official shall post a copy of any notice or order issued to the owner
pursuant to Section 113.2 for a reasonable time in one or more locations
within the building or buildings in which the violation exists. The
locations for posting the notification shall be reasonably selected to give
notice to all tenants affected. Any tenant directly affected by the
violation(s) shall, upon request to the code official, be sent a copy of the
posted notification.
113.2.1.3.1.1 Building Closures. Where the code official (a)

issues an order or notice to close and barricade a residential
structure or dwelling unit, pursuant to Section 115, or (b) posts a
closure or imminently dangerous order or notice pursuant to
Section 116, in addition to posting the notice or order as provided
in Section 113.2.1.3.1, the code official shall provide a copy of the
notice or order to each tenant affected by the notice or order by
leaving a copy at each dwelling unit or any other reasonable
method in the code official’s discretion.
113.2.1.3.2 Exclusivity of tenant notice provisions. The code official

shall not be subject to any other tenant notification provisions, except as
expressly set forth in this Section 113.2.
113.2.1.4 Notices of Infraction. Notices of infraction shall be issued in

accordance with the procedures and fine amounts set forth in Section 201 of the
Civil Infractions Act and Title 16 of the DCMR.
113.2.2 Requirement to Abate Illegal Activity or Nuisance. A notice of violation or

order shall direct the discontinuance of the illegal action or condition and/or abatement of
the violation.
113.2.3 Failure to Provide a Notice of Violation. Issuance of a notice of violation

pursuant to this section, prior to taking other enforcement action, is at the discretion of
the code official. Failure to give a notice of violation shall not be a bar or a prerequisite
to any criminal prosecution, civil action, corrective action or civil infraction proceeding
based upon a violation of the Construction Codes.
113.2.4 Notice of Infraction. A notice of infraction shall be issued in accordance with

Section 201 of the Department of Consumer and Regulatory Affairs Civil Infractions Act
of 1985, effective October 5, 1985 (D.C. Law 6-42; D.C. Official Code § 2-1802.01
(2012 Repl.)) (―Civil Infractions Act‖) and shall impose a fine for the alleged violation.
113.2.5 Additional Requirements for Closure of Residential Premises. Where the

code official (a) issues an order or notice to close and barricade a residential structure or
dwelling unit, pursuant to Section 115, or (b) posts a closure or imminently dangerous
order or notice pursuant to Section 116, the following additional provisions shall apply.
1. The notice or order shall specify a date by which tenants or occupants of

the structure or unit are required to vacate the structure or unit.
2. The notice or order shall include a statement informing tenants or

occupants of the structure or unit of the right to appeal pursuant to Section
112.2, including, where applicable, the right to an expedited hearing
pursuant to Section 112.2.3.
3. A copy of the notice or order shall be provided to tenants in accordance

with Section 113.2.1.3.
4. The notice or order shall provide contact information for the Office of the
Tenant Advocate.
113.3 Prosecution or Adjudication of Violation. If a notice of violation or order is not

complied with promptly, the code official may request the Office of the Attorney General for the
District of Columbia to institute the appropriate proceedings at law or in equity to prosecute,
restrain, correct, or abate such violation, or to require the removal or termination of the unlawful
use of the building or other structure in violation of the provisions of the Construction Codes or
the Zoning Regulations or of the order or direction made under the Construction Codes or the
Zoning Regulations.
113.4 Criminal Prosecution. Pursuant to D.C. Official Code § 6-1406 (2012 Repl.), any person
who violates a provision of the Construction Codes or fails to comply with any of the
requirements thereof or who erects, constructs, razes, demolishes, alters, or repairs a building or
other structure in violation of an order of the code official issued under the authority of the
Construction Codes, or in violation of a permit or certificate including the approved plans issued
under the provisions of the Construction Codes, shall, upon conviction, be guilty of a

misdemeanor, punishable by a fine of not more than two thousand dollars ($2,000), or by
imprisonment not exceeding 90 days, or both, for each offense. Each day a violation continues
shall be deemed a separate offense.
113.5 Abatement of Violation. The imposition of penalties prescribed in this section shall not
preclude the Office of the Attorney General for the District of Columbia from instituting
appropriate action to prevent unlawful construction or to restrain, correct, or abate a violation, or
to prevent illegal occupancy of a premises, including any building or other structure, or to stop
an illegal act, conduct, business, or use of a premises, including any building or other structure.
Nor shall the imposition of penalties prevent the Department from undertaking abatement or
corrective actions under other statutes and regulations, including but not limited to D.C. Official
Code § 42-3131.01 et seq. (2012 Repl.). The costs of any corrective action, and all expenses
thereto, shall be assessed as a tax against the property on which the violating condition existed,
and such tax shall be carried on the regular tax rolls of the District, and collected in the same
manner as general taxes in the District are collected.
113.6 Civil Infractions. Pursuant to D.C. Official Code § 6-1406 (2012 Repl.), civil fines,
penalties, and fees may be imposed as additional sanctions to criminal prosecution or other civil
action, for any infraction of the provisions of the Construction Codes or Zoning Regulations, or
any orders, rules, or regulations issued under the authority of the Construction Codes pursuant to
the Civil Infractions Act. Adjudication of any infraction of the Construction Codes or Zoning
Regulations shall be pursuant to the Civil Infractions Act, D.C. Official Code § 2-1801.01 et seq.
(2012 Repl.)).
113.7 Illegal Construction. Without limiting any of the penalties or remedies for violations of
the Construction Codes, or the Department’s enforcement authority set forth in this Section 113
or elsewhere, if a building or other structure or part thereof is being erected, constructed
reconstructed converted or altered, or has been erected, constructed, reconstructed, converted, or
altered in violation of the Construction Codes or the Zoning Regulations, said actions shall
constitute illegal construction, and the code official is authorized to order ongoing work to stop
and that the condition be corrected within a specified time frame deemed reasonable by the code
official. Service of the order shall be made in accordance with Section 113.2.1.
113.7.1 Civil Fines. Notwithstanding the issuance of a stop work order or an order to
correct, relating to the illegal construction, the code official is authorized to issue civil
fines pursuant to Section 113.6 of the Building Code, and each day thereafter a violation
goes unabated shall be considered a separate offense. Upon adjudication of the civil fines
provided for in this section, the code official is authorized to assess any unpaid fines as a
tax against the property on which the violation occurred, and to carry such tax on the
regular tax rolls of the District and collect such tax in the same manner as general taxes.
113.7.2 Fire Safety Hazard; Public Hazard. Should the code official deem the
condition to be a fire safety hazard or otherwise constitute a hazard to the public, the code

official is authorized pursuant to D.C. Official Code § 42-3131.01(c) (2012 Repl.) to
cause such condition to be corrected, to assess the cost of correcting such condition and
all expenses incident thereto, including fees or charges authorized or imposed in the
Building Code, as a tax against the property on which such condition existed or from
which such condition arose, as the case may be, and to carry such tax on the regular tax
rolls of the District and collect such tax in the same manner as general taxes.
113.8 Injunction to Restrain Use of a Building in Violation of Construction Codes. The

Mayor may file a petition with the Superior Court of the District of Columbia for an injunction to
restrain the use or occupancy of any building, other structure, or part thereof, in violation of any
of the provisions of the Construction Codes or the Zoning Regulations.
113.9 Transfer of ownership. It shall be unlawful for the owner of any building or other
structure upon whom a notice of violation or order has been served to sell, transfer, mortgage,
lease or otherwise dispose of such building or other structure to another person or entity until the
provisions of the notice or order have been complied with, or until such owner shall first furnish
the grantee, transferee, mortgagee or lessee a true copy of any notice or order issued by the code
official and shall furnish to the code official a signed and notarized statement from the grantee,
transferee, mortgagee or lessee, acknowledging the receipt of such notice or order and fully
accepting responsibility without condition for making the corrections or repairs required by such
notice or order.
114 STOP WORK ORDER
114.1 Authority. Whenever the code official finds that any work on any premises, including any
building or other structure is being performed contrary to the provisions of the Construction
Codes, or the Zoning Regulations or in an unsafe or dangerous manner, the code official is
authorized to issue a stop work order.
114.1.1 Issuance. The stop work order shall be in writing, in a form prescribed by the
code official, and shall be given to the owner of the property involved, or to the owner’s
agent, or to the person doing the work. If the stop work order cannot be delivered
personally, notice shall be effected by posting the stop work order as provided in Sections
114.1.4 and 114.2 below. Upon service of a stop work order pursuant to Section 114.1.4,
the cited work shall immediately cease until the situation is corrected.
114.1.2 Form of Stop Work Order. The stop work order shall be in writing, in a form
prescribed by the code official. The stop work order shall state the reason for the order,
and the conditions under which the cited work will be permitted to resume. The stop
work order shall state the address of the property and the specific section or sections of
the Construction Codes and/or the Zoning Regulations violated. The stop work order
shall also contain a description of the right to appeal the order, and a contact name and
telephone number to obtain an appeal form. No stop work order shall be issued nor

considered valid unless it contains all the above information, and the signature of the
issuing official.
114.1.3 [Reserved].
114.1.4 Service of a Stop Work Order. The code official shall effect service of a stop
work order by one of the following methods:
1. Personal service on the owner of the property involved, to the owner’s

agent or to the person doing the work; or
2. Posting a copy of the notice in a conspicuous place in or about the

structure affected by such notice, as provided in Section 114.2 below.
114.2 Location of Posted Stop Work Order. The code official shall post the stop work order in
a conspicuous location, visible to the public and other government officials, in or about the
premises, including any building or other structure, affected by the stop work order.
114.3 Removal or Obstruction of a Posted Stop Work Order. Unauthorized removal or

obstruction of a posted stop work order is a violation of the Construction Codes, and is subject to
the penalties provided in D.C. Official Code § 6-1406 (2012 Repl.) and the injunctive relief set
out in D.C. Official Code § 6-1407 (2012 Repl.).
114.4 Access Required to Post a Stop Work Order. Where the code official requires access
into a structure to post a stop work order, the owner of the structure, or his or her agent, must
provide the required access within 24 hours after receiving written notice from the code official
pursuant to Section 114.1.
114.5 Public Notice of Stop Work Order. The code official is authorized to make public, by
publishing in a newspaper of general distribution, in the District of Columbia Register, or at the
DCRA website, a list of the addresses where stop work orders have been posted. The code
official shall, upon request, provide copies of written stop work order notices, issued pursuant to
Section 114.1 of this chapter, to the Metropolitan Police Department Commander of the District
where the address of the stop work order is located.
114.6 Scope of Stop Work Order for Illegal Construction. A stop work order issued for
illegal construction under Section 113.7 of this chapter, shall mean, unless otherwise specified,
the cessation of any and all work at the premises or portion thereof, regardless of whether the
work is subject to building permit requirements.
114.6.1 Stop Work Order for All Activity at a Construction Site. When the code
official issues a stop work order for illegal construction under Section 113.7 of this
chapter, it shall be a violation of the stop work order for the owner or agent to enter the

site, unless otherwise specified. The code official may provide for temporary access to
allow the owner, or his or her agent, to ensure the ongoing security and/or safety of the
property. An owner or agent of property under the restrictions of a stop work order must
first receive approval from the code official to enter the property for any reason except as
specified in the order.
114.7 Owner and/or Designated Agent Responsible for Ensuring Compliance with Stop
Work Order. The owner of the property, or his or her agent, serving as the contractor of record,
shall be deemed to have violated the stop work order where his or her subordinate employees,
workers, and sub-contractors do not comply with the requirements of the stop work order.
114.8 Criminal Prosecution for Violation of Stop Work Order. Upon finding that the
requirements of a stop work order have been violated, including the removal of a stop work
order, the code official may request the Office of the Attorney General for the District of
Columbia to institute appropriate proceedings which may include the arrest and prosecution of
the owner or agent.
114.9 Failure to Comply with Stop Work Orders. Any person who continues to work in or
about a structure after having been served with a stop work order is in violation of the provisions
of the Construction Codes. Failure to comply with a stop work order shall constitute grounds for
suspension, restriction or revocation of any license issued by the Department to the non-
compliant general contractor, construction manager, or home improvement contractor. Failure to
comply with a stop work order by an, electrician, plumber, gas-fitter, steam engineer, or
refrigeration and air conditioning mechanic shall be grounds for referral to the Board of
Industrial Trades for license suspension or revocation.
114.10 Unlawful Continuance. Any person who shall continue any work in or about a
premises, including any building or other structure after a stop work order has been posted,
except such work as that person is directed to perform to remove a violation or unsafe condition,
shall be subject to the penalties set forth in D.C. Official Code § 6-1406 (2012 Repl.) and the
injunctive relief set out in D.C. Official Code § 6-1407 (2012 Repl.).
114.11 Appeal of Stop Work Order. The property owner, his or her agent, or the person
responsible for the work cited in a stop work order, may initiate an appeal within the Department
from a stop work order. Claimants shall appeal using a form provided by the code official, on
which they shall state the grounds for the appeal, which shall be based on a claim that the
Construction Codes or the Zoning Regulations, or the rules legally adopted thereunder, have
been incorrectly interpreted or applied, the provisions of the Construction Codes or Zoning
Regulations do not fully apply, or that an equally good or better form of construction can be
used. The appeal shall be filed within 15 days after the date on which the stop work order is
posted.
114.11.1 Action on Appeal. Within 10 business days after the date of receipt of the

appeals form, the code official shall affirm, modify, or reverse the previous action or
decision. The decision of the code official shall be the final decision of the Department.
If the code official denies the appeal, or does not act upon the appeal within the 10-
business day period, the decision will be deemed affirmed and the claimant may appeal
the matter directly to the Office of Administrative Hearings, except to the extent that a
violation of the Zoning Regulations is alleged, in which case the claimant shall appeal the
action to the Board of Zoning Adjustment pursuant to D.C. Official Code § 6-641.07
(2012 Repl.).
114.11.2 Stay of Action. The filing of an appeal does not stay the effect of a stop work
order.
115 UNSAFE STRUCTURES AND EQUIPMENT
115.1 Conditions. All buildings or other structures or existing equipment that are or hereafter
become abandoned, deteriorated, unsafe, unsanitary, or deficient because of inadequate means of
egress facilities, inadequate light and ventilation, or which constitute a fire hazard, or are
otherwise dangerous to human life or the public welfare, or that involve illegal or improper use,
or occupancy or inadequate maintenance, shall be deemed an unsafe condition. Unsafe
structures shall be taken down and removed or made safe and secure, as the code official deems
necessary pursuant to this section or pursuant to other laws, including, but not limited to, D.C.
Official Code §§ 42-3131.01 et seq. (2012 Repl.) or 42-3171.01 et seq. (2012 Repl.) and D.C.
Official Code § 6-801 et seq. (2012 Repl.). A vacant building, unguarded or open at door or
window, shall be deemed a fire hazard and unsafe within the meaning of the Construction Codes.
115.1.1 Prohibited Entry. When a vacant building or other structure is deemed to be

unsafe, pursuant to Section 115.1, the code official shall cause to be posted at each
entrance to such building or other structure a notice that the structure is unsafe and that
its use or occupancy has been prohibited. It shall be unlawful for any person to enter
such building or other structure except for the purpose of making the required repairs or
demolishing it.
115.2 Examination and Record of Damaged Structure. The code official shall examine every
premises, including any building or other structure, reported as dangerous, unsafe structurally, or
constituting a fire hazard, and shall maintain a record of unsafe premises, including any buildings
or other structures, stating the use of the structure, and the nature and estimated amount of
damages, if any, caused by collapse or failure.
115.3 Notice of Unsafe Structure or Equipment. If any unsafe condition is found, the code
official shall serve a written notice that describes the condition, identifies the structure or
equipment deemed unsafe, and specifies the required repairs or improvements to be made to
abate the unsafe condition or requires the unsafe structure to be taken down and removed within
a stipulated time.

115.4 Method of Service. The code official shall effect service of a notice under this section by
one of the following methods:
1. Personal service on the owner, the owner’s agent or the person in control of the
structure;
2. By electronic mail to the last-known electronic mail address of the person or

business to be notified, provided that a copy of the notice or order is posted in a
conspicuous place in or about the structure affected by such notice;
3. Delivering the notice to the last known home or business address as identified by
the tax records, the business license address, or the corporate registration address
of the person or business to be notified and leaving it with a person over the age
of 16 years old residing or employed therein;
4. Mailing the notice or order, via first class mail postage prepaid to the last known
home or business address, as identified by the tax records address, the business
license address or the corporate registration address, of the person or business to
be notified; or
5. If the notice is returned as undeliverable by the Post Office authorities, or if no

address is known or can be ascertained by reasonable diligence, by posting a copy
of the notice or order in a conspicuous place in or about the structure affected by
such notice.
115.5 Disregard of Unsafe Notice. The notice of unsafe structure shall require the person
served with the notice to comply with the requirements of the order to abate the unsafe condition
within a specified time. Upon the refusal or neglect of the person served with an unsafe notice to
comply with the requirements of the order to abate the unsafe condition, the code official may
notify the Office of the Attorney General for the District of Columbia of all the facts and may
request initiation of appropriate legal action to compel compliance with the order or pursue any
other remedies authorized by law or regulation.
115.5.1 Costs of abatement. Where the owner, operator or occupant of a premises,

including any buildings, other structures, or equipment, deemed unsafe by the code
official fails to abate such unsafe condition following notice as prescribed in Section
113, the code official may cause such condition to be corrected and assess the costs of
any corrective action, and all expenses incident thereto, as a tax against the property in
accordance with Section 113.5. Nothing herein shall be deemed to preclude or negate
any other penalties or remedies set forth in Section 113, or to preclude conversion of a
special assessment lien to an administrative judgment, enforceable in the same manner
as any other civil judgment under District of Columbia law, as authorized by D.C.
Official Code § 42-3131.01.

115.6 Other Laws. The provisions of this Section 115 shall not be deemed to nullify any other
provisions of local law governing removal, demolition or repair of unsafe structures, including,
but not limited to, the provisions of D.C. Official Code § 6-801 et seq. (2012 Repl.), D.C.
Official Code §§ 42-3131.01 et seq. (2012 Repl.) or 42-3171.01 et seq. (2012 Repl.), and 14
DCMR § 115.
115.6.7 Special Provisions Applicable to Residential Premises.
115.6.7.1 Copies of Notices and Orders. The code official shall provide tenants
of residential premises with copies of notices and orders issued pursuant to
Section 115 in accordance with Section 113.2.1.3. The code official shall not be
subject to any other tenant notification provisions, except as expressly set forth in
Section 113.2.1.3.
115.6.7.2 Building Closures. The code official is authorized to order tenants or

occupants of residential premises to vacate the premises within a time sufficient
to allow the owner to comply with an order to close and barricade the premises,
provided that tenants shall be given at least five calendar days to vacate the
premises. If any tenant or occupant fails to vacate the premises within the time
period set forth in the notice or order, subject to the appeal provisions of Section
112.2.3, the code official is authorized to order the removal of the tenants or
occupants.
115.6.7.3 Other Rental Housing Provisions. The removal of tenants from

unsafe residential premises, or the service of an order to vacate, pursuant to this
Section 115 shall not be considered an eviction or notice to vacate under D.C.
Official Code § 42-3505.01. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall
be construed to nullify or abrogate any other rights to which a tenant is entitled
under District laws or regulations, including relocation assistance, the right to
reoccupy the rental unit following rehabilitation, or the right to pursue rights and
remedies under D.C. Official Code, Title 42, Chapter 34.
116 EMERGENCY MEASURES
116.1 Imminent Danger. The code official is hereby authorized and empowered to order and
require the occupants to vacate the premises forthwith when, in the opinion of the code official:
there is imminent danger of failure or collapse of a building or other structure which endangers
life; or when the health or safety of occupants of the premises or those in the proximity of the
premises is immediately endangered by an unsanitary condition or the operation of defective or
dangerous equipment; or when any structure or part of a structure has fallen and life is
endangered by the occupation of the structure; or when there is actual or potential danger to the
building occupants or those in the proximity of any structure because of explosives, explosive
fumes or vapors, or the presence of toxic fumes, gases or materials. The code official shall cause

to be posted at each entrance to such structure a notice reading as follows: ―This Structure Is
Unsafe and Its Occupancy Has Been Prohibited by the [code official].‖ It shall be unlawful for
any person to enter such structure except for the purpose of securing the structure, making the
required repairs, removing the hazardous condition or of demolishing the same.
116.2 Temporary Safeguards. Whenever, in the opinion of the code official, there is imminent
danger due to an unsafe condition, the code official shall order the necessary work to be done,
including the boarding up of openings, to render such structure temporarily safe whether or not
the legal procedure herein described has been instituted; and shall further cause such other action
to be taken as the code official deems necessary to meet such emergency.
116.3 Closing Streets. When necessary for the public safety, the code official is authorized to
temporarily close sidewalks, streets, buildings, other structures, and places adjacent to such
unsafe structure, and prohibit them from being used.
116.4 Emergency Repairs. For the purposes of this section, the code official shall employ the
necessary labor and materials to perform the required work as expeditiously as possible.
116.5 Costs of Emergency Repairs. Where the code official causes emergency work to be done
pursuant to Section 116.2 or Section 116.4, the costs incurred in the performance of emergency
work, and expenses incident thereto, shall be paid from appropriations of the District of
Columbia on certification of the code official and shall be assessed as a tax against the property
on which the emergency work or repairs were performed, carried as a tax on the regular tax rolls,
and collected in the same manner as real estate taxes are collected. Nothing herein shall be
deemed to preclude conversion of a special assessment lien to an administrative judgment,
enforceable in the same manner as any other civil judgment under District of Columbia law, as
authorized by D.C. Official Code § 42-3131.01.
116.5.1 Additional costs of emergency repairs. Costs of emergency repairs shall also be
deemed to include, but are not limited to, costs associated with cleaning the premises to
comply with the Construction Codes, utility removal or disconnection costs, court costs,
fines, and penalties. If the code official determines that no other shelter is available to
tenants or occupants removed from residential premises pursuant to Section 116, the code
official has discretion to assess all expenses incident to tenant relocation as a cost of
emergency repairs, including, but not limited to, temporary housing, security deposits and
the first month’s rent if required.
116.6 Special Provisions Applicable to Residential Premises.
116.6.1 Copies of Notices and Orders. The code official shall provide tenants of
residential premises with copies of notices and orders issued pursuant to Section 116 in
accordance with Section 113.2.1.3. The code official shall not be subject to any other
tenant notification provisions, except as expressly set forth in Section 113.2.1.3.

116.6.2 Building Closures. Where the code official posts a closure or imminently
dangerous notice or order pursuant to Section 116, the code official is authorized to order
all tenants or occupants to vacate the imminently dangerous structure or dwelling unit.
The notice or order shall include the time by which the premises must be vacated,
provided that tenants and occupants shall be given at least 24 hours to vacate, unless the
code official determines that tenants and occupants must leave the premises immediately
for their personal safety. If any tenant or occupant fails to vacate the structure or unit
within the time specified in the notice or order, the code official is authorized to order
removal of the tenant or occupant from the structure or unit.
116.6.1 Other Rental Housing Provisions. The removal of tenants from imminently
dangerous premises, or the service of an order to vacate, pursuant to this Section 116
shall not be considered an eviction or notice to vacate under D.C. Official Code § 42-
3505.01. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall be construed to nullify or
abrogate any other rights to which a tenant is entitled under District laws or regulations,
including relocation assistance, the right to reoccupy the rental unit following
rehabilitation, or the right to pursue rights and remedies under D.C. Official Code, Title
42, Chapter 34.
116.7 Appeals. Imminent danger notices and orders, and other orders and notices issued
pursuant to Section 116, are appealable to OAH pursuant to Section 112.2.1, but any appeal shall
not stay the enforcement of the notice or order. Any person ordered to take emergency measures
or actions shall comply with such order forthwith. The expedited hearing procedures set forth in
Section 112.2.3 shall not apply to orders and notices issued pursuant to Section 116.
117 POSTING STRUCTURES
117.1 Occupant Load. Occupant load signs shall be posted in accordance with Section 1004.3.
Rooms or spaces which have multiple use capability shall be posted for the occupant loads of all
such uses.
117.1.1 Occupant Load Calculations. The occupant load calculations shall be

determined in accordance with Section 1004.
117.2 Live Loads Posted. Where the live loads for which each floor or portion thereof of a
commercial or industrial building is or has been designed to exceed 50 psf (2.40 kN/m2), such
design live loads shall be conspicuously posted by the owner in that part of each story in which
they apply, using durable signs of an approved, legible, permanent design. It shall be unlawful to
remove or deface such notices.
117.3 Installation of Signs. Before approval of a final inspection pursuant to Section 109.3.14,
all signs required by Section 117 shall have been installed.

117.4 Periodic Inspection. The code official is authorized to periodically inspect all existing
buildings and other structures for compliance with the law in respect to posting, or the code
official is authorized to accept the report of such inspection from an approved licensed
professional engineer or architect. Such inspection and report shall specify any violation of the
requirements of the Construction Codes in respect to the posting of floor load, occupant load,
and use group of the building.
Exception: Existing buildings and other structures in Group R-3, buildings under the
jurisdiction of the Residential Code, and dwelling units in Group R-2 buildings.
118 ADDRESSES OF PREMISES
118.1 Purpose. The purpose of the provisions of this Section 118 shall be: (a) to establish a
formal, legally based District of Columbia-wide system of assigning addresses to premises in
order to facilitate their identification; (b) to facilitate protection of the public health and safety by
enabling a quicker response time by police, fire, ambulance, and other emergency services; (c) to
provide for the efficient delivery of public services, including building inspections, health
inspections, property mapping, and property tax administration; and (d) to establish the minimum
requirements for providing street numbers on premises.
118.2 Administration. The code official shall administer the provisions of this Section 118,
including, but not limited to: (a) assigning addresses and approving the naming of new private
streets within the District of Columbia; and (b) designating the street number of all premises,
new and existing. Street numbers are required on all lots and buildings, new and existing, and
the code official shall have authority to approve all street number assignments on any premises.
The code official is also authorized to order changes in the numbering of any premises
previously numbered if it is determined that the street number being used may endanger the
public health and safety. A building or other structure fronting more than one street or avenue
shall be assigned a street number based on the location of the face of the building or other
structure containing the main entrance.
118.3 Responsibility. When a street number is assigned to a premises, the owner of a premises
shall provide and maintain the street number in compliance with these requirements. A premises
that is required to have a street number and does not comply with the requirements of this
section shall not be occupied.
118.4 Definitions. The following words and terms are defined in Chapter 2.
ADDRESS RANGE.
ALLEY.
BLOCK FACE.
LOT.
MAIN ENTRANCE.

PRIMARY ADDRESS.
PRIVATE THOROUGHFARE.
PUBLIC THOROUGHFARE.
RECORD LOT.
SECONDARY ADDRESS.
STANDARDIZED ADDRESS.
STREET.
STREET NAME.
STREET NUMBER.
STREET NUMBER SUFFIX.
STREET QUADRANT.
STREET SEGMENT.
STREET TYPE.
TAX LOT.
UNIT NUMBER.
UNIT TYPE.
ZIP CODE.
ZIP PLUS FOUR.
118.5 Addressing Rules General
118.5.1 The District of Columbia has an existing street addressing and street naming
scheme that is historic in nature. To the greatest extent possible, this Section 118 seeks to
maintain that scheme while eliminating conditions created over time that are detrimental
to the public safety and welfare of the citizens of the District of Columbia.
118.5.2 The existing pattern of alphabetically named and numbered streets found in the
central jurisdictions of the District of Columbia shall be maintained.
118.5.3 When facing a quadrant dividing line (North Capitol Street, East Capitol Street,
South Capitol Street or the Mall), the even number addresses are on the right side of the
street and the odd numbers are on the left side of the street. Diagonal streets have even
and odd sides that match the parity of the grid direction they most closely resemble; those
at 30° angles are generally addressed as east-west, those at 60° are considered north-
south. The 45° angle streets are variable, and should be maintained in their current form.
118.5.4 Address ranges are determined based on a progression from the point of origin,
which is the United States Capitol, and the four quadrant dividing lines listed in Section
118.5.3. Each standard block was initially given an address range of one hundred (100),
progressing outward from the Capitol. Streets that commence away from the quadrant
dividing lines are examined and the ranges determined based upon the surrounding
streets.

118.5.5 Address ranges shall not overlap or create any opportunities for the assignment
of duplicate addresses on a given street within a single quadrant. Similarly, there should
be limited or no gaps in the address ranges if the street to which the ranges are applied is
continuous.
118.5.6 Breaks in address ranges may occur where a street with a given name is broken
into distinct segments by a park, water body, or other impediment. In these cases, the
integrity of the address grid shall be maintained, and a gap in the range created, to signify
the break in the street’s continuity.
118.6 Street Number Assignment
118.6.1 Every lot that is legally capable of supporting a building or other structure shall
have an address regardless of whether the lot is occupied or vacant.
118.6.2 When a record lot is vacant, but within an existing tax lot that contains a
building or other structure, the vacant record lot shall be assigned the same street number
as the tax lot.
118.6.3 Every building or other structure with an entrance from a public or private street,
or from a named alley shall have an assigned street number.
118.6.4 Every lot and every building shall have either a street number or a unit-number
depending upon whether or not it has a separate entrance fronting onto a public or private
street.
118.6.5 No addresses shall be assigned to any driveway. The address for a building or
other structure with a driveway shall reflect the name and the numbering sequence of the
street to which the driveway is connected.
118.6.6 No street number shall be assigned to a premises that has as its only access an
unnamed street or alley. If an address is required for a premises, the street or alley shall
first be named according to the process described in Section 118.11 below.
118.6.7 Assigned street numbers shall be determined based upon the block face’s
address range, the location of the main entrance and the existing street numbers that are
assigned within that block face.
118.6.8 Street numbers shall be logically and spatially consistent, increasing in numeric
order from the low number end of the block face to the high end of the block face.
118.6.9 Street numbers shall be assigned in accordance with the parity (odd/even)
designation for the block face. Even numbers shall not be used in the odd-sequenced side

of a street, nor shall odd numbers be used on the even side of a street.
118.6.10 If a street segment exists where both odd and even numbers exist on both sides
of the street, or where only one side contains addresses, and both odd and even numbers
have been used, the code official shall issue a street number that is logically consistent
with the numbers on adjoining premises.
118.6.11 No street number shall be assigned that duplicates the number for any existing
premises on the same named street.
118.6.12 No new street number shall be assigned that contains a letter designation (e.g.,
112A Vermont Avenue).
118.6.13 The code official is authorized to maintain an existing fraction if there is no

available street number in the address sequence for the block in which the address is
located. The fraction shall be stored in the STREET NUMBER SUFFIX field.
118.6.14 Existing letter designations shall be maintained in the STREET NUMBER

SUFFIX field or UNIT NUMBER field rather than as part of the street number field.
118.6.15 No street number shall be assigned to a proposed building or other structure on

multiple lots or for a location where the subdivision process is incomplete.
118.6.16 The code official shall hear and consider requests for changes in street numbers
for existing addresses.
118.6.16.1 The code official is authorized to change street numbers where there
are duplicates, or where the street number is out of sequence, or on the opposite
side of the street in terms of parity (odd number found on the even numbered side,
or vice-versa).
118.6.16.2 The code official is authorized to change street numbers where

existing numbers contain a fraction or a letter suffix, and there is sufficient space
in the existing number range for the block-face to support renumbering to remove
the fraction and/or letter suffix.
118.6.17 The code official shall not change an existing address to one that is not
consistent with the addressing structures, parity and sequences that already exist.
118.6.18 The code official is authorized to assign secondary addresses as the code
official deems appropriate subject to the provisions of Section 118.5 and this Section
118.6.

118.7 Street Number Display. Each premises to which a street number has been assigned shall
have the number displayed in conformance with the requirements provided in this Section 118.7.
118.7.1 Main Entrance Location.
118.7.1.1 The assigned street number shall be located directly over or near the
main entrance in a position easily observed and readable from the opposite side of
a public thoroughfare.
118.7.1.2 Multi-tenant buildings having separate exterior entrances with separate

street numbers shall post the assigned street numbers near each entrance in
accordance with this section.
118.7.1.3 In addition to posting the street number of the building or other

structure in a position easily observed and readable from the opposite side of the
public thoroughfare serving that entrance, the owner of a building or other
structure located on a lot where the main entrance is not located at and fronting
on a public thoroughfare, shall post the street number directly above or near the
main entrance.
118.7.2 Rear Entrance Location. If the rear of a premises, to which a street number has
been assigned, faces a public thoroughfare, the owner shall also place the street number
of the main entrance in a position easily observed and readable from the public
thoroughfare serving the rear of that premises.
118.7.3 Construction Sites Location. Street numbers shall be posted at construction

sites in a position easily observed and readable from any public thoroughfare serving the
construction site.
118.7.4 Size of Numbers. The minimum size of a street number shall be 3 inches (76
mm) high and one-half inch (13 mm) wide and shall be in Arabic figures on a contrasting
background.
118.7.5 Private Thoroughfares. The street number of a premises located on a private

thoroughfare need not be readable from a public thoroughfare if, under the
circumstances, this requirement would be impracticable and the approved street numbers
are placed in a position to be plainly legible and visible from the private thoroughfare
fronting the premises.
118.8 Street Number Suffixes
118.8.1 New street number suffixes shall not be assigned.

118.8.2 Street number suffixes assigned and used prior to December 26, 2008, shall be
phased out by the code official where possible, substituting a standard format street
number with or without a unit number.
118.8.3 Where an existing street number suffix cannot be changed, it shall be placed in
the STREET NUMBER SUFFIX field.
118.9 Street Names General
118.9.1 No street shall be given a name that duplicates or nearly duplicates the name of a
then-existing or previously existing street within the same quadrant of the District of
Columbia.
118.9.2 No street shall be given a name that, when spoken, sounds like the name of a
then existing or previously existing street within the jurisdiction of the District of
Columbia.
118.9.3 Street naming should follow the guidelines of the District of Columbia
Addressing Standards.
118.9.4 Street names may be changed according to the separate procedures for public
and private street naming. Historical and commonly used names for streets shall be
maintained where possible, and linked to newer names where necessary.
118.10 Street Names of Public Thoroughfares. The code official shall forward a
recommendation on the names of public thoroughfares to the Council of the District of
Columbia for its action. Public thoroughfares shall be assigned names by the Council of
the District of Columbia pursuant to Section 401 of the Street and Alley Closing and
Acquisition Procedures Act of 1982, effective March 10, 1983 (D.C. Law 4-201; D.C.
Official Code § 9-204.01 (2012 Repl.)).
118.11 Street Names of Private Thoroughfares
118.11.1 A property owner, developer, surveyor, or plat proprietor shall make application
to the code official for approval of a proposed street name of a new private thoroughfare.
118.11.2 Upon receipt of the street name application, the code official shall review the
proposed name with the addressing staff of the other agencies with street jurisdiction, and
any other appropriate governmental agency.
118.11.3 The code official is authorized to recommend to the applicant a list of the
existing approved street names within the District of Columbia for the convenience of the
applicant.

118.11.4 The code official shall approve the naming of newly established private
thoroughfares within the District of Columbia, including private thoroughfares in
proposed plats of condominium developments.
118.11.5 The code official shall notify the applicant within 30 days of the acceptance or
rejection of the proposed street name along with the reasons for the decision, if
applicable.
118.11.6 The code official shall be the final arbiter of the street name for private
thoroughfares.
118.11.7 Unnamed private thoroughfares shall be named when two or more addresses
exist or are established on such thoroughfares. If the existing addresses are numbered off
of the adjoining public thoroughfare, they shall be changed to appropriate addresses
using the street name of the private thoroughfare.
118.11.8 The owners shall be consulted before a name for the private thoroughfare is
selected and approved. The selection of a name for a private thoroughfare shall be
coordinated with the District of Columbia Office of Planning, DDOT and any other
appropriate governmental agency.
118.12 Administration of Assigned Addresses
118.12.1 The code official shall maintain a master file of assigned addresses and
maintain a master address mapping database.
118.12.2 The code official shall be responsible for determining whether an address is
required for any premises or other condition.
118.12.3 The code official is authorized to grant a waiver of the provisions of Section
118, based upon the evidence presented, if the code official finds that the waiver:
1. Benefits the public health, safety and welfare;
2. Does not create conflicts or duplicate addresses; and
3. Is in the best interest of the District of Columbia.
118.12.4 The code official shall be responsible for assigning a new address under the
1. A new record lot is created through the subdivision process of the

Subdivision Regulations of the District of Columbia, or a tax lot is created
through the process of the Office of Tax and Revenue, and in either case
the lot is vacant;
2. A new building or other structure is constructed on a vacant lot;
3. The owner of a building or other structure with multiple entrances to the

exterior submits an application that meets the requirements for secondary
addresses.
4. A new building or other structure is constructed on a lot already

containing one or more buildings or other structures that have addresses;
5. A new structure is constructed on a lot, street or other parcel within the

District of Columbia; or
6. An existing building or other structure is renovated to relocate the main

entrance to a different street frontage.
118.12.5 The code official, the District Department of Transportation and the E-911
Coordinator shall confer on recommended street names for all streets to ensure that no
duplication occurs and that no streets with names that sound alike, or could create
confusion for the delivery of emergency and non-emergency services, are created.
118.12.6 The code official shall recommend changes in street names where, in the code
official’s opinion, a valid reason exists for the change of street name. Such reasons
include, but are not limited to:
1. Duplicate street names;
2. Confusion of street names that sound alike;
3. Street names that are extremely difficult to spell or pronounce;
4. Streets that have more than one commonly used name; and
5. Street names shall not be changed to reflect changes in property ownership

or for personal reasons of the adjoining owners.
118.12.7 When a street name change or designation is proposed, the code official shall
provide notice to the property owners abutting the street segment(s) to be named or
changed. If the change is designed to remedy existing duplicate names or confusing
names, the property owners may be consulted on suggested names for the street.

118.12.8 Before changing a street name, the code official shall consider the official street
name as recorded on plats and deeds of adjacent property, and the most accurate
historical name of the street in question.
118.12.9 The existing legal documents shall be of primary consideration in determining

the single street name when two or more names are commonly used. Streets or alleys
shall be changed or named pursuant to D.C. Official Code § 9-204.01.
118.13 Final Inspection. Before approval of a final inspection pursuant to Section 109.3.14 for
a building or other structure, all addressing requirements, including the installation of street
numbers, shall be satisfied in accordance with the requirements of Section 118.
118.14 Street Sign Specifications
118.14.1 All street signs shall meet the requirements of Section 118.7.4 above and the
requirements of the District Department of Transportation.
118.14.2 DDOT shall provide standard street signs showing the name of the street, the
street type and street quadrant and the starting number for the address range(s) associated
with the thoroughfare segment for each public thoroughfare at each intersection.
118.14.3 The owner of a private thoroughfare shall provide standard street signs
showing the name of the street, the street type, and street quadrant and the starting
number for the range(s) associated with the street segment for each private thoroughfare,
based on the approved street name issued by the code official.
118.14.4 Street name signs designating private thoroughfares shall include the word
―Private‖ or ―PVT‖ on them to distinguish them from public thoroughfares.
118.15 Compliance and Enforcement. The provisions of Section 118 shall be enforced by the
code official, pursuant to the enforcement mechanisms set forth in Section 113.
119 [RESERVED]
120 [RESERVED]
121 [RESERVED]
122 AMENDMENTS AND COPIES
122.1 Amendments; Supplements; Editions. All future amendments, supplements, and

editions of the Construction Codes shall be adopted only upon authority of the government of the

District of Columbia. The Mayor is authorized to issue proposed rules to amend the
Construction Codes and to adopt new editions of and supplements to the International Codes in
whole or in part, pursuant to Title I of the District of Columbia Administrative Procedure Act,
approved October 21, 1968 (82 Stat. 1204; D.C. Official Code § 2-501 et seq. (2012 Repl.)) and
pursuant to the Construction Codes Act, D.C. Official Code § 6-1401 et seq. (2012 Repl.). The
Mayor’s authority thereunder has been delegated to the Construction Codes Coordinating Board
(―CCCB‖) pursuant to Mayor’s Order 2009-22, dated February 25, 2009, as amended. The
proposed rules shall be submitted to the Council for a 45-day period of review, excluding
Saturdays, Sundays, legal holidays, and days of Council recess. If the Council does not approve
or disapprove the proposed rules, in whole or in part, by resolution within this 45-day review
period, the proposed rules shall be deemed approved. The rules shall not take effect until
approved or deemed approved by the Council.
122.2 Amendment Procedure. Within a reasonable period of time after publication of any
subsequent edition of the International Codes, the CCCB shall:
1. Review, revise and maintain the Construction Codes to reflect the current state of
the art in the construction industry;
2. Review and evaluate all proposed changes and amendments to the Construction
Codes;
3. Submit for adoption, as proposed rulemaking through the Director, all revisions to
the Construction Codes that are approved by the CCCB; and
4. Publish, as final rulemaking through the Director, all revisions to the Construction
Codes once they are approved or deemed approved by the Council as provided in
the Construction Codes Act and 12 DCMR A § 122.1.
122.2.1 Initiation and Review of Changes. Changes in the Construction Codes may be
proposed and initiated by and through the CCCB. The notice, review, evaluation, and
rulemaking procedures of Section 122.2 shall be applied to any proposed changes in the
Construction Codes, from whatever source.
122.3 Official Copy. The official copy of the Construction Codes is posted electronically on the
website of the Secretary of the District of Columbia, Office of Documents and Administrative
Issuances.
123 TRANSITORY PROVISIONS
123.1 Applicable Codes. The laws and regulations in force on the date that a new edition of the
Construction Codes are adopted pursuant to Section 122, shall remain in effect for the purposes
specified in Sections 123.1.1 through 123.1.4.

123.1.1 Existing Valid Permit. Work authorized by a permit issued before the effective
date of the new edition of the Construction Codes shall be allowed to be carried to
completion, subject to the conditions of Sections 105.5 and 105.6.
123.1.2 Existing Filed Application. Applications for permits for which the application
filing deposit has been paid before the effective date of the new edition of the
Construction Codes, pursuant to Section 108.2.1.1, shall be allowed to be processed to
issuance of the permit, and any work authorized thereby shall be allowed to be carried to
completion, under the edition of the Construction Codes in effect on the date said
applications were filed, subject to the following conditions:
1. Each such application shall have been filed accompanied by plans and
other information conforming to Sections 106.1 and 106.1.1, sufficiently
complete to allow processing of the permit without substantial change or
deviation;
2. Each such permit shall be paid in full and taken out by the applicant within
one year after the effective date of the new edition of the Construction
Codes;
3. All work authorized by such permit shall be carried to completion under

the terms of the permit; and
4. Permits granted under Section 123.1.2 shall not be extended if permitted

to expire, pursuant to Section 105.5, or if revoked pursuant to Sections
105.6 and 105.6.1.
123.1.3 Existing Design Contracts. Buildings and other structures under contract for
design on the effective date of the new edition of the Construction Codes, for which no
permit applications have been filed, shall be allowed to be filed, processed to issuance of
permit, and any work authorized thereby shall be allowed to be carried to completion,
under the previous edition of the Construction Codes, subject to the following conditions:
1. The applicant shall file the permit application, accompanied by plans and
other information conforming to Sections 106.1 and 106.1.1 of the new
edition of the Construction Codes, sufficiently complete to allow
processing of the permit without substantial change or deviation, within
one year after the effective date of the new edition of the Construction
Codes;
2. The applicant shall submit a copy of the design contract, with a notarized
affidavit stating that the submitted copy is a true and accurate copy of the
contract for the design of the building or other structure, that the contract

was in effect on or before the effective date of the Construction Codes,
and that the design submitted with the permit application was made under
such contract;
3. The permit shall be obtained and the permit fee paid in full by the
applicant within one year after the filing date;
4. All work authorized by such permit shall be carried to completion under

the terms of the permit; and
5. Permits granted under Section 123.1.3 shall not be extended if permitted

to expire pursuant to Section 105.5, or if revoked pursuant to Sections
105.6 and 105.6.1.
123.1.4 Tenant Layout Permits. The work necessary to finish the interior layout of
every tenant space of a building permitted under previous editions of the Construction
Codes for first occupancy of each such tenant space, shall be considered part of the
completion of said building, and the permits for such tenant work shall be allowed to be
processed under the same edition of the Construction Codes as the base building permit,
regardless of when the tenant layout project began.
123.2 Violations or Infractions. The laws and regulations in force on the date that a new
edition of the Construction Codes is adopted pursuant to Section 122 shall apply with respect to
violations or infractions committed prior to said date, whether the prosecutions or adjudications
of those violations of infractions are begun before or after said date.

202 Definitions
202 DEFINITIONS
Strike the definitions of ADDITION, BUILDING OFFICIAL and EXISTING STRUCTURE (for
Chapter 34) in Section 202 of the International Building Code in their entirety and insert new
definitions in Section 202 of the Building Code in their place to read as follows:
ADDITION. An extension or increase in the building area, aggregate floor area, number of
stories, or height of a building or structure.
BUILDING OFFICIAL. The code official.
EXISTING BUILDING. Any building or structure that was erected and occupied or issued a
certificate of occupancy at least one year before a construction permit application for that
building or structure was made to the Department.
Insert the following new definitions in Section 202 of the Building Code to read as follows:
ADDRESS RANGE (for Section 118). The high and low values for the street numbers found
on a block face. The address range is expressed as a low number and a high number representing
the lowest and highest street numbers found or possible on a given block face.
BLOCK FACE (for Section 118). The right-of-way line along a public street or the property
line at the edge of a private street segment. Each street segment shall have two block faces.
ADMINISTRATIVE BULLETINS. Notices issued by the Department that represent official

Department policies to assist applicants, staff and the public in following operational, technical
and legal procedures.
ALLEY. Each public thoroughfare or private thoroughfare which is not a street.
ALLEY LINE EXTENDED (for Chapter 32). A line through the corner of a lot, at the
intersection of an alley with the street, and perpendicular to the street.
ASSISTIVE LISTENING SYSTEM. An amplification system utilizing transmitters, receivers,

and coupling devices to bypass the acoustical space between a sound source and a listener by
means of induction loop, radio frequency, infrared, or direct-wired equipment.
BUILDING RESTRICTION LINE. A line that defines a required set-back on a lot, a certain

distance from the public right-of-way, that is recorded on the records of the Surveyor of the
District of Columbia. Any area between a lot line adjoining a street and the building restriction
line is private property set aside and treated as public space.
BUILDING RESTRICTION AREA. The portion of a lot between a building restriction line
and a lot line adjoining a street.
BUSINESS DAY. A day other than Saturday, Sunday, or a legal holiday in the District of
Columbia. If business day is not specified, a day shall mean a calendar day.
CODE OFFICIAL. The Director of the District of Columbia Department of Consumer and
Regulatory Affairs, or a duly authorized representative, for administration and enforcement of
the Construction Codes, including Fire Code provisions pertaining to approval, installation,
design, modification, maintenance, testing, and inspection of all new and existing fire protection
systems. References in the Fire Code to the code official shall refer to the Fire Chief of the
District of Columbia Fire Department, or a duly authorized representative, except where the Fire
Code provision pertains to approval, installation, design, modification, maintenance, testing, and
inspection of all new and existing fire protection systems.
COMMUNITY-BASED RESIDENTIAL FACILITY (CBRF). A residential facility for

persons who have a common need for treatment, rehabilitation, assistance, or supervision in their
daily living. This definition includes, but is not limited to, facilities covered by the Health-Care
and Community Residence Facility, Hospice and Home Care Licensure Act of 1983, effective
February 24, 1984 (D.C. Law 5-48; D.C. Official Code §§ 44-501 to 44-509 (2012 Repl. and
2013 Supp.) (formerly codified at D.C. Official Code §§ 32-1301 to 32-1309 (1998 Repl. &
1999 Supp.))), and facilities formerly known as convalescent or nursing homes, residential
halfway houses or social service centers, philanthropic or eleemosynary institutions, and
personal care homes. A community-based residential facility may include separate living
quarters for resident supervisors and their families.
DEMOLITION. Interior demolition and partial demolition.
DEMOLITION, INTERIOR. Work that involves the removal of interior non-bearing walls,
elements or systems, or interior finishes.
DEMOLITION, PARTIAL. Work of a greater scope than demolition interior that includes the
removal of structural elements (interior or exterior), exterior walls, roofs, or other exterior
elements but is not a raze.
DEPARTMENT. The District of Columbia Department of Consumer and Regulatory Affairs,

except that references to Department in the Fire Code shall refer to the District of Columbia Fire
and Emergency Medical Services Department.

DISTRICTS, COMMERCIAL. C-prefixed zoning districts (or the successor thereto) as
defined by the Zoning Regulations.
DISTRICTS, INDUSTRIAL. CM-prefixed and M-prefixed zoning districts (or the successors
thereto) as defined by the Zoning Regulations.
DISTRICTS, MIXED-USE. CR-prefixed zoning districts (or the successor thereto) as defined
by the Zoning Regulations.
DISTRICTS, RESIDENCE. R-prefixed zoning districts (or the successor thereto) as defined
by the Zoning Regulations.
DISTRICTS, SPECIAL PURPOSE. SP-prefixed zoning districts (or the successor thereto) as
DISTRICTS, WATERFRONT. W-prefixed zoning districts (or the successor thereto) as

LOT (for Section 118). A parcel of land that shall be classified as a record lot or a tax lot.
LOT LINE EXTENDED (for Chapter 32). The extension of a lot line through a corner of the
lot that adjoins the street, perpendicular to the street.
MAIN ENTRANCE (for Section 118). The principal point of entry into a building or other
structure from a public street, private street or officially named alley.
PARTY LINE. A lot line shared by adjoining lots.
PARTY LINE EXTENDED (for Chapter 32). The extension of a party line that adjoins the
street, and perpendicular to the street.
PREMISES. A lot, plot or parcel of land, including any structures thereon, or a part of a lot,
plot, parcel of land or structure.
PRIMARY ADDRESS (for Section 118). The address of the main entrance of a premises.
PRIVATE THOROUGHFARE (for Section 118). Streets, alleys and other thoroughfares
where the underlying land is owned by private citizens or entities, or is part of existing tax or
record lots adjoining a public thoroughfare.
PUBLIC THOROUGHFARE (for Section 118). Streets, alleys and other thoroughfares that
are under the jurisdiction of the District of Columbia, any other public government, including the
Federal Government or its branches, or by any adjoining state government.

PUBLIC PARKING. The area of a street devoted to open space, greenery, or parks which lies
between the lot line and the edge of the actual or planned sidewalk which is nearer to the lot line,
as such lot line and sidewalk are shown on the records of the District of Columbia.
PUBLIC RIGHT-OF-WAY. The surface, the air space above the surface, and the area below
the surface of any public space.
PUBLIC SPACE. All the publicly owned property between lot lines, including streets, alleys,
parks, and reservations. Any building restriction area, where the same exists on a lot, shall be
treated as public space.
RAZE. The complete removal of any existing structure, with or without the removal of party
walls and below grade portions of a structure.
RECORD LOT (for Section 118). A lot of record established pursuant to the Subdivision
Regulations of the District of Columbia.
SECONDARY ADDRESS (for Section 118). An address created when a building has an
entrance from the exterior, other than the main entrance, that directly serves a tenant different
than that served by the main entrance.
STANDARDIZED ADDRESS (for Section 118). A street number, street number suffix, street
name, street type, unit type, unit number, street quadrant, city name, state name, zip code and zip
plus four designations.
STREET (for Section 118). A public or private thoroughfare, other than an alley, capable of
permitting the passage of cars and other vehicles and pedestrians.
STREET (for Chapter 32). A public thoroughfare, other than an alley, as shown on the records
of the District of Columbia, including any associated roadway, curb, sidewalk, tree space and
public parking.
STREET NAME (for Section 118). The full proper name of a street, stored as an alphanumeric
character string, the street type and the street quadrant.
STREET NUMBER (for Section 118). A number used to provide specific identification for a
premises on a public or private thoroughfare in the District of Columbia, which may be a
primary address or a secondary address. It shall be stored as a numeric value.
STREET NUMBER SUFFIX (for Section 118). A fraction that is attached to a street number
in an existing address.
STREET QUADRANT (for Section 118). Two alphabetical characters that identify the

geographic sector of the District of Columbia in which the address is located. All addresses in
Washington, D.C., with the exception of the United States Capitol which is the central point of
the addressing grid, shall have a street quadrant designation. The street quadrants are NE
(Northeast), NW (Northwest), SE (Southeast) and SW (Southwest), and each quadrant shall be
so abbreviated and capitalized. No street quadrant shall consist of a single cardinal direction
(e.g., North).
STREET SEGMENT (for Section 118). The portion of a public or private street between its
intersections with two other public or private streets.
STREET TYPE (for Section 118). The name of the type of street, such as avenue, street, road,
circle, etc. It shall be stored in fully spelled out form as an alphabetical string. Street types are
listed in the U.S. Postal Service Standards and in the National Emergency Number Association
Standards (NENA). The code official is authorized to use street types not listed in either
standard.
TAX LOT (for Section 118). An assessment and taxation lot established and recognized by the
Office of Tax and Revenue of the District of Columbia excluding condominium lots and air-
rights lots.
UNIT NUMBER (for Section 118). The designation of an individual unit, such as ―A,‖ ―Rear,‖
or ―102‖. It shall be stored as an alphanumeric string.
UNIT TYPE (for Section 118). The type of occupancy, such as an apartment, suite, or office
space. It shall be stored as an alphabetic string.
VAULT (for Chapter 32). A structure that encloses space beneath the surface of the public
space, which is covered over.
ZIP CODE (for Section 118). The five numeral code assigned by the U.S. Postal Service to the
area in which the address is located.
ZIP PLUS FOUR (for Section 118). The four numeral code assigned by the U.S. Postal
Service to the block face or building or building sector in which the address is located.

CHAPTER 3 USE GROUP AND CLASSIFICATION
308 Institutional Group I

310 Residential Group R
308 INSTITUTIONAL GROUP I
Strike Sections 308.3.1 and 308.3.2 of the International Building Code and insert new Sections
308.3.1 and 308.3.2 in the Building Code to read as follows.
308.3.1 Six or fewer persons receiving care. A facility such as the above with six or
fewer persons receiving such care shall be classified as Group R-3 or shall comply with
the Residential Code provided an automatic sprinkler system is installed in accordance
with Section 903.3.1.3 or with Section P2904 of the Residential Code.
308.3.2 Seven to sixteen persons receiving care. A facility such as above, housing not
fewer than seven and not more than 16 persons receiving such care, shall be classified as
Group R-4.
Strike Section 308.4 of the International Building Code and insert new Section 308.4 in the
Building Code to read as follows.
308.4 Institutional Group I-2. This occupancy shall include buildings and structures used for
medical care on a 24-hour basis for more than six persons who are incapable of self-
preservation. This group shall include, but not be limited to, the following:
1. Foster care facilities;
2. Detoxification facilities;
3. Hospitals;
4. Nursing homes; and
5. Psychiatric hospitals.
308.4.1 Six or fewer persons receiving care. A facility such as the above with six or
fewer persons receiving such care shall be classified as Group R-3 or shall comply with
the Residential Code; provided, that an automatic sprinkler system is installed in
accordance with Section 903.3.1.3 or with Section P2904 of the Residential Code.
310 RESIDENTIAL GROUP R

Strike Sections 310.5, 310.5.1 and 310.6 of the International Building Code and insert new
Sections 310.5, 310.5.1 and 310.6 in the Building Code to read as follows.
310.5 Residential Group R-3. Residential occupancies where the occupants are primarily
permanent in nature and not classified as Group R-1, R-2, R-4 or I, including:
1. Buildings that do not contain more than two dwelling units;
2. Boarding houses (nontransient) with 16 or fewer occupants;
3. Boarding houses (transient) with 10 or fewer occupants;
4. Care facilities that provide accommodations for six or fewer persons receiving
care;
5. Congregate living facilities (nontransient) with 16 or fewer occupants;
6. Congregate living facilities (transient) with 10 or fewer occupants.
310.5.1 Care facilities within a dwelling. Care facilities for six or fewer persons
receiving care that are within a single-family dwelling are permitted to comply with the
Residential Code, provided that an automatic sprinkler system is installed in accordance
with Section 903.3.1.3 or with Section P2904 of the Residential Code.
310.6 Residential Group R-4. This occupancy shall include buildings, structures or portions
thereof for more than six but not more than 16 persons, excluding staff, who reside on a 24-hour
basis in a supervised residential environment, receive custodial care and are capable of self-
preservation. This group shall include, but not be limited to, the following:
1. Alcohol and drug centers;
2. Assisted living facilities;
3. Congregate care facilities;
4. Convalescent facilities;
5. Group homes;
6. Halfway houses;
7. Residential board and custodial care facilities; and

8. Social rehabilitation facilities.
Group R-4 occupancies shall meet the requirements for construction as defined for Group R-3,
except as otherwise provided for in this code.

CHAPTER 4 SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND
OCCUPANCY
403 High-Rise Buildings
403 HIGH-RISE BUILDINGS
Strike Section 403.3.2, Water supply to required fire pumps, of the International Building Code
in its entirety without substitution.
Strike Section 403.5.1, Remoteness of interior exit stairways, of the International Building Code
Strike Section 403.6.1, Fire service access elevator, of the International Building Code in its
entirety without substitution.

CHAPTER 5 GENERAL BUILDING HEIGHTS AND AREAS
501 General
503 General Building Height and Area Limitations
501 GENERAL
Strike Section 501.2, Address identification, of the International Building Code in its entirety
without substitution.
503 GENERAL BUILDING HEIGHT AND AREA LIMITATIONS
Strike Section 503.1.1 of the International Building Code in its entirety and insert new Section
503.1.1 in the Building Code in its place to read as follows:
503.1.1 Special industrial occupancies. Buildings and structures designed to house

low-hazard industrial processes that require large areas and unusual heights to
accommodate craneways or special machinery and equipment, including among others,
rolling mills; structural metal fabrication shops and foundries; or collection and treatment
of sewage and stormwater, or the production and distribution of electric, gas, water or
steam power, shall be exempt from the height and area limitations of Table 503.
Ordinary repairs of such buildings or structures shall include specifically engineered
structural and mechanical components designed for removal and replacement in kind.
Strike Groups B, M, S-1 and S-2 in Table 503 of the International Building Code, in their
entirety and insert new Groups B, M, S-1 and S-2 in their place in Table 503 of the Building
Code to read as follows:
TABLE 503 ALLOWABLE BUILDING HEIGHTS AND AREASa, b
Building height limitations shown in feet above grade plane. Story limitations shown as
stories above grade plane. Building area limitations shown in square feet, as determined by
the definition of “Area, building,” per story
TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION
TYPE TYPE
TYPE II TYPE III TYPE V
I IV
GROUP A B A B A B HT A B
HEIGHT
UL 160 65 55 65 55 65 50 40
(feet)
STORIES(S)

AREA (A)
S UL 11 5 4 5 4 5 3 2
B
A UL UL 37,500 23,000 28,500 19,000 36,000 18,000 9,000
TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION
TYPE
TYPE I TYPE II TYPE III TYPE V
IV
A B A B A B HT A B
GROUP
HEIGHT
UL 160 65 55 65 55 65 50 40
(feet)
STORIES(S)
AREA (A)
S UL 11 4 4 4 4 4 3 1
M
A UL UL 21,500 12,500 18,500 12,500 20,500 14,000 9,000
S UL 11 4 3 3 3 4 3 1
S-1
A UL 48,000 26,000 17,500 26,000 17,500 25,500 14,000 9,000
S UL 11 5 4 4 4 5 4 2
S-2
A UL 79,000 39,000 26,000 39,000 26,000 38,500 21,000 13,500

CHAPTER 7 FIRE-RESISTANCE-RATED CONSTRUCTION
705 Exterior Walls

711 Horizontal Assemblies
713 Shaft Enclosures
717 Ducts and Air Transfer Openings
705 EXTERIOR WALLS
Insert new Section 705.8.7 in the Building Code to read as follows:
705.8.7 Openings on or near adjacent construction or property lines. Exterior walls

of buildings that contain occupancies other than Group H, and that are equipped
throughout with sprinklers in accordance with Section 903, shall be permitted to have
openings, subject to the restrictions of Sections 705.8.7.1 through 705.8.7.7, if those
walls have a fire separation distance of 10 feet (3048 mm) or less. Nothing in this code
shall be construed to allow mechanical openings in exterior walls that would not
otherwise be allowed by this code or by the Mechanical Code. Openings allowed
pursuant to this section shall not be counted towards natural light, natural ventilation, or
smoke control requirements.
705.8.7.1 Abutting buildings. When approved, a limited number of door

openings between two abutted buildings, protected in accordance with Section
705.8 shall be permitted.
705.8.7.2 Horizontal exposure. Those stories that directly face another building
or structure located either on the same lot or on an adjacent lot, having a distance
between buildings of 3 feet (914 mm) or less, shall have no openings on the
portion of the exterior wall that faces, horizontally, the building or structure.
705.8.7.3 Vertical exposure. The portions of exterior walls with a distance

between buildings of 3 feet (914 mm) or less, that are less than 12 feet (348 mm)
vertically above the roof of an adjoining building or adjacent structure when such
roof has any portion within a horizontal distance of 10 feet (3048 mm) of the
exterior walls shall have no openings. The portions of exterior walls that are
greater than 3 feet (914 mm) from the opposing exterior wall, and above the roof
of an adjoining building or structure shall comply with Section 705.8.6, except
that the provisions shall apply to a building on an adjacent lot.
Exceptions:
1. If a registered architect or engineer has certified that the adjacent

roof assembly provides a fire rating no less than that required for
the exterior wall of the proposed building or a 1-hour rating,
whichever is greater, and that the roof is not used for storage, the
12 foot vertical separation required above may be reduced to 3 feet
(914 mm). Where there are skylights or other openings in the
adjacent roof that are less than 10 feet (3048 mm) from the exterior
wall of the opposing building, the percentage of openings allowed
in Section 705.8 shall be as follows:
A: 0 to 3 feet separation between buildings: 0 percent.
B: 3 to 5 feet separation between buildings: 15 percent.
C: 5 to 10 feet separation between buildings: 25 percent.
2. If a registered professional engineer has submitted a written report

of inspection certifying that the adjacent building is protected
throughout with a fire sprinkler system conforming with Section
903, the 12 foot (3658 mm) vertical separation required above may
be reduced to 3 feet (914 mm).
705.8.7.4 Allowable openings. In portions of the exterior wall, other than those
specified in Sections 705.8.7.1 through 705.8.7.3, openings up to the maximum of
45 percent, story by story, for each wall face shall be allowed. When such
openings are less than 40 feet (12192 mm) above the roof of an adjoining building
or adjacent structure when such roof has any portion within a horizontal
separation distance of 15 feet (4572 mm) of the wall in which the openings are
located, the openings shall be protected in accordance with Section 705.8.2 or
with tempered, wired, or laminated glass, installed in compliance with Section
716.6. Mechanical and door openings shall be protected in compliance with
Section 716.5.
7705.8.7.5 Owner’s responsibility. The owner of the building where openings

are allowed pursuant to Sections 705.8.7.1 through 705.8.7.4 is responsible for
making any changes in the exterior wall or its appurtenant protective systems, to
maintain the building compliance with this code, whenever changes occur in the
exterior envelope of any building within a distance of 10 feet (3048 mm) or less
of that wall, when those changes might affect compliance with this code. The
responsibility of the owner shall include but not be limited to, the following:
blocking of openings; upgrading of opening protectives; removal or extension of
parts of the required sprinkler system protecting the openings; or any other
provisions deemed necessary by the code official to restore the level of safety
provided by this code at the time the openings were permitted.

705.8.7.6 Required covenants. Prior to issuance of building permit, a covenant
in accordance with the requirements of Section 106 shall be required where
openings in exterior walls closer than 10 feet (3048 mm) from interior lot lines are
allowed pursuant to Sections 705.8.7.1 through 705.8.7.4, to ensure that
compliance with the minimum requirements of those sections will be maintained
for as long as the building shall exist, and to ensure that responsibility for the
maintenance of those conditions will be conveyed to any future owner of the
building.
705.8.7.7 Abatement of unsafe conditions. If the owner of a building or

structure where any openings in exterior walls were allowed pursuant to Sections
705.8.7.1 through 705.8.7.4 fails to maintain in working order the protective
systems required, or fails to proceed to make any changes required by the code
official under the authority of Section 705.8.7.5, the code official is authorized to
cause the necessary work to be done, in the interest of safety and welfare of the
public, in accordance with D.C. Official Code §§ 6-801, et seq. (2012 Repl.) and
other applicable laws and regulations. The cost of work shall become a lien
against the property of the offending owner, to be recovered by the District of
Columbia through appropriate action.
711 HORIZONTAL ASSEMBLIES
Strike Section 711.9 of the International Building Code in its entirety and insert new Section
711.9 to the Building Code in its place to read as follows.
711.9 Smoke barrier. Where horizontal assemblies are required to resist the movement of
smoke by Sections 407.5, 408.6, and 1007.6 of this code in accordance with the definition of
smoke barrier, penetrations and joints in such horizontal assemblies shall be protected as
required for smoke barriers in accordance with Sections 714.5 and 715.6. Regardless of the
number of stories connected by elevator shaft enclosures, doors located in elevator shaft
enclosures that penetrate the horizontal assembly shall be protected by enclosed elevator lobbies
complying with Section 713.14.1. Openings through horizontal assemblies shall be protected by
shaft enclosures complying with Section 713. Horizontal assemblies shall not have unprotected
vertical openings.
713 SHAFT ENCLOSURES
713.14.1 to the Building Code in its place to read as follows:
713.14.1 Elevator lobby. An enclosed elevator lobby shall be provided at each floor
where an elevator shaft enclosure connects more than three stories. The lobby enclosure

shall separate the elevator shaft enclosure doors from each floor by fire partitions. In
addition to the requirements in Section 708 for fire partitions, doors protecting openings
in the elevator lobby enclosure walls shall also comply with Section 716.5.3 as required
for corridor walls, and penetrations of the elevator lobby enclosure by ducts and air
transfer openings shall be protected as required for corridors in accordance with Section
717.5.4.1. Elevator lobbies shall have at least one means of egress complying with
Chapter 10 and other provisions within this code.
Exceptions:
1. Enclosed elevator lobbies are not required at the street floor, provided the
entire street floor is equipped with an automatic sprinkler system in
accordance with Section 903.3.1.1.
2. Elevators not required to be located in a shaft in accordance with Section

712.1 are not required to have enclosed elevator lobbies.
3. Enclosed elevator lobbies are not required where additional doors are
provided at the hoistway opening in accordance with Section 3002.6.
Such doors shall comply with the smoke and draft control door assembly
requirements in Section 716.5.3.1 when tested in accordance with UL
1784 without an artificial bottom seal.
4. Enclosed elevator lobbies are not required where the building is protected
by an automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section
903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2. This exception shall not apply to the following:
4.1. Group I-2 occupancies; and
4.2. Group I-3 occupancies.
5. Smoke partitions shall be permitted in lieu of fire partitions to separate the

elevator lobby at each floor where the building is equipped throughout
with an automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section
903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2. In addition to the requirements in Section 710 for
smoke partitions, doors protecting openings in the smoke partitions shall
also comply with Sections 710.5.2.2, 710.5.2.3, and 716.5.9 and duct
penetrations of the smoke partitions shall be protected as required for
corridors in accordance with Section 717.5.4.1.
6. Enclosed elevator lobbies are not required where the elevator hoistway is
pressurized in accordance with Section 909.21.

7. Enclosed elevator lobbies are not required where the elevator serves only
open parking garages in accordance with Section 406.5.
717 DUCTS AND AIR TRANSFER OPENINGS
717.5.3 in its place in the Building Code to read as follows:
717.5.3 Shaft enclosures. Shaft enclosures that are permitted to be penetrated by ducts
and air transfer openings shall be protected with listed fire and smoke dampers installed
in accordance with their listing.
Exceptions:
1. Fire and smoke dampers are not required at penetrations of exhaust shafts
where steel exhaust subducts extend at least 22 inches (559 mm) vertically
in exhaust shafts, provided there is a continuous airflow upward to the
outside and the fan is provided with backup standby power.
2. Fire dampers are not required where penetrations are tested in accordance
with ASTM E 119 or UL 263 as part of the fire-resistance-rated assembly.
3. Fire and smoke dampers are not required where ducts are used as part of
an approved smoke control system in accordance with Section 909.
4. Fire and smoke dampers are not required where the penetrations are in
dedicated parking garage exhaust or supply shafts that are separated from
other building shafts by not less than 2-hour fire-resistance-rated
construction.
5. Smoke dampers are not required at penetrations of shafts where the

building is equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in
accordance with Section 903.3.1.1.
6. Fire dampers and combination fire/smoke dampers are not required in

kitchen and clothes dryer exhaust systems when installed in accordance
with the Mechanical Code.
Strike Section 717.5.4.1 of the International Building Code in its entirety and insert new Section
717.5.4.1 in the Building Code in its place to read as follows:
717.5.4.1 Corridors. A listed smoke damper designed to resist the passage of

smoke shall be provided at each point a duct or air transfer opening penetrates a

corridor enclosure required to have smoke and draft control doors in accordance
with Section 716.5.3.
Exceptions:
1. Smoke dampers are not required where the building is equipped with an
approved smoke control system in accordance with Section 909, and
smoke dampers are not necessary for the operation and control of the
system.
2. Smoke dampers are not required in corridor penetrations where the duct is
constructed of steel not less than 0.019 inch (0.48 mm) in thickness and
there are no openings serving the corridor.
3. Smoke dampers are not required in ducted corridor penetrations where:
a. The building is equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler

system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2;
b. The duct is constructed of steel not less than 0.019 inch (0.48 mm)
in thickness;
c. The ducted system supplies outdoor air only to the corridor and to
air handling units that serve spaces adjoining the corridor through
ducted connections: and
d. The outdoor air supply fan is designed to provide a continuous

airflow.

903 Automatic Sprinkler Systems

905 Standpipe Systems
906 Portable Fire Extinguishers
907 Fire Alarm and Detection Systems
908 Emergency Alarm Systems
909 Smoke Control Systems
911 Fire Command Center
913 Fire Pumps
916 Fire Apparatus Access Roads
917 Key Boxes
903 AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEMS
Strike Section 903.2.8.2 of the International Building Code and insert new Section 903.2.8.2 in
the Building Code to read as follows.
903.2.8.2 Care facilities. An automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with

Section 903.3.1.3 shall be permitted in care facilities with five or fewer individuals in a
single-family dwelling.
905 STANDPIPE SYSTEMS
905.2 in the Building Code in its place to read as follows:
905.2 Installation standard. Standpipe systems shall be installed in accordance with this
section and NFPA 14.
Exceptions:
1. The residual pressure of 100 psi for 2½-inch hose connection and 65 psi for 1½-
inch hose connection is not required to be greater than 65 psi in buildings
equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with
Section 903.3.1.1 where the highest floor level is not more than 150 feet above
the lowest level of fire department vehicle access.
2. No fire pump shall be required provided that the standpipes are capable of a
minimum 250 gallons per minute (gpm) at 65 psi to the topmost floor in buildings
equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system, or a minimum of 500
gpm at 65 psi to the topmost floor in all other buildings, from the lowest level of

fire department vehicle access.
905.3.1 Building height. Class III standpipe systems shall be installed throughout
buildings where the floor level of the highest story is located more than 30 feet (9144
mm) above the lowest level of fire department vehicle access, or where the floor level of
the lowest story is located more than 30 feet (9144 mm) below the highest level of fire
department vehicle access. In determining the lowest level of fire department vehicle
access for purposes of this section, recessed loading docks for four vehicles or less shall
be excluded. Conditions where topography makes access from the fire department
vehicle to the building impractical or impossible shall be excluded from the
determination of the lowest level or highest level of fire department vehicle access.
Exceptions:
1. Class I standpipes are allowed in buildings equipped throughout with an

automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Sections 903.1.1 or
903.3.1.2.
2. Class I manual standpipes are allowed in open parking garages where the
highest floor is located not more than 150 feet (54720 mm) above the
lowest level of fire department vehicle access.
3. Class I manual dry standpipes are allowed in open parking garages that
are subject to freezing temperatures, provided that the hose connections
are located as required for Class II standpipes in accordance with Section
905.5.
4. Class I standpipes are allowed in basements equipped throughout with an

automatic sprinkler system.
5. Hose stations for use by the building occupants shall not be required,
subject to the approval of the authority having jurisdiction, provided that
each hose connection is 2 1/2 inches (63.5 mm) and is equipped with a 2
1/2 inch x 1 1/2 inch (63.5 mm x 38.2 mm) reducer and a cap attached
with a chain.
906 PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS
Strike Section 906.1 of the International Building Code in its entirety (without striking Table
906.1) and insert new Section 906.1 in the Building Code in its place to read as follows:

906.1 Where required. Portable fire extinguishers shall be installed in the following locations.
1. In Group A, B, E, F, H, I, M, R-1, R-2, R-4 and S occupancies.
Exceptions:
1. In Group R-2 occupancies, portable fire extinguishers shall be required

only in locations specified in Items 2 through 6 where each dwelling unit
is provided with a portable fire extinguisher having a minimum rating of
1-A:10-B:C.
2. In Group E occupancies equipped throughout with quick-response

sprinklers, portable fire extinguishers shall be required only in locations
specified in Items 2 through 6.
2. Within 30 feet (9144 mm) of commercial cooking equipment.
3. In areas where flammable or combustible liquids are stored, used or dispensed.
4. On each floor of structures under construction, except Group R-3 occupancies, in

accordance with Section 3315.1 of the Fire Code.
5. Where required by the Fire Code sections indicated in Table 906.1.
6. Special-hazard areas, including but not limited to laboratories, computer rooms

and generator rooms, where required by the fire code official.
(No change to Table 906.1 .)
907 FIRE ALARM AND DETECTION SYSTEMS
907.3.3 Elevator emergency operation. Automatic fire detectors and all fire alarm
system components installed for elevator emergency operation shall be installed in
accordance with the provisions of ASME A17.1 and NFPA 72. Smoke detectors shall
not be installed in unsprinklered elevator hoistways unless they are installed to activate
the elevator hoistway smoke relief equipment.
Strike Section 907.6.3.1 of the International Building Code in its entirety and insert new Sections
907.6.3.1 through 907.6.3.1.1.2.1 to the Building Code to read as follows:

907.6.3.1 Zoning indicator panel. A zoning indicator panel and the associated controls
shall be provided in an approved location that is readily discernible and readily accessible
to the responding fire department. The visual zone indication shall lock in until the
system is reset and shall not be canceled by the operation of an audible alarm-silencing
switch. Zoning indicator panels shall include remote annunciator panels and zoning
displays that are integral to the fire alarm control equipment.
907.6.3.1.1 Remote annunciator panels. Where remote annunciator panels are

required, they shall be provided at the main entrance, at each designated fire
department entrance, and where specified by Section 907.6.3.1.1.2. Remote
annunciator panels shall be provided as follows:
907.6.3.1.1.1 Directory-style display. A directory-style annunciator shall

be provided in buildings with more than one story above or below grade
and in buildings with more than one zone per floor. The directory-style
annunciator shall consist of either an alpha-numeric LCD display or an
approved directory-style panel with individual lamps. As a minimum, the
annunciator shall indicate related floor, zone and status conditions using
readily identifiable designations in plain English text.
Exception: Where a graphic display with individual lamps is

provided in accordance with Section 907.6.3.1.1.2.1.
907.6.3.1.1.2 Graphic display. A graphic annunciator display shall be

provided at the main entrance, and in the fire command center or at the
fire alarm control panel locations where there is no fire command center,
for buildings of the following types:
1. High-rise buildings.
2. Covered mall buildings.
3. Nursing homes and hospitals.
4. Buildings of any occupancy where three or more exits are provided

per floor level above or below the level of exit discharge.
5. Buildings comprised of more than one street address with separate

entrances.
6. Buildings with Group A occupancies of greater than 1000 persons.

907.6.3.1.1.2.1 Graphic display features. Graphic annunciator
displays shall consist of an integrated graphic annunciator panel,
or, where approved in buildings not more than four stories above
or two stories below the fire department entrance, a directory-style
annunciator panel with a permanently mounted graphic diagram.
Graphic annunciator displays shall be fabricated of a durable
material and shall incorporate the following features:
1. A graphic diagram that identifies:
1.1 Building address.
1.2 North arrow.
1.3 Building floor plan outline of each general type,

where the orientation of each diagram is consistent
with the annunciator location.
1.4 Fire alarm zoning.
1.5 Location of exit stairways and labeled with

designations that are consistent with Section 1022.9
and labeled to indicate stairways that provide roof
access.
1.6 Location of elevator banks.
1.7 Location of elevator machine room
1.8 Location of the annunciator with ―YOU ARE

HERE‖ marker.
1.9 Location of fire command center or fire alarm

control equipment.
1.10 Location of fire department connections.
2. Individual lamps that identify each associated device, floor,

zone, and system status condition. Lamp colors shall be
coordinated with the associated system conditions as
follows: red for alarm; yellow or amber for supervisory;
and yellow or amber for system trouble. Green lamps shall
be permitted to indicate annunciator power supervision. A

push-button style switch shall be provided for lamp test
operation.
3. Audible alert sounder that locally annunciates alarm,

trouble, and supervisory conditions, with alert silencing-
switch that is accessible to authorized personnel only.
Exception: An audible sounder is not required for an

annunciator panel where the required audible annunciation
is provided by fire alarm control equipment that is located
adjacent to the annunciator.
908 EMERGENCY ALARM SYSTEMS
Strike Sections 908.1 and 908.2 of the International Building Code in their entirety and insert
new Sections 908.1 and 908.2 to the Building Code in their place to read as follows:
908.1 General. The systems required by this section shall be designed and installed in
accordance with the provisions of both this code and the Fire Code. Before proceeding with
design, construction, installation, or use of systems required by Sections 908.2 through 908.6, the
owner shall request and participate in a coordination meeting with DCRA and the Fire
Department to determine the applicable code requirements. The meeting shall be attended by all
concerned parties, including, but not limited to, the owner, contractor, architect and design
professionals.
908.2 Group H Occupancies; Group H-5 Occupancy. Emergency alarms for the detection
and notification of an emergency condition in Group H occupancies shall be provided in
accordance with Section 414.7. Emergency alarms for notification of an emergency condition in
an HPM facility shall be provided as required in Section 415.10.3.5. A continuous gas-detection
system shall be provided for HPM gases in accordance with Section 415.10.7.
909 SMOKE CONTROL SYSTEMS
Strike Section 909.16 of the International Building Code and accompanying Exception; do not
strike Subsections 909.16.1 through 909.16.3 of the International Building Code. Insert new
Section 909.16 in the Building Code to read as follows:
909.16 Fire-fighter’s smoke control panel. A fire-fighter’s smoke control panel for fire
department emergency response purposes only shall be provided and shall include manual
control or override of automatic control for mechanical smoke systems. The panel shall be
located in a fire command center complying with Section 911 in high-rise buildings or buildings
with smoke-protected assembly seating. In all other buildings, the fire-fighter’s smoke control
panel shall be installed in an approved location adjacent to the fire alarm control panel. The fire-

fighter’s smoke control panel shall comply with Sections 909.16.1 through 909.16.3.
Exception: Where buildings are equipped with stair pressurization systems and/or elevator
hoistway venting systems or elevator hoistway pressurization systems and no mechanical
smoke control systems per Section 909, the required manual controls may be integral to the
fire alarm control panel or located at another approved location and are not required to
comply with the provisions of Section 909.16.
911 FIRE COMMAND CENTER
Strike Section 911.1 of the International Building Code in its entirety and insert new section
911.1 General. Where required by other sections of this code and in all buildings classified as
high-rise buildings by this code, a fire command center for fire department operations shall be
provided and shall comply with Sections 911.1.1 through 911.1.5.
911.1.1 Location and access. The fire command center shall be directly accessible from
the exterior on the address side of the building; or, where approved by the code official in
consultation with the Fire Chief, in an interior location which has direct access from the
entrance lobby on the address side of the building.
911.1.1.1 Identification. The entrance door to the fire command center shall be
illuminated and clearly marked ―Fire Command Center‖ with letters a minimum
of 3 inches (76 mm) in height on a contrasting background. In instances where the
fire command center is not located near the building’s main entrance, a sign
indicating the location of the fire control room shall be conspicuously posted near
the building’s main entrance.
911.1.1.2 Prohibited use. Electrical, mechanical or plumbing equipment other

than those associated with the fire command center, shall not be located within the
fire command center. The fire command center shall not be used for other than its
intended use unless approved by the Fire Chief.
911.1.1.3 Locking arrangements. The fire command center shall be secured

from unauthorized entry and shall be accessible to the Department at all times.
911.1.1.4 Access. Where access to the fire command center from the building’s
exterior is restricted because of secured openings, a key box-in accordance with
Section 506 of the Fire Code shall be installed at the building’s main entrance or
other approved location for Department access. The key box shall be of an
approved type and shall contain keys to gain necessary access to the building and
fire command center as required by the code official in consultation with the Fire

Chief.
911.1.2 Separation. The fire command center shall be separated from the remainder of
the building by not less than a 1-hour fire barrier constructed in accordance with Section
707 or horizontal assembly constructed in accordance with Section 711, or both.
911.1.3 Size. The fire command center shall be of sufficient size to accommodate all
equipment and features required by this section but not less than 96 square feet (8.9 m²).
A minimum clear aisle width of 48 inches (1220 mm) shall be provided in front of all
equipment panels.
911.1.4 Layout approval. A layout of the fire command center and all features required
by this section to be contained therein shall be submitted for approval prior to
installation.
911.1.5 Required features. The fire command center shall comply with NFPA 72 and
shall contain the following features:
1. The emergency voice/alarm communication system control unit.
2. The fire department communications system.
3. Fire detection and alarm system annunciator.
4. Annunciator unit visually indicating the location of the elevators and

whether they are operational.
5. The fire-fighter’s control panel required by Section 909.16 for smoke

control systems installed in the building.
6. Controls for unlocking stairway doors simultaneously.
7. Sprinkler valve and water-flow detector display panels.
8. Emergency and standby power status indicators.
9. A telephone for fire department use with controlled access to the public
telephone system.
10. Fire pump status indicators.
11. Schematic building plans indicating the typical floor plan and detailing the
building core, means of egress, fire protection systems, fire-fighting

equipment and fire department access, and other building features
affecting emergency response. The schematic plans shall be readily
accessible, diagrammatic in nature, and fabricated of durable material or
provided with a protective cover and bound in one set.
12. A copy of the facility’s Fire Safety Plans and Fire Evacuation Plans that
are prepared and maintained in accordance-with the Fire Code.
13. Generator supervision devices, manual start and transfer features.
14. Public address system, where specifically required by other sections of

this code.
15. Elevator fire recall switch in accordance with ASME A17.1.
16. Elevator emergency or standby power selector switch(es), where

emergency or standby power is provided.
17. An approved Building Information Card that contains, but is not limited
to, the following information:
17.1. General building information that includes: property name,

address, the number of floors in the building (above and below
grade), use and occupancy classification (for mixed uses, identify
the different types of occupancies on each floor), estimated
building population (i.e., day, night, weekend);
17.2. Building emergency contact information that includes: a list of the

building’s emergency contacts (e.g., building manager, building
engineer, etc.) and their respective work phone number, cell phone
number, and email address;
17.3. Building construction information that includes: the type of

building construction (e.g., floors, walls, columns, and roof
assembly);
17.4. Exit stair information that includes: number of exit stairs in the
building, each exit stair designation and floors served, location
where each exit stair discharges, exit stairs that are pressurized,
exit stairs provided with emergency lighting, each exit stair that
allows reentry, exit stairs providing roof access; elevator
information that includes: number of elevator banks, elevator bank
designation, elevator car numbers and respective floors that they

serve, location of elevator machine rooms, location of sky lobby,
location of freight elevator banks;
17.5. Building services and system information that includes: location of

mechanical rooms, location of building management system,
location and capacity of all fuel oil tanks, location of emergency
generator, location of natural gas service;
17.6. Fire protection system information that includes: locations of

standpipes, location of fire pump room, location of fire department
connections, floors protected by automatic sprinklers, location of
different types of sprinkler systems installed (e.g., dry, wet, pre-
action, etc.); and
17.7 Hazardous material information that includes: location of

hazardous material, quantity of hazardous material.
913 FIRE PUMPS
913.4 to the Building Code in its place to read as follows:
913.4 Valve supervision. Where provided, the fire pump suction, discharge and bypass valves,
and isolation valves on the backflow prevention device or assembly shall be supervised open by
one of the following methods:
1. Central-station, proprietary or remote-station signaling service.
2. Local signaling service that will cause the sounding of an audible signal at a
constantly attended location.
Maintain Section 913.4.1 of the International Building Code in its entirety.
Insert new Section 916 in the Building Code to read as follows:
916 FIRE APPARATUS ACCESS ROADS
916.1 General. Fire apparatus access roads shall be provided and maintained in accordance with
Section 503 of the Fire Code.
917 KEY BOXES

917.1 General. Key boxes shall be provided and maintained in accordance with Section 506 of
the Fire Code.
917.2 Where required. Key boxes are required where access to or within a structure or an area
is restricted.

1003 General Means of Egress

1005 Means of Egress Sizing
1015 Exit and Exit Access Doorways
1022 Interior Exit Stairways and Ramps
1024 Luminous Egress Path Markings
1003 GENERAL MEANS OF EGRESS
1003.2 Ceiling height. The means of egress shall have a ceiling height of not less than 7 feet
(2134 mm).
Exceptions:
1. Sloped ceilings in accordance with Section 1208.2.
2. Ceilings of dwelling units and sleeping units within residential occupancies in

accordance with Section 1208.2.
3. Allowable projections in accordance with Section 1003.3.
4. Stair headroom in accordance with Section 1009.5.
5. Door height in accordance with Section 1008.1.1.
6. Ramp headroom in accordance with Section 1010.6.2.
1005 MEANS OF EGRESS SIZING
1005.3.1 Stairways.
Strike the Exception to Section 1005.3.1 of the International Building Code in its entirety
and insert a new Exception to Section 1005.3.1 of the Building Code in its place to read
as follows:
Exception: For other than Group H and I-2 occupancies, the capacity, in inches
(mm), of means of egress stairways shall be calculated by multiplying the occupant
load served by such stairway by a means of egress capacity factor of 0.2 inch (5.1

mm) per occupant in buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler
system installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2.
1005.3.2 Other egress components.
Strike the Exception to Section 1005.3.2 of the International Building Code and insert a
new Exception to Section 1005.3.2 of the Building Code in its place to read as follows:
(mm), of means of egress components other than stairways shall be calculated by
multiplying the occupant load served by such component by a means of egress
capacity factor of 0.15 inch (3.8 mm) per occupant in buildings equipped throughout
with an automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or
903.3.1.2.
1008 DOORS, GATES AND TURNSTILES
Insert new Section 1008.1.9.5.2 in the Building Code to read as follows:
1008.1.9.5.2 Public toilet facility door locking. Where a toilet room is

provided for the use of multiple occupants, the egress door for the room
shall not be lockable from the inside of the room. This section does not
apply to family or assisted-use toilet rooms.
1015 EXIT AND EXIT ACCESS DOORWAYS
1015.2.1 Two exits or exit access doorways.

Where two exits or exit access doorways are required from any portion of the exit access,
the exit doors or exit access doorways shall be placed a distance apart equal to not less
than one-half of the length of the maximum overall diagonal dimension of the building or
area to be served measured in a straight line between exit doors or exit access doorways.
Interlocking or scissor stairs shall be counted as one exit stairway.
Exceptions:
1. Where exit enclosures are provided as a portion of the required exit and
are interconnected by a 1-hour fire-resistance-rated corridor conforming to
the requirements of Section 1016, the required exit separation shall be
measured along the shortest direct line of travel within the corridor.

2. Where a building is equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler
system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2, the separation
distance of the exit doors or exit access doorways shall not be less than
one-fourth of the length of the maximum overall diagonal dimension of
the area served.
1022 INTERIOR STAIRWAYS AND RAMPS
1022.9 Stairway signage. Signs shall be provided for all interior exit stairways and ramps
connecting more than three stories, and for all interior exit stairways and ramps in buildings with
three or more interior exit stairways or ramps.
1022.9.1 Signs outside stairway. A sign complying with ICC A117.1 shall be provided
at each entrance to the exit stairway and ramp, identifying the stair or ramp with the
same designations used for the stairway identification signs in Section 1022.9.2.1. The
sign also shall state ―EXIT‖ in raised characters and Braille in accordance with Section
1011.4 of the Building Code.
1022.9.2 Signs inside stairway. Stairway identification signs, floor-level signs, and exit
discharge signs shall comply with the following requirements:
1022.9.2.1 Stairway identification signs. A stairway identification sign shall be

provided at each floor landing in the interior exit stairway and ramp designating
the floor level, the terminus of the top and bottom of the interior exit stairway and
ramp and the identification of the stair or ramp. The signage shall also identify
the story of, and the direction to, the exit discharge and the availability of roof
access from the interior exit stairway and ramp. The sign shall be located entirely
between 5 feet (1524 mm) and 8 feet (2438 mm) above the floor landing in a
position that is readily visible when the doors are in the open and closed positions
and located so that occupants egressing from floors that are more remote from the
exit discharge will face the sign frontally at some point in their path of egress.
Exception: Stairway identification signs are not required to identify the story
of, and direction to the exit discharge in interior exit stairways and ramps that
connect less than three stories.
1022.9.2.1.1 Signage requirements. Stairway identification signs shall

comply with all of the following requirements:
1. The signs shall be a minimum size of 18 inches (457 mm)

by 12 inches (305 mm).
2. The word ―STAIR‖ and the stair designation or ―RAMP‖
and the ramp designation shall consist of numerals and/or
capital letters designating the identification of the interior
exit stairway and ramp. The characters shall be a minimum
of 1 1/2 inches (38 mm) in height but not greater than one-
third the height of the floor level identification characters.
3. The numerals or capital letters designating the floor level
shall be a minimum of 5 inches (127 mm) in height and
located in the center of the sign.
4. All other lettering and numbers shall be a minimum of 1
inch (25 mm) in height but not greater than the stair or
ramp identification characters.
5. The directional arrow shall be a minimum of 4 inches (102
mm) in length.
6. If the interior exit stairway or ramp provides access to the
roof, the words ―FIRE DEPT. ROOF ACCESS‖ shall be
displayed immediately after the stair or ramp identification.
7. The signs shall identify floor levels, stairs and ramps by
one or more characters, using a designation that is
consistent with the floor level, stair and ramp designations
used throughout the building.
8. Characters and their background shall have a non-glare
finish. Characters shall contrast with their background, with
either light characters on a dark background or dark
characters on a light background.
9. The sign shall be of an approved design, and shall be
durable and of a material that complies with other sections
of the Construction Codes. Unless painted on the wall, the
sign shall be securely fastened to the structure.
1022.9.2.2 Floor-level signs. In addition to the stairway identification sign, a

floor-level sign in raised characters and Braille complying with ICC A117.1 shall
be located at each floor-level landing adjacent to the door leading from the
interior exit stairway and ramp into the corridor to identify the floor level.
1022.9.2.3 Exit discharge signs. A sign stating ―EXIT‖ in raised characters and
Braille shall be located adjacent to the door to the exit discharge in accordance
with Section 1011.4 of the Building Code.

1024 LUMINOUS EGRESS PATH MARKINGS
Strike Section 1024 of the International Building Code in its entirety without replacement.

CHAPTER 11 ACCESSIBILITY
1101 General
1107 Dwelling Units and Sleeping Units
1108 Special Occupancies
Appendix E Supplementary Accessibility Requirements
1101 GENERAL
1101.1 Scope. The provisions of Chapter 11 of the Building Code and Appendix E (except
Section E110 Airports) of the International Building Code, as amended, shall control the design
and construction of facilities for accessibility to persons with physical disabilities. Appendix E of
the International Building Code, as amended, is adopted as Appendix E of the Building Code.
1107 DWELLING UNITS AND SLEEPING UNITS
Strike Section 1107.5.5.1 of the International Building Code in its entirety and insert new Section
1107.5.5.1 in the Building Code in its place to read as follows:
1107.5.5.1 Group I-3 sleeping units. In Group I-3 occupancies, at least 5

percent of the dwelling units and sleeping units, but not less than one unit, shall be
accessible units.
Strike Section 1107.6.1 of the International Building Code in its entirety except for Table
1107.6.1.1 and insert new Section 1107.6.1 to the Building Code in its place to read as follows:
1107.6.1 Group R-1. Accessible units and Type B units shall be provided in Group R-1
occupancies in accordance with Sections 1107.6.1.1 and 1107.6.1.2
1107.6.1.1. Accessible units. Accessible dwelling units and sleeping units shall
be provided in accordance with Table 1107.6.1.1. In order to determine the total
number of accessible units, all dwelling units and sleeping units on a site shall be
considered. Accessible units shall be dispersed among the various classes of
units. At least one accessible unit shall also provide communication features
complying with Appendix E, Section E104.3. Not more than 10 percent of
accessible units shall be used to satisfy the minimum number of units required to
provide communication features complying with Appendix E, Section E104.3.
Roll-in showers provided in accessible units shall include a permanently mounted
folding shower seat.

1107.6.1.1.1 Accessible unit facilities. All interior and exterior spaces
provided as part of or serving an accessible dwelling unit or sleeping unit
shall be accessible and be located on an accessible route.
Exceptions:
1. Where multiple bathrooms are provided within an

accessible unit, at least one full bathroom shall be
accessible.
2. Where multiple-family or assisted bathrooms serve an

accessible unit, at least 50 percent, but not less than one
bathroom for each use at each cluster shall be accessible.
3. Five percent of all beds, but not fewer than one bed, shall
be accessible.
1107.6.1.1.2 Communication features. Accessible communication

features shall be provided in accordance with Appendix E, Section
E104.3, provided, however, that at least one accessible unit, but no more
than 10 percent of the accessible units, shall be required to provide
accessible communication features.
Strike Section 1107.6.2.1.1 of the International Building Code in its entirety and insert new
Section 1107.6.2.1.1 in the Building Code in its place to read as follows:
1107.6.2.1.1 Type A units. In Group R-2 occupancies containing more

than ten dwelling units or sleeping units, at least 15 percent of the units
shall be Type A units, and at least 1 percent of the Type A units, but not
less than one of the Type A units, shall be served by a roll-in shower that
includes a permanently mounted folding shower seat. All Group R-2 units
on a site shall be considered to determine the total number of units and the
required number of Type A units. Type A units shall be dispersed among
the various classes of units.
Exceptions:
1. The number of Type A units is permitted to be reduced in

2. Existing structures on a site shall not contribute to the total

number of units on a site.

3. Type A units may contain the following adaptable features:
3.1 Kitchen and laundry appliances that do not have

accessible controls;
3.2 Refrigerator/freezers that do not have the required

accessible freezer space; and
3.3 Kitchen sink cabinets and countertops that are not

accessible, but that can be removed without cutting
the countertop or damaging adjacent cabinets, walls,
doors and structural elements, provided floor
finishes extend under such cabinetry and the walls
behind and surrounding cabinetry are finished.
1108 SPECIAL OCCUPANCIES
Insert new Section 1108.5 to the Building Code to read as follows:
1108.5 Detention and correctional facilities. Detention and correctional facilities shall comply
with Sections 1108.5.1 through 1108.5.5.2.
1108.5.1 General. Buildings, facilities, or portions thereof, in which people are detained
for penal or correctional purposes, or in which the liberty of the inmates is restricted for
security reasons, shall comply with Section 1108.5.
1108.5.2 General holding cells and general housing cells. General holding cells and
general housing cells shall be provided in accordance with this section.
Exception: Alterations to cells shall not be required to comply except to the extent
determined by the Attorney General of the District of Columbia.
1108.5.2.1 Cells. Accessible cells shall be provided in accordance with Section

1107.5.5.1.
1108.5.2.2 Beds. In cells having more than 25 beds, 5 percent of the beds shall
have clear floor space complying with ICC A117.1 Section 806.2.
1108.5.2.3 Communication features. At least 2 percent, but no fewer than one,

of the total number of general holding cells and general housing cells equipped
with audible emergency alarm systems and permanently installed telephones
within the cell, shall comply with ICC A117.1 Section 806.3.

1108.5.2.4 Overlap. Cells complying with ICC A117.1 Section 806.2 shall not
be used to satisfy the minimum number of cells required to comply with ICC
A117.1 Section 806.3.
1108.5.3 Special holding cells and special housing cells or rooms. Accessible special
holding cells or special housing cells or rooms shall be provided in accordance with
Section 1107.5.5.2.
1108.5.4 Medical care facilities. Accessible patient sleeping units or cells in medical
care facilities shall be provided in accordance with Section 1107.5.5.3.
1108.5.5 Visiting areas. Visiting areas shall comply with Section 1108.5.5.
1108.5.5.1 Cubicles and counters. At least 5 percent of cubicles, but no fewer

than one cubicle shall be accessible on both the visitor and detainee sides. Where
counters are provided, at least one counter shall be accessible on both the visitor
and detainee or inmate sides.
Exception: This requirement shall not apply to the inmate or detainee

side of cubicles or counters at non-contact visiting areas not serving
holding or housing cells to comply with Section 1108.5.
1108.5.5.2 Partitions. Where solid partitions or security glazing separates

visitors from detainees, at least one of each type of cubicle or counter partition
shall be accessible.

CHAPTER 12 INTERIOR ENVIRONMENT
1203 Ventilation
1205 Lighting
1207 Sound Transmission
1203 VENTILATION
1203.1 General. Buildings shall be provided with natural ventilation in accordance with Section
1203.4, or mechanical ventilation in accordance with the Mechanical Code. Each new dwelling
unit shall be ventilated by mechanical means in accordance with Section 403 of the Mechanical
Code and shall have at least one opening to the outdoors for natural ventilation of not less than 4
percent of the floor area of the habitable spaces of the dwelling unit.
1205 LIGHTING
1205.1 in its place in the Building Code to read as follows:
1205.1 General. Every space intended for human occupancy shall be provided with natural light
by means of exterior glazed openings in accordance with Section 1205.2 or shall be provided
with artificial light in accordance with Section 1205.3.
Exception: Artificial light shall not be used to meet the lighting requirements for
bedrooms, living rooms and sleeping units.
1205.2 in its place in the Building Code to read as follows:
1205.2 Natural light. The minimum net glazed area shall be not less than 8 percent of
the floor area of the room or rooms served. At least 50 percent of required glazing shall
be clear glass; it is permissible for the remainder of the required glazing to be obscure
glass, glass block or other approved translucent material.
1205.2.1 Adjoining spaces. For the purpose of natural lighting, any room is
permitted to be considered as a portion of an adjoining room where one-half of the
area of the common wall provides an opening of not less than one-tenth of the
floor area of the interior room or 25 square feet (2.32 m2), whichever is greater.

1. It is permissible for glazing to fill a portion or all of the required
opening between adjoining spaces.
2. It is permissible to install doors in openings between adjoining

spaces. However, opaque portions of doors shall not contribute to
meeting the minimum opening requirement of not less than one-
tenth of the floor area of the interior room or 25 square feet (2.32
m2), whichever is greater.
Exception: Openings required for natural light shall be permitted to open into a
sunroom with thermal isolation or a patio cover where the common wall provides a
glazed area of not less than one-tenth of the floor area of the interior room or 20
square feet (1.86 m2), whichever is greater.
1205.2.2 Exterior openings. Exterior openings required by Section 1205.2 for

natural light shall open directly onto a public way, yard or court, as set forth in
Section 1206.
Exceptions:
1. Required exterior openings are permitted to open into a roofed porch

where the porch:
1.1. Abuts a public way, yard or court;
1.2. Has a ceiling height of not less than 7 feet (2134 mm); and
1.3. Has a longer side at least 65 percent open and unobstructed.
2. Skylights are not required to open directly onto a public way, yard or
court.
1207 SOUND TRANSMISSION
Strike Sections 1207.1 and 1207.2 of the International Building Code in their entirety and insert
new Sections 1207.1 and 1207.2 in the Building Code in their place to read as follows:
1207.1 Scope. This section shall apply to common interior walls, partitions and floor/ceiling
assemblies between adjacent dwelling units or between dwelling units and adjacent public areas
such as halls, corridors, stairs, service areas, or Group A-2 occupancies.

1207.2 Interior sound. Walls, partitions and floor/ceiling assemblies separating dwelling units
from each other or from public or service areas shall have a sound transmission class (STC) of
not less than 50 (45 if field tested) for air-borne noise when tested in accordance with ASTM E
90. Walls, partitions and floor/ceiling assemblies separating Group A-2 occupancies from
dwelling units shall have a sound transmission class (STC) of not less than 55 and shall be field
tested to achieve a rating of not less than 50 for air-borne noise. Penetrations or openings in
construction assemblies for piping; electrical devices; recessed cabinets; bathtubs; soffits; or
heating, ventilating or exhaust ducts shall be sealed, lined, insulated or otherwise treated to
maintain the required ratings. This requirement shall not apply to dwelling unit entrance doors;
however, such doors shall be tight fitting to the frame and sill.
Exception: Group A-2 occupancies that do not utilize amplified music as part of their use
shall be exempt from these provisions.

CHAPTER 14 EXTERIOR WALLS
1403 Performance Requirements
1403 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
Strike Section 1403.5 Vertical and lateral flame propagation, of the International Building Code

CHAPTER 15 ROOF ASSEMBLIES AND ROOFTOP STRUCTURES
1504 Performance Requirements

1507 Requirements for Roof Coverings
1509 Rooftop Structures
1512 Roof Solar Reflectance and Thermal Emittance
1504 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
1504.4 Ballasted low-slope roof systems. Ballasted low-slope (roof slope < 2:12) single-ply
roof system coverings installed in accordance with Sections 1507.12 and 1507.13, and protected
membrane ballasted low-slope (roof slope < 2:12) hot-applied rubberized-asphalt roofing
systems installed in accordance with Section 1507.18, shall be designed in accordance with
Section 1504.8 and ANSI/SPRI RP-4.
1507 REQUIREMENTS FOR ROOF COVERINGS
1507.18 Hot-applied rubberized-asphalt roofing. The installation of hot-applied rubberized-

asphalt roofing shall comply with the provisions of this section.
1507.18.1 Slope. Hot-applied rubberized-asphalt roof membranes shall not be required

to have a minimum design slope (0-percent slope).
1507.18.2 Material standards. Hot-applied rubberized-asphalt roofing shall be one-part

hot-applied rubberized asphalt and comply with CAN/CGSB-37.50-M89.
1507.18.3 Protected membrane ballasted low-slope roofs. Protected membrane

ballasted roof assemblies with a low-slope (roof slope < 2:12) shall be installed in
accordance with this section and Section 1504.4. Stone used as ballast shall comply with
ASTM D448.
1509 ROOFTOP STRUCTURES

1509.6.1 Height limitations. Mechanical equipment screens shall not exceed 18 feet 6 inches
(5638 mm) in height above the roof deck, as measured to the highest point on the mechanical
equipment screen.
Exception: Where located on buildings of Type IA construction, the height of mechanical

equipment screens shall not be limited.
Insert new Section 1512 to the Building Code to read as follows:
1512 ROOF SOLAR REFLECTANCE AND THERMAL EMITTANCE
1512.1 Roof solar reflectance and thermal emittance. Low-sloped roofs shall comply with the
roof solar reflectance and thermal emittance requirements set forth in Subsection C402.2.1.1 of
the Energy Conservation Code, as applicable.

CHAPTER 16 STRUCTURAL DESIGN
1603 Construction Documents

1607 Live Loads
1608 Snow Loads
1603 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
Insert new Section 1603.4 in the Building Code to read as follows:
1603.4 Restrictions on loading. It shall be unlawful to place, or cause or permit to be placed,

on any floor or roof of a building, structure or portion thereof, a load greater than is permitted by
this code.
1607 LIVE LOADS
Strike Item 14 in Table 1607.1 of the International Building Code in its entirety and insert new
Item 14 in Table 1607.1 in the Building Code in its place to read as follows:
TABLE 1607.1
MINIMUM UNIFORMLY DISTRIBUTED LIVE LOADS, Lo, AND MINIMUM
CONCENTRATED LIVE LOADSg
UNIFORM CONCENTRATED
OCCUPANCY OR USE (psf) (lbs.)
14. Garages (Passenger vehicles 50m Note a

only) Garages (Passenger cars only)
Top deck of exposed garage 50, plus snow loading in

accordance with Section 1608
Trucks and buses See Section 1607.7 See Section 1607.7
a
Floors in garages or portions of buildings used for the storage of motor vehicles shall be
designed for the uniformly distributed live loads of Table 1607.1 or the following concentrated
loads: (1) for garages restricted to passenger vehicles accommodating not more than nine
passengers, 3,000 pounds acting on an area of 4.5 inches by 4.5 inches; (2) for mechanical
parking structures without slab or deck that are used for storing passenger vehicles only, 2,250
pounds per wheel.

m
Live load reduction is not permitted unless specific exceptions of Section 1607.10 apply.
1607.3 Uniform live loads. The live loads used in the design of buildings and other structures
shall be the maximum loads expected by the intended use or occupancy, but shall in no case be
less than the minimum uniformly distributed live loads required by Table 1607.1.
Exception: Buildings erected before July 1, 1925: In the alteration of buildings erected
before July 1, 1925, the code official is authorized to allow a maximum reduction of 30
percent of the specified minimum live loads in Table 1607.1, with a minimum live load for
other than residential buildings of 40 psf (1.92 kN/m2), provided that official live load
placards are posted showing this reduced live load.
1607.15 Powered maintenance platforms. The structural supports for powered maintenance
platforms shall be designed in accordance with the requirements in 29 CFR 1910 Subpart F
Standard 1910.66 (―Powered Platforms for Building Maintenance‖) of Occupational Safety and
Health Administration Standards.
1608 SNOW LOADS
Insert new Section 1608.1.1 to the Building Code to read as follows:
1608.1.1 Snow load for the District of Columbia. The basic snow load for the District
of Columbia, as shown in Figure 1608.2 shall be a minimum of 25 psf (1.20 kN/m2) plus
drifting or 30 psf (1.44 kN/m2) equivalent uniform load, whichever is greater.

CHAPTER 18 SOILS AND FOUNDATIONS
1809 Shallow Foundations
1809 SHALLOW FOUNDATIONS
1809.5 Frost Protection. Except where otherwise protected from frost, foundations and other
permanent supports of buildings and structures shall be protected from frost by one or more of
the following methods:
1. Extending below 30 inches (762 mm), the frost line of the locality;
2. Constructing in accordance with ASCE 32; or
3. Erecting on solid rock.
Exception: Free-standing buildings meeting all of the following conditions shall

not be required to be protected:
1. Assigned to Risk Category I, in accordance with Section 1604.5;
2. Area of 600 square feet (56 m2) or less for light-frame construction or 400
square feet (37 m2) or less for other than light-frame construction; and
3. Eave height of 10 feet (3048 mm) or less.
Shallow foundations shall not bear on frozen soil unless such frozen condition is of a permanent
character.

CHAPTER 26 PLASTIC
2603 Foam Plastic Insulation
2603 FOAM PLASTIC INSULATION
2603.5.5 Vertical and lateral fire propagation. Exterior wall assemblies containing
foam plastic insulation shall provide protection against vertical and lateral flame
propagation in accordance with Sections 2603.5.5.1, 2603.5.5.2, or 2603.5.5.3.
Exceptions:
1. One-story buildings.
2. Buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in

accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2.
2603.5.5.1 Testing to NFPA 285. Exterior wall assemblies shall be tested in

accordance with NFPA 285 and comply with the acceptance criteria of NFPA
285.
2603.5.5.2 Non Combustible Covering. Walls assemblies where the foam

plastic insulation is covered on each face by a minimum of 1 inch (25mm)
thickness of masonry or concrete and meeting one of the following:
1. There is no air space between the insulation and the concrete or

masonry.
2. The insulation has a flame spread index of not more than 25 as

determined in accordance with ASTM E 84 or UL 723 and the
maximum air space between the insulation and the concrete or
masonry is not more than 1-inch (25mm).
2603.5.5.3 Fireblocking. Concealed spaces within exterior wall assemblies shall

be fireblocked in such a manner so as to cut off the concealed openings (both
vertical and horizontal), and form an effective barrier between floors.
2603.5.5.3.1 Location of fireblocking. Fireblocking shall be installed

within concealed spaces of exterior wall assemblies at every floor level or

at maximum vertical intervals not exceeding 20 feet. Fireblocking shall be
installed at horizontal intervals not exceeding 10 feet in exterior walls of
combustible construction and 65 feet in exterior walls of noncombustible
construction. Fireblocking required in this section shall extend through
any concealed air space and through any foam plastic material in
noncombustible construction.
2603.5.5.3.2 Materials. Materials used for fireblocking in exterior wall

assemblies shall comply with one or more of the following:
1. Materials demonstrated to remain in place and that prevent the

passage of flame and hot gases sufficient to ignite cotton waste
where subjected to ASTM E 119 or UL 263 time-temperature
conditions under a minimum positive pressure differential of 0.01
inch (2.49 Pa) of water at the location of the penetration for a time
period of 15 minutes.
2. Gypsum board having a minimum thickness of 1/2 inch (12.7 mm)

provided all joints have continuous support.
3. Sheet steel not less than 26 ga (0.38 mm) thickness provided all
joints have continuous support.
4. Cement-based millboard having a minimum thickness of ¼ -inch

(6.4 mm).
5. Batts or blankets of mineral wool, mineral fiber or other approved

materials installed in such a manner to securely remain in place.
6. Cellulose insulation installed as tested for the specific application.
7. In buildings of noncombustible construction, fire-retardant wood in

8. In buildings of combustible construction, materials listed in

Section 718.2.1.

CHAPTER 29 PLUMBING SYSTEMS
2902 Minimum Plumbing Facilities
2902 MINIMUM PLUMBING FACILITIES
2902.4 Signage. Multi-occupancy public toilet facilities shall be designated by a legible sign for
each sex. Single-occupancy public facilities shall be designated with gender-neutral signage.
Signs shall be readily visible and located near the entrance to each toilet facility. Signs for
accessible toilet facilities shall comply with Section 1110.
2902.5.1 Drinking fountain substitution. Drinking fountains shall not be required in

restaurants that provide drinking water in a container free of charge. In establishments of
occupancies B or M, with an area of 1,500 square feet (139.4 m2) or less, a water cooler
or a bottled water dispenser may be substituted for the required drinking fountain. In
other occupancies, including B or M occupancies with an area of more than 1,500 square
feet (139.4 m2), water coolers or bottled water dispensers shall be permitted to be
substituted for not more than 50 percent of the required number of drinking fountains.

CHAPTER 30 ELEVATORS AND CONVEYING SYSTEMS
3001 General
3003 Emergency Operations
3007 Fire Service Access Elevators
3008 Occupant Evacuation Elevators
3009 Amendments to ASME Standard A17.1
3010 Certificate of Inspection
3011 Required Elevator Signage
3001 GENERAL
Strike Sections 3001.1 and 3001.2 of the International Building Code in their entirety and add
new Sections 3001.1 and 3001.2 to the Building Code in their place to read as follows:
3001.1 Scope. This chapter governs the design, construction, installation, alteration, repair and
maintenance of elevators and conveying systems, including, but not limited to, escalators,
platform and stairway chair lifts, dumbwaiters, and moving walks, and their components.
3001.2 Referenced standards. Except as otherwise provided for in this code, the design,
construction, installation, alteration, repair and maintenance of elevators and conveying systems
and their components shall conform to ASME A17.1/CSA B44, ASME A18.1, ICC A117.1,
ASME A90.1, ASME B20.1, ALI ALCTV, and ASCE 24 for construction in flood hazard areas
established in Section 1612.3. Alteration and repair of existing elevators and conveying systems
shall comply with the Existing Building Code. Maintenance of existing elevators and conveying
systems shall also comply with the requirements of the Property Maintenance Code.
3007 FIRE SERVICE ACCESS ELEVATOR
3007.9 Electrical power. The following features serving each fire service access elevator shall
be supplied by both normal power and Type 60/Class 2/Level 1 standby power:
1. Elevator equipment.
2. Elevator hoistway lighting.
3. Elevator machine room ventilation and cooling equipment.
4. Elevator controller cooling equipment.

5. Lighting of elevator machinery spaces, machine rooms, control spaces, and
control rooms.
3007.9.1 Protection of wiring or cables. Wires or cables that are located outside
of the elevator hoistway and machine room and that provide normal or standby
power, control signals, communication with the car, lighting, heating, air
conditioning, ventilation and fire-detecting systems to fire service access elevators
shall be protected by construction having a fire-resistance rating of not less than 2
hours, or shall be circuit integrity cable having a fire-resistance rating of not less
than 2 hours.
Exception: Wiring and cables to control signals are not required to be

protected provided that wiring and cables do not serve Phase II emergency in-
car operations.
3008 OCCUPANT EVACUATION ELEVATORS
3008.9 Electrical power. The following features serving each occupant evacuation elevator
shall be supplied by both normal power and Type 60/Class 2/Level 1 standby power:
1. Elevator equipment.
2. Elevator machine room ventilation and cooling equipment.
3. Elevator controller cooling equipment.
4. Lighting of elevator machinery spaces, machine rooms, control spaces, and

control rooms.
3008.9.1 Protection of wiring or cables. Wires or cables that are located outside of the
elevator hoistway and machine room and that provide normal and standby power, control
signals, communication with the car, lighting, heating, air conditioning, ventilation and
fire-detecting systems to occupant evacuation elevators shall be protected by construction
having a fire-resistance rating of not less than 2 hours or shall be circuit integrity cable
having a fire-resistance rating of not less than 2 hours.
Exception: Wiring and cables to control signals are not required to be protected
provided that wiring and cables do not serve Phase II emergency in-car operations.

3009 AMENDMENTS TO STANDARD ASME A17.1
3009.1 ASME A17.1, Section 1.2.1.
Strike Section 1.2.1 of ASME A17.1 and insert new Section 1.2.1 to ASME A17.1 in its place to
read as follows:
1.2.1 Purpose. The purpose of ASME A17.1/CSA B44, Safety Code for Elevators and
Escalators, is to provide for the safety of life and limb, and to promote the public welfare.
Compliance with this Safety Code shall be achieved by:
(a) Conformance with the requirements in ASME A17.1/CSA B44; or
(b) Using an alternative method approved in conformance with the requirements of

Section 104.11, Alternative Materials, Equipment, Methods of Construction and
Design, 12 DCMR A, for systems, subsystems, components, or functions that do
not conform with certain requirements in ASME A17.1/CSA B44.
3009.2 ASME A17.1, Section 2.2.
Strike Section 2.2.4.2.2 of ASME A17.1 and insert new Section 2.2.4.2.2 in its place to read as
follows:
2.2.4.2.2 The ladder rungs, cleats, or steps shall be a minimum of 400 mm

(16 in.) wide. When obstructions are encountered, the width shall be
permitted to be decreased to less than 400 mm (16 in.). The reduced width
shall be as wide as the available space permits, but not less than 304.8 mm
(12 in.).
Insert new Section 2.2.2.7 to ASME A17.1, Section 2.2, to read as follows
2.2.2.7 Where a cord and plug connection type of sump pump is located in
elevator pits, a non GFCI dedicated single receptacle compliant with NEMA 4
requirement for ―Wet Duty‖ usage shall be provided.
3009.3 ASME A17.1, Section 2.27.
Strike Section 2.27.1.1 of ASME A17.1 and insert new Section 2.27.1.1.1 in its place to read as
follows:
2.27.1.1.1 A two-way communications means between the car and a

location staffed by authorized personnel shall be provided and an audible
signaling device shall be provided. It shall be operable from the

emergency stop switch, where required by Section 2.26.2.5, and from a
switch identified as ―ALARM,‖ which shall be provided in or adjacent to
each car operating panel. The ―ALARM‖ switch or visual identification
shall illuminate when the ―ALARM‖ switch is actuated. One audible
signaling device shall be permitted to be used for a group of elevators.
The audible signaling device shall:
(a) Have a rated sound pressure rating of not less than 80 dBA and no
more than 90 dBA at 3 m (10 ft);
(b) Respond without delay after the switch has been activated;
(c) Be located inside the building and audible inside the car and
outside the hoistway; and
(d) For elevators with a travel greater than 30 m (100 ft), be duplicated
as follows:
(1) One device shall be mounted on the car; and
(2) A second device shall be placed at the designated level.
Strike Section 2.27.1.1.5 of ASME A17.1 and insert new Section 2.27.1.1.5 in its place to read as
follows:
2.27.1.1.5 If the two-way emergency communications or if the audible

signaling device means are normally connected to the building power
supply, they shall automatically transfer to a source of standby or
emergency power as required by the applicable building code, or where
applicable, Standard for Health Care Facilities (ANSI/NFPA-99, after the
normal power supply fails. The power source shall be capable of
providing power for illumination of the visual indication [see
2.27.1.1.3(c)] within the car, and the means of emergency communications
for at least 4 hours; and the audible signaling device (see 2.27.1.2) for at
least 1 hour.
3009.4 ASME A17.1, Section 3.26.
Strike Section 3.26.10 of ASME A17.1 and insert new Section 3.26.10 in ASME A17.1 in its place
to read as follows:
3.26.10 Auxiliary Power Lowering Operation. In the absence of an emergency power

supply, an auxiliary power supply shall be provided solely for the purpose of lowering

the car in the case of main power failure. The auxiliary lowering operation shall conform
to 3.26.10.1 through 3.26.10.3.
3.26.10.1 Auxiliary lowering shall be permitted to be initiated, provided that all

operating and control devices, including door open and close buttons function as
with normal power supply, except that the following devices shall be permitted to
be bypassed or made inoperative:
(a) Landing and car floor registration devices (or call buttons);
(b) Devices enabling operation by designated attendant (hospital service,

attendant operation);
(c) Devices initiating emergency recall operation to the recall level, unless
otherwise specified in Section 3.27; and
(d) ―FIRE OPERATION‖ switch, unless otherwise specified in Section 3.27.
3.26.10.2 When the auxiliary lowering operation has been initiated, the car shall
descend directly to the lowest landing, except that the operating system shall be
permitted to allow one or more intermediate stops, and then, after a predetermined
interval, the car shall proceed to the lowest landing, provided the auxiliary power
supply is of sufficient capacity to open and close doors at each intermediate stop.
3.26.10.3 If the car and landing doors are power operated, and if the auxiliary
power supply is of adequate capacity, the doors shall open when the car stops at
the lowest landing and shall close after a predetermined interval.
NOTE (3.26.10): For the main disconnect switch auxiliary contact, see
ANSI/NFPA70 and CSA-C22.1 requirements, where applicable (see Part 9).
3009.5 ASME A17.1, Section 8.6.
Strike Section 8.6.1.2.1(d) of ASME A17.1 and insert new Section 8.6.1.2.1(d) to ASME A17.1 in
its place to read as follows:
8.6.1.2.1(d) The Maintenance Control Program shall be accessible to the

elevator personnel and shall document compliance with 8.6. The
Maintenance Control Program (MCP) shall be located on site, either in
printed or digital media form. Access to the MCP shall be provided on
site for review/viewing and reference for inspectors and elevator personnel
to properly perform their respective duties during inspection and testing of
the equipment. A MCP shall be provided for each different type of

equipment installed.
Strike Section 8.6.4.19.7 of ASME A17.1 and insert new Section 8.6.4.19.7 to ASME A17.1 in its
8.6.4.19.7 Standby or Emergency Power Operation. Operation of

elevators equipped with standby or emergency power shall be tested to
determine conformance with the applicable requirements (Item 1.17.2.1).
Automatic sequence of operation, if provided, shall be tested. Tests shall
be performed with no load in the car.
Strike Section 8.6.5.14.3(f) of ASME A17.1 and insert new Section 8.6.5.14.3(f) to ASME A17.1
in its place to read as follows:
8.6.5.14.3(f) Additional Tests. The following tests shall also be

performed:
(f) Standby Power Operation 8.6.5.14.3(f) (Item 1.17). Automatic

sequence of operation, if provided, shall be tested.
NOTE: Absorption of regenerated power (Section 2.26.10) does not

apply to hydraulic elevators.
3010 CERTIFICATE OF INSPECTION
3010.1 General. No elevator or conveying system, including, but not limited to, escalators,
dumbwaiters, wheelchair lifts, cartveyors, manlifts and moving walks, shall be operated without
a valid certificate of inspection issued by the code official.
Exceptions:
1. Where the code official authorizes limited approval of use in accordance with the
provisions of Section 3010.2.
2. Elevators and conveying systems covered by the Residential Code where the
equipment is serving one dwelling unit.
3. In Groups R-2 and R-3 occupancies where the equipment is serving one
dwelling unit.
3010.2 Limited approval of use. The code official is authorized to grant limited approval of use

for any equipment covered by this chapter.
3010.2.1 Work performed under permit. A permit issued to install, relocate, alter or
repair any equipment covered by this chapter, shall serve as limited approval of use of the
equipment by the permit holder during the period of such installation, relocation,
alteration or repair.
3010.2.2 Construction use. Limited approval of use of an elevator may be granted by

the code official during authorized construction or demolition to provide transportation
for construction personnel, tools, and materials, provided that full compliance with
ASME A17.1-5.10 has been confirmed by the testing, inspection and certification of the
elevator by the code official or by an approved third party inspector. Public use of an
elevator with limited approval of use under this Section 3010.2.2 is prohibited.
Equipment other than elevators shall be tested and protective measures shall be provided
as deemed necessary by the code official to ensure safe operation for the limited service
specified.
3010.2.2.1 Time limitation. For elevators approved for ―Construction Use‖ under
ASME A17.1-5.10, the limited approval of use shall be valid for a maximum period
of 90 days. The code official is authorized to renew the limited approval of use, after
performance of the required inspections and/or tests required by ASME A17.1-
8.11.5.13, for additional periods of time not exceeding 90 days each.
3010.3 Final inspection. Upon installation, relocation or alteration of an elevator or conveying

system for which a permit is required, a final inspection of the equipment is required to verify
that all required inspections have been performed and approved. The permit holder shall apply
for and obtain a valid certificate of inspection from the Department within 30 working days after
completion of the final inspection.
3010.4 Content of certificate of inspection; posting. The certificate of inspection shall contain
the following information:
1. The address of the structure.
2. The name and address of the owner.
3. A description of the vertical transportation equipment (e.g., escalator, elevator,

dumbwaiter, wheelchair lift, moving walk or conveyor).
4. The rated load and speed.
5. A statement that the described equipment has been inspected for compliance with
the requirements of the Construction Codes.

6. The name of the code official.
7. Any special stipulations and conditions of the permit under which the equipment
was installed, relocated or altered.
3010.4.1 Posting of certificate. A copy of the most current certificate of inspection shall
be conspicuously displayed at all times within the elevator car or attached to the
conveying system unless exempted pursuant to Section 3010.6. If the building operator
maintains an office in the same building, the certificate of inspection may be made
available for public inspection in the office instead of being on display within the elevator.
3010.5 Maintenance, testing, inspections. Periodic tests and inspections shall be made by the
code official, or by an approved third party agency, and shall be made at the expense and
responsibility of the owner. Except as otherwise provided for in this code, the maintenance,
inspection and testing of all elevators and conveying systems and their components, including
the frequency of inspections and testing, shall conform to:
3010.5.1 Elevators, escalators and other conveyances listed in ASME A17.1,

Appendix N. Inspection and tests shall be performed at not less than the periodic
intervals listed in ASME A17.1, Appendix N, except where otherwise specified by the
code official.
Exception: Units in residential use serving one family dwelling unit.
3010.5.2 Platform lifts and stairway chair lifts. Inspections and testing of platform
lifts and stairway chair lifts shall be performed for all units as stated in ASME A18.1-
Section 10.
3010.5.3 Manlifts. Inspections and testing of manlifts shall be performed for all units as
stated in ASME A90.1, Safety Standard for Manlifts.
3010.5.4 Conveyors and related equipment. Inspections and testing of conveyors and
related equipment shall be performed as stated in ASME B20.1, Safety Standard for
Conveyors and Related Equipment.
3010.5.4.1 Cartveyors. Cartveyors shall be maintained as per original equipment

manufacturer’s recommendations. Inspection and testing shall be at the same
frequency as escalators in ASME A17.1, Appendix N.
3010.6 Reports and certificates. Where inspections and tests are not made by the code official,

the approved agency shall submit a report of the inspections and tests to the code official on
approved forms not more than 30 days after completion of the inspection and tests. Upon receipt
of satisfactory inspection and test reports, the code official shall authorize the issuance of a
certificate of inspection, or a renewal certificate as provided in Section 3010.9, for each unit of
equipment.
Exceptions: The submission of test reports to the code official and the issuance of
certificates and display of certificates is not required:
1. In Groups R-2 and R-3 occupancies where the equipment is serving one
dwelling unit.
2. In buildings under the jurisdiction of the Residential Code where the equipment is
serving one dwelling unit.
3010.7 Out of service; temporarily dormant. A permit from the Department shall be required:
(a) to take an elevator or conveying system out of service pursuant to ASME A17.1, Section
8.11.1.4; or (b) to place an elevator or conveying system in temporarily dormant status as set
forth in Section 3010.7.1.
3010.7.1 Temporarily dormant. An elevator or conveying system shall be temporarily

dormant where removed from its normal class of service for an extended period of time
(not to exceed five years) by an owner’s decision and not due to maintenance or repair.
During this period of time, the equipment shall be secured for the benefit of public safety
in accordance with the following requirements:
1. The power supply shall be disconnected by removing fuses and placing a

padlock on the mainline disconnect switch in the ―OFF‖ position. The
padlock shall not be removed without permission from the code official.
2. The unit shall be parked and the hoistway/runway doors securely bolted
from opening in any plane. The means of securing the doors shall be
exclusive of the interlocks.
3. A wire seal shall be installed on the mainline disconnect switch by an

elevator inspector accredited by a national certifying agency and approved
by the code official. The wire seal shall not be removed without permission
from the code official.
4. The equipment shall not be used again until it has been put in safe running
order and passed an acceptance test, congruent with the installation date or
the Code Data Tag posted on the equipment, as provided in ASME 17.1,
Section 8.10 and the owner has obtained a valid certificate of inspection

from the code official.
5. Annual inspections shall continue for the duration of the period that the
elevator is temporarily dormant, and the inspector shall file an annual report
with the code official, to confirm that the requirements set forth in this
section are met.
3010.8 Equipment in operation. In buildings equipped with passenger elevators, at least

one elevator shall be maintained in operation at all times when the building is occupied.
Exception: Buildings equipped with only one elevator or conveying system shall be
permitted to have the elevator or conveying system temporarily out of service for testing,
maintenance and/or repair.
3010.9 Renewal of certificates. The certificate of inspection, for each elevator and conveying
system, must be renewed every 24 months, or at an alternate interval specified by the code
official, as long as the unit is in service. Renewal of the certificate of inspection will be granted
upon satisfactory demonstration to the code official that the unit of equipment has met all of the
inspections and testing required by the Construction Codes and referenced standards.
3010.10 Unsafe equipment. When, in the opinion of the code official, an elevator or conveying
system or its components are unsafe or unlawful, the code official is authorized and empowered
to place the unit out of service, and to prohibit the operation of the equipment until the unsafe or
unlawful condition is corrected. The code official shall post on the unsafe equipment a placard
or notice bearing the words ―Unsafe to Use‖ and may also attach a lead seal to prevent the
equipment from being operated.
3010.10.1 Notification of unsafe or unlawful condition. When an approved Third

Party Inspection Agency inspector observes or identifies unsafe or unlawful condition(s)
causing an elevator to be removed from service, the inspector shall immediately notify
the code official. The inspector is authorized to place on the unit adjudged to be unsafe
or unlawful an ―Unsafe to Use‖ placard. The code official must be notified immediately
of the Third Party Inspector’s action, pursuant to the notification procedures established
3010.10.2. Placard removal. The code official shall remove the ―Unsafe to Use‖ notice
whenever the defect or defects upon which the closure action was based have been
eliminated. Any person who defaces or removes an ―Unsafe to Use‖ notice or lead seal
without the approval of the code official, or operates the placarded equipment, shall be
subject to the penalties provided by this code.
An approved Third Party Inspector is permitted to remove an ―Unsafe to Use Notice‖

issued by that inspector, after abatement of the unsafe or unlawful condition and

appropriate reinspection of the conveyance.
Exception: Placarded equipment may be operated solely as necessary to effectuate

repairs.
3010.10.3 Abatement methods. The owner of the equipment deemed unsafe by the code
official shall abate or cause to be abated or corrected such unsafe conditions either by
repair, rehabilitation, replacement or other approved corrective action.
3011 Required Elevator Signage. A permanent sign of durable material, with lettering no smaller
than one quarter inch (6 mm) high shall be placed in all elevators cars, with the following wording:
ALL ACCIDENTS ON OR DAMAGE TO ELEVATORS ARE TO BE REPORTED

TO THE DEPARTMENT OF CONSUMER AND REGULATORY AFFAIRS 202
442-4400; OR AFTER WORKING HOURS BY CALLING 311.

CHAPTER 31 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION
3101 General
3103 Temporary Structures
3105 Awnings and Canopies
3106 Marquees
3107 Signs
3109 Swimming Pool Enclosures and Safety Devices
3112 Fences
3101 GENERAL
3101.2 Other requirements. Special construction encroaching into the public right-of-way or
public space shall conform to the pertinent standards set forth in Chapter 32, and other applicable
requirements, including the D.C. Department of Transportation (DDOT) regulations set forth in
24 DCMR, and D.C. Official Code, Title 10, Subtitle III.
3103 TEMPORARY STRUCTURES
3103.1.1 Permit required. Temporary structures that cover an area greater than 100
square feet (9.29 m2), including connecting areas or spaces with a common means of
egress or entrance, shall not be erected, operated or maintained for any purpose without
obtaining a permit from the code official.
3105 AWNINGS AND CANOPIES
Strike Section 3105 of the International Building Code in its entirety and insert new Section 3105
to the Building Code in its place to read as follows:
3105.1. General. Awnings or canopies shall comply with the requirements of this Section 3105,
other applicable sections of the Construction Codes, the Zoning Regulations and other applicable
requirements. Awnings or canopies projecting over or into public space shall comply with
Section 3202.12.
3105.1.1 Permit. A permit shall be obtained from the code official for the erection, or
replacement of any fixed awning or canopy, or any retractable awning.

Exceptions: A permit shall not be required to erect or replace fixed or retractable
awnings projecting 40 inches (1016 mm) or less that are located outside the
jurisdiction of the U.S. Commission of Fine Arts or the Historic Preservation Review
Board, and are not subject to Section 3202.12, where the awnings meet one or more
of the following criteria:
1. Awnings installed on detached one- and two-family dwellings and

townhouses not more than three stories above grade in height with a
separate means of egress; or
2. Retractable awnings installed above the first story.
3105.2 Design and construction. Awnings and canopies shall be designed and constructed to
withstand wind or other lateral loads and live loads as required by Chapter 16 with due
allowance for shape, open construction and similar features that relieve the pressures or loads.
Structural members shall be protected to prevent deterioration. Awnings shall have frames of
noncombustible material with an approved covering that meets the fire propagation performance
criteria of NFPA 701 or has a flame spread index not greater than 25 when tested in accordance
with ASTM E84 or UL723.
3105.3 Fixed or permanent awnings. The minimum clearance from the sidewalk or any other
space used by the public to the lowest part of any fixed or permanent awning shall be 8 feet
(2438 mm). Fixed or permanent awnings installed above the first story shall not project more
than 5 feet (1524 mm) from the face of the building.
Exception: Above doors on detached one and two family dwellings and townhouses not
more than three stories above grade in height with a separate means of egress, the minimum
clearance from the sidewalk or any other space used by the public to the lowest part of the
awning shall be 80 inches (2032 mm).
3105.4 Retractable awnings. The minimum clearance from the sidewalk or any other space
used by the public to the lowest part of any retractable awning shall be 8 feet (2438 mm).
Retractable awnings shall be securely fastened to the building and, in the fully extended position,
no part of the awning shall be closer than 12 inches (305 mm) to the vertical plane of the curb
line. Retractable awnings shall be equipped with a mechanism or device for raising and holding
the awning in a retracted or closed position against the face of the building.
Exception: Above doors on detached one and two family dwellings and townhouses not
more than three stories above grade in height with a separate means of egress, the minimum
clearance from the sidewalk or any other space used by the public to the lowest part of the
awning shall be 80 inches (2032 mm).
3105.5 Canopies. Canopies shall be attached to the building at the inner end and supported at

the outer end by not more than two stanchions with braces anchored in an approved manner and
shall not extend closer than 2 feet (610 mm) from the curb line. The minimum clearance from
the sidewalk or any other space used by the public to the lowest part of any canopy shall be 8
feet (2438 mm). The width of canopies shall not exceed 8 feet (2438 mm).
3105.6 Lettering on awnings or canopies. Lettering on awnings or canopies shall comply with
the sign regulations set forth in Title 13 of the DCMR.
3106 MARQUEES
3106.1 General. Marquees shall comply with Sections 3106.3 through 3106.5 and other
applicable sections of this code.
Strike Section 3106.2 of the International Building Code in its entirety without substitution.
3107 SIGNS
3107.1 to the Building Code to read as follows:
3107.1 General. Signs shall be designed, constructed and maintained in accordance with the
requirements of Title 12 of the DCMR, including, but not limited to, Appendix N to the Building
Code Supplement which is hereby expressly adopted and incorporated by reference, and the
Property Maintenance Code, until such time as the District of Columbia adopts superseding
regulations pursuant to the Sign Legislation.
3109 SWIMMING POOL ENCLOSURES AND SAFETY DEVICES
Strike Section 3109, Swimming Pool Enclosures and Safety Devices, in the International
Building Code in its entirety and insert new Section 3109.1 in the Building Code to read as
follows:
3109.1 General. Swimming pool enclosures and safety devices shall comply with the
requirements set forth in the Swimming Pool and Spa Code.
Insert new Section 3112 to the Building Code to read as follows:
3112 FENCES
3112.1 General. Fences shall comply with the requirements of this section, other applicable

sections of the Construction Codes and other municipal regulations. All barbed wire and similar
fences shall comply with the requirements of Sections 3112.4.
Exception: Fences or portions of fences located on privately-owned land beyond a building

restriction line shall comply with the requirements for fences in public space set forth in 24
DCMR § 103.
3112.1.1 Fence walls. Fence walls shall conform to the requirements for fences.
3112.1.2 Screens or trellises. Screens or trellises shall conform to the requirements for
fences.
3112.1.3 Height measurement. The measurement of the height of a fence shall be made
from the top of the fence to grade, on the side of the fence where grade level is higher.
3112.1.4 Permit applications. Application for permits to erect or increase the height of
a fence, or change the grade adjacent to a fence, shall be accompanied by an official
building plat upon which the proposed fence location is indicated. Review and approval
by the Zoning Administrator shall be required before a permit shall be issued.
Exception: Review or approval by the Zoning Administrator shall not be required

where (a) an existing lawful fence is replaced; (b) the extent, location, and the height
of the fence is unchanged; and (c) the adjacent grade is unchanged.
3112.2 Party line fences. Only those portions of the length of a fence, including footings, which
are partly on each side of a party line shall be considered as party line fences. Permit
applications for party line fences shall be signed by the owners of the adjoining properties on
which the fence is to be located.
3112.2.1 Fence materials. A party line fence shall be a wood, woven wire, or iron fence
of open pattern, unless otherwise agreed upon by the adjoining owners.
3112.2.2 Height agreements. Where owners propose to erect a party line fence over 7
feet (2134 mm) in height in Residence or Waterfront Districts, or over10 feet (3048 mm)
in Mixed Use, Special Purpose, Commercial, or Industrial Districts, a written agreement
as to the height of the party line fence shall be executed by the owners of the properties
on which the fence is to be located and such agreement shall be filed with the code
official before issuance of a permit.
3112.3 Other fences. Fences other than party line fences shall comply with Sections 3112.3.1
through 3112.3.5.
3112.3.1 Fences abutting streets. Fences abutting a street shall not exceed 7 feet (2134

mm) in height in Residence or Waterfront Districts, nor 10 feet (3048 mm) in height in
Mixed Use, Special Purpose, Commercial, or Industrial Districts.
3112.3.1.1 Special provisions applicable to historic districts and landmarks.

Within a historic district or at a designated historic landmark, fences or walls
between the front façade of a structure and the front lot line shall not exceed 3 feet
6 inches (1067 mm) in height. Fences between the front façade of a structure and
the front lot line shall be at least 50 percent open. (The ratio shall be computed in
elevation by dividing the fence elements themselves by the open space between
the fence elements.) The code official is authorized to allow fences or walls
covered by this subsection to exceed 3 feet 6 inches (1067 mm) in height upon
recommendation of the Historic Preservation Office.
3112.3.2 Fences abutting alleys. Fences abutting alleys shall not exceed 7 feet (2134
mm) in height in Residence or Waterfront Districts, nor 10 feet (3048 mm) in Mixed Use,
Special Purpose, Commercial, or Industrial Districts.
Exception: The code official is authorized to approve a greater height where the
alley is 15 feet (4572 mm) wide or more.
3112.3.3 Fences near party lines. Fences located 10 feet (3048 mm) or less from a
party line shall not exceed 7 feet (2134 mm) in height in Residence or Waterfront
Districts, nor 10 feet (3048 mm) in Special Purpose, Mixed Use, Commercial, or
Industrial Districts. Fences shall not obstruct light or ventilation for any required
window.
Exception: Where the written consent of the adjoining owners is filed with the code
official, the code official is authorized to approve a greater height, not to exceed 10
feet (3048 mm).
3112.3.4 Fences located in lot interior. Fences more than 10 feet (3048 mm) from (a) a
lot line, including a party line; (b) an alley; or (c) if applicable, a building restriction line
shall not be subject to height limitations except as necessary to avoid (i) encroachment on
a required yard or court, or (ii) obstruction of the light or ventilation for any required
window.
3112.3.5 Gate height. Gates shall not exceed the height of the fence.
3112.4 Barbed wire fences. Fences, barriers or obstructions, composed in whole, or in any part,
of barbed wire (collectively referred to as ―barbed wire fences‖) are prohibited in the District of
Columbia, except as expressly permitted by this Section 3112.4. The term barbed wire shall
include (a) barbed, razor or electrified wire; (b) sharp or jagged glass; (c) metal such as, but not
limited to, razor-spikes; or (d) similar materials.

3112.4.1 Barbed wire fences on private property. Barbed wire fences on private
property that meet the following conditions are permitted:
1. The barbed wire fence is not located in a Residence District or along the
zoning boundary lines of any Residence District, except where the code
official determines that the condition or the nature of the improvements
located upon the premises pose a significant, demonstrable hazard to
members of the public;
2. The barbed wire fence is not located on the lot line, or building restriction
line if one exists, and does not project beyond the lot line or building
restriction line;
3. The minimum height of the lowest strand of barbed wire is 6 feet (1829
mm) above adjacent ground; and
4. The barbed wire fence complies with any other applicable requirements,
including, but not limited to, Sections 802.17, 804.14 and 825.13 of the
Zoning Regulations.
3112.4.2 Barbed wire fences in public space. No barbed wire fence shall be erected,
constructed, or maintained, along the lot line or building restriction line, if one exists, or
in or upon any street, or other public space, including but not limited to any sidewalk,
public parking or building restriction area, in the District of Columbia.

CHAPTER 32 ENCROACHMENTS INTO THE PUBLIC RIGHT-OF-WAY
3201 General
3202 Encroachments
3201 GENERAL
3201.1.1 Other requirements. Encroachments of structures into the public right-of-way,

including structures or enclosures of space beneath the surface of the public space and
certain uses of airspace above public space, shall also comply with other applicable
requirements, including DDOT regulations set forth in 24 DCMR; D.C. Official Code,
Title 10, Subtitle III, Chapter 11.
3202 ENCROACHMENTS
Strike Sections 3202.1 through 3202.4 of the International Building Code in their entirety and
add new Sections 3202.1 through 3202.13.2.5 in the Building Code in their place to read as
follows:
3202.1 Character of encroachments. Encroachments into the public right-of-way or into public
space (hereinafter referred to in this section as ―projections‖) are a privilege. They cannot be
claimed as a right, and require a permit issued by the code official. The provisions of Section
3202 establish limitations on the projections that the code official is authorized to approve. The
code official is authorized to further restrict or refuse proposed projections if the code official
considers such action best for the public interest.
3202.2 Removal of projections. Approval of projections shall be issued with the understanding
and agreement by the applicant that any and all such projections shall be promptly removed
upon notice from the code official.
3202.3 [Reserved].
3202.4 Modification of projection requirements. The code official is authorized to grant

modifications of requirements on projections when the modification is deemed in the general
public interest, as defined in Section 3202.4.1 or, in the case of foregone construction, as set forth
in Section 3202.4.2.
3202.4.1 Modifications in the general public interest. Modifications in the general

public interest are those requested to embellish the building, provided that:

1. The primary object of the modification is not the occupation of additional
public space;
2. The primary object of the modification is not changing of interior

arrangements;
3. In the opinion of the code official such modification will not interfere with
adjacent buildings; and
4. In the opinion of the code official such modification will not interfere with
the general public interest.
3202.4.2 Foregone construction. Foregone construction is deemed to occur when, in

conformity with a plan previously approved by the National Capital Planning
Commission for improvement of any street or thoroughfare, the owner will permanently
forego construction on, or the use of a portion of his, her or its lot. In such cases, the
code official is authorized to grant a projection modification to authorize projections
which shall equitably compensate such owner, if (a) the code official determines the
public interest will thereby be better served; and (b) the projection modification complies
with the limitations and conditions set forth in Sections 3202.4.2.1 through 3202.4.2.5.
3202.4.2.1 Width. The width of projections allowed under Section 3202.4.2 shall
be limited as follows:
1. The proposed projection shall be authorized to be constructed to

the lot line extended, on the side of any adjoining structure that
contains projections, facing the same public right-of-way, that
project into public space at least as much as the proposed
projection.
2. The proposed projection shall not extend to within 10 feet (3048

mm) of the lot line extended, on the side of any adjoining structure
that does not project or that only contains projections, facing the
same public right-of-way, that project into public space less than
the proposed projection.
Exception. A portion of the proposed projection shall be allowed

to encroach into this 10 foot restriction zone if the angle formed by
the lot line and the face of that portion of the projection does not
exceed 45 degrees.
3. Projections at the corner of two streets shall be allowed to continue

around the corner if similar projections are approved for both

streets.
3202.4.2.2 Height. The height above grade of projections approved under Section
3202.4.2 shall be limited to the height of the building. A clearance of not less
than 20 feet (6096 mm) above the sidewalk or parking grade shall be maintained
under any portion of such projections or supports thereof. Balconies or other
projections which in the judgment of the code official will embellish the area,
when approved, shall be allowed to be constructed with lower clearances above
grade; provided, such clearances shall be at least 8 feet (2438 mm) above
walkways and at least 15 feet (4572 mm) above driveways.
3202.4.2.3 Projecting distance. The footprint of projections approved under

Section 3202.4.2 shall be entirely located between the lot line and the outer edge
of the curb, and the outer face of all projections shall be at least 4 feet (1219 mm)
from the outer edge of the curb. In addition, the projecting distance of the
projection shall be limited as specified in Table 3202.4.2.
TABLE 3202.4.2
MAXIMUM PROJECTIONS
UNDER FOREGONE CONSTRUCTION MODIFICATIONS
WIDTH OF MAXIMUM
STREET PROJECTING
TYPE OF STREET
(feet)a DISTANCE
(feet)a
Streets
without
40 to 45 feet 4
public
parking
More than 45
Streets
feet; up to,
without
and 6
public
including, 70
parking
feet
More than 70
Streets
feet; up to,
without
and 8
public
including, 80
parking
feet
Streets
without More than 80
14
public feet
parking
Streets with Any width 14

public
parking
Note a. 1 foot = 304.8 mm
3202.4.2.4 Required covenant. The owner who applies for a projection

modification under Section 3202.4.2 shall submit a certified copy of a written
covenant, complying with Section 106.6.4, filed and recorded in the Office of the
Recorder of Deeds.
3202.4.2.5 Referral to Public Space Committee. The code official shall refer to
the Public Space Committee, for consideration and recommendation, all
applications for projection modifications proposed under Section 3202.4.2.
3202.5 Projections on streets to be widened. Except as otherwise permitted by this chapter, no

projections shall be allowed on the parts of streets to be widened in conformity with adopted and
recorded highway extension plans, including a building restriction area where the same exists on
a lot, until such parts of streets are so widened.
3202.5.1 Existing buildings. Where existing streets are widened, or new streets are laid
out and opened, in conformity with the adopted and recorded highway extension plans, in
subdivisions existing at the time of record of such plans, and such widening or opening
shall leave buildings or parts of buildings on such streets, such buildings or parts of
buildings will be allowed to remain as projections beyond the new lot line or building
restriction line if one exists. Such grandfathered projections of such existing buildings
shall be limited in projection distance to that allowed for porches by Section 3202.11.2.3,
but no limitations shall be placed upon the kind of projection unless the facade is
structurally altered. Such buildings are permitted to be moved under permit to another
location on the same lot, upon compliance with applicable regulations.
3202.5.1.1 Structurally altered facades of existing buildings. In case the

facade of an existing building covered by Section 3202.5.1 is structurally altered,
the projections resulting from such alterations shall conform in all respects to the
requirements of these regulations for new projections.
3202.6 Streets on which projections are prohibited. Projections shall not be permitted on the
following street segments:.
1. North side of Good Hope Road, S.E. between Martin Luther King, Jr. Avenue,
S.E. and 18th Street, S.E.;
2. Florida Avenue, N.W., from 7th Street, N.W. to 9th Street, N.W.;

3. Maine Avenue, S.W., from 7th Street, S.W. to 14th Street, S.W.;
4. M Street, N.W., from 29th Street, N.W. to 36th Street, SN.W.;
5. K Street, N.W., from Rock Creek westward to Wisconsin Avenue, N.W.;
6. Water Street, N.W., from Wisconsin Avenue, N.W. westward to the termination
of said street;
7. Wisconsin Avenue, N.W., from the angle south of N Street, N.W. to the north
roadway of Q Street, N.W.;
8. Twelfth Street, N.W., from Monroe Street, N.W. to the angle north of Otis Street,
N.W.;
9. Martin Luther King, Jr. Avenue, S.E. from Good Hope Road, S.E. to the northern
boundary of the grounds of St. Elizabeths Hospital.
Exception: Projecting cornices, bases, sills, belt courses, pilasters and water tables are not
restricted by this section.
3202.7 General restrictions. All projections shall comply with the provisions of Sections
3202.7.1 through 3202.7.6.
3202.7.1 Limitations based on street width. Except as otherwise permitted by this

chapter, projections shall not be allowed on any street less than 60 feet (18288 mm) in
width.
Exception: Projecting cornices, bases, water tables, pilasters or uncovered steps.
3202.7.1.1 Minimum clearance to curb line. A minimum clear space from the
outer edge of the curb to the outer face of all projections and steps shall be
preserved, as follows:
1. Six feet (1829 mm) on streets 40 feet (12192 mm), but less than 50 feet
(15250 mm) wide;
2. Eight feet (2438 mm) on streets 50 feet (15240 mm), but less than 60 feet
(18288 mm) wide;
3. Ten feet (3048 mm) on streets 60 feet (18288 mm) to and including 80
feet (24384 mm) wide;

4. Twelve feet (3658 mm) on streets more than 80 feet (24384 mm) to and
including 90 feet (27432 mm) wide; and
5. Fifteen feet (4572 mm) on streets more than 90 feet (27432 mm) wide.
3202.7.2 Clearance to lot lines extended. A clear space of at least 8 inches (203 mm)
shall be preserved between party lines extended or alley lines extended and the outer
walls or sides of projections.
Exception: Cornices, belt courses, pilasters, bases, water tables, and walls of
areaways, are permitted to extend to but not over party lines extended or alley lines
extended. Such projections shall be constructed so that the removal of one structure
or its projections will not affect or damage the adjoining structure or projections and
will not interfere with the construction or reconstruction of projections or buildings
on the adjoining property.
3202.7.3 Chimneys. Chimneys shall not project beyond the lot line or building
restriction line, if one exists.
3202.7.4 Plumbing fixtures. Plumbing fixtures shall not be located in projections.
Exception: Areaway drains and roof drains.
3202.7.5 Overhead projections. The footprint of any projecting sign, fixture, marquee,
or other overhead projection of a building shall not extend over public space or into the
public right of way beyond a line 18 inches (457 mm) behind the curb line.
Exception: Market sheds, as provided for in Sections 3202.12.4 through 3202.12.4.3.
3202.7.6 Construction of projections. Projections shall be constructed of any materials

permitted by this code for the type of construction of the building.
Exceptions:
1. Roofing, skylights and roof domes in projecting structures are permitted to

be of the same materials allowed for similar non-projecting structures.
2. Where noncombustible materials are specifically required elsewhere in

this chapter for specific projections.
3. Where combustible materials are specifically allowed elsewhere in these

regulations for specific projections.

3202.8 Projections requiring special approval. Projections regulated under Sections 3202.8.1
and 3202.8.2 shall require approval by the District Department of Transportation (DDOT).
3202.8.1 Pedestrian walkways and tunnels. Pedestrian walkways and tunnels shall
meet the requirements of Section 3104. In addition, the vertical clearance above the
public right-of-way or the surface of public space to the lowest part of an elevated
pedestrian walkway shall be no less than 15 feet (4572 mm).
3202.8.2 Porte-cocheres. Porte-cocheres shall be permitted one story in height. All

driveways and approaches that serve a porte-cochere and cross sidewalks or parking lots
shall be paved and otherwise improved to the satisfaction of DDOT.
3202.9 Subsurface projections. Areaway and vault projections shall comply with the
requirements of Sections 3202.9.1, 3202.9.2 and 3202.9.3, respectively.
3202.9.1 Areaways. Areaway projections shall comply with the requirements of

Sections 3202.9.1.1 through 3202.9.1.5.
3202.9.1.1 Width. The width of an areaway, measured from outside to outside of

the areaway’s enclosing walls, shall not be limited if located between party lines
extended.
3202.9.1.2 Enclosure height. The height of areaway enclosures shall be limited

to the highest point of the surface of the adjoining pavement or grade.
Exception: Copings not over 8 inches (203 mm) high, and railings or
guardrails.
3202.9.1.3 Projection. The extent of areaway projection shall be measured from

the lot line or building restriction line, if one exists, to the inside face of the
areaway wall. Projection beyond the lot line or building restriction line, if one
exists, shall be limited as follows:
1. Four feet (1219 mm) on streets in Commercial and Industrial

Districts.
2. Four feet (1219 mm) on streets without public parking in

Residence, Waterfront, Mixed Use and Special Purpose, more than
60 feet (18288 mm) wide.
3. Six feet (1829 mm) on streets with public parking in Residence,

Special Purpose, Mixed Use and Waterfront Districts, 60 to 70 feet
(18288 mm to 21336 mm) wide.

4. Six and a half feet (1981 mm) on streets with public parking in
Residence, Special Purpose, Mixed Use and Waterfront Districts,
more than 70 feet (21336 mm) wide.
5. Seven feet (2134 mm) on streets with public parking in Residence,

Special Purpose, Mixed Use and Waterfront Districts where public
parking is 20 feet (6096 mm) or more in width.
3202.9.1.4 Other requirements. Areaways shall be protected by substantial

metal guardrails not less than 42 inches (1067 mm) nor more than 48 inches (1219
mm) high. Proper protection by metal railings that meet the guardrail
requirements of Section 1013 of the Building Code shall be provided where steps
or platforms are built over areaways, subject to the requirements of 24 DCMR §
103. Basement or cellar steps in areaways shall be protected in the same way and
shall have gates at top of the steps unless otherwise protected.
3202.9.1.5 Alley location prohibited. Areaways shall not be located in an alley.
3202.9.2 Vaults. Vaults shall comply with the requirements of Sections 3202.9.2.1
through 3202.9.2.5.
3202.9.2.1 Permits. Applications for vault permits shall be submitted to the code
official, accompanied by the following documentation:
1. Plans showing the location and dimensions of the vault, vault

openings, the vault depth below the surface of the pavement or
grade, and the proposed method of construction.
2. A certified copy of a written vault agreement in compliance with

D.C. Official Code § 10-1103.01 and Section 106.6.1 filed and
recorded in the Office of the Recorder of Deeds.
3202.9.2.2 Size and openings. Vault design shall comply with the following:
1. Approval of the size and extent of vaults, and of the number and
size of vault openings, shall be a matter of special determination in
each case by the code official.
2. Vaults extending under alleys shall have no openings in the alley

pavement, and shall not extend within 2.5 feet (762 mm) of the
center of the alley.

3202.9.2.3 Use of vault space. The use of the vault space shall be subject to the
1. The code official is authorized to approve transformer vaults

exclusively to house utility equipment. Storage in such vaults shall
be prohibited.
2. Vaults in Commercial, Industrial, Mixed Use, Waterfront or

Special Purpose Districts shall not be used for the following
purposes: public entrances to basements; means of egress
corridors; housing of boilers; housing of plumbing fixtures;
housing of storage tanks for propane or other flammable gas; or the
housing of mechanical appliances or any equipment not removable
within 24 hours.
3. Vaults shall be allowed to be used for the following purposes:

access to open areaway stairs; storage of readily movable personal
property and equipment; sales or office space; housing of fuel oil
storage tanks; parking of motor vehicles; installation of ducts,
pipes or wiring; location of ducted air shafts; housing of fans; and
housing of similar items which can be removed or relocated if
vault space is removed.
4. Fuel oil filling pipes, in vaults in Commercial, Industrial, Mixed

Use, Waterfront or Special Purpose Districts, shall be extended to
within 18 inches (457 mm) of the curb line when physically
possible. Such pipes shall terminate in filling boxes of approved
design. A separate permit shall be required for such filling pipes
and filling boxes.
5. If openings in the roofs of vaults are used for sidewalk elevators or

for runways, they shall be located as near to the curb as possible
and shall be equipped with heavy metal safety doors and frames.
6. The code official is authorized to approve other uses not forbidden

by law, code, or regulation.
3202.9.2.4 Vault cover. Coverings over vaults shall comply with the following:
1. The paving over vaults shall be laid according to specifications of

DDOT for surface paving and shall conform to established grades.
All such coverings shall be so constructed as to be flush with
pavement, and have a roughened surface to provide security to

persons passing over them.
2. When paving over vaults is installed pursuant to a public space

permit or order issued by DDOT, the paving shall be laid at the
expense and risk of the person doing the work.
3. The roof of a vault located between the curb and the lot line, or in a
building restriction area, shall at no place be less than 4 inches
(102 mm) below the approved sidewalk grade at that point.
4. Vaults shall be roofed over within a reasonable time or within the

time fixed by the public space permit.
5. Whenever the grade over the vault is changed, the vault covering
shall be changed and re-paved at the expense of the person doing
the work, except where the grade change impacts the top of the
vault, in which case the owner of the abutting property shall pay
for that portion of the work required to conform the vault to the
new grade.
3202.9.2.5 Interference with utilities. Construction of vaults shall be subject to

the following conditions:
1. Vaults shall be constructed so as not to interfere with sewers, water

mains, gas mains, electric or telephone conduits, signal conduits,
manholes, lamp posts, trees, or any other public or public utility
works or improvements.
2. If construction or alteration of a vault requires the removal or

relocation of utilities, and if by agreement a public utility or District
utility arranges to alter its facilities, the owner of the abutting lot
shall notify the appropriate utility company or utility office
concerned when a permit has been issued and construction or
alteration work is ready to commence.
3202.10 Balconies, windows, towers and structural trim. Balconies, windows, towers and
structural trim shall conform to the provisions of Sections 3202.10.1 through 3202.10.9.
3202.10.1 Prohibition on alley location. Balconies, bay oriel or show windows, or

towers shall not project into or over an alley.
3202.10.2 Balconies. Balconies shall comply with the width and projection requirements
of Sections 3202.10.2.1 and 3202.10.2.2.

3202.10.2.1 Width. Balconies shall maintain an 8-inch separation from party
lines extended. Aggregate balcony width is otherwise unlimited. Where balconies
are structurally connected to bay windows, the width of the balconies shall be
included in the width of the bay windows and the combined width shall comply
with the requirements for bay windows. A balcony at the corner of two streets is
permitted to be continued around the corner. The portion of such a continued
balcony that is located beyond party lines extended shall not be counted in the
width of projections on either front.
3202.10.2.2 Projection. Balcony projections shall be limited as follows:
1. Three feet (914 mm) beyond the lot line or building restriction line,
if one exists, on streets more than 60 feet (18288 mm) and less than
70 feet (21336 mm) wide.
2. Four feet (1219 mm) beyond the lot line or building restriction line,
if one exists, on streets 70 feet (21336 mm) or more in width.
3202.10.3 Bay windows. Bay window projections shall comply with the requirements of
3202.10.3.1 Width. The width of bay windows at each lot line or building
restriction line, if one exists, shall be limited as follows:
1. A bay window projection shall not be allowed on buildings less

than 16 feet (4877 mm) wide at the lot line or building restriction
line, if one exists;
2. A single projection of 9 feet (2743 mm) in width shall be allowed

for all buildings having a width of 16 feet (4877 mm) or more at
the lot line or building restriction line, if one exists;
3. The allowable width of a single projection shall increase 6 inches

(152 mm) for every foot (305 mm) of increase in the width of the
building between 16 feet (4877 mm) and 24 feet (7315 mm) wide
at the lot line or building restriction line, if one exists;
4. For buildings over 24 feet (7315 mm) in width the allowable width
of a single projection shall increase 2 inches (51 mm) for every
foot (305 mm) of increase in width of the building over 24 feet
(7315 mm).

5. Multiple projections (two or more separate projections) shall not
be allowed on buildings less than 24 feet (7315 mm) wide at the lot
line or building restriction line, if one exists;
6. On buildings 24 feet (7315 mm) wide a double projection shall be

allowed, the total width of both projections not to exceed 13 feet
(3962 mm).
7. The allowable aggregate width of double or multiple projections

on buildings exceeding 24 feet (7315 mm) in width at the lot line
or building restriction line, if one exists shall be increased 6
inches (152 mm) for each foot (305 mm) of increased building
width over 24 feet (7315 mm).
8. The width of bay window projections shall be measured at a

distance of 1 foot (305 mm) from the lot line or building restriction
line, if one exists.
9. Bay window projections of buildings on interior lots shall not

extend beyond party lines extended.
10. A bay window at the corner of two streets is permitted to be

continued around the corner. The portion of such a continued bay
window that is located beyond party lines extended shall not be
counted in the width of projections on either front.
3202.10.3.2 Height. The height of bay windows shall not be limited.
3202.10.3.3 Projection. The projection of bay windows shall be limited as

follows:
1. Three feet (914 mm) on streets 60 feet (18288 mm) to 70 feet (21
336 mm) wide.
2. Four feet (1219 mm) on streets more than 70 feet (21336 mm)
wide.
3202.10.3.4 Other restrictions. Stairways shall not be permitted in bay window
projections. Doors in bay windows that do not swing beyond the projection shall
be permitted.
3202.10.4 Oriel and show windows. Oriel and show windows shall comply with the
requirements of Sections 3202.10.4.1 and 3202.10.4.2, respectively.

3202.10.4.1 Oriel windows. Oriel windows shall conform to all the requirements
governing bay windows.
3202.10.4.2 Show windows. Show windows shall conform to the width,

projection and restrictions requirements of Sections 3202.10.3.1, 3202.10.3.3 and
3202.10.3.4 governing bay windows.
3202.10.5 Towers. Tower projections shall conform to all the requirements governing
bay windows.
3202.10.6 Colonnades. Colonnades shall comply with the width, height and projection
requirements of Sections 3202.10.6.1 through 3202.10.6.3.
3202.10.6.1 Width. Colonnades are subject to the minimum clearance of 8

inches (203 mm) from party lines extended and alley lines extended, required
under Section 3202.7.2.
3202.10.6.2 Height. The height of colonnades is limited to two stories above

grade.
3202.10.6.3 Projection. Colonnade projection is limited to 6 feet (1829 mm)

where public parking exists and the depth of public parking is 17 feet (5182 mm)
or more wide. Projecting colonnades shall not be permitted on streets where
public parking exists and the depth of public parking is less than 17 feet (5182
mm) wide.
3202.10.7 Pilasters. Pilasters not more than 5 feet (1524 mm) wide are permitted to
project 4 inches (102 mm) beyond the lot line or building restriction line, if one exists.
Pilaster bases are permitted to project 8 inches (203 mm) beyond the lot line or building
restriction line, if one exists.
3202.10.8 Bases, water tables and sills. Projecting bases and water tables shall not be
more than 4 feet (1219 mm) above grade at the building wall nor above window sill level
of the main story. Their length is not limited. The projection beyond the lot line or a
building restriction line, if one exists, of bases, water tables, and window and other sills,
is limited to 8 inches (203 mm).
3202.10.9 Belt courses, cornices and roof overhangs. The length and height of belt
courses, cornices, and roof overhangs are not limited. The projection beyond the lot line
or building restriction line, if one exists, is limited to 8 inches (203 mm) for belt courses
and 60 inches (1524 mm) for cornices and roof overhangs.

3202.11 Porches, steps, ramps and doors. Projecting porches, steps, ramps and doors shall
conform to the provisions of Sections 3202.11.1 through 3202.11.5.
3202.11.1 Restrictions by zoning districts. Porch and step projections shall be allowed
only in Residence, Waterfront, Mixed Use and Special Purpose Districts.
3202.11.2 Porches. Porches shall have open balustrades or guardrails and shall be open
to the roof. The floor of the porch shall be not more than 5 feet (1524 mm) above the
terrace, public parking, adjacent grade or pavement.
3202.11.2.1 Width. Where there are no bay windows, oriel window or tower
projections, one-story high porches shall not be limited in width. Where there are
bay windows, oriel window or tower projections in the same story, the aggregate
width of porch and bay window, oriel window, or tower projections shall not
exceed the limits specified for multiple bay window projections in Section
3202.10.3.1. The width of porches of more than one story in height shall conform
to the provisions for bay windows in Section 3202.10.3.1.
3202.11.2.2 Height. Porches of wood frame construction shall be limited to one

story. Porches of more than one story in height shall be of noncombustible
construction throughout.
3202.11.2.3 Projection. Projection of one-story high porches shall be limited as

follows:
1. Three feet (914 mm) on streets without public parking, 60 feet (18
288 mm) to 70 feet (21 336 mm) wide.
2. Four feet (1219 mm) on streets without public parking, more than
70 feet (21 336 mm) wide.
3. Five feet (1524 mm) on streets with public parking. Porches more
than one story in height shall conform to the provisions for bay
windows in Section 3202.10.3.3 as to the extent of projection
beyond the building line.
3202.11.2.4 Rear porches. Porches on rear of dwellings shall not project over
the lot line or a building restriction line, if one exists.
3202.11.3 Steps and ramps. Projecting steps and ramps are not limited in width but
shall comply with the following height and projection requirements.
3202.11.3.1 Height. Step and ramp projections shall not extend above the level

of the main floor.
3202.11.3.2 Projection. Step and ramp projections shall be limited as follows:
1. Three feet (914 mm) on streets without public parking, 40 feet (12192
mm) or more in width, but less than 45 feet (13 716 mm) wide.
2. Four feet (12 192 mm) on streets without public parking, 45 feet (13716
3. Five feet (1524 mm) on streets without public parking, 70 feet (21336
4. Six feet (1829 mm) on streets without public parking, 80 feet (24384 mm)
or more in width.
5. Ten feet (3048 mm) on streets with public parking, 80 feet (24384 mm) or
more in width.
3202.11.4 Projecting doors and windows. Projecting doors and windows shall conform
to the provisions of Sections 3202.11.4.1 through 3202.11.4.2.
3202.11.4.1 Permanent doors or windows. Permanent doors or windows shall

not open outward into public space where the base of the door or window opening
is less than 12 feet (3658 mm) above the sidewalk grade.
Exception: Where the line of travel is protected by an adjoining porch,

terrace, bay window, areaway, or similar construction, projecting not less than
the outward swing of the door, permanent doors or windows are permitted to
open outward.
3202.11.4.2 Restrictions by zoning district. Permanent doors and windows in

Residence, Mixed Use, Waterfront or Special Purpose Districts shall be allowed
to open on public parking, provided they do not encroach on any sidewalk or
driveway.
3202.12 Awnings, canopies, marquees, market sheds, platforms, and scales. Awnings,
canopies, marquees, market sheds, platforms, and scales shall conform to the provisions of this
section and other applicable sections of the Construction Codes.
3202.12.1 Awnings. Awnings shall conform to the provisions of this section, Section
3105 and other applicable sections of the Construction Codes.

3202.12.1.1 Projecting awnings beyond the lot. Folding, hinged or fixed type
awnings attached only to the structure are permitted to be erected over windows,
show windows and doors, and shall comply with the provisions of Sections
3202.12.1.1 through 3202.12.1.6.
Exception: The openings of projecting porches in Residence Districts are
permitted to be covered with an awning.
3202.12.1.2 Clearance. Projecting awnings shall have a minimum clear height of

8 feet (2438 mm) above the sidewalk or the surface of any other adjacent public
space.
3202.12.1.3 Width. The width of projecting awnings shall be limited to the width
of the window, show window; door or opening and a reasonable distance each
side thereof.
3202.12.1.4 Projection. Projecting awnings shall not extend over 5 feet (1524
mm) beyond the vertical plane of the point of attachment into a public right-of-
way.
3202.12.2 Canopies. Canopies shall conform to the provisions of this section, Section
3105 and other applicable sections of the Construction Codes. Canopies are permitted to
be erected over doors, windows, show windows or other display openings and loading
platforms, subject to the limitations of Sections 3202.12.2.1 through 3202.12.2.5.
3202.12.2.1 Restrictions based on zoning districts. Canopies projecting over or

into a public space or public right-of-way are permitted to be erected in
Commercial and Industrial Districts. Canopies approved pursuant to Sections
3202.12.2.5 shall not be restricted based on zoning district.
3202.12.2.2 Width. Canopies are permitted to extend laterally on a building so as

to cover the display window or space and a reasonable distance on each side
thereof.
3202.12.2.3 Clearance. Projecting canopies shall have a minimum clear height

of 8 feet (2438 mm) above the sidewalk or the surface of any other public space.
3202.12.2.4 Projection. Canopy projections shall not exceed 5 feet (1524 mm)
into public space unless the plans are submitted to and approved by the code
official.
3202.12.2.5 Canopies over public parking and sidewalks. The code official is
authorized to approve permits for canopies with fixed iron posts and frames to be

erected beyond the lot line or building restriction line, if one exists, to the inner
line of the sidewalk where such canopies will be used in conjunction with any of
the following:
1. A Group A occupancy having an occupant load greater than 100

persons.
2. A Group R occupancy having more than 50 dwelling units.
3. A Group M or B occupancy with a frontage of 100 feet (30 480

mm) or more on the street on which the canopy is proposed.
4. A Group M or B occupancy that contains more than 15,000 square

feet (1395 m2) in area per floor.
3202.12.2.5.1. Special merit cases. In specific cases where the code

official determines that such an installation would be of merit without
being detrimental to the public, the code official is authorized to grant
approval of canopies over sidewalks that extend as close as 18 inches (457
mm) from the curb, when the code official determines that (a) pedestrian
traffic flow will not be impeded; (b) the presence of such an awning will
not detract from the appearance of the neighborhood; and (c) such an
awning will be of convenience to the patrons of the establishment served
by the awning, especially in the loading and unloading of vehicular traffic
in inclement weather.
3202.12.2.5.2 Canopy width. The width of canopies over public parking

or sidewalks shall be limited to the width of the door or opening and a
reasonable distance each side thereof. Canopies shall be of approved fire-
retardant material, preserving a minimum clearance of 8 inches (203 mm)
from the party lines extended. Permit applications for these canopies shall
be accompanied by drawings showing the spacing of all posts and method
of anchoring. The frames shall be structurally stable and posts shall be so
located as not to impede the principal flow of pedestrian traffic. Posts
shall be rigidly secured at the base in sockets or by other approved means.
3202.12.2.5.3 Temporary canopies. Permits for sockets in the sidewalk

for temporary covered ways across sidewalks or public parking, as
provided in Section 105 of DCMR Title 24 (Public Space and Safety),
Chapter 1 (Occupations and Use of Public Space) shall be issued upon
approval of DDOT. Permits for sockets confer no authority to erect
temporary covered ways across sidewalks or any other space used by the
public. Where sockets have been regularly installed, the Metropolitan

Police Department will thereafter issue temporary permits authorizing the
use of the temporary covered way in inclement weather.
3202.12.3 Marquees. Marquees shall conform to the provisions of this section, Section
3106 and other applicable sections of the Construction Codes. Marquees shall meet the
width, clearance, and projection requirements of Sections 3202.12.3.1 through
3202.12.3.3.
3202.12.3.1 Width. Projecting marquees supported directly from the building,

shall not be permitted to extend laterally on a building more than a sufficient
length to cover the entrance and a reasonable distance on each side thereof.
3202.12.3. 2 Clearance. The minimum clearance from the sidewalk or any other
space used by the public to the lowest part of any marquee shall be 8 feet (2438
mm).
3202.12.3.3 Projections. Marquee projections shall not exceed 5 feet (1524 mm)
into public space unless otherwise approved by the code official.
3202.12.4 Market sheds. A market shed shall be permitted only on a site occupied by a
market or produce house, when such site has been specifically designated as a market
area.
3202.12.4.1 Design. The design of market sheds shall be approved by the code
official, a permit shall be required, and all market sheds shall comply with the
following provisions:
1. The shed roof is permitted over public parking and public sidewalk of a
building or buildings used for market purposes, extending from the lot line
or building restriction line, if one exists, to the curb.
2. The line of supports for the shed roof shall be at the inner edge of the
sidewalk, the overhang being supported as a cantilever, unless the location
of supports is otherwise approved by DDOT. The shed is permitted to be
supported by hanging from the wall of the building when approved by the
code official.
3. Gutters shall be provided throughout the length of all shed roofs, with
downspouts equivalent to a 2 1/2-inch pipe per 200 square feet of surface
drains, the pitch of the roof to be at least 1/2 inch per foot.
4. Shed roofs shall be furnished with electric lights that provide levels of
illumination in compliance with Section 1205.3.

5. Shed roofs shall comply with all structural requirements of Chapter
16 and other applicable Sections of the Construction Codes.
3202.12.4.2 Use of space. No public space beneath a shed constructed pursuant

to Sections 3202.12.4 shall be used for the display, sale or storage of produce or
containers. This restriction shall not apply to the temporary storage of materials
incident to loading and unloading.
Exception: An area specifically designated as a market area for the retail

or wholesale sale of produce on the premises is permitted to be used for
the display, sale or storage of produce or containers.
3202.12.4.3 Special conditions. The foregoing rules shall be observed by the

code official as a guide in issuing permits for market sheds except where the
conditions are so obviously at variance with these general rules as to require
special consideration. Cases requiring special consideration shall be reviewed as
modifications pursuant to Section 104.10.
3202.12.5 Loading platforms. The code official is authorized to approve loading

platforms projecting more than 5 feet (1524 mm) beyond the lot line or building
restriction line, if one exists, in Commercial and Industrial Districts. Canopies over such
platforms shall be permitted. Special approval by the code official shall be required for
such platforms and canopies.
3202.12.6 Platform scales. Platform scales projecting on public space are permitted in
Commercial and Industrial Districts. Plans for such platform scales shall be submitted to
and approved by DDOT.
3202.13 Enclosed sidewalk cafés. Enclosed sidewalk cafés including enclosed cafes located
wholly or partially beyond the lot line or within a building restriction area, if one exists, shall
comply with Sections 3202.13.1 through 3202.13.2 and all other applicable sections of the
Construction Codes.
3202.13.1 Permits. Permits for enclosed sidewalk cafés shall be issued by the code
official and shall comply with all applicable laws and regulations. Each application shall
be accompanied by drawings of the structure, prepared and signed by a structural
engineer registered in the District of Columbia. Other enforceable laws and regulations
governing sidewalk cafés include: the Enclosed Sidewalk Café Act of 1982, effective
September 17, 1982, (D.C. Law 4-148; D.C. Official Code § 10-1102.02 (2012 Repl.));
DCMR Title 24, Chapter 2 (Rental of Public Space) and Chapter 3 (Administrative
Procedures for Sidewalk Cafés); Mayor’s Order No. 77-150, dated August 31, 1977; and
regulations of the Department of Public Works, 30 DCR 4346, August 26, 1983, now

delegated to DDOT.
3202.13.2 Design. Enclosed sidewalk cafés shall comply with Sections 3202.13.2.1
through 3202.13.2.5.
3202.13.2.1 Walls and roofs. Enclosed sidewalk cafés shall have walls and roofs
constructed of noncombustible materials.
3202.13.2.2 Flooring. Flooring shall comply with Section 804.
3202.13.2.3 Enclosure materials. Any enclosure materials, and the contents

enclosed therein, must be capable of being removed within 24 hours.
3202.13.2.4 Structural requirements. Enclosed sidewalk cafés shall be

constructed in accordance with Chapter 16, Chapter 24 and other applicable
sections of the Building Code.
3202.13.2.5 Means of egress. When the combined occupant loads of the

sidewalk café and the adjacent restaurant exceed 75 persons, two means of egress
shall be provided from the sidewalk café, one of which shall open directly to the
sidewalk, public alley, or public space abutting the café. The second means of
egress is allowed through the abutting restaurant. If two means of egress are
required for the adjacent restaurant, two means of egress shall be required for the
sidewalk café. If one of the means of egress of the café serves the interior of the
restaurant, the width of the respective egress aisle across the café shall meet the
requirement for a corridor serving the combined occupant load of the sidewalk
café and the restaurant.

CHAPTER 33 SAFEGUARDS DURING CONSTRUCTION
3303 Demolition
3307 Protection of Adjoining Property
3303 DEMOLITION
Strike Section 3303.1 of the International Building Code and insert new Section 3303.1 to the
Building Code to read as follows:
3303.1 Construction Documents. Prior to the commencement of any demolition or raze work,
a permit shall be obtained as required by Section 105 of the Building Code. Demolition under
the Construction Codes includes (a) interior demolition; and (b) partial demolition.
Construction documents and a schedule for demolition or raze shall be submitted where required
by the code official. Where a permit is required, no work shall be done until such permit is
obtained.
3303.1.1 Required safeguards. Props, posts, braces, stages, platforms and scaffolding
necessary to provide sufficient strength and rigidity to the portions of the structure being
demolished or razed shall be provided.
3303.1.2 Special approval. No structure, or portion thereof, being demolished or razed

shall be pulled or blasted, unless specific approval is given by the code official.
3303.4 Site treatment. Where a structure or a portion of the structure has been demolished or
razed, site treatment shall comply with the provisions of the Construction Codes and other
applicable District of Columbia laws and regulations.
3303.4.1 Vacant lot. After razing of a structure, the vacant lot shall be filled to the
existing grade and maintained in accordance with the Property Maintenance Code, the
vacant property maintenance standard set forth in D.C. Official Code § 42-3131.12 (2012
Supp.), and any other applicable laws and regulations.
3304.4.2 Grade level of walls. All walls of a building or other structure being razed,
including foundation and interior basement walls (but not including party walls on lot
lines), and all exterior walls being demolished in a partial demolition, shall be reduced to
a level below that of final grade.
Exception: Where inconsistent with party wall or historic preservation requirements.

3303.4.3 Vaults. All vaults (including the walls of vaults) projecting into public space
which are to be abandoned as a part of the demolition or razing project, shall be removed
in their entirety and the depression filled in accordance with the requirements of DDOT.
3303.4.4 Driveways. After razing of a structure, all driveways in public space shall be
removed in their entirety and new curbs and pavement constructed in accordance with
DDOT specifications. The cost of the removal of the driveways and replacement of the
curbs and pavement shall be the responsibility of the person executing the raze.
3303.4.5 Fill. After razing of a structure, excavations, holes, and depressions shall be
filled and leveled to a final grade which will provide good drainage.
3303.4.6 Fill materials. No materials other than Class 1, Class 2 or Class 3 fill material
shall be used in filling depressions and grading the site. All depressions shall be filled;
all excess earth, all building materials, and all debris shall be removed from the site; and
the premises shall be left in a safe, clean and sanitary condition. All work shall be done
in accordance with the Standards and Specifications of DDOE and, where applicable,
DDOT.
3303.4.7 Timing. Deferral, for a period of not more than six months, of the provisions
for site treatment after removal or razing of an existing structure, shall be permitted if a
new structure is to be constructed thereon and the new construction is started at the site
within six months of completion of the removal or raze. If site treatment is deferred, the
site shall be completely fenced and maintained so as to exclude the public from access to
the site during the period between (i) the removal or raze and (ii) the new construction.
3303.8 Lead Safe Work Practices. Demolition and razing shall comply with the applicable
requirements set forth in regulations governing lead-based paint promulgated, or as may be
promulgated, by the District’s Department of the Environment (DDOE) or the federal
Environmental Protection Agency, and in conformance with all pertinent lead abatement
requirements in D.C. Official Code § 8-231.01 et seq. (2012 Repl. and 2013 Supp.), including all
pertinent implementing regulations.
3307 PROTECTION OF ADJOINING PROPERTY
Strike Section 3307 of the International Building Code in its entirety and insert new Section 3307
in its place in the Building Code to read as follows:
3307.1 Protection required. Adjoining public and private property shall be protected from
damage during construction, alteration, repair, demolition or raze of a premises at the expense of

the person causing the work. Protection must be provided for lots, and for all elements of a
building or other structure, including, but not limited to, footings, foundations, party walls,
chimneys, skylights, and roofs. Provisions shall be made to control water runoff and erosion
during construction or demolition or raze activities.
3307.2 Notification. Without limiting the protection requirement specified in Section 3307.1,
where an owner (or the owner’s authorized agent) seeks to undertake work on its premises that
involves (a) the need to install structural support of an adjoining building or structure, including
underpinning or (b) the need to support an adjacent premises (not including a public way), where
excavation is to take place on the owner’s premises, the owner seeking to undertake the work
shall provide written notice to the owners of adjoining premises in accordance with this Section
3307.2.1 advising each owner of an adjacent premises of the proposed work and the need for
specific measures to be undertaken to protect the adjoining premises, and, if applicable,
requesting access to the adjoining premises to install structural support or to provide support for
the excavation on the requesting owner’s premises.
3307.2.1 Form of notification. The owner undertaking the work shall notify the owner
of the adjoining premises by personal delivery, courier or express mail service, with a
copy to the code official not less than 30 days prior to permit issuance. This notification
shall include a copy of all construction documents which relate to the structural support
of the adjoining building or other structure or to the structural support of the excavation,
including any updates or amendments to the work plan that have been submitted with the
permit application(s). The home or business address of the owner of the adjoining
premises shall be determined by the District’s real property tax records.
3307.2.2 Objections by owner of adjoining premises. The owner of adjoining premises

shall have 30 days from the date that a notification complying with Section 3307.2.1 is
delivered to object in writing to the owner seeking to undertake the work on the grounds
that the proposed work plan will not protect the adjoining premises. The objection shall
include technical support for the objecting owner’s conclusions that the proposed work
plan will not protect the adjoining premises. A copy of the objection of the owner of the
adjoining premises, with supporting technical documentation, shall be provided to the
code official by the owner seeking to undertake the work. The code official is authorized,
but not required, to grant a reasonable extension of time to the owner receiving a
notification under Section 3307.2, if necessary to complete the evaluation of the proposed
work plan.
3307.2.2.1 Access to premises. Within the same 30-day period, the owner of
adjoining premises shall indicate whether or not access to the adjoining premises
is authorized, if such access is requested, and the conditions, if any, of such
access.
3307.2.2.2 Resolution of objections. In situations where the owner of an

adjoining premises objects pursuant to Section 3307.2.2, prior to permit issuance,
the owner seeking to undertake the work shall elect:
1. To modify the proposed work plan to incorporate any specific

protective measures requested by the owner of the adjoining
premises and amend the permit application(s) as necessary to
update the work plan; or
2. To request a determination by the code official whether the specific

measures requested by the owner of the adjoining premises are
reasonably practicable and supported by technical documentation.
If option two is elected, following the code official’s

determination, the owner seeking to undertake the work shall
modify the proposed work plan, and amend the affected permit
application(s) as necessary (a) to incorporate any specific measures
deemed necessary by the code official to protect the adjoining
premises; or (b) to forego any proposed work that involves the
need for structural support of the adjoining building or structure or
support of the adjacent premises.
3307.2.3 Access to adjoining property. If the protective work required pursuant

to Section 3307.1 requires access to an adjoining property, the person causing the
work shall obtain written permission from the owner of the adjoining premises to
gain such access in accordance with this section, pursuant to the notification
procedures set forth in this Section 3307.2.
3307.2.3.1 Failure to grant access. If the owner of the adjoining premises

fails to grant written permission (conditional or unconditional) for entry
after appropriate notice in compliance with Subsection 3307.2, then any
protective work requiring access to the adjoining premises shall be the
responsibility of the owner of the adjoining premises, and shall execute
such measures to make safe the premises without delay so as not to
impede or materially delay the original construction, subject to the
provisions of Sections 3307.2.3.3 and 3307.2.3.4. The owner of the
adjoining premises.
3307.2.3.2. Failure to respond. If the owner of the adjoining premises

does not respond within the 30 day period set forth in Section 3307.2.2,
then the owner of the adjoining premises shall be deemed to have elected
to make safe his, her or its premises, and shall execute such measures to
make safe the premises without delay so as not to impede or materially
delay the original construction, subject to the provisions of Sections

3307.2.3.3 and 3307.2.3.4.
3307.2.3.3 Limited access authorized. Where the owner of the adjoining

premises fails to grant access or to respond, as provided in Sections
3307.2.3.1 and 3307.2.3.2, said owner shall be deemed to have authorized
limited access to his, her or its premises in the following circumstances.
1. Where a wall or foundation located on a party line or on the

premises requires underpinning as a result of the proposed
work;
2. Where the underpinning can be provided by the owner

undertaking the work from said owner’s premises, even if the
footing extends onto the adjoining owner’s property; and
3. Where extension of the footing is required to stabilize and

support the adjoining owner’s building, and to avoid
unreasonable delay in excavation and development of the
permitted project.
3307.2.3.4. Access to construction site. Where the owner of adjoining

premises is responsible for protective work, as a result of a failure to grant
access or to respond, under Sections 3307.2.3.1 or 3307.2.3.2, and the
protective work requires access to the site of the construction, excavation,
alteration, repair, demolition or raze on the adjoining premises (the
―Construction Site‖), the owner of the adjoining premises shall obtain
written permission to enter the Construction Site and to undertake such
work as may be required to protect the adjoining owner’s property subject
to reasonable conditions that may be imposed by the owner of the
adjoining Construction Site.
3307.3 Underpinning party walls. Notwithstanding other provisions of this Section 3307,
proper underpinning of existing adjoining or party walls which require underpinning shall be
provided in accordance with applicable sections of this code.
3307.3.1 Party walls. In case of party walls erected in the original city of Washington
(Squares 1–1170), or party walls erected with written consent of the adjoining owners, or
both, the person causing the work that will impact the use or stability or structural support
of the party wall shall notify the adjoining property owner, with a copy to the code
official, not less than 30 days prior to the proposed starting date. This notification shall
include a copy of all documents filed for necessary permits, including any updates or
amendments to the proposed work plan that relate to the use or structural support of the
party wall. The person causing such work need not obtain the written permission from

the adjacent property owner to provide underpinning for the adjoining structure.
3307.4 Party wall maintenance. Where construction work occurs that could affect the
structural integrity of a party wall, the person causing the work shall preserve the party wall from
injury and ensure the structural stability of the party wall at said person’s own expense. The
party wall shall be maintained weatherproof and structurally stable.
3307.4.1 Temporary protection. If the party wall is to remain exposed for 60 days or
less, the exposed portions of the wall shall be protected from weather damage by
tarpaulins, waterproof paper, or other temporary means approved for use by the code
official. Such temporary protection shall be maintained in a weatherproof condition.
3307.4.2 Intermediate protection. If the party wall is to remain exposed for more than
60 days, but less than 18 months, the exposed wall shall be restored and weatherproofed
in accordance with the requirements for the particular type of construction involved. All
plaster and other material not commonly used for exterior construction shall be removed;
all holes shall be properly filled; and masonry party walls shall be repointed.
3307.4.3 Permanent protection. If the party wall is to remain exposed for 18 months or
longer, the party walls shall be permanently restored and weatherproofed in accordance
with the requirements for the particular type of construction involved. Party walls shall
be faced with material commonly used for exterior finish, or restored as closely as
practicable with the facing material and construction of the other exterior walls of the
building left standing, and shall be painted or otherwise finished in a manner similar to
other parts of the building.
3307.4.4 Party wall beam holes. Where a structure involving a party wall is being
demolished, the owner of the demolished or razed structure shall, at his or her own
expense, bend over all wall anchors at the beam ends of the standing wall and shall brick
up all open beam holes and otherwise maintain the safety and usefulness of the wall.
3307.5 Unsafe party walls. If any party wall or portion thereof which is left standing and
exposed after a building is demolished or razed is deemed unsafe or dangerous by the code
official, then the owner of the building that is being demolished or razed shall either remove and
reconstruct, or anchor, brace, or buttress all of those portions of the party wall deemed unsafe or
dangerous, and shall do all other work necessary to enclose properly the building or structure left
standing.
3307.6 Chimneys, soil stacks, vent stacks, and windows. Wherever a new building or
structure is erected to greater or lesser heights than an adjoining building, the construction and
extension of new or existing chimneys, soil stacks, vent stacks, and the location of window
openings shall comply with applicable sections of this code.

3307.7 Adjoining roofs and flashing. Without excluding other repairs or protective measures
that may be required pursuant to Section 3307, the owner undertaking the work shall repair and
restore all flashing on any adjoining building or structure which has been broken or damaged
during any construction, demolition or raze operations, and the owner of the adjoining premises
shall be deemed to have authorized temporary access to his, her or its property to effectuate
repairs to the extent that repairs are required under this section. The owner effecting the repairs
shall also install such new flashing as may be required to protect any joints exposed by such
owner’s operations. Where a new building is being constructed, or a demolition or raze of an
existing building is being conducted, at a greater height, the roof, roof outlets and roof structures
of adjoining buildings or other structures shall be protected against damage with adequate
safeguards by the person doing the work.

Strike Chapter 34 of the International Building Code in its entirety and insert new Section 3401
in the Building Code in its place to read as follows:
CHAPTER 34 EXISTING STRUCTURES
3401 General
3401 GENERAL
Alteration, repair, addition and change of occupancy of existing buildings and structures shall be
governed by the Existing Building Code.

Strike Standard Reference Numbers ASME/A17.1 2007/CSA B44-07, A18.1—2008, A90.1—09,

and B20.1—2009 under subheading ASME in Chapter 35 Referenced Standards of the
International Building Code in their entirety and insert new Standard Reference Numbers
ASME/A17.1 2010/CSA B44-10, A18.1—2008, A90.1—09, and B20.1—2009 under subheading
ASME in Chapter 35 Referenced Standards of the Building Code in their place to read as
follows:
American Society of
ASME Mechanical Engineers
Three Park Avenue
New York, NY 10016-5990
Standard Reference Number Title Referenced in code section
number
ASME/A17.1 2010/CSA B44- Safety Code for Elevators and 907.3.3, 911.1.5, 1007.4,
10 Escalators 1607.9.1, 3001.2, 3001.4,
3002.5, 3003.2, 3007.1,
3007.2, 3008.2, 3008.2.1,
3008.7.6, 3008.8.1,
3009.1,3010.2.2.1, 3010.5.4.1
A18.1—2008 Safety Standard for Platform 1109.8 , 2702.2.6 ,3001.2,
Lifts and Stairway Chairlifts 3010.5.2
A90.1—2009 Safety Standard for Belt 3001.2, 3010.5.3
Manlifts
B20.1—2009 Safety Standard for 3001.2, 3005.3, 3010.5.4,
Conveyors and Related
Equipment

Strike Standard Reference Number ASTM/E 84-09 in Chapter 35 Referenced Standards of the
International Building Code and insert new Standard Reference Number ASTM/E 84-09 in
Chapter 35 Referenced Standards of the Building Code in its place to read as follows:
ASTM International
100 Barr Harbor Drive
West Conshohocken, PA
ASTM 19428-2959

number
E 84—09 Test Methods for Surface 202, 402.6.4.4, 406.7.2,
Burning Characteristics of 703.5.2, 720.1, 720.4, 803.1.1,
Building Materials 803.1.4, 803.9, 803.13, 806.5,
1404.12.1, 1407.9, 1407.10.1,
1409.9, 1409.10.1, 1509.6.2,
1509.6.3, 2303.2, 2603.3,
2603.4.1.13, 2606.3.5.4,
2603.7, 2604.2.4, 2606.4,
2613.3, 3105.3
Insert new Standard Reference Number ICC A 117.1-2009 under subheading ICC in Chapter 35
Referenced Standards of the Building Code to read as follows:
International Code Council Inc

500 New Jersey Avenue, NW
6th Floor
ICC Washington, DC 20001

number
ICC A 117.1-2009 Accessible and Usable 3001.2
Buildings and Facilities
Strike Standard Reference Numbers NFPA/285-11 and NFPA/701-10 in Chapter 35 Referenced

Standards of the International Building Code and insert new Standard Reference Numbers
NFPA/285-11 and NFPA/701-10 in Chapter 35 Referenced Standards of the Building Code in
their place to read as follows:

National Fire Protection
Association
1 Batterymarch Park
NFPA Quincy, MA 02169-7471

number
Standard Method of Test for 718.2.6, 1407.10.4, 1409.10.4,
285—11 the Evaluation of 1509.6.2, 2603.5.5
Flammability Characteristics
of Exterior Nonload-bearing
Wall Assemblies Containing
Combustible Components
701—10 Standard Methods of Fire 410.3.6, 424.2, 801.4, 806.1,
Tests for Flame-propagation of 806.1.2, 806.2, 3102.3,
Textiles and Films 3102.3.1, 3102.6.1.1, 3105.3,
D102.2.8, H106.1.
Strike Standard Reference Number UL/723-2008 in Chapter 35 Referenced Standards of the

International Building Code and insert new Standard Reference Number UL/723-2008 in
Chapter 35 Referenced Standards of the Building Code in its place to read as follows:
Underwriters Laboratories,
Inc.
333 Pfingsten Road
UL Northbrook, IL 60062-2096

number
723—2008 Standard for Test for Surface 202, 402.6.4.4, 406.7.2,
Burning Characteristics of 703.5.2, 720.1, 720.4, 803.1.1,
Building Materials 803.1.4, 803.9, 803.13, 806.5,
1404.12.1, 1407.9, 1407.10.1,
1409.9, 1409.10.1, 1509.6.2,
1509.6.3, 2303.2, 2603.3,
2603.4.1.13, 2606.3.5.4,
2603.7, 2604.2.4, 2606.4,
2613.3, 3105.3
Under subheading DOL in Chapter 35 of the Building Code, insert a new standard reference to
read as follows:

U.S. Department of Labor
c/o Superintendent of Documents
U.S. Government Printing Office
DOL Washington, D.C. 20402-9325
Standard Reference Number Title Referenced in code section number

29 CFR 1910 Powered Platforms for Building
Subpart F Maintenance 1607
Standard 1910.66
Insert new subheading Enterprise Community Partners in Chapter 35 of the Building Code and
insert, under that subheading, a new standard reference to read as follows:
Enterprise Community Partners,

Inc.
Enterprise 70 Corporate Center
Community 11000 Broken Land Parkway
Suite 700
Partners

number
Enterprise Green Enterprise Green 101.4.9.4.2.3
Communities Criteria 2011 Communities Criteria
Insert new subheading EPA in Chapter 35 of the Building Code and insert, under that
subheading, new standard references to read as follows:
Environmental Protection Agency

Ariel Rios Building
EPA 1200 Pennsylvania Avenue, N.W.
Washington, DC 20460
Standard Reference Referenced in code section

Number Title number
Energy Star New Homes New Homes Program 101.4.9.4.2.4
Program Version 3
Energy Star Multifamily High Multifamily High Rise 101.4.9.4.2.4

Rise Program Program
Under subheading ICC in Chapter 35 of the Building Code, insert a new standard reference to
read as follows:
International Code Council Inc

500 New Jersey Avenue, NW
6th Floor
ICC Washington, DC 20001

number
ICC-700-2012 National Green Building 101.4.9.4.2.4
Standard
Insert new subheading USGBC in Chapter 35 of the Building Code and insert, under that
subheading, new standard references to read as follows:
U.S. Green Building Council

USGBC 2101 L Street, NW, Suite 500
Washington, DC 200376
Standard Reference Referenced in code section

Number Title number
LEED-NC 2009 New Construction & Major 101.4.9.4.2.2
Renovations
LEED-CI 2009 Commercial Interiors
LEED-CS 2009 Core & Shell
LEED 2009 Healthcare
LEED 2009 Homes
LEED 2009 Homes Multi-Family Midrise
LEED 2009 Retail: Commercial Interiors

LEED 2009 Retail: New Construction &
Major Renovations
LEED 2009 Schools
LEED-EB 2009 Existing Buildings: Operations

& Maintenance

APPENDIX E SUPPLEMENTARY ACCESSIBILITY REQUIREMENTS
Appendix E of the International Building Code is adopted as Appendix E of the Building Code
with the following amendments.
SECTION
E102 Definitions
E104 Special Occupancies
E102 DEFINITIONS
Insert a new definition in Section E102.1, Appendix E, of the Building Code, to read as follows.
TTY. An abbreviation for teletypewriter. Machinery that employs interactive text-based

communication through the transmission of coded signals across the telephone network. TTYs
may include, for example, devices known as TDDs (telecommunication display devices or
telecommunication devices for deaf persons), or computers with special modems. TTYs are also
called text telephones.
E104 SPECIAL OCCUPANCIES
Strike Section E104.1, Appendix E of the International Building Code in its entirety and insert
new Section E104.1 in Appendix E of the Building Code in its place to read as follows:
E104.1 General. Transient lodging facilities shall be provided with accessible features in
accordance with Sections E104.2, E104.3 and E104.5. Group I-3 occupancies shall be provided
with accessible features in accordance with Sections E104.3 and E104.4.
Insert new Section E104.5, in Appendix E of the Building Code to read as follows:
E104.5 Vanity countertop space. In transient lodging facilities, if vanity countertop space is
provided in toilet or bathing rooms serving sleeping units that are not required to be accessible,
then accessible vanity countertop space, comparable in terms of size and proximity to the
lavatory, shall also be provided in toilet rooms or bathrooms serving accessible units.

APPENDIX N SIGNS
Insert new Appendix N in the Building Code to read as follows:
SECTION
N101 General
N101 GENERAL
N101.1 General. This section shall govern the erection, hanging, placing, painting, display, and
maintenance of outdoor display signs and other forms of exterior advertising. Except as
otherwise specifically provided, signs bearing non-commercial statements of fact, belief, or
personal or political opinion posted on private property are not subject to the provisions of this
section.
N101.2 Definitions. The following words and terms shall, for the purposes of this section and as
used elsewhere in this code, have the meanings shown herein.
BILLBOARD. This term includes billboards and poster panels.
N101.3 Permits. No sign subject to the provisions of Section 101 that exceeds 1 square foot
(0.093 m²) in area, unless exempted by Section 101.3.5, shall be erected, made a part of a
building, painted, repainted, placed, replaced, hung, re-hung, altered, repaired structurally,
changed in color, made to flash, or maintained, without a permit issued in accordance with this
section by the code official.
101.3.1 Application for permit. Application for sign permit shall be made upon a form
provided by the code official. Application for a permit to install a sign shall be
accompanied by drawings in triplicate, drawn to scale showing details of construction
dimensions, lettering, and method of attachment of the sign.
101.3.2 Dimensions of the premises. The application shall contain a statement of width
of premises or width and height of the building, or any other dimensions deemed
necessary by the code official to determine the allowable area of the sign.
101.3.3 Materials specifications. The applicant shall furnish specifications or other

information covering type and thickness of materials for the sign and its support.
N101.3.4 Permits for electrical signs. Any sign on or in which lighting of any type is to
be used, or which will be illuminated by artificial means, or which will contain other
electrical features, shall be designed in accordance with Chapter 27 of this code and

require the issuance of a separate electrical installation permit.
N101.3.5 Exemptions from permit. The types of signs and advertising specified in
Sections N101.3.5.1 through N101.3.5.7 do not require permits unless located within
areas requiring review by the Commission of Fine Arts.
N101.3.5.1 Theater bills and changeable copy signs. The changing of bills of
acts and features of theaters on established frames at such theaters, and the
changing of the copy of any authorized changeable copy sign, the wording of
which does not conflict with the provisions of this section.
N101.3.5.2 Billboard advertising. Changing of matter advertised on authorized

billboards and poster panels included in the official list of billboards.
N101.3.5.3 Signs within a building. Any sign located within a building, not
attached directly or painted on a window, and not located within 18 inches (457
mm) of a window or entrance.
N101.3.5.4 Signs on windows. Signs upon a show window, or upon any other
window abutting on, or overlooking a street or public way, within the Commercial
and Industrial Districts as fixed by the Zoning Regulations, which signs advertise
only the name of the occupant of the building, office, or store, the business
conducted or products sold therein, when the aggregate area of those signs does
not exceed 20 percent of the area of the window upon which they are displayed.
N101.3.5.5 Small unilluminated signs. Unilluminated signs located outside of

and unattached to buildings in areas zoned Commercial or Industrial, otherwise
complying with Section N101.6, when such signs do not exceed three (3) per
record lot, when each such sign does not exceed 3 feet (914 mm) in its maximum
dimension and 4 square feet (0.371 m²) in area, and when each of such signs is
located more than 20 feet (6096 mm) back of the building line or of the building
restriction line. Such signs shall be allowed in addition to those for which a
permit is required under this section.
N101.3.5.6 Real estate signs. Real estate signs not exceeding 6 square feet
(0.557 m²) in area.
N101.3.5.7 Vacated property. One sign not to exceed 6 square feet (0.557 m²)
in area, giving the name, business, and new address of the former occupant, is
permitted to be displayed for not more than 60 days.
N101.3a Notwithstanding the limitations and exemptions stated in Section N101.1 and N101.3.5,
a permit is required for the erection, painting, repainting, placement, replacement, hanging,

rehanging, alteration, repair, or change of a sign larger than one (1) square foot in size on the
outside of a building on historic property or located within the first eighteen (18) inches inside a
glazed opening of a building on historic property.
N101.3a.1 Permits shall be issued or denied for signs on historic property bearing
non-commercial statements of fact, belief, or personal or political opinion that
would otherwise be excluded from regulation under this section pursuant to
Section N101.1, and for signs on historic property that would otherwise be
exempt from the permit requirement pursuant to Section 3103.5, based solely on
their compliance with the requirements of 10A DCMR, Chapter 25.
N101.3b Notwithstanding the limitations stated in Section N101.1 a permit is required for the
erection, painting, repainting, placement, replacement, hanging, rehanging, alteration, repair, or
change of a sign bearing a non-commercial statement of fact, belief, or personal or political
opinion that would otherwise be excluded from regulation under this section pursuant to Section
N101.1, if the sign is subject to review by the Commission of Fine Arts under Section N101.4.
Permits shall be issued or denied for these signs based solely on their compliance with Section
N101.4 and applicable Commission of Fine Arts requirements.
N101.4 Commission of Fine Arts submission. The provisions of Sections N101.4.1 through
N101.4.2.9 shall govern applications for review of signs to be made to the Commission of Fine
Arts.
N101.4.1 Shipstead-Luce Act area submissions. All applications to erect signs on

buildings or land within the area controlled by An Act to regulate, the height, exterior
design, and construction of private and semipublic buildings in certain areas of the
National Capital (―Shipstead-Luce Act‖), approved May 16, 1930 (46 Stat. 366; D.C.
Official Code § 6-611.01 et seq. (2012 Repl.)), shall be submitted to the Commission of
Fine Arts for review before a permit is issued. In addition to compliance with all other
applicable provisions of this section, signs within the meaning of the Shipstead-Luce Act
shall comply with the requirements of Sections N101.4.1.1 through N101.4.1.9.
N101.4.1.1 Billboards, roof signs, projecting and revolving signs. Billboards

as described in Section N101.7.6, roof signs as described in Section N101.7.2,
projecting signs as described in Section N101.7.1, and revolving signs as
described in Section N101.7.11, shall not be permitted.
N101.4.1.2 Permissible signs. Single-faced signs, only, shall be permitted upon

the exterior walls of buildings, and all signs shall be stationary. The maximum
sign projection allowed shall not exceed 12 inches (305 mm) beyond the building
or building restriction lines.
N101.4.1.3 Illuminated signs. Illuminated signs shall consist of freestanding,

back-lighted, opaque letters, illuminated by steady light. Exposed sources of sign
illumination shall be prohibited.
N101.4.1.4 Sign dimensions. The aggregate area of all signs advertising any one
business on a building or premises shall be limited to 25 sq. feet (2.322 m²) per
street frontage.
N101.4.1.5 Sign copy. Copy on signs shall be limited to the address or name of
the establishment, or both, and the type of business conducted, as indicated by the
Certificate of Occupancy issued for the premises involved.
N101.4.1.6 Number of colors on sign. No more than two colors, nor more than
one color in addition to black or white, shall be used for any sign, including the
illumination of such sign.
N101.4.1.7 Signs on awnings. Signs on awnings shall be limited to the valance

and shall otherwise comply with other applicable requirements of this section.
N101.4.1.8 Show window lettering. Lettering of signs limited to a show

window, or any other window, abutting on or overlooking a street or public way,
shall cover an aggregate area of not more than 25 square feet (2.322 m²), per
business, nor more than 20 percent of the area of the window, whichever is less.
N101.4.1.9 Nonconforming signs. Despite the limitations imposed by the

requirements above, when the Commission of Fine Arts finds that the sign or the
conditions surrounding it justify granting a variance from or exception to any of
the requirements of Sections N101.4.1.1 through N101.4.1.8 and the Commission
finds that granting such a variance or exception will not impair the intent and
purpose of this section or of the Shipstead-Luce Act, the code official is
authorized to approve an application to erect a sign not conforming to the said
requirements.
N101.4.2 Old Georgetown Act area submissions. All applications to erect signs on
buildings or land within the area controlled by An Act to regulate the height, exterior
design, and construction of private and semipublic buildings in the Georgetown area of
the National Capital (―Old Georgetown Act‖), approved September 22, 1950 (64 Stat.
903; D.C. Official Code § 6-1201 et seq. (2012 Repl.)), shall be submitted to the
Commission of Fine Arts for review before a permit is issued. In addition to compliance
with all other applicable provisions of this section, signs within the meaning of the Old
Georgetown Act shall comply with the requirements of Sections N101.4.2.1 through
N101.4.2.9.
N101.4.2.1 Billboards, roof signs, projecting and revolving signs. Billboards

as described in Section N101.7.6, roof signs as described in Section N101.7.2, and
revolving signs as described in Section N101.7.11, shall not be permitted.
Projecting signs as described in Section N101.7.1, shall be allowed upon
favorable recommendation by the Commission of Fine Arts, which shall include
the maximum allowable projection of the sign.
N101.4.2.2 General restriction. All signs shall be stationary.
N101.4.2.3 Illuminated signs. Illuminated signs shall consist of freestanding,

back-lighted, opaque letters, illuminated by steady light. Exposed sources of sign
illumination shall be prohibited.
N101.4.2.4 Sign dimensions. The aggregate area of all signs advertising any one
business on a building or premises shall be limited to 25 square feet (2.322 m²)
per street frontage.
N101.4.2.5 Sign copy. Copy on signs shall be limited to the address or name of
the establishment, or both, and the type of business conducted, as indicated by the
Certificate of Occupancy issued for the premises involved.
N101.4.2.6 Number of colors on sign. No more than two colors, nor more than
one color in addition to black or white, shall be used for any sign, including the
illumination of such sign.
N101.4.2.7 Signs on awnings. Signs on awnings shall be limited to the valance

and shall otherwise comply with other applicable requirements of this section.
N101.4.2.8 Show window lettering. Lettering of signs limited to a show

window, or any other window, abutting on or overlooking a street or public way,
shall cover an aggregate area or not more than 25 square feet (2.322 m²), per
business, nor more than 20 percent of the area of the window, whichever is less.
N101.4.2.9 Nonconforming signs. Despite the limitations imposed by the

requirements above, when the Commission of Fine Arts finds that the sign or the
conditions surrounding it justify granting a variance from or exception to any of
the requirements of Sections N101.4.2.1 through N101.4.2.8 and the Commission
finds that granting such a variance or exception will not impair the intent and
purpose of this section or of the Old Georgetown Act, the code official is
authorized to approve an application to erect a sign not conforming to the said
requirements.
N101.5 Marking of signs. Every sign for which a permit is required shall be marked with letters
not less than 1 inch (25.4 mm) in height, giving the permit number and date of permit issuance.

N101.5a Signs on Historic Property. Signs on historic property shall comply with the
requirements of 10A DCMR Chapter 25.
N101.6 Character of Advertising. No sign subject to the provisions of Section N101 shall be
erected, hung, rehung, placed, replaced, painted, repainted, repaired, or maintained upon any
structure or upon any wall or roof, or upon any premises, unless such sign advertises a bona fide
business conducted on the premises, and for which business a Certificate of Occupancy has been
issued. The change of sign copy on any sign other than an authorized ―Changeable Copy Sign‖
shall require issuance of a new sign permit.
Exceptions:
1. Signs covered by Sections N101.3.5.1 through N101.3.5.3, N101.3.5.5 through

N101.3.5.8, billboards as described in Sections N101.7.6 through N101.7.6.7.15,
and temporary signs as described in Section N101.8.
2. When buildings are under construction or alteration for a specific use, the code
official is authorized to issue a permit for the construction or erection of a sign
complying with these regulations, if such building or alteration has progressed to
the satisfaction of the code official for its projected use, and application for
Certificate of Occupancy has been filed.
N101.6.1 Area use restriction. Not more than 50 percent of the area of any sign shall be
used to advertise products or commodities actually sold on the premises.
Exception: Devices indicating only time, temperature, or both, shall not be

required to comply with this restriction.
N101.6.2 Removal of signs. Any sign subject to the provisions of Section N101 that was
erected, hung, re-hung, placed, replaced, painted, repainted, or maintained and which no
longer advertises a bona fide business conducted upon the premises as specified in
Section N101.6, is not permitted pursuant to N101.6a, or is not an authorized billboard or
poster panel, shall be taken down, removed, or obliterated within five (5) days upon
notification by the code official or such longer time as may be designated by the code
official, and failure to so comply on the part of the owner, occupant, agent, or person
having beneficial use of any building or premises upon which such sign may be found,
shall subject the owner to the fines provided for in Section 4 of An Act To regulate the
erection, hanging, placing, painting, display and maintenance of outdoor signs and other
forms of exterior advertising within the District of Columbia, approved March 3, 1931
(46 Stat. 1486; D.C. Official Code § 1-303.23 (2012 Repl.)), or to civil fines, penalties,
and fees pursuant to Titles I-III of the Department of Consumer and Regulatory Affairs
Civil Infractions Act of 1985, effective October 5, 1985 (D.C. Law 6-42; D.C. Official

Code § 2-1801.01 et seq. (2012 Repl.)).
N101.6.3 Street clocks. No lettering or advertising matter shall be placed on any street
clock or part thereof, except that the name of the manufacturer of the clock is permitted
to be displayed on the dial in small letters not to exceed one-twentieth of the height of the
dial.
N101.6.4 Signs on vacant property. Display of any sign, poster, or other advertising
medium on or in any part of a vacant building, store, or premises, visible from the street
or public way, other than real estate signs, complying with Section N101.16 and
authorized billboards or poster panels, is prohibited.
Exception: One sign not more than 6 square feet (0.557 m²) in area giving the
name, business, and new address of the former occupant is permitted to be
displayed for not more than 60 days on the vacated premises.
N101.6.5 Directional signs. Directional signs shall not be allowed except as permitted
under Section N101.7.6 for billboards or poster panels, under Section N101.6.4 on
vacated property, and their temporary display for the purpose of indicating the
availability of real estate for sale or lease and the holding of an open house at a particular
property.
Exception: Signs not more than 6 square feet (.557 m²) in area indicating the
location of parking facilities for patrons shall be allowed under permit.
N101.6.6 Special permits. The code official is authorized to issue a permit to erect and
maintain a sign not conforming with this section if the code official finds that such sign
or conditions surrounding such sign are unusual in character, of a type infrequently
encountered, and that approval of the permit will provide an equitable application of this
section basically in keeping with its purpose and intent. The code official in each such
special permit is authorized to impose such terms and conditions as he or she may deem
necessary. Any sign erected under a special permit shall be removed at or prior to the
time specified in the permit for the removal of such sign. If no time is specified, then
such sign shall be removed not later than ten (10) days after notice from the code official
to do so.
N101.6.6.1 Temporary decorations for buildings. The code official is

authorized to approve permits for temporary decorations on the fronts of buildings
or on legal projections from buildings in the spirit of a holiday period,
inauguration, or similar occasion. Temporary decorations are permitted to include
greetings, symbols, pictures, and other markings appropriate to the occasion. Any
structures, framework, and fastenings shall be subject to the usual requirements.
Authority is not granted in this section to approve applications for decorations on,

over, along, or across any street or highway, except as provided for in Section
N101.6.6.2. Permits for temporary decorations shall be issued for periods not
exceeding 40 days.
N101.6.6.2 Temporary decorations for streets. Temporary street decorations

shall not be installed on, over, along or across any street or highway until a
special permit has been issued by the Director of the Department of
Transportation. Street decorations are a privilege, not a right, and the Director of
the Department of Transportation is authorized to deny the corresponding permit
or impose such conditions as may be deemed necessary, in the interest of public
safety or welfare. Street decorations shall comply with the following conditions:
1. Street decorations shall not contain any advertising or any form of explicit
or implicit reference to commercial businesses or products.
2. Street decorations shall be substantially related to an event or seasonal

festivity of a civic or religious nature, not occurring more frequently than
once a year.
3. Street decorations shall be stationary and shall be substantially supported

structurally.
4. Street decorations containing electrical wiring or systems shall comply

with Chapter 27.
N101.6a Substitution of Content. Any non-commercial message may be substituted for the
content of any commercial sign allowed under this section.
N101.7 Types of signs. The provisions of this section shall apply to types of signs and
requirements for all signs subject to the provisions of Section N101.
N101.7.1 Projecting signs. Signs projecting from or beyond a building line or building
restriction line shall be allowed in Commercial and Industrial Districts, as defined in the
Zoning Regulations, when supported on iron or steel brackets and stayed securely, or
affixed in an approved equivalent manner, subject to the limitations imposed by Sections
N101.7.1.1 through N101.7.1.3.
N101.7.1.1 Sign projection restrictions. No sign shall project more than 42

inches (1067 mm) beyond the building line or building restriction line, on the
street frontage of a building. Hooded lights are permitted to be placed on
projecting signs solely to illuminate such signs, but the hoods of such lights shall
not project more than an additional 6 inches (152 mm). No part of projecting
signs shall have less than 8 feet (2438 mm) clearance above the surface of a

sidewalk or any other space used by the public, nor less than 15 feet (4572 mm)
clearance above the surface of any driveway in public space. No portion of a sign
shall extend over public space closer than 18 inches (457 mm) from the curb lane.
No sign, including illumination, shall project more than 6 inches (152 mm)
beyond the building line, in alleys.
N101.7.1.2 Double-faced projecting signs. Double-faced projecting signs on the

front of buildings shall not extend above the roof or parapet a distance of more
than one-third of the height of the sign nor more than 4 feet (1219 mm). Such
signs are permitted to return over the roof or parapet not over 18 inches (457 mm)
back of the face of the wall.
N101.7.1.3 Rigid attachment of signs. No sign projecting over public space

shall be so erected or hung as to swing, sway, or revolve in any manner, except
banners or flags. The supports for banners and flags shall also be installed so as
to be rigid.
N101.7.2 Roof signs. Roof signs shall not be erected above the height limit established
by the Zoning Regulations. The base of a roof sign shall not be less than 6 inches (152
mm) nor more than 18 inches (457 mm) above the roof parapet wall on which it is
erected or affixed. The height of a roof sign shall not exceed half of the width of its base.
In no case shall such sign exceed the maximum area fixed by Section N101.10.
N101.7.2.1 Attachments. All roof signs shall be securely braced and fastened
with lag screw expansion bolts, anchor plates, or by another approved structurally
sound method, to prevent accidents in high winds. Roof signs shall not be erected
or hung so as to swing, sway, or revolve in any manner. Complete structural plans
indicating roof construction, method of attachment, and sign framing shall be
provided with all applications for roof sign permits.
N101.7.2.2 Height limit. Lettering, advertising, or display of any character, other

than religious symbols, is prohibited above the limit of height established by the
Zoning Regulations, on spires, towers, domes, minarets, pinnacles, penthouses,
ventilation shafts, chimneys, smokestacks, water storage tanks, cooling towers, or
on any other support media extending above said height limit.
N101.7.3 Signs supported by projecting construction. Signs are permitted to be

supported by canopies, marquees, porticos, and roofs of show windows constructed so as
to safely support the weight of the sign or signs, in addition to the required snow and
wind loads. Such signs shall not extend more than 42 inches (1067 mm) beyond the
building line, except as provided for in Section N101.7.1.
N101.7.4 Signs on awnings or similar projections. One horizontal line of letters, each

letter not to exceed 12 inches (305 mm) in height, is permitted to be placed or painted on
the vertical faces of valances, or on top of or hung from a canopy, marquee, portico, or
awning. Where the line of letters is placed on top or hung from a marquee, canopy,
portico, or awning, it shall be constructed in the so-called ―skeleton‖ design, composed of
separate letters without background or border. The line of letters shall designate only the
street number of the premises and the name of the occupant or building or trade name.
Such signs shall also be permitted in Residential Districts and Special Purpose Districts
for apartment houses and hotels only. Signs on awnings, marquees, and canopies located
on historic property shall comply with the requirements of 10A DCMR, Chapter 25.
N101.7.5 Banner signs and flags. No banner, sign or flag used for advertising purposes
shall be erected, hung, attached, or affixed to any pole, staff, or other appurtenance,
unless a permit for it has been issued, nor shall such banner, sign, or flag extend over
public space more than 42 inches (1067 mm), or be hung or maintained less than 14 feet
above a public parking, sidewalk or roadway.
N101.7.5.1 Barber poles. Barber poles on public space attached to a building

shall not project more than 42 inches (1067 mm) from the building line and
provide not less than 8 feet (2438 mm) clearance above the sidewalk or existing
ground level.
N101.7.6 Billboards. The provisions of this section shall govern billboards in the
District of Columbia.
N101.7.6.1 Authorized list. Only those billboards which were in existence as of

January 1, 1972, that are contained in the ―Authorized List of Billboards, Three-
sheet Poster Boards, and Wall Signs,‖ dated November 30, 1931, as amended
through December 31, 1971, are authorized to remain in place, subject to the
conditions in Sections N101.7.6.1 through N101.7.6.7.15.
N101.7.6.2 Existing authorized billboards. Any existing billboard contained in

the authorized list referred in Section N101.7.6.1 shall be permitted to be
maintained, repaired, altered, or rebuilt under authority of permits issued by the
code official. No change in size or location is authorized and the maintenance
and repair requirements of Section N101.7.6.5 shall be met.
N101.7.6.3 Unauthorized billboards. Billboards which were not included in the

authorized list referred in Section N101.7.6.1 are without authority, unless erected
in accordance with Sections N101.7.6.6 through N101.7.6.7. All unauthorized
billboards shall be removed by the owner. No such billboard shall be replaced in
any form or in any location, unless a new permit is issued in accordance with
Sections N101.7.6.6 through N101.7.6.7.

N101.7.6.4 Razed billboards. Any billboard which is included in the authorized
list referred in Section N101.7.6.1 and which is razed, demolished, or obliterated,
shall be stricken from the authorized list. No such billboard shall be replaced in
any form or in any location, unless a new permit is issued in accordance with
Sections N101.7.6.6 through N101.7.6.7.
N101.7.6.5 Maintenance and repair. Whenever the code official finds that any billboard
on the authorized list referred to in Section N101.7.6.1, or erected under a permit issued
in accordance with Sections N101.7.6.6 through N101.7.6.7, is not maintained in good
repair and has not deteriorated more than 50 percent of its replacement value, the code
official shall notify the owner thereof and order him to repair the billboard within a
specified time but not less than 10 calendar days. If the code official finds that the
billboard has deteriorated more than 50 percent of its replacement value, or is not
repaired within the time specified in the repair notice, the code official shall notify the
owner of the billboard and the owner of the real property on which said billboard is
located to remove the billboard from the property within a specified time. All billboards
ordered to be removed shall be stricken from the authorized list when the time limit set in
the removal notice ends. Failure to comply shall subject said owners, upon conviction or
adjudication, to the fines provided for in Section 4 of An Act to regulate the erection,
hanging, placing, painting, display and maintenance of outdoor signs and other forms of
exterior advertising within the District of Columbia, approved March 3, 1931 (46 Stat.
1486; D.C. Official Code § 1-303.23), or to civil fines, penalties, and fees pursuant to
Titles I-III of the Department of Consumer and Regulatory Affairs Civil Infractions Act
of 1985, effective October 5, 1985 (D.C. Law 6-42; D.C. Official Code § 2-1801.01 et
seq.).
N101.7.6.6 Permit required. No billboards shall be erected, placed, maintained

or relocated within the District of Columbia unless an application for permit is
approved by the code official.
1. Permit applications. Permit applications shall be made upon forms

provided by the code official. Permit applications shall be accompanied
by four (4) sets of drawings showing details of construction, foundations,
lighting, location of the billboard in relation to property lines, and relation
to any other billboards located within 500 feet (152 400 mm) of the
billboard for which the application is submitted. A separate electrical
permit is required for billboards containing any electrical features.
2. Permit fee. The permit application must be accompanied by a fee

pursuant to Section 108.
3. Zoning compliance. Billboard permit applications shall comply with the

Zoning Regulations. However, where a billboard is to be located in an
area, which, in the judgment of the Zoning Administrator is not permitted,
the Zoning Administrator shall notify the applicant in writing that the
application for permit is denied for failure to conform to the Zoning
Regulations, indicating the applicable provisions of the Zoning
Regulations. The Zoning Administrator’s decision may be appealed to the
Board of Zoning Adjustment as prescribed by its rules.
4. Shipstead-Luce Act and Old Georgetown Act areas. Where a billboard

is to be located in an area covered either by the Shipstead-Luce Act or the
Old Georgetown Act, the application and supporting material shall be
transmitted to the Commission of Fine Arts for review under Sections 6-
611.01 and 6-1202 of the D.C. Official Code (2012 Repl.).
5. Permit denial. If the code official denies a billboard permit, the basis for
the denial shall be stated in writing, including references to the statutory or
regulatory provisions that would be violated if the permit were granted.
The code official shall notify the applicant in writing with the reasons for
denial of the permit.
N101.7.6.7 Design standards. Billboard permit applications shall comply with

items 1 through 15 below, before a permit shall be issued:
1. The billboard shall not contain any moving parts, except where such
moving parts are used to convey public service information such as time,
temperature, date, weather, or similar information.
2. The billboard shall not contain flashing, intermittent, moving, or neon

lights; the billboard shall not be lighted so as to permit beams of light to
be directed at any portion of a public right-of-way, which beams of light
are of such intensity or brilliance as to cause glare or impair the vision of
any driver, or otherwise interfere with the driver’s operation of a motor
vehicle; the billboard shall not obstruct or undermine the traffic
information systems of signs and lights.
3. The billboard shall not be located on lots of less than 50 feet (15240 mm)
of street frontage, nor shall billboard length be more than half the street
frontage of the lot where it is proposed to be erected.
4. The billboard shall not be located within 200 feet (60960 mm) of an
existing billboard.
5. When located along an Interstate Highway or a controlled Access Primary

Roadway within the Federal Aid Primary Urban Extension System as
designated by the D.C. Department of Transportation, the billboard shall
not be located less than 500 feet (152400 mm) from an existing billboard.
6. The billboard shall not be located on lots within 200 feet (60960 mm) of
any Residential District, as defined by the Zoning Regulations.
7 The billboard shall not be located within 200 feet (60960 mm) of any park
or building owned or under the control of the government of the District of
Columbia or of the Federal Government.
8. The billboard shall not be located within 300 feet (91440 mm) of any
Historic Landmark or in or within 300 feet (91440 mm) of any Historic
District as listed in the District of Columbia Inventory of Historic Sites.
9. The billboard shall not be visible from the nearest right-of-way line of any
Interstate Highway or Federal Aid Primary Urban Extension System route,
as designated by the D.C. Department of Transportation, or on any surface
or elevated right-of-way of the Washington Metropolitan Area Transit
Authority system, except as authorized under item 10 of this section.
10. Where permitted by the Zoning Regulations, billboards shall be permitted

that do not comply with item 9 of this section, provided such billboards
are located more than 200 feet (60960 mm) from any of the right-of-ways
mentioned therein.
11. The billboards shall be set back from each property line of the lot where it
is proposed to be erected, a distance of at least one (1) foot (305 mm) for
each foot (305 mm) of overall billboard height.
12. The billboard shall not have a net advertising area in excess of 300 square
feet (27.9 m²) for each sign face. For the purpose of this section, net area
shall be considered exclusive of any border, trim, ornamental base, apron
supports or other structural members.
13. The billboard shall be designed and installed so as to maintain a minimum

clearance of 8 feet (2438 mm) from the ground, as measured from the
adjacent grade.
14. The billboard shall not exceed 25 feet (7620 mm) in overall height as
measured from grade at the center line of the billboard to the level of the
highest point of the billboard.

15. The billboard shall conform to Section N101.11.
N101.7.7 Signs on side walls. Where no sign or signs exist on the side wall of any
building or structure, no permit shall be issued for the erection, hanging or painting of a
sign or signs on such side wall, except as provided in Sections N101.7.7.1 and
N101.7.7.2.
N101.7.7.1 Corner buildings and alleys entrances. The code official shall be
authorized to issue permits to erect, hang, or paint a sign or signs on those side
walls of a corner building which abut a public street, or on those side walls of
buildings which have a public entrance opening for business purposes upon an
alley, when such signs comply with the provisions of this section.
N101.7.7.2 Walls facing parking lots. A building with adjoining parking lots
used in connection with such building shall be permitted to have side wall signs
facing over such parking lots toward a street or alley fronting on such lots.
N101.7.8 Signs on public space. No structure or standard used as a sign, bulletin, or
advertisement of any sort shall be built, placed, erected, hung, maintained, or left in or
upon any street, avenue, alley, highway, footway, sidewalk, parking or other public space
in the District of Columbia, unless specifically approved by the code official, including
the use of directional signs as described in Section N101.6.5, in accordance with
provisions of this section.
N101.7.9 Transported signs or banners. No advertising sign or banner shall be carried

or transported on or over any public space. The provisions of this section shall not apply
to signs displayed on vehicles and advertising the bona-fide business of the owner. This
section shall not be construed to apply to banners or signs carried by members of any
labor organization or similar body, whether employers or employees, publicizing the
existence of or facts about any labor dispute or to any other sign bearing non-commercial
statements of fact, belief, or personal or political opinion.
N101.7.10 Commercial advertising on WMATA vehicles. Despite the provisions of

Section N101.7.9, or any other law, the sale and use of commercial revenue advertising
space on the rear and side exteriors, or entire exterior surfaces of Metrobus public transit
vehicles under the control and operation of the Washington Metropolitan Area Transit
Authority (WMATA) shall be permitted for such vehicles operating on public space
within the District of Columbia, subject to the conditions of Sections N101.7.10.1
through N101.7.10.2.
N101.7.10.1 Observance of the law. No advertisement shall be accepted by

WMATA which violates this code or any other District of Columbia or federal
law.

N101.7.10.2 Public service announcements. The rear and side exterior
advertising space on at least 10 percent of the total number of Metrobus vehicles
available for public transit operations shall be reserved for free public service
announcements and advertisements regarding community, art, cultural,
educational, and similar events.
N101.7.11 Revolving signs. Revolving signs shall be permitted in Commercial and

Industrial Districts as defined in the Zoning Regulations, when located entirely upon the
land of the owner and not projecting beyond the building line, subject to the conditions of
Sections N101.7.11.1 through N101.7.11.7. As used in this section, ―revolving sign‖
includes a sign that displays 3-D, moving, animated, or periodically-changing images or
text.
N101.7.11.1 Location restriction. Revolving signs shall not be permitted on the

roofs of buildings or structures.
N101.7.11.2 Application requirement. Complete details of erection and

operation of revolving signs shall be submitted with the sign permit application.
N101.7.11.3 Color and electrical features. The color and electrical features of
revolving signs shall be approved by the Department of Transportation before
issuance of a revolving sign permit.
N101.7.11.4 Revolving speed. Revolving signs shall not revolve faster than 5
revolutions per minute.
N101.7.11.5 Dimensions. The area of revolving signs shall not exceed 40 square
feet (3.72 m²) per face, and the maximum dimension shall not exceed 3 feet (914
mm).
N101.7.11.6 Clearance and height. Revolving signs shall have not less than 8
feet (2438 mm) clearance above the adjacent ground level, and the total height of
the sign above grade shall not exceed 20 feet (6096 mm).
N101.7.11.7 Illumination. Exposed lights or tubing shall be prohibited on

revolving signs, and illumination shall be from indirect or internal sources.
N101.7.11.8 Vehicular Traffic Safety. No revolving sign may be installed or

maintained if the Department of Transportation has determined that the sign
location, size, or height above grade is objectionable with regard to vehicular
traffic safety.

N101.7.12 Commercial Advertising on Taxicabs. Despite the provisions of Section
N101.7.9, or any other law, the sale and use of commercial revenue advertising space on
the exterior rooftops of taxicabs shall be permitted, subject to the conditions of Sections
N101.7.12.1 through N101.7.12.4.
N101.7.12.1 Advertising dimensions. Exterior rooftop advertising on taxicabs

shall not exceed a size eighteen (18) inches in width, seventeen (17) inches in
height or fifty-six (56) inches in length.
N101.7.12.2 Illuminated signs. Exterior rooftop advertising signs on taxicabs

may be equipped with fluorescent illumination However, flashing, intermittent,
moving, or neon lights or parts are prohibited.
N101.7.12.3 Signs violating law. No advertisement shall be permitted that

violates any District or federal law, including, but not limited to, Sections 28-
3901 through 28-3908 of the D.C. Code.
N101.7.12.4 Public service announcements. Those taxicabs carrying exterior

rooftop advertising pursuant to this section shall devote ten percent (10%) of their
yearly rooftop advertising to free public service announcements and
advertisements regarding health, safety community, art, cultural, educational, or
similar subjects or events.
N101.8 Temporary signs during construction. The code official is authorized to issue permits
for the erection, painting, or affixing of signs on premises where building operations are being
conducted, giving the name and address of the engineers, architects, contractors, financing
institutions, and identifying the project or purpose of the building. Such signs shall comply with
all requirements of this section, and any sign so erected, painted, or affixed shall be removed
upon completion of the building operations, or at any time before completion of building
operations, when ordered by the code official in the interest of public safety, health and welfare.
N101.8.1 Signs in public space. Permits shall be issued for temporary construction
signs, as described in Section N101.8 to be erected on temporary barricades, covered
walkways, construction offices or public space between the building line and such
structures, subject to the conditions of Section N101.8.
N101.8.2 Dimensions. The total area of signs erected on public space pursuant to
Sections N101.8 through N101.8.2 shall be limited to 2 square feet (0.186 m²) for each
foot of street frontage of the lot, with a maximum sign area of 40 square feet (3.72 m²)
for residentially zoned property, and 200 square feet (18.58 m²) for commercially zoned
property. An additional 5 square feet (0.465 m²) of sign area shall be permitted on
barricades to identify each adjoining premises or business.

N101.9 Residential or Special Purpose District limitations. This section shall govern signs
subject to the provisions of Section N101 posted in residential or special purpose districts.
N101.9.1 General Residential District limitation. No sign or signs shall be permitted

in any Residential District, as fixed by the Zoning Regulations unless a permit is issued
by the code official in accordance with the provisions of this section. The exemptions
from the permit requirement stated in Section N101.3.5 shall not apply to signs in
Residential Districts. Signs posted in Residential Districts that bear non-commercial
statements of fact, belief, or personal or political opinion are not subject to the provisions
of this section and shall not require a permit unless the sign is posted on historic property
or is subject to review by the Commission of Fine Arts and a permit is required pursuant
to Section N101.3a or N101.3b.
Exemption. A permit shall not be required for a nameplate not exceeding 1 square
foot (0.093 m²) in area, to advertise a home occupation, and bearing only the name
and occupation of the occupant of the building.
N101.9.2 Zoning restrictions. Nothing within this section shall be construed to grant
any greater area nor any greater illumination than limited by specific order of the Board
of Zoning Adjustment or Zoning Commission. If such a specific order prohibits any
signs or illumination, such specific order shall take precedence over the provisions of this
section.
N101.9.3 Location restrictions. Residential district signs subject to the provisions of

Section N101 shall be located entirely on private property and shall be located on the
portions of the building or premises occupied by the use for which the signs are
authorized.
N101.9.4 Illumination. Residential District signs shall be allowed to be illuminated by

steady white lighting only. No fluctuating, pulsating, or moving lights or lighting
designed to change appearance in any manner shall be permitted in any Residential
District. Where illumination of signs located in any Residential District is by gas tubes,
these tubes shall not be visible but shall be allowed to be so arranged as to provide
indirect light.
N101.9.5 Authorized signs. The code official is authorized to issue a permit for signs
complying with any of Sections N101.9.5.1 through N101.9.5.7.
N101.9.5.1 Temporary automobile parking lots. On temporary automobile

parking lots approved by the code official for such use, the total area of signs shall
not exceed 20 square feet (1.86 m²) facing each street upon which the lot has a
vehicular entrance, in addition to separate signs authorized under Section
N101.9.5.7.

N101.9.5.2 Nonconforming uses. Signs advertising a nonconforming use as
defined in the Zoning Regulations, shall be limited to a total area not to exceed,
for each use, the limits permitted by Section N101.10 or 40 square feet (3.72 m²),
whichever is less. Separate signs authorized under Section N101.9.5.7 shall be
counted towards the limits of this section.
N101.9.5.3 Church bulletins. Church bulletins shall not exceed 20 square feet
(1.86 m²) in area for each church. When approved by the code official, church
bulletins shall be allowed to be placed on public parking upon recommendation of
the Public Space Committee.
N101.9.5.4 Non-profit organization. Signs for each school, college, hotel,

philanthropic institution, non-profit organization, hospital, residential care facility
or church, shall be limited to a total area not to exceed 40 square feet (3.73 m²).
1. Non-profit organization nameplates. When approved by the code

official, a nameplate or nameplates, each such plate not more than 6
square feet (0.56 m²) in area, shall be allowed to be placed on the public
parking at entrance driveways, upon recommendation of the Public Space
Committee. The area of such nameplates shall not be counted towards the
limits on total sign area specified in Section N101.9.5.4.
2. Sign supports. Signs pursuant to Section N101.9.5.4 shall be allowed to

be supported on posts or pilasters where permits have been secured for
posts or pilasters, but shall not be so placed as to extend over any walkway
or roadway unless there is at least 8 feet (2438 mm) clearance above such
walkway or 15 feet (4572 mm) clearance above such roadway.
N101.9.5.5 Apartment house signs. For apartment houses, signs shall be limited
to the name and house number of the building. Such signs shall only be permitted
when facing the street or streets upon which entrances to the building are located.
Such signs shall not exceed for each building frontage, the limits set forth in
Table N101.9.5.5. Signs placed on a marquee, canopy, or awning, as permitted
under Section N101.7.4, shall not be counted towards the area limitation given in
Table N101.9.5.5. For purposes of this section, a group building erected under a
covenant shall be considered as a single building.
TABLE N101.9.5.5
APARTMENT HOUSE SIGNS

MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE
STREET FRONTAGE SIZE OF SIGN ON
(feet)a STREET FRONTAGE
(square feet)b
Up to 45 4
45 to 50 5
50 to 55 6
55 to 60 7
60 to 65 8
65 to 70 9
70 to 75 10
75 to 80 11
80 to 85 12
85 to 90 13
90 to 95 14
95 to 100 15
100 to 105 16
105 to 110 17
110 to 115 18
115 to 120 19
120 and above 20

Note b. 1 square foot = 0.093 square meters
N101.9.5.6 Office buildings, commercial or industrial uses. For buildings or

premises approved by the Board of Zoning Adjustment or Zoning Commission
for office buildings and commercial or industrial uses, the total area of signs, for
each such building or premises, shall not exceed the limit prescribed in Section
N101.10, or 40 square feet, (3.73 m²), or such other limitation as may have been
imposed by the Board of Zoning Adjustment or Zoning Commission, whichever
is less. Such signs shall be attached flat against the wall of the building, unless
they conform to Section N101.9.5.6.1.
N101.9.5.6.1 Signs beyond the wall. Signs pursuant to Section

N101.9.5.6 shall be permitted on canopies, marquees, porticos, and
awnings located entirely on private property, where placed or painted in
the manner and with the limitations described in Section N101.7.4. Signs
so placed shall be counted towards the maximum allowable area of signs.
N101.9.5.7 Parking rate signs. Where Section 612 of DCMR 24, ―Public Space
and Safety‖ requires that a schedule of auto parking charge rates be posted, a
separate sign setting forth such schedule, not more than 20 square feet (1.86 m²)

in area, shall be allowed in addition to the areas otherwise permitted in Sections
N101.9.5.1 and N101.9.5.2.
N101.9.6 Signs in Special Purpose Districts. For buildings or premises located in a

Special Purpose District, as defined in the Zoning Regulations, the total area of signs
subject to the provisions of Section N101 shall not exceed the limits set forth in Table
N101.9.6, nor those imposed by any specific order of the Board of Zoning Adjustment or
Zoning Commission.
TABLE N101.9.6
SIGNS IN SPECIAL PURPOSE DISTRICTS
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE
SIZE OF SIGN ON
STREET FRONTAGE
STREET FRONTAGE
(feet)a
(square feet)b
Up to 40 40 ft²
40 to 100 1 ft² per foot of frontage
100 ft² plus
Over 100 0.5 ft² per foot of frontage
over 100

Note b. 1 square foot = 0.093 square meters
N101.10 Maximum size of signs. In any district other than Residential or Special Purpose
Districts, the total area of sign or signs subject to the provisions of Section N101 and attached to,
displayed from, or erected upon any building, lot, or parcel of land, shall not exceed the limits
prescribed in Sections N101.10.1 through N101.10.7.
N101.10.1 One story buildings. Two square feet (0.19 m²) for each foot of width of
front of building occupied by the business or profession to be advertised, such signs or
signs to be placed on the front under consideration within the limits of the portion of the
front in which the business advertised is located. Roof signs shall not exceed 100 square
feet (9.29 m²) facing any one street frontage.
N101.10.2 First floor stores or businesses in multi-story buildings. The provisions of

Section N101.10.1 shall apply, except that such signs shall be kept within a height of 20
feet (6096 mm) above the sidewalk.
N101.10.3 Upper stories of multi-story buildings. The total area of all signs above the
20-foot height specified in Section N101.10.2 shall not exceed the limits set forth in
Table N101.10.3, for each street frontage.

TABLE N101.10.3
SIGNS ABOVE THE FIRST STORY
AREA OF WALL ABOVE 20

MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE
FEET ABOVE THE
AREA OF SIGNS ABOVE 20
SIDWALK, ON STREET
FEET ABOVE SIDEWALK
FRONTAGE
ON STREET FRONTAGE
(square feet)a
Up to 1600 40 ft²
1/40 of area of wall above 20 ft
1600 to 4000
height
100 ft² roof signs, or 1/40 of area of
Over 4000 wall above 20 ft height for signs
below roof
Note a. 1 square foot = 0.093 square meters
N101.10.4 Single occupancy buildings. Where an entire building over one story in
height is occupied by one business, store or occupant, the total area of all signs on each
street frontage shall not exceed the limits set forth in Table N101.10.4.
TABLE N101.10.4
SIGNS ON SINGLE-OCCUPANT MULTI-STORY BUILDINGS
AREA OF WALL MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE

ON STREET FRONTAGE AREA OF SIGNS ON
(square feet)a STREET FRONTAGE
Up to 4000 100 ft²

1/40 of area of wall, of which not
Over 4000
more than 100 ft² above the roof
Note a. 1 square foot = 0.093 square meters

N101.10.5 Unimproved lots or lots with a small office. Where a business is conducted
on an unimproved lot or a lot with a small office, 2 square feet (0.19 m²) of sign area for
each foot of street frontage shall be allowed, but not more than 150 square feet (13.95 m²)
per frontage under consideration. The area of the signs of such buildings shall not exceed
that permitted under Section N101.10.1.
N101.10.6 Parking rate signs. Where Section 612 of DCMR 24, ―Public Space and
Safety‖ requires that a schedule of auto parking charge rated be posted, a sign setting

forth such schedule, not more than 20 square feet (1.86 m²) in area shall be allowed in
addition to the areas otherwise permitted in Sections N101.10.1 through N101.10.5.
N101.10.7 Exemptions. Signs exempted from permit pursuant to Sections N101.3.5

through N101.3.5.8 and signs not subject to the provisions of Section N101 shall not be
counted towards the total sign area permitted under Sections N101.10.1 through
N101.10.5.
N101.11 Structural and materials requirements. All signs subject to the provisions of Section
N101 and their supports, including signs exempted from permit, shall comply with all structural
and materials requirements of this section and other applicable sections of this code.
N101.11.1 Wind load. Signs shall be designed and constructed to withstand wind
pressure as provided for in Chapter 16.
N101.11.2 Seismic load. Signs designed to withstand wind pressures shall be considered
capable of withstanding earthquake loads, except as provided for in Chapter 16.
N101.11.3 Working stresses. The allowable working stresses shall conform with the
requirements of Chapter 16. The working stresses of wire rope and its fastenings shall
not exceed 25 percent of the ultimate strength of the rope or fasteners.
Exceptions:
1. The allowable working stresses for steel and wood shall be in accordance
with the provisions of Chapter 22 and Chapter 23.
2. The working strength of chains, cables, guys or steel rods shall not exceed
one-fifth of the ultimate strength of such chains, cables, guys or steel.
N101.11.4 Attachment. Signs attached to all structures shall be safely and securely
fastened by means of metal anchors, bolts or approved expansion screws of sufficient size
and anchorage to safely support the loads applied. Structure to which signs are attached
shall be designed to support the loads applied. Signs shall not be attached to or supported
by unbraced parapet walls.
N101.11.5 Lateral bracing assumptions. For design of lateral bracing in the direction
of the length of the sign, the wind shall be assumed at an angle of 45 degrees with the
front or back of the sign, and the bracing designed for the force on the projected area
perpendicular to the wind.
N101.11.6 Ground supports. Ground supports for signs shall comply with Sections
N101.11.6.1 through N101.11.6.2.

N101.11.6.1 Wood materials. Where wood is embedded in the soil, the wood
shall be pressure treated with an approved preservative.
N101.11.6.2 Metal materials. Metal materials shall be protected from corrosion.
N101.11.7 Combustible materials. Plastic materials shall burn at a rate no faster than
2.5 inches per minute (64 mm/min) when tested in accordance with ASTM D 635.
N101.11.8 Incombustible materials. Signs as specified in Sections N101.11.8.1 through

N101.11.8.5 shall be of incombustible material except that sign cappings, decorations,
lettering, and moldings may be of combustible materials.
N101.11.8.1 Wall signs. Wall signs exceeding 40 square feet (3.72 m²) in area,
flat against, or supported not more than 15 inches (381 mm) away from the wall.
N101.11.8.2 Projecting signs. Projecting signs exceeding 2.5 square feet (0.23
m²) in area.
N101.11.8.3 Ground-supported signs. Ground-supported signs over 15 feet

(4572 mm) in height or located 6 feet (1828 mm) or less from any building.
N101.11.8.4 Roof signs. Roof signs, irrespective of height or area.
N101.11.8.5 Electrical signs. Signs using electricity.
N101.11.9 Use of glass. Glass in signs shall be double-strength plain glass, plate glass,
or wired glass. Glass shall be designed per Table N101.11.9, except that no panel of
more than 10 square feet (0.93 m²) of glass other than wired glass shall be used in signs
projecting over public space.
TABLE N101.11.9
SIZE, THICKNESS AND TYPE OF GLASS PANELS IN SIGNS
MAXIMUM SIZE OF EXPOSED MINIMUM

PANEL THICKNESS OF
TYPE OF
(square feet) GLASS
GLASS
Any dimension Area
(inches) (square inches) (inches)
30 500 1/8 Plain, plate or wired
45 700 3/16 Plain, plate or wired
144 3,600 1/4 Plain, plate or wired

>144 >3,600 1/4 Wired glass
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 square inch = 645 mm2
N101.12 Alteration or relocation of signs. No sign erected before the adoption of these
regulations shall be altered structurally or relocated, unless it is brought into compliance with the
requirements of all applicable regulations for new signs.
N101.13 Dangerous signs. When any sign, including signs bearing non-commercial statements
of fact, belief, or personal or political opinion posted on private property, now or hereafter
erected, hung, attached, or maintained becomes structurally unsafe or otherwise dangerous to the
safety of any building or premises, or to the public, the code official shall order the same to be
taken down, removed, or made safe, and such order shall be complied with by the owner,
occupant, agent, or person having the beneficial use of any building or premises upon which said
dangerous sign may be erected, hung, attached, or maintained. Any such person failing to
comply with the orders issued pursuant to this section shall, upon conviction or adjudication, be
subject to the fines provided for in the Act of March 3, 1931, 46 Stat. 1486, as amended, D.C.
Official Code Section 1-303.23 (2012 Repl.), or to civil fines, penalties, and fees pursuant to
Titles I-III of the Department of Consumer and Regulatory Affairs, Civil Infractions Act of 1985,
D.C. Law 6-42, Section 457.
N101.14 Obstructive signs. No sign, including signs bearing non-commercial statements of

fact, belief, or personal or political opinion posted on private property, shall be so erected, hung,
or attached as to obstruct any window, door, fire escape, balcony, platform, stairway, ladder,
stack, vent pipe, or egress from any building.
N101.14.1 Removal of obstructive signs. Signs in violation of Section N101.14 shall be

removed or relocated to conform with this code.
N101.15 Display of license or permit. The provisions of this section shall govern licenses,
permits and penalties for sign work.
N101.15.1 Display of license. Any person, persons, firm, or corporation engaged in the
business of painting, repainting, placing, replacing, hanging, erecting, or maintaining
signs within the meaning of this section shall have at his, her, their, or its principal place
of business within the District of Columbia the license issued by the Department,
available for inspection by the code official or by any member of the Metropolitan Police
Department, at all appropriate times.
N101.15.2 Display of permit. A permit for the erection, repair, painting, repainting, or
as otherwise provided in this section, of a sign shall be kept on the premises where such
sign is being erected repaired, painted, repainted, or as otherwise provided in this section,
and shall be displayed by the permittee when ordered to do so by the code official or by
any member of the Metropolitan Police Department, at all appropriate times.

N101.15.3 Penalties. Any person failing to comply with these regulations shall, upon
conviction or adjudication, be subject to the fines provided for in the Act of March 3,
1931, 46 Stat. 1486, as amended, D.C. Official Code Section 1-303.23 (2012 Repl.), or to
civil fines, penalties, and fees pursuant to Titles I-III of the Department of Consumer and
Regulatory Affairs Civil Infractions Act of 1985, D.C. Law 6-42, Section 457.
N101.16 Real estate signs. The provisions of this section shall govern real estate signs.
N101.16.1 Public space restrictions. No sign or advertisement relating to the sale, rent,
or lease of land or premises shall be located on the sidewalk or parking of any street,
avenue, or road in the District of Columbia.
N101.16.2 Number, location and size of sign. One (1) painted or printed sign or
advertisement for the sale, rent, or lease of land or premises shall be allowed with the
written consent of the owner or the owner’s agent to be placed, by any one of not more
than three (3) real estate agents, on any lot, piece, or parcel of land abutting on a street,
avenue, or road in the District of Columbia, or attached to the exterior of any building
fronting on them, provided permits are secured for such sign in accordance with Section
N101.16.4. The area of any such sign shall not exceed 40 square feet (3.716 m²) if
located within a Residential district, or 60 square feet 5.58 m²) if located within an
unsubdivided outlying section of the District of Columbia. This section shall not apply to
the temporary placement of directional signs relating to the sale or lease of real estate
which indicate the holding of an open house, or a sign attached to the one painted or
printed sign allowed by Section N101.3.5.6 which indicates that the premises have been
sold, leased, or placed under contract.
N101.16.3 Additional restrictions. Real estate signs shall be located on the premises
advertised. Directional signs shall not be permitted.
N101.16.4 Permit for real estate signs. Under the provisions of the Act of March 4,
1913, 37 Stat. 974, a permit shall be issued to erect, hang, place, paint, or display any
sign advertising the sale, rent or lease of real estate, or which in any manner pertains to
land or buildings, unless exempted by Section N101.3.5.6. No permit shall be required
for the temporary placement of directional signs which indicate the holding of an open
house at a particular property.
N101.16.5 Penalties. The code official is authorized to require the removal of any sign
or advertisement in violation of this section and to institute proceedings against persons
violating this section, and upon, conviction or adjudication, such persons shall be subject
to the fines provided for in D.C. Official Code § 1-303.23 (2012 Repl.), or to civil fines,
penalties, and fees pursuant to Titles I-III of the Department of Consumer and Regulatory
Affairs Civil Infractions Act of 1985, D.C. Official Code §§ 2-1801 et seq. (2012 Repl.).

N101.17 Rules for Special Signs. The code official is authorized to issue a permit for a ―Special
Sign,‖ as defined in Section N101.17.1. Special Signs shall be subject to the rules of this section
and not to the rules in this chapter pertaining to billboards, poster panels, wall signs, and other
specific types of signs. The rules of this section shall apply only to Special Signs.
N101.17.1 Definitions. As used in this section, the following definitions apply:
Special Sign: A sign which meets the standards listed in Section N101.17.5, that is
erected, hung, placed, posted, painted, displayed or maintained on an outdoor or exterior
wall or surface of a building pursuant to a Special Sign Permit issued by the Director of
the Department. A Special Sign shall only include signs that are erected, hung, placed,
painted, displayed or maintained on an outdoor or exterior wall or surface that is not self-
standing, except as provided in this section. A Special Sign shall be one of the thirty-two
special signs approved by the Director pursuant to the Rules for Special Signs adopted
September 22, 2000 (47 DCR 7695 – 7700).
Exception: The twelve (12) self-standing special signs approvals, existing as of

January 1, 2004, shall be allowed to remain and/or be transferred within the area
specified in Section N101.17.7(b); provided that transfers of existing self-standing
signs to a new self-standing location are subject to the following additional
conditions: (i) that transferred self-standing signs are permitted only as temporary
signs for a two (2) year time period beginning on the latter of the dates of issuance of
the transfer permit or the date of issuance of the associated building permit for the
special sign structure; and (ii) that the location to which the self-standing sign is
transferred is a future construction site to be developed in the foreseeable future, as
demonstrated by development plans, marketing materials, or ongoing administrative
processes to develop the site. Sign support structures that are either attached to an
adjacent building wall or within twelve (12) inches of an adjacent building wall (to
ensure that the wall is not damaged) are not considered ―self-standing‖ for the
purposes of the special sign regulations.
Call to Action: An explicit, specific or blatant message to consumers from the sponsor
that asks consumers to take action by purchasing, using, utilizing or considering the use
of a sponsor’s product and/or service, including without limitation providing price or
value information (e.g., ―affordable‖ or ―5% interest rate available‖) and inducements to
act (e.g., ―one month’s free service when you buy‖).
Logo: The symbol, emblem, typeface, or other visual device used by the sponsor to
identify itself and to distinguish itself from others in the marketplace.
Permit Holder: The individual or entity who or which holds a Special Sign Permit
validly issued and in good standing in accordance with the requirements of this section

and with all other applicable terms and conditions of Chapter 31, and who or which
makes such Special Sign available for sponsorship or community service as provided
herein.
Sponsor: The entity that contracts with the Permit Holder for the use of a Special Sign
to display the Sponsor’s artwork that meets the visual and text standards of Section
3115.4.2.5.
N101.17.2 Special Sign Permit. No Special Sign may be erected, hung, placed, posted,
painted, displayed, or maintained in the District of Columbia without the owner of such
Special Sign first obtaining a Special Sign Permit from the Department in accordance
with Section N101.17.3 and approval of the artwork in accordance with Section
N101.17.5. A Special Sign Permit authorizes the sign’s location and particular artwork.
N101.17.3 Special Sign Permit Application. An application for a Special Sign Permit
shall be submitted by the owner to the Director of the Department, or his designee, on a
form provided by the Department, and shall include the following:
1. Identification of: (1) the applicant; (2) the proposed location of the Special Sign,
by the street address of the building or premises and the face direction of the wall
or surface (e.g., ―northern-facing‖); (3) the proposed linear dimensions of the
Special Sign; and (4) a list of all existing Special Signs, identified by the address
of the premises, located within a radius of one thousand feet (1000 ft) of the
center of the proposed Special Sign;
2. An affidavit signed by the applicant or his duly authorized representative,
certifying that the applicant is in compliance with the Clean Hands Before
Receiving a License or Permit Act of 1996 (―Clean Hands Act‖), effective May
11, 1996, D.C. Law 11-118 (D.C. Official Code § 47-2861 et seq. (2012 Repl. and
2013 Supp.).
3. A permit fee in the amount of one dollar ($1.00) per square foot of the Special
Sign. The permit fee may be paid by check made payable to the order of the ―D.C.
Treasurer.‖ The permit fee may be refunded to the applicant if the permit is not
issued, in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 1 for the refund of unused
permit fees.
N101.17.3.1 Applicant Qualifications. The applicant who or which submits an

application for a Special Permit shall be licensed to do business in the District of
Columbia as a business engaged in outdoor advertising, shall be a business in
good standing at the time the application is submitted and for the duration of the
permit, as evidenced in the Department’s records. The applicant shall not owe
more than one hundred dollars ($100) in taxes or delinquent fines to the District

of Columbia at the time the application is submitted, as evidenced in the records
of the District of Columbia Office of Tax and Revenue, and shall be in
compliance with the Clean Hands Act.
N101.17.4 Review, Approval and Denial of Permit Applications. The Director of the
Department, or his or her designee, shall review and approve or deny a Special Sign
Permit application within twenty (20) days of its submission. Special Sign Permits shall
be issued in the name of the applicant and shall pertain solely to the Special Sign location
identified on the permit, subject to the transferability provisions of Section N101.17.7.
N101.17.4.1 Denial of Application. If the Director denies a Special Sign Permit,

the denial shall be in writing to the applicant and shall state the statutory or
regulatory basis for the denial. The applicant shall have ten (10) business days
from receipt of the denial to correct any defect in the application.
N101.17.5 Approval of Special Sign Artwork. Prior to the erection, hanging,

placement, posting, painting, or displaying of any Special Sign artwork, the applicant
shall obtain approval of such Special Sign artwork from the Department. The applicant
shall submit the Special Sign artwork for approval with the original permit application or
obtain approval for the Special Sign artwork subsequent to the issuance of the Special
Sign Permit. Special Sign artwork shall be submitted to the Director of the Department
or his or her designee, who shall review and act on the Special Sign artwork submission
within ten (10) days of the submission. No Special Sign artwork shall be accepted by the
Department which violates the D.C. Official Code or any other District of Columbia law
or municipal regulation, or federal law. No Special Sign artwork shall be approved by the
Department unless:
1. Identification of the Sponsor of the Special Sign, when provided, is limited to the
bottom center, bottom right or bottom left corner of the Special Sign artwork, and
shall be limited to the words ―Sponsored by [Name and/or Logo of Sponsor]‖.
This Sponsor identification shall be no higher than one-tenth (1/10) of the
maximum vertical dimension of the face of the sign, and no wider than one-third
(1/3) of the maximum horizontal width of the face of the sign.
2. The copy of the Special Sign shall be predominantly pictorial and non-verbal,
with textual matter on no more than 25% of the display area of the sign. The
space occupied by any sponsor identification shall not be counted against the 25%
limitation. Any textual matter or words contained in the pictures of products on
the signs, such as the labeling on soft drink cans, etc., shall be considered pictorial
and shall not count in the calculation of the percentage of textual matter.
3. Any words included in the body of the Special Sign artwork shall not directly or
indirectly identify the Sponsor or any of the Sponsor’s recognizable campaign

slogans, or serve as a direct ―Call to Action‖ on behalf of the Sponsor.
4. The Department of Transportation determines that the sign location, size, and
height above grade is not objectionable with regard to vehicular traffic safety.
5. The Department determines that the sign location is compatible with any existing
park or building under the control of either the District of Columbia or the Federal
government, pursuant to applicable laws and regulations.
6. The distance between horizontal projection of the center of the new proposed sign
and the horizontal projection of the center of any other existing Special Sign
within a one thousand feet (1000 ft) radius is at least five (5) times the sum of the
diagonals of the two signs. This provision shall not affect existing Special Signs
but shall apply to all new Special Signs and to the proposed relocation of any
existing Special Sign.
7. Subject to the limitations placed on the permitted transfer of self-standing signs in

Section N101.17.1, the height of special signs installed as self-standing signs shall
not exceed thirty (30) feet and shall provide eight (8) feet of clearance from the
ground, as measured from the adjacent grade.
N101.17.5.1 Submission of Color Copies. Color copies of the proposed Special
Sign artwork shall be submitted to the Department for approval, in duplicate. The
color copies shall be legible. Once Special Sign artwork is approved, the two (2)
copies shall be stamped ―approved‖ by the Department; one copy shall be placed
in the applicant’s permit file with the Department and be made available for
inspection by the Department, for as long as the sign shall remain on display, and
one copy shall be returned to the applicant reflecting the approval of the
Department.
N101.17.6 Changing Special Sign Copy. A Special Sign permit holder may change the
Special Sign artwork at the permit location by submitting the new artwork for approval in
accordance with the provisions of Section N101.17.5. A ―change copy‖ fee in the
amount of five hundred dollars ($500) must be paid before each new Special Sign
artwork can be approved and changed. The $500 change copy fee in this section is
refundable if the request to change the Special Sign artwork by the permit holder is not
approved by the Director. Changing the copy of a permitted Special Sign shall not entail
an increase of any of the linear dimensions of the sign.
N101.17.7 Transferability of Special Sign Locations. A Special Sign Permit shall be

transferable to a new location only under the following conditions:
1. Except for transfers from locations presently lying outside the area defined in

Paragraph (b) of this section, the transfer is for cause, which only means that: (1)
the lease for the location of the Special Sign is cancelled, terminated, or otherwise
invalid; (2) the Special Sign is partially or totally obstructed; or (3) the location of
the Special Sign is or would be no longer feasible because of construction or
development.
2. The new location is within the Central Business District (C-4), as defined by Title
11 of the District of Columbia Municipal Regulations; the commercial or
industrial portions of the New York Avenue corridor, areas zoned industrial (M,
C-M), as defined in Chapter 8 of Title 11 of the District of Columbia Municipal
Regulations (11 DCMR § 800 et seq.); facilities within the jurisdiction of the
District of Columbia Sports Commission as of November 1, 2001; or the
following areas within the Central Employment Area which are bounded as
follows:
1. Beginning at the corner of F Street, N.W. and 17th Street, N.W., west
along F Street, N.W. to 20th Street, N.W., north along 20th Street, N.W. to
Pennsylvania Avenue, N.W., west along Pennsylvania Avenue, N.W. to
21st Street, N.W., north along 21st Street, N.W. to M Street, N.W., east
along M Street, N.W. to 20th Street, N.W., north along 20th Street, N.W.
to N Street, N.W., east along N Street, N.W. to 19th Street, N.W., south
along 19th Street, N.W. to G Street, N.W., east along G Street, N.W. to
17th Street, N.W., south along 17th Street, N.W. to F Street, N.W.;
2. Beginning at the corner of Rhode Island Avenue, N.W. and M Street,

N.W., northeast along Rhode Island Avenue, N.W. to Massachusetts
Avenue, N.W., east along Massachusetts Avenue, N.W. to 15th Street,
N.W., south along 15th Street, N.W. to M Street, N.W., west along M
Street, N.W. to 16th Street, N.W., south along the east side of 16th Street,
N.W. to Eye Street, N.W., north along the west side of 16th Street, N.W.
to M Street, N.W., west along M Street, N.W. to Rhode Island Avenue,
N.W.;
3. Beginning at the intersection of Massachusetts Avenue, N.W. and 14th

Street, N.W., east along Massachusetts Avenue, N.W. to 9th Street, N.W.,
north along 9th Street, N.W. to N Street, N.W., east along N Street, N.W.
to 7th Street, N.W., south along 7th Street, N.W. to K Street, N.W., east
along K Street, N.W. to 3rd Street, N.W., south along 3rd Street, N.W. to
Massachusetts Avenue, N.W., west along Massachusetts Avenue, N.W. to
Eye Street, N.W., west along Eye Street, N.W. to 9th Street, N.W., south
along 9th Street, N.W. to H Street, N.W., west along H Street, N.W. to
11th Street, N.W., north along H Street, N.W. to Eye Street, N.W., west
along Eye Street, N.W. to 12th Street, N.W., north along 12th Street, N.W.

to L Street, N.W., west along L Street, N.W. to 14th Street, N.W., north
along 14th Street, N.W. to Massachusetts Avenue, N.W.;
4. Beginning at the intersection of Massachusetts Avenue, N.W. and H

Street, N.W., east along H Street, N.W. to the closed alley (formerly Smith
Court) in the mid-block between 1st Street, N.W. and North Capitol
Street, south along that closed alley line to G Street, N.W., east along G
Street, N.W., to North Capitol Street, south along North Capitol Street,
N.W. to Massachusetts Avenue, N.W., northwest on Massachusetts
Avenue, N.W. to H Street, N.W.;
5. Beginning at the intersection of Florida Avenue, N.E. and North Capitol

Street, southeast along Florida Avenue, N.E. to 4th Street, N.E., south
along 4th Street, N.E. to M Street, N.E., west along M Street, N.E. to 3rd
Street, N.E., south along 3rd Street, N.E. to K Street, N.E., west along K
Street, N.E. to 1st Street, N.E., south along 1st Street, N.E. to G Place,
N.E., west along G Place, N.E. to North Capitol Street, north along North
Capitol Street to Florida Avenue, N.E.;
6. Beginning at the corner of M Street, S.E. and South Capitol Street, east
along M Street, S.E., to 1st Street, S.E., south along 1st Street, S.E., to
Potomac Avenue, S.E., west along Potomac Avenue, S.E., to South
Capitol Street, north along South Capitol Street to M Street, S.E.; and
7. Beginning at the intersection of Maryland Avenue, S.W. and Maine

Avenue, S.W., east along Maryland Avenue, S.W. to 9th Street, S.W.,
south along 9th Street, S.W. to Interstate 395, west along Interstate 395 to
Maine Avenue, S.W.
3. The Special Sign in its new location is approved by the Department in accordance
with all other applicable provisions of Section N101.17.
4. The permit holder pays a ―change location‖ fee in the amount of $500. The $500
change location fee shall be refundable if the transfer of the Special Sign permit to
a new location is not approved. If the relocation of the Special Sign is made at the
request of the Department, a change location fee shall not be required.
5. If the Special Sign is painted or drawn onto an existing structure, the method of
removal shall be that the existing structure where the Special Sign has been
placed shall be made neutral prior to the relocation.
6. If a current Special Sign permit for a location that is not in the zone of
transferability, as defined in Paragraph (b) of this section, is transferred to another

location under this section, the Department shall ensure that the current Special
Sign has been removed prior to the relocation and no subsequent Special Sign
shall be permitted to be erected in the former location or area outside the zone of
transferability.
7. No Special Sign shall be installed so as to extend above the lowest portion of the
roofline of an existing building’s dimensions.
N101.17.8 Installation of Special Signs. The installation of a Special Sign shall be done
in a workmanlike manner and in accordance with the standards of the industry. Special
Signs shall be subject to the structural provisions of Section N101.11. Special signs shall
not be installed upon building walls so as to cover any existing windows. A Special Sign
shall only be installed upon a building and no part of either it or its supporting structure
may protrude above the wall upon which it is installed. The topmost point of a Special
Sign or of its supporting structure shall not be higher than the allowable height for a new
building at the premises, under the Zoning Regulations.
N101.17.9 Illumination of Special Signs. Special Signs within five hundred feet (500
ft) of a residential zone, as established in the Zoning Regulations, shall not be
illuminated. Other Special Signs may be indirectly illuminated by projecting artificial
light on the surface of the sign, but shall not be internally illuminated nor be constructed
of or incorporate neon, or any other type of gas or vapor lights. Special Signs shall not
contain movable parts, or highly reflective or fluorescent materials, nor shall they contain
3-D, moving, animated, or periodically-changing images or text.
N101.17.10 Limitations on Special Sign Permits. The Department shall not issue any
new permit, whether as an initial permit, for changes to artwork pursuant to Section
N101.17.5, or for transfer to a new location pursuant to Section N101.17.7, for any
Special Sign to be displayed upon buildings or land located in any of the following areas:
1. In or within one hundred feet (100 ft) of a Residential District, as defined in the
Zoning Regulations, or within one hundred feet (100 ft) of a school or church with
a valid certificate of occupancy for such use, or within one hundred feet (100 ft)
of a federal or District of Columbia park or monument.
2. Between one hundred and two hundred feet (100 ft - 200 ft) of a Residential
District, as defined in the Zoning Regulations, unless the sign faces away from the
residential district and is placed at an angle of forty-five degrees (45°) or less with
the closest residential zoning district boundary line.
3. In or within sixty feet (60 ft) of any Historic District or Historic Landmark or site
listed on the most current edition of the ―District of Columbia Inventory of
Historic Sites‖ as amended from time to time, unless the Special Sign is located

outside a Residential District, on a side-wall or back-wall of the building or site
and historic preservation approval is granted if necessary. Special signs in any
Historic District or on a Historic Landmark or site shall be removed within six
months of its erection, hanging, placement or display.
4. In or within one hundred feet (100 ft) of premises within the area controlled by
the Shipstead-Luce Act (D.C. Official Code § 6-1201.01 (2012 Repl.).
5. In or within one hundred feet (100 ft) of premises within the area controlled by
the Old Georgetown Act (D.C. Official Code § 6-1201 et seq. (2012 Repl.).
6. In a waterfront district (W) and pursuant to specific prohibitions as may be

contained in the Zoning Regulations, as amended from time to time.
N101.17.11 Enforcement of Regulations and Removal of Special Signs. Any

unauthorized Special Sign (including a Special Sign without a permit, or a permitted
Special Sign with unauthorized artwork) shall be taken down, removed, or obliterated
within ten (10) days after receipt of written notification of violation from the Department.
The code official is authorized to bring enforcement actions on behalf of the Department,
which may include the authorization to use the police or other governmental authority to
order removal of, or to remove, the unauthorized Special Sign and the imposition of civil
fines of no more than three dollars ($3) per square foot of sign, per day that the
unauthorized Special Sign fails to be taken down, removed or obliterated. Both the
owner of the premises upon which the Special Sign is displayed and the permit holder are
responsible for taking down, removing or obliterating the sign upon notification by the
Department to do so, and both may be held responsible for any penalties or fines imposed
for the violation. Additional enforcement measures may be taken pursuant to, and
consistent with, the provisions of Section 113, ―Violations and Infractions.‖
N101.17.12 Moratorium on Issuance of Special Signs. Other than for changes in

artwork pursuant to Section N101.17.5, or for transfers of location pursuant to Section
N101.17.7, no new Special Sign Permits shall be issued after November 9, 2000.
N101.18 Rules for Gallery Place Project Graphics. The code official is authorized to issue a
permit for Gallery Place Project Graphics, as defined in Section N101.18.1. Gallery Place Project
Graphics shall be subject to the rules of this section and not to the rules in this chapter pertaining
to billboards, poster panels, wall signs, Special Signs, and other specific types of signs, except
those specific types of signs indicated below. Gallery Place Project Graphics shall not be subject
to Section N101.10 or other similar provisions of this chapter that limit the maximum size or
height of signs, other than the limitations stated or incorporated into this section. All other
provisions of this chapter shall apply, including, but not limited to, Sections N101.3.4 (permits
for electrical signs), N101.7.1 (projecting signs), N101.7.2 (roof signs), N101.7.3 (signs
supported by projecting construction), N101.7.4 (signs on awnings or similar projections),

N101.7.8 (signs on public space), N101.11 (structural and materials requirements), N101.13
(dangerous signs), and N101.14 (obstructive signs).
N101.18.1 Definitions. As used in this section, the following definitions apply:
GALLERY PLACE PROJECT: (a) The project described in D.C. Official Code § 47-
2005(30)(B), except that the lots comprising the project have been combined and are now
known as Lot 50 in Square 454; (b) the private alley located between the project and the
property known as the Verizon Center, Square 455, Lot 47, and (c) the northern facade of
the Verizon Center.
GALLERY PLACE PROJECT GRAPHICS: The outdoor graphics and visuals for
the Gallery Place Project and the private alley located between the Gallery Place Project
and the property known as the Verizon Center, including, but not limited to, banners,
digital screens, digital video monitors, theater marquees, fixed and animated signs for
commercial establishments located within the project, projectors for projecting static and
moving images onto the Gallery Place Project, interactive kiosks, and images projected
onto the facade of the Gallery Place Project.
N101.18.2 Additional Requirements and Restrictions. In addition to all other

applicable provisions of this chapter not exempted by this Section N101.18, Gallery Place
Project Graphics and those graphics and visuals located in the public space immediately
adjacent to the Gallery Place Project shall be designed, located, erected, hung, placed,
posted, painted, displayed, and maintained in compliance with the specifications,
drawings, limitations, and requirements set forth in Illustrations 1 through 6
(―Illustrations‖), which are incorporated by reference into this section and are available in
the office of the code official.
N101.18.2.1 Flexibility on Character of Advertisement. Notwithstanding

Section N101.6, Gallery Place Project Graphics located in those areas identified
in the Illustrations as the ―Corner Heroic Sign Area‖ or the ―Additional Signage
Area‖ may advertise businesses not located on the premises, including the goods
and services sold at such business, provided that the businesses so advertised are
located within the Gallery Place Project.
N101.18.2.2 Displays of Video, Flashing, or Animation. Only that portion of a

graphic or visual which is permitted by Section N101.6.1 to advertise products or
commodities may display video, flashing, or animation.
N101.18.2.3 Intensity or brilliance of signs. No Gallery Place Project Graphic

shall have such intensity or brilliance as to cause glare or impair the vision of any
driver, otherwise interfere with the driver’s operation of a motor vehicle, or

adversely impact an owner’s enjoyment of residential property located within the
Gallery Place Project.
N101.18.2.4 Projection at certain locations. Notwithstanding Section

N101.7.1.1, the following specific rules apply to projecting Gallery Place Project
Graphics:
N101.18.2.4.1 No Gallery Place Project Graphic located in any area

shown as crosshatched in the Illustrations shall project more than 8 inches
(203.2 mm) beyond the facade of the structure.
N101.18.2.4.2 Gallery Place Project Graphics located in the ―Storefront

Signage Areas‖ depicted on the Illustrations may project no more than 48
inches (1219.20 mm) beyond the building line or building restriction line,
on the street frontage of a building.
N101.18.2.5 Revolving Signs. Notwithstanding Section N101.7.11, revolving

signs shall be permitted in the private alley located between the project and the
property known as the Verizon Center, Square 455, Lot 47, subject to the
conditions of Sections N101.7.11.1 through N101.7.11.7.
N101.18.2a Gallery Place Project Graphics Displays in Private Alley. A single,

stationary Gallery Place Project Graphic may be erected and maintained in the private
alley located between the Gallery Place Project and the property known as the Verizon
Center; provided that it complies with the following specific requirements, in addition to
the provisions in Sections 3107.18.2 (Additional Requirements and Restrictions) and
3107.18.2.3 (Intensity or Brilliance of Signs):
N101.18.2a.1 The Gallery Place Project Graphic in the private alley shall consist
of one (1) stationary stanchion to support two (2) digital displays, each measuring
no more than two hundred and eighty-five square feet (285 sq. ft.) and neither of
which shall have any audio or sound, other than de minimis sounds caused by
general operation. The lowest portion of the digital displays shall have at least
nine feet and seven inches (9 ft. 7 in.) of clearance from the sidewalk, and the
highest point of the digital displays shall not exceed a height of twenty-nine feet
and ten inches (29 ft. 10 in.) as measured from the sidewalk. The width of the
digital displays shall not exceed fourteen feet (14 ft.). No portion of the Gallery
Place Project Graphic may project more than forty-two inches (42 in.) beyond the
building restriction line. The maximum distance between the faces of the portions
of the two (2) digital displays that are located in public space shall not exceed
forty-two inches (42 in.). There shall be ten feet (10 ft.) of clearance in every
direction around the stanchion in order to allow for unobstructed pedestrian
movement. The sign and stanchion of the Gallery Place Project Graphic shall be

innovative and sculptural with regard to its overall shape and structural design.
N101.18.2a.2 In addition to other reviews authorized by this section, after

installation of the displays, the brilliance, illumination, and use of full-motion
video, if any, shall be subject to review by the District Department of
Transportation to determine whether the Gallery Place Project Graphic in the
private alley creates a risk for vehicular traffic safety.
N101.18.2a.3 Any commercial advertising messages on the Gallery Place Project

Graphic digital displays in the private alley shall be for businesses, goods, or
services located within the Gallery Place Project.
N101.18.2a.4 Each Gallery Place Project Graphic digital display in the private
alley shall operate only between the hours of 6:00 a.m. and midnight or no more
than thirty (30) minutes after the end of an event at the Verizon Center, whichever
is later, and shall show a minimum of six (6) minutes per hour of public service
content.
N101.18.2a.5 The permitee shall act promptly to make any necessary changes to
the displays to ensure compliance with federal law or the Federal-District
Agreement to control outdoor advertising on federal-aid routes, in the event there
is a representation by the federal government that the Gallery Place Project
Graphics digital displays are not in compliance with such law or agreement.
N101.18.2a.6 The Gallery Place Project Graphic in the private alley shall be
subject to the permit requirements of Sections 3107.18.4 through 3107.18.8;
provided, that the permit fee for the Gallery Place Project Graphic digital displays
shall be three dollars ($3) per square foot of each of the digital displays; provided
further, that the reviews for the initial permit by the District Department of
Transportation and the Office of Planning under Section 3107.18.5 (Permit
Application Referrals) shall be conducted within fourteen (14) days of the referral
date; and provided further, that the initial permit shall be valid for three (3) years
and shall be renewable annually thereafter. Each application for renewal shall be
submitted on or before the anniversary of the permit’s original issuance and shall
be subject to review for compliance with Sections 3107.18.4 (Gallery Place
Project Graphics Permit Application), 3107.18.5 (Permit Applications Referrals),
3107.18.6 (Effect of Adverse Report), 3107.18.7 (Review, Approval, and Denial
of Permit Applications), and other applicable laws or regulations.
N101.18.3 Gallery Place Project Graphics Permit. No Gallery Place Project Graphics
may be erected, hung, placed, posted, painted, displayed, or maintained without the
owner of such Gallery Place Project Graphic first obtaining a Gallery Place Project
Graphics Permit from the Department in accordance with Section N101.18.4. A Gallery

Place Project Graphics Permit authorizes the location, size, and design of the graphic or
visual.
N101.18.4 Gallery Place Project Graphics Permit Application. An application for a

Gallery Place Project Graphics Permit shall be submitted by the owner to the Director of
the Department, or his or her designee, on a form provided by the Department, and shall
include the following:
1. Identification of:
(a) The applicant;
(b) The proposed location of the Gallery Place Project Graphics by the street
address of the building or premises and the face direction of the wall or
surface (e.g., northern-facing);
(c) The proposed linear dimensions of the Gallery Place Project Graphics; and
(d) Such other information as the Director may require.
2. An affidavit signed by the applicant or his or her duly authorized representative,

certifying that the applicant is in compliance with Subchapter II of Chapter 28 of
Title 47 of the District of Columbia Official Code.
3. A permit fee in the amount of one dollar ($1.00) per square foot of the Gallery
Place Project Graphics. The permit fee may be paid by check made payable to the
order of the ―D.C. Treasurer.‖ The permit fee may be refunded to the applicant if
the permit is not issued, in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 1 for the
refund of unused permit fees.
N101.18.5 Permit Applications Referrals. The Director of the Department, or his or her
designee, shall refer all permit applications to the District Department of Transportation
and the Office of Planning. The agencies shall have sixty (60) days from the referral date
to submit a written report to the Director of the Department, except that the Director may
allow for an extension of this period of up to thirty (30) days for good cause.
N101.18.6 Effect of Adverse Report. No permit shall be granted if, within the time
period provided in Section N101.18.5:
1. The Director of the Department of Transportation reports in writing that the

location, size, or height above grade of the visual or graphic is objectionable with
regard to vehicular traffic safety; or

2. The Director of the Office of Planning reports in writing that the proposed graphic
or visual:
(a) Does not comply with the specifications, drawings, limitations and
requirements of the Illustrations; or
(b) Would adversely impact the character and integrity of the Gallery Place
Project.
N101.18.7 Review, Approval, and Denial of Permit Applications. The Director of the
Department, or his or her designee, shall review and approve or deny a Gallery Place
Project Graphics Permit application within twenty (20) days of after the expiration of the
time period provided in Section N101.18.5. Gallery Place Project Graphics Permits shall
be issued in the name of the applicant and shall pertain solely to the Gallery Place Project
Graphics location identified on the permit.
N101.18.7.1 Denial of Application. If the Director denies a Gallery Place

Project Graphics Permit, the denial shall be in writing to the applicant and shall
state the statutory or regulatory basis for the denial. The applicant shall have ten
(10) business days from receipt of the denial to correct any defect in the
application.
N101.18.8 Applicability of Other Laws and Regulations Unaffected. Other than the
exempted provisions of this chapter, the Gallery Place Project shall continue to be subject
to all applicable rules and regulations, including, but not limited to, Chapter 24 of Title
10 (Chinatown Design Review Procedures).
N101.18.9 Enforcement of Regulations and Removal of Gallery Place Project

Graphics. Any unauthorized Gallery Place Project Graphic (including Gallery Place
Project Graphics without a permit) shall be taken down or removed within ten (10) days
after receipt of written notification of violation from the Department. Following the
expiration of this time period, the code official is authorized, through personnel of the
Department or the Metropolitan Police Department, to remove or take down the
unauthorized Gallery Place Project Graphic and to impose civil fines of no more than
three dollars ($3) per square foot of sign, per day that the unauthorized Gallery Place
Project Graphic fails to be taken down or removed. Both the owner of the premises upon
which the Gallery Place Project Graphic is displayed and the permit holder are
responsible for taking down or removing the graphic or visual upon notification by the
Department to do so, and both may be held responsible for any penalties or fines imposed
for the violation. Additional enforcement measures may be taken pursuant to, and
consistent with, the provisions of Section 113, ―Violations and Infractions.‖
N101.18.10 Maintenance and repair. Whenever the code official finds that any Gallery

Place Project Graphic is not maintained in good repair and has not deteriorated more than
50 percent of its replacement value, the code official shall notify the owner thereof and
order him to repair the Gallery Place Project Graphic within a specified time, but not less
than 10 calendar days. If the code official finds that the Gallery Place Project Graphic
has deteriorated more than 50 percent of its replacement value, or is not repaired within
the time specified in the repair notice, the code official shall notify the owner of the
Gallery Place Project Graphic and the owner of the real property on which said Gallery
Place Project Graphic is located to remove the Gallery Place Project Graphic from the
property within a specified time. Failure to comply shall subject said owners, upon
conviction or adjudication, to the fines provided for in Section 4 of An Act to regulate the
erection, hanging, placing, painting, display, and maintenance of outdoor signs and other
forms of exterior advertising within the District of Columbia, approved March 31, 1931
(46 Stat. 1486; D.C. Official Code § 1-303.23 (2012 Repl.)), or to civil fines, penalties,
and fees pursuant to Titles I through III of the Department of Consumer and Regulatory
Affairs Civil Infractions Act of 1985, effective October 5, 1985 (D.C. Law 6-42; D.C.
Official Code § 2-1801.01 et seq. (2012 Repl.)). The code official may extend the time
periods stated in this section upon the owner’s written showing of good cause.
N101.18.11 Rulemaking Authority. Notwithstanding Section 10 of the Construction

Codes Approval and Amendments Act of 1986, effective March 21, 1987 (D.C. Law
6-216; D.C. Official Code § 6-1409 (2012 Repl.)), the Director may amend the
provisions of this section and the specifications, drawings, limitations, and requirements
of the Illustrations by rulemaking pursuant to Section 6 of the District of Columbia
Administrative Procedure Act, approved October 21, 1968 (82 Stat. 1206; D.C. Official
Code § 2-505 (2012 Repl.)), without submission of the proposed rules to the Council for
its prior review and approval.
N101.19 Rules for Verizon Center Graphics. The code official is authorized to issue a permit
for each of up to nine (9) ―Verizon Center Graphics‖ as defined in Section N101.19.1. The
Verizon Center Graphics shall be subject to the provisions of Sections N101.19 to N101.19.16
and the following provisions, as applicable: Sections N101.3.4 (Permits for electrical signs),
N101.7.1 (Projecting signs), N101.7.2 (Roof signs), N101.7.3 (Signs supported by projecting
construction), N101.7.4 (Signs on awnings or similar projections), N101.7.8.1 (Signs on public
space), N101.11 (Structural and materials requirements), N101.13 (Dangerous signs), and
N101.14 (Obstructive signs) except as applied to windows. The Verizon Center Graphics shall
not be subject to any other provision of this chapter or any provision of Titles 10 or 12 pertaining
to the permitting, approval, erection, placing, painting, display, or maintenance of billboards,
poster panels, wall signs, special signs, and any other types of outdoor signs, including, without
limitation, Section N101.10 (Maximum size of street signs) or any other provision of this chapter
that limits the maximum size or height of signs, other than the limitations stated or incorporated
into this section. Nothing in this section shall prevent the operation of Sections N101.3.5
(Exemptions from permit) or N101.6.6.1 (Temporary decorations for buildings) with respect to
the Verizon Center.

N101.19.1 Definitions. As used in Sections N101.19 to N101.19.16, the following
definitions apply:
“Department” means the Department of Consumer and Regulatory Affairs.
“Director” means the Director of the Department or his or her designee.
“Verizon Center” means the property and structure currently known as the Verizon
Center, located at Square 455, Lot 47, including, without limitation, the Gallery Place
Metro entrance on the corner of 7th and F Streets, N.W.
“Verizon Center Graphics” means outdoor signs, visuals, digital displays, and static
canvas displays placed on the Verizon Center, which were not existing on the Verizon
Center as of June 11, 2012, consisting of:
1. Two (2) separate digital displays on the western side of Verizon Center, each
measuring no more than 1,200 square feet, which would replace two (2) static
canvas displays on the western side of Verizon Center as they existed on June 11,
2012;
2. One (1) digital display that forms a right angle around the southwest corner of the
Verizon Center with each display panel of the digital display forming a right
angle measuring no more than twenty-four (24) feet in height and forty-three (43)
feet in width with the top of each panel of the digital display starting at the top of
the glass windows on the Verizon Center as they existed on June 11, 2012;
3. Two (2) separate digital displays, each measuring no more than three (3) feet in
height and eighteen (18) feet in width, mounted on the exterior of the top of the
western and southern entrances to the Gallery Place Metro stat on at the corner of
7 and F Streets, N.W.;
4. Up to two (2) digital displays or static canvas displays in the interior space above
and around the escalators in the Metro station identified in Paragraph 3 of this
section.
5. One (1) static canvas display that forms a right angle around the southeast corner
of the Verizon Center with each panel forming a right angle measuring no more
than twenty-four (24) feet in height and forty-three (43) feet in width with the top
of each such panel starting at the top of the glass windows on the Verizon Center
as they existed on June 11, 2012; and
6. Up to two (2) separate static canvas displays on the eastern side of the Verizon

Center, each measuring no more than 1,200 square feet.
N101.19.2 Intensity or Brilliance of Graphics. None of the Verizon Center Graphics

shall have such intensity or brilliance as to create an unreasonable risk for vehicular
traffic safety as determined by the Director of the District Department of Transportation
pursuant to Section N101.19.8.
N101.19.3 No Sound. None of the Verizon Center Graphics shall have an audio or
sound other than any de minimis sounds caused by general operation.
N101.19.4 Digital Displays. No digital display shall be placed on the exterior of the
Verizon Center that is parallel to any residential building existing as of June 11, 2012.
N101.19.5 Verizon Center Graphics Permit. No Verizon Center Graphics may be

erected, installed, hung, placed, posted, painted, displayed, or maintained without the
owner of Verizon Center or the owner’s designee first obtaining a Verizon Center
Graphics permit from the Department in accordance with this chapter. A Verizon Center
Graphics Permit authorizes the location, size, and structural design of the Verizon Center
Graphics and shall be valid for three (3) years with no limitation on the number of
renewals of the permit. Each renewal of the Verizon Center Graphics permit shall
require a review under Section N101.19.10 if substantive changes to the permit
application merit such review and payment under Section N101.19.6.
N101.19.6 Verizon Center Graphics Permit Application. An application for a Verizon

Center Graphics Permit shall be submitted by the owner, or the owner’s designee, of the
Verizon Center to the Director and shall include the following:
1. Identification of:
(a) The applicant with contact information including the applicant’s telephone
number, e-mail address, and mailing address;
(b) The proposed type and location of the Verizon Center Graphics and the
face direction of the wall or surface;
(c) The proposed linear dimensions of the Verizon Center Graphics and its
projection from the Verizon Center facade;
(d) The proposed structural design of the Verizon Center Graphics;
(e) The proposed intensity or brilliance of the Verizon Center Graphics;
(f) The potentially affected Advisory Neighborhood Commissions; and

(g) Any use on the digital displays constituting Verizon Center Graphics that
the applicant may provide for public service announcements and
advertisements regarding community, art, cultural, educational and similar
events, including public services notices that the District of Columbia
government may want to post.
2. An affidavit signed by the applicant, or his or her duly authorized representative,

certifying that the applicant is in compliance with Subchapter II of Chapter 28 of
Title 47 of the District of Columbia Official Code, and has consulted with or
attempted in good faith to consult with the potentially affected Advisory
Neighborhood Commissions about the permit application.
3. A permit fee in the amount of three dollars ($3.00) per square foot of the Verizon
Center Graphics; provided, that this permit fee may be amended by rulemaking or
act consistent with permit fees for similar signs. The permit fee may be paid by
check made payable to the order of the ―D.C. Treasurer.‖
4. Five (5) copies of the application and all illustrations; and
5. Any other information required by the Director to assist in reviewing the permit
application.
N101.19.7 Permit Application Referrals. The Director shall refer all Verizon Center
Graphics permit applications to the District Department of Transportation and the Office
of Planning within ten (10) days of receipt of the permit application by the Department.
The District Department of Transportation and the Office of Planning shall have seventy
(70) days from the date the Department receives the permit application to submit a
written report to the Director, except that the Director may allow for an extension of this
period of up to thirty (30) days for good cause.
N101.19.8 Effect of Adverse Report. No Verizon Center Graphics permit shall be

approved by the Department if:
1. The Director of the Department of Transportation reports in writing with a

detailed statement of reasons that the location, size, height above grade, brilliance,
or illumination of the Verizon Center Graphics would create an unreasonable risk
for vehicular traffic safety;
2. The proposed Verizon Center Graphics would violate applicable federal or

District of Columbia laws or regulations; or
3. The Director of the Office of Planning reports in writing with a detailed statement

of reasons that the proposed Verizon Center Graphics would adversely impact the
character and integrity of the Verizon Center as a sports and entertainment arena
or the character and integrity of the surrounding neighborhood as a whole for
residential, business, and recreation uses.
N101.19.9 Advisory Neighborhood Commission Notification. The Director shall

notify in writing potentially affected Advisory Neighborhood Commissions of the
submission of an application for Verizon Center Graphics within ten (10) days of receipt
of such application and invite the submission of any written comments within forty-five
(45) days of the date of such notice.
N101.19.10 Review, Approval, or Denial of Verizon Center Graphics Permit

Applications. The Director shall review and either approve or deny a Verizon Center
Graphics permit application within twenty-one (21) days after the expiration of the time
period provided in Section N101.19.7. The approval or denial of the permit application
shall be based on the following:
1. Whether the permit application meets the requirements set forth in this
chapter; and
2. Whether an adverse report has been issued by either the District Department of
Transportation or the Office of Planning pursuant to Section N101.19.8.
A Verizon Center Graphics permit shall be issued in the name of the applicant and shall
pertain solely to the specific Verizon Center Graphic and specific location identified in
the permit.
N101.19.11 Denial of Application. If the Director denies a Verizon Center Graphics

permit application, the denial shall be issued in writing to the applicant and shall explain
in detail the basis for the denial. The applicant shall have thirty (30) days from receipt of
the denial to:
1. Correct any defect in the application identified by the Director and submit a
corrected Verizon Center Graphics application to the Department; or
2. Seek review of the permit denial at the Office of Administrative Hearings.
If the applicant timely submits a corrected Verizon Center Graphics application to the
Department, the Director, within five (5) days of receipt of the permit application, shall
refer the permit application to the District Department of Transportation and the Office of
Planning and each agency shall provide a report required under Section N101.19.7 within
fourteen (14) days. The Director shall review and either approve or deny the corrected
permit application within thirty (30) days of receipt of the corrected permit application.

If the Director denies the corrected permit application, the applicant shall have thirty (30)
days from receipt of the denial to file a notice with the Office of Administrative Hearings
for adjudication.
N101.19.12 Static Canvas Display Changes. As part of a Verizon Center Graphics

permit application, the owner of the Verizon Center or the owner’s designee may apply to
the Director for a change in the number, location, and size of the static canvas displays as
defined in the definition of Verizon Center Graphics in Section 3107.19.1, but shall not
do so for digital displays. The Director shall grant such application if:
1. The total number of permits for Verizon Center Graphics does not exceed nine
(9);
2. The display size of any one (1) static canvas display does not exceed 1,200 square
feet;
3. The Verizon Center Graphics are deemed to be in compliance with applicable

federal or District of Columbia laws or regulations; and
4. All other requirements applicable to the Verizon Center Graphics set forth in this
Appendix N are met.
N101.19.13 Enforcement of Regulations and Removal of Verizon Center Graphics.

Any unauthorized Verizon Center Graphics, including Verizon Center Graphics without a
permit or Verizon Center Graphics that are not in full compliance with provisions of the
District of Columbia Official Code, District of Columbia Municipal Regulations, or
federal law, including D.C. Official Code § 1-303.21 et seq. and this chapter, that become
effective within one (1) year of the issuance of the permit authorizing the Verizon Center
Graphics permitted under this chapter, shall be taken down or removed within fourteen
(14) days after receipt of written notification of violation from the Mayor directing that
the Verizon Center Graphics be removed or taken down. Further, the Mayor shall impose
civil fines of no more than $5 per square foot of sign, per day, if the unauthorized
Verizon Center Graphics are not taken down or removed after the specified 14-day
period. The permit holder, at its sole cost and expense, shall be responsible for taking
down or removing unauthorized Verizon Center Graphics upon notification by the Mayor
to do so and shall be solely and exclusively responsible for any expense incurred by the
District of Columbia if the Mayor removes the unauthorized Verizon Center Graphics as
described herein. The permit holder shall also be held solely and exclusively responsible
for any penalties or fines imposed by this violation. Any changes made to sign and
advertising requirements under District of Columbia law after the issuance of a Verizon
Center Graphics permit shall not apply to the Verizon Center Graphics for the life of the
permit or three (3) years from the issuance of the permit, whichever is shorter.

N101.19.14 Maintenance and Repair. Whenever the code official finds that any of the
Verizon Center Graphics are not maintained in good repair and have not deteriorated
more than fifty percent (50%) of their replacement value, the code official shall notify the
Verizon Center owner and permit holder and order the repair of the Verizon Center
Graphics within a specified time, but not less than ten (10) days. If the code official finds
that any of the Verizon Center Graphics are not maintained in good repair and have
deteriorated more than fifty percent (50%) of their replacement value, or are not repaired
within the time specified in the repair notice, the code official shall order the Verizon
Center owner and permit holder to remove such Verizon Center Graphics within a
specified period of time, but not less than five (5) days. Failure to comply with such
order shall subject the Verizon Center owner and the permit holder, upon adjudication, to
civil fines, penalties, and fees pursuant to Titles I through III of the Department of
Consumer and Regulatory Affairs Civil Infractions Act of 1985, effective October 5,
1985 (D.C. Law 6-42; D.C. Official Code § 2-1801.01 et seq. (2012 Repl.)). The code
official may extend the time periods stated in this section upon written showing of good
cause by the Verizon Center owner and permit holder.
N101.19.15 Existing Verizon Center Signs. Any outdoor graphics, signs, visuals, digital
displays, and static canvas displays existing on the Verizon Center as of June 11, 2012
shall be deemed to be approved under District of Columbia law and a permit shall be
issued by the Department for each sign after the applicable permit fee is paid by the
owner of the Verizon Center.
N101.19.16 Rulemaking Authority. Notwithstanding Section 10 of the Construction

Codes Approval and Amendments Act of 1986, effective March 21, 1987 (D.C. Law 6-
216; D.C. Official Code § 6-1409 (2012 Repl.)), the Director of the Department may
amend the provisions of Sections N101.19 through N101.19.16 by rulemaking pursuant
to Section 6 of the District of Columbia Administrative Procedure Act, approved October
21, 1968 (82 Stat. 1206; D.C. Official Code § 2-505 (2012 Repl.)), upon review and
active approval by the Council.

12 DCMR B RESIDENTIAL CODE SUPPLEMENT
The District of Columbia has adopted the 2012 edition of the International Residential Code
(IRC), as amended by this Supplement.
IRC CHAPTERS AMENDED BY THIS SUPPLEMENT:
CHAPTER 1 SCOPE AND ADMINISTRATION

CHAPTER 3 BUILDING PLANNING
CHAPTER 9 ROOF ASSEMBLIES
CHAPTER 11 ENERGY EFFICIENCY
CHAPTER 12 MECHANICAL ADMINISTRATION
CHAPTER 15 EXHAUST SYSTEMS
CHAPTER 16 DUCT SYSTEMS
CHAPTER 24 FUEL GAS
CHAPTER 25 PLUMBING ADMINISTRATION
CHAPTER 29 WATER SUPPLY AND DISTRIBUTION
CHAPTER 30 SANITARY DRAINAGE
APPENDIX E MANUFACTURED HOUSING USED AS DWELLINGS
APPENDIX H PATIO COVERS
APPENDIX J EXISTING BUILDINGS AND STRUCTURES
APPENDIX K SOUND TRANSMISSION
APPENDIX M HOME DAY CARE – R-3 OCCUPANCIES
The District of Columbia Residential Code (2013), referred to as the “Residential Code,” consists of the 2012 edition of the International
Residential Code for One- and Two-Family Dwellings, published by the International Code Council (ICC), as amended by the District of
Columbia Residential Code Supplement (2013) (12 DCMR B). The International Residential Code is copyrighted by the ICC and therefore is not
republished here. However, a copy of the text may be obtained at: http://publicecodes.cyberregs.com/icod/irc/2012/index.htm?bu=IC-P-2012-
000002&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.
2013 DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA RESIDENTIAL CODE 1

Strike Chapter 1 of the International Residential Code in its entirety and insert new Chapter 1 in
the Residential Code in its place to read as follows:
R101 General
R101 GENERAL
R101.1 General. Administration and enforcement of the Residential Code shall be governed by
Chapter 1 of the Building Code, 12 DCMR A.
000002&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

R202 Definitions
R202 DEFINITIONS
Strike the definition of Third Party Certified in Section R202 of the International Residential
Code in its entirety and insert a new definition of Third Party Certified in the Residential Code
THIRD PARTY CERTIFIED. Product or material for which a certification was obtained by
the manufacturer indicating that the function and performance characteristics of such product or
material have been determined by testing and ongoing surveillance by an approved third-party
certification agency. Assertion of certification is in the form of identification in accordance with
the requirements of the third-party certification agency.
Strike the definition of Third Party Tested in Section R202 of the International Residential Code
in its entirety and insert a new definition of Third Party Tested in the Residential Code in its
THIRD PARTY TESTED. Product, material or system that has undergone successfully a
procedure by which an approved testing laboratory provides documentation that such product,
material or system conforms to specified requirements.
000002&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

CHAPTER 3 BUILDING PLANNING
R301 Design Criteria

R303 Light, Ventilation and Heating
R319 Site Address
R301 DESIGN CRITERIA
Strike Table R301.2(1), Climatic and Geographic Design Criteria, in the International
Residential Code in its entirety and insert new Table R301.2(1) in the Residential Code in its
TABLE R301.2(1)
CLIMATIC AND GEOGRAPHIC DESIGN CRITERIA
SUBJECT TO DAMAGE ICE

WIND DESIGN SEISMIC
GROUND FROM WINTER BARRIER AIR
DESIGN
SNOW Frost DESIGN UNDERLAY- FLOOD HAZARDSg FREEZING MEAN
d CATEGORY
LOAD Speed Topographick f
e
Weatheringa line Termitec TEMP MENT INDEXi ANNUAL
(mph) effects b REQUIREDh
depth TEMPj
(a) November 15, 1985.

(b) November 15, 1985;
September 27, 2010.
(c) All current FIRMs
dated 09/27/2010; Panel
numbers
110001IND0A,
1100010002C,
1100010003C,
1100010004C,
25 90 Na A M 30 M-H 17 N 1100010006C, 500
1100010008C, 55
1100010011C,
1100010012C,
1100010014C,
1100010016C,
1100010018C,
1100010019C,
1100010036C,
1100010037C,
1100010038C,
000002&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

1100010039C,
1100010041C,
1100010043C,
1100010056C,
1100010057C,
1100010058C,
1100010059C,
1100010066C,
1100010067C,
1100010076C,
1100010077C and
1100010078C.
For SI: 1 pound per square foot = 0.0479 kPa, 1 mile per hour = 0.447 m/s.
a. Weathering may require a higher strength concrete or grade of masonry than necessary to satisfy the
structural requirements of this code. The weathering column shall be filled in with the weathering index
(i.e., “negligible,” “moderate” or “severe”) for concrete as determined from the Weathering Probability
Map [Figure R301.2(3)]. The grade of masonry units shall be determined from ASTM C 34, C 55, C 62,
C 73, C 90, C 129, C 145, C 216 or C 652.
b. The frost line depth may require deeper footings than indicated in Figure R403.1(1). The jurisdiction
shall fill in the frost line depth column with the minimum depth of footing below finish grade.
c. The jurisdiction shall fill in this part of the table to indicate the need for protection depending on
whether there has been a history of local subterranean termite damage.
d. The jurisdiction shall fill in this part of the table with the wind speed from the basic wind speed map
[Figure R301.2(4)A]. Wind exposure category shall be determined on a site-specific basis in accordance
with Section R301.2.1.4.
e. The outdoor design dry-bulb temperature shall be selected from the columns of 971/2-percent values for
winter from Appendix D of the International Plumbing Code. Deviations from the Appendix D
temperatures shall be permitted to reflect local climates or local weather experience as determined by the
building official.
f. The jurisdiction shall fill in this part of the table with the seismic design category determined from
Section R301.2.2.1.
g. The jurisdiction shall fill in this part of the table with (a) the date of the jurisdiction’s entry into the
National Flood Insurance Program (date of adoption of the first code or ordinance for management of
flood hazard areas), (b) the date(s) of the Flood Insurance Study and (c) the panel numbers and dates of
all currently effective FIRMs and FBFMs or other flood hazard map adopted by the authority having
jurisdiction, as amended.
h. In accordance with Sections R905.2.7.1, R905.4.3.1, R905.5.3.1, R905.6.3.1, R905.7.3.1 and
R905.8.3.1, where there has been a history of local damage from the effects of ice damming, the
jurisdiction shall fill in this part of the table with “YES.” Otherwise, the jurisdiction shall fill in this part
of the table with “NO.”
000002&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

i. The jurisdiction shall fill in this part of the table with the 100-year return period air freezing index (BF-
days) from Figure R403.3(2) or from the 100-year (99 percent ) value on the National Climatic Data
Center data table “Air Freezing Index-USA Method (Base 32 °F)” at www.ncdc.noaa.gov/fpsf.html.
j. The jurisdiction shall fill in this part of the table with the mean annual temperature from the National
Climatic Data Center data table “Air Freezing Index-USA Method (Base 32 °F)” at
www.ncdc.noaa.gov/fpsf.html.
k. In accordance with Section R301.2.1.5, where there is local historical data documenting structural
damage to buildings due to topographic wind speed-up effects, the jurisdiction shall fill in this part of the
table with “YES.” Otherwise, the jurisdiction shall indicate “NO” in this part of the table.
R303 LIGHT, VENTILATION AND HEATING
Strike Section R303.1 of the International Residential Code in its entirety and insert new Section
R303.1 in the Residential Code in its place to read as follows:
R303.1 Habitable rooms. All habitable rooms shall have an aggregate glazing area of not less
than 8 percent of the floor area of such rooms. Natural ventilation shall be through windows,
doors, louvers or other approved openings to the outdoor air. Such openings shall be provided
with ready access or shall otherwise be readily controllable by the building occupants. The
minimum openable area to the outdoors shall be 4 percent of the floor area being ventilated.
Exceptions:
1. The glazed areas need not be openable where the opening is not required by Section
R310 and a whole-house mechanical ventilation system is installed in accordance with
Section M1507, subject to Section R303.4.
2. Except for living rooms and bedrooms, the glazed areas need not be installed in rooms
where Exception 1 above is satisfied and artificial light is provided capable of
producing an average illumination of 6 footcandles (65 lux) over the area of the room at
a height of 30 inches (762 mm) above the floor level. For purposes of Section R303,
bedroom shall mean a room or space located on any level of a building and designed or
intended as a space in which people sleep.
3. Use of sunroom and patio covers, as defined in Section R202, shall be permitted for
natural ventilation if more than 40 percent of the exterior sunroom walls are open, or
are enclosed only by insect screening.
Strike Section R303.4 of the International Residential Code in its entirety and insert new Section
R303.4 in the Residential Code in its place to read as follows:
000002&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

R303.4 Mechanical ventilation. Each new dwelling unit shall be provided with whole-house
mechanical ventilation in accordance with Section M1507.3, and shall have at least one opening
to the outdoors for natural ventilation of not less than 4 percent of the floor area of the habitable
spaces in the dwelling unit.
Strike Section R319, Site Address, in the International Residential Code in its entirety and insert
new Section R319 in the Residential Code to read as follows:
R319 SITE ADDRESS
R319.1 Address Numbers. Premises shall comply with the provisions set forth in Section 118,
12 DCMR A, governing street numbering and addresses.
000002&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

CHAPTER 9 ROOF ASSEMBLIES
R908 Cool Roof Requirements
Insert new Section R908 in the Residential Code to read as follows:
R908 COOL ROOF REQUIREMENTS
R908.1 General. Roof coverings for roof slopes less than or equal to two units vertical in 12
units horizontal (17 percent slope or less) for buildings and covered parking shall conform to this
section. A minimum of 75 percent of the entire roof surface not used for roof penetrations,
renewable energy power systems (e.g., photovoltaics or solar thermal collectors), harvesting
systems for rainwater to be used on-site, or green roofing systems shall be covered with products
that comply with one or more of the following:
1. Have a minimum three-year-aged Solar Reflective Index (SRI) of 64.
2. Comply with the criteria for roof products as defined in “ENERGY STAR® Program
Requirements, Product Specification for Roof Products, Eligibility Criteria.”
Exceptions:
1. Building projects where an annual energy analysis simulation demonstrates that the
total annual building energy consumption with the proposed roof is 2 percent less than
it would be with a roof having a three-year-aged SRI of 64.
2. Roofs used to shade or cover parking and roofs over semi-heated spaces or used as
outdoor recreation space by the occupants of the building shall be permitted to be either
landscaped or have a minimum initial SRI of 29. A default SRI value of 35 for new
concrete without added color pigment is allowed to be used in lieu of measurements.
3. Terraces on setbacks comprising less than 25 percent of the area of the largest floor
plate in the building.
4. Green roofs shall be permitted to comprise part or all of the 75 percent required area
coverage.
R908.2 Solar Reflective Index. Initial and aged values of the SRI shall be calculated in
accordance with ASTM E1980 for medium-speed wind conditions, using a convection
coefficient of [2.1 BTU/(h ∙ ft2 ∙ °F)] or the metric equivalent [12 W/(m2 ∙ K)]. The SRI shall be
000002&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

based upon solar reflectance as measured in accordance with ASTM E1918 or ASTM C1549,
and the thermal emittance as measured in accordance with ASTM E408 or ASTM C1371. For
roofing products, the values for solar reflectance and thermal emittance shall be determined by a
laboratory accredited by a nationally recognized accreditation organization, such as the Cool
Roof Rating Council CRRC-1 Product Rating Program, and shall be labeled and certified by the
manufacturer.
000002&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

Strike Chapter 11, Energy Efficiency, of the International Residential Code in its entirety and
insert new Chapter 11 in the Residential Code in its place to read as follows:
CHAPTER 11 ENERGY EFFICIENCY
1101 General
1101 GENERAL
1101.1 General. Building projects shall comply with the Energy Conservation Code.
000002&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

Strike Chapter 12 of the International Residential Code in its entirety and insert new Chapter 12
in the Residential Code in its place to read as follows:
CHAPTER 12 MECHANICAL ADMINISTRATION
M1201 General
M1201 GENERAL
M1201.1 General. Administration and enforcement of Part V – Mechanical of the Residential

Code shall be governed by Chapter 1 of the Building Code, 12 DCMR A.
000002&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

M1502 Clothes Dryer Exhaust
M1502 CLOTHES DRYER EXHAUST
Strike Section M1502.4.2 of the International Residential Code in its entirety and insert new
Section M1502.4.2 in the Residential Code in its place to read as follows:
M1502.4.2 Duct installation. Exhaust ducts shall be supported at intervals not to exceed
4 feet (1219 mm) and shall be secured in place. The insert end of the duct shall extend
into the adjoining duct or fitting in the direction of airflow. Exhaust duct joints shall be
sealed in accordance with Section M1601.4.1 and shall be mechanically fastened. Ducts
shall not be joined with screws or similar fasteners that protrude more than 1/8 inch (3.2
mm) into the inside of the duct.
000002&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

M1601 Duct Construction
M1601 DUCT CONSTRUCTION
M1601.1.1 Above-ground duct systems. Above-ground duct systems shall conform to the
following:
1. Equipment connected to duct systems shall be designed to limit discharge air

temperature to a maximum of 250ºF (121ºC).
2. Factory-made air ducts shall be constructed of Class 0 or Class 1 materials as

designated in Table M1601.1.1(1).
3. Fibrous duct construction shall conform to the SMACNA Fibrous Glass Duct
Construction Standards or NAIMA Fibrous Glass Duct Construction Standards.
4. Minimum thickness of metal duct material shall be as listed in table M1601.1.1(2).

Galvanized steel shall conform to ASTM A653. Metallic ducts shall be fabricated in
accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards – Metal and
Flexible.
5. Use of gypsum products to construct return air ducts or plenums is permitted,

provided that the air temperature does not exceed 125ºF (52ºC) and exposed surfaces
are not exposed to condensation.
6. Duct systems shall be constructed of materials having a flame spread index not
greater than 200.
7. Stud wall cavities and the spaces between solid floor joists to be used as air plenums
shall comply with the following conditions:
7.1. These cavities or spaces shall not be used as a plenum for supply air.
7.2. These cavities or spaces shall not be part of a required fire-resistance-rated

assembly.
000002&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

7.3. Stud wall cavities shall not convey air from more than one floor level.
7.4. Stud wall cavities and joist-stud plenums shall be isolated from adjacent
concealed spaces by tight-fitting fireblocking in accordance with Section
R602.8.
7.5. Stud wall cavities in the outside walls of building envelope assemblies
shall not be utilized as air plenums.
M1601.4.1 Joints, seams and connections. All longitudinal joints, seams and
connections in metallic and nonmetallic ducts shall be constructed as specified in
SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards – Metal and Flexible and NAIMA
Fibrous Glass Duct Construction Standards. All joints, longitudinal and transverse
seams, and connections in ductwork shall be securely fastened and sealed with welds,
gaskets, mastics (adhesives), mastic-plus-embedded-fabric systems, liquid sealants or
tapes.
Closure systems used to seal flexible air ducts and flexible air connectors shall comply
with UL 181B and shall be marked “181 B-FX” for pressure-sensitive tape or “181 B-M”
for mastic. Duct connections to flanges of air distribution system equipment shall be
sealed and mechanically fastened. Mechanical fasteners for use with flexible non-
metallic air ducts shall comply with UL 181B and shall be marked “181 B-C.” Crimp
joints for round metallic ducts shall have a contact lap of not less than 1 inch (25.4 mm)
and shall be mechanically fastened by means of not less than three sheet-metal screws or
rivets equally spaced around the joint.
Closure systems used to seal metal ductwork shall be installed in accordance with the
manufacturer’s instructions. Round metallic ducts shall be mechanically fastened by
means of at least three sheet-metal screws or rivets spaced equally around the joint.
Unlisted duct tape shall not be permitted as a sealant on any duct.
Exceptions:
1. Spray polyurethane foam shall be permitted to be applied without additional

joint seals.
000002&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

2. Where a duct connection is made that is partially inaccessible, three screws or
rivets shall be equally spaced on the exposed portion of the joint so as to prevent
a hinge effect.
3. Continuously welded and locking-type longitudinal joints and seams in ducts

operating at static pressures less than 2 inches of water column (500 Pa)
pressure classification shall not require additional closure systems.
000002&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

CHAPTER 24 FUEL GAS
G2401 General
G2401 GENERAL
Strike Section G2401.1 of the International Residential Code in its entirety and insert new
Section G2401.1 in the Residential Code in its place to read as follows:
G2401.1 General. Administration and enforcement of Part VI – Fuel Gas of the Residential
000002&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

Strike Chapter 25 of the International Residential Code in its entirety and insert new Chapter 25
to the Residential Code in its place to read as follows:
CHAPTER 25 PLUMBING ADMINISTRATION
P2501 General
P2501 GENERAL
P2501.1 General. Administration and enforcement of Part VII – Plumbing of the Residential
000002&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

P2902 Protection of Potable Water Supply

P2903 Water-Supply System
P2908 Drinking Water Treatment Units
P2902 PROTECTION OF POTABLE WATER SUPPLY
Strike Section P2902.5.4 of the International Residential Code in its entirety and insert new
Section P2902.5.4 in the Residential Code in its place to read as follows:
P2902.5.4 Connections to automatic fire sprinkler systems. The potable water supply
to automatic fire sprinkler systems shall be protected against backflow by one of the
following methods:
1. If the sprinkler system contains no chemical additives, by a double check

backflow prevention assembly conforming to ASSE 1015, or by, a double check
detector fire protection backflow prevention assembly conforming to ASSE 1048.
2. If the sprinkler system contains chemical additives, by, a reduced pressure

principle fire protection backflow preventer conforming to ASSE 1013, or by a
reduced pressure detector fire protection backflow prevention assembly
conforming to ASSE 1047.
Exception: Where systems are installed as a portion of the water

distribution system in accordance with the requirements of this code and are
not provided with a fire department connection, backflow protection for the
water supply system shall not be required.
Strike Section P2902.5.4.1 of the International Residential Code in its entirety and insert new
Section P2902.5.4.1 in the Residential Code in its place to read as follows:
P2902.5.4.1 Additives or nonpotable source. Where systems under continuous pressure

contain chemical additives or antifreeze, or where systems are connected to a nonpotable
secondary water supply, the potable water supply shall be protected against backflow by
a reduced pressure principle backflow prevention assembly or a reduced pressure
principle fire protection backflow prevention assembly. Where chemical additives or
antifreeze are added to only a portion of an automatic fire sprinkler system, the reduced
pressure principle backflow prevention assembly or the reduced pressure principle fire
protection backflow prevention assembly may be located so as to isolate that portion of
000002&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

the system. Where systems are not under continuous pressure, the potable water supply
shall be protected against backflow by an air gap or an atmospheric vacuum breaker
conforming to ASSE 1001 or CSA B64.1.1.
P2903 WATER-SUPPLY SYSTEM
Strike Table P2903.2 of the International Residential Code in its entirety and insert new Table
P2903.2 in the Residential Code in its place to read as follows:
TABLE P2903.2
MAXIMUM FLOW RATES AND CONSUMPTION FOR
PLUMBING FIXTURES AND FIXTURE FITTINGSb
PLUMBING FIXTURE OR FIXTURE MAXIMUM FLOW RATE OR

FITTING QUANTITY
Lavatory faucet and bar sink faucet 1.5 gpm at 60 psi and WaterSense labeled
Shower heada 2.0 gpm at 80 psi and WaterSense labeled
Sink faucet, kitchen 2.2 gpm at 60 psi
Water closet, tank typec 1.28 gallons per flushing cycle and WaterSense
labeled
Water closet, flushometer type 1.28 gallons per flushing cycle
For SI: 1 gallon per minute = 3.785 L/m,

1 pound per square inch = 6.895 kPa
a. A handheld shower spray is also a shower head.
b. Consumption tolerances shall be determined from referenced standards.
c. Dual Flush Toilets - The effective flush volume shall not exceed 1.28 gallons (4.8 liters). The effective flush volume is defined as the
composite, average flush volume of two reduced flushes and one full flush. Flush volumes will be tested in accordance with ASME A112.19.2
and ASME A112.19.14.
P2908 DRINKING WATER TREATMENT UNITS
Strike Section P2908.1 of the International Residential Code in its entirety and insert new
Section P2908.1 in the Residential Code in its place to read as follows:
P2908.1 Design. Drinking water treatment units shall meet the requirements of NSF 42,
NSF 44, NSF 53, NSF 62 or CSA B483.1.
000002&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

P3005 Drainage System

P3008 Backwater Valves
P3005 DRAINAGE SYSTEM
Strike Section P3005.2 of the International Residential Code, but retain Subsections P3005.2.1
through P3005.2.11 of the International Residential Code. Insert new Section P3005.2 in the
Residential Code to read as follows:
P3005.2 Drainage pipe cleanouts. Drainage pipe cleanouts shall comply with Sections
P3005.2.1 through P3005.2.12.
Exception: These provisions shall not apply to pressurized building drains and building
sewers that convey the discharge of automatic pumping equipment to a gravity drainage
system.
Insert new Section P3005.2.12 in the Residential Code to read as follows:
P3005.2.12 Cleanout at property line. A cleanout must be placed at the property line,
or as close as possible to the property line, if the building wall is constructed on or
beyond the property line.
P3008 BACKWATER VALVES
P3008.1 General. Where plumbing fixtures are installed on a floor with a finished floor
elevation below the elevation of the manhole cover of the next upstream manhole in the public
sewer, such fixtures (a) shall be protected by a backwater valve installed in the building drain,
branch of the building drain, or horizontal branch serving such fixtures; or (b) shall discharge to
a sump complying with Section P3007.3 and served by a sewage pump or ejector complying
with Section P3007.4. Plumbing fixtures installed on a floor with a finished floor elevation
above the elevation of the manhole cover of the next upstream manhole in the public sewer shall
not discharge through a backwater valve or a sump. This section shall not apply to replacement
in kind of compliant plumbing fixtures.
Exception: Where the code official deems it appropriate for the protection of existing multi-
000002&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

level one- and two-family dwellings in flood prone areas, the retrofitting of backwater valves
to be installed in the building drain or in a horizontal branch serving fixtures on a floor with
a finished elevation above the adjacent manhole in the public sewer shall be allowed, thereby
allowing such fixtures to discharge through the backwater valve.
P3008.5 Location. Backwater valves shall be installed so that access is provided to the working
parts for service and repair. Valve access covers shall be watertight.
000002&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

ASME
American Society of Mechanical Engineers
Three Park Avenue
New York, N.Y. 10016-5990
Strike standard reference number ASME/A17.1-2007/CSA B44-200, and associated Title, from
Chapter 44 of the International Residential Code, under subheading ASME, and insert in its
place a new standard reference in the Residential Code to read as follows:
Standard Title Referenced in code

reference section number
number
A17.1-2010/ Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators R321.1
CSA B44-
2010
ASTM
ASTM International
100 Barr Harbor
West Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959
Insert a new standard references in Chapter 44 of the Residential Code under subheading ASTM
to read as follows:

reference number section number
E408-71 (2008) Standard Test Methods for Total Normal R908.2
Emittance of Surfaces Using Inspection-
Meter Techniques
C1549-09 Standard Test Method for Determination of R908.2

Solar Reflectance Near Ambient
Temperature Using a Portable Solar
Reflectometer
C 1371-04a Standard Test Method for Determination of R908.2
Emittance of Materials Near Room
Temperature Using Portable Emissometers
E1980-11 Standard Practice for Calculating Solar R908.2
000002&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

Reflectance Index of Horizontal and Low-
Sloped Opaque Surfaces
E1918-06 Standard Test Method for Measuring Solar R908.2
Reflectance of Horizontal and Low-Sloped
Surfaces in the Field
CSA
Canadian Standards Association
5060 Spectrum Way
Mississauga, Ontario, Canada L4N 5N6
Strike standard reference number ANSI/CSA America FCI-03, and associated Title, from
Chapter 44 of the International Residential Code, under subheading CSA, and insert in its place
a new standard reference in Chapter 44 of the Residential Code, under subheading CSA, to read
as follows:

number
ANSI/CSA Stationary Fuel Cell Power Systems M1903.1
America
FC1–03
Insert a new standard reference in Chapter 44 of the Residential Code, under subheading CSA,
to read as follows:

number
B64.1.1–01 Vacuum Breakers, Atmospheric Type (AVB) 2902.5.4.1
EPA
Ariel Rios Building
1200 Pennsylvania Avenue, NW
Washington, D.C. 20460
Insert the following new referenced standards in Chapter 44 of the Residential Code under
subheading EPA to read as follows:
000002&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

reference number section number
ENERGY STAR Energy Star Program Requirements, Product R908.1
Specification for Roof Products, Eligibility
Criteria, version 2.2 (October 2010)
WaterSense High-efficiency Lavatory Faucet Table P2903.2
October 2007 Specification
WaterSense WaterSense Specification for Showerheads Table P2903.2
March 2010
WaterSense WaterSense Specification for Tank-Type Table P2903.2
May 2011 Toilets
NSF
NSF International
789 N. Dixboro
Ann Arbor, MI 48105
Insert a new standard reference in Chapter 44 of the Residential Code, under subheading NSF,
NSF International, to read as follows:

number
62–2007 Drinking Water Distillation Systems 2908.1
SMACNA
Sheet Metal & Air Conditioning Contractors National Assoc., Inc.
4021 Lafayette Center Road
Chantilly, VA 22021
Insert a new standard reference in Chapter 44 of the Residential Code, under the subheading
SMACNA, Sheet Metal & Air Conditioning Contractors National Assoc., Inc. to read as follows:
Standard Title Referenced in

reference number code section
number
SMACNA/ANSI– HVAC Duct Construction Standards-Metal and M1601.1.1
2005 Flexible (2005)
000002&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

Strike standard reference number SMACNA-10, and associated Title, under subheading
SMACNA, Sheet Metal & Air Conditioning Contractors National Assoc., Inc. in Chapter 44 of
the International Residential Code, and insert in Chapter 44 of the Residential Code in its place,
under subheading SMACNA, Sheet Metal & Air Conditioning Contractors National Assoc., Inc.
a new standard reference, and associated Title, to read as follows:

number
SMACNA 03 Fibrous Glass Duct Construction Standards M1601.1.1,
(2003) M1604.4.1
000002&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

APPENDIX E MANUFACTURED HOUSING USED AS DWELLINGS
Appendix E, Manufactured Housing Used As Dwellings, of the International Residential Code is

adopted as Appendix E of the Residential Code with the following amendments.
AE101 Scope
AE302 Application for Permit
AE303 Permits Issuance
AE304 Fees
AE101 SCOPE
Insert new Section AE 101.2 in Appendix E of the Residential Code to read as follows:
AE101.2 Administration and enforcement. Administration and enforcement of Appendix E

shall be governed by 12 DCMR A, Chapter 1, which is hereby incorporated by reference.
AE 302 APPLICATION FOR PERMIT
Strike Section AE302 in Appendix E of the Residential Code in its entirety without substitution.
AE303 PERMITS ISSUANCE
AE 304 FEES
000002&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

APPENDIX H PATIO COVERS
Appendix H, Patio Covers, of the International Residential Code is adopted in its entirety as
Appendix H of the Residential Code.
000002&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

APPENDIX J EXISTING BUILDINGS AND STRUCTURES
Appendix J, Existing Building and Structures, of the International Residential Code is adopted as
Appendix J of the Residential Code with the following amendments.
AJ501 Alterations
AJ501 ALTERATIONS
Insert new Sections AJ501.8.4 and AJ501.8.5 in Appendix J of the Residential Code to read as
follows:
AJ501.8.4 Riser height. The maximum riser height of stairs being altered or modified
shall be 8 ¼ inches (210 mm). The riser shall be measured vertically between leading
edges of the adjacent treads. The greatest riser height within any flight of stairs shall not
exceed the smallest by more than 3/8 inch (9.5 mm).
AJ501.8.5 Tread depth. The minimum tread depth of stairs being altered or modified
shall be 9 inches (229 mm). The tread depth shall be measured horizontally between the
vertical planes of the foremost projection of adjacent treads and at a right angle to the
tread’s leading edge. The greatest tread depth within any flight of stairs shall not exceed
the smallest by more than 3/8 inch (9.5 mm). The radius of curvature at the leading edge
of the tread shall be no greater than 9/16 inch (14.3 mm). A nosing not less than 3/4 inch
(19.1 mm) but not more than 1 1/4 inches (32 mm) shall be provided on stairways with
solid risers. The greatest nosing projection shall not exceed the smallest nosing
projection by more than 3/8 inch (9.5mm) between two stories, including the nosing at
the level of floors and landings. Beveling of nosing shall not exceed 1/2 inch (12.7 mm).
Risers shall be vertical or sloped from the underside of the leading edge of the tread
above at an angle not more than 30 degrees from the vertical.
Exception: A nosing is not required where the tread depth is a minimum of 11

inches (279 mm).
000002&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

APPENDIX K SOUND TRANSMISSION
Appendix K, Sound Transmission, of the International Residential Code is adopted in its entirety
as Appendix K of the Residential Code.
000002&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

APPENDIX M HOME DAY CARE R-3 OCCUPANCY
Appendix M, Home Day Care R-3 Occupancy, of the International Residential Code is adopted
in its entirety as Appendix M of the Residential Code.
000002&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

12 DCMR C ELECTRICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT
The District of Columbia has adopted the 2011 edition of the National Electrical Code (NEC), as
amended by this Supplement.
NEC CHAPTERS AMENDED BY THIS SUPPLEMENT:
ARTICLE 90 INTRODUCTION
CHAPTER 4 EQUIPMENT FOR GENERAL USE
The District of Columbia Electrical Code (2013), referred to as the “Electrical Code,” consists of the 2011 edition of the National Electrical
Code, published by the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA), as amended by the District of Columbia Electrical Code Supplement
(2013)(12 DCMR C). The National Electrical Code is copyrighted by the National Fire Protection Association and therefore is not republished
here. However, a copy of the text may be obtained at: http://www.nfpa.org.
2013 DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA ELECTRICAL CODE 1

ARTICLE 90 INTRODUCTION
90.1 Purpose
ARTICLE 90 - INTRODUCTION
Strike Section 90.1(A) of the National Electrical Code in its entirety and insert new Section
90.1(A) in the Electrical Code in its place to read as follows:
90.1(A) General. Administration and enforcement of the Electrical Code shall be governed by
Strike Sections 90.1(C), 90.2, 90.4 and 90.6 of the National Electrical Code in their entirety

CHAPTER 4 EQUIPMENT FOR GENERAL USE
408 Switchboards and Panelboards
408 SWITCHBOARDS AND PANELBOARDS
Insert new Section 408.23 in Article 408 of the National Electrical Code to read as follows:
408.23 Switchboards of 1000 Amperes or Larger. It shall be the responsibility of the owner of
a switchboard having a capacity of 1000 amperes or larger, or the owner’s responsible agent, to
have a licensed master electrician disconnect said equipment once every three years or less to
perform prescribed preventive maintenance. Preventive maintenance shall consist of, but not be
limited to:
1. Vacuum entire interior of switchboard.
2. Clean bus and contracts with suitable non-conductive solvents.
3. Lubricate all moving mechanisms.
4. Check all conductors for abrasions and deterioration; recommend replacement if found to
be in poor condition.
5. Torque bus and conductor connections to manufacturers’ recommended specifications.
6. Check calibration of overcurrent trip units and protective devices.
7. Megger board to manufacturers’ specifications before re-energizing.
8. Replace worn, damaged or deteriorating components.
A copy of current inspection and service reports shall be available for public inspection on site.

12 DCMR D FUEL GAS CODE SUPPLEMENT
The District of Columbia has adopted the 2012 edition of the International Fuel Gas Code
(IFGC), as amended by this Supplement.
IFGC CHAPTERS AMENDED BY THIS SUPPLEMENT:

CHAPTER 5 CHIMNEYS AND VENTS
The District of Columbia Fuel Gas Code (2013), referred to as the “Fuel Gas Code,” consists of the 2012 edition of the International Fuel Gas
Code, as amended by the District of Columbia Fuel Gas Code Supplement (2013)(12 DCMR D). The International Fuel Gas Code is
copyrighted by the International Code Council and therefore is not republished here. However, a copy of the text may be obtained at:
http://publicecodes.cyberregs.com/icod/ifgc/2012/index.htm?bu=IC-P-2012-000007&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.
2013 DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA FUEL GAS CODE SUPPLEMENT 1

101 General
Strike Parts 1 and 2 of Chapter 1 of the International Fuel Gas Code in their entirety and insert
new Section 101 to the Fuel Gas Code in their place to read as follows:
101 GENERAL
101.1. General. Administration and enforcement of the Fuel Gas Code shall be governed by

202 General Definitions
202 GENERAL DEFINITIONS
Strike the definition of Third Party Certified from Section 202 of the International Fuel Gas
Code in its entirety and insert a new definition of Third Party Certified to the Fuel Gas Code in
Strike the definition of Third Party Tested from Section 202 of the International Fuel Gas Code
in its entirety and insert a new definition of Third Party Tested to the Fuel Gas Code in its place
to read as follows:

505 Direct-Vent, Integral Vent, Mechanical Vent and Ventilation/Exhaust Hood Venting
505 DIRECT-VENT, INTEGRAL VENT, MECHANICAL VENT AND

VENTILATION/EXHAUST HOOD VENTING
Insert new Section 505.1.1.1 to the Fuel Gas Code to read as follows:
505.1.1.1 Reuse of commercial cooking fuel gas appliances. Where existing

commercial cooking appliances equipped with standing pilot burner are reused,
their installation shall comply with one of the following arrangements:
1. Installation shall meet the requirements of Section 505.1.1; or
2. Where a solenoid valve is installed in the gas piping as part of the

interlock system to prevent appliance operation when the exhaust hood
system is not operating, a bypass line shall be installed to continuously
supply the pilots when the exhaust fan is not operating. The bypass line
shall be sized so as to prevent the operation of the smallest cooking burner
of the appliances served by the hood. The installation shall be
interconnected so that actuation of the hood automatic fire suppression
system shall shut down all gas supply to the appliance including to the
pilot burner bypass.

Insert a new standard reference in Chapter 8 of the Fuel Gas Code, under subheading ASTM,
ASTM International, to read as follows:
ASTM
ASTM International
100 Barr Harbor Drive
West Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959

number
E 136–09 Test Method for Behavior of Materials in a 202

Vertical Tube Furnace at 750 °C

12 DCMR E MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT
The District of Columbia has adopted the 2012 edition of the International Mechanical Code
(IMC), as amended by this Supplement.
IMC CHAPTERS AMENDED BY THIS SUPPLEMENT:

CHAPTER 4 VENTILATION
CHAPTER 9 SPECIFIC APPLIANCES, FIREPLACES AND SOLID
FUEL-BURNING EQUIPMENT
CHAPTER 10 BOILERS, WATER HEATERS AND PRESSURE VESSELS
CHAPTER 11 REFRIGERATION
The District of Columbia Mechanical Code (2013), referred to as the “Mechanical Code,” consists of the 2012 edition of the International
Mechanical Code, published by the International Code Council (ICC), as amended by the District of Columbia Mechanical Code Supplement
(2013)(12 DCMR E). The International Mechanical Code is copyrighted by the ICC and therefore is not republished here. However, a copy of
the text may be obtained at: http://publicecodes.cyberregs.com/icod/imc/2012/index.htm?bu=IC-P-2012-000005&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.
2013 DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT 1

Strike Chapter 1 of the International Mechanical Code in its entirety and insert new Chapter 1 in
the Mechanical Code in its place to read as follows:
101 General
101 GENERAL
101.1 General. Administration and enforcement of the Mechanical Code shall be governed by

Insert new definitions in Section 202 of the Mechanical Code to read as follows:
ASME CODE. The Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (ASME BPVC) published by the
American Society of Mechanical Engineers as referenced in Chapter 15, Referenced Standards.
BOILER, HEATING. A steam or vapor boiler operating at pressures not exceeding 15 psig
(103 kPa), or a hot water boiler operating at pressures not exceeding 160 psig (1103 kPa) and
temperatures not exceeding 250 °F (121 °C).
BOILER, HOT WATER HEATING. A boiler in which no steam is generated, from which hot
water is circulated for heating purposes and then returned to the boiler, and which is operated at a
pressure not exceeding 160 psig (1103 kPa) and a temperature not exceeding 250 °F (121 °C) at
or near the boiler outlet.
BOILER, HOT WATER SUPPLY. A boiler completely filled with water that furnishes hot
water to be used externally to itself at pressures not exceeding 160 psig (1103 kPa) and a
temperature not exceeding 250 °F (121 °C) at or near the boiler outlet.
BOILER, MINIATURE. A power or high-temperature water boiler which does not exceed the
following limits: 16 inches (406 mm) inside diameter of shell; 20 square feet (1.86 m2) of
heating surface (not applicable to electric boilers); 5 cubic feet (0.142 m3) of gross volume
exclusive of casing and insulation; and 100 psig (690 kPa) maximum allowable working
pressure.
BOILER, PORTABLE. A boiler that is primarily intended for temporary location, where its
construction and usage permits it to be readily moved from one location to another.
BOILER, POWER. A boiler in which steam or other vapor is generated at a pressure of more
than 15 psig (103 kPa).
BOILER, UNFIRED STEAM. An unfired pressure vessel or system of unfired pressure

vessels intended for operation at a pressure in excess of 15 psig (103 kPa) steam for the purpose
of producing and controlling an output of thermal energy.
CERTIFICATE OF COMPETENCY. A certificate issued by the code official to a person

who meets the qualifications for an insurance company inspector set forth in the Mechanical
Code.

CERTIFICATE OF INSPECTION (For Chapter 10). A certificate issued for operation of a
boiler or pressure vessel as required in the Mechanical Code.
EXISTING BOILER OR PRESSURE VESSEL INSTALLATION. A boiler or pressure

vessel constructed, installed, placed in operation, or contracted for on or before the effective date
of the Construction Codes.
EXTERNAL INSPECTION. An inspection made when a boiler or pressure vessel is in

operation.
INSURANCE COMPANY INSPECTOR. A person employed or retained by a District of

Columbia-licensed insurance company who holds a valid certificate of competency.
INTERNAL INSPECTION. An inspection that can reasonably be conducted on the internal

and external surfaces of a boiler or pressure vessel while it is shut down and the manhole plates,
handhole plates, or other inspection opening closures are removed.
NATIONAL BOARD. The National Board of Boiler and Pressure Vessel Inspectors.
NEW BOILER OR PRESSURE VESSEL INSTALLATION. A boiler or pressure vessel

constructed, installed, placed in operation or contracted for after the effective date of the
Construction Codes.
NONSTANDARD BOILER OR PRESSURE VESSEL. A boiler or pressure vessel that does

not bear the ASME Code symbol stamp, the API-ASME Code symbol stamp or the stamp of any
jurisdiction that has adopted a standard of construction deemed by the code official to be
equivalent to the Mechanical Code.
OWNER OR USER (For Chapter 10). Any person, including firms or corporations, legally
responsible for the safe installation, operation and maintenance of any boiler or pressure vessel
within the District of Columbia.
POTABLE HOT WATER HEATER. A heater supplying potable water for commercial
purposes in which the pressure does not exceed 160 psig (1103 kPa) and the temperature does
not exceed 210 °F (99 °C).
STANDARD BOILER OR PRESSURE VESSEL. A boiler or pressure vessel which bears the
ASME Code symbol stamp, the API-ASME Code symbol stamp, both the ASME and the
National Board stamps or the stamp of another jurisdiction that has adopted a standard of
construction deemed by the code official to be equivalent to the Mechanical Code.
Strike the definition of Smoke-Developed Index from Section 202 of the International Mechanical
Code in its entirety and insert new definition of Smoke-Developed Index in Section 202 of the

Mechanical Code in its place to read as follows:
SMOKE-DEVELOPED INDEX. A comparative measure, expressed as a dimensionless

number, derived from measurements of smoke obscuration versus time for a material tested in
accordance with ASTM E 84 or UL 723
Strike the definition of Third Party Certified in Section 202 of the International Mechanical Code
in its entirety and insert new definition of Third Party Certified in Section 202 of the Mechanical
Code in its place to read as follows:
Strike the definition of Third Party Tested in Section 202 of the International Mechanical Code
in its entirety and insert new definition of Third Party Tested in Section 202 of the Mechanical
Code in its place to read as follows:

CHAPTER 4 VENTILATION
401 General
401 GENERAL
Strike Section 401.2 of the International Mechanical Code in its entirety and insert new Section
401.2 in the Mechanical Code in its place to read as follows:
401.2 Ventilation required. Every occupied space shall be ventilated by natural means in
accordance with Section 402 or by mechanical means in accordance with Section 403. Each new
dwelling unit shall be ventilated by mechanical means in accordance with Section 403 and shall
have at least one opening to the outdoors for natural ventilation of not less than 4 percent of the
floor area of the habitable spaces of the dwelling unit.

501 General
506 Commercial Kitchen Hood Ventilation System Ducts and Exhaust Equipment
515 Laboratory Ventilating Systems
501 GENERAL
Insert new Section 501.3.1.2 in the Mechanical Code to read as follows:
501.3.1.2 Garage exhaust termination. Exhaust air from garage exhaust

systems or outlets shall not be directed onto walkways. The termination point of
private parking garage mechanical exhaust systems and outlets shall comply with
the requirements for environmental air exhaust in Section 501.3.1, item 3, of the
Mechanical Code. The termination point of public parking garage mechanical
exhaust systems and outlets shall be located not less than 20 feet (6096 mm) from
doors, operable windows and air intake openings into any building. The bottom
of exhaust openings serving public garages shall be located not less than 15 feet
(4572 mm) above streets, alleys and other walkways.
Exception: When exhaust air is directed upwards, the code official is

authorized to approve garage exhaust openings less than 15 feet (4572 mm)
above streets, alleys and other walkways.
506 COMMERCIAL KITCHEN HOOD VENTILATION SYSTEM DUCTS AND

EXHAUST EQUIPMENT
Strike Section 506.3.11 of the International Mechanical Code in its entirety and insert new
Section 506.3.11 in the Mechanical Code in its place to read as follows:
506.3.11 Grease duct enclosures. A grease duct serving a Type I hood that penetrates a
ceiling, wall, floor or any concealed spaces shall be enclosed from the point of
penetration to the outlet terminal. A duct shall penetrate exterior walls only at locations
where unprotected openings are permitted by the Building Code. The duct enclosure
shall serve a single grease duct and shall not contain other ducts, piping or wiring
systems. Duct enclosures shall have a fire-resistance rating of not less than that of the
assembly penetrated and not less than 1 hour. Duct enclosures shall be as prescribed by
Section 506.3.11.1, 506.3.11.2 or 506.3.11.3.
Strike Section 506.3.13.3 of the International Mechanical Code in its entirety and insert new
Section 506.3.13.3 in the Mechanical Code in its place to read as follows:
506.3.13.3 Termination location. Exhaust outlets shall be located not less than

10 feet (3048 mm) horizontally from parts of the same or contiguous buildings,
adjacent buildings and adjacent property lines and shall be located not less than
15 feet (4572 mm) above the adjoining grade level. Exhaust outlets shall be
located not less than 20 feet (6096 mm) horizontally from or not less than 5 feet
(1524 mm) above doors, operable windows and air intake openings into any
building.
Exceptions:
1. Exhaust outlets shall terminate not less than 5 feet (1524 mm)
horizontally from parts of the same or contiguous building, an adjacent
building and adjacent property line where air from the exhaust outlet
discharges away from such locations.
2. On narrow lots where a 20 foot distance from doors, operable windows

and air intake openings into any building cannot be achieved, the code
official is authorized to approve a smaller distance.
When an approved odor and grease removal system is installed, termination is

permitted in accordance with the requirements of Section 501.3.1(2) of the
Mechanical Code, provided termination is not less than 15 feet (4572 mm) above
the adjoining grade level.
Insert new Section 515 in the Mechanical Code to read as follows:
515 LABORATORY VENTILATING SYSTEMS
515.1 Laboratory hoods. Laboratory hoods and laboratory ventilating systems shall be
designed and installed in accordance with NFPA 45.

607 Duct and Transfer Openings
607 DUCT AND TRANSFER OPENINGS
Strike Section 607.5.4 of the International Mechanical Code in its entirety and insert new Section
607.5.4. in the Mechanical Code in its place to read as follows:
607.5.4 Corridors/smoke barriers. A listed smoke damper designed to resist the passage of
smoke shall be provided at each point a duct or air transfer opening penetrates a smoke barrier
wall or a corridor enclosure required to have smoke and draft control doors in accordance with
the International Building Code. Smoke dampers and smoke damper actuation methods shall
comply with Section 607.5.4.1.
Exceptions:
1. Smoke dampers are not required in corridor penetrations where the building is
equipped throughout with an approved smoke control system in accordance with
Section 513 and smoke dampers are not necessary for the operation and control of the
system.
2. Smoke dampers are not required in smoke barrier penetrations where the openings in
ducts are limited to a single smoke compartment and the ducts are constructed of steel.
3. Smoke dampers are not required in corridor penetrations where the duct is constructed
of steel not less than 0.019 inch (0.48 mm) in thickness and there are no openings
serving the corridor.
4. Smoke dampers are not required in ducted corridor penetrations where:
a. The building is equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in

accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2;
b. The duct is constructed of steel not less than 0.019 inches (0.48 mm) in thickness;
c. The ducted system supplies outdoor air only to the corridor and to air handling
units that serve spaces adjoining the corridor through ducted connections; and
d. The outdoor air supply fan is designed to provide a continuous airflow.
Strike Section 607.5.5 of the International Mechanical Code in its entirety and insert new Section
607.5.5 in the Mechanical Code in its place to read as follows:

607.5.5 Shaft enclosures. Shaft enclosures that are permitted to be penetrated by
ducts and air transfer openings shall be protected with listed fire and smoke
dampers installed in accordance with their listing.
Exceptions:
1. Fire and smoke dampers are not required at penetrations of exhaust

shafts where steel exhaust subducts extend at least 22 inches (559 mm)
vertically in exhaust shafts provided there is a continuous airflow
upward to the outside and the fan is provided with backup standby
power.
2. Fire dampers are not required where penetrations are tested in

accordance with ASTM E 119 or UL 263 as part of the fire-resistance-
rated assembly.
3. Fire and smoke dampers are not required where ducts are used as part of
an approved smoke control system in accordance with Section 909 of the
Building Code.
4. Fire and smoke dampers are not required where the penetrations are in
dedicated parking garage exhaust or supply shafts that are separated
from other building shafts by not less than 2-hour fire-resistance-rated
construction.
5. Smoke dampers are not required at penetrations of shafts where the

building is equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in
accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 of the Building Code.
6. Fire dampers and combination fire/smoke dampers are not required in

kitchens and clothes dryer exhaust systems installed in accordance with
the Mechanical Code.

801 General
801 GENERAL
Insert new Section 801.18.5 in the Mechanical Code to read as follows:
801.18.5 Integrity inspection. Before a new or replacement vented appliance is

approved for use in connection with an existing chimney, the chimney shall be relined or
shall be inspected for integrity by the permit holder, in the presence of the code official,
using a scented smoke test or other approved method. In lieu of observing the test, the
code official is authorized to accept a certification of integrity of the chimney, issued by
the licensed contractor who conducted the inspection or test.

CHAPTER 9 SPECIFIC APPLIANCES, FIREPLACES AND SOLID FUEL-
BURNING EQUIPMENT
922 Kerosene and Oil-Fired Stoves
922 KEROSENE AND OIL-FIRED STOVES
922.1 General. Kerosene and oil-fired stoves shall not be used or installed in any premises.

CHAPTER 10 BOILERS, WATER HEATERS AND PRESSURE VESSELS
1001 General
1003 Specific Requirements for Boilers and Pressure Vessels
1004 Permits for Construction and Installation of Boilers
and Unfired Pressure Vessels; Permit and Inspection Fees
1005 Requirements for Power Boilers
1007 Installation of Low Pressure Heating Boilers
1008 Boiler Controls
1010 Safety Valves
1011 Explosion Doors
1012 Miniature Boilers
1013 Installation of Unfired Pressure Vessels
1014 Safety Valves for Unfired Pressure Vessels
1015 Water Storage Tanks, Water Heaters, Hydro-Pneumatic Tanks
1016 Hydro-Pneumatic Tanks
1017 Relief Valves, Gauges and Safety Controls
1018 Welding on Boilers and Unfired Pressure Vessels
1019 Test Methods
1020 Repairs by Welding
1021 Welded Repairs on Boilers and Unfired Pressure Vessels
1022 Existing Power Boiler Installations
1023 Parts and Equipment for Existing Power Boiler Installations
1025 Existing Miniature Boiler Installations
1026 Existing Unfired Pressure Vessel Installations
Strike Section 1001 of the International Mechanical Code in its entirety and insert Section 1001
in the Mechanical Code in its place to read as follows:
1001 GENERAL
1001.1 Scope. This chapter shall govern the installation, repair, maintenance, testing and
inspection of new and existing boilers, water heaters and pressure vessels.
1001.1.1 Exceptions. The following pressure vessels, boilers, tanks and containers are not
covered by this chapter.
1. Pressure vessels used for unheated water supply.
2. Portable unfired pressure vessels and Interstate Commerce Commission containers.
3. Containers for bulk oxygen and medical gas.

4. Unfired pressure vessels having a volume of 5 cubic feet (0.14 m3) or less operating at
pressures not exceeding 250 pounds per square inch (psi) (1724 kPa) and located within
occupancies of Groups B, F, H, M, R, S and U.
5. Pressure vessels used in refrigeration systems that are regulated by Chapter 11 of the
Mechanical Code.
6. Pressure tanks used in conjunction with coaxial cables, telephone cables, power cables
and other similar humidity control systems.
7. Any boiler or pressure vessel subject to inspection by federal inspectors.
1001.2 Standards applicability. Boilers, pressure vessels and their respective appurtenances
and control systems shall be designed, constructed, installed, inspected, repaired or altered in
accordance with the requirements of this Chapter and of the specific provisions of the following
standards, to the extent of their respective references contained in this Chapter:
1. ASME BPVC, Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code;
2. ASME CSD-1;
3. NFPA 8501, NFPA 8502, NFPA 8504;
4. UL 726; and
5. ANSI/NBBPVI NB-23 National Board Inspection Code (NBIC).
1001.3 Permit Requirement. A permit shall be obtained from the code official for each boiler
or unfired pressure vessel installed, erected, or moved and reinstalled, or re-erected in a new
location in the District of Columbia before any work in connection with the equipment is
performed.
1001.4 Licensed engineer requirement. The owner or user of a facility containing one or more
boilers or pressure vessels shall be responsible for employing or contracting for the services of a
an engineer holding the appropriate class of license for the size of the facility, issued by the
Department in accordance with the requirements of the District of Columbia Board of Industrial
Trades (Title 17 DCMR). The engineer’s license shall be framed, protected under a durable
transparent material and prominently displayed in the boiler room or engine room. A daily log
of plant operations documenting daily testing of all boiler safeties and controls for each tour of
duty shall also be kept in the boiler room or engine room.
1001.4.1 Engineer’s license suspension or revocation. Any engineer licensed by the

District of Columbia to operate boilers or pressure vessels covered by this code shall be
subject to fines and other penalties for violation of the Construction Codes, and to

suspension or revocation of his or her engineer’s license, if he or she shall operate, or
cause to be operated, any boiler or unfired pressure vessel under his or her supervision
without a certificate of inspection or with a certificate that has expired. Revocation or
suspension of a license, shall be in accordance with the procedures laid out at D.C.
Official Code §§ 47-2853.17 through 47-2853.30 (2012 Repl.).
1001.5 Inspection criteria. The approval of the design and the inspection of the construction,
installation and operation of power boilers, steam boilers, hot water boilers and pressure vessels
in the District of Columbia, shall be performed in accordance with the requirements of the ASME
Code, ANSI/NBBPVI NB-23 and ASME CSD-1, as specified by this Chapter and the
manufacturer’s inspection instructions. Inspections for compliance with specific District of
Columbia safety requirements shall be performed in accordance with this Chapter.
1001.5.1 Equipment replacement. The inspection of boiler and pressure vessel

equipment installed to replace inoperable equipment shall be performed in accordance
with the inspection requirements for new construction as specified in Section 1001.5.
1001.5.2 Existing equipment. Inspection of boilers and pressure vessels installed and
operating in existing facilities shall be performed at a frequency in accordance with the
requirements of ANSI/NBBPVI NB-23 and this Chapter.
Strike Section 1003 of the International Mechanical Code in its entirety and insert Section 1003
in the Mechanical Code in its place to read as follows:
1003 REQUIREMENTS FOR BOILERS AND PRESSURE VESSELS
1003.1 Certificates of inspection. No person shall use or cause to be used any steam boiler or
unfired pressure vessel until a certificate of inspection has been issued and posted as required in
this Chapter. The certificate of inspection shall not be issued until it is determined that the boiler
or pressure vessel condition is in conformity with the ASME Code and this Chapter, and the
provisions of the Construction Codes governing the installation of fuel burning equipment in the
District of Columbia. A separate certificate of inspection shall be required for each equipment
unit inspected. Each certificate shall be protected under a durable transparent material in a frame
to be supplied by the owner or user and shall be prominently displayed in the boiler room or
engine room near the equipment to which it pertains. Certificates for portable equipment shall be
kept with the equipment at all times.
1003.2 Final inspection. Upon installation, erection or alteration of any boiler or unfired
pressure vessel in the District of Columbia for which a permit is required, including re-
installation or erection of any used boiler or unfired pressure vessel, a final inspection by the
code official is required to verify compliance with the applicable Construction Code provisions.
1003.2.1 Responsibility of installer. On all installations for which a permit has been
issued, the contractor or person making the installation shall be responsible for notifying

the code official, with sufficient advance notice so that the necessary inspections can be
performed in a timely manner. The contractor or person making the installation shall be
responsible for ensuring that no boiler or unfired pressure vessel shall be operated until
final inspection has been performed and approved by the code official to operate the
equipment.
1003.3 Renewal of certificate of inspection. No person shall operate or cause to be operated

any boiler or unfired pressure vessel requiring inspection under this code without a current
certificate of inspection. Each certificate of inspection must be renewed annually, or at an
interval specified by the code official, as long as the equipment is in service. Renewal will be
granted upon satisfactory demonstration to the code official that the equipment or system has met
all of the inspections and testing required by the Construction Codes and referenced standards.
Inspections shall be made by the code official, or by an insurance company inspector as
permitted by Section 1003.12, at the expense and responsibility of the owner or user.
1003.4 Responsibility to notify code official. Where a boiler or unfired pressure vessel subject
to the provisions of this code is not covered by a current certificate of inspection, the owner or
user of such boiler or pressure vessel shall immediately notify the code official in writing of the
following information:
1. The location of each boiler or unfired pressure vessel not covered by a current certificate
of inspection;
2. The date of the last inspection, if any;
3. Whether or not the equipment is insured and inspected by an insurance company; and
4. The name of the company that insures such equipment.
1003.5 Operating pressure. No person shall operate or cause to be operated any boiler or
unfired pressure vessel at a pressure in excess of the allowable pressure as stated on the
certificate of inspection.
1003.5.1 Marking of pressure vessels. Unfired pressure vessels operated at a pressure

in excess of 60 pounds per square inch (psi) (414 kPa) and having a capacity in excess of
15 gallons (57 L) shall bear the following information:
1. The ASME symbol;
2. The name of the manufacturer;
3. The maximum allowable working pressure;
4. The serial number and National Board Numbers;

5. The year built; and
6. Any other required data to indicate that it has been built in accordance with the
provisions of Section VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code.
Exception: Marking of nonstandard pressure vessels shall not be required to contain

the information indicated in items 1, 4 and 6 of this section.
1003.6 Safety devices. Boilers and unfired pressure vessels shall be equipped with safety
appliances and piping as prescribed in the ASME Code. No person shall operate or cause a
boiler or unfired pressure vessel to be operated unless equipped with the prescribed safety
appliances and piping, and no person shall remove or tamper with any safety appliance or piping,
except for the purpose of making repairs. Any adjustments to safety valves shall be made only
by direction of the code official or an insurance company inspector.
1003.7 Tests. When in the judgment of the inspector it is considered necessary to demonstrate
the proper operation of the boiler safeties and controls, or to demonstrate the licensed engineer’s
ability to properly operate the boiler, the safety-valve capacity of a boiler and/or the low water
cutout shall be tested. An accumulation test shall be made by shutting off all other steam-
discharge outlets from the boiler, and operating the fuel-burning equipment to produce the
maximum steaming capacity of the boiler. An evaporation test shall be performed to
demonstrate proper operation of the low water cutout.
1003.7.1 Safety-valve. The safety-valve equipment shall be sufficient to prevent the

pressure from rising more than (a) 6 percent above the maximum allowable working
pressure, for power boilers, and (b) 5 pounds per square inch (psi) (34 kPa) above the
maximum allowable working pressure, for heating boilers. Provision shall be made for
piping the safety valve discharge out of the boiler room during a test pursuant to Section
1003.7.
1003.8 Portable boiler or unfired pressure vessel. No temporary portable boiler or unfired
pressure vessel shall be used until it has been inspected by the code official or an insurance
company inspector in accordance with this Chapter 10 and a certificate of inspection has been
issued. Each owner or user of portable boilers or unfired pressure vessels shall furnish in
writing to the code official, yearly, before December 27, the following information:
1. A list of his or her portable boilers and unfired pressure vessels;
2. The location of each portable boiler and unfired pressure vessel in the list; and
3. A statement for each portable boiler and unfired pressure vessel in the list, indicating
whether the boiler or pressure vessel is insured and inspected by an insurance company.

1003.9 Annual boiler inspection requirements. All steam boilers including hot water boilers
shall be inspected annually by the code official or by an insurance company inspector as
provided in Section 1003.15. The inspection shall include the following.
1003.9.1 Internal inspection. The internal inspection shall consist of a thorough

examination of all tubes, seams, rivets, drums, stay bolts and other parts to insure that the
boiler is in safe operating condition and able to carry the pressure allowed.
1003.9.2 External inspection. The external inspection, to determine the general

condition of the boiler and its appurtenances as well as the adequacy of safety valves,
pressure gauges, apparatus for determining water level and other appliances, shall be
made under normal operating conditions at which time the steam pressure carried shall be
observed and the operation of all valves, gauges, safety devices or other appliances shall
be checked to ensure that they are in proper working order.
1003.9.3 Hydrostatic test. A hydrostatic test shall be required when, in the judgment of
the code official or insurance company inspector, it is considered necessary in the interest
of safety. The test shall be conducted with water at a temperature of at least 70 °F (21
°C) but not higher than 120 °F (49 °C), with pressure applied to the vessel at 1.5 times
the maximum allowable working pressure. The test pressure shall hold for 30 minutes.
1003.10 Boiler preparation. A steam or hot water boiler shall be prepared for internal
inspection by the owner or user on a date specified by the code official. Insofar as practicable,
the internal inspection shall be made no later than 15 days prior to the expiration of the current
certificate of inspection. In no case shall the internal inspection be deferred more than 30 days
after the date of expiration of the certificate of inspection. The code official is authorized to
order a steam or hot water boiler discontinued from service until the inspection is performed.
1003.10.1 Inspection Procedure. Preparation for internal inspection shall be made in

the following manner:
1. Water shall be drawn off and the boiler thoroughly washed out;
2. All manhole and handhole plates, washout plugs and the water column connection
plugs shall he removed and the furnace and combustion chambers thoroughly
cooled and cleaned;
3. All grates or stoker dead plates of internally-fired boilers shall be removed; and
4. All leaks of steam or hot water into the boiler shall be stopped. The inspector is
also authorized to require the removal of brickwork and insulation covering the
seams of shell, drums or domes, sufficient to determine the size and pitch or
rivets, their condition, and any other information as may be necessary to definitely
determine the condition of the boiler and its fitness for safe operation.

1003.10.2 Hydrostatic test preparation. A steam or hot water boiler shall be prepared
for hydrostatic test by the owner or user, when required by the inspector by filling the
boiler with water to the stop valve and blanking off the connections of the boiler to other
boilers when that boiler is connected to other boilers that are under steam pressure.
Arrangements shall be made with the inspector for the protection of the safety valve and
under no circumstances shall the safety valve spring be screwed down for making
hydrostatic tests.
1003.10.3 Test gauges. An indicating test gauge shall be connected directly to the boiler
or pressure vessel where it is visible to the operating engineer throughout the duration of
the test. The pressure gauge scale shall be graduated over a range of not less than 1.5
times and not greater than four times the maximum test pressure. All gauges utilized for
testing shall be calibrated and certified by the operating engineer.
1003.11 Unfired pressure vessels requiring annual inspection. Each unfired pressure vessel
operating at a pressure in excess of 60 pounds per square inch (psi) (414 kPa) and having a
capacity in excess of 15 gallons (57 L) shall be inspected annually by the code official or an
insurance company inspector as permitted by Section 1003.12. Any unfired pressure vessel as
described herein shall be subjected to inspection if it is connected to a source of supply.
1003.11.1 Type of Inspection. The annual inspection of unfired pressure vessels shall
consist of an external inspection including safety devices and other appurtenances. When
a vessel is provided with manholes an internal inspection shall also be performed.
1003.11.2 Hydrostatic Test. A hydrostatic test shall be required when, in the judgment
of the inspector, it is considered necessary in the interest of safety. This test shall be
conducted with water at a temperature of at least 70 °F (21 °C) but not higher than 120 °F
(49 °C), and shall consist of applying to the vessel a pressure of 1.5 times the maximum
allowable working pressure. The test pressure shall hold for 30 minutes.
1003.12 Annual inspection by insurance company inspectors. Any steam or hot water boiler
or unfired pressure vessel which is insured and inspected at least once annually by an insurance
company inspector shall be exempt from annual inspection by the code official, provided that the
requirements of Sections 1003.12.1 through 1003.12.3 are satisfied.
1003.12.1 ASME Code. The insurance company inspector shall apply the inspection
provisions in Section I, Part PG, paragraph PG-90, “Inspection and Tests - General” in
the ASME Code.
1003.12.2 Qualifications. In order to perform inspection of boilers or pressure vessels in

the District of Columbia, the inspector shall hold a current certificate of competency
issued by the code official in accordance with this code.

1003.12.3 Inspection reports. The insurance company inspector shall file reports of
inspections and other data relating to an insured boiler or unfired pressure vessel, as may
be required, with the code official within ten business days after the inspection, on the
standard forms and in the manner prescribed by the code official; provided, that the
internal inspection report shall be filed in time to prevent the certificate of inspection
from becoming more than 30 days overdue. Each report shall be printed or typewritten,
bear the original inspector’s signature in ink and state unambiguously whether or not the
certificate of inspection should be issued, and the equipment working pressure allowed.
1003.12.3.1 Supplemental report. If the inspector has ordered or recommended

changes or repairs to be made following inspection, the inspection report filed
with the code official in accordance with Section 1003.12.3 shall state the nature
of all changes or repairs ordered or recommended. No later than 30 days after the
inspection during which the deficiencies were identified, the insurance company
inspector shall re-inspect the insured boiler or pressure vessel and submit a
supplemental report to the code official stating whether the changes or repairs
have been completed. If the work has not been completed within the time
allowed, the code official is authorized to order operation of the equipment to be
discontinued, or to take any other actions authorized by the Construction Codes.
1003.13 Certificates of competency for insurance company inspectors.
1003.13.1 Application. In order to obtain or renew a certificate of competency, each

inspector employed or retained, by an insurance company licensed to operate in the
District of Columbia, to inspect boilers and pressure vessels located in the District of
Columbia that are insured by the company shall submit an application to the code official,
in the form prescribed and provided by the code official. The application shall include the
following:
1. Name, age, qualifications, experience and local address of the inspector;
2. Documentation evidencing employment or retention by an insurance company

licensed to operate in the District of Columbia for the inspection of boilers and
pressure vessels in the District of Columbia;
3. A copy of a valid current certificate issued by the National Board to the inspector;
and
4. Such other data and information as may be required by the code official.
1003.13.2 National Board certification. The code official is authorized to accept a

certificate issued by the National Board, upon proper substantiation, and to issue a
certificate of competency based on such National Board certificate.

1003.13.3 Filing fee. All applications for a new or renewed certificate of competency
shall be accompanied by a filing fee of $200, or such amount as may be established in the
applicable fee schedule published in the D.C. Register.
1003.13.3 Expiration. The certificate of competency shall be issued for a two-year

period, provided, however, any certificate of competency issued shall become null and
void if the inspector holding the certificate of competency ceases to be employed or
retained by the insurance company upon which his or her National Board eligibility is
based, or if the National Board certification on which the inspector’s certificate of
competency is based is cancelled or invalidated.
1003.14 Insurance company reporting duties. An insurance company that insures any boiler
or pressure vessel in the District of Columbia shall immediately report the following information
to the code official by written notice:
1. The name of the owner or user and the location of every boiler and unfired pressure
vessel on which insurance is refused, canceled or discontinued by the company and the
reason therefore;
2. The location and name of the owner or user of each new boiler or pressure vessel upon
which coverage is taken, whether the new equipment has been inspected by the code
official and whether an installation permit has been obtained;
3. The names of the DC-licensed engineers working on all watches, and the grade of license
held by each engineer, and if there is none, the report shall so state; and
4. The termination or cessation of any employment or contractual relationship with an

insurance company inspector and the reasons therefore.
1003.15 Internal inspection. In the case of boilers that can be internally inspected, certificates
of inspection shall not be issued until after the internal inspection has been performed.
1003.16 Notice to make repairs or alterations. If upon inspection by the code official it is
found that repairs, alterations or cleaning are necessary to ensure the safe operation of a steam
boiler, hot water boiler or unfired pressure vessel, and its conformity to the ASME Code and this
Chapter, a written notice stating the work required to be done and the time allowed for
completion shall be sent to the owner or user.
1003.16.1 Repairs, alterations or cleaning. Repairs, alterations or cleaning required

under Section 1003.16 shall be made as directed. Upon completion of the work ordered,
the owner or user shall notify the code official. If the work has not been completed
within the time allowed, the code official is authorized to order operation of the
equipment to be discontinued, and to take any other actions authorized by the
Construction Codes.

1003.17 Condemnation of defective, unsafe or dangerous equipment. Whenever the code
official finds that a boiler or unfired pressure vessel, or its necessary appurtenances, is in such a
defective or unsafe condition that life or property is endangered, he or she shall immediately
order its further use and operation discontinued. A boiler or unfired pressure vessel which has
been declared unsafe or condemned by the code official shall be distinctly labeled as “Unsafe to
Use” or condemned by the Department. The provisions of Sections 115 and 116 of the Building
Code and Sections 108 and 109 of the Property Maintenance Code shall also apply to defective,
unsafe or dangerous boilers and unfired pressure vessels.
1003.17.1 Operation prohibited. No person shall operate or cause to be operated any

boiler or unfired pressure vessel which is known to be unsafe or which has been
condemned by the code official. No person shall operate or cause to be operated any
boiler or unfired pressure vessel, the further use and operation of which has been ordered
discontinued by the code official until the defective or unsafe condition which was the
reason for such action has been corrected and a new certificate of inspection is issued.
1003.17.2 Notification of unsafe condition. If an insurance company inspector finds

that a boiler or unfired pressure vessel, or its necessary appurtenances, are in such a
defective or unsafe condition that life or property is endangered, and which, in his or her
opinion cannot be repaired and made safe, he or she shall immediately notify the code
official.
1003.17.3 Abatement. The owner or user of the equipment deemed unsafe shall abate or
cause to be abated or corrected such unsafe condition.
1003.18 Numbering boilers and unfired pressure vessels. Every boiler and unfired pressure
vessel installed in the District of Columbia shall be given a District of Columbia number.
Numbers assigned to cast-iron boilers shall be of metal not less than 1 inch (25.4 mm) in height
and shall be securely attached to a metal plate which in turn shall be securely attached to the
front of the boiler. Miniature boilers shall have sufficient space provided so that the District of
Columbia boiler number can be stamped on the shell and be clearly visible when the insulating
jacket is in place. Numbers on condemned boilers shall not be reassigned.
Strike the title of Section 1004 of the International Mechanical Code and insert a new title in
Section 1004 of the Mechanical Code in its place to read as follows:
1004 PERMITS FOR CONSTRUCTION AND INSTALLATION OF BOILERS AND

UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS; PERMIT, INSPECTION AND
MISCELLANEOUS FEES
Strike Section 1004.7 of the International Mechanical Code in its entirety and insert new
Sections 1004.7 and 1004.8 in the Mechanical Code in its place to read as follows:

1004.7 Permits required for installation. No person shall erect, install, re-erect or reinstall or
cause to be erected, installed, re-erected or reinstalled any steam or hot water boiler or unfired
pressure vessel until he or she shall have made application on the form provided by the code
official, and obtained an installation permit.
1004.7.1 Permit applications. Applications for permits shall be accompanied by a form

U-1, “Manufacturer’s Data Report,” as specified in the ASME Code, properly filled out
and signed by an authorized boiler inspector employed by an insurance company,
showing that the boiler or unfired pressures vessel has been constructed and inspected in
accordance with the requirements of the ASME Code. When an application is made to
install a used boiler or unfired pressure vessel sufficient specific information shall be
furnished to show that the boiler or unfired pressure vessel has been built in accordance
with all the requirements of the ASME Code and is so stamped.
1004.7.2 Inspection of used equipment. Before an installation permit for a used boiler
or unfired pressure vessel shall be issued, the code official shall cause the boiler or
unfired pressure vessel to be inspected in order to determine whether it is safe to operate,
and any repairs or changes that shall be deemed necessary.
1004.8 Permit, inspection and miscellaneous fees. The code official is authorized to require
the payment of fees, pursuant to the applicable fee schedule published in the D.C. Register, for
permits, inspections and other miscellaneous services related to boilers and unfired pressure
vessels, including, but not limited to, fees for permit processing, inspections, welding
qualification tests and issuance of certificates of competency and certificates of inspection.
Strike Section 1005 of the International Mechanical Code in its entirety and insert new Section
1005 in the Mechanical Code in its place to read as follows:
1005 REQUIREMENTS FOR POWER BOILERS
1005.1 Steel platforms. To provide access to the top of every power boiler setting, a steel
platform shall be provided, reached by means of a stationary steel stairway or ladder. The
platform shall be provided with a 4 inch (102 mm) high toe guard, with a steel railing not less
than 36 inches (914 mm) inches in height, and shall have a runway not less than 30 inches (762
mm) in width, made of steel grating or other approved material.
1005.2 Platform access. The stairway or ladder shall not be less than 16 inches (406 mm) in
width and shall provide easy access to and from the platform. Where more than one boiler is
served by the same platform, or where otherwise deemed necessary, a second stairway or ladder,
remote from the first one, shall be provided.
1005.3 Means of egress. Two unobstructed and accessible means of egress remote from each
other shall be provided in every room housing power boilers with an aggregate capacity of 75
horsepower (56 kW) or over, or heating boilers with an aggregate capacity of 2,400,000 btu/h

(703 kW) or over. Blow off pits, ash pits, alleyways, steam pipe tunnels and other places where
there would be danger of personnel being trapped shall have adequate ventilation, lighting and a
number of means of egress deemed adequate by the code official.
1005.4 Blow-off discharge. Blow-off piping from power boilers shall not discharge directly
into a sewer. A blow-off tank or sump shall be used where conditions do not provide an
adequate and safe open discharge.
1005.5 Blow-off tanks. Blow-off tanks shall be designed for at least 50 percent of the working
steam pressure of the boiler to which it is connected and shall be built in accordance with the
ASME Code. The tanks shall have a discharge connection at least 6 inches (152 mm) above the
maximum water level with a water seal, a vent from the top of the tank and a cold-water
connection to the top of the tank. The vent shall be routed to a safe point of discharge above the
roof of the building where it is located or the roof of any adjoining building, so as not to
constitute a hazard or nuisance. The vent shall be substantially supported. The design of each
tank and appurtenant piping shall be submitted to the Department for approval. Tank, outlet and
vent sizes shall not be less than indicated in Table 1005.5.
TABLE 1005.5
REQUIREMENTS FOR POWER BOILERS BLOW-OFF TANKS
BOILER TANK SIZE OUTLET VENT
RATING (inches nom.) (inches nom.)
2 to 25 horsepower 24 in. diameter by 36 in. long 2 2
26 to 75 30 in. diameter by 48 in. long 3 3
horsepower
horsepower
horsepower
horsepower
601 to 1,000 48 in. diameter by 72 in. long 6 6
horsepower
For SI: 1 inch = 25 mm, 1 horsepower = 0.7457 kW.
1007 INSTALLATION OF LOW PRESSURE HEATING BOILERS
1007.1 Return water connection. The return water connection to every low pressure steam or
hot water heating boiler shall be arranged to form what is known as a “Hartford Loop” so that the
water cannot be forced out of the boiler below the safe water level. This connection shall be
installed on each boiler, with the inside bottom of the return pipe close nipple, where it connects

to the equalizing loop, at the same level as the top of the bottom nut of the water gauge glass.
1007.2 Equalizer pipe. Each boiler shall have a separate equalizer pipe installed between the
bottom opening of the boiler and the boiler stop valve, when used. The equalizer pipe shall not
have a valve in it at any point and shall not be used as a means to connect two or more boilers
together below the water line. Equalizer pipe sizes shall not be less than the schedules indicated
in Table 1007.2.
TABLE 1007.2
EQUALIZER PIPE SIZES
GRATE AREA S.V.R.C. a PIPE SIZE
(square feet) (pounds per hour) (inches nom.)
Under 4 250 or less 1½
4 to 15 251 or 2000 2½
Over 15 2001 or over 4
For SI: 1 square foot =0.0929 m2, 1 inch = 25 mm, 1 pound/hour = 0.4536 kg/h.
a. S.V.R.C., Safety Valve Relieving Capacity, for this purpose, shall be the capacity of the boiler as
stamped on a steel boiler or on the name plate of a cast iron boiler.
1007.3 Stop valve. When a stop valve is used in the return line of the loop it shall be located
within 6 feet (1829 mm) of the floor. A drain valve shall be provided at the lowest point of the
return line. Galvanized pipe and fittings shall not be used in any part of the equalizer pipe or
return line.
1007.4 Public water system mechanical feed. Each boiler shall be provided with a mechanical
feed line supplied from a reliable public water system. The feed line shall not connect directly
into any part of a boiler exposed to the direct radiant heat from the heat source. It shall be
connected to the equalizing line between the boiler and the condensate return connection and
shall have a check valve in the line as close to the boiler as possible.
1007.5 Boiler feed line. The boiler feed line shall be designed so as to adequately take care of
the maximum demand of the boiler.
1007.6 Public water system shut-off valve. All connections from the public water system shut-
off valve shall be made of brass pipe with screwed fittings. Tubing shall not be used.
Exceptions:
1. Low-pressure heating boilers bearing the ASME stamp that are trimmed by the
manufacturer.
2. Low-pressure heating boilers rated less than 100 horsepower (74.6 kW).
1007.7 Condensate return pump. A condensate return pump shall have capacity to supply the

boiler or boilers it serves with sufficient water to maintain a normal water level when the boilers
are operating at maximum capacity. When more than one boiler is served by the pump, the
condensate return line shall be arranged to supply all boilers adequately.
1007.8 Stop valve. A stop valve shall be installed in each supply and return connection of two
or more boilers connected to a common system. When a stop valve is used in the supply pipe
connection of a single boiler, there shall be one used in the return pipe connection and vice
versa. If there are multiple branch connections, each one shall be valved. When stop valves over
2 inches in nominal size are used they shall be of the outside screw-and-yoke type.
1007.8.1 Stop valve location. Stop valves shall be located as close to the boiler as
possible and when over 7 feet (2134 mm) above the floor shall be made accessible for
operation by means of either (1) a permanent steel ladder and platform; or (2) a chain or
motor operated mechanism.
1007.9 Blow-off connections. Each boiler shall have one or more blow-off connections fitted
with straightway valves connected directly with the lowest water space. Plug or bob cocks shall
not be used. A discharge pipe shall be run to the floor, full size, with an “ell” at the bottom to
direct the water away from the operator, or to a blow-off tank. A “tee” fitting shall be used at the
boiler in order to provide a cleanout for the line. Blow-off valves and discharge pipes shall not
be smaller than the schedule indicated in Table 1007.9 based on the equivalent direct radiation
rating of the boiler. If a surface blow down is used, it shall be run full size to the floor with an
“ell” at the bottom, or to an approved drain.
TABLE 1007.9
BLOW-OFF VALVES AND DISCHARGE PIPES
BOILER RATING Valve and Pipe Size
(square feet E.D.R.) (inches nom.)
Under 1000 ¾
1001 to 3500 1
3501 to 8500 1½
8501 and over 2
For SI: 1 square foot = 0.0929 m2, 1 inch = 25 mm.
1007.10 Wash-out and hand-hole openings. All wash-out and hand-hole openings shall be
accessible and shall not be obstructed or blocked by pipe or other obstacle. Capped pipe nipples
and plugs shall be installed in wash-out openings.
1007.11 Cross connections. There shall be no cross connection below the water line, for any
purpose, between two or more boilers.

1008.1 Steam limit control. Every steam boiler, when mechanically fired, shall be provided
with a steam limit control (pressure regulator) that shall operate to prevent the steam pressure
from rising above the allowable working pressure of the boiler. All connections shall be on non-
ferrous pipe with screwed fittings. There shall not be any valve between the boiler and the
control.
Exceptions:
1. Boilers that bear the ASME stamp and are trimmed by the manufacturer are exempt
from the non-ferrous pipe with screwed fittings requirement.
2. Boilers rated less than 100 horsepower (74.6 kW) are exempt from the non-ferrous pipe
with screwed fittings requirement.
1008.2 Master limit control. When two or more boilers are connected to a common header, a
master limit control connected into the main steam header shall be provided to control all boilers
simultaneously.
1008.3 Low-water fuel cut-off. Each steam boiler, when mechanically fired, shall be equipped
with an approved low-water fuel cut-off, so arranged as to automatically cut off the fuel supply
in case the water-level gauge indicates low-water level.
1008.4 Independent operational controls. The operation of automatic operational controls

shall not be dependent upon the functioning of any other device.
1008.5 Oil burner cut-off location. When an oil burner is manually operated, the cut-off valve
shall be located in the oil line close to the burner and shall only be re-set manually.
1008.6 Valve location restriction. No valves shall be permitted between the low-water fuel cut-
off and the boiler.
1008.7 Water gauge glass controls. Each steam boiler shall have one or more water-gauge
glasses attached to the water column or directly to the boiler by means of valved fittings, with
the lower fitting provided with a drain valve of the straightway type with opening not less than
1/4 inch (6.4 mm) diameter. The gauge glasses shall be visible from the operating floor and
without the removal of any cover or casing. There shall be no obstruction to interfere with
visibility of the gauge glasses.
1008.8 Operating elevated gauge glass controls. When gauge cocks or gauge glass shut off
cocks are located 78 inches (1981 mm) or more above the operating floor, they shall be of the
quick opening type with chains or rods attached for operation from the floor. The gauge glass
and pressure gauge shall be illuminated by a light with an approved type of reflector so that they
can be easily read.

1008.9 Automatic water feeder. An automatic water feeder shall be installed on each
mechanically fired steam heating boiler. It shall have sufficient capacity to take care of the
water demand for maximum boiler output.
1008.10 Feed pump capacity. A boiler feed pump, when used, shall have capacity to supply
sufficient water to all boilers served to maintain a normal water level when the boiler or boilers
are operating at maximum capacity.
1008.11 Public water system by-pass. A public water system by-pass valve, with the valve
accessible from the floor, shall be installed around a feeder and shall have a valved drain
extended to within 6 inches (152 mm) of the floor. A mechanical water feeder supplied from a
public water system shall be installed with a bypass valve, with inlet and outlet valves accessible
from the floor, with cross tees for inspection and with the drain valve piping extended to within 6
inches (152 mm) of the floor.
1008.12 Feed-water level. A water feeder shall be installed so that it will not cause the water
level to rise above the normal operating level specified by the manufacturer of the boiler.
1008.13 Minimum boiler water level. On low-pressure steam heating boilers, the water gauge
glass shall be located so that the lowest permissible water level in the glass shall be as specified
in Sections 1008.13.1 through 1008.13.4.
1008.13.1 Multiple fire-tube boilers. For multiple fire-tube boilers at least 1/2 inch (13
mm) of water shall be maintained over the top row of tubes or the fusible plug, if used,
whichever is higher.
1008.13.2 Scotch Marine boilers. For package type Scotch Marine boilers at least 1/2
inch (13 mm) of water shall be maintained over the top row of tubes or the fusible plug, if
used, whichever is higher.
1008.13.3 Horizontal tube boilers. For fire-box, horizontal water tube boilers at least 1
inch (25 mm) of water shall be maintained over the highest point of the crown sheet.
1008.13.4 Miscellaneous boilers. For any other type boiler the minimum water level
shall be maintained in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations.
1008.14 Multiple boiler water level. Two or more boilers that share any appurtenance shall be
arranged so that the low water lines of all boilers are at the same level.
Exception: When each boiler is provided with an individual pump control and an individual
automatically operated feed water control valve, operation with different water levels shall be
allowed.
1008.15 Boiler pressure gauge. Every boiler shall have a pressure gauge connected to its steam

space, or to its water column, or to its steam connection by means of a siphon or equivalent
device exterior to the boiler, and of sufficient capacity to keep the gauge tube filled with water.
The pressure gauge shall be arranged so that the gauge cannot be shut off from the boiler except
by a cock with a “tee” or lever handle installed in the pipe near the gauge.
1008.16 Cock handle position. The handle of the cock for the pressure gauge shall be parallel
to the pipe in which it is located when the cock is open.
1008.17 Gauge scale graduation. The scale on the dial of a gauge on a low pressure boiler
shall be graduated to not less than 30 pounds psi (210 kPa), in 5 psi (35 kPa) increments.
Connections to steam gauge siphons shall be of non-ferrous pipe. The gauge shall be visible at
all times without the removal of any cover or casing, and shall be of such size and so located as
to be easily readable from the operating floor.
Exceptions:
from the non-ferrous pipe connection requirement.
connection requirement.
1008.18 Independent controls. When two or more mechanically fired steam boilers are
connected to the same system, each boiler shall have independent low-water fuel cut-offs,
pressure controls, pressure gauges and water feeders.
1008.19 Non-ferrous pipe and fittings. All of the connections for the water column, water
feeder, low-water fuel cut-off and make up water line to the boiler, shall be of non-ferrous pipe
and screwed fittings, with a cross at each right angle turn and with a check valve in the feed line
as close to the boiler as possible. High pressure boilers shall have a valve between the boiler and
the check valve. Tubing shall not be permitted on boiler piping or fittings. All piping shall be
firmly braced and supported.
Exceptions:
from the non-ferrous pipe with screwed fittings requirement.
with screwed fittings requirement.
1008.20 Drain locations. Boiler drains shall be located so that the discharge will not impinge on
the boiler setting or electrical equipment. Water column, water feeder and low-water fuel cut-off
shall each have separate full size straight-way valve drains extended to within 6 inches (152 mm)

from the floor or to a visible approved drain, with the valves located so as to be conveniently
accessible for operation. Plug cocks shall not be used.
1010 SAFETY VALVES
1010.1 General. Each steam boiler shall be provided with one or more safety valves of the
spring-pop type, having side outlet discharge, adjusted and sealed to discharge at a pressure not
to exceed 15 pounds per square inch (psi) (103 kPa). Seals shall be attached so as to prevent the
valve from being taken apart or re-set to relieve at a higher pressure without breaking the seal.
1010.2 Lever-lifting device. Each valve shall have a substantial lever-lifting device which will
positively lift the disk from its seat at least 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) when there is no pressure on the
boiler. Where the lever is more than 78 inches (1981 mm) above the floor, a flexible chain or
cable operating over a pulley shall be provided so that the valve can be tested.
1010.3 Safety valve marking. Each steam safety valve shall bear the ASME symbol to indicate
that it complies with the requirements of the ASME Code in regard to construction, testing and
rating, and shall be plainly and permanently marked by the manufacturer in such a way that the
marking will be readable when the valve is installed and will not be obliterated in service.
1010.3.1 Marking data. The marking shall include the following information:
1. The manufacturer’s name;
2. The type and catalog number;
3. The pressure at which it is set to open; and
4. The capacity in pounds of steam per hour as certified by the National Board.
1010.4 Valve capacity. The steam safety valve capacity for each steam boiler shall be such that
with the fuel burning equipment installed and operating at maximum capacity, the pressure
cannot rise more than 5 psi (34 kPa) above the maximum allowable working pressure of the
boiler.
1010.5 Non-compliant valves. When a safety valve no longer meets the provisions of Sections
1010.1 through 1010.4, such as when there is no stamping on a valve or it is not legible, or when
a safety valve does not function properly, a new safety valve or valves as required in Section
1010 shall be installed.
1010.6 Installation. It shall be the responsibility of the contractor making the installation or

changes to a system to provide and install the necessary safety valves, as required by this
Chapter and/or recommended by the manufacturer.
1010.7 Accumulation test. In case of dispute over the safety valve capacity or when, in the
judgment of the code official or insurance company inspector, it is considered necessary to test
the capacity of the safety valves, an accumulation test shall be conducted by the contractor,
owner or operator in the presence of the code official or insurance company inspector.
1010.7.1 Test procedure. The accumulation test shall be conducted by closing off all
other discharge outlets from the boiler and operating the fuel burning equipment at
maximum capacity. The safety valves shall be sufficient to prevent the pressure from
rising more than 5 psi (34 kPa) above the maximum allowable working pressure of the
boiler. Provision shall be made for piping the steam discharge from the boiler room
during the test.
1010.8 Minimum capacity. The minimum required capacity of the safety valve or valves, in
pounds of steam per hour, shall be determined as follows:
1. For steel or cast iron boilers, multiply the area of heating surface in square feet, if
available, by 5 or use the maximum rating output of the boiler as specified by the
manufacturer, whichever is greater.
2. If the fuel burning equipment installed will produce a greater output than the minimum
obtained in Section 1010.8(1), the minimum capacity of the safety valve or valves shall
be based on the maximum output obtainable. In any event the requirements of Section
1010.4 shall be met.
1010.9 Safety valves connection. Safety valves shall be connected to boilers, with the spindle
in a vertical position, in any one of the following ways:
1. Directly to a tapped or flanged opening in the boiler;
2. To a fitting connected to the boiler by a close nipple;
3. To a Y-base;
4. To a valveless steam pipe between the adjacent boilers; or
5. To a valveless header connecting steam outlets on the same boiler.
1010.9.1 Y-base connection. When a Y-base is used pursuant to Section 1010.9(3)

above, the inlet area shall not be less than the combined outlet areas.
1010.9.2 Clearance. There shall be sufficient clearance above and around safety valves

so that they can be removed and replaced without dismantling. The identification plate
shall be located so as to be readable.
1010.10 Shut-off prohibition. No shut-off or connection of any description shall be placed

between a safety valve and the boiler, nor on the valve discharge pipe between such valve and
the atmosphere. A safety valve shall not be connected to an internal pipe in the boiler. Tubing
or galvanized pipe shall not be used between the valve and boiler.
1010.11 Discharge pipe. A discharge pipe shall not be used on safety valves on low pressure
equipment, except where a boiler is located in a restricted space or where the discharge from the
valve might constitute a hazard to persons or to equipment. A discharge pipe shall be designed
to accommodate the opening of a single valve or the aggregate area of all valves, based on the
nominal diameter of the discharge openings of the valves with which it connects. The cross
section of the discharge pipe shall be equal to the area of all of the safety valves discharging into
it.
1010.11.1 Discharge pipe installation. The discharge pipe shall be fitted with an open
drain to prevent water from lodging in the upper part of the valve or in the pipe. When an
elbow is placed on a safety valve discharge pipe, it shall be located close to the valve
outlet and 45° turns shall be used. The discharge pipe shall be braced and supported so
that no weight or strain is placed on the valve body. The discharge shall be arranged so
there will be no danger of scalding attendants. A safety valve shall not be installed so as
to discharge inside the casing of a self-contained boiler.
1010.11.2 Discharge pipe location. The safety valve or valves of each high-pressure
boiler shall be provided with a full size discharge pipe leading to a safe point of
discharge, which shall be above the roof of the building where it is located, or of any
adjoining building to which it could constitute a hazard or nuisance. Visible, non-valved
drains shall be provided to receive the discharge from the valve discharge piping.
1010.11.3 Discharge pipes not required. Boilers of 25 horsepower (18.6 kW) or less
shall not be required to have safety valve discharge pipes if the discharge from the safety
valve will not constitute a hazard.
1010.12 Connection of two or more boilers. When two or more boilers with different
allowable working pressures are connected to a common steam main, safety valves shall be
allowed to be set at a pressure exceeding the lowest allowable pressure, provided that the boilers
with allowable working pressures below the safety valves’ set pressure shall be protected by a
safety valve or valves placed on the connecting pipe to the steam main.
1010.12.1 Connecting pipe. The area or combined area of the safety valve or valves
placed on the connecting pipe to the steam main, as provided for in Section 1010.12, shall
not be less than the area of the connecting pipe or the area of the steam main, whichever
is smaller. Each safety valve placed on the connecting pipe shall be set at the lowest

allowable pressure of any of the connected boilers.
1011 EXPLOSION DOORS
1011.1 Explosion doors. Each boiler burning fuel in suspended or gaseous form shall have one
or more self-closing explosion doors located in the boiler setting and breeching as required. This
section shall apply to new installations and to existing installations that are changed to burn fuel
in suspended or gaseous form.
1011.2 Deflectors. Explosion doors, when located in the walls of the boiler setting within 7 feet
(2134 mm) of the firing floor or of any platform or walkway, shall be provided with substantial
deflectors to divert the blast of exploding gas so that it will not constitute a hazard.
1012 INSTALLATION OF MINIATURE BOILERS
1012.1 Miniature boiler limitation. Miniature boiler is a power or high-temperature water

boiler that does not exceed the size and pressure limits specified in its definition. Where any one
of the limits specified in the definition is exceeded, the rules for power boilers shall apply.
1012.2 Clearance. Each boiler shall be located so that adequate space will be provided for the
proper operation of the boiler and appurtenances, for the inspection of all surfaces and for their
necessary maintenance and repair. Each miniature boiler shall have the following minimum
clearances:
1. 18 inches (457 mm) on all sides;
2. 3 feet (914 mm) from electric meters and main-line switches;
3. 18 inches (457 mm) from all other switches and fuse boxes; and
4. 3 feet (914 mm) horizontally from any gas meter.
1012.3 Feed pump. Each miniature boiler operating at a pressure in excess of 25 pounds psi
(172 kPa) shall be provided with at least one feed pump or other approved feeding device except
where the steam generator is operated with no extraction of steam (closed system).
1012.4 Blow-off connection. Each miniature boiler shall be provided with a blow-off
connection that shall not be reduced in size and shall be led to a safe point of discharge.
Whenever, in the judgment of the boiler inspector a safe place of discharge cannot be provided, a

blow-down tank shall be installed, and a 1 inch (25 mm) vent leading to a safe point of discharge
shall be provided on the tank. The blow-off shall be fitted with a valve or cock in direct
connection with the lowest water space practicable.
1012.5 Mechanically fired boilers. Each mechanically fired miniature boiler shall be provided
with an automatic low-water fuel cut-off so located as to automatically cut off the fuel supply in
case the water level falls to the level of the bottom of the water glass.
1012.6 Gas-fired boilers. Where miniature boilers are gas-fired, the burners used shall conform
to the requirements of the Fuel Gas Code. The burner shall be equipped with an automatic fuel-
regulating governor that shall be regulated by the steam pressure. This governor shall be so
constructed that, in the event of its failure, there shall be no possibility of steam from the boiler
entering the gas chamber or gas supply pipe. A manual stop or throttle valve shall be located in
the inlet pipe ahead of the fuel-regulating governor. All applicable requirements of the Fuel Gas
Code shall be satisfied.
1012.7 Boiler vent installations. Each gas-fired miniature boiler shall be connected to a vent or
flue, or to a chimney, extended to an approved location outside of the building. The venting
arrangement shall be of approved design and in accordance with the boiler manufacturer’s
installation instructions.
1013 INSTALLATION OF UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS
1013.1 Access for inspection. Each unfired pressure vessel shall be installed so that it is
available for complete external inspection of shell and heads and shall be located so that,
wherever possible, there will be not less than 12 inches (305 mm) between the vessel and any
floor, wall, ceiling or other obstruction. There shall be no piping or other obstructions to prevent
proper access. Any manhole or inspection opening shall be located so that it is readily
accessible. All stamping and longitudinal welded or riveted joints shall be located in a position
so as to be readily visible to the inspector. Where necessary to install a vessel underground, it
shall be enclosed in a concrete or brick pit with a removable cover so that inspection of the entire
shell and heads of the vessel can be performed.
1013.2 Structural supports. Each unfired pressure vessel shall be supported by masonry or
structural supports of sufficient strength and rigidity to safely support the vessel and its contents.
Provisions shall be made to reduce vibration in both the vessel and its connecting piping.
1013.3 Piping and connections. All piping and connections to an unfired pressure vessel shall
be supported in a substantial and safe manner so that there is no strain placed upon the vessel.
Provision shall be made for expansion, contraction and drainage.
1013.4 Protection. Each unfired pressure vessel shall be painted with two coats of approved

paint, so that it is protected from rust and corrosion. It shall not be in contact with any corrosive
material or moisture.
1013.5 Drip pipe. Each unfired pressure vessel shall have a bottom drip pipe fitted with a valve
or cock in direct connection with the lowest space practicable. The minimum size of pipe and
fittings shall be 3/4 inch (19 mm) except for tanks 20 inches (508 mm) in diameter or less, in
which the minimum size of the pipe and fittings shall be 1/4 inch (6.4 mm). If a plug cock is
used, the plug shall be held in place with a guard or gland. Globe valves and cocks shall not be
used.
1013.6 Pressure gauge. Each unfired pressure vessel shall have a pressure gauge connected in a
manner that the gauge cannot be shut off from the vessel, except by a cock with a “tee” or lever
handle, which shall be placed on the pipe near the gauge. Connections to gauges shall be placed
on the pipe near the gauge. Connections to gauges shall be made of non-ferrous pipe and fittings
from the tank to the gauge. Tubing shall not be used. The dial of the gauge shall be graduated to
not less than 1.5 times the maximum pressures allowed for the vessel. A 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) test
gauge connection shall be provided for attaching the inspector’s test gauge.
1014 SAFETY VALVES FOR UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS
1014.1 General. Each unfired pressure vessel shall be protected by safety and relief valves and
shall be provided with indicating and controlling devices to ensure its safe operation. These
valves and devices shall be so constructed, located and installed that they cannot readily be
rendered inoperative.
1014.2 Safety valves. The relieving capacity of safety valves shall be such as to prevent
pressure in the vessel from rising to more than 10 percent above the maximum allowable
working pressure, taking into account the effect of static head. Safety valve discharge shall be
carried to a safe place.
1014.3 Type of safety valve. Each pressure vessel safety valve shall be of the direct spring-
loaded type, having a substantial lever-lifting device so that the disk can be lifted from its seat by
the spindle not less than 1/8th the diameter of the valve when the pressure of the vessel is 75
percent of that at which the safety valve is set to open.
1014.4 Marking. Every pressure vessel valve shall be marked “ASME” or “National Board
Standard,” and shall bear the following information:
1. The name or identifying mark of the manufacturer;
2. The pipe size of valve inlet;

3. The pressure at which the valve is set to open; and
4. The relieving capacity.
1014.5 Prohibited safety valves. Safety valves having either the seat or disk of cast iron shall
not be used.
1014.6 Multiple safety valves. If more than one safety valve is used, the discharge capacity
shall be taken as the combined capacity of all valves.
1014.7 Pressure relief in unfired pressure vessels. For vessels in which pressure is not
generated but is derived from an outside source, each safety valve shall be so connected to the
vessel, vessels or system which it protects as to prevent pressure from rising beyond the
maximum allowable pressure in any vessel protected by the safety valve.
1014.8 Pressure relief in other than unfired pressure vessels. For vessels in which pressure
may be generated, the safety valve or valves shall be connected directly to the vessel that is to be
protected or to a pipe line leading to the vessel. The internal cross-sectional area of the pipe line
shall be not less than the nominal area of the safety valve or valves used, and without any
intervening valve between the vessel and the safety valve or valves protecting it.
1014.9 Pressure relief escape pipe. When an escape pipe is used, it shall be full-sized and fitted
with an open drain to prevent liquid from lodging in the upper part of the safety valve, and no
valve of any description shall be placed on the escape pipe between the safety valve and the
atmosphere.
1014.10 Escape pipe fittings. When an elbow is placed on an escape pipe, it shall be located
close to the safety valve outlet or the escape pipe shall be securely anchored and supported.
When two or more safety valves are placed on one connection, this connection shall have a
cross-sectional area at least equal to the combined area of these safety valves.
1014.11 Freeze protection. Each safety valve which is exposed to a temperature of 32 °F (0 °C)
or less shall have a drain at least 3/8 inch (9.5 mm) in diameter at the lowest point where water
can collect.
1014.12 Spring adjustment. Safety-valve springs shall not be adjusted to carry more than 10
percent greater pressure than that for which the springs were made.
1014.13 Valve testing. Each safety valve shall be tested at least once every day by raising the
disk from its seat.
1014.14 Valve sizing. Safety valves for compressed air tanks shall not exceed 3 inches (75 mm)
in diameter and shall be sized for the maximum flow of free air that can be supplied, as
determined in Section VIII, Division 1, Part UG, paragraph UG-133, “Determination of Pressure

Relief Requirements” in the ASME Code.
1014.15 Use of rupture disks. Rupture disks or heads used for supplemental protection of
pressure vessels shall be designed to fail at a pressure above the safety or relief valve setting.
1014.16 Multiple vessels. When two or more unfired pressure vessels that are allowed different
pressures are connected to a common source of pressure, all safety valves shall be set at a
pressure not exceeding the lowest vessel working pressure allowed.
1015 WATER STORAGE TANKS, WATER HEATERS, HYDRO-PNEUMATIC

TANKS
1015.1 Limited capacity storage tanks. Each hot water storage tank, range boiler, or automatic
storage water heater, having a nominal water-containing capacity of 120 gallons (454 L) or less
shall be built for a minimum working pressure of 125 pounds psi (862 kPa) and shall be tested
hydrostatically to 300 pounds psi (2069 kPa). Each tank shall have clearly and indelibly stamped
or stenciled thereon the name of the manufacturer, the maximum allowable working pressure for
which it is built, and the test pressure.
1015.2 Tank labeling. Each hot water tank shall be stamped with the ASME symbol to indicate
that it is constructed in accordance with the ASME Code. It shall also be stamped with the name
of the manufacturer, the maximum allowable working pressure, the year built and the identifying
number of the National Board.
1015.3 Manufacturer’s data report. Applications for permits for hot water storage tanks as
described in Section 1015.1 shall be accompanied by the manufacturer’s data report, which shall
be signed by an inspector licensed by the National Board to inspect boilers and pressure vessels.
1015.4 Gas-fired automatic storage water heaters. Gas-fired automatic storage water heaters
shall bear a label indicating approval and listing in accordance with the Fuel Gas Code.
1015.5 Oil-fired or electrically-heated water heaters. Oil-fired or electrically-heated

automatic storage water heaters shall be listed and labeled, and shall bear the label of an
approved listing agency.
1015.6 Storage water heater label. Each storage water heater shall bear the manufacturer’s
trade name or trademark, the catalog number, the input rating in Btu/h (W), the output in gallons
per hour at 100 °F rise in temperature, and the nominal capacity of the storage tank, in gallons
(L).
1015.7 Storage tank installation. Storage tanks shall be substantially supported by one of the
following methods:

1. Installed on steel supports constructed of pipe or structural steel and resting upon a
structurally sound floor;
2. Hung from supports attached to structural steel or concrete beams that have been
determined to be of sufficient strength to support the additional weight; or
3. Installed upon concrete saddles.
In all cases, provision shall be made to take care of expansion. Tanks shall not be supported by
their piping system. Manhole openings shall be kept clear of all walls, pipes or other
obstructions.
1015.8 Gas-fired water heater venting. Each gas-fired water heater shall be provided with an
approved draft diverter installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions
and connected to an effective chimney. Connection to a common chimney shall be made above
the entrance of other larger vent connectors or breechings, in accordance with Section 803.7.
1015.9 Commercial and industrial installations. In commercial and industrial establishments,

when a connection to a chimney is impracticable, the installation of an automatic unvented water
heater shall be approved by the code official if all of the following requirements are met:
1. The flow of gas supply shall be limited, by fixed orifices, to the maximum flow values
specified in Table 1015.9 as a function of the net interior volume of the space in which
the heater is located the maximum input rating of the heater shall not exceed 10,000 BTU
per hour (3 kW); and
2. The heater shall otherwise conform to the Construction Codes.
TABLE 1015.9
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE GAS FLOW
FOR UNVENTED COMMERCIAL AND INDUSTRIAL WATER HEATERS
Net Volume of Room or Space MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE GAS FLOW
(cubic feet) (CUBIC FEET PER HOUR, CFH)
COLUMN NO. 1 a COLUMN NO. 2 b
1000 to 1500 2 3
1501 to 2000 3 4
2001 to 2500 4 5
2501 to 3000 5 6
3001 to 3500 6 7
3501 to 4000 7 8
Over 4000 8 8
For SI: 1 cubic foot = 0.028 m3, 1 CFH = 0.028 m3/h
a. Column No.1 applies to appliances located in spaces that do not have openings to other spaces.

b. Column No. 2 applies to appliances located in spaces that have permanent openings of at least 15
square feet (1.4 m2) leading to another space of equal or greater volume.
1015.10 Prohibited use. Water from a hot water supply boiler, automatic water heater coil or
tank shall not be used for building heating, except for auxiliary space heating, permitted to have
a by-pass from any such boiler or heater, provided that there is no actual withdrawal of water
from the unit and that all surfaces and connections in contact with the water are of copper or
other approved corrosion resistant material.
1015.11 Existing tanks. A tank currently in use shall not be painted, lined or repaired on the
inside with any material or in any manner that will affect either the color or taste of the water
supply after the tank is put into service. Any material intended for use as a lining or protective
coating for the interior of tanks shall be submitted to the code official for approval.
1015.12 Tank maintenance and repair. The water supply connections to and from the tank
shall be disconnected or plugged while the tank is being cleaned, painted, lined or repaired, to
prevent any foreign fluid or substance from entering the distribution piping. Adequate measures
shall be taken for the protection of workers in the tank.
1015.13 Welding repair. Any repair by welding on a tank shall be done by a qualified welder
licensed by the Department and the work shall be witnessed by the code official.
1015.14 Alterations or additions. When changes or additions are made to an existing hot water
supply system or when a storage tank is replaced or moved, compliance with the provisions of
this chapter shall be required.
Exception: When there is no available opening in the top of an automatic storage water
heater with a nominal water containing capacity 120 gallons (454 L) or less, it shall be
permissible to install the relief valve in the outlet header from the heater, with only one
fitting between the relief valve and the tank.
1016 HYDRO-PNEUMATIC TANKS
1016.1 Minimum working pressure. Each hydro-pneumatic tank shall be constructed for a
minimum working pressure of 150 pounds psi (1034 kPa).
1016.2 Label. Each hydro-pneumatic tank shall be stamped with the ASME symbol to indicate
that it is constructed in accordance with the ASME Code. It shall also be stamped with the name
of the manufacturer, the maximum allowable working pressure, the year built and the identifying
number of the National Board.

1016.3 Manufacturer’s data report. Applications for permits shall be accompanied by the
manufacturer’s data report, which shall be signed by an inspector licensed by the National Board
to inspect boilers and pressure vessels.
1016.4 Gauges and manhole. Each hydro-pneumatic tank shall be provided with a gauge-glass
to show the level of the water in the upper section of the tank, and a pressure gauge. The tank
shall also be provided with an 11-inch (280 mm) manhole opening, which shall be kept clear of
walls, pipes or other obstructions.
1016.5 Safety relief valves. Each hydro-pneumatic tank shall be equipped with a lever lifting
safety valve bearing the ASME symbol, suitable for use with air, installed in a vertical position
on the top of the tank, and set to relieve at or below the maximum allowable working pressure of
the tank. The valve shall be sealed to prevent tampering and there shall be no shut-off valve
between the tank and the relief valve.
1016.6 Pressure gauge. Each hydro-pneumatic tank shall be provided with a pressure gauge not
less than 4 inches (102 mm) in diameter connected directly to the tank by means of non-ferrous
pipe. A cock with a “tee” handle shall be placed in the pipe near the gauge. The gauge shall be
graduated to not less than 1.5 times the maximum allowable working pressure of the tank.
1016.7 Valve by-pass. Each hydro-pneumatic tank shall be piped to include a full-size valved
by-pass so that domestic water can be used in the building when the tank is not in service.
1016.8 Vacuum relieving device. Each hydro-pneumatic tank shall be provided with a vacuum
relieving device located on the top of the tank, and a horizontal swing check valve in the water
supply line from the pump to the tank, and in the domestic water supply by-pass line to the tank.
A valved sludge drain pipe shall be installed at the bottom of the tank and it shall discharge
through an air break into the drainage system of the building.
1017 RELIEF VALVES, GAUGES AND SAFETY CONTROLS
1017.1 General. Each hot water storage tank and automatic water heater shall be equipped with
safety controls to prevent the temperature of the water in the tank from exceeding 200 °F (93 °C)
and the pressure from exceeding the maximum allowable working pressure for which the tank is
built. Each such unit shall be equipped with the following:
1. A pressure relief valve and a separate temperature relief valve of the spillage type;
2. A combination temperature-pressure relief valve of the spillage type; or
3. In the case of automatic water heaters manufactured as a unit, a thermostat and a pressure
relief valve.

1017.2 Pressure relief valves. Each pressure relief valve shall be of the lever lifting, spring-
loaded type without disk on the pressure side of the valve. The valves shall be set to relieve at a
pressure at or below the maximum allowable working pressure of the tank and shall be so
arranged that they cannot be reset to relieve at a higher pressure than that stamped thereon.
1017.3 Relief valve capacity. The pressure relief valve or valves shall have sufficient capacity
to prevent the pressure in the tank from rising to more than 10 percent above the maximum
allowable working pressure. The rated capacity of the valve or valves shall be equal to the
maximum gross output of the heating unit installed. The gross output shall be determined from
the data supplied on the manufacturer’s nameplate or catalog data, or from the fuel input.
1017.4 Labeling. Pressure relief valves shall bear the ASME symbol to indicate that they
comply with the requirements of the ASME Code in regard to construction, testing and rating,
and shall be plainly and permanently marked by the manufacturer in a way that the marking will
be readable when the valve is installed and will not be obliterated in service. Pressure relief
valves used on non-ASME approved, gas-fired equipment shall bear the seal or mark of an
approved agency to indicate listing under the requirements of an approved testing agency.
Pressure relief valves shall bear the ASME symbol for equipment using other fuels. The
marking on pressure relief valves shall include the following information:
1. The manufacturer’s name;
2. The type and catalog number;
3. The pressure at which it is set to open; and
4. The capacity in pounds of steam per hour (kg/hr) or BTU per hour (W) as certified by the
National Board.
1017.5 Valve size. No pressure relief valve shall be less than 3/4 inch (19 mm) standard pipe
size.
1017.6 Valve installation. Each pressure relief valve shall be installed in a vertical position,
directly on the top of the tank, or if there is no opening available, on a fitting in the hot water
service line, within 2 inches (51 mm) of the tank. Each pressure relief valve shall have a full size
discharge pipe of non-ferrous metal, with an unthreaded open end, extended to an approved
plumbing fixture or, if none is available, to within 6 inches (152 mm) of the floor. When the
discharge pipe is over 1 inch (25 mm) in diameter it shall be supported and braced to prevent any
strain being placed on the valve.
1017.7 Multiple valves. If more than one relief valve is used, it shall be permissible to connect
them to a manifold whose inlet pipe area shall be equal to the sum of the areas of the inlet
openings of all the connected valves. There shall be no restriction to pipe cross sectional area on

either the inlet or discharge side of the relief valve or valves, and there shall be no shut-off valve
or check valve between the relief valve and the tank.
1017.8 Temperature relief valves. Each temperature relief valve shall bear a label indicating
approval and listing by ASME, and shall be approved by the Department.
1017.8.1 Valve type and design. Each temperature relief valve shall be of the automatic
self-closing type with a test lever and shall be designed to open at 200 °F (93 °C) or
lower and be of sufficient capacity to limit the temperature to not over 200 °F (93 °C).
The valve shall be non-adjustable and shall not be less than 3/4 inch (19 mm) standard
pipe size.
1017.8.2 Label. Each temperature relief valve shall bear a plate permanently attached,
giving the following information:
1. The name of the manufacturer;
2. The model or type number of the valve;
3. The temperature at which the valve will open; and
4. The rated capacity in BTU per hour (W).
1017.8.3 Installation. Each temperature relief valve shall be installed in a vertical

position on the top of the tank. Temperature relief valves shall be screwed directly into
the tank without intervening fittings unless the dip tube extension type is used, in which
case the tube shall project into the tank. If a fitting is used, it shall be of non-ferrous
material. Each valve shall have a full size discharge pipe with an unthreaded open end,
extended to within 6 inches (152 mm) of the floor or to an approved receptor fixture.
There shall be no restrictions to pipe cross section area on either the inlet or discharge
side of the relief valve, and there shall be no shut-off or check valve between the relief
valve and the tank.
1017.9 Combination temperature and pressure relief valve. When a combination

temperature-pressure relief valve is used, it shall conform with the requirements of Section 1017
for pressure relief valves and for temperature relief valves. It shall bear the ASME symbol, meet
the labeling requirements of Sections 1017.4 and 1017.8.2, and bear the symbol of the American
Gas Association for the temperature relief element.
1017.10 Aquastat. Each aquastat used on an automatic gas water heater shall be listed by the
American Gas Association, unless provided as part of a complete American Gas Association
approved unit, and shall operate to shut off the gas supply to limit the temperature of the heated
water to not over 210 °F (99 °C).

1017.11 Hot water heating systems. Hot water supply boilers, tankless heaters, electric heaters,
immersion heating coils in boilers and any other type of heater shall be protected against
excessive pressure, as provided herein.
1017.11.1 Pressure gauge. Each hot water supply boiler and hot water storage tank shall
be provided with a pressure gauge connected directly to the boiler or tank by means of
non-ferrous pipe. A cock with a “tee” handle shall be placed in the pipe near the gauge.
The gauge shall have a dial not less than 4 inches (102 mm) in diameter and shall be so
located that it can be easily read from the floor. It shall be graduated to not less than one
and one-half (1½) times the maximum allowable working pressure of the boiler or tank.
Gauges shall not be required for range boilers and domestic type water heaters.
1017.11.2 Thermometer. Each hot water supply boiler, hot water storage tank, tankless
heater, immersion type heater or any other type of heater shall be provided with a
thermometer capable of providing readings up to 300 °F (149 °C), of a size and so
located that it can be easily read from the floor. It shall be located in a well so that it will
indicate the temperature of the water at or near the outlet and shall be accurate within 2
percent. Thermometers shall not be required for range boilers or domestic type water
heaters.
1017.11.3 Water mixing valve. When hot water is used by the general public or by
persons not in control of the heating equipment, an approved water mixing valve shall be
installed to limit the temperature of the water at the fixtures to not over 140 °F (60 °C).
A thermometer shall be installed on the discharge side of the mixing valve and shall be of
a size and so located as to be easily read from the floor.
1018 WELDING ON BOILERS AND UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS
1018.1 Rules for welding on boilers and unfired pressure vessels. The construction,
installation, repair or alteration of a boiler or unfired pressure vessel by welding shall be made in
accordance with the section of the ASME Code governing the particular kind of vessel or work to
be done, or by the specific requirements in this section for welded repairs.
1018.1.1 Qualified welding procedure. A contractor desiring to make repairs shall have
a written welding procedure specification that shall be prepared and qualified in
accordance with the Welding Qualification of Section IX of the ASME Code.
Alternatively, the contractor shall have the option to use the standard District of
Columbia welding procedure specification. The selected procedure shall then be used for
qualifying each welder and shall be strictly adhered to in making repairs under this
chapter. A welder shall be limited to the type of steel and thickness of plate for which he
or she is qualified.

1018.1.1.1 Unacceptable welds. Welding repairs or alterations on boilers or
unfired pressure vessels and connections thereto, performed by unqualified
contractors or welding operators, shall not be accepted for either new or existing
installations.
1018.1.2 Welder qualification. Each welder shall pass satisfactory qualification tests as
required by the ASME Code.
1018.1.3 Qualification standard. The qualification test for individual welders shall be
made in accordance with the ASME Code. The test shall be made in the presence of the
code official who shall stamp the specimens with an identifying number. The code
official shall have the option of accepting a welder without further examination, provided
that the applicant submits proof of a satisfactory welding procedure and operator
qualification test, made in accordance with the ASME Code and these regulations, for
approval prior to any welding.
1018.1.4 Specimens testing. After the specimens have been prepared as required by the
ASME Code, they shall be tested either by the code official or the National Institute of
Standards and Technology (NIST). The test shall be made in accordance with the
guided-bend jig test as described in the ASME Code. A report shall be made on a form
similar to the data recording forms in Section IX, Appendix B of the ASME Code.
1018.1.5 Authorization card. If the report indicates that the welder has passed the test,
the code official shall issue a card authorizing him or her to perform welding on boilers
or unfired pressure vessels in the District of Columbia. This authorization shall be valid
for a period of two years from the date of the test.
1018.1.6 Welder qualification limitations. The qualification test does not qualify a
welder to do welding on pressure piping.
1018.2 Qualification retest. A welder who fails to meet the requirements for one or more of the
test specimens shall be allowed to be retested unless, in the judgment of the code official, the
welder requires further training or practice, in which case a complete retest of the welder shall be
performed after completion of such additional training or practice. When a request for an
immediate retest is approved, the welder shall make two test welds of each type for each position
on which the welder has failed. To become qualified, all of the retest weld specimens shall pass
the specimen test specified in Section 1018.1.4.
1018.3 Welder retest requirements. Notwithstanding the issuance of a qualification card, the
code official has the authority to request a new test under any the following circumstances:
1. When a welder has not welded under the procedure specification for a period of three
months or more;

2. When there is a specific reason to question the welder’s ability to make welds that meet
the specification; or
3. At the expiration of the welder’s two year qualification period.
1018.3.1 Questionable welds. If any question arises as to the quality of a weld,

the code official is authorized to require that test specimens be trepanned from the
weld. Preparation and testing of the specimens shall be done by NIST, and the
contractor shall be responsible for all expenses incidental to this testing.
1018.3.2 Welding inspection requirements. No welding on any boiler or

unfired pressure vessel shall be done before an inspection has been made by the
code official or an insurance company inspector, and the method of welding has
been sanctioned by the code official or the insurance company inspector. If, in
the opinion of the code official, or the insurance company inspector a hydrostatic
test is necessary, that test shall be applied after the repairs have been completed.
1018.4 Responsibilities of insurance company inspector. Before repairs are started, the
insurance company inspector shall examine the written welding procedure and records of
qualification tests, to verify that procedures and welders have been properly approved, tested and
qualified. The insurance company inspector who authorized and witnessed the repair shall
submit a written report to the code official on every welded repair.
1019 TEST METHODS
1019.1 Welder qualification tests. The qualification tests described herein shall be specifically
devised to determine a welder’s ability to produce sound welds. In order to determine the
welder’s ability to make groove welds in various plate positions, tests with the groove in the
following three positions shall be required:
1. Test Position I – Plates placed in a vertical position with the welding groove horizontal.
This test shall qualify the welder to make horizontal flat welds.
2. Test Position II – Plates placed in a vertical position with the welding groove vertical.
This test shall qualify the welder to make vertical flat welds.
3. Test Position III – Plates placed in a horizontal position with the weld metal deposited
form the underside of the plates. This test shall qualify the welder to make flat welds in
the overhead position.
1019.2 Weld plate specifications. The base material of the plates to be welded shall be of
flange or firebox steel quality, 3/8 inch (9.5 mm) thick and having a tensile strength of not less

than 55,000 pounds psi (379 MPa). The plates shall be 5 inches (127 mm) long by 6 inches (152
mm) wide, and shall be prepared for a single “V” groove butt joint.
1019.3 Preparing test specimens. The method of preparing test specimens shall be as follows:
1. When the welding has been completed, specimens shall be removed as directed, by
machine or flame cutting. They shall be approximately 1½ inches (38 mm) wide.
2. The weld reinforcement shall be removed by machine or grinding, flush with the surface
of the base material.
3. The corners of the edges of all test specimens shall be rounded to a radius of not more
than 1/15 inch (1.7 mm).
In addition to (1), (2) and (3) above, the test specimens shall be prepared as specified in Section
IX, paragraph QW-462, “Test Specimens,” of the ASME Code.
1019.4 Specimen testing methods and passing criteria. The method of testing specimens shall
be as follows:
1. Specimens shall be bent in a bending jig called the “guided bend test,” until the curvature
of the specimen is such that a 1/32 inch (0.8 mm) wire cannot be passed between the
curve portion of the plunger and the specimen.
2. Face bend specimens shall be placed with the face of the weld toward the gap in the jig;
root bend specimens shall be placed with the root of the weld toward the gap.
After removal from the jig, the convex surface of the specimens shall be examined for the
appearance of cracks or other open defects. Any specimen in which a crack or other open defect
exceeding 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) measured in any direction is present after the bending shall be
cause for failure to pass the test.
1020 REPAIRS BY WELDING
1020.1 Repairs limited to specific types of steel. These rules shall be applicable only to repairs
to steel having a known weldable quality, and are further limited to carbon steel having a carbon
content of not more than 0.35 percent and to low alloy steel having a carbon content of not more
than 0.25 percent. A welder shall not make repairs in a plate with thickness in excess of that
permitted under the qualification tests in the ASME Code. A welder shall not make repairs on a
material for which the welder is not qualified, or in a thickness of plate that exceeds that
permitted under the welder’s qualification conditions.

1020.2 Groove welding. Groove welds shall completely penetrate the material being welded. If
possible, welding shall be applied from both sides of the plate, or a backing strip or ring may be
used to ensure complete penetration. Welds shall have a convex surface on both sides if applied
on both sides of the plates being joined, or on the weld side if welding is applied from one side
only. No valleys or undercutting at edges or welded joints shall be permitted. The reinforcement
may be chipped, ground or machined off flush with the base material, if so desired, after the
welding has been completed.
1020.3 Defective weld repairs. In making a repair to a weld that has failed in service, the
defective weld material shall be removed by chipping or grinding until sound material is reached
on all sides. The resulting groove shall be filled as required by the applicable welding procedure.
1020.4 Carbon steel stress-relieving. In the repair of carbon or low alloy steel, thermal stress-
relieving shall be applied to the completed work when required by these rules and when
considered necessary by the code official or insurance company inspector. The heat may be
applied by any means that will raise the temperature of the material, in the region of the weld,
gradually and uniformly, to approximately 1200 °F (649 °C). In the absence of a more accurate
means of determining temperature, reaching a dull “red glow” in daylight will suffice. This
temperature shall be maintained for a period of 1 hour/inch (1 hour/25 mm) of thickness of the
joined material.
1020.4.1 Circumferential joints. For circumferential joints, the area heated shall
comprise a band extending completely around the cylinder and having a width on each
side of the center line of the weld not less than three times the greatest width of the
finished weld.
1020.4.2 Nozzles. For nozzles, the heated area shall comprise a circumferential band of
the shell of the vessel extending around the entire joint, including the nozzle of the
welded attachment, and shall extend at least six times the vessel plate thickness beyond
the weld that connects the nozzle or other attachment to the vessel.
1020.4.3 Stress-relief cooldown procedure. Upon completion of the stress-relieving

operation, the plate shall be allowed to cool at a rate not greater than 500° F (278° C) per
hour divided by the maximum thickness of the welded part in inches, until the
temperature of 500° F (260° C) is reached, after which normal cooling by exposure to air
in a still atmosphere shall be permitted.
1020.5 Thermal stress-relief alternatives. Where conditions are such that thermal stress
relieving as outlined above is inadvisable, another method of stress-relieving acceptable to the
code official or insurance company inspector shall be used. When deemed necessary, preheating
shall be used.

1021 WELDED REPAIRS ON BOILERS AND UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS
1021.1 Crack repair in stayed areas. Cracks in stayed areas shall be allowed to be repaired by
welding, provided that no multiple or star cracks radiating from rivet or stay bolt holes shall be
welded.
1021.2 Crack repair in unstayed areas. Cracks in unstayed shells, drums or headers of boilers
or pressure vessels shall be allowed to be repaired by welding, provided that the cracks do not
extend between rivet holes in a longitudinal seam, or parallel to a longitudinal riveted seam
within 8 inches (203 mm), measured from the nearest caulking edge. The total length of any one
such crack shall not exceed 8 inches (203 mm). A crack of greater length shall be allowed to be
welded provided the complete repair is radiographed and stress-relieved. Any crack that is
allowed to be welded shall be properly prepared to permit fusion through the entire plate
thickness.
1021.3 Crack repair in unstayed furnaces. Cracks of any length in unstayed furnaces shall be
allowed to be welded, provided that the welds are thermally stress-relieved. Welds shall be
applied from both sides of the plate wherever possible. Welds applied from one side only shall
be allowed to be used if expressly permitted by the inspector. Repair of cracks by welding at the
knuckle or turn of flange of furnace openings shall be prohibited except upon special prior
approval by the boiler inspector.
1021.4 Corrosion repair in stayed furnaces. Corroded areas in stayed furnaces shall be
allowed to be built up by welding, provided that the remaining uncorroded plate material has an
average thickness of not less than 50 percent of the original plate thickness, and further provided
that the areas so affected are not deemed by the inspector to be sufficiently extensive to impair
the safety of the object. In cased furnaces, the stays and stay bolts shall come completely
through the reinforcing metal and the original ends of the stay bolts shall be plainly visible to the
inspector.
1021.5 Corrosion repair around access openings. Corroded areas around manholes or
handhole openings, in either stayed or unstayed plates, shall be allowed to be built up by
welding, provided that the average loss of thickness does not exceed 50 percent of the original
plate thickness and that the area to be repaired does not extend more than 3 inches (76 mm) from
the edge of the hole.
1021.6 Corrosion repair in unstayed shells. Corroded areas in unstayed shells, drums or
headers of boilers or pressure vessels shall be allowed to be built up by welding, provided that
the remaining uncorroded plate material has an average thickness of not less than 50 percent of
the original plate thickness, and further provided that the inspector has deemed that the safety of
the object has not been impaired.
1021.7 Repairs to connector areas. Edges of butt straps, of plate laps, of nozzles, or of
connections, attached by riveting, shall be allowed to be restored to their original thickness by

welding. No seal welding shall be used except upon special prior approval by the boiler
inspector, and in no case shall seal welding be used where cracks are present in riveted areas.
1021.8 Welding tube ends. The ends of tubes in fire-tube and water-tube boilers shall be
allowed to be welded, provided that they have not been reduced more than 10 percent in
thickness and they comply with the requirements of paragraphs PWT-11 and PFT-12 in Section
I, Parts PWT and PFT of the ASME Code.
1021.9 Re-ending tubes and pipes. Re-ending of piecing tubes or pipes in either fire-tube or
water-tube boilers shall be permitted, provided that the thickness of the tube or pipe has not been
reduced by more than 10 percent from the thickness required by the ASME Code for the
approved pressure. In all cases they shall comply with the requirements in Section I, Part PWT,
paragraph PWT-10, “Tube Wall Thickness” of the ASME Code.
1021.10 Patch material. The material used for patches shall be of the same general quality and
have at least the same yield strength of the plate to be patched. The thickness of any patch shall
be at least equal to, but not more than 1/3 inch (8.5 mm) greater than, the plate being patched.
1021.11 Permitted patches. Flush or butt-welded patches or new sections shall be allowed to
be applied to stayed plates without limitation of size or plate thickness. Lapped or fillet-welded
patches shall be allowed to be applied to stayed plates, provided that they are not exposed to
radiant heat. Lapped and fillet-welded patches shall be allowed to be applied on the pressure
side of the sheet in unstayed areas, provided that the maximum diameter of the opening so
repaired does not exceed 16 times the thickness of the plate, but in no case shall the opening be
larger than 8 inches (203 mm) in diameter.
1021.12 Patches not permitted. No flush or butt-welded patches shall be permitted in unstayed
shells, drums or headers.
1021.13 Threaded to weld-in stays. Threaded stays shall be allowed to be replaced by welded-
in stays, provided that, in the judgment of the code official or insurance company inspector, the
plate adjacent to the stay bolt has not been materially weakened by deterioration or wastage. All
requirements of the applicable sections of the ASME Code governing welded-in stays, including
Section I, Part PW, paragraph PW-19, “Welded-in Stays” shall be met.
1022 EXISTING POWER BOILER INSTALLATIONS
1022.1 Maximum allowable working pressure. The maximum allowable working pressure on
the shell or drum of a power boiler shall be determined by the strength of the weakest section of
the structure, computed from the following information.
1. The thickness of the plate;

2. The tensile strength of the plate;
3. The efficiency of the longitudinal joint or tube ligaments, whichever is least;
4. The inside diameter of the course; and
5. The factor of safety allowed by this chapter.
1022.1.1 Computation. The maximum allowable working pressure shall be determined

in accordance with the following equation:
(TS x t x E) ÷ (R x FS) = Pm
where:
Pm = Maximum allowable working pressure (psi) (kPa)
TS = Ultimate tensile strength of shell plates (psi) (kPa)
t = Minimum thickness of shell plate in weakest course (inch) (mm)
E = Efficiency of longitudinal joint, per Section VIII, Division 1, Part UW,

paragraph UW-12 of the ASME Code
R = Inside radius of the weakest course of the shell or drum (inch) (mm)
FS = Factor of safety required by Chapter 10 of the Mechanical Code
1022.2 Nonstandard boilers factor of safety. The factor of safety for nonstandard boilers with
longitudinal joints of butt or double strap construction shall be not less than the following:
1. 4.5 for boilers not more than 20 years old;
2. 5 for boilers more than 20 years old, but not more than 25 years old; and
3. 5.5 for boilers more than 25 years old, but not more than 30 years old.
At the beginning of each subsequent 5-year period, the factor of safety shall be increased by not
less than 0.5.
1022.2.1 Allowable working pressure limitation. In no case shall the maximum

allowable working pressure on old boilers be increased unless they are being operated at

a lesser pressure than would be allowable for similar new boilers, in which case the
changed pressure shall not exceed that allowable for new boilers of the same
construction.
1022.3 Standard boilers factor of safety. The factor of safety for standard boilers with
longitudinal joints of butt or double strap construction shall be five for boilers not more than 25
years old. At the beginning of each subsequent 5-year period, the factor of safety shall be
increased by not less than 0.5.
Exception: When a thorough internal and external inspection of a boiler more than 25 years
old is conducted, and a hydrostatic pressure test is performed at 1 1/2 times the allowed
working pressure of the boiler, during which no leakage or signs of distress develop, the
allowed working pressure shall be allowed to continue to be calculated with a factor of safety
of five.
1022.4 Water-tube boilers factor of safety. The factor of safety for nonstandard boilers of the
water-tube type with longitudinal joints of lap riveted construction shall be not less than the
following:
1. 5 for boilers not more than 20 years old;
2. 5.5 for boilers more than 20 years old, but not more than 25 years old; and
3. 6 for boilers more than 25 years old, but not more than 30 years old.
At the beginning of each subsequent 5-year period, the factor of safety shall be increased by not
less than 0.5.
1022.5 Factor of safety for other nonstandard boilers. The factor of safety for nonstandard
fire tube, flue and cylinder boilers, the shells of which are exposed to the products of combustion
and which have continuous longitudinal joints of lap-riveted construction exceeding 12 feet
(3658 mm) in length, shall be not less than the following:
1. 6 for boilers not more than 10 years old;
2. 6.5 for boilers more than 10 years old, but not more than 15 years old; and
3. 7 for boilers more than 15 years old, but not more than 20 years old.
At the beginning of each subsequent 5-year period, the factor of safety for boilers specified in
this section shall be increased by not less than 0.5.

1022.5.1 Reinstallation. When a boiler regulated by Section 1022.5 is removed from an
existing setting, it shall not be reinstalled for an allowable working pressure in excess of
15 pounds psi (103 kPa).
1022.6 Boilers with cast-iron headers and mud drums. The maximum allowable working
pressure on water-tube boilers, the tubes of which are secured to cast-iron or malleable-iron
headers or which have cast-iron mud drums, shall not exceed 160 pounds psi (1103 kPa).
1022.7 Assumed tensile strengths. When the tensile strength of steel or wrought iron shell
plates is not known, it shall be taken as 55,000 pounds psi (379 212 kPa) for steel and 45,000
pounds psi (310 264 kPa) for wrought iron.
1022.8 Crushing strength of mild steel. The resistance to crushing of mild steel shall be taken
at 95,000 pounds psi (655 000 kPa).
1022.9 Rivets. In computing the ultimate strength of rivets in shear, the cross-sectional area of
the rivet shank shall be used to determine the value of the shear strength of the rivet, based upon
the provisions in Section I of the ASME Code.
1022.9.1 Size of rivets. When the diameter of the rivet holes in the longitudinal joints of
a boiler is not known, the diameter of rivets, after driving, shall be selected from Table
1022.9.1, or ascertained by cutting out one rivet in the body of the joint.
TABLE 1022.9.1
MINIMUM SIZES OF RIVETS BASED ON PLATE THICKNESS
Thickness of plate (inch) Diameter of rivet after driving (inch)
1/4 11/16
9/32 11/16
5/16 3/4
11/32 3/4
3/8 13/16
13/32 13/16
7/16 15/16
15/32 15/16
1/2 15/16
9/16 1-1/16
5/8 1-1/16
For SI: 1 inch = 25 mm
1022.10 Inspection of inaccessible parts. When the heads of water tube boiler mud drums or
headers are not accessible for inspection, the brick work shall be removed after the boiler has
been in service for 10 years to facilitate inspection and at not more than 5-year intervals
thereafter. Seams and parts of fire-tube boilers that are not accessible for inspection shall be

exposed whenever the code official or insurance company inspector deems that the general
condition of the boiler warrants further examination.
1022.11 Safety valves. Each power boiler shall be equipped with one or more safety valves of
the spring-pop type with a lifting device, placed as close to the boiler as possible. No valve of
any description shall be placed between the safety valve and the boiler, nor on the escape pipe
between the safety valve and the atmosphere. When an elbow is placed on a safety valve escape
pipe, it shall be located close to the safety valve outlet or the escape pipe shall be securely
anchored and supported. When an escape pipe is used, it shall be full size and fitted with an
indirect drain to prevent water from lodging in the upper part of the safety valve or escape pipe.
Safety valves having either the seat or disk of cast iron shall not be used. Dead weight and lever
weight safety valves shall be prohibited.
1022.11.1 Safety valves capacity. The capacity of the safety valve or valves installed on
each boiler shall be such that the safety valve or valves will discharge all the steam that
can be generated by the boiler without allowing the pressure to rise to more than 6
percent above the maximum allowable working pressure, nor to more than 6 percent
above the highest pressure to which any safety valve is set.
1022.11.2 Safety valves setting. One or more safety valves on every boiler shall be set
at or below the maximum allowable working pressure. The remaining valves may be set
within a range of 3 percent above the maximum allowable working pressure, but the
range of setting of all the safety valves on a boiler shall not exceed 10 percent of the
highest pressures to which any safety valve is set.
1023 PARTS AND EQUIPMENT FOR EXISTING POWER BOILER

INSTALLATIONS
1023.1 Fire-actuated fusible plugs. Where fire-actuated fusible plugs are used, they shall
conform to the rules of the ASME Code for new construction.
1023.2 Water glass. Each steam boiler shall have at least one water glass, the lowest visible
part of which shall be as required by the ASME Code for new construction.
1023.3 Gauge cocks. Each boiler with an allowable working pressure in excess of 15 pounds
psi (103 kPa) shall have three or more gauge cocks located within the range of the visible length
of the water glass, except when such boiler has two water glasses with independent connections
to the boiler located on the same horizontal plane and not less than 2 feet (610 mm) apart.
1023.4 Outlet connections. No outlet connections shall be placed on the pipes connecting a
water column to a boiler, except for connections for a damper regulator, a feed water regulator, a

low water fuel cut-off, drains or a steam gauge. Each water column shall have a valved drain
extended to within 6 inches (152 mm) of the floor.
1023.5 Steam gauges. Each steam boiler shall have a steam gauge connected to the steam space
or to the steam connection to the water column. The steam gauge shall be connected to a siphon
or equivalent device of sufficient capacity to keep the gauge tube filled with water and so
arranged that the gauge cannot be shut off from the boiler except by a cock placed near the gauge
and provided with a “T” or lever handle arranged to be parallel to the pipe in which it is located
when the cock is open.
1023.6 Low-water cut-off. Each mechanically fired steam boiler shall be equipped with a low-
water fuel cut-off so located as to automatically cut off the fuel supply when the water level falls
below the top of the bottom nut of the water glass. Each cut-off shall have a drain extended to
within 6 inches (152 mm) of the floor. When two or more mechanically-fired boilers are
connected to the same system, each boiler shall have independent low-water cut-offs, controls,
and gauges.
1023.7 Stop valve. Each steam outlet from a high-pressure boiler shall be fitted with a stop
valve located as close as practicable to the boiler. This requirement shall not apply to safety-
valve connections.
1023.8 Blow drains. When a stop valve is so located that water can accumulate, free blow
drains shall be provided, the discharge of which shall be visible to the operator while
manipulating the valve.
1023.9 Blow-off connection. Each boiler shall have a full-size blow-off connection, fitted with
a valve or cock connected directly with the lowest water space practicable. When cocks are
used, they shall be of the gland or guard type and suitable for the pressure allowed. Globe valves
shall not be used for this purpose.
1023.9.1 Extra heavy blow-off pipe. When the maximum allowable working pressure
exceeds 100 pounds psi (689 kPa), the blow-off shall be extra heavy from boiler to valve
or valves, and shall extend full size without reducers or bushings. Blow-off piping shall
be of black wrought iron or black steel and shall be extra heavy pipe. Galvanized pipe
shall not be used for this purpose.
1023.9.2 Fittings. All fittings between the boiler and valve shall be steel or extra heavy
fittings of bronze, brass or malleable iron. Replacement of pipe or fittings in the blow-off
lines shall be installed in accordance with the ASME Code for new installations.
Exceptions:
1. Low-pressure heating boilers bearing the ASME stamp that are trimmed by the
manufacturer are exempt from the fittings material requirements.

2. Low-pressure heating boilers rated less than 100 horsepower (74.6 kW) are
exempt from the fittings material requirements.
1023.9.3 Extra heavy blow-off valves. When the maximum allowable working pressure
exceeds 100 pounds psi (689 kPa), each bottom blow-off pipe shall be fitted with two
valves or a valve and cock, such valves and cocks to be of the extra heavy type.
1023.9.4 Protection of blow-off pipe. A bottom blow-off pipe, when exposed to direct
furnace heat, shall be protected by fire-brick or other heat-resisting material, arranged so
as to allow the pipe to be inspected. An opening in the boiler setting for a blow-off pipe
shall be arranged to provide for free expansion and contraction.
1023.10 Feed-water connections. The feed pipe of a steam boiler shall be provided with a
check valve near the boiler and a valve or cock between the check valve and the boiler. When
two or more boilers are fed from a common source, there shall also be a globe valve on the
branch to each boiler, between the check valves and the main feed pipe. When a globe valve is
used on a feed pipe, the inlet shall be under the disk from the valve. In all cases where the safety
valve is set above 25 pounds psi (172 kPa), there shall be a second means of feeding water
against the maximum approved working pressure of the boiler.
1023.11 Hydrostatic test. When a hydrostatic test is applied, test pressure shall not exceed 1 ½
times the maximum allowable working pressure of the boiler. During a hydrostatic test of a
boiler, suitable provisions shall be made to attain the test pressure without using the compression
screw of the safety valve spring.
1023.12 Repairs and replacements. Where repairs or replacements are made or fittings or
appliances are renewed or attached to a boiler, they shall comply with the provisions of the
ASME Code for new installations.
1023.13 Conditions not covered by these rules. Installation conditions of power boiler parts
and equipment not specifically covered in Chapter 10 of the Mechanical Code shall be regulated
as determined by the code official.
1024 EXISTING HEATING BOILER INSTALLATIONS
1024.1 Maximum allowable working pressure. The maximum allowable working pressure of
heating boilers shall be determined as follows:
1. Riveted Heating Boilers. The maximum allowable working pressures on the shell or
drum of a riveted heating boiler shall be determined in accordance with Section 1022,

except that in no case shall the maximum allowable working pressure of a steam boiler
exceed 15 pounds psi (103 kPa).
2. Cast Iron Heating Boilers. The maximum allowable working pressure of a boiler
composed principally of cast iron shall not exceed 15 pounds psi (103 kPa), unless such
boiler complies with all the requirements of the Mechanical Code for power boilers. The
maximum allowable working pressure of a boiler having cast-iron shell or heads and
steel or wrought-iron tubes shall not exceed 15 pounds psi (103 kPa).
1024.1.1 Low pressure boiler. A radiator in which steam pressure is generated at a

pressure of 15 pounds psi (103 kPa) or less shall be considered a low pressure boiler.
1024.1.2 Manufacturer’s specification and identification. The maximum allowable

working pressure shall in no case exceed the pressure indicated by the manufacturer’s
identification stenciled or cast upon the boiler or upon a plate secured to it. In the
absence of a manufacturer’s identification stencil or plate, the maximum allowable
working pressure shall not exceed that recommended in the manufacturer’s specification
or catalog.
1024.1.3 Safe operating pressure. If, in the judgment of the code official or an
insurance company inspector, a steam-heating boiler is not safe for operation at the
pressure previously approved, the operating pressure shall be reduced to a pressure
deemed safe by the code official or insurance company inspector, or proper repair shall
be made, or the boiler shall be retired from service, as determined by the code official or
insurance company inspector.
1024.2 Safety valves. Each steam-heating boiler shall be provided with one or more safety
valves with a total area of not less than 1 square inch (645 mm2) for each 5 square feet (0.46 m2)
of grate area or equivalent if grates are not used. The steam-relieving capacity of the safety
valve or valves on any boiler shall be sufficient to prevent the boiler pressure from rising to
more than 5 pounds psi (34 kPa) above the maximum allowable working pressure of the boiler.
1024.2.1 Capacity. If there is any doubt as to the capacity of the safety valve, an
accumulation test shall be run. No safety valve shall be smaller than 3/4 inch (19 mm) in
diameter nor larger than 4.5 inches (114 mm) in diameter.
1024.2.2 Stop valve. No stop valve of any type shall be located between a boiler and its
safety valve, nor in the safety valve discharge pipe.
1024.3 Parts and equipment. Each steam-heating boiler shall be equipped with the following
parts and equipment that shall meet the requirements of Sections 1024.3.1 through 1024.3.8, as
applicable.

1024.3.1 Steam pressure gauge. Each steam-heating boiler shall have a steam pressure
gauge connected to the steam space of the boiler itself or on steam pipe near the boiler.
The graduations of the steam gauge shall not have a range of less than 15 pounds psi (103
kPa) nor more than 30 psi (207 kPa).
1024.3.2 Water gauge glass. Each heating boiler shall have at least one water gauge
glass with the lowest visible part above the heating surfaces in the primary combustion
chamber. When, in the judgment of the code official or an insurance company inspector,
the heating surfaces above the low-water line may be damaged by contact with high
temperature gases, the water gauges shall be raised until the lowest visible part of the
glass gauge is above the testing surface.
1024.3.3 Gauge cocks. Each steam-heating boiler shall have two or more gauge cocks
located within the visible length of the water gauge glass.
Exception: Steam-heating boilers provided with two water gauge glasses.
1024.3.4 Steam stop valve. Heating boilers that can be closed off from the heating
system by closing a steam stop valve shall be equipped with a check valve in the
condensate return line, between the boiler and the system. Any part of a heating system
that can be closed off from the remainder of the system by closing a steam stop valve,
shall be provided with a check valve in the condensate return pipe from that part of the
system.
1024.3.5 Feed-water connections. Feed-water connections shall be independent of any

water gauge connections. Where possible, feed-water connections shall be made to the
condensate return pipe of the reservoir of the condensate return pump. There shall be a
check valve in the feed-water line, close to the boiler.
1024.3.6 Low-water cut-off of mechanically fired boilers. Each mechanically fired

heating boiler shall be equipped with a low-water cut-off so located as to automatically
cut off the fuel supply in case the water level falls below the top of the bottom nut of the
water glass. Each cut-off shall have a drain extended to within 6 inches (152 mm) of the
floor. When two or more mechanically fired heating boilers are connected to the same
system, each boiler shall have independent low-water cut-offs, controls and gauges.
1024.3.7 Low-water cut-off of electrically operated boilers. If a low-water fuel cut-off

device is electrically operated, it shall be so connected that it will fail-safe in the “cut-off”
position both when the electric current is switched off and upon loss of electric power
supply.
1024.3.8 Condensate return pump. Each condensate return pump shall be provided
with an automatic water level control, set to maintain the water level between two gauge
cocks.

1024.4 Repairs or replacements. When repairs or replacement of parts or piping are made, or
fittings or appliances are replaced or attached to a heating boiler, the rules applying to new
installations shall be followed as nearly as practicable.
1024.4.1 Safety valve replacement. When a safety valve is replaced the requirements of
Section 1010 shall be met. No safety valve shall be smaller than 3/4 inch (19 mm) in
diameter nor larger than 4.5 inches (114 mm) in diameter.
1025 EXISTING MINIATURE BOILER INSTALLATIONS
1025.1 Maximum allowable working pressure. The maximum allowable working pressure on
the shell or drum of a miniature boiler shall be determined in accordance with the following
equation:
where:
t = Minimum thickness of shell plate in weakest course (inch)

(mm)
Ea = Efficiency of longitudinal joint, per Section VIII, Division 1,

Part UW, paragraph UW-12, “Joint Efficiencies” of the ASME
Code
Ea = Efficiency for tube ligaments between openings as calculated in

Section I, Part PG, paragraphs PG-52 and PG-53 of the ASME
Code
R = Inside radius of the weakest course of the shell or drum (inch)

(mm)
a. Where there are both riveted joints and tube ligaments to consider, the lowest calculated efficiency, E, shall
be used.

1025.2 Parts and equipment. Each miniature boiler shall be equipped with the following parts
and equipment that shall meet the requirements of Sections 1025.2.1 through 1025.2.13, as
applicable.
1025.2.1 Feed pump. Each miniature boiler operating at a pressure in excess of 25

pounds psi (172 kPa) shall be provided with at least one feed pump or other approved
water-feeding device.
Exception: Where the steam generator is operated as a closed system with no

extraction of steam, in lieu of a feeding device, a suitable connection or opening, not
less than ½ inch (13 mm) nominal pipe size, shall be provided to fill the generator
when cold.
1025.2.2 Feed water and blow-off connections. Each miniature boiler shall be fitted
with feed water and blow-off connections that shall not be less than 1/2 inch (13 mm)
iron pipe size, unless operated on a closed system. The feed pipe shall be provided with a
check valve and a stop valve. The blow-off shall be fitted with a valve or cock and shall
be in direct connection with the lowest water space practicable. When the boiler is under
pressure, feed water shall not be introduced through the openings or connections used for
the column, the water gauge glass or gauge cocks. All valves, pipe fittings and
appliances shall be rated at a minimum of 125 pounds psi (862 kPa) standard pressure.
1025.2.3 Water gauge glass and gauge cocks. Each miniature boiler shall be equipped
with a water gauge glass and one or more gauge cocks. The lowest permissible water
level shall be at a point one-third of the height of the shell.
Exceptions:
1. Where the miniature boiler is equipped with internal furnace, the lowest
permissible water level shall be not less than one-third of the length of the tube
above the top of the furnace.
2. In the case of small generating units operated as a closed system, where there is
insufficient space for the usual water gauge, water-level indicators of the glass
bull’s eye type shall be allowed to be used.
1025.2.4 Steam gauge. Each miniature boiler shall be equipped with a steam gauge
having its dial graduated to not less than 1 1/2 times the maximum allowable working
pressure. The gauge shall be connected to the steam space or to the steam connection to
the water column by a brass or bronze composition siphon tube, or equivalent device that
will keep the gauge tube filled with water.
1025.2.5 Safety valve. Each miniature boiler shall be equipped with a sealed, spring
loaded, “pop” safety valve not less than 1/2 inch (13 mm) diameter connected directly to

the boiler. To ensure the safety valve is unrestricted, each valve shall have a substantial
lifting device by which the valve disk can be lifted from its seat when the pressure in the
boiler is at least 75 percent of full working pressure. All safety valves shall be mounted
with their spindles vertical and shall be accessible.
1025.2.5.1 Safety valve identification. The safety valve shall be plainly marked
by the manufacturer with the following information:
1. Manufacturer name or identifying trademark;
2. The nominal diameter;
3. The steam pressure at which it is set to open; and
4. The capacity in pounds of steam per hour (kg/hr) and ASME Standard.
1025.2.5.2 Minimum relieving capacity. The minimum relieving capacity for

the safety valve shall be determined on the basis of 3 pounds of steam per hour
per square foot (lb/hr/ft2) (14.65 kg/hr/m2) of heating surface and shall be
sufficient to discharge all the steam that can be generated by the miniature boiler
without allowing the pressure to rise to more than 6 percent above the maximum
allowable working pressure.
1025.2.6 Standard stop valve. Each steam line from a miniature boiler shall be
provided with a 125 pounds psi (862 kPa) standard stop valve located as close to the
boiler shell or drum as practicable.
1025.2.7 Blow-off connections. Each miniature boiler shall be provided with a blow-off
connection that shall not be reduced in size and shall be extended to a safe point of
discharge. Whenever, in the judgment of the code official, a safe point of discharge is not
available, a blow-down tank shall be provided. The blow-off shall be fitted with a valve
or cock and shall be connected directly to the lowest water space practicable.
1025.2.8 Automatic low-water fuel cut-off. Each miniature boiler mechanically-fired

by any fuel other than gas shall be provided with an automatic low-water fuel cut-off, so
located as to automatically cut off the fuel supply in case the water level falls below the
bottom of the water glass.
1025.2.9 Gas-fired boilers. The burners of gas-fired miniature boilers shall conform to
the listing requirements of the American Gas Association. Such burners shall be
equipped with an automatic fuel-regulating governor regulated by the steam pressure.
The governor shall be so constructed that, in the event of its failure, there can be no
possibility of steam from the boiler entering the combustion chamber or the gas supply
pipe. A manual stop cock or throttle valve shall be provided, located in the inlet pipe

ahead of the fuel-regulating governor. Each gas-fired miniature boiler shall be equipped
with a 4-inch (102 mm) vent or flue, extended to an approved location outside of the
building or connected to a chimney, in accordance with the Fuel Gas Code. Where the
horizontal run of the vent is more than 10 feet (3048 mm), its size shall be increased to 6
inches (152 mm).
1025.2.10 Replacement. All miniature boiler replacements shall conform to the

requirements of the Mechanical Code for new installations.
1025.2.11 Retubed boiler inspections. Each retubed miniature boiler shall be inspected
and approved by the code official before the boiler is again put in service.
1025.2.12 Used boilers. Each used miniature boiler brought into the District of
Columbia shall be inspected and approved by the code official before being installed.
Installation shall require a permit pursuant to Section 1001.3 and Section 105 of the
Building Code.
1025.2.13 Installation Permit. Moving a miniature boiler and reinstalling it in the same
or another building shall require a boiler installation permit.
1026 EXISTING UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSEL INSTALLATIONS
1026.1 Maximum allowable internal working pressures. The maximum allowable working
pressure for a pressure vessel shall be determined in accordance with Sections 1026.1.1 or
1026.1.2.
1026.1.1 Standard Pressure Vessels. The maximum allowable working pressure for
standard pressure vessels shall be determined in accordance with the applicable
provisions of the ASME Code or the API-ASME Code under which they were
constructed but shall not exceed the working pressure shown on the manufacturer’s
nameplate stamping and data report.
1026.1.2 Non-Standard Pressure Vessels. The maximum allowable working pressure

for a non-standard pressure vessel shall be determined by the calculated strength of its
weakest course. The computation shall be determined by the formula that follows, based
on the thickness of the plate, the tensile strength of the plate, the efficiency of the
longitudinal joint, the radius of the course and the factor of safety required by the
Mechanical Code.
where:

t = Lowest thickness of shell plate in weakest course (inch) (mm)
Ea = Efficiency of longitudinal joint depending upon construction

Use values as follows:
For riveted joints = calculated riveted efficiency
For fusion welded joints:

- Single “V” weld = 50%
- Double “V” weld = 70%
- Single lap weld = 40%
- Double lap weld = 50%
- Forge weld = 80%
- Brazed steel = 80%
- Brazed copper = 90%
Ea = Efficiency for tube ligaments between openings as calculated in

Section I, Part PG, paragraphs PG-52 and PG-53 of the ASME Code
R = Inside radius of the weakest course of the shell (inch) (mm). If the
thickness of the shell exceeds 10 percent of the inside radius, the outer
radius shall be used

a. Where there are both riveted joints and tube ligaments to consider, the lowest calculated efficiency, E, shall
be used.
1026.2 Maximum allowable external working pressure. The maximum allowable working
pressure for cylindrical vessels subjected to external or collapsing pressure shall be determined
by methods in Section I, Part PG, paragraph PG-28 of the ASME Code, except that the factor of
safety used to calculate the working pressure shall be in accordance with the requirements of
Section 1026.3.
1026.3 Factor of safety. The maximum permissible exterior working pressure for existing
pressure vessels of other than lap-seam construction shall be calculated using a factor of safety
of not less than 4.5.

1026.3.1 Pressure vessels of lap-seam construction. The maximum permissible
exterior working pressure for existing pressure vessels with longitudinal lap joints shall
be calculated based on the age of the vessel, using the factors of safety in Table 1026.3.1.
TABLE 1026.3.1
MINIMUM SAFETY FACTORS FOR EXISTING PRESSURE VESSELS WITH
LONGITUDINAL LAP SEAMS
Age of the Vessel Safety Factor
0 to 10 years 4
10 to 20 years 4.5
20 to 25 years 5
25 to 30 years 5.5
1026.3.2 Age limit. The age limit of a pressure vessel having a longitudinal lap joint and
a working pressure over 50 pounds psi (345 kPa) shall be 30 years.
1026.4 Stress limits. In checking the tensile stresses in the walls of existing vessels, the effect
of static head shall be considered in order to verify that such tensile stresses do not exceed the
ultimate tensile strength of the material, divided by the applicable factor of safety required by the
Mechanical Code.
1026.5 Inspection of inaccessible parts. Where, in the opinion of the code official, as the result
of conditions disclosed at the time of an inspection, it is deemed necessary to remove interior or
exterior lining, covering or brick work to expose certain parts of the vessel not visible at the time
of regular inspection, the code official is authorized to require the removal of such material to
permit proper inspection and to ascertain hidden conditions and remaining thicknesses.
1026.6 Lap-seam cracks. The shell or drum of a pressure vessel in which a lap seam crack is
discovered along a longitudinal riveted joint shall be immediately discontinued from use. If the
vessel is not more than 15 years of age, and when approved by the code official, the owner or
user is authorized to make repairs consisting of the installation of a complete new course of the
original shell thickness. Patching shall be prohibited. For the purpose of this section, a “lap-
seam crack” is the typical crack frequently found in lap seams, extending parallel to the
longitudinal joints and located either between or adjacent to rivet holes.
1026.7 Tensile strength. When the ultimate tensile strength of steel shell plates is not known, it
shall be taken as 55,000 pounds psi (379 000 kPa) for equipment operating at temperatures not
exceeding 700 °F (371 °C).
1026.8 Crushing strength of mild steel. The resistance to crushing of mild steel shall be taken
at 95,000 pounds psi (655 000 kPa).
1026.9 Rivets. In computing the ultimate strength of rivets in shear, the values of the material

shear strength contained in Table 1026.9, to be applied to the cross-sectional area of the rivet
shank, shall be used.
TABLE 1026.9 ULTIMATE STRENGTH OF RIVETS IN SHEAR

Pounds per square inch
(psi)
Steel rivets in single shear 44,000
Steel rivets in double shear 88,000
1026.9.1 Cross-Sectional Area. The cross-sectional area used in the computations shall
be that of the rivet shank after driving.
1026.9.2 Diameter. When the diameter of the rivet holes in the longitudinal joints of a
pressure vessel is not known, the diameter of the rivet after driving shall be ascertained
from Table 1022.9.1 or by cutting out one rivet in the body of the joint, and the cross-
sectional area of the rivet shall be calculated from the obtained diameter.
1026.10 Safety appliances. Each unfired pressure vessel shall be protected by such safety and
relief valves and indicating and controlling devices as will ensure its safe operation. These
valves and devices shall be so constructed, located and installed that they cannot readily be
rendered inoperative. The relieving capacity of safety valves shall be such as to prevent a rise in
pressure in the vessel to more than 10 percent above the maximum allowable working pressure,
taking into account the effect of static head. Safety valve discharges shall be carried to a safe
place of disposal.

CHAPTER 11 REFRIGERATION
1101 General
1101 GENERAL
1101.4 Water connection. Water supply and discharge connections associated with
refrigeration systems shall be made in accordance with the Mechanical Code and the Plumbing
Code.
1101.4.1 Condenser cooling water. Water used for condenser cooling purposes without
recirculation shall at all times be regulated by automatic controls designed to produce a
minimum water temperature rise of 15 °F (8.3 °C), and to stop the flow of water when
cooling is not required.
1101.4.2 Approval of refrigeration systems. No permit shall be issued for the

installation of a refrigeration system that requires water from the public water mains at a
peak demand flow in excess of 15 gpm (56.8 L/m), until an application to install such
system, signed by the owner of the premises where the system is to be installed, is filed
with and approved by the District of Columbia Water and Sewer Authority (DC Water).
1101.4.3 Water for refrigeration. Water supplied from the public water mains shall not
be used for refrigeration purposes where DC Water has determined that such use might
be detrimental to the proper service of consumers in the affected distribution area.

Strike ASME BPVC from Chapter 15 of the International Mechanical Code, and insert in the
Mechanical Code, under subheading ASME, American Society of Mechanical Engineers in
Chapter 15, in its place, a new standard reference, to read as follows:
ASME
American Society of Mechanical Engineers
Three Park Avenue
New York, NY 10016-5990

number
BPVC 2010 ASME Boiler & Pressure Vessel Code–10 1001.2, 1001.5,
Edition 1004.1
Insert in Chapter 15 of the Mechanical Code a new subheading NBBPVI and insert, under that
subheading, a new standard reference to read as follows:
NBBPVI
National Board of Boiler and Pressure Vessel Inspectors
1055 Crupper Avenue
Columbus, Ohio 43229-1183

number
ANSI/NBBPVI National Board Inspection Code (NBIC) 1001.2

NB-23–2011
Strike standard reference NFPA 31-ll from Chapter 15 of the International Mechanical Code,
under subheading NFPA, National Fire Protection Association, in its entirety and insert new
standard reference NFPA 31-11 in Chapter 15 of the Mechanical Code in its place to read as
follows:
NFPA
National Fire Protection Association
1 Batterymarch Park
Quincy, MA 02169-7471

number
31-11 Installation of Oil-burning Equipment 801.2.1, 801.18.1,

801.18.2, 920.2,
1308.1
Insert in Chapter 15 of the Mechanical Code a new subheading NSF, NSF International, and
insert, under that subheading, a new standard reference to read as follows:
NSF
NSF International
789 N. Dixboro
Ann Arbor, MI 48105

reference code section
number number
14–2008e Plastics Piping System Components and Related 301.4

Materials
Strike standard reference UL 896 in Chapter 15 of the International Mechanical Code, under
subheading UL, Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. without substitution.
Strike standard reference numbers UL 1812-2009 and UL 1815-2009 from Chapter 15 of the
International Mechanical Code, in their entirety, and insert in the Mechanical Code, Chapter 15,
under subheading UL, Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. in their place two new standard
references to read as follows:
UL
Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.
333 Pfingsten Road
Northbrook, IL 60062-2096

number
1812–2009 Standard for Ducted Heat Recovery Ventilators 510.8.1

– with Revisions through June 2010
1815–2009 Standard for Nonducted Heat Recovery 510.8.1

12 DCMR F PLUMBING CODE SUPPLEMENT
The District of Columbia has adopted the 2012 edition of the International Plumbing Code
(IPC), as amended by this Supplement.
IPC CHAPTERS AMENDED BY THIS SUPPLEMENT:

CHAPTER 3 GENERAL REGULATIONS
CHAPTER 4 FIXTURES, FAUCETS AND FIXTURE FITTINGS
CHAPTER 8 INDIRECT/SPECIAL WASTE
CHAPTER 11 STORM DRAINAGE
CHAPTER 13 NONLIQUID SATURATED TREATMENT SYSTEMS
The District of Columbia Plumbing Code (2013), referred to as the “Plumbing Code,” consists of the 2012 edition of the International Plumbing Code as amended by
the District of Columbia Plumbing Code Supplement (2013) (12 DCMR F). The International Plumbing Code is copyrighted by the International Code Council and
therefore is not republished here. However, a copy of the text may be obtained at: http://publicecodes.cyberregs.com/icod/ipc/2012/index.htm?bu=IC-P-2012-
000004&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.
2013 DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA PLUMBING CODE SUPPLEMENT 1

101 General
Strike Chapter 1 of the International Plumbing Code in its entirety and insert new Section 101 in
the Plumbing Code in its place to read as follows:
101 GENERAL
101.1 General. Administration and enforcement of the Plumbing Code shall be governed by
000004&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

Insert the following new definitions in Section 202 of the Plumbing Code to read as follows:
HIGH RISK NON-RESIDENTIAL STRUCTURE. Any building or structure that houses

operations that pose a health hazard contamination risk to the public water supply.
LEAD-FREE PLUMBING FIXTURES AND FITTINGS. Plumbing fixtures and plumbing

fittings, the wetted surfaces of which contain not more than a weighted average of 0.25 percent
lead, where such plumbing fixtures and fittings are intended to be used to dispense drinking or
cooking water for human consumption. Plumbing fixtures and fittings that are not intended to
dispense water for human consumption are exempted from lead-free requirements by the
Reduction of Lead in Drinking Water Act (Public Law 111-380, enacted January 4, 2011).
WATER SERVICE POINT OF ENTRY. The location where the water service connection
initially protrudes into the building interior, through the building envelope wall or floor, to
supply the plumbing system.
Strike the definition of LEAD-FREE PIPE AND FITTINGS in Section 202 of the International
Plumbing Code in its entirety and insert a new definition in Section 202 of the Plumbing Code in
LEAD-FREE PIPE AND FITTINGS. Pipe and pipe fittings, the wetted surfaces of which
contain not more than 0.25 percent lead, where such pipe and fittings are intended to be used in
the supply or distribution of drinking or cooking water for human consumption. Pipe and fittings
that meet the requirements of the Reduction of Lead in Drinking Water Act (Public Law 111-
380, enacted January 4, 2011) for pipe and fittings used to supply or distribute water for human
consumption.
000004&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

CHAPTER 3 GENERAL REGULATIONS
301 General
301 GENERAL
Strike Section 301.3 of the International Plumbing Code in its entirety and insert new Section
301.3 in the Plumbing Code in its place to read as follows:
301.3 Connections to drainage system. Every improved lot in which plumbing fixtures are
installed shall have its own independent sanitary or combined sewer connection, to discharge
liquid wastes and sewage to the available public system, installed from the public way at a right
angle to the street lot line or as approved by the administrative authority. Plumbing fixtures,
drains, plumbing appurtenances and plumbing appliances used to receive or discharge liquid
wastes or sewage shall be directly connected to the sanitary drainage system of the building or
premises, in accordance with the requirements of this code. This section shall not be construed
to prevent indirect waste systems required by Chapter 8.
Exception: Bathtubs, showers, whirlpool bathtubs, lavatories, drinking fountains, clothes

washers and laundry trays shall not be required to discharge to the sanitary drainage system
where such fixtures discharge to an approved gray water system for flushing of water closets
and urinals.
301.4 Connections to domestic water supply. Every improved lot in which plumbing fixtures
are installed shall have its own independent water connection to the available public water
supply system, installed from the public way at a right angle to the street lot line or as approved
by the administrative authority. Every plumbing fixture, device or plumbing appliance requiring
or using water for its proper operation shall be directly or indirectly connected to the public
water supply system, in accordance with the requirements of this code.
Exception: Water closets and urinals shall not be required to be connected to the public
water supply system where such fixtures are supplied from an approved gray water system.
000004&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

CHAPTER 4 FIXTURES, FAUCETS AND FIXTURE FITTINGS
403 Minimum Plumbing Facilities

405 Installation of Fixtures
410 Drinking Fountains
403 MINIMUM PLUMBING FACILITIES
403.4 Signage. Multi-occupancy public facilities shall be designated by a legible sign for each
sex. Single-occupancy public facilities shall be designated with gender-neutral signage. Signs
shall be readily visible and located near the entrance to each toilet facility. Signs for accessible
toilet facilities shall comply with Section 1110 of the International Building Code.
405 INSTALLATION OF FIXTURES
Strike Section 405.3.2 of the International Plumbing Code in its entirety and insert new Section
405.3.2 in the Plumbing Code in its place to read as follows:
405.3.2 Public lavatories. Lavatories shall be installed within multiple-occupancy

employee and public toilet rooms that contain one or more water closets or urinals. The
number of such lavatories shall be sufficient to serve the occupant load served by the
water closets and urinals located in the same toilet room, based on the ratios of Table
403.1. All single-occupancy employee and public toilet rooms shall contain a lavatory.
Lavatories installed outside a toilet room shall not count towards the number of lavatories
required by Table 403.1 for employee and public toilet facilities.
410 DRINKING FOUNTAINS
410.1 Approval. Drinking fountains shall conform to ASME A112.19.1/CSA B45.2 or ASME
A112.19.2/CSA B45.1 and water coolers shall conform to AHRI 1010. Drinking fountains and
water coolers shall conform to NSF 61, Section 9.
410.3 Substitution. Where restaurants provide drinking water in a container free of charge,
drinking fountains shall not be required. In establishments of occupancies B or M, with an area
of 1,500 square feet (139.4 m2) or less, a water cooler or a bottled water dispenser shall be
000004&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

permitted to be substituted for the required drinking fountains. In other occupancies, including B
or M occupancies with an area of more than 1,500 square feet (139.4 m2), water coolers or
bottled water dispensers shall be permitted to be substituted for not more than 50 percent of the
required number of drinking fountains.
000004&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

603 Water Service

604 Design of Building Water Distribution System
605 Materials, Joints and Connections
608 Protection of Potable Water Supply
614 Landscape Irrigation and Outdoor Fountains
603 WATER SERVICE
603.1 Size of water service pipe. The water service pipe shall be sized to supply water to the
structure in the quantities and at the pressures required in this code. The water service pipe shall
be not less than 1 inch (25.4 mm) in diameter.
Insert new Sections 603.3 through 603.3.3 and Table 603.3.1 to the Plumbing Code to read as
follows:
603.3 Water service piping protection. Water service piping shall be protected against
backflow in accordance with Sections 603.3.1 through 603.3.3. This section shall not apply to
one and two-family dwellings.
603.3.1 Water service piping backflow prevention. A backflow prevention device

shall be installed on the water service pipe, downstream of the water meter, in
compliance with Table 603.3.1, for every new water service, and for existing water
services as required by Section 603.3.3. Backflow prevention devices shall be installed
in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions and shall be located upstream
from any served water outlet.
603.3.2 High Risk Non-Residential Structure. Any building, structure or campus that
is or contains a facility hereafter classified as a high risk non-residential structure shall be
required to install a reduced pressure principle backflow prevention assembly conforming
to ASSE 1013 on the water service connection. High risk non-residential facilities
include, but are not limited to, hospitals, hemoglobin dialysis centers, funeral homes or
mortuary facilities, chemical manufacturing plants, car wash facilities, sewage treatment
plants, auxiliary water supply systems, wells, dry cleaning plants, laboratories, facilities
where radioactive materials are handled, and facilities with a water reuse system.
603.3.3 Existing water service piping. Installation of a backflow preventer in an

existing water service pipe shall be required only in the following cases:
000004&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

1. Construction of a new structure reusing the existing service.
2. Alteration of the existing water distribution system of the structure affecting

fixtures that in aggregate account for more than 75 percent of the demand load of
the existing installed system, calculated in accordance with Section 604.3, not
including minor piping adjustments for fixture replacements.
3. Addition to the existing water distribution system of the structure that will result
in an increase of more than 50 percent in the demand load of the existing installed
system, calculated in accordance with Section 604.3
4. The served existing structure has been or is heretofore classified as a high risk
non-residential structure.
5. When the existing water service pipe is being replaced.
Table 603.3.1 Water Service Backflow Prevention
Domestic Backflow Prevention Device

Location
Facility type Service Size Type
Note a
Residential or non- 1", 1 1/2" and 2" ASSE 1024 Dual On the discharge side
residential Check Valve Type of meter yoke
Note b
Non-residential 3" and larger ASSE 1015 Double Inside facility, within
Check BFP Assembly 10 feet of water
service point of entry
High Risk Non- Any ASSE 1013 Reduced
residential Pressure Principle BF
Preventer
Fire Protection Backflow Prevention Device

Location
Water Treatment Type
Note a
No chemical additives ASSE 1015 Double Check Inside facility, within 10 feet
Fire Protection BFP Assembly of water service point of entry
ASSE 1048 Double Check

Detector Fire Protection BFP
Assembly
Treated with chemical ASSE 1013 Reduced Pressure

additives Principle Fire Protection BF
Preventer
000004&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

ASSE 1047 Reduced Pressure
Detector Fire Protection BFP
Assembly
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 ft = 304.8 mm, 1 pound per square inch = 6.895 kPa.
a - Backflow prevention device shall always be located upstream from any water outlet.
b - Where inlet pressure to meter yoke is less than 42 psi, it is acceptable to locate the domestic backflow prevention device
inside the facility, within 10 feet of water service point of entry.
604 DESIGN OF BUILDING WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
Strike Table 604.4 in the International Plumbing Code in its entirety and insert new Table 604.4
in the Plumbing Code in its place to read as follows:
TABLE 604.4
MAXIMUM FLOW RATES AND CONSUMPTION FOR
PLUMBING FIXTURES AND FIXTURE FITTINGS
PLUMBING FIXTURE MAXIMUM FLOW RATE
OR FIXTURE FITTING OR QUANTITYb
Lavatory and bar sink faucet, private 1.5 gpm at 60psi and WaterSense labeled
Lavatory, public (metering) 0.25 gallon per metering cycle
Lavatory, public 0.5 gpm at 60 psi
(other than metering)
Bar sink faucet in other than dwelling units 2.2 gpm at 60 psi
or hotel and hospital private rooms
Shower heada 2.0 gpm at 80psi and WaterSense labeled
Sink faucet, kitchen 2.2 gpm at 60 psi
Urinal, flushing or non-water 0.5 gallon per flushing cycle and
WaterSense labeled, or non-water urinals
Water closet, public and remoted 1.6 gallons per flushing cycle
c
Water closet (tank type) 1.28 gallons per flushing cycle and
WaterSense labeled
Water closet, private flushometer type, or 1.28 gallons per flushing cycle
public and non-remote
For SI: 1 gallon per minute = 3.785 L/m,

1 pound per square inch = 6.895 kPa
a. A hand-held shower spray is a shower head

b. Consumption tolerances shall be determined from referenced standards.
c. Dual Flush Toilets - The effective flush volume shall not exceed 1.28 gallons (4.8 liters). The effective flush volume is
defined as the composite, average flush volume of two reduced flushes and one full flush. Flush volumes will be tested in
accordance with ASME A112.19.2 and ASME A112.19.14.
d. A remote water closet is a water closet that is located not less than 30 feet (9144 mm) upstream of other drain line connections
or fixtures and where less than 1.5 drainage fixture units are upstream of the drain line connection.
000004&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

605 MATERIALS, JOINTS AND CONNECTIONS
Strike Section 605.2 of the International Plumbing Code in its entirety and insert in its place new
Section 605.2 to the Plumbing Code to read as follows:
605.2 Lead content of water supply pipe and fittings. Pipe and pipe fittings, including valves
and faucets, utilized in any portion of the water supply system that provides drinking or cooking
water for human consumption shall meet the requirements for lead-free pipe and fittings or the
requirements for lead-free plumbing fixtures and fittings, as applicable. Other pipe, pipe fittings,
valves and faucets utilized in the water supply system shall have a maximum of 8-percent lead
content.
608 PROTECTION OF POTABLE WATER SUPPLY
608.16.4 Connections to automatic fire sprinkler systems and standpipe systems.

The potable water supply to automatic fire sprinkler and standpipe systems shall be
protected against backflow by one of the following methods:
1. If the systems contain no chemical additives, by a double check backflow

prevention assembly conforming to ASSE 1015 or by a double check detector fire
protection backflow prevention assembly conforming to ASSE 1048.
2. If either system contains chemical additives, by a reduced pressure principle fire

protection backflow preventer conforming to ASSE 1013 or by a reduced pressure
detector fire protection backflow prevention assembly conforming to ASSE 1047.
Exception: Where systems are installed as a portion of the water

distribution system in accordance with the requirements of this code and are
not provided with a fire department connection, separate backflow
protection of the water supply system from the fire suppression system shall
not be required.
Insert new Section 608.18 in the Plumbing Code to read as follows:
608.18 Fire hydrant use connections. Connection to a fire hydrant for any use other than
firefighting operations shall require pre-approval by DC Water, shall be metered and shall be
protected against backflow in accordance with this section. The connection shall include a
reduced pressure principle backflow preventer conforming to ASSE 1013, suitable for high-
hazard applications, which shall carry a current inspection tag less than six months old. The
assembly shall be installed within 10 feet (3048 mm) of the hydrant water meter and ahead of
any water outlet.
000004&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

Insert new Section 614 in the Plumbing Code to read as follows:
614 LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION AND OUTDOOR FOUNTAINS
614.1 Landscape irrigation systems. Irrigation of exterior landscaping shall comply with
Sections 614.1.1 and 614.1.2.
Exception: Projects under the jurisdiction of the Residential Code.
614.1.1 Water for outdoor landscape irrigation. In accordance with Section 614.1.2,
outdoor landscape irrigation systems shall be designed and installed to reduce potable
water use by 50 percent through plant selection, water efficient irrigation technology, the
elimination of a permanently installed irrigation system, and/or, where permitted by
District regulation or ordinances, with alternate onsite nonpotable water complying with
Section 1115 and local regulations. Designers shall use the EPA Water Sense Interactive
Water Budget Tool to determine whether the design meets the 50 percent reduction
threshold.
Exceptions: Potable water is permitted to be used as follows:
1. During the establishment phase of newly planted landscaping and during

periods of drought in excess of 30 days.
2. To irrigate food production.
3. To supplement nonpotable water irrigation of shade trees provided in

accordance with Section 408.2.3 of the Green Construction Code.
614.1.2 Irrigation system design and installation. Where in-ground irrigation systems
are provided, the systems shall comply with all of the following:
1. The design and installation of outdoor irrigation systems shall be under the
supervision of an irrigation professional accredited or certified by an appropriate
local or national body.
2. Landscape irrigation systems shall not direct water onto building exterior
surfaces, foundations or exterior paved surfaces. Systems shall not generate
runoff.
3. Where an irrigation control system is used, the system shall be one that regulates
irrigation based on weather, climate or soil moisture data, or time of day. The
controller shall have integrated or separate sensors to suspend irrigation events
during rainfall.
000004&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

4. Irrigation zones shall be based on plant water needs with plants of similar need
grouped together. Turfgrass shall not be grouped with other plantings on the
same zone.
000004&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

712 Sumps and Ejectors

715 Backwater Valves
712 SUMPS AND EJECTORS
712.3.5 Pump connection to the drainage system. Pumps connected to the drainage system
shall connect to a building sewer, building drain, soil stack, waste stack or horizontal branch
drain. The discharge point shall not be upstream of any backwater valve and shall not generate a
condition that could cause flooding at any of the building fixtures. Where the discharge line
connects into horizontal drainage piping, the connection shall be made through a wye fitting into
the top of the drainage piping and such wye fitting shall be located not less than 10 pipe
diameters from the base of any soil stack, waste stack or fixture drain.
715 BACKWATER VALVES
715.1 Sewage backflow. Where plumbing fixtures are installed on a floor with a finished floor
elevation below the elevation of the manhole cover of the next upstream manhole in the public
sewer, such fixtures shall be protected by a backwater valve installed in the building drain or
horizontal branch serving such fixtures, or shall discharge to a sump complying with Section
712.3 and served by a sewage pump or ejector complying with Section 712.4. Plumbing fixtures
installed on a floor with a finished floor elevation above the elevation of the manhole cover of
the next upstream manhole in the public sewer shall not discharge through a backwater valve or a
sump. This section shall not apply to replacement in kind of compliant plumbing fixtures.
Exception: Where the code official deems it appropriate for the protection of existing
multi-level buildings in flood prone areas, the retrofitting of backwater valves to be
installed in the building drain or in a horizontal branch serving fixtures on a floor with a
finished elevation above the adjacent manhole in the public sewer shall be allowed, thereby
allowing such fixtures to discharge through the backwater valve.
000004&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

CHAPTER 8 INDIRECT/SPECIAL WASTE
802 Indirect Wastes
802 INDIRECT WASTES
802.3 Waste receptors. Waste receptors shall be of an approved type. A removable strainer or
basket shall cover the waste outlet of waste receptors. Waste receptors shall be installed in
ventilated spaces. Waste receptors shall not be installed in bathrooms, toilet rooms, plenums,
crawl spaces, attics, interstitial spaces above ceilings and below floors or in any inaccessible or
unventilated space such as a closet or storeroom. Ready access shall be provided to waste
receptors.
Exception: Clothes washer standpipes shall be permitted in bathrooms in dwelling units.
000004&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

CHAPTER 11 STORM DRAINAGE
1101 General
1104 Conductors and Connections
1115 Rainwater Collection and Distribution Systems
1101 GENERAL
Strike Section 1101.2 in the International Plumbing Code in its entirety and insert new Section
1101.2 Where required. All roofs, paved areas, yards, courts and courtyards shall drain into a
separate storm sewer system, or a combined sewer system, or to an approved place of disposal.
Exception: When approved, storm water is permitted to be discharged from roofs, paved
areas, yards, courts, courtyards, downspouts, rain barrels, cisterns or rooftop storage
facilities to vegetated areas such as lawns, gardens, grassy swales or bio-retention cells on
the same lot. In such instances, the storm water shall flow away from the building and
shall not flow across property lines onto adjacent lots unless it discharges into an approved
shared best management practice as defined in 21 DCMR Chapter 5.
1104 CONDUCTORS AND CONNECTIONS
1104.2 Combining storm with sanitary drainage. The sanitary and storm drainage systems of
a structure shall be entirely separate except where the structure is served by a combined public
sewer system. The storm building drain and the sanitary building drain shall remain separate
through the exterior walls of the building. Where a combined public sewer is utilized, the
building storm drain shall be connected in the same horizontal plane through a single-wye fitting
to the combined sewer, not less than 10 feet (3048 mm) downstream from any soil stack, and
downstream of any backwater valve. Where the connection is in public space or when the size of
either drain is 8 inches in diameter or larger, the combination shall be made with a manhole in
lieu of a single-wye.
Insert new Section 1115 in the Plumbing Code to read as follows:
1115 RAINWATER COLLECTION AND DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS
1115.1 Scope. The provisions of this section shall govern the construction, installation,
alteration and repair of rainwater collection and conveyance systems. Water collected in
rainwater collection systems shall not be used as drinking water or for any other potable water
000004&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

application.
1115.2 Potable water connections. Where a potable system is connected to a rainwater

collection and conveyance system, the potable water supply shall be protected against backflow
by an approved air gap fitting in accordance with Section 608 608.13.1.
1115.3 Nonpotable water connections. Nonpotable water from any source other than roof
drainage, other storm drainage or condensate water where approved shall not be combined in a
rainwater collection and distribution system.
1115.4 Installation. Except as provided for in this section, all systems shall be installed in
compliance with the provisions of the Plumbing Code and the manufacturer’s instructions.
1115.5 Rainwater collected for landscape irrigation. Rainwater collected on the surface of the
building site, or from the roof surfaces of the building, and used for landscape irrigation purposes
shall not be limited regarding the method of application. Rainwater collected from elevated
building locations that is to be used in building site irrigation shall comply with the provisions of
Section 1115 with the exception of Sections 1115.11.1 and 1115.11.7.3.
1115.6 Approved components and materials. Piping, plumbing components, and materials
used in the collection and conveyance systems shall be manufactured of material approved for
the intended application and compatible with any disinfection and treatment systems used.
1115.7 Insect and vermin control. Inlets and vents to the system shall be protected to prevent
the entrance of insects and vermin into storage tanks and piping systems. Screens installed on
vent pipes, inlets, and overflow pipes shall have an aperture of not greater than 1/16 inch (1.6
mm) and shall be close fitting. Screen materials shall be compatible with contacting system
components and shall not accelerate corrosion of system components.
1115.8 Drainage. Water drained from the roof washer or debris excluder shall not be drained to
the sanitary sewer. Such water shall be diverted from the storage tank and discharge in a
location that will not cause erosion or damage to property. Roof washers and debris excluders
shall be provided with an automatic means of self-draining between rain events, and shall not
drain onto roof surfaces.
1115.9 Freeze protection. Where sustained freezing temperatures occur, provisions shall be
made to keep storage tanks and the related piping from freezing.
1115.10 Trenching requirements. All collection and distribution piping containing rainwater
shall be separated from the building sewer as required in Section 603.2 for water service piping.
Exception: Irrigation piping located outside of a building and downstream of the backflow
preventer is not required to meet the trenching requirements where rainwater is used for
outdoor applications.
000004&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

1115.11 Rainwater catchment and collection systems. The design of rainwater collection and
conveyance systems shall conform to accepted engineering practice.
1115.11.1 Collection surface. Rainwater shall be collected only from above-ground

impervious roofing surfaces constructed from approved materials. Collection of water
from vehicular parking, pedestrian, or other surfaces shall be prohibited except where the
water is used exclusively for landscape irrigation or where water quality treatment
measures that are adequate for the end use have been approved. Overflow and bleed-off
pipes from roof-mounted appliances including but not limited to evaporative coolers,
water heaters and solar water heaters shall not discharge onto rainwater collection
surfaces.
1115.11.2 Debris excluders. Downspouts and leaders shall be connected to a roof

washer and shall be equipped with a debris excluder or equivalent device to prevent the
contamination of collected rainwater with leaves, sticks, pine needles and similar
material. Debris excluders and equivalent devices shall be self-cleaning.
1115.11.3 Roof gutters and downspouts. Gutters and downspouts shall be constructed
of materials that are compatible with the collection surface and the rainwater quality for
the desired end use. Joints shall be watertight.
1115.11.3.1 Slope. Roof gutters, leaders and rainwater collection piping shall
slope continuously toward collection inlets. Gutters and downspouts shall have a
slope of not less than 1 unit in 96 units along their entire length and shall not
permit the collection or pooling of water at any point.
Exception: Siphonic drainage systems installed in accordance with the

manufacturer’s installation instructions shall not be required to have slope.
1115.11.3.2 Size. Gutters and downspouts shall be installed and sized in

1115.11.3.3 Cleanouts. Cleanouts shall be provided in the water conveyance

system so as to allow access to all filters, flushes, pipes and downspouts.
1115.11.4 Collection pipe materials. In buildings where rainwater collection and

conveyance systems are installed, draining piping approved for use within plumbing
draining systems shall be utilized to collect rainwater and convey it to the storage tank.
Vent piping approved for use within plumbing venting systems shall be utilized for all
vents within the rainwater system. Drains to a stormwater discharge shall use approved
waste piping.
1115.11.4.1 Joints. Collection piping conveying rainwater shall utilize joints
000004&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

approved for use with the distribution piping and appropriate for the intended
applications as specified in the Plumbing Code.
1115.11.4.2 Size. Collection piping conveying rainwater from collection surfaces

shall be sized in accordance with Chapter 11 of the Plumbing Code and local
rainfall rates.
1115.11.4.3 Marking. Additional marking of rainwater collection piping shall

not be required beyond that required for sanitary drainage, waste and vent piping
by the Plumbing Code.
1115.11.5 Filtration. Collected rainwater shall be filtered to the level required for the
intended end use. Filters shall be accessible for inspection and maintenance.
1115.11.6 Disinfection. Where the intended application and initial quality of the
collected rainwater requires disinfection or other treatment or both, the collected
rainwater shall be treated as needed to ensure that the required water quality is delivered
at the point of use. Where chlorine is used for disinfection or treatment, water shall be
tested for residual chlorine in accordance with ASTM D 1253. The levels of residual
chlorine shall not exceed the levels allowed for the intended use in accordance with the
requirements of the District of Columbia.
1115.11.7 Storage tank. The design of the storage tank shall be in accordance with
1115.11.7.1 Location. Storage tanks shall be installed either above or below

grade. Above-grade storage tanks shall be protected from direct sunlight and
shall be constructed using opaque, UV-resistant materials including, but not
limited to, heavily tinted plastic, fiberglass, lined metal, concrete, wood or painted
to prevent algae growth, or shall have specially constructed sun barriers including,
but not limited to, installation in garages, crawlspaces or sheds. Storage tanks and
their manholes shall not be located directly under any soil or waste piping or any
source of contamination. Rainwater storage tanks shall be located with a
minimum horizontal distance between various elements as indicated in Table
1115.11.7.1.
TABLE 1115.11.7.1
LOCATION OF RAINWATER STORAGE TANKS
ELEMENT MINIMUM HORIZONTAL
DISTANCE FROM
STORAGE TANK (FEET)
Critical root zone (CRZ) of protected trees 2
Lot line adjoining private lots 5
Seepage pits 5
000004&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm.
1115.11.7.2 Materials. Where water is collected onsite, it shall be collected in an

approved tank constructed of durable, nonabsorbent and corrosion-resistant
materials. Storage vessels shall be compatible with the material being stored.
Storage tanks shall be constructed of materials compatible with the type of
disinfection system used to treat water upstream of the tank and used to maintain
water quality within the tank.
1115.11.7.2.1 Wooden tanks. Wooden storage tanks shall not be required

to have a liner. Where unlined tanks are used, the species of wood shall
be decay resistant and untreated.
1115.11.7.3 Makeup water. Where an uninterrupted supply is required for the

intended application, potable water shall be provided as a source of make-up
water for the storage tank. The potable water supply shall be protected against
backflow by an approved air gap fitting in accordance with Section 608.13.1.
1115.11.7.4 Overflow. The storage tank shall be equipped with an overflow pipe
having the same or larger area as the sum of the areas of all tank inlet pipes. The
overflow pipe shall be protected from insects or vermin and the discharge from
such pipe shall be disposed of in a manner consistent with stormwater runoff
requirements of the District of Columbia. The overflow pipe shall discharge at a
sufficient distance from the tank to avoid damaging the tank foundation or the
adjacent property. The overflow drain shall not be equipped with a shutoff valve.
A minimum of one cleanout shall be provided on each overflow pipe in
accordance with Section 708.
1115.11.7.5 Access. A minimum of one access opening shall be provided to

allow inspection and cleaning of the tank interior. Access openings to storage
tanks and other vessels shall have an approved locking device or shall otherwise
be protected from unauthorized access. Below-grade storage tanks located
outside of the building shall be provided with either a manhole not less than 24
inches (610 mm) square or a manhole with an inside diameter of not less than 24
inches (610 mm). Manholes shall extend not less than 4 inches (102 mm) above
ground or shall be designed so as to prevent water infiltration. Finish grade shall
be sloped away from the manhole to divert surface water from the manhole. Each
manhole cover shall be secured to prevent unauthorized access. Service ports in
manhole covers shall be not less than 8 inches (203 mm) in diameter and shall be
not less than 4 inches (102 mm) above the finished grade level. The service port
shall be secured to prevent unauthorized access.
Exception: Storage tanks having a volume of less than 800 gallons (3028
L) and installed below grade shall not be required to be equipped with a
000004&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

manhole where provided with a service port that is not less than 8 inches
(203 mm) in diameter.
1115.11.7.6 Venting. Storage tanks shall be provided with a vent sized in

accordance with the Plumbing Code and based on the diameter of the tank
influent pipe. Tank vents shall not be connected to sanitary drainage system
vents.
1115.11.7.7 Inlets. Storage tank inlets shall be designed to introduce water into
the tank with minimum turbulence and shall be located and designed to avoid
agitating the contents of the storage tank.
1115.11.7.8 Outlets. Outlets shall be located not less than 4 inches (102 mm)
above the bottom of the storage tanks and shall not skim water from the surface.
1115.11.7.9 Draining of tanks. Where storage tanks require draining for service
or cleaning, tanks shall be drained by using a pump or by a drain located at the
lowest point in the tank. The discharge from draining the tank shall be disposed
of in a manner consistent with the stormwater runoff requirements of the District
of Columbia and at a sufficient distance from the tank to avoid damaging the tank
foundation.
1115.11.7.10 Marking and signage. Each storage tank shall be marked with its
rated capacity. Storage tanks shall bear signage that reads as follows:
“CAUTION: NONPOTABLE WATER – DO NOT DRINK.” Where an opening
is provided that could allow the entry of personnel, the opening shall bear signage
that reads as follows: “DANGER – CONFINED SPACE.” Markings shall be
indelibly printed on a tag or sign constructed of corrosion-resistant waterproof
material mounted on the tank or shall be indelibly printed on the tank. The letters
of words shall be not less than 0.5 inches (13 mm) in height and shall be of a
color that contrasts with the background on which they are applied.
1115.11.8 Valves. Valves shall be installed in accordance with Section 1115.11.8.1.
1115.11.8.1 Backwater valve. Backwater valves shall be installed on each

overflow and tank drain pipe. Backwater valves shall be installed so that access is
provided to the working parts for service and repair.
1115.11.9 Roof washer. A sufficient amount of rainwater shall be diverted at the

beginning of each rain event, and not allowed to enter the storage tank, to wash
accumulated debris from the collection surface, or approved pre-treatment measures shall
be used as specified in a plan approved in compliance with 21 DCMR Chapter 5. The
amount of rainfall to be diverted shall be field adjustable as necessary to minimize
storage tank water contamination. The roof washer shall not rely on manually operated
000004&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

valves or devices, and shall not operate automatically. Diverted rainwater shall not be
drained to the roof surface, and shall be discharged in a manner consistent with the
stormwater runoff requirements of the District of Columbia. Roof washers shall be
accessible for maintenance and service.
1115.11.10 Vent piping. Storage tanks shall be provided with a vent in accordance with
the requirements of Section 1115.11.7.6. Vents shall be sized in accordance with the
Plumbing Code, based on the aggregate diameter of storage tank influent pipe(s). Vents
shall be protected from contamination by means of a U-bend installed with the opening
directed downward or an approved cap. Vent outlets shall extend a minimum of 4 inches
(102 mm) above grade, or as necessary to prevent surface water from entering the storage
tank. Vent openings shall be protected against the entrance of vermin and insects in
accordance with the requirements of Section 1115.7.
1115.11.11 Pumping and control system. Mechanical equipment including pumps,

valves and filters shall be easily accessible and removable in order to perform repair,
maintenance and cleaning. Pressurized water shall be supplied at a pressure appropriate
for the application and within the range specified by the Plumbing Code. Where water
could be supplied at an excessive pressure, a pressure-reducing valve shall be installed in
accordance with the requirements of the Plumbing Code.
1115.11.11.1 Water-pressure-reducing valve or regulator. Where the

rainwater pressure supplied by the pumping system exceeds 80 psi (552 kPa)
static, a pressure-reducing valve shall be installed to reduce the pressure in the
rainwater distribution system piping to 80 psi (552 kPa) static or less. Pressure-
reducing valves shall be specified and installed in accordance with Section 604.8.
1115.11.12 Distribution pipe. Distribution piping shall comply with Sections

1115.11.12.1 through 1115.11.12.4.
1115.11.12.1 Materials. Distribution piping conveying rainwater shall conform

to the standards and requirements specified by the Plumbing Code for nonpotable
water.
1115.11.12.2 Joints. Distribution piping conveying rainwater shall utilize joints

approved for use with the distribution piping and appropriate for the intended
applications as specified in the Plumbing Code.
1115.11.12.3 Size. Distribution piping conveying rainwater shall be sized in

accordance with the Plumbing Code for the intended application.
1115.11.12.4 Marking. Nonpotable rainwater distribution piping shall be of the

color purple and shall be embossed or indelibly printed with the words:
“CAUTION: NONPOTABLE WATER – DO NOT DRINK” or shall be installed
000004&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

with a purple identification tape or wrap. Identification tape shall be not less than
3 inches (76 mm) wide and shall have white or black lettering on purple stating
“CAUTION: NONPOTABLE WATER – DO NOT DRINK.” Identification tape
shall be installed on top of nonpotable rainwater distribution pipes, fastened not
greater than every 10 feet (3048 mm) to each pipe length and run continuously the
entire length of the pipe. Lettering shall be readily observable within the room or
space where the piping is located.
Exception: Piping located outside of the building and

downstream of the backflow preventer is not required to be purple
where rainwater is used for outdoor applications.
1115.12 Tests and inspections. Tests and inspections shall be performed in accordance with
Sections 1115.12.1 through 1115.12.10.
1115.12.1 Drainage and vent tests. The testing of rainwater collection piping, overflow
piping, vent piping and storage tank drains shall be conducted in accordance with Section
312.
1115.12.2 Draining and vent final test. A final test shall be applied to the rainwater
collection piping, overflow piping, storage tank, and tank vent piping in accordance with
Section 312.4.
1115.12.3 Water supply system test. The testing of makeup water supply piping and
rainwater distribution piping shall be conducted in accordance with Section 312.5.
1115.12.4 Inspection and testing of backflow prevention assemblies. The testing of

backflow preventers and backwater valves shall be conducted in accordance with Section
312.10.
1115.12.5 Inspection of vermin and insect protection. Inlets and vents to the system
shall be inspected to ensure that each is protected to prevent the entrance of insects or
vermin into storage tank and piping systems in accordance with Section 1115.8.
1115.12.6 Roof gutter inspection. Roof gutters shall be inspected to verify that the
installation and slope is in accordance with Section 1115.11.3.
1115.12.7 Roofwasher test. Roofwashers shall be tested by introducing water into the
gutters. Proper diversion of the first quantity of water in accordance with the
requirements of Section 1115.11.9 shall be verified.
1115.12.8 Storage tank tests. Storage tanks shall be tested in accordance with the
following:
000004&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

1. Storage tanks other than factory made tanks shall be filled with water to the
overflow line prior to and during inspection. Seams and joints shall be left
exposed and the tank shall remain water tight without leakage for a period of 24
hours.
2. The overflow system shall be tested for a period of 15 minutes to verify proper
drainage and verify that there are no leaks.
3. The makeup water system shall be tested for proper operation and automatic
shutoff of the system at the refill threshold shall be verified.
1115.12.9 Supply pressure test. The static water pressure at the point of use farthest
from the supply shall be verified to be within the range required for the application, in
accordance with Section 1115.11.11.
1115.12.10 Water quality test. The quality of the water for the intended application
shall be verified at the point of use in accordance with all applicable requirements of the
1115.13 Operations and maintenance manuals. Operations and maintenance materials shall
be supplied by the installer to the owner of the system in accordance with 1115.13.1 through
1115.13.4. The owner shall keep these manuals on site or where they are readily available to the
code official upon request.
1115.13.1 Manual. A detailed operations and maintenance manual shall be supplied in

hardcopy form with all rainwater collection systems.
1115.13.2 Schematics. The manual shall include a detailed system schematic, the
locations of all system components and a list of all system components including
manufacturer and model number.
1115.13.3 Maintenance procedures. The manual shall provide a maintenance schedule

and procedures for all system components requiring periodic maintenance. Consumable
parts including filters shall be noted along with part numbers.
1115.13.4 Operations procedures. The manual shall include system startup and
shutdown procedures. The manual shall include detailed operating procedures for the
system.
1115.14 System abandonment. In order to abandon or cease use of a rainwater collection and
conveyance system, other than rain barrels, the owner shall first obtain approval for
abandonment of the system from both the District Department of the Environment and the code
official. Abandonment of a rainwater collection and conveyance system shall comply with the
following:
000004&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

1. System piping connecting to a utility-provided water system shall be removed or disabled
and the potable water supply line shall be capped with an approved cap or plug.
2. The storage tank shall be secured from inadvertent access by sealing or locking tank
inlets and access points, or by filling with sand or by other equivalent approved method.
1115.14.1 Mandatory abandonment. Mandatory abandonment of a rainwater collection

and conveyance system is required where (1) system installation is not required by the
stormwater requirements in Title 20, 21 DCMR Chapter 5; and (2) the owner fails to
properly maintain the system in accordance with the maintenance procedures set forth in
Section 1115.13. The owner shall comply with the system abandonment procedures set
forth in Section 1115.14.
000004&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

CHAPTER 13 NONLIQUID SATURATED TREATMENT SYSTEMS
1301 Gray Water Recycling Systems

1302 Systems for Flushing Water Closets and Urinals
1303 Subsurface Landscape Irrigation Systems
1301 GRAY WATER RECYCLING SYSTEMS
Strike Sections 1301.1 and 1301.2 and Figure 1301.1(1) of the International Plumbing Code in
their entirety and insert new Sections 1301.1 and 1301.2 in the Plumbing Code in their place to
read as follows:
1301.1 Scope. The provisions of Chapter 13 shall govern the materials, design, construction and
installation of gray water systems for flushing of water closets and urinals. See Figure
1301.1(2).
1301.2 Installation. In addition to the provisions of Section 1301, systems for flushing of water
closets and urinals shall comply with Section 1302. Except as provided for in this chapter, all
systems shall comply with the provisions of the other chapters of this code.
1301.5 Inspections. Gray water systems shall be inspected in accordance with Section 312 of
the Plumbing Code and with Section 109 of the Building Code, 12 DCMR A.
Strike Section 1301.7 of the International Plumbing Code in its entirety and insert new Sections
1301.7 and 1301.7.1 in the Plumbing Code in its place to read as follows:
1301.7 Waste water connections. Gray water recycling systems shall receive only the waste
discharge of bathtubs, showers, lavatories, drinking fountains, whirlpool bathtubs, clothes
washers or laundry trays.
1301.7.1 Prohibited sources. Roof drainage and other stormwater drainage shall not be
collected in gray water systems except for makeup purposes as provided in Section
1302.3.1. Gray water systems shall not receive waste discharge from any fixture
installed in an I-2 occupancy.
1302 SYSTEMS FOR FLUSHING WATER CLOSETS AND URINALS
Strike Section 1302.3 of the International Plumbing Code in its entirety and insert new Sections
1302.3 and 1302.3.1 in the Plumbing Code in its place to read as follows:
000004&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

1302.3 Makeup water. Where an uninterrupted supply is required for the intended application,
potable water shall be provided as a source of makeup water for the storage tank. The potable
water supply shall be protected against backflow by an approved air gap fitting in accordance
with Section 608.13.1
1302.3.1 Makeup water from other sources. In addition to the makeup water required
by Section 1302.3, makeup water supplied to a gray water system from a rainwater
collection system complying with Section 1115 shall be allowed where approved. The
design of the makeup water connection between the two systems shall be approved prior
to installation. The overflow discharge of a rainwater collection system shall not pass
through any portion of the gray water system.
1302.4 Coloring. The gray water shall be dyed purple with a food grade vegetable dye before
such water is supplied to the fixtures.
1302.6 Identification. Distribution piping and reservoirs shall be identified as containing

nonpotable water. Gray water collection piping shall be identified so as to preclude drainage
pipe connections from prohibited fixtures. Piping identification shall be in accordance with
Section 608.8.
1303 SUBSURFACE LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION SYSTEMS
Strike Section 1303 of the International Plumbing Code in its entirety without substitution.
000004&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

Insert a new EPA referenced standard in Chapter 14 of the Plumbing Code to read as follows:

EPA Washington, DC 20460
Title
Standard Referenced in
Reference code section
Number number
Water Sense High-efficiency Lavatory Faucet Table 604.4
October 2007 Specification
Water Sense WaterSense Specification for Flushing Table 604.4

August 2009 Urinals
Water Sense WaterSense Specification for Showerheads Table 604.4

March 2010
Water Sense WaterSense Specification for Tank-Type Table 604.4

Table 604.4
May 2011 Toilets
Water Sense WaterSense Landscape Water Budget Tool 614.1.1 Table 604.4
August 2011 Version 1.01
000004&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

12 DCMR G PROPERTY MAINTENANCE
CODE SUPPLEMENT
The District of Columbia has adopted the 2012 edition of the International Property
Maintenance Code (IPMC), as amended by this Supplement.
IPMC CHAPTERS AMENDED BY THIS SUPPLEMENT:

CHAPTER 3 REQUIREMENTS
CHAPTER 4 LIGHT, VENTILATION, AND OCCUPANCY LIMITATIONS
CHAPTER 5 PLUMBING FACILITIES AND FIXTURES REQUIREMENTS
CHAPTER 6 MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
CHAPTER 7 FIRE SAFETY REQUIREMENTS
The District of Columbia Property Maintenance Code (2013), referred to as the “Property Maintenance Code,” consists of the 2012 edition of the
International Property Maintenance Code, published by the International Code Council (ICC), as amended by the District of Columbia Property
Maintenance Code Supplement (2013) (12 DCMR G). The International Property Maintenance Code is copyrighted by the ICC and therefore is
not republished here. However, a copy of the text may be obtained at: http://publicecodes.cyberregs.com/icod/ipmc/2012/index.htm?bu=IC-P-
2012-000006&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.
2013 DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA PROPERTY MAINTENANCE CODE 1

101 General
102 Applicability
103 Department of Consumer and Regulatory Affairs
104 Duties and Powers of the Code Official
105 Approval
106 Violations and Infractions
107 Notice and Orders
108 Unsafe Structures Premises and Equipment
110 Demolition
Strike Chapter 1 of the International Property Maintenance Code in its entirety and insert new
Chapter 1 in the Property Maintenance Code in its place to read as follows:
101 GENERAL
101.1 Title. The D.C. Property Maintenance Code (2013), hereinafter referred to as the
“Property Maintenance Code,” shall consist of the 2012 edition of the International Property
Maintenance Code, as amended by the D.C. Property Maintenance Code Supplement (2013) (12
DCMR G).
101.2 Scope. The scope of the Property Maintenance Code shall be as defined in Section
101.4.5.2 of 12 DCMR A.
101.3 Intent. The intent of the Property Maintenance Code shall be as defined in Section
101.4.5.3 of 12 DCMR A.
101.4 Severability. The provisions of Sections 102.5, Partial Invalidity, and 102.5.1,
Segregation of Invalid Provisions, of 12 DCMR A, shall apply to the Property Maintenance
Code and are hereby incorporated by reference.
102 APPLICABILITY
102.1 Conflicting provisions. Where there is a conflict between a general requirement and a
specific requirement, the specific requirement shall govern. Where differences occur between
provisions of the Property Maintenance Code and its referenced standards, the provisions of the
Property Maintenance Code shall apply. Where, in a specific case, different sections of the
Property Maintenance Code specify different requirements, the most restrictive shall govern.
2012-000006&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

102.2 Maintenance. Equipment, systems, devices and safeguards required by the Property
Maintenance Code or a previous regulation or code under which the structure or premises was
constructed, altered or repaired shall be maintained in good working order. No owner, operator
or occupant shall cause any service, facility, equipment or utility which is required under this
section to be removed from or shut off from or discontinued for any occupied dwelling, except
for such temporary interruption as necessary while repairs or alterations are in progress. The
requirements of the Property Maintenance Code are not intended to provide the basis for
removal or abrogation of fire protection and safety systems and devices in existing structures.
Except as otherwise specified herein, the owner or the owner’s designated agent shall be
responsible for the maintenance of buildings, structures and premises.
102.3 Application of other codes. Repairs, additions, demolition, razing or alterations to a

structure, or changes of use or occupancy, shall be done in accordance with the provisions of the
Construction Codes. Nothing in the Property Maintenance Code shall be construed to cancel,
modify or set aside any provision of the Construction Codes or the Zoning Regulations, Title 11
DCMR.
102.4 Existing remedies. The provisions in the Property Maintenance Code shall not be
construed to abolish or impair existing remedies of the District of Columbia or its officers or
agencies relating to the condemnation, removal or demolition of any structure which is
dangerous, unsafe and/or unsanitary, the abatement of nuisance property, or the maintenance of
vacant buildings.
102.4.1 Code precedence. If a conflict arises between the Housing Code, Title 14
DCMR, Subtitle A and the Property Maintenance Code, the provisions of the Property
Maintenance Code shall take precedence.
102.5 Workmanship. Repairs, maintenance work, alterations or installations which are caused
directly or indirectly by the enforcement of the Property Maintenance Code shall be executed
and installed in a workmanlike manner, installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s
installation instructions, and use materials of a quality and kind suitable for the purpose for
which used and of a kind normally used in the applicable trade.
102.6 Historic buildings. Any building or other structure that is listed (either as an individual
listing or as a contributing resource to a listed historic district) in the D.C. or National Register of
Historic Places shall be exempt from specific provisions of the Property Maintenance Code;
provided, that (a) the D.C. Historic Preservation Officer or the Keeper of the National Register of
Historic Places certifies that compliance with the specific provisions of the Property
Maintenance Code will cause the loss of irretrievable historic components that may lead to the
de-listing of the building or other structure; and (b) the code official determines the exemption
does not adversely affect the safety of the building or other structure or the public interest of
2012-000006&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

health, safety and welfare.
102.7 Referenced codes and standards. The provisions of Section 102.4, Referenced
Standards, of 12 DCMR A, shall apply to the Property Maintenance Code and are hereby
incorporated by reference.
Exception: Where enforcement of a Property Maintenance Code provision would violate

the conditions of the listing of the equipment or appliance, the conditions of the listing shall
apply.
102.8 Matters not covered by the code. Requirements necessary for the strength, stability or
proper operation of an existing fixture, structure or equipment, or for the public health, safety
and welfare, not specifically covered by the Property Maintenance Code, shall be determined by
the code official.
102.9 Application of references. References to chapter or section numbers, or to provisions not

specifically identified by number, shall be construed to refer to such chapter, section or provision
of the Property Maintenance Code.
102.10 Other laws. The provisions of the Property Maintenance Code shall not be deemed to
nullify any provisions of local or federal law.
102.11 Special flood hazard areas. The storage of equipment or materials that are listed as
dangerous materials in 20 DCMR § 3106.2 or that will affect either the base flood elevation or
the floodway in any Special Flood Hazard Area, as delineated on the Federal Emergency
Management Agency’s Flood Insurance Rate Map for the District (20 DCMR § 3101.2), shall be
required to obtain a building permit from the Department of Consumer and Regulatory Affairs,
pursuant to 12 DCMR A § 105, and comply with the requirements of 20 DCMR Chapter 31.
103 DEPARTMENT OF CONSUMER AND REGULATORY AFFAIRS
103.1 Department of Consumer and Regulatory Affairs. The provisions of Section 103,
Department of Consumer and Regulatory Affairs, of 12 DCMR A, shall apply to the Property
Maintenance Code and are hereby incorporated by reference.
103.2 Liability. The provisions of Section 104.8, Relief from Personal Liability, of 12 DCMR
A, shall apply to the Property Maintenance Code and are hereby incorporated by reference.
103.3 Fees. The fees for activities and services performed by the Department of Consumer and
Regulatory Affairs in carrying out its responsibilities under the Property Maintenance Code shall
be paid in accordance with the applicable fee schedule published in 12 DCMR M as amended
from time to time.
2012-000006&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

104 DUTIES AND POWERS OF THE CODE OFFICIAL
104.1 General. The code official shall enforce the provisions of the Property Maintenance
Code.
104.1.1 Rulemaking authority. The provisions of Section 104.1.1, Legal Authority, of

12 DCMR A, shall apply to the Property Maintenance Code and are hereby incorporated
by reference.
104.2 Inspections. The code official is authorized to make all of the required inspections, or to
accept reports of inspection by approved agencies. The code official is authorized to engage such
expert opinion as deemed necessary to report upon unusual technical issues that arise.
104.3 Right of entry. The code official is authorized to enter a structure or premises at all
reasonable times to inspect and for the purpose of enforcing the Property Maintenance Code,
subject to constitutional restrictions on unreasonable searches and seizures, and subject to the
provisions of this Section. If entry is refused or not obtained, the code official is authorized to
obtain an administrative search warrant issued pursuant to D.C. Official Code § 11-941 (2012
Repl.) or D.C. Superior Court Civil Rule 204 or to pursue any other recourse as provided by law.
104.3.1 Right of entry – housing business license property. The code official, both
prior to the issuance of a housing business license and during the license period, is
authorized, at all reasonable hours, to enter and inspect the premises occupied or to be
occupied by a housing business except as provided in Section 104.3.2
104.3.2 Right of entry of housing business license property with tenant. If it appears
that any portion of a premises is under the exclusive control of a tenant, or if the operator
of a housing business so claims, the code official shall not enter that portion of the
premises without first having obtained permission from the tenant or the tenant’s agent,
except as provided in Section 104.3.3.
104.3.3 Tenant refusal to permit inspection. If a tenant of a housing business does not
give permission to inspect that portion of the premises under the tenant’s exclusive
control, the code official shall not enter that portion of the premises unless the code
official has:
1. A valid administrative warrant permitting the inspection, issued pursuant to D.C.

Official Code § 11-941 (2012 Repl.) or D.C. Superior Court Civil Rule 204; or
2. A reasonable basis to believe that exigent circumstances require immediate entry
into that portion of the premises in order to prevent any imminent danger to the
public health or welfare.
2012-000006&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

The refusal of any tenant to permit such an inspection shall not result in the revocation or
suspension of the housing business license, nor shall such refusal result in the assessment
of penalties against the operator of a housing business, provided however, that when the
code official presents a valid administrative search warrant that permits inspection of
premises under a tenant’s exclusive control, the tenant of a housing business who refuses
to give permission to inspect that portion of the premises shall be in violation of the
Property Maintenance Code.
104.3.4 Refusal to permit inspection. If the owner or operator of a housing business,

or agent of such owner or operator, refuses to permit the code official to inspect the
premises occupied or to be occupied by a housing business, such refusal shall be cause
for withholding the issuance of a license for those premises until the inspection is
permitted, and/or cause for the revocation of any existing license.
104.3.4.1 As a condition of receiving a housing business license under D.C.

Official Code § 47-2828 (2012 Repl.), the owner or operator of a housing
business must agree to:
1. Allow access to the Department for any inspection required under the
Construction Codes; and
2. Notify any affected tenant whose unit requires inspection.
104.4 Identification. The provisions of Section 104.5, Credentials, of 12 DCMR A, shall apply
to the Property Maintenance Code and are hereby incorporated by reference.
104.5 Notices and orders. The code official is authorized to issue all necessary notices or orders
to ensure compliance with the Property Maintenance Code, and to institute administrative and
legal actions to correct violations or infractions, including actions pursuant to An Act To provide
for the abatement of nuisances in the District of Columbia by the Commissioners of said District,
and for other purposes, approved April 14, 1906 (34 Stat. 114; D.C. Official Code § 42-3131.01
et seq. (2012 Repl.)), and the Abatement and Condemnation of Nuisance Properties Omnibus
Amendment Act of 2002, effective April 19, 2002 (D.C. Law 14-114; D.C. Official Code § 42-
3171.01 et seq. (2012 Repl.)).
104.6 Department records. The provisions of Section 104.7, Department Records, of 12

DCMR A, shall apply to the Property Maintenance Code and are hereby incorporated by
reference.
104.7 Coordination of inspections. Whenever in the enforcement of the Property Maintenance

Code or another code or ordinance, the responsibility of more than one code official of the
2012-000006&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

District is involved, it shall be the duty of the code officials involved to coordinate their
inspections and administrative orders as fully as practicable so that the owners and occupants of
the structure shall not be subjected to visits by numerous inspectors or multiple or conflicting
orders.
105 APPROVAL
105.1 Modifications. Whenever there are practical difficulties involved in carrying out the
provisions of the Property Maintenance Code, the code official shall have the authority to grant
modifications for individual cases upon application of the owner or owner’s representative,
provided the code official shall first find that special individual reasons makes the strict letter of
the Property Maintenance Code impractical, that the modification is in compliance with the
intent and purpose of the Property Maintenance Code, and that such modification does not
lessen health, life and fire safety requirements or violate District law or regulations. The details
of any action granting modifications shall be recorded and entered in the Department files.
105.2 Alternative materials, methods and equipment. The provisions of Section 104.11,
Alternative Materials, Equipment, Methods of Construction and Design, of 12 DCMR A, shall
apply to the Property Maintenance Code and are hereby incorporated by reference.
105.3 Required testing. Whenever there is insufficient evidence of compliance with the
provisions of the Property Maintenance Code, or evidence that a material or method does not
conform to the requirements of the Property Maintenance Code, or in order to substantiate
claims for alternative materials or methods, the code official shall have the authority to require
tests to be made as evidence of compliance at no expense to the jurisdiction.
105.3.1 Test methods. Test methods shall be as specified in the Property Maintenance
Code or by other recognized and accepted test methods in the industry. In the absence of
recognized and accepted test methods, the code official shall be permitted to approve
appropriate testing procedures performed by an agency approved by the code official.
105.3.2 Test reports. The provisions of Section 104.7, Department Records, of 12

DCMR A, regarding retention of test reports, shall apply to the Property Maintenance
Code and are hereby incorporated by reference.
105.4 Used material and equipment. The provisions of Section 104.9.1, Used Materials,
Equipment and Devices, of 12 DCMR A shall apply to the Property Maintenance Code and are
hereby incorporated by reference.
105.5 Permits for repairs and improvements. Any repair or improvement which may be
required by a notice issued under the authority of the Property Maintenance Code for which a
permit is required shall not be made until that permit has been issued by the District.
2012-000006&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

105.5.1 Compliance with applicable laws. All work under a permit shall be done in
accordance with all applicable laws and regulations. The provisions of Section 102.4.1,
Conflicts, of 12 DCMR A, shall apply to the Property Maintenance Code and are hereby
incorporated by reference.
106 VIOLATIONS AND INFRACTIONS
106.1 Unlawful acts. It shall be unlawful for a person, firm or corporation to be in conflict with
or in violation of any of the provisions of the Property Maintenance Code.
106.2 Notice of violation or order. Service of a notice of violation or order shall be in

accordance with Section 107.
106.3 Code official authority. Whenever the code official has reasonable grounds to believe that
a violation of the Property Maintenance Code exists, he or she is authorized to take the
following actions either singly or in combination, in addition to imposing any other remedies or
penalties otherwise available to the code official in the Property Maintenance Code or otherwise:
1. Institute the appropriate proceeding at law or in equity to prosecute, restrain, correct or

abate such violation, or to require the removal or termination of the unlawful occupancy
of the structure in violation of the provisions of the Property Maintenance Code or of the
order or direction made pursuant thereto;
2. Issue a notice of violation, which may afford the person responsible for the correction of
the violation an opportunity to abate the violation;
3. Issue a notice of infraction, assessing a fine for the infraction;
4. Issue a combined notice of violation and notice of infraction;
5. Issue an order requiring a deposit of collateral for uncorrected violations;
6. Effect summary correction of the violation, or demolition of the structure, as authorized

by law;
7. Refer the property to the Board of Condemnation of Insanitary Buildings (BCIB) for
condemnation proceedings pursuant to D.C. Official Code § 6-902 et seq. (2012 Repl. &
2013 Supp.); or
8. Issue any other order or notice authorized to be issued by the code official.
2012-000006&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

106.4 Violation fines and penalties. Any person who violates a provision of the Property
Maintenance Code, or fails to comply therewith or with any of the requirements thereof, shall be
subject to the penalties established hereafter and shall be subject to prosecution. In the event of
any failure to comply with any provision of the Property Maintenance Code following service of
a notice of violation or order in accordance with Section 107, each and every day such violation
continues shall constitute a separate offense.
106.4.1 Penalty. Any person who violates any of the provisions of the Construction
Codes or orders issued under the authority of the Construction Codes, shall, upon
conviction, be guilty of a misdemeanor, punishable by a fine of not more than $2,000, or
by imprisonment not exceeding 90 days, or both, for each such offense. Each day a
violation continues shall be deemed a separate offense. Prosecutions pursuant to this
section shall be brought in the name of the District of Columbia by the Attorney General
for the District of Columbia.
106.4.2 Additional penalties. Civil fines, penalties, and fees may be imposed, in
addition to other available remedies, for any infraction of the provisions of the
Construction Codes, including the provisions of the Property Maintenance Code,
pursuant to the Department of Consumer and Regulatory Affairs Civil Infractions Act of
1985, effective October 5, 1985 (D.C. Law 6-42; D.C. Official Code § 2-1801 et seq.
(2012 Repl.)) (“Civil Infractions Act”). Violation of the provisions of the Property
Maintenance Code shall be deemed a strict liability offense for which a fine may be
imposed pursuant to the Civil Infractions Act and Title 16 of the DCMR. Adjudication of
any infraction shall be pursuant to the Civil Infractions Act.
106.4.3 Culpability. Any person, including a tenant, who causes a violation of the
Property Maintenance Code, is subject to the same penalties as those provided in Section
106.4.
106.4.4 Separate offenses. The penalties prescribed in Section 106.4 shall be applicable
to each separate offense.
106.4.5 Housing business license. The violation of any of the provisions of the Property
Maintenance Code may be grounds for denial, suspension or revocation of any housing
business license or license endorsement under Chapter 28 of Title 47 of the D.C. Official
Code and/or the Housing Code, Title 14 DCMR.
106.5 Abatement of violation. Notwithstanding any other penalties or remedies set forth in
Section 106.4, where any person violates a provision of the Property Maintenance Code, or fails
to comply therewith or with any of the requirements thereof, following notice as prescribed in
Section 107 of this chapter, the code official may cause such condition to be corrected. The costs
of any corrective action, and all expenses incident thereto, shall be deemed a special assessment
2012-000006&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

and shall be assessed as a tax against the property on which the violating condition existed, bear
interest and be collected in the same manner as delinquent general taxes in the District are
collected, in accordance with D.C. Official Code § 47-1205 (2012 Repl.). Nothing herein shall
be construed to abolish or impair existing remedies relating to abatement of nuisance property,
including, but not limited to, Chapters 31 and 31A of Title 42 of the D.C. Official Code, or to
preclude conversion of a special assessment lien to an administrative judgment, enforceable in
the same manner as any other civil judgment under District of Columbia law, as authorized by
D.C. Official Code § 42-3131.01 (2012 Repl.).
106.6 Deposit of collateral. The code official is authorized to require a deposit of collateral as
directed, from an owner or person(s) responsible, for uncorrected violations of the Property
Maintenance Code where a notice or order has been issued for the violation, reinspection
indicates that the violation has not been corrected, and no appeal from the notice or order is
pending. The collateral amount shall be based on the reasonable estimated cost of labor and
materials to correct the violative condition. The code official is authorized to draw down on the
collateral deposited to cover the costs of summary abatement.
107 NOTICES AND ORDERS
107.1 Notice to owner or to person or persons responsible. In addition to other penalties

authorized by statute or regulation, whenever the code official determines that there has been a
violation of the Property Maintenance Code or has grounds to believe that a violation has
occurred, the code official is authorized to serve one or more of the following notices or orders,
which may impose a fine or other penalty, on an owner or the person or persons responsible
therefore:
1. A notice of violation;
2. A notice of infraction;
3. A combined notice of violation and notice of infraction; or
4. Any other order or notice authorized to be issued by the code official.
107.1.1 Applicable procedures. Service of a notice of violation or any other authorized

notice or order, other than a notice of infraction, shall be in the manner prescribed in
Sections 107.2 and 107.3, except as otherwise provided herein. Notices of infraction
shall be issued in accordance with the procedures and fine amounts set forth in Section
201 of the Civil Infractions Act and Title 16 of the DCMR.
107.1.2 Code official discretion. Issuance of a notice of violation, notice of infraction,

or combined notice of violation and notice of infraction pursuant to this section, prior to
2012-000006&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

taking other enforcement action, is at the discretion of the code official. Failure to issue a
notice of violation, notice of infraction, or combined notice of violation and notice of
infraction shall not be a bar or a prerequisite to criminal prosecution, civil action,
corrective action, or civil infraction proceeding based upon a violation of the Property
Maintenance Code.
107.1.3 Historic Preservation. Additional notice procedures may apply to historic

buildings pursuant to D.C. Official Code § 6-801 et seq. (2012 Repl.).
107.2 Form of notice or order. Notices or orders issued under the Property Maintenance Code
must:
1. Be in writing;
2. Include the name and address of the person or entity being cited;
3. Include a description of the real estate sufficient for identification;
4. Include a statement of the violation or violations, the code section(s) violated and why
the notice or order is being issued;
5. Include, if the notice or order affords an opportunity to abate a violation, a reasonable

period of time by which the required repairs and improvements must be made;
6. Include, if applicable, a specific time by which unsafe or imminently dangerous premises

shall be closed, barricaded and/or vacated, or equipment placed out of service;
7. Include a statement informing the property owner of the right to appeal pursuant to
Section 107.8; and
8. Include a statement of the District of Columbia’s right in accordance with Section 106.5
to abate the violation without the owner’s consent if the owner fails to comply with the
notice or order or to file a timely appeal, to assess the costs of such abatement against the
owner, and to place a tax lien on the property for the costs of such abatement.
107.2.1 Special notice provisions for residential premises. Where the code official (a)
issues a notice or order to close and barricade a residential structure or dwelling unit,
pursuant to Section 108.3, or (b) posts a closure or imminently dangerous notice or order
pursuant to Section 109.1.1, the following additional provisions shall apply:
1. The notice or order shall specify a date by which tenants or occupants of the
structure or unit are required to vacate the structure or unit;
2012-000006&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

2. The notice or order shall include a statement informing tenants or occupants of
the structure or unit of the right to appeal pursuant to Section 107.8, including,
where applicable, the right to an expedited hearing pursuant to Section 107.8.2;
3. A copy of the notice or order shall be provided to tenants in accordance with

Section 107.7; and
4. The notice shall provide contact information for the Office of the Tenant
Advocate.
107.3 Method of service of notices and orders. The code official shall effect service of any
notice or order (except notices of infraction) upon the property owner or person(s) responsible
for the violation or violations by one of the following methods, any of which shall be deemed
proper service:
1. Personal service on the property owner or persons responsible, or the agents thereof; or
2. By electronic mail to the last-known electronic mail address of the person or business to
be notified, provided that a copy of the notice or order is posted in a conspicuous place in
or about the structure or premises affected by such notice; or
3. Delivering the notice to the last known home or business address of the property owner
or persons responsible as identified by the tax records, business license records, or
corporate registration records, and leaving it with a person over the age of 16 years old
residing or employed therein; or
4. Mailing the notice, via first class mail postage pre-paid, to the last known home or
business address of the property owner or persons responsible or the agents thereof as
identified by the tax records, business license records or corporate registration records; or
5. If the notice is returned as undeliverable by the Post Office authorities, or if no address is

known or can be ascertained by reasonable diligence, by posting a copy of the notice in a
conspicuous place in or about the structure or premises affected by such notice.
107.4 Unauthorized tampering. Signs, placards, tags, or seals posted or affixed by the code
official shall not be mutilated, destroyed, obstructed or tampered with, or removed without
authorization from the code official.
107.5 Penalties. Penalties for noncompliance with the Property Maintenance Code shall be as
set forth in Section 106.
2012-000006&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

107.6 Transfer of ownership. It shall be unlawful for the owner of any dwelling unit or
structure upon whom a notice of violation or order has been served to sell, transfer, mortgage,
lease or otherwise dispose of such dwelling unit or structure to another person or entity until the
provisions of the notice or order have been complied with, or until such owner shall first furnish
the grantee, transferee, mortgagee or lessee a true copy of any notice or order issued by the code
official and shall furnish to the code official a signed and notarized statement from the grantee,
transferee, mortgagee or lessee, acknowledging the receipt of such notice or order and fully
accepting the responsibility without condition for making the corrections or repairs required by
such notice or order.
107.7 Copy of notices and orders. After an inspection of a dwelling unit occupied by a tenant,
the code official Director shall provide the tenant with a copy of any notice or order with respect
to that unit issued to the owner pursuant to the Property Maintenance Code. This requirement
will be satisfied by mailing a copy to the tenant by first-class mail, leaving a copy at the tenant’s
residence or any other reasonable method in the code official’s discretion.
107.7.1 Notification for multiple tenants. In any instance where a violation or

violations of the Property Maintenance Code involve more than one tenant of a
residential building or dwelling, including violations involving common space, the code
official shall post a copy of any notice or order issued to the owner pursuant to Section
107 for a reasonable time in one or more locations within the building or buildings in
which the deficiency exists. The locations for posting the notification shall be reasonably
selected to give notice to all tenants affected. Any tenant directly affected by the
violation(s) shall, upon request to the code official, be sent a copy of the posted
notification.
107.7.1.1 Building Closures. Where the code official (a) issues an order or
notice to close and barricade a residential structure or dwelling unit, pursuant to
Section 108, or (b) posts a closure or imminently dangerous order or notice
pursuant to Section 109, in addition to posting the notice or order as provided in
107.7.1, the code official shall provide a copy of the notice or order to each tenant
affected by the notice or order by leaving a copy at each dwelling unit or any
other reasonable method in the code official’s discretion.
107.7.2 Tampering with notification. No person shall alter, modify, destroy, obstruct or
otherwise tamper with or mutilate a notification posted under Section 107.7.1 or Section
107.3.
107.7.3 Exclusivity of tenant notice provisions. The code official shall not be subject to
any other tenant notification provisions, except as set forth in this Section 107.
107.8 Appeal and hearing. Any person directly affected by a notice or order issued under this
2012-000006&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

Property Maintenance Code shall have the right to appeal to the Office of Administrative
Hearings (OAH). Except where an expedited hearing is requested pursuant to Section 107.8.2,
the OAH appeal shall be filed within 10 business days after the date the person appealing the
decision of the code official had notice or knowledge of the decision, or should have had notice
or knowledge of the decision, whichever is earlier. The appeal shall specify that the Property
Maintenance Code or the rules legally adopted thereunder have been incorrectly interpreted or
applied by the code official, the provisions of the Property Maintenance Code do not fully apply,
or the requirements of the Property Maintenance Code are adequately satisfied by other means.
OAH shall have no authority to waive requirements of the Property Maintenance Code.
Exceptions:
1. OAH review of a notice or order to close or vacate residential premises issued pursuant
to Section 108 shall be based solely on the issue of whether the premises are unsafe or
unfit for occupancy requiring a building closure under the provisions of Section 108.
2. OAH review of a notice or order to close or vacate residential premises issued pursuant
to Section 109 shall be based solely on the issue of whether the code official’s building
closure decision comported with Section 109.1.
3. Where the owner waives the right to an administrative hearing pursuant to Section
302.4.2.1.
107.8.1 Stay of enforcement. Appeals of notices or orders shall stay the enforcement of
the notice or order until the appeal is heard by OAH.
Exceptions:
1. Closure or imminent danger notices or orders issued pursuant to Section 109,

and related orders to vacate premises; or
2. Closure notices or orders issued pursuant to Section 108, and related orders to
vacate premises, except where the tenant or occupant has requested an
expedited OAH hearing in accordance with Section 107.8.2.
107.8.2 Expedited OAH hearing for Section 108 closure orders. Where a notice or
order to close or vacate a residential premises is issued pursuant to Section 108, a tenant
or occupant of the premises affected by the closure has a right to request an expedited
1. The tenant or occupant shall file the request for an expedited hearing with OAH
no later than the date specified in the closure order for tenants or occupants to
2012-000006&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

vacate the structure or unit;
2. OAH review shall be based solely on the issue of whether the premises are unsafe
or unfit for occupancy requiring a building closure under the provisions of Section
108 of the Property Maintenance Code;
3. Enforcement of the closure notice or order shall be stayed until OAH issues a
written decision; and
4. OAH shall hold a hearing within 72 hours of receipt of a timely request, and shall
issue a decision within 72 hours after the hearing. For purposes of computing the
72 hour period, weekends and legal holidays shall be excluded.
Nothing herein shall be construed to authorize an expedited hearing for any notices or
orders issued, or actions taken, pursuant to Section 109.
107.8.3 Section 109 closure or imminently dangerous orders and notices. Appeal of a
closure notice or order issued pursuant to Section 108, or a request for an expedited
hearing pursuant to 107.8.2, shall not preclude the code official from issuing a notice or
order pursuant to Section 109 for the same premises or structure, while such appeal or
hearing is pending.
108.1 General. When structures, premises or equipment, in whole or in part, are found by the
code official to be unsafe or dangerous, or when a structure is found unfit for human occupancy,
or is found to be unlawful, such structure may be closed by the code official pursuant to the
provisions of the Property Maintenance Code and may be referred to the Board of
Condemnation for issuance of a condemnation order, pursuant to An Act To create a board for
the condemnation of insanitary buildings in the District of Columbia, and for other purposes, as
amended, approved May 1, 1906 (34 Stat. 157; D.C. Official Code § 6-901 et seq. (2012 Repl. &
2013 Supp.)).
108.1.1 Unsafe structures. An unsafe structure or anything attached to or connected

with any building or other structure that is found to be unsafe or dangerous to the life,
health, property or safety of the public or the occupants of the structure by not providing
minimum safeguards to protect or warn occupants in the event of fire, or because such
structure contains unsafe equipment, or is so damaged, decayed, dilapidated, structurally
unsafe, or of such faulty construction or unstable foundation that partial or complete
collapse is possible.
108.1.2 Unsafe equipment. Unsafe equipment includes any boiler, heating equipment,
2012-000006&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

elevator, moving stairway, electrical wiring or device, flammable liquid containers or
other equipment on the premises or within the structure which is in such disrepair or
condition that such equipment is a hazard to life, health, property or safety of the public
or occupants of the premises or structure.
108.1.3 Structure unfit for human occupancy. A structure is unfit for human
occupancy whenever the code official finds that such structure is: unsafe; unlawful; or,
due to the degree to which the structure is in disrepair or lacks maintenance, is unsanitary
or vermin or rat infested, contains filth and contamination, or lacks ventilation,
illumination, sanitary or heating facilities or other essential equipment required by the
Property Maintenance Code; or whenever the code official finds that the location of the
structure constitutes a hazard to the occupants of the structure or to the public.
108.1.4 Unlawful structure. An unlawful structure is one found in whole or in part to be

occupied by more persons than permitted under the Property Maintenance Code, or was
erected, altered or occupied contrary to law.
108.1.5 Dangerous structure or premises. For the purpose of this code, any structure or
premises that has any or all of the conditions or defects described below shall be
considered dangerous:
1. Any door, aisle, passageway, stairway, exit or other means of egress that does not
conform to the Construction Codes as related to the requirements for existing
buildings.
2. The walking surface of any aisle, passageway, stairway, exit or other means of
egress is so warped, worn loose, torn or otherwise unsafe as to not provide safe
and adequate means of egress.
3. Any portion of a building, structure or appurtenance that has been damaged by

fire, earthquake, wind, flood, deterioration, neglect, abandonment, vandalism or
any other cause to such an extent that it is likely to partially or completely
collapse, or to become detached or dislodged.
4. Any portion of a building, or any member, appurtenance or ornamentation on the

exterior thereof, that is not of sufficient strength or stability, or is not so anchored,
attached or fastened in place so as to be capable of resisting natural or artificial
loads of one and one-half the original designed value.
5. The building or structure, or part of the building or structure, is likely to collapse

partially or completely, because of dilapidation, deterioration, decay, faulty
construction, the removal or movement of some portion of the ground necessary
2012-000006&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

for the support, or for any other reason, or some portion of the foundation or
underpinning of the building or structure is likely to fail or give way.
6. The building or structure, or any portion thereof, is clearly unsafe for its use and
occupancy.
7. The building or structure is neglected, damaged, dilapidated, unsecured or

abandoned so as to become an attractive nuisance to children who might play in
the building or structure to their danger, become a harbor for vagrants, criminals
or immoral persons, or enable persons to resort to the building or structure for
committing a nuisance or an unlawful act.
8. The building or structure has been constructed, exists or is maintained in violation

of any specific requirement or prohibition applicable to such building or structure
provided by the Construction Codes, or of any law or ordinance to such an extent
as to present either a substantial risk of fire, building collapse or any other threat
to life and safety.
9. A building or structure, used or intended to be used for dwelling purposes, that is

determined by the code official to be unsanitary, unfit for human habitation, or in
such a condition that is likely to cause sickness or disease because of inadequate
maintenance, dilapidation, decay, damage, faulty construction or arrangement,
inadequate light, ventilation, mechanical or plumbing system or otherwise.
10. Any building or structure that is determined by the code official to be a threat to
life or health because of a lack of sufficient or proper fire-resistance-rated
construction, fire protection systems, electrical system, fuel connections,
mechanical system, plumbing system or other cause.
11. Any portion of a building or structure that remains on a site after the demolition
or destruction of the building or structure, or whenever any building or structure
or portion thereof is abandoned so as to become an attractive nuisance or hazard
to the public.
108.1.6 Unserviceable equipment. Whenever the code official determines that the
repair record on any boiler, air conditioning system, heating equipment, elevator, moving
stairway or other equipment on the premises or within a structure reflects the need for
replacement of the equipment, the code official may declare the equipment
“unserviceable” and order the replacement of the equipment.
108.2 Closing of vacant structures. If the structure is vacant and unfit for human habitation and
occupancy, and is not in danger of structural collapse, the code official, after providing notice as
2012-000006&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

prescribed in Section 108.3, is authorized to post a closure placard on the premises and order the
structure closed up so as not to be an attractive nuisance. Upon failure of the owner to close up
the premises within the time specified in the order, the code official shall cause the premises to
be closed and secured through any available public agency or by contract or arrangement with
private persons, and the cost thereof shall be charged against the real estate upon which the
structure is located and shall be a lien upon such real estate and may be collected by any other
legal resource.
108.2.1 Authority to disconnect service utilities. The provisions of Section 111.3,

Authority to Disconnect Service Utilities, of 12 DCMR A shall apply to the Property
Maintenance Code and are hereby incorporated by reference.
108.3 Notice. Whenever the code official has found a premises or structure to be unsafe or unfit
for occupancy or has found the use of equipment to be unsafe or unlawful under the provisions
of this Section 108, notice shall be posted in a conspicuous place in or about the premises or
structure affected by such notice and shall be served on the owner or the person or persons
responsible for the premises, structure or equipment in accordance with Section 107.3 and An
Act To authorize the Commissioners of the District of Columbia to remove dangerous or unsafe
buildings and parts thereof, and for other purposes, as amended, approved March 1, 1899 (30
Stat. 923; D.C. Official Code § 6-801 et seq. (2012 Repl.)). If the notice pertains to equipment,
it shall also be placed on the equipment found to be unsafe or unlawful. The notice shall be in the
form prescribed in Section 107.2. The code official is authorized to order the owner to close and
barricade the structure or dwelling unit within a specified period of time.
108.3.1 Special provisions applicable to residential premises.
108.3.1.1 Copies of notices and orders. The code official shall provide tenants of
residential premises with copies of notices and orders issued pursuant to Section 108
in accordance with Section 107.7. The code official shall not be subject to any other
tenant notification provisions, except as expressly set forth in Section 107.7.
108.3.1.2 Building closures. The code official is authorized to order tenants or

occupants of residential premises to vacate the premises within a time sufficient to
allow the owner to comply with the order to close and barricade the premises,
provided that tenants shall be given at least five calendar days to vacate the premises.
If any tenant or occupant fails to vacate the premises within the time period set forth
in the notice or order, subject to the appeal provisions of Section 107.8, the code
official is authorized to order the removal of the tenants or occupants.
108.3.1.3 Other rental housing provisions. The removal of tenants from unsafe
residential premises, or the service of an order to vacate pursuant to this Section 108,
2012-000006&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

3505.01 (2012 Repl.). Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall be
construed to nullify or abrogate any other rights to which a tenant is entitled under
District laws or regulations, including relocation assistance, the right to reoccupy the
rental unit following rehabilitation, or the right to pursue rights and remedies under
D.C. Official Code Title 42, Chapter 34 (2012 Repl. & 2013 Supp.).
108.3.2 Historic preservation. Repairs to, or removal or demolition of, a historic

landmark or building or structure located within an historic district shall comply with
D.C. Official Code § 6-801 et seq. (2012 Repl.).
108.4 Placarding. Upon failure of the owner or person responsible to comply with the notice
provisions within the time given, the code official is authorized to post on the premises a closure
placard bearing the words “These Premises are Unsafe and Its Occupancy Has Been Prohibited
by the Code Official,” or to post on the defective equipment a placard bearing the words
“Removed from Service.” The placard shall include a statement of the penalties provided for
occupying the premises or operating the equipment, and for removing the placard.
108.4.1 Removal of placard. The code official shall authorize removal of the applicable
placards whenever the defect or defects upon which the closure or removal from service
actions were based have been eliminated. Any person who defaces or removes a placard
without the approval of the code official shall be subject to the penalties provided by the
108.5 Prohibited occupancy. Any occupied structure, closed and placarded by the code
official, shall be vacated as ordered by the code official. Any person who shall occupy a
placarded premises or shall operate placarded equipment, and any owner or any person
responsible for the premises who shall let anyone occupy a placarded premises or operate
placarded equipment, shall be liable for the penalties provided by the Property Maintenance
Code.
108.6 Abatement methods. The owner, operator or occupant of a structure, premises or

equipment deemed unsafe by the code official shall abate or cause to be abated or corrected such
unsafe conditions either by repair, rehabilitation, demolition or other approved corrective action.
108.6.1 Costs of abatement. Where the owner, operator or occupant of a premises,

including any buildings, other structures, or equipment, deemed unsafe by the code
official fails to abate such unsafe condition following notice as prescribed in Section 107,
the code official may cause such condition to be corrected and assess the costs of any
corrective action, and all expenses incident thereto, as a tax against the property in
accordance with Section 106.5. Nothing herein shall be deemed to preclude or negate
any other penalties or remedies set forth in Section 106.4, or to preclude conversion of a
special assessment lien to an administrative judgment, enforceable in the same manner as
2012-000006&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

any other civil judgment under District of Columbia law, as authorized by D.C. Official
Code § 42-3131.01 (2012 Repl.).
108.7 Record. The code official shall maintain a report on an unsafe condition. The report shall
state the occupancy of the structure and the nature of the unsafe condition.
108.8 Condemnation. The code official is authorized to refer a building or structure determined
to be unsafe under this Section 108 to the Board for the Condemnation of Insanitary Buildings
for issuance of an order of condemnation, pursuant to D.C. Official Code § 6-903 (2012 Repl.).
109.1 Imminent danger. The code official is hereby authorized and empowered to order and
require the tenants or occupants to vacate a premises forthwith when, in the opinion of the code
official: there is imminent danger of failure or collapse of a building or other structure which
endangers life; or when any structure or part of a structure has fallen and life is endangered by
the occupation of the structure; or when there is actual or potential danger to the building
occupants or those in the proximity of any structure because of explosives, explosive fumes or
vapors, or the presence of toxic fumes, gases or materials; or when the health or safety of
occupants of the premises or those in the proximity of the premises is immediately endangered
by an unsanitary condition or the operation of defective or dangerous equipment. The code
official shall cause to be posted at each entrance to such structure a notice or order reading as
follows: “This Structure Is Unsafe and Its Occupancy Has Been Prohibited by the code official.”
It shall be unlawful for any person to enter such structure except for the purpose of securing the
structure, making the required repairs, removing the hazardous condition, or demolishing the
same.
109.1.1 Special provisions applicable to residential premises.
109.1.1.1 Copies of notices and orders. The code official shall provide tenants
of residential premises with copies of notices and orders issued pursuant to
Section 109 in accordance with Section 107.7. The code official shall not be
subject to any other tenant notification provisions, except as expressly set forth in
Section 107.7.
109.1.1.2 Building closures. Where the code official posts a closure or

imminently dangerous notice or order pursuant to Section 109.1, the code official
is authorized to order all tenants or occupants to vacate the imminently dangerous
structure or dwelling unit. The notice or order shall include the time by which the
premises must be vacated, provided that tenants and occupants shall be given at
least 24 hours to vacate, unless the code official determines that tenants and
occupants must leave the premises immediately for their personal safety. If any
2012-000006&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

tenant or occupant fails to vacate the structure or unit within the time specified in
the notice or order, the code official is authorized to order removal of the tenant or
occupant from the structure or unit.
109.1.1.3 Other rental housing provisions. The removal of tenants from

imminently dangerous premises, or the service of an order to vacate, pursuant to
this Section 109 shall not be considered an eviction or notice to vacate under D.C.
Official Code § 42-3505.01 (2012 Repl.). Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing
herein shall be construed to nullify or abrogate any other rights to which a tenant
is entitled under District laws or regulations, including relocation assistance, the
right to reoccupy the rental unit following rehabilitation, or the right to pursue
rights and remedies under D.C. Official Code Title 42, Chapter 34 (2012 Repl. &
2013 Supp.).
109.1.2 Appeals. Imminent danger notices and orders, and other notices and orders
issued pursuant to Section 109, are appealable to OAH pursuant to Section 107.8, but any
appeal shall not stay the enforcement of the notice or order. Any person ordered to take
emergency measures or actions shall comply with such order forthwith. The expedited
hearing procedures set forth in Section 107.8.2 shall not apply to orders and notices
issued pursuant to Section 109.
109.1.3 Historic preservation. Emergency measures affecting a historic landmark or a

building or structure located within an historic district shall comply with D.C. Code § 6-
803(b) (2012 Repl.).
109.2 Temporary safeguards. Whenever, in the opinion of the code official, there is imminent
danger due to an unsafe condition, the code official shall order the necessary work to be done,
including the boarding up of openings, to render such structure temporarily safe whether or not
the legal procedure herein described has been instituted; and shall further cause such other action
to be taken as the code official deems necessary to meet such emergency.
109.3 Closing streets. When necessary for the public safety, the code official is authorized to
109.4 Emergency repairs. For the purposes of this section, the code official shall employ the
109.5 Costs of emergency repairs. Where the code official causes emergency work to be done
work and expenses incident thereto shall be paid from appropriations of the District of Columbia
on certification of the code official and shall be assessed as a tax against the property on which
2012-000006&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

the emergency work or repairs were performed in accordance with Section 106.5. Nothing
herein shall be deemed to preclude conversion of a special assessment lien to an administrative
judgment, enforceable in the same manner as any other civil judgment under District of
Columbia law, as authorized by D.C. Official Code § 42-3131.01 (2012 Repl.).
109.5.1 Additional costs of emergency repairs. Costs of emergency repairs shall also
be deemed to include, but are not limited to, costs associated with cleaning the premises
to comply with the Property Maintenance Code, utility removal or disconnection costs,
court costs, fines, and penalties. If the code official determines that no other shelter is
available to tenants or occupants removed from residential premises pursuant to Section
109.1, the code official has discretion to assess all expenses incident to tenant relocation
as a cost of emergency repairs, including, but not limited to, temporary housing, security
deposits and the first month’s rent if required.
109.6 Condemnation. The code official is authorized to refer a building or structure determined
to be imminently dangerous under this Section 109 to the Board of Condemnation of Insanitary
Buildings for issuance of an order of condemnation pursuant to D.C. Official Code § 6-903
(2012 Repl.).
110 DEMOLITION
110.1 Demolition of deteriorated structures. The code official is authorized to initiate

proceedings pursuant to D.C. Official Code § 42-3173 (2012 Repl.) to demolish or enclose a
“deteriorated structure”, as defined in D.C. Official Code § 42-3173.01 (2012 Repl.).
2012-000006&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

Insert the following new definitions in Section 202 of the Property Maintenance Code:
COMMON SPACE. All portions of the premises used in common by the occupants of a
building or structure not under the exclusive control of a single tenant.
GROWING SEASON. The time period from May 1 through October 31 of the same calendar
year.
HOUSING BUSINESS. A business licensed, or required to be licensed, under D.C. Official

Code § 47-2828 (2012 Repl.), including any dwelling unit or rooming unit in a residential
building that is offered for rent or lease. A housing business also includes the rental of a dwelling
unit or rooming unit in a residential building that the housing business owner or operator also
occupies. A housing business does not include any transient housing providers, such as a hotel,
bed and breakfast, inn and motel, boarding house or rooming house.
MAIN ENTRANCE (for Section 304.3). The principal point of entry into a building or other
structure from a public street, private street or officially named alley.
PRIVATE THOROUGHFARE (for Section 304.3). Streets, alleys and other thoroughfares
where the underlying land is owned by private citizens or entities, or is part of existing tax or
record lots adjoining a public thoroughfare.
PUBLIC THOROUGHFARE (for Section 304.3). Streets, alleys and other thoroughfares that
are under the jurisdiction of the District of Columbia, any other public government, including the
Federal Government or its branches, or by any adjoining state government.
QUALIFIED PERSON. One who has received training in and has demonstrated skills and
knowledge in the construction and operation of specific equipment and installations and the
hazards involved.
STREET NUMBER (for Section 304.3). A number used to provide specific identification for a
premises on a public or private thoroughfare in the District of Columbia. A street number may
be (1) the address of the main entrance of a premises or (2) an address created when a building
has an entrance from the exterior, other than the main entrance, that directly serves a tenant
different than that served by the main entrance. It shall be stored as a numeric value.
2012-000006&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

SUMMARY ABATEMENT. The process by which the code official may remove a nuisance
from any premises, at the expense of the owner in situations where the owner fails to comply
with or to appeal a notice or order to abate, or where emergency measures are required.
UNTENDED. Conditions that evidence a lack of care, maintenance, or management or a

premises, including buildings or structures.
VEGETATIVE GROWTH. Vegetation of all types, including weeds, poison ivy, poison oak,
poison sumac, kudzu, plants with noxious odors, and grasses.
Strike the definitions of ROOMING HOUSE and ROOMING UNIT in Section 202 of the
International Property Maintenance Code and insert new definitions in Section 202 of the
Property Maintenance Code in their place to read as follows:
ROOMING HOUSE (for the Property Maintenance Code). A building or part thereof that
provides sleeping accommodations for three or more persons who are not members of the
immediate family of the resident operator or manager, with or without the provision of meals, for
compensation; sleeping units are not under the exclusive control of the occupants. The term
rooming house shall not be interpreted to include an establishment known as, or defined in the
Construction Codes as, a hotel, motel, inn, bed and breakfast, private club, tourist home, guest
house, or other transient accommodation.
ROOMING UNIT. One or more habitable spaces forming a single habitable unit occupied or
intended to be occupied for sleeping or living purposes; but not for the preparation or eating of
meals.
2012-000006&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

CHAPTER 3 REQUIREMENTS
302 Exterior Property Areas

303 Exterior Structure
304 Interior Structure
307 Handrails and Guardrails
308 Rubbish and Garbage
309 Pest Elimination
310 Carbon Monoxide Alarms
302 EXTERIOR PROPERTY AREAS
Strike Section 302.1 of the International Property Maintenance Code in its entirety and insert
new Section 302.1 in the Property Maintenance Code in its place to read as follows:
302.1 Sanitation. All exterior property and premises shall be maintained in a clean, safe and
sanitary condition. The occupant shall keep that part of the exterior property which such
occupant occupies or controls in a clean and sanitary condition. Without limiting the generality
of the foregoing, the accumulation of trash on a premises shall constitute an unsanitary and
unhealthy condition if it creates a:
1. Harbor or concealment (including hiding places for persons);
2. Harbor or refuge for snakes, rodents, or other vermin, including rats and mice;
3. Noxious or unpleasant odor; or
4. Fire hazard.
302.4 Weeds. All premises and exterior property shall be maintained free from weeds or plant
growth in excess of 8 inches (203 mm). All noxious weeds shall be prohibited. Weeds shall be
defined as all grasses, annual plants and vegetation other than trees or shrubs; provided,
however, that this term shall not include cultivated flowers and gardens.
Upon failure of the owner or agent having charge of a property to cut and destroy weeds or
vegetative growth (as described below) after service of a notice of violation, the owner shall be
subject to prosecution in accordance with Section 106.3 and as prescribed by the District of
Columbia. Upon failure to comply with the notice of violation, any duly authorized employee of
2012-000006&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

the District of Columbia or contractor hired by the District of Columbia shall be authorized to
enter upon the property in violation and cut and destroy the weeds growing thereon, and the costs
of such removal shall be paid by the owner or agent responsible for the property.
302.4.1 Vegetative growth. The following types of vegetative growth are prohibited
regardless of height:
1. Vegetative growth that is untended;
2. Shrubbery that is a detriment to the health, safety, or welfare of the public;
3. Vegetative growth that creates a harbor or concealment, including hiding places

for persons and harbors or concealments for refuse or trash;
4. Vegetative growth that harbors, or provides a refuge for, snakes, rodents, or other
vermin, including rats and mice;
5. Vegetative growth that creates an unpleasant or noxious odor;
6. Vegetative growth that constitutes a fire hazard;
7. Vegetative growth that creates a breeding place for mosquitoes; and
8. Vegetative growth that is dead or diseased.
Exceptions:
1. Weeds, grasses, or other vegetation planted for agricultural use, if such weeds,
grasses or vegetation are located at least 150 feet (45.72 m) from property zoned
for nonagricultural use.
2. Healthy plants, grasses, or shrubbery in tended grounds, gardens, or landscape

designed yards, which exceed 8 inches in height.
302.4.2 Additional enforcement provisions.
302.4.2.1 Written consent of owner. The owner of the premises may give
written consent to the Mayor or the Mayor’s designee authorizing the removal of
trash or the mowing of weeds or grass pursuant to a notice of violation requiring
abatement of a prohibited condition. By giving such written consent, the owner
waives the right to an administrative hearing challenging the Mayor’s abatement
actions.
2012-000006&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

302.4.2.2 Summary abatement during the same growing season. If the owner
of any premises is served in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section
107.2 and 107.3 with a notice of violation under Section 302.4 but fails to comply
with the terms of the notice of violation, then, the District of Columbia
government may summarily abate the violating condition during the same
growing season in which the notice of violation was issued without issuance of
another notice.
304 EXTERIOR STRUCTURE

Insert new Section 304.2.1 in the Property Maintenance Code to read as follows:
304.2.1 Elimination of peeling, flaking and chipped paint; pre-1978 structures. In

structures, including building components, built before 1978, peeling, flaking and
chipped paint covered by Section 304.2 shall be eliminated in accordance with the work
practice standards for renovations set forth in regulations governing lead-based paint
promulgated, or as may be promulgated, by the District’s Department of the Environment
(DDOE) or the federal Environmental Protection Agency, including, but not limited to,
40 CFR § 745.85 (7-1-12 edition) and in conformance with all pertinent lead abatement
requirements in D.C. Official Code § 8-231.01 et seq. (2012 Repl. & 2013 Supp.),
including all pertinent implementing regulations.
Exceptions:
1. Structures and building components built in 1978 or later; or
2. Where all components containing deteriorated paint (as defined in 40 CFR §

745.63) have been tested in accordance with 40 CFR § 745.82(a) (7-1-12
edition) and are documented to be exempt from lead-safe work practice
requirements.
new Section 304.3 to the Property Maintenance Code in its place to read as follows.
304.3 Premises identification. Each premises, including buildings and structures, to which a
street number has been assigned shall have the number displayed in conformance with the
requirements specified in 12 DCMR A Section 118. The owner of a premises shall obtain a
street number assignment, as applicable, pursuant to Section 118, Addresses of Premises, of 12
DCMR A. The minimum size of a street number shall be 3 inches (76 mm) high and 1/2 inch
(13 mm) wide and shall be in Arabic figures on a contrasting background.
304.3.1 Main entrance location.
2012-000006&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

304.3.1.1 The assigned street number shall be located directly over or near the
main entrance in a position easily observed and readable from the opposite side of
a public thoroughfare.
304.3.1.2 Multi-tenant buildings having separate exterior entrances with separate

numbers shall post the assigned street number near each entrance in accordance
with this section.
304.3.1.3 In addition to posting the street number of the building or other

structure in a position easily observed and readable from the opposite side of the
public thoroughfare serving that entrance, the owner of a building or other
structure located on a lot where the main entrance is not located at and fronting
on a public thoroughfare, shall post the street number directly above or near the
main entrance.
304.3.24 Rear entrance location. If the rear of a premises, to which a street number has
been assigned, faces a street or public thoroughfare accessible to the public, the owner
shall also place the street number of the main entrance in a position easily observed and
readable from the public thoroughfare serving the rear of that premises.
304.3.35 Construction Sites location. Street numbers shall be posted at construction

sites in a position easily observed and readable from any public thoroughfare serving the
construction site.
304.3.46 Private Thoroughfare Streets. The owner of a private thoroughfare shall

provide standard street signs in compliance with Sections 118.14.1, 118.14.3 and
118.14.4 of 12 DCMR A. The owner of a building, premises, or structure located on a
private thoroughfare shall comply with the street number display provisions of Section
304.3; provided, the street number need not be readable from a public thoroughfare if,
under the circumstances, this requirement would be impracticable and the approved street
numbers are placed in a position to be plainly legible and visible from the private
thoroughfare fronting the property.
new Section 304.7 to the Property Maintenance Code in its place to read as follows.
304.7 Roofs and drainage. The roof and flashing shall be sound and tight and shall not have
defects that admit rain. Roof drainage shall be adequate to prevent dampness or deterioration in
the walls or interior portion of the structure. Roof drains, gutters and downspouts shall be
maintained in good repair and free from obstructions. Roof water shall not be discharged in a
manner that creates a public nuisance.
2012-000006&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

304.7.1 Storm drainage. Storm water shall drain into a separate storm sewer system, or
a combined sewer system, or to an approved place of disposal.
304.7.2 Grading. The yard or area at the premises shall be graded so that all storm
drainage flows freely from all parts of the premises into an inlet or place of disposal that
complies with Section 304.7.1, and so that the drainage shall flow away from any
building on the premises.
304.7.3 Water accumulation. Yard spaces and other areas appurtenant to a residential
building shall be graded to avoid the accumulation of water.
Strike Section 304.11 in the International Property Maintenance Code in its entirety and insert
new Section 304.11, to the Property Maintenance Code in its place to read as follows:
304.11 Chimneys and towers. All chimneys, cooling towers, smoke stacks and similar
appurtenances shall be maintained structurally safe and sound and in good repair. All
exposed surfaces of metal or wood shall be protected from the elements and against decay or rust
by periodic application of weather-coating materials, such as paint or similar surface treatment.
304.11.1 Unused openings in chimneys shall be closed.
304.11.2 All flue openings in chimneys shall be supplied with flue crocks, and metal or
masonry thimbles.
new Section 304.14 in its place to read as follows:
304.14 Insect screens. During the period from March 15 to November 15 of each year, every
door, window and other outside opening required for ventilation of habitable rooms, food
preparation areas, food service areas, or any areas where products to be included or utilized in
food for human consumption are processed, manufactured, packaged or stored, shall be supplied
with approved tightly fitting screens of minimum 16 mesh per inch (16 mesh per 25 mm) and
every screen door used for insect control shall have a self-closing device in good working
condition.
Exception: Screens shall not be required where other approved means, such as air curtains
or insect repellent fans, are employed.
Strike Section 304.18.3 of the International Property Maintenance Code in its entirety and insert
new Section 304.18.3 in its place to read as follows:
2012-000006&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

304.18.3 Basement hatchways. Basement hatchways that provide access to a dwelling
unit, rooming unit or housekeeping unit that is rented, leased or let shall be equipped with
devices that secure the units from unauthorized entry. Each basement hatchway shall be
constructed and maintained to prevent the entrance of rodents, rain or surface drainage
water into the dwelling unit, rooming unit or housekeeping unit.
305 INTERIOR STRUCTURE
new Sections 305.3 and 305.3.1 in the Property Maintenance Code in its place to read as
follows:
305.3 Interior surfaces. All interior surfaces, including windows and doors, shall be maintained
in good, clean, dry and sanitary condition. Peeling, chipping, flaking or abraded paint shall be
repaired, removed or covered. Cracked or loose plaster, holes, decayed wood, water damage and
other defective surface conditions shall be corrected.
305.3.1 Elimination of peeling, flaking and chipped paint; pre-1978 structures. In

structures, including building components, built before 1978, peeling, flaking and
chipped paint covered by Section 305.3 shall be repaired, removed or covered in
accordance with the work practice standards for renovations set forth in regulations
governing lead-based paint promulgated, or as may be promulgated, by the District’s
Department of the Environment (DDOE) or the federal Environmental Protection
Agency, including, but not limited to, 40 CFR § 745.85 (7-1-12 edition), and in
conformance with all pertinent lead abatement requirements in D.C. Official Code § 8-
231.01 et seq. (2012 Repl. & 2013 Supp.), including all pertinent implementing
regulations.
Exceptions:
1. Structures and building components built in 1978 or later; or
2. Where all components containing deteriorated paint (as defined in 40 CFR

§745.63) have been tested in accordance with 40 CFR § 745.82(a) (7-1-12
edition) and are documented to be exempt from lead-safe work practice
requirements.
305.4 Stairs and walking surfaces. Every stair, ramp, landing, balcony, porch, deck or other
2012-000006&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

walking surface shall be maintained in sound condition and good repair, and maintained free
from hazardous conditions.
307 HANDRAILS AND GUARDRAILS
307.1 General. Every exterior and interior flight of stairs having more than three risers shall
have a handrail on one side of the stair and every open portion of a stair, landing, balcony, porch,
deck, ramp or other walking surface which is more than 30 inches (762 mm) above the floor or
grade below shall have guards. Handrails shall not be less than 30 inches (762 mm) in height or
more than 42 inches (1067 mm) in height measured vertically above the nosing of the tread or
above the finished floor of the landing or walking surfaces. Guards shall not be less than 30
inches (762 mm) in height above the floor of the landing, balcony, porch, deck, or ramp or other
walking surface.
Exception: Guards shall not be required where exempted by the Building Code
308 RUBBISH AND GARBAGE
308.1 Accumulation of rubbish or garbage. All exterior property and premises, and the
interior of every structure, shall be free from any accumulation of rubbish or garbage. The
occupant of a sleeping unit, dwelling unit, multiple occupancy or a rooming house shall not
permit the accumulation of rags, waste paper, broken furniture or any combustible junk in any
portions of the premises under the occupant’s control.
308.2 Disposal of rubbish. Every occupant of a structure shall dispose of all rubbish in a clean
and sanitary manner by placing such rubbish in approved containers.
308.2.1 Rubbish storage facilities. The owner of every occupied premises shall supply
approved covered containers for rubbish, and the owner of the premises shall be
responsible for the removal of rubbish. The place of common storage or disposal for
such containers shall be readily accessible to all occupants at all times through common
space.
2012-000006&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

308.2.2 Refrigerators. Refrigerators and similar equipment not in operation shall not be
discarded, abandoned or stored on premises without first removing the doors.
308.2.3 Housing business. The operator of a housing business shall not permit the
accumulation or rags, waste paper, broken furniture or any combustible junk in any
portions of the premises under the operator’s control.
308.3 Disposal of garbage. Every occupant of a structure shall dispose of garbage in a clean
and sanitary manner by placing such garbage in an approved garbage disposal facility or
approved garbage containers.
308.3.1 Garbage facilities. The owner of every dwelling shall supply one of the
following: an approved mechanical food waste grinder in each dwelling unit or an
approved leakproof, covered, outside garbage container.
308.3.2 Containers. The operator of every establishment producing garbage shall

provide, and at all times cause to be utilized, approved leakproof containers provided
with close-fitting covers for the storage of such materials until removed from the
premises for disposal. The place of common storage or disposal for such containers shall
be readily accessible to all occupants at all times through common space.
Insert new Section 308.4 in the Property Maintenance Code to read as follows:
308.4. Condition of storage receptacles. Persons required by this Section 308 to provide and
maintain storage receptacles shall keep them free of accumulated grease, filth, or insect breeding,
and shall keep them in a clean condition.
Strike Section 309 of the International Property Maintenance Code in its entirety and insert new
Section 309 in the Property Maintenance Code in its place to read as follows:
309 PEST ELIMINATION
309.1 Infestation. All structures shall be kept free from insect and rodent infestation. The
maintenance of all structures in a reasonably insect-free and rodent-free state shall be the
responsibility of the owner and occupant or tenant. All structures in which insects or rodents are
found shall be promptly exterminated by approved processes that will not be injurious to human
health. After extermination, proper precautions shall be taken by the owner and occupant or
tenant to prevent re-infestation.
2012-000006&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

309.2 Owner. The owner of any structure shall be responsible for extermination within the
structure prior to renting or leasing the structure.
309.3 Single occupant. The occupant of a one-family dwelling or of a single-tenant non-

residential structure shall be responsible for extermination on the premises.
309.4 Non-residential multiple occupancy. The owner of a non-residential structure

containing multiple occupants shall maintain the public or shared areas of the structure and
exterior property free from insects, rodents and rodent harborages. It shall be the responsibility
of each occupant to maintain the area occupied in a safe and sanitary condition so as to minimize
the potential for infestation by insects or rodents.
309.4.1 Infestation. If infestation is caused by failure of an occupant to prevent such

infestation in the area occupied, the occupant shall be responsible for extermination; or,
where the infestation is caused by defects in the structure, the owner shall be responsible
for extermination.
Exception: A lease between owner and occupant may assign responsibility for
extermination.
309.5 Residential multiple occupancy. The owner of a structure containing two or more
sleeping units or dwelling units, a Group R occupancy (other than a single-family dwelling) or a
rooming house, shall maintain the public or shared areas of the structure and exterior property
free from insects, rodents and rodent harborages. In addition, the owner shall provide regular
extermination services that may be utilized by the occupant of each dwelling upon reasonable
request. Each occupant shall maintain the occupied areas in a safe and sanitary condition so as
to minimize the potential for infestation by insects or rodents, promptly report any infestation to
the owner and request and allow the extermination services provided by the owner.
309.5.1 Multiple sleeping unit or dwelling unit infestation. Where more than one
sleeping unit or dwelling unit in a structure is infested with insects or rodents, the owner
shall provide extermination services at the owner’s expense.
309.5.2 Single sleeping unit or dwelling unit infestation. Where only one sleeping unit
or dwelling unit is infested, and there is evidence that the occupant has not kept their
sleeping unit or dwelling unit in a safe and sanitary condition, the owner may charge the
occupant for the cost of the extermination services in that sleeping unit or dwelling unit.
309.5.3 Owner responsibility. Where the owner fails to provide regular extermination
services that may be utilized by the occupant upon reasonable request, the owner shall
pay for all extermination services as are required.
2012-000006&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

310 CARBON MONOXIDE ALARMS
Insert new Section 310 in the Property Maintenance Code to read as follows:
310.1. Carbon monoxide alarms. Effective one year from the date that the 2013 edition of the
Construction Codes is adopted pursuant to Section 122 of the Building Code, an approved
carbon monoxide alarm shall be installed, in Group I and R occupancies and buildings regulated
by the Residential Code, in the immediate vicinity of the bedrooms in dwelling units located in a
building containing a fuel-burning appliance or a building which has an attached garage. Only
one alarm shall be required outside each separate sleeping area or grouping of bedrooms. The
carbon monoxide alarms shall be listed as complying with UL 2034 and be installed and
maintained in accordance with NFPA 720 and the manufacturer’s instructions. An open parking
garage, as defined by Chapter 2 of the Building Code, or an enclosed parking garage ventilated
in accordance with section 404 of the Mechanical Code, shall not be considered an attached
garage.
Exception: A sleeping unit or dwelling unit which does not itself contain a fuel-burning
appliance or have an attached garage, but which is located in a building with a fuel-burning
appliance or an attached garage, need not be equipped with a carbon monoxide alarm
provided that:
1. The sleeping unit or dwelling unit is located more than one story above or below any
story which contains a fuel-burning appliance or attached garage;
2. The sleeping unit or dwelling unit is not connected by ductwork or ventilation shafts to
any room containing a fuel-burning appliance or to an attached garage; and
3. The building is equipped with a common area carbon monoxide alarm system.
310.1.1 Single station carbon monoxide alarms. Single station carbon monoxide alarms
shall be battery operated, or shall receive their primary power from the building wiring
system. Plug-in devices securely fastened to the structure and installed in accordance with
the manufacturer’s installation instructions are deemed to satisfy this requirement. Hard
wired and plug-in carbon monoxide alarms shall be equipped with battery back up.
310.1.2 Combination smoke/carbon monoxide alarms. Combination smoke/carbon

monoxide alarms shall receive their primary power from the building wiring when such
wiring is served from a commercial source, and when primary power is interrupted, shall
receive power from a battery. Wiring shall be permanent and without a disconnecting switch
other than those required for overcurrent protection. Smoke alarm features of combination
smoke/carbon monoxide alarms shall be interconnected.
2012-000006&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

310.2 Carbon monoxide detection systems. Carbon monoxide detection systems, which
include carbon monoxide detectors and audible notification appliances, installed and maintained
in accordance with this section for carbon monoxide alarms and NFPA 720 shall be permitted.
The carbon monoxide detectors shall be listed as complying with UL 2075.
310.2.1 Housing business. The owner or operator of a housing business shall replace or
repair the carbon monoxide detectors within 15 days of receipt of written notification by
an occupant or tenant that replacement or repairs are needed. The owner or operator
shall ensure that a carbon monoxide detector is operable and in good repair at the
beginning of each tenancy.
310.3 Where required in existing dwellings. Where work requiring a permit occurs in an
existing dwelling unit, carbon monoxide alarms shall be provided in the dwelling unit in
accordance with Section 908.7 of the Building Code for new construction.
Exception: Work involving the exterior surfaces of a building or structure, such as the
replacement of roofing or siding, or the addition or replacement of windows or doors, are
exempt from the requirements of Section 310.
2012-000006&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

CHAPTER 4 LIGHT, VENTILATION AND OCCUPANCY LIMITATIONS
401 General
402 Light
403 Ventilation
404 Occupancy Limits
401 GENERAL
new Sections 401.3 and 401.4 in the Property Maintenance Code in its place to read as follows:
401.3. Window obstruction where natural light or natural ventilation is required. Exterior
glazed openings shall open directly onto a public way or onto a yard or court in accordance with
the provisions in effect when the building was approved for occupancy. Wherever walls or other
portions of a structure face a window of any room and such obstructions are located less than 3
feet (914 mm) from the window and extend to a level above the sill of the window, such window
shall not be deemed to face directly to the outdoors nor to a court and shall not be included as
contributing to the required minimum total window area for the room. A reasonable number of
trees or shrubs shall not violate this section.
401.4 Habitable spaces. Habitable spaces are permitted below grade plane, provided they meet
the requirements of this code.
402 LIGHT
402.1 Habitable Space.
new Section 402.1 in its place in the Property Maintenance Code to read as follows:
402.1 General. Every space intended for human occupancy shall be provided with natural light
by means of exterior glazed openings in accordance with Section 1205.2 of the Building Code or
shall be provided with artificial light in accordance with Section 1205.3 of the Building Code.
Exception: Artificial light shall not be used to meet the lighting requirements for
bedrooms, living rooms and sleeping units.
402.1.1 Natural light. Where natural light is required, the minimum net glazed area shall
be not less than 8 percent of the floor area of the room or rooms served. At least 50
2012-000006&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

percent of required glazing shall be clear glass; it is permissible for the remainder of the
required glazing to be obscure glass, glass block or other approved translucent material.
402.1.1.1 Adjoining spaces. For the purpose of natural lighting, any room is
permitted to be considered as a portion of an adjoining room where one-half of
the area of the common wall is open and unobstructed and provides an opening of
not less than one-tenth of the floor area of the interior room or 25 square feet
(2.32 m2), whichever is greater.
1. It is permissible for glazing to fill a portion or all of the required opening

between adjoining spaces.
2. It is permissible to install doors in openings between adjoining spaces.

However, opaque portions of doors shall not contribute to meeting the
minimum opening requirement of not less than one-tenth of the floor area
of the interior room or 25 square feet (2.32 m2), whichever is greater.
Exception: Openings required for natural light shall be permitted to open

into a sunroom with thermal isolation or a patio cover where the common
wall provides a glazed area of not less than one-tenth of the floor area of the
interior room or 20 square feet (1.86 m2), whichever is greater.
402.1.1.2 Exterior openings. Exterior openings required by Section 402.1 for

natural light shall open directly onto a public way, yard or court, as set forth in
Section 401.3.
Exceptions:
1. Required exterior openings are permitted to open into a roofed porch

where the porch:
1.1. Abuts a public way, yard or court;
1.2. Has a ceiling height of not less than 7 feet (2134 mm); and
1.3. Has a longer side at least 65 percent open and unobstructed.
2. Skylights are not required to open directly onto a public way, yard or
court.
Strike Section 402.1.2 in the International Property Maintenance Code in its entirety and insert
new Section 402.1.2 in the Property Maintenance Code in its place to read as follows:
2012-000006&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

402.1.2 Artificial light. Artificial light shall be provided that is adequate to provide an
average illumination of 10 footcandles (107 lux) over the area of the room at a height of
30 inches (762 mm) above the floor level.
402.2 Common space and stairways. Every common space and stairway in residential
occupancies, other than in one-family dwellings, shall be lighted at all times with a minimum of
15 footcandles (164 lux) at floor level. Means of egress serving more than two dwelling units,
including exterior means of egress, shall be illuminated at all times the building space served by
the means of egress is occupied with a minimum of 1 footcandle (11 lux) at floors, landings and
treads.
402.3 Other spaces.
Insert new subsection 402.3.1 to Section 402.3 of the Property Maintenance Code to read as
follows:
402.3.1 Bathrooms. Each bathroom, toilet room or compartment, and other similar
rooms shall be naturally or artificially lighted at least equivalent to the requirements of
Section 402. Naturally lighted bathrooms, toilet rooms or compartments, and other
similar rooms shall be provided with aggregate glazing area of not less than 3 square feet
(0.3 m²).
403 VENTILATION
new Section 403.1 in its place in the Property Maintenance Code to read as follows:
403.1 General. Every space intended for human occupancy shall be provided with natural
ventilation in accordance with Section 1203.4 of the Building Code, or mechanical ventilation in
accordance with the Mechanical Code. Each new dwelling unit shall be ventilated by
mechanical means in accordance with Section 403 of the Mechanical Code and shall have at
least one opening to the outdoors for natural ventilation of not less than 4 percent of the floor
area of the habitable spaces of the dwelling unit.
404 OCCUPANCY LIMITS
2012-000006&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

404.1 Privacy. Dwelling units, hotel units, housekeeping units, rooming units and dormitory
units shall be arranged to provide privacy and be separate from other adjoining spaces, and shall
be arranged so that occupants can access common space without going through another unit.
Insert new Subsection 404.4.1.1 to Section 404.4.1 of the Property Maintenance Code to read as
follows:
404.4.1.1 Special provisions for existing high-density transient uses. Where a

hotel or motel has a valid certificate of occupancy as of January 1, 2014, and the
hotel or motel uses any sleeping room for the accommodation of a greater number
of occupants than is authorized by Sections 404.4.1 and 404.5, the increased
density of occupancy (referred to as “high density occupancy” or “high density
use”) shall be permitted only if there is compliance with the following conditions:
1. Each occupant of a high density use room shall be a transient;
2. The maximum number of occupants accommodated on any single floor of

the hotel or motel shall not exceed one person for each 50 square feet (4.6
m2 ) the total habitable room area in all of the rooming units located on
that floor;
3. High density occupancy rooms shall be provided with daily maid service
which shall include at least one thorough cleaning of the room each day it
is occupied;
4. Each high density occupancy room shall be given a daily airing, unless the
room is mechanically ventilated;
5. The beds in each high density occupancy room shall be arranged so that
the head end of each bed is at least 3 feet distant from the head end of any
other bed;
6. A high density use room shall be located in a hotel or a motel protected by

a supervised watchman service comprised of such number of employees,
with such number of watchmen’s clock stations, and with inspection tours
following such routes, as may be approved by the Fire Marshal; and
7. Each floor and stairway in a high density use hotel or a motel shall be
inspected by the employees of the supervised watchman service at least
2012-000006&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

once every 30 minutes during the period beginning at midnight and ending
at 7:00 a.m. the following morning.
Strike Section 404.4.3 in the International Property Maintenance Code in its entirety and insert
new Section 404.4.3 in the Property Maintenance Code in its place to read as follows:
404.4.3 Water closet accessibility. Every bedroom shall have access to at least one
water closet and one lavatory without passing through another bedroom, or a non-
residential space. Every bedroom in a dwelling unit shall have access to at least one
water closet and lavatory located in the same story as the bedroom or an adjacent story.
Insert new Section 404.4.6 in the Property Maintenance Code to read as follows:
404.4.6 No room shall be divided in any manner into space intended for living, sleeping,
eating or cooking purposes by an installed partition or divider of any type above four feet
(1219 mm) in height, unless each such subdivided part complies with the requirements
for a habitable space.
Exception: The enclosure of cabinet-type kitchenettes by doors or other closing

devices, where those kitchenettes are too small to be occupied when the doors or
other closing devices are closed in a normal manner, shall not be deemed to subdivide
the room.
404.7 Food preparation.
Insert new Subsection 404.7.1 to Section 404.7 of the Property Maintenance Code to read as
follows:
404.7.1 Facilities provided by an owner. If an owner furnishes any facilities for

cooking, storage or refrigeration of food that are not within a sleeping unit or dwelling
unit, these facilities shall be maintained by the owner in a safe and sanitary condition and
in good working order.
2012-000006&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

CHAPTER 5 PLUMBING FACILITIES AND FIXTURE REQUIREMENTS
503 Toilet Rooms

505 Water System
503 TOILET ROOMS
503.4 Floor surface. In other than dwelling units, every toilet room floor and every wall base in
a toilet room shall be a smooth, hard, nonabsorbent surface that permits such floor to be easily
kept in a clean and sanitary condition. The wall base shall be at least 3 inches (76.20 mm) in
height.
505 WATER SYSTEM
505.4 Water heating facilities.
Insert new Subsection 505.4.1 in the Property Maintenance Code to read as follows:
505.4.1 Inspection. The owner or operator of a housing business, with one or more
dwelling units occupied by a tenant or tenants served by a water heating facility, shall
cause the water heating facility, including the flues, vents and dampers for escape of
carbon monoxide gas, to be inspected by a qualified person annually. A copy of all
inspection and service reports shall be available on site.
2012-000006&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

CHAPTER 6 MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
602 Heating Facilities

603 Mechanical Equipment
604 Electrical Facilities
605 Electrical Equipment
606 Elevators and Conveying Systems
608 Air Conditioning
602 HEATING FACILITIES
602.3 Heat supply. Every owner and operator of any building who rents, leases or lets one or
more dwelling units, or rooming units, dormitory or guestrooms on terms, either expressed or
implied, to furnish heat to the occupants thereof shall supply heat during a period starting no
later than October 1 and ending no earlier than May 1 to maintain a temperature of not less than
68 ºF (20 ºC) in all habitable rooms, bathrooms and toilet rooms.
Exceptions:
1. When the outdoor temperature is below the winter outdoor design temperature for the
District, maintenance of the minimum room temperature shall not be required provided that
the heating system is operating at its full capacity. The winter outdoor design temperature
for the District of Columbia is 17ºF (-8.33ºC).
2. Heat in a building with a two-pipe system, or any other system reasonably requiring
more than 15 days to transition from air-conditioning to heat, shall be supplied during a
period starting no later than October 15 and ending no earlier than May 1 to maintain a
temperature of not less than 68 ºF (20 ºC) in all habitable rooms, bathrooms and toilet
rooms.
new Section 602.4 in the Property Maintenance Code in its place to read as follows (maintain
Exceptions to this Section):
602.4 Occupiable work spaces. Indoor occupiable work spaces shall be supplied with sufficient
heat during the period from October 15 to May 15 to maintain a minimum temperature of 65 ºF
(18 ºC) during the hours the spaces are occupied.
2012-000006&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

Exceptions:
1. Processing, storage and operation areas that require cooling or specific temperature
conditions.
2. Areas in which persons are primarily engaged in vigorous physical activities.
602.6 Inspection of heating facilities by qualified persons. The owner of a multiple dwelling,
containing two or more units served by a heating facility, shall cause the heating facility to be
inspected by a qualified person annually. A copy of all inspection and service reports shall be
available for public inspection on site in the office of the building operator.
Exception: If the building operator does not have an on site office, the reports shall be made
available for inspection:
1. By posting the reports in an on site location accessible to all building residents; or
2. By mailing or delivering a copy of the reports to each unit; or
3. By mailing or delivering a notice to each unit identifying a location within the District
of Columbia where the reports are available for public inspection during normal
business hours.
603 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT
603.1 Mechanical appliances.
Insert new Subsection 603.1.1 to Section 603.1 of the Property Maintenance Code to read as
follows:
603.1.1 Prohibited Locations. Gas meters and fuel-fired appliances and equipment shall
not be located in sleeping rooms, bathrooms, toilet rooms, storage closets, or surgical
rooms, or in a space that opens only into such rooms or spaces, except where the
installation complies with one of the following:
1. The appliance is a direct-vent appliance installed in accordance with the

conditions of the listing and the manufacturer’s instructions.
2. Vented room heaters, wall furnaces, vented decorative appliances, vented gas
fireplaces, vented gas fireplace heaters and decorative appliances for installation
2012-000006&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

in vented solid fuel-burning fireplaces are installed in rooms that meet the
required volume criteria of the Fuel Gas Code Section 304.5.
3. A single wall-mounted unvented room heater is installed in a bathroom and such

unvented room heater is equipped as specified in the Fuel Gas Code Section
621.6 and has an input rating not greater than 6,000 Btu/h (1.76 kW). The
bathroom shall meet the required volume criteria of the Fuel Gas Code Section
304.5.
4. A single wall-mounted unvented room heater is installed in a bedroom and such

unvented room heater is equipped as specified in the Fuel Gas Code Section
621.6 and has an input rating not greater than 10,000 Btu/h (2.93 kW). The
bedroom shall meet the required volume criteria of the Fuel Gas Code Section
304.5.
5. The appliance is installed in a room or space that opens only into a bedroom or
bathroom, and such room or space is used for no other purpose and is provided
with a solid weather-stripped door equipped with an approved self-closing device.
All combustion air shall be taken directly from the outdoors in accordance with
the Fuel Gas Code Section 304.6.
604 ELECTRICAL FACILITIES
604.2 Service. The size and usage of appliances and equipment shall serve as a basis for
determining the need for additional facilities in accordance with NFPA 70. Dwelling units shall
be served by a three-wire, 120/240 volt, single-phase electrical service having a rating of not less
than 60 amperes.
Exception: For installations consisting of not more than two 2-wire branch circuits, service
disconnecting means shall have a rating of not less than 30 amperes.
605 ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT
605.4 Switchboards of 1000 amperes or larger. Preventative maintenance shall be performed

on switchboards having a capacity of 1000 amperes or larger as required by Article 408.23 of the
Electrical Code, as amended.
2012-000006&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

Strike Section 606 of the International Property Maintenance Code in its entirety and insert new
Section 606 in the Property Maintenance Code in its place to read as follows:
606 ELEVATORS AND CONVEYING SYSTEMS
606.1 General. No elevator or conveying system, including, but not limited to, escalators,
dumbwaiters, wheelchair lifts, cartveyors, manlifts and moving walks, shall be operated without
a valid certificate of inspection issued by the code official.
Exceptions:
1. Where the code official authorizes limited approval of use in accordance with the
provisions of Section 606.2, or Section 3010.2 of the Building Code.
2. Elevators and conveying systems covered by the Residential Code where the equipment
is serving one dwelling unit.
3. In Groups R-2 and R-3 occupancies where the equipment is serving one dwelling
unit.
606.2 Content of certificate of inspection; posting. The certificate of inspection shall contain
the following information:
1. The address of the structure;
2. The name and address of the owner;
3. A description of the vertical transportation equipment (e.g., escalator, elevator,

dumbwaiter, wheelchair lift, moving walk or conveyor);
4. The rated load and speed;
5. A statement that the described equipment has been inspected for compliance with the
requirements of the Construction Codes;
6. The name of the code official; and
7. Any special stipulations and conditions of the permit under which the equipment was
installed, relocated or altered.
606.2.1 Posting of certificate. A copy of the most current certificate of inspection shall
be conspicuously displayed at all times within the elevator car or attached to the
2012-000006&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

conveying system unless display of certificates is exempted pursuant to Section 606.4. If
the building operator maintains an office in the same building, the certificate of
inspection may be made available for public inspection in the office instead of being on
display within the elevator.
606.3 Maintenance, testing, inspections. Periodic tests and inspections shall be made by the
code official, or by an approved Third Party Inspection Agency, and shall be made at the expense
and responsibility of the owner. Except as otherwise provided for in this code, the maintenance,
inspection and testing of all elevators and conveying systems and their components, including
the frequency of inspections and testing, shall conform to:
606.3.1 Elevators, escalators and other conveyances listed in ASME A17.1,

Appendix N. Inspection and tests shall be performed at not less than the periodic
intervals listed in ASME A17.1, Appendix N, except where otherwise specified by the
code official.
606.3.2 Platform lifts and stairway chair lifts. Inspections and testing of platform lifts
and stairway chair lifts shall be performed for all units as stated in ASME A18.1, Safety
Standard for Platform Lifts and Stairway Chairlifts.
606.3.3 Manlifts. Inspections and testing of manlifts shall be performed for all units as
stated in ASME A90.1, Safety Standard for Manlifts.
606.3.4 Conveyors and related equipment. Inspections and testing of conveyors and
related equipment shall be performed as stated in ASME B20.1, Safety Standard for
Conveyors and Related Equipment.
606.3.4.1 Cartveyors. Cartveyors shall be maintained as per original equipment

manufacturer’s recommendations. Inspection and testing shall be at the same
frequency as escalators as stated in ASME A17.1, Appendix N.
606.4 Reports and certificates. Where inspections and tests are not made by the code official,
the approved agency shall submit a report of the inspections and tests to the code official on
approved forms not more than 30 days after completion of the inspection and tests. Upon receipt
of satisfactory inspection and test reports, the code official shall authorize the issuance of a
certificate of inspection, or a renewal certificate as provided in Section 3010.9, for each unit of
equipment.
2012-000006&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

Exceptions: The submission of test reports to the code official and the issuance of
certificates and display of certificates is not required:
1. In Group R-2 and R-3 occupancies where the equipment is serving one dwelling
unit.
2. In buildings under the jurisdiction of the Residential Code where the equipment is
serving one dwelling unit.
606.5 Out of service; temporarily dormant. A permit from the Department shall be required:
(a) to take an elevator or conveying system out of service pursuant to ASME A17.1, Section
8.11.1.4; or (b) to place an elevator or conveying system in temporarily dormant status as set
forth in Section 606.5.1.
606.5.1 Temporarily dormant. An elevator or conveying system shall be temporarily

dormant where removed from its normal class of service for an extended period of time
(not to exceed five years) by an owner’s decision and not due to maintenance or repair.
During this period of time, the equipment shall be secured for the benefit of public safety
in accordance with the following requirements:
1. The power supply shall be disconnected by removing fuses and placing a padlock
on the mainline disconnect switch in the “OFF” position. This padlock shall not
be removed without permission from the code official.
2. The unit shall be parked and the hoistway/runway doors securely bolted from
opening in any plane. The means of securing the doors shall be exclusive of the
interlocks.
3. A wire seal shall be installed on the mainline disconnect switch by an elevator

inspector accredited by a national certifying agency and approved by the code
official which wire seal shall not be removed without permission from the code
official.
4. The equipment shall not be used again until it has been put in safe running order
and passed an acceptance test, congruent with the installation date or the Code
Data Tag posted on the equipment, as provided in ASME 17.1, Section 8.10, and
the owner has obtained a valid certificate of inspection from the code official.
5. Annual inspections shall continue for the duration of the period that the elevator is
temporarily dormant, and the inspector shall file an annual report with the code
official to confirm that the requirements set forth in this section are met.
2012-000006&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

606.6 Equipment in operation. In buildings equipped with passenger elevators, at least one
elevator shall be maintained in operation at all times when the building is occupied.
Exception: Buildings equipped with only one elevator or conveying system shall be
permitted to have the elevator or conveying system temporarily out of service for testing,
maintenance and/or repair.
606.7 Renewal of certificates. The certificate of inspection, for each elevator and conveying
system, must be renewed every 24 months, or at an alternate interval specified by the code
official, as long as the unit is in service. Renewal of the certificate of inspection will be granted
upon satisfactory demonstration to the code official that the unit of equipment has met all of the
inspections and testing required by the Construction Codes and referenced standards.
606.8 Unsafe equipment. When, in the opinion of the code official, an elevator or conveying
system or its components are unsafe or unlawful, the code official is authorized and empowered
to place the unit out of service, and to prohibit the operation of the equipment until the unsafe or
unlawful condition is corrected pursuant to the procedures set forth in Section 108. When, in the
opinion of the code official, there is imminent danger due to an unsafe condition, the code
official is authorized to place the equipment out of service and to take other emergency
measures, without notice to the owner, pursuant to Section 109. Whenever the code official
places an elevator or conveying system out of service, a placard or notice bearing the words
“Unsafe to Use” shall be posted on the equipment and the code official may also attach a lead
seal to prevent the equipment from being operated.
606.8.1 Notification of code official by third party inspection agency. When an

approved Third Party Inspection Agency inspector observes or identifies unsafe,
unlawful or imminently dangerous condition(s) causing an elevator to be removed from
service, the inspector shall notify the code official immediately. Where emergency
measures are required, the Third Party Inspector is authorized to place on the unit
adjudged to be unsafe or unlawful an “Unsafe to Use” placard; provided, that the code
official is notified immediately of the Third Party Inspector’s action, pursuant to the
notification procedures established by the code official.
606.8.2. Placard removal. The code official shall remove the “Unsafe to Use” notice
whenever the defect or defects upon which a the closure action was based have been
eliminated. Any person who defaces or removes an “Unsafe to Use” notice or lead seal
without the approval of the code official, or operates placarded equipment, shall be
subject to the penalties provided by this code. An approved Third Party Inspector is
permitted to remove an “Unsafe to Use Notice” issued by that inspector, after abatement
of the unsafe or unlawful condition and appropriate reinspection of the conveyance.
Exception: Placarded equipment may be operated only as necessary to effectuate
2012-000006&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

repairs.
606.8.3 Abatement methods. The owner of the equipment deemed unsafe by the code
official shall abate or cause to be abated or corrected such unsafe conditions either by
repair, rehabilitation, replacement or other approved corrective action.
606.9 Required Elevator Signage. A permanent sign of durable material, with lettering no
smaller than one quarter inch (6 mm) high shall be placed in all elevators cars, with the following
wording:
ALL ACCIDENTS ON OR DAMAGE TO ELEVATORS ARE TO BE

REPORTED TO THE DEPARTMENT OF CONSUMER AND
REGULATORY AFFAIRS 202 442-4400; OR AFTER WORKING HOURS
BY CALLING 311.
Insert new Section 608 in the Property Maintenance Code to read to as follows:
608 AIR CONDITIONING
608.1 General. The owner or operator of a housing business, who provides air conditioning as a
service either through individual air conditioning units or a central air conditioning system, shall
maintain each such air conditioning unit or system in safe and good working condition so that it
is capable of providing, during a period starting no later than May 15 and ending no earlier than
September 15, an inside temperature, in the rooms it is intended to serve, equal to the greater of:
(a) 78 ºF (26 ºC); or (b) at least 15 ºF (9 ºC) less than the outside temperature.
Exception: The air conditioning system in a building with a two-pipe system, or any other
system reasonably requiring more than 15 days to transition from heat to air conditioning,
shall be maintained in safe and good working condition so that it is capable of providing,
during the period starting no later than June 1 and ending no earlier than September 15, an
inside temperature, in the rooms it is intended to serve, equal to the greater of: (a) 78 ºF (26
ºC); or (b) at least 15 ºF (8 ºC) less than the outside temperature.
608.2 Inspection of air conditioning equipment by qualified persons. The owner of a

structure containing two or more units served by central or shared air conditioning equipment, or
wall-mounted air conditioning units (not including window air conditioning units), shall cause
the air conditioning equipment to be inspected by a qualified person annually. A copy of current
inspection and service reports shall be available for public inspection on site in the office of the
building operator.
2012-000006&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

Exception: If the building operator does not have an on-site office, the reports shall be made
available for inspection:
1. By posting the reports in an on site location accessible to all building residents; or
2. By mailing or delivering a copy of the reports to each unit; or
3. By mailing or delivering a notice to each unit identifying a location within the District
of Columbia where the reports are available for public inspection during normal
business hours.
2012-000006&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

CHAPTER 7 FIRE SAFETY REQUIREMENTS
701 General
702 Means of Egress
704 Fire Protection Systems
701 GENERAL
701.3 Hazardous and combustible materials. Combustible, flammable, explosive or other

hazardous materials, such as paint, volatile oils and cleaning fluids, or combustible rubbish, such
as wastepaper, boxes and rags, shall not be accumulated or stored unless such storage complies
with the applicable requirements of the Building Code and the Fire Code.
702 MEANS OF EGRESS
702.4 Emergency escape openings. Required emergency escape openings shall be maintained
in accordance with the code in effect at the time of construction, and shall conform with the
following. Required emergency escape and rescue openings shall be operational from the inside
of the room without the use of keys or tools. Bars, grilles, grates or similar devices are permitted
to be placed over emergency escape and rescue openings provided the minimum net clear
opening size complies with the code that was in effect at the time of construction and such
devices shall be releasable or removable from the inside without the use of a key, tool or force
greater than that which is required for normal operation of the escape and rescue opening. It shall
be the duty of the owner to keep fire escapes, stairways, and other egress facilities in a good state
of repair, painted and free from obstruction.
Insert new Sections 702.5, 702.6 and 702.7 to the Property Maintenance Code to read to as
follows:
702.5 Arrangements. Exits from dwelling units, rooming units and sleeping units, including
guestrooms and dormitory units, shall not lead through other such units, or through toilet rooms
or bathrooms.
702.6 Exit signs. All means of egress shall be indicated with approved “Exit” signs where
required by the Building Code. All “Exit” signs shall be maintained visible, and all illuminated
“Exit” signs shall be illuminated at all times that the building is occupied.
2012-000006&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

702.7 Stair identification. The interior and exterior of all stairway doors shall be provided with
signage as required by Section 1022.9 of the Building Code.
704 FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS
704.1. General.
Insert new Subsection 704.1.2 in the Property Maintenance Code to read as follows:
704.1.2 Fire extinguishers. All portable fire extinguishers required by a prior or current
Building Code or Fire Code shall be visible, readily accessible and maintained in an
efficient and safe operating condition. Extinguishers shall be of an approved type. Fire
extinguishers shall be maintained in accordance with NFPA 10 as referenced in the Fire
Code.
new Sections 704.2 and 704.2.1 in the Property Maintenance Code in its place to read as
follows:
704.2 Smoke alarms. Single- or multiple-station smoke alarms shall be installed and
maintained in Group R or I-1 occupancies, regardless of occupant load at all of the following
locations:
1. On the ceiling or wall outside of each separate sleeping area in the immediate vicinity of
bedrooms.
2. In each room used for sleeping purposes.
3. In each story within a dwelling unit, including basements and cellars but not including
crawl spaces and uninhabitable attics. In dwellings or dwelling units with split levels and
without an intervening door between the adjacent levels, a smoke alarm installed on the
upper level shall suffice for the adjacent lower level provided that the lower level is less
than one full story below the upper level.
Single- or multiple-station smoke alarms shall be installed in other groups in accordance with the
Fire Code.
704.2.1 Existing occupancies. Existing Group I-1 and R occupancies shall have a 36
month period, commencing on the date of adoption of the 2013 edition of the D.C.
Construction Codes in accordance with Section 122 of the Building Code, to install
smoke alarms that comply with the requirements of Section 704.2.
2012-000006&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

Insert new Section 704.5 in the International Property Maintenance Code to read as follows:
704.5 Fire alarm systems. Fire alarm systems shall be continuously maintained in accordance
with applicable NFPA requirements or as otherwise directed by the code official.
704.5.1 Manual fire alarm boxes. All manual fire alarm boxes shall be operational and
unobstructed.
704.5.2 Fire alarm signage. Where fire alarm systems are not monitored by a
supervising station, an approved permanent sign shall be installed adjacent to each
manual fire alarm box that reads: “WHEN ALARM SOUNDS CALL FIRE
DEPARTMENT”.
Exception: When the manufacturer has permanently provided this information on

the manual fire alarm box.
704.5.3 Fire alarm notice. In accordance with the requirements of the Fire Alarm
Notice and Tenant Fire Safety Amendment Act of 2009, effective March 11, 2010 (D.C.
Law 18-116; D.C. Official Code § 6-751.11 (2012 Repl.), the owner of a building
containing four or more dwelling units, rooming units or sleeping units shall post in
conspicuous places in the common space of the building, and distribute to each tenant or
unit owner, a written notice that provides information about fire alarm systems in the
building. The notice shall be on a form developed and published by the code official in
English and in the languages required under section 4 of the Language Access Act of
2004, effective June 19, 2004 (D.C. Law 15-167; D.C. Official Code § 2-1933 (2012
Repl.).
704.6 High rise buildings. The owner of a high-rise building shall:
1. Prepare and maintain a fire safety and evacuation plan for the building; and
2. Conduct fire drills at least once every year.
2012-000006&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

Strike the ASME referenced standard in Chapter 8 of the International Property Maintenance
Code in its entirety and insert the following new ASME referenced standards in its place to read
as follows:
ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers

Three Park Avenue
New York, NY 10016-5990

Number number
A17.1 /CSA B44- 2010 Safety Code for Elevators and 606.2.1,
Escalators 606.2.4.1
A18.1-2008 Safety Standard for Platform Lifts

and Stairway Chairlifts 606.2.2
A90.1-2009 Safety Standard for Manlifts 606.2.3
B20.1-2009 Safety Standard for Conveyors and

Related Equipment 606.2.4
Insert a new NFPA referenced standard in Chapter 8 of the Property Maintenance Code to read
as follows:
National Fire Protection Association

NFPA 1 Batterymarch Park
Quincy, MA 02169
Number Title number
720-05 Standard for the Installation of Carbon

Monoxide (CO) Warning Equipment in
Dwelling Units 310
2012-000006&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

Insert a new UL referenced standard in Chapter 8 of the Property Maintenance Code to read as
follows:
Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.

UL 333 Pfingsten Road
Northbrook, Il 60062
Number Title number
2304-08 Single and Multiple-station

Carbon Monoxide Alarms 310
2012-000006&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

12 DCMR H FIRE CODE SUPPLEMENT
The District of Columbia has adopted the 2012 edition of the International Fire Code (IFC), as
amended by this Supplement.
IFC CHAPTERS AMENDED BY THIS SUPPLEMENT:

CHAPTER 3 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
CHAPTER 5 FIRE SERVICE FEATURES
CHAPTER 6 BUILDING SERVICES AND SYSTEMS
CHAPTER 11 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS FOR EXISTING BUILDINGS
CHAPTER 56 EXPLOSIVES AND FIREWORKS
CHAPTER 61 LIQUEFIED PETROLEUM GASES
APPENDIX B FIRE-FLOW REQUIREMENTS FOR BUILDINGS
APPENDIX C FIRE HYDRANT LOCATIONS AND DISTRUBUTION
APPENDIX D FIRE APPARATUS ACCESS ROADS
APPENDIX H HAZARDOUS MATERIALS MANAGEMENT PLAN (HMMP) AND
HAZARDOUS MATERIALS INVENTORY STATEMENT (HMIS)
INSTRUCTIONS
The District of Columbia Fire Code (2013), referred to as the “Fire Code,” consists of the 2012 edition of the International Fire Code
(International Fire Code), published by the International Code Council (ICC), as amended by the District of Columbia Fire Code
Supplement (2013) (12 DCMR H). The International Fire Code is copyrighted by the ICC and therefore is not republished here. However, a
copy of the text may be obtained at: http://publicecodes.cyberregs.com/icod/ifc/2012/index.htm?bu=IC-P-2012-000003&bu2=IC-P-2012-
000019.
2013 DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA FIRE CODE SUPPLEMENT 1

Strike Chapter 1 of the International Fire Code in its entirety and insert new Chapter 1 in the
Fire Code in its place to read as follows:
PART 1 GENERAL PROVISIONS
101 Scope and General Requirements

102 Applicability
PART 2 ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS
103 Fire and Emergency Medical Services Department

104 General Authority and Responsibilities
105 Permits
106 Inspections
107 Maintenance
108 Appeals
109 Violations
110 Unsafe Structures and Equipment
112 Service Utilities
113 Fees
PART 1 GENERAL PROVISIONS
101 SCOPE AND GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
101.1 Title. The D.C. Fire Code (2013), hereinafter referred to as the “Fire Code,” shall consist
of the 2012 edition of the International Fire Code as amended by the Construction Codes
Supplement (12 DCMR H, Fire Code Supplement).
101.2 Scope. The Fire Code establishes regulations affecting or relating to structures, processes,
premises and safeguards regarding:
1. The hazard of fire and explosion arising from the storage, handling or use of structures,
materials or devices;
2. Conditions hazardous to life, property or public welfare in the occupancy of structures or

premises;
3. Fire hazards in the structure or on the premises from occupancy or operation; and
The District of Columbia Fire Code (2011), referred to as the “Fire Code,” consists of the 2012 edition of the International Fire Code as
amended by the District of Columbia Fire Code Supplement (2013) (12 DCMR H). The International Fire Code is copyrighted by the
International Code Council and therefore is not republished here. However, a copy of the text may be obtained at:
http://publicecodes.cyberregs.com/icod/ifc/2012/index.htm?bu=IC-P-2012-000003&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

4. Conditions affecting the safety of fire fighters and emergency responders during
emergency operations.
101.2.1 Appendices. Provisions in the appendices of the International Fire Code shall
not apply unless specifically adopted in the Construction Codes Supplement.
101.3 Intent. The purpose of the Fire Code is to establish the minimum requirements consistent
with nationally recognized good practice for providing a reasonable level of life safety and
property protection from the hazards of fire, explosion or dangerous conditions in new and
existing buildings, structures and premises, and to provide safety to fire fighters and emergency
responders during emergency operations.
101.4 Partial Invalidity. If any part or provision of the Construction Codes is held illegal or
void, this shall not make illegal or void any other parts or provisions of the Construction Codes
that are determined to be legal. It shall be presumed that the Construction Codes would have
been enacted and adopted without such illegal or void parts or provisions.
101.4.1 Severability. Any illegal or void part of the Construction Codes shall be severed
from the remainder of the Construction Codes by the court holding such part illegal or
void, and the remainder of the Construction Codes shall remain effective.
101.4.2 Decisions Involving Existing Structures. The invalidity of any provision in any
section of the Construction Codes as applied to existing buildings and structures shall not
be held to affect the validity of such section in its application to buildings and structures
erected after the effective date of the Construction Codes.
102 APPLICABILITY
102.1 Buildings and Property. The Fire Code shall be applicable to all premises, including
buildings and structures, and conditions within the District of Columbia and the structures
appurtenant to such buildings, including buildings and structures appurtenant to premises
occupied by or for any foreign government as an embassy or chancery, to the extent provided for
in Section 206 of the Foreign Missions Act, approved August 24, 1982 (96 Stat. 286; D.C.
Official Code § 6-1306(g) (2012 Repl.)). The provisions of the Fire Code shall not apply to
public buildings or premises owned by the United States Government, including appurtenant
structures and portions of buildings, premises, or structures that are under the exclusive control of
an officer of the United States Government in his or her official capacity. If a lessor is
responsible for maintenance and repairs to property leased to the United States Government, the
property shall not be deemed to be under the exclusive control of an officer of the United States
Government.
102.2. Administrative, Operational and Maintenance Provisions. The administrative,

operational and maintenance provisions of the Fire Code shall apply to:

1. Conditions and operations arising after the adoption of the Fire Code; and
2. Existing conditions and operations.
102.3 Other Construction Codes Requirements. Except as provided in Section 102.10, nothing
in the Fire Code shall negate or modify permit, certificate of occupancy or other applicable
requirements set forth in the Construction Codes, including, but not limited to the following.
102.3.1 Change in Use, Load or Floor Layout. Any change in the use, or occupancy
load or tenant floor layout of any structure or portion thereof shall comply with the
applicable provisions of the Construction Codes, including, but not limited to, Section
110.1.3 of 12 DCMR A.
102.3.2 Application of Building Code and Existing Building Code. The design and
construction of new structures shall comply with the Building Code, and any alterations,
additions, changes in use or occupancy, or changes in structures required by the Fire
Code, which are within the scope of the Building Code or the Existing Building Code,
must comply with the Building Code or the Existing Building Code as applicable.
102.3.4 Fire Protection Systems. Where interior or exterior fire protection systems or
devices are installed or altered, such systems or devices are subject to the permit
application, fire protection documents, inspection and other applicable requirements set
forth in Chapter 1 of 12 DCMR A.
102.3.5 Application of Property Maintenance Code. Owners and tenants of premises

shall also comply with applicable property maintenance provisions as set forth in the
102.4 Application of Fire Code to Structures Subject to the Residential Code. Where
structures are designed and constructed in accordance with the Residential Code, the provisions
of the Fire Code shall apply as follows:
1. Construction and design provisions: Provisions of the Fire Code pertaining to the
exterior of the structure shall apply including, but not limited to, premises identification,
fire apparatus access and water supplies. Where interior or exterior fire protection
systems or devices are installed, the provisions of the Fire Code shall also apply.
2. Administrative, operational and maintenance provisions: All such provisions of the

Fire Code shall apply.
102.5 [Reserved].
102.6 Historic Buildings. The provisions of the Fire Code relating to the construction,
alteration, repair, enlargement, restoration, relocation or moving of buildings or structures shall

not be mandatory for historic buildings or structures meeting the requirements of Chapter 12 of
the Existing Building Code, when such buildings or structures are judged by the code official not
to constitute a distinct hazard to life or property. The code official is authorized to approve a fire
protection plan developed in accordance with the provisions of National Fire Protection
Association (NFPA) Standard 909 for any designated historic building or structure.
102.7 Referenced Codes and Standards. The codes and standards referenced in the Fire Code
shall be those that are listed in Chapter 80 of the International Fire Code and such codes and
standards shall be considered part of the requirements of the Fire Code to the prescribed extent
of each such reference. Where differences occur between the provisions of the Fire Code and
the referenced standards, the provisions of the Fire Code shall apply.
102.8 Subjects Not Regulated by the Fire Code. Where no applicable standards or
requirements are set forth in the Fire Code, or are contained within other laws, codes, regulations
or ordinances adopted by the District of Columbia, compliance with applicable standards of
NFPA or other nationally recognized fire safety standards, as approved by the code official, shall
be deemed as prima facie evidence of compliance with the intent of the Fire Code. Nothing
herein shall derogate from the authority of the code official to determine compliance with codes
or standards for those activities or installations within the code official’s jurisdiction or
responsibility.
102.9 Matters Not Provided For. Requirements that are essential for the public safety of an
existing or proposed activity, building or structure, or for the safety of the occupants thereof,
which are not specifically provided for by the Fire Code, shall be determined by the code official.
102.10 Code Precedence. Unless otherwise provided herein, or in the Construction Codes
Approval and Amendments Act of 1986, effective March 21, 1987 (D.C. Law 6-216; D.C.
Official Code § 6-1401 et seq. (2012 Repl.)) (“Construction Codes Act”), the following order of
precedence is established among the documents adopted: District of Columbia Construction
Codes Supplement, including standards and amendments; International Codes, including
standards and amendments.
102.10.1 Conflicts. Where, in any specific case, different sections of the Construction
Codes specify different materials, methods of construction or other requirements, the
most restrictive shall govern. When there is a conflict between a general requirement and
a specific requirement within the Construction Codes, the specific requirement shall be
applicable.
If conflict arises between the provisions of the Construction Codes Act and the
Construction Codes Supplement, the International Codes, or their referenced standards,
the provisions of the Construction Codes Act shall take precedence. If conflict arises
between the Construction Codes Supplement, the International Codes, and their
referenced standards:
1. The provisions of the Construction Codes Supplement shall take precedence over

the International Codes and their referenced standards, except as provided in
subparagraphs 2 and 3 of this section.
2. The provisions of the Existing Building Code shall take precedence over other
provisions of the Construction Codes and their referenced standards with regard
to existing buildings and Group R-4 occupancy buildings.
3. The most stringent provisions of the Existing Building Code shall take precedence
when a building is both an existing building and a Group R-4 occupancy.
4. The provisions of the International Codes, other than their referenced standards,
shall take precedence over their referenced standards.
102.11 Other Laws. The provisions of this Fire Code shall not be deemed to nullify any
provisions of District or federal law.
102.12 Application of References. References in this Chapter 1 to chapter or section numbers,

or to provisions not specifically identified by number, shall be construed to refer to such chapter,
section or provision of the Fire Code.
102.13 Special Flood Hazard Areas. The storage of equipment or materials that are listed as
dangerous materials in 20 DCMR § 3106.2, or that will affect either the base flood elevation or
the floodway in any Special Flood Hazard Area, as delineated on the Federal Emergency
Management Agency’s Flood Insurance Rate Map for the District (20 DCMR § 3101.2), shall be
required to obtain a permit from the Department of Consumer and Regulatory Affairs pursuant to
12 DCMR A § 105, and to comply with the requirements of DCMR Title 20, Chapter 31.
102.14 Private Fire Hydrants. The installation, maintenance, repair and replacement of private
fire hydrants shall comply with the provisions of the Private Fire Hydrant Act of 2010, effective
March 31, 2011 (D.C. Law 18-337; D.C. Official Code § 34-2410.01 et seq. (2012 Repl.))
(“Private Fire Hydrant Act”).
PART 2 ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS
103 FIRE AND EMERGENCY MEDICAL SERVICES DEPARTMENT
103.1 Code Official for the Fire Code. The Fire Chief of the District of Columbia Fire and
Emergency Medical Services Department (“Fire Chief”) shall be the code official for the
enforcement of the Fire Code, except that the Director of the Department of Consumer and
Regulatory Affairs (“DCRA”) shall be the code official for enforcement of all provisions of the
Fire Code pertaining to approval, installation, design, modification, maintenance, testing, and
inspection of all new and existing fire protection systems. References to the term “Department”
within the Fire Code shall mean the District of Columbia Fire and Emergency Medical Services
Department.

103.1.1 Enforcement by DCRA Director. The provisions of 12 DCMR A, Chapter 1,
shall apply to the enforcement by the DCRA Director of all Fire Code provisions
pertaining to approval, installation, design, modification, maintenance, testing and
inspection of all new and existing fire protection systems.
103.2 Duties and Powers of the Code Official. The duties and powers of the code official are
set forth in Section 104.1.
103.3 Delegation of Authority. The code official shall have the authority to delegate his or her
duties and powers under the Fire Code, but he or she shall remain responsible for the proper
performance of those duties and powers.
103.4 Organization. The code official shall appoint such number of officers, technical
assistants, inspectors and other employees as shall be necessary for the administration of the Fire
Code and as authorized by the appointing authority.
103.5 Deputy. The code official is authorized to designate an employee as deputy who shall
exercise all the powers of the code official during the temporary absence or disability of the code
official.
103.6 Conflicts of Interest. No official or employee of the Department shall directly or

indirectly engage in any private business transaction or activity that tends in any way to interfere
with the performance of his or her duties, including:
1. Furnishing of Services. Being engaged in, or directly or indirectly connected with, the
furnishing of labor, materials or appliances for the construction, alteration or
maintenance of a building or structure under the jurisdiction of the Construction Codes,
or the preparation of plans or specifications of a building or structure under the
jurisdiction of the Construction Codes, unless the official or employee is the principal
owner of the building or structure.
2. Conflict with Official Duties. Being engaged in any work which conflicts with official
duties or with the interest of the Department.
3. Private Work. Directly or indirectly engaging with or accepting remuneration from any
private person, firm, or corporation for the performance of any work as a designer,
architect, engineer, consultant or inspector, which work is to be submitted to, passed
upon, reviewed, or inspected by any officer of the District of Columbia charged with the
administration of any portion of the Construction Codes.
103.7 Relief from Personal Liability. Unless otherwise provided by Federal or District of
Columbia law, the code official and any officials and employees of the Department charged with
enforcement of the Construction Codes, while acting in their official capacity, shall not be liable

personally, and are relieved from all personal liability for any damage that may accrue to persons
or property as a result of any act required or permitted in the discharge of their official duties.
103.7.1 Defense of Suits. Any suit instituted against the code official or any officer or
employee of the Department because of an act performed in the discharge of official
duties and under the provisions of the Construction Codes, or by reason of any act or
omission while performing official duties in connection with the Construction Codes,
shall be defended by the Office of the Attorney General for the District of Columbia until
the final termination of legal proceedings.
103.7.2 Liability for Costs. The code official and any official or employee of the
Department shall not be personally liable for costs in any action, suit or proceeding that is
instituted in pursuance of the provisions of the Construction Codes.
103.7.3 Liability for Acts or Omissions. Any official or employee of the Department,
acting in good faith and without malice, shall be free from liability for acts performed
under the provisions of the Construction Codes or by reason of any act or omission while
performing official duties in connection with the Construction Codes.
103.8 Jurisdictional Liability. The District of Columbia government shall not be liable under
the Fire Code for any damage to persons or property, by reason of the inspection or re-inspection
of buildings, structures or equipment authorized herein, or failure to inspect or re-inspect such
buildings, structures or equipment or by reason of the approval or disapproval of any building,
structure or equipment authorized therein.
104 GENERAL AUTHORITY AND RESPONSIBILITIES
104.1 General. The code official is hereby authorized to enforce the provisions of the Fire Code
and shall have the authority to render interpretations of the Fire Code, and to adopt policies and
procedures in order to clarify the application of its provisions. Such interpretations, policies, and
procedures shall be in compliance with the intent and purpose of the Fire Code and shall not
have the effect of waiving requirements specifically provided for in the Fire Code.
104.1.1 Administrative Bulletins. The code official shall have the authority to
promulgate, from time to time, administrative bulletins that shall be effective upon
publication in the D.C. Register. Administrative bulletins shall be titled, numbered, and
dated. Administrative bulletins shall be publically available at the Department’s permit
center and shall be posted on the Department’s website. The code official shall maintain
on the Department’s website the same administrative bulletins as available at the
Department’s permit center.
104.1.2 Amendment of the Fire Code. Amendment of the Fire Code shall be governed
by Section 122 of 12 DCMR A, which is incorporated by reference.

104.2 Applications and Permits. The code official is authorized to receive applications, review
construction documents and issue permits for construction regulated by the Fire Code, issue
permits for operations regulated by the Fire Code, inspect the premises for which such permits
have been issued, and enforce compliance with the provisions of the Fire Code.
104.3 Right of Entry. Whenever it is necessary to make an inspection to enforce the provisions
of the Fire Code, or whenever the code official has reasonable cause to believe that there exists
in a building or upon any premises any conditions or violations of the Fire Code which make the
building or premises unsafe, dangerous or hazardous, the code official shall have the authority to
enter the building or premises at all reasonable times to inspect or to perform the duties imposed
upon the code official by the Fire Code. With respect to the inspection of any occupied habitable
portion of any building, consent to such inspection shall first be obtained from any person of
suitable age and discretion therein, except where an emergency or imminently dangerous
condition exists and immediate steps must be taken to protect the public, pursuant to Section
111, such consent need not be obtained. When attempting to gain entrance for inspection, the
code official, and any authorized representatives of the code official, shall show official
credentials issued by the Department. If entry is refused, the code official is authorized to apply
to the Superior Court for an administrative search warrant, pursuant to D.C. Official Code §§ 42-
3131.02 and 42-3509.08 (2012 Repl.) and Sup. Ct. Civ. R. 204.
104.4 Identification. The code official, and authorized representatives of the code official, shall
carry proper identification when inspecting structures or premises in the performance of their
duties under the Fire Code.
104.5 Notices and Orders. The code official is authorized to issue such notices or orders as are
required to eaffect compliance with the Fire Code in accordance with Section 109 Violations.
104.6 Official Records. The code official shall keep official records as required by Sections
104.6.1 through 104.6.3. Such official records shall be retained for not less than 5 years or for as
long as the structure or activity to which such records relate remains in existence, unless
otherwise provided by other regulations. In accordance with procedures established by the code
official, official records shall be available for public inspection at all appropriate times pursuant
to the Freedom of Information Act of 1976, effective March 25, 1977 (D.C. Law 1-96; D.C.
Official Code § 2-531 et seq. (2012 Repl.)). Pursuant to D.C. Official Code § 2-532 (2012
Repl.), the Department may collect a fee in accordance with 1 DCMR § 408 for researching and
copying any requested documents, except that Advisory Neighborhood Commissioners shall not
be required to pay this fee.
104.6.1 Approvals. A record of approvals shall be maintained by the code official and
shall be available for public inspection during business hours in accordance with
applicable laws.
104.6.2 Inspections. The code official shall keep a record of each inspection made,
including notices and orders issued, showing the findings and disposition of each.

104.6.3 Fire Records. The Department shall keep a record of fires occurring within the
District of Columbia and of facts concerning the same, including statistics as to the extent
of such fires and the damage caused thereby, together with other information as required
104.7 Administrative. Application for modification, alternative methods or materials, and the
final decision of the code official, shall be in writing and shall be officially recorded in the
permanent records of the Department.
104.8 Approved materials and equipment. All materials, equipment and devices approved by
the code official shall be constructed and installed in accordance with such approval.
104.8.1 Material and equipment reuse. Materials, equipment and devices shall not be
reused or reinstalled unless such elements have been reconditioned, tested and placed in
good and proper working condition and approved.
104.8.2 Technical assistance. To determine the acceptability of technologies, processes,

products, facilities, materials and uses attending the design, operation or use of a building
or premises subject to inspection by the code official, the code official is authorized to
require the owner or agent to provide, without charge to the District of Columbia
government, a technical opinion and report. The opinion and report shall be prepared by
a qualified engineer, specialist, laboratory, or fire safety specialty organization acceptable
to the code official and shall analyze the fire safety properties of the design, operation or
use of the building or premises and the facilities and appurtenances situated thereon, to
recommend necessary changes. The code official is authorized to require design
submittals to be prepared by, and bear the stamp of, a registered design professional.
104.9 Modifications. Whenever there are practical difficulties involved in carrying out the
provisions of the Fire Code, the code official shall have the authority to grant modifications for
individual cases, provided the code official shall first find that special individual reason makes
the strict letter of the Fire Code impractical, that the modification is in compliance with the
intent and purpose of the Fire Code, and that such modification does not lessen health, life and
fire safety requirements. The details of action granting modifications shall be recorded and
entered in the Department’s files, and shall be in accordance with Section 104.10 of the Building
Code.
104.10 Alternative Materials and Methods. The provisions of the Fire Code are not intended
to prevent the installation of any material or to prohibit any method of construction not
specifically prescribed by the Fire Code, provided that any such alternative has been approved as
specified in Section 104.11 of the Building Code. The code official is authorized to approve an
alternative material or method of construction where the code official finds that (1) the proposed
design is satisfactory and complies with the intent of the provisions of the Fire Code, and (2) that
the material, method or work offered is, for the purpose intended, at least the equivalent of that

prescribed in the Fire Code in quality, strength, effectiveness, fire resistance, durability and
safety.
104.10.1 Research Reports. Supporting data, when necessary to assist in the approval
of materials or assemblies not specifically provided for in the Fire Code, shall consist of
valid research reports from sources approved by the code official.
104.10.2 Tests. Whenever there is insufficient evidence of compliance with the

provisions of the Fire Code, or evidence that a material or method does not conform to
the requirements of the Fire Code, or in order to substantiate claims for alternative
materials or methods, the code official shall have the authority to require tests as evidence
of compliance to be made at no expense to the District of Columbia government. Test
methods shall be as specified in the Fire Code or by other recognized test standards. In
the absence of recognized and accepted test methods, the code official shall approve the
testing procedures. Tests shall be performed by an agency approved by the code official.
Reports of such tests shall be retained by the code official for the period required for
retention of public records.
104.11 Fire Investigations.
104.11.1 Fire and Arson Investigation Authority. The Fire Chief, the Fire Marshal,
and his or her authorized representative(s) shall have the authority to investigate the
cause, origin, and circumstances of every fire, explosion, or hazardous materials
emergency in which the Department has a reasonable interest. When the Fire Chief, the
Fire Marshal, or their authorized representative(s) have reason to believe that a fire,
explosion, or hazardous materials incident may be the result of any violation of the law,
he or she shall immediately take custody of and safeguard all physical evidence in
connection therewith, and shall have the authority to prohibit the disturbance or removal
of any materials, substance, device, or utility in or upon any building or premises where
an incident occurred, until the investigation of the incident is complete. However, the
Metropolitan Police Department shall be the primary investigative agency in incidents
involving critical injury, death, or assaults with intent to kill.
104.11.2 Fire Records. The Fire Chief shall keep a record of all fires and related facts,
including investigation findings and statistics and information about the cause, origin and
extent of any fires and related damage.
104.11.3 Authority to Enter and Examine. The Fire Chief, the Fire Marshal or his or
her authorized representative(s) shall have the authority at all times, in performance of
the duties imposed by the provisions of the Fire Code, to enter upon or examine any area,
building or premises, vehicle or other thing when there is a probable cause to believe that
fires or attempts to cause fires exist. The Fire Chief, Fire Marshal or authorized
representative(s) shall have the authority to enter, at any time, any building or premises
adjacent to that at which the fire or attempt to cause fires has occurred should they deem

it necessary in the proper discharge of their duties, and are authorized, in their discretion,
to take full control and custody of such buildings and premises and place such person in
charge thereof as they may deem proper until their examination and investigation is
completed.
104.11.4 Arrest and Warrant Powers. The Fire Marshal, and any other personnel
designated in writing by the Fire Chief, shall have and exercise, and are hereby invested
with, the same general police powers, including arrest powers, as regular members of the
Metropolitan Police Department, for the express purpose of enforcing the fire safety laws
in effect in the District of Columbia, including, but not limited to, the Fire Code. This
power shall extend to any arrest, the securing of warrants pursuant to Chapter 5 of Title
23 of the D.C. Official Code, or other lawful action necessary to permit the peaceful
completion of any lawful action by the Department.
104.11.5 Assistance from Other Agencies. Police and other enforcement agencies shall
have authority to render necessary assistance in the investigation of fires when requested
to do so.
104.11.6 Authority at Fires and Other Emergencies. The Fire Chief or officer of the
Department in charge at the scene of a fire or other emergency involving the protection
of life or property or any part thereof, shall have the authority to direct such operation as
necessary to extinguish or control any fire, perform any rescue operation, investigate the
existence of suspected or reported fires, gas leaks or other hazardous conditions or
situations, or take any other action necessary in the reasonable performance of duty. In
the exercise of such power, the fire chief is authorized to prohibit any person, vehicle,
vessel or thing from approaching the scene and is authorized to remove, or cause to be
removed or kept away from the scene, any vehicle, vessel or thing which could impede or
interfere with the operations of the Department and, in the judgment of the code official,
any person not actually and usefully employed in the extinguishing of such fire or in the
preservation of property in the vicinity thereof.
104.11.6.1 Barricades. The Fire Chief or officer of the Department in charge at

the scene of an emergency is authorized to place ropes, guards, barricades or other
obstructions across any street, alley, place or private property in the vicinity of
such operation so as to prevent accidents or interference with the lawful efforts of
the fire department to manage and control the situation and to handle fire
apparatus.
104.11.6.2 Obstructing Operations. No person shall obstruct the operations of

the Department in connection with extinguishment or control of any fire, or
actions relative to other emergencies, or disobey any lawful command of the code
official or officer of the Department in charge of the emergency, or any part
thereof, or any lawful order of a police officer assisting the Department.

104.11.6.3 Systems and devices. No person shall render a fire protection system
or device inoperative during an emergency unless by direction of the code official
or Department official in charge of the incident.
105 PERMITS
105.1 General. Permits shall be in accordance with Sections 105.1.1 through 105.6.47.
105.1.1 Permits Required. Permits required by the Fire Code shall be obtained from the
code official. Permit fees, if any, shall be paid prior to issuance of the permit. Issued
permits shall be kept on the premises designated therein at all times and shall be readily
available for inspection by the code official.
105.1.2 Operational Permits. An operational permit allows the applicant to conduct an

operation or a business for which a permit is required by Section 105.6 for either:
1. A prescribed period; or
2. Until renewed or revoked.
105.1.3 Permits for the Same Location. When more than one permit is required for the
same location, the code official is authorized to consolidate such permits into a single
permit, provided that each provision of those permits is listed in the consolidated permit.
105.1.4 President or Vice President’s Residence. No permit required under the Fire
Code shall be issued if it is determined by the code official that:
1. The permit affects an area in close proximity to the official residence of the
President or Vice-President of the United States; and
2. The United States Secret Service has established that the issuance of the permit
would adversely impact the safety and security of the President or Vice-President
of the United States.
105.2 Application. Application for a permit required by the Fire Code shall be made to the code
official in such form and detail as prescribed by the code official. Applications for permits shall
be accompanied by such plans as prescribed by the code official.
105.2.1 Refusal to Issue Permit. If the application for a permit describes a use that does
not conform to the requirements of the Fire Code and other pertinent laws and
ordinances, the code official shall not issue a permit, but shall return the application to the
applicant with the refusal to issue such permit. Such refusal shall, when requested, be in
writing and shall contain the reasons for refusal.

105.2.2 Inspection Authorized. Before a new operational permit is approved, the code
official is authorized to inspect the receptacles, vehicles, buildings, devices, premises,
storage spaces or areas to be used to determine compliance with the Fire Code or any
operational constraints required.
105.2.3 Time Limitation of Application. An application for a permit for any proposed
work or operation shall be deemed to have been abandoned 180 days after the date of
filing, unless such application has been diligently prosecuted or a permit has been issued;
except that the code official is authorized to grant one or more extensions of time for
additional periods not exceeding 90 days each. Any extension shall be requested in
writing and justifiable cause demonstrated.
105.2.4 Action on Application. The code official shall examine or cause to be examined
applications for permits and amendments thereto within a reasonable time after filing. If
the application or the construction documents do not conform to the requirements of
pertinent laws, the code official shall reject such application in writing, stating the
reasons therefore. If the code official is satisfied that the proposed work or operation
conforms to the requirements of the Fire Code and laws and ordinances applicable
thereto, the code official shall issue a permit therefore as soon as practicable.
105.3 Conditions of a Permit. A permit shall constitute permission to maintain, store or handle
materials; or to conduct processes which produce conditions hazardous to life or property; or to
install equipment utilized in connection with such activities; or to install or modify any fire
protection system or equipment or any other construction, equipment installation or modification
in accordance with the provisions of the Fire Code where a permit is required by Section 105.6.
Such permission shall not be construed as authority to violate, cancel or set aside any of the
provisions of the Fire Code or other applicable regulations or laws of the District of Columbia.
105.3.1 Expiration. An operational permit shall remain in effect until reissued, renewed,
or revoked or for such a period of time as specified in the permit.
105.3.1.1 Transferability of permits. Operational permits issued pursuant to

Section 105.6 are not transferable, and a new permit must be obtained where there
is a change in the person conducting an operation or business, or a transfer of the
premises, for which a permit has been issued.
105.3.2 Occupancy Prohibited Before Approval. A building or structure shall not be

occupied prior to the code official issuing a permit and conducting associated inspections
indicating that the applicable provisions of the Fire Code have been met.
105.3.3 Conditional Permits. Where permits are required and upon the request of a
permit applicant, the code official is authorized to issue a conditional permit to occupy
the premises or portion thereof before the entire work or operations on the premises is
completed; provided, that such portion or portions will be occupied safely prior to full

completion or installation of equipment and operations without endangering life or public
welfare. The code official shall notify the permit applicant in writing of any limitations
or restrictions necessary to keep the permit area safe. The holder of a conditional permit
shall proceed only to the point for which approval has been given, at the permit holder’s
own risk and without assurance that approval for the occupancy or the utilization of the
entire premises, equipment or operations will be granted.
105.3.4 Posting the Permit. Issued permits shall be kept on the premises designated
therein at all times and shall be readily available for inspection by the code official.
105.3.5 Compliance with Fire Code. The issuance or granting of a permit shall not be
construed to be a permit for, or an approval of, any violation of any of the provisions of
the Fire Code or of any other law or regulation of the District of Columbia. Permits
presuming to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of the Fire Code or other
law or regulation of the District of Columbia shall not be valid. The issuance of a permit
based on construction documents and other data shall not prevent the code official from
requiring the correction of errors in the construction documents and other data. Any
addition to or alteration of approved construction documents shall be approved in
advance by the code official, as evidenced by the issuance of a new or amended permit.
105.3.6 Information on the Permit. The code official shall issue all permits required by
the Fire Code on an approved form furnished for that purpose. The permit shall contain
a general description of the operation or occupancy and its location and any other
information required by the code official. Issued permits shall bear the signature of the
code official or other approved legal authorization.
105.4 Revocation. Without precluding the imposition of any other remedies or penalties
authorized under the Fire Code, or other District of Columbia regulations or statutes, Tthe code
official is authorized to revoke a permit issued under the provisions of the Fire Code for any of
the following conditions:
1. The permit is used for a location or establishment other than that for which it was issued.
2. The permit is used for a condition or activity other than that listed in the permit.
3. Any of the conditions or limitations set forth in the permit has been violated.
4. There have been any false statements or misrepresentations as to the material facts in the
application for permit or on the plans on which a permit or approval was based.
5. The permit is used by a different person than the person in whose name the permit was
issued.
6. The permittee failed, refused or neglected to comply with orders or notices duly served in

accordance with the provisions of the Fire Code within the time provided therein.
7. The permit was issued in error or in violation of an ordinance, regulation or the Fire
Code.
105.4.1 Effective date of revocations. Revocations based on Section 105.4 shall

become final upon occurrence of one of the following conditions:
1. The permit holder fails to timely request a hearing from the Office of
Administrative Hearings within 15 days of the date of service of the notice of
revocation pursuant to Section 108.1; or
2. The Office of Administrative Hearings finds that grounds exist to revoke the
permit following a hearing requested by the permit holder pursuant to Section
108.1.
105.4.2 Cancellations. The code official shall have the right to declare a permit null and
void, if the Fire Department determines that the permit was erroneously issued as the
result of administrative or clerical error and notifies the permit holder of the error within
five business days of permit issuance. Upon such notification, the permit holder shall
promptly surrender the permit for cancellation; however, the failure to surrender the
permit voluntarily for cancellation shall not affect its invalidity and the permit shall be
cancelled upon notification to the permit holder in accordance with Section 109.2.1.
105.5 [RESERVED].
105.6 Required Operational Permits. The code official is authorized to issue operational
permits for the operations set forth in Sections 105.6.1 through 105.6.47.
105.6.1 Aerosol Products. An operational permit is required to manufacture, store or

handle an aggregate quantity of Level 2 or Level 3 aerosol products in excess of 500
pounds (227 kg) net weight.
105.6.2 Amusement Buildings. An operational permit is required to operate a special

amusement building.
105.6.3 Aviation Facilities. An operational permit is required to use Group H or Group

S occupancy for aircraft servicing or repair and aircraft fuel-servicing vehicles.
Additional permits required by other sections of the Fire Code include, but are not
limited to, hot work, hazardous materials and flammable finishes or combustible finishes.
105.6.4 Carnivals and Fairs. An operational permit is required to conduct a carnival or

fair.

105.6.5 Cellulose Nitrate Film. An operational permit is required to store, handle or use
cellulose nitrate film in a Group A occupancy.
105.6.6 Combustible Dust-Producing Operations. An operational permit is required to

operate a grain elevator, flour, starch mill, feed mill, or a plant pulverizing aluminum,
coal, cocoa, magnesium, spices or sugar, or other operations producing combustible dusts
as defined in Chapter 2.
105.6.7 Combustible Fibers. An operational permit is required for the storage and
handling of combustible fibers in quantities greater than 100 cubic feet (2.8 m3).
Exception: A permit is not required for agricultural storage.
105.6.8 Compressed Gases. An operational permit is required for the storage, use or
handling at normal temperature and pressure (NTP) of compressed gases in excess of the
amounts listed in Table 105.6.8.
Exception: Vehicles equipped for and using compressed gas as a fuel for propelling
the vehicle.
TABLE 105.6.8
PERMIT AMOUNTS FOR COMPRESSED GASES
AMOUNT
TYPE OF GAS
(cubic feet at NTP)
Corrosive 200
Flammable (except cryogenic fluids and liquefied
200
petroleum gases)
Highly toxic Any amount
Inert and simple asphyxiant 6,000
Oxidizing (including oxygen) 504
Pyrophoric Any amount
Toxic Any amount
105.6.9 Covered Mall Buildings. An operational permit is required for:
1. The placement of retail fixtures and displays, concession equipment, displays of

highly combustible goods and similar items in the mall.
2. The display of liquid- or gas-fired equipment in the mall.
3. The use of open-flame or flame-producing equipment in the mall.
105.6.10 Cryogenic Fluids. An operational permit is required to produce, store,

transport on site, use, handle or dispense cryogenic fluids in excess of the amounts listed
in Table 105.6.10.
Exception: Permits are not required for vehicles equipped for and using cryogenic
fluids as a fuel for propelling the vehicle or for refrigerating the lading.
TABLE 105.6.10
PERMIT AMOUNTS FOR CRYOGENIC FLUIDS
TYPE OF INSIDE BUILDING OUTSIDE BUILDING
CRYOGENIC FLUID (gallons) (gallons)
Flammable More than 1 60
Inert 60 500
Oxidizing (including 10 50
oxygen)
Physical or health hazard Any amount Any amount
not indicated above
For SI: 1 gallon =3.785L
105.6.11 Cutting and Welding. An operational permit is required to conduct cutting or

welding operations in the District of Columbia.
105.6.12 Dry Cleaning Plants. An operational permit is required to engage in the

business of dry cleaning or to change to a more hazardous cleaning solvent used in
existing dry cleaning equipment.
105.6.13 Exhibits and trade shows. An operational permit is required to operate

exhibits and trade shows.
105.6.14 Explosives. An operational permit is required for the manufacture, storage,

handling, sale or use of any quantity of explosives, explosive materials, fireworks or
pyrotechnic special effects within the scope of Chapter 33.
Exception: Storage in Group R-3 occupancies of smokeless propellant, black

powder and small arms primers for personal use, not for resale and in accordance
with Section 3306.
105.6.15 Fire Hydrants and Valves. An operational permit is required to use or operate
fire hydrants or valves intended for fire suppression purposes which are installed on
water systems and accessible to a fire apparatus access road that is open to or generally
used by the public.
Exception: A permit is not required for authorized employees of the water company
that supplies the system or the fire department to use or operate fire hydrants or

valves.
105.6.16 Flammable and Combustible Liquids. An operational permit is required:
1. To use or operate a pipeline for the transportation within facilities of flammable

or combustible liquids. This requirement shall not apply to the off-site
transportation in pipelines regulated by the District of Columbia Department of
Transportation (DDOT), nor does it apply to piping systems.
2. To store, handle or use Class I liquids in excess of 5 gallons (19 L) in a building

or in excess of 10 gallons (37.9 L) outside of a building, except that a permit is
not required for the following:
1. The storage or use of Class I liquids in the fuel tank of a motor vehicle,
aircraft, motorboat, mobile power plant or mobile heating plant, unless
such storage, in the opinion of the code official, would cause an unsafe
condition.
2. The storage or use of paints, oils, varnishes or similar flammable mixtures

when such liquids are stored for maintenance, painting or similar purposes
for a period of not more than 30 days.
3. To store, handle or use Class II or Class IIIA liquids in excess of 25

gallons (95 L) in a building or in excess of 60 gallons (227 L) outside a
building, except for fuel oil used in connection with oil-burning
equipment.
4. To store, handle or use Class IIIB liquids in tanks or portable tanks for
fueling motor vehicles at motor fuel-dispensing facilities or where
connected to fuel-burning equipment.
Exception: Fuel oil and used motor oil used for space heating or
water heating.
5. To remove Class I or II liquids from an underground storage tank used for

fueling motor vehicles by any means other than the approved, stationary
on-site pumps normally used for dispensing purposes.
6. To operate tank vehicles, equipment, tanks, plants, terminals, wells, fuel-

dispensing stations, refineries, distilleries and similar facilities where
flammable and combustible liquids are produced, processed, transported,
stored, dispensed or used.
7. To place temporarily out of service (for more than 90 days) an

underground, protected above-ground or above-ground flammable or
combustible liquid tank.
8. To change the type of contents stored in a flammable or combustible liquid

tank to a material that poses a greater hazard than that for which the tank
was designed and constructed.
9. To manufacture, process, blend or refine flammable or combustible

liquids.
10. To engage in the dispensing of liquid fuels into the fuel tanks of motor
vehicles at commercial, industrial, governmental or manufacturing
establishments.
11. To utilize a site for the dispensing of liquid fuels from tank vehicles into
the fuel tanks of motor vehicles, marine craft and other special equipment
at commercial, industrial, governmental or manufacturing establishments.
105.6.17 Floor Finishing. An operational permit is required for floor finishing or

surfacing operations exceeding 350 square feet (33 m2) using Class I or Class II liquids.
105.6.18 Fruit and Crop Ripening. An operational permit is required to operate a fruit-
or crop-ripening facility or conduct a fruit-ripening process using ethylene gas.
105.6.19 Fumigation and Thermal Insecticidal Fogging. An operational permit is

required to operate a business of fumigation or thermal insecticidal fogging and to
maintain a room, vault or chamber in which a toxic or flammable fumigant is used.
105.6.20 Hazardous Materials. An operational permit is required to store, transport on

site, dispense, use or handle hazardous materials in excess of the amounts listed in Table
105.6.20.
105.6.21 HPM Facilities. An operational permit is required to store, handle or use

hazardous production materials.
105.6.22 High-Piled Storage. An operational permit is required to use a building or

portion thereof as a high-piled storage area exceeding 500 square feet (46 m2).
105.6.23 Hot Work Operations. An operational permit is required for hot work
including, but not limited to:
1. Public exhibitions and demonstrations where hot work is conducted.
2. Use of portable hot work equipment inside a structure.

Exception: Work that is conducted under a permit issued by the Department
of Consumer and Regulatory Affairs pursuant to Section 105, 12 DCMR A.
3. Fixed-site hot work equipment such as welding booths.
4. Hot work conducted within a wildfire risk area.
5. Application of roof coverings with the use of an open-flame device.
6. When approved, the code official shall issue a permit to carry out a hot work
program. This program allows approved personnel to regulate their facility’s hot
work operations. The approved personnel shall be trained in the fire safety aspects
denoted in this chapter and shall be responsible for issuing permits requiring
compliance with the requirements found in Chapter 35. These permits shall be
issued only to their employees or hot work operations under their supervision.
105.6.24 Industrial Ovens. An operational permit is required for operation of industrial

ovens regulated by Chapter 30.
TABLE 105.6.20
PERMIT AMOUNTS FOR HAZARDOUS MATERIALS
TYPE OF MATERIAL AMOUNT
Combustible liquids See Section 105.6.16
Corrosive materials
Gases See Section 1056.8
Liquids 55 gallons
Solids 1,000 pounds
Explosive materials See Section 105.6.8
Flammable materials
Gases See Section 105.6.8
Liquids See Section 105.6.16
Solids 100 pounds
Highly toxic materials
Liquids Any amount
Solids Any amount
Oxidizing materials
Liquids

Class 4 Any amount
Class 3 1 gallon
Class 2 10 gallons
Class 1 55 gallons
Solids
Class 4 Any amount
Class 3 10 pounds
Class 2 100 pounds
Class 1 500 pounds
Organic Peroxides
Liquids
Class I Any amount
Class II Any amount
Class III 1 gallon a
Class IV 2 gallons
Class V No permit required
Solids
Class I Any amount
Class II Any amount
Class III 10 pounds b
Class IV 20 pounds
Class V No permit required
Pyrophoric materials
Gases Any amount
Liquids Any amount
Solids Any amount
Toxic materials
Liquids 10 gallons
Solids 100 pounds
Unstable (reactive) materials
Liquids
Class 4 Any amount
Class 3 Any amount
Class 2 5 gallons
Class 1 10 gallons
Solids
Class 4 Any amount
Class 3 Any amount
Class 2 50 pounds
Class 1 100 pounds

Water-reactive materials
Liquids
Class 3 Any amount
Class 2 5 gallons
Class 1 55 gallons
Solids
Class 3 Any amount
Class 2 50 pounds
Class 1 500 pounds
For SI: 1 gallon = 3.785 L, 1 pound = 0.454 kg
a. 20 gallons when Table 5003.1.1 (1) Note k applies and hazard identification signs in
accordance with Section 5003.5 are provided for quantities of 20 gallons or less.
b. 200 pounds when Table 5003.1.1 (1) Note k applies and hazard identification signs in
accordance with Section 5003.5 are provided for quantities of 200 pounds or less.
105.6.25 Lumber Yards and Woodworking Plants. An operational permit is required

for the storage or processing of lumber exceeding 100,000 board feet (8,333 ft3) (236
m3).
105.6.26 Liquid- or Gas-Fueled Vehicles or Equipment in Assembly Buildings. An

operational permit is required to display, operate or demonstrate liquid- or gas-fueled
vehicles or equipment in assembly buildings.
105.6.27 LP-Gas. The use of liquefied petroleum gas is prohibited wherever natural gas
is available except where permitted by the code official. An operational permit is
required for the following storage and/or uses of LP-gas:
1. Each permanent installation irrespective of the size of the containers.
2. The storage of any number of portable containers awaiting use, refill, or sale
having a combined total of 60 pounds or more.
3. Any commercial cooking use.
4. Vending stands, vending carts or vehicles.
5. Tanks larger than 5 pounds used inside of any buildings.
6. Operation of cargo tankers that transport LP-gas.
Empty containers which have been used in LP-gas service and partially filled containers
shall be considered as a full container.

105.6.28 Magnesium. An operational permit is required to melt, cast, heat treat or grind
more than 10 pounds (4.54 kg) of magnesium.
105.6.29 Miscellaneous Combustible Storage. An operational permit is required to

store in any building or upon any premises in excess of 2,500 cubic feet (71m3) gross
volume of combustible empty packing cases, boxes, barrels or similar containers, rubber
tires, rubber, cork or similar combustible material.
105.6.30 Open Burning. An operational permit is required for the kindling or

maintaining of an open fire or a fire on any public street, alley, road, or other public or
private ground. Instructions and stipulations of the permit shall be adhered to.
Exception: Recreational fires.
105.6.31 Open Flames and Torches. An operational permit is required to remove paint
with a torch; or to use a torch or open-flame device in a wildfire risk area.
105.6.32 Open Flames and Candles. An operational permit is required to use open
flames or candles in connection with assembly areas, dining areas of restaurants or
drinking establishments.
Exceptions:
1. Places of religious worship.
2. Candles in restaurants.
105.6.33 Organic Coatings. An operational permit is required for any organic-coating

manufacturing operation producing more than 1 gallon (4 L) of an organic coating in one
day.
105.6.34 Assembly Group A. An operational permit is required for use of a building or

structure classified under Assembly Group A, as defined in Section 303 of the Building
Code.
Exception: Assembly uses with an occupant load of less than 100 persons.
105.6.35 Private Fire Hydrants. An operational permit is required for the removal from
service, use or operation of private fire hydrants, provided, however, that no permit
authorizing the installation of a private fire hydrant shall be approved without the
recordation of an agreement in the land records of the District of Columbia that satisfies
the requirements of the Private Fire Hydrant Act.
Exception: A permit is not required for private industry with trained maintenance

personnel, private fire brigade or fire departments to maintain test and use private
hydrants.
105.6.36 Pyrotechnic Special Effects Material. An operational permit is required for

use and handling of pyrotechnic special effects material.
105.6.37 Pyroxylin Plastics. An operational permit is required for storage or handling of

more than 25 pounds (11 kg) of cellulose nitrate (pyroxylin) plastics and for the assembly
or manufacture of articles involving pyroxylin plastics.
105.6.38 Refrigeration Equipment. An operational permit is required to operate a

mechanical refrigeration unit or system regulated by Chapter 6.
105.6.39 Repair Garages and Motor Fuel-Dispensing Facilities. An operational

permit is required for operation of repair garages and automotive, marine and fleet motor
fuel-dispensing facilities.
105.6.40 Rooftop Heliports. An operational permit is required for the operation of a

rooftop heliport.
105.6.41 Spraying or Dipping. An operational permit is required to conduct a spraying

or dipping operation utilizing flammable or combustible liquids or the application of
combustible powders regulated by Chapter 24.
105.6.42 Storage of Scrap Tires and Tire Byproducts. An operational permit is

required to establish, conduct or maintain storage of scrap tires and tire byproducts that
exceed 2,500 cubic feet (71m3) of total volume of scrap tires and for indoor storage of
tires and tire byproducts.
105.6.43 Temporary Membrane Structures and Tents. An operational permit is

required to operate an air-supported temporary membrane structure or a tent having an
area in excess of 400 square feet (37 m2).
Exceptions:
1. Tents used exclusively for recreational camping purposes.
2. Tents open on all sides, which comply with all of the following:
2.1. Individual tents having a maximum size of 700 square feet (65 m2).
2.2. The aggregate area of multiple tents placed side by side without a fire
break clearance of not less than 12 feet (3658 mm) shall not exceed 700
square feet (65 m2) total.

2.3. A minimum clearance of 12 feet (3658 mm) to structures and other tents
shall be provided.
105.6.44 Tire-Rebuilding Plants. An operational permit is required for the operation

and maintenance of a tire-rebuilding plant.
105.6.45 Waste Handling. An operational permit is required for the operation of

wrecking yards, junk yards and waste material-handling facilities.
105.6.46 Wood Products. An operational permit is required to store chips, hogged

material, lumber or plywood in excess of 200 cubic feet (6 m3).
105.6.47 Emergency Responder Radio Coverage Systems. An operational permit is

required for the installation and use of emergency responder radio coverage systems and
related equipment.
106 INSPECTIONS
106.1 Inspection authority. The code official is authorized to enter and examine any building,
structure, marine vessel, vehicle or premises in accordance with Section 104.3 for the purpose of
enforcing the Fire Code.
106.2 Inspections. The code official is authorized to conduct such inspections as are deemed
necessary to determine the extent of compliance with the provisions of the Fire Code and to
approve reports of inspection by approved agencies or individuals. All reports of such
inspections shall be prepared and submitted in writing for review and approval. Inspection
reports shall be certified by a responsible officer of such approved agency or by the responsible
individual. The code official is authorized to engage such expert opinion as deemed necessary to
report upon unusual, detailed or complex technical issues.
106.2.1 Inspection Requests. It shall be the duty of the holder of the permit or their duly
authorized agent to notify the code official when work is ready for inspection. It shall be
the duty of the permit holder to provide access to and means for inspections of such work
that are required by the Fire Code.
106.3 Approvals. Approval as the result of an inspection shall not be construed to be an

approval of a violation of the provisions of the Fire Code or of other laws or regulations of the
District of Columbia. Inspections presuming to give authority to violate or cancel provisions of
the Fire Code or of other laws or regulations of the District shall not be valid.
107 MAINTENANCE
107.1 Maintenance of Safeguards. Whenever or wherever any device, equipment, system,

condition, arrangement, level of protection, or any other feature is required for compliance with
the provisions of the Fire Code, or otherwise installed, such device, equipment, system,
condition, arrangement, level of protection, or other feature shall thereafter be continuously
maintained in accordance with the Fire Code and applicable referenced standards.
107.2 Testing and Operation. Equipment requiring periodic testing or operation to ensure
maintenance shall be tested or operated as specified in the Fire Code.
107.2.1 Test and Inspection Records. Required test and inspection records shall be
available to the code official at all times, and such records as designated shall be filed
with the code official.
107.2.2 Reinspection and Testing. Where any work or installation does not pass an
initial test or inspection, the necessary corrections shall be made so as to achieve
compliance with the Fire Code. The work or installation shall then be resubmitted to the
code official for inspection and testing.
107.3 Supervision. Maintenance and testing shall be under the supervision of a responsible
person who shall ensure that such maintenance and testing is conducted at specified intervals in
accordance with the Fire Code.
107.4 Rendering Equipment Inoperable. Portable or fixed fire-extinguishing systems or

devices and fire-warning systems shall not be rendered inoperative or inaccessible except as
necessary during emergencies, maintenance, repairs, alterations, drills or prescribed testing.
107.5 Overcrowding. Overcrowding or admittance of any person beyond the approved capacity
of a building or a portion thereof shall not be allowed. The code official, upon finding any
overcrowding conditions or obstructions in aisles, passageways or other means of egress, or upon
finding any condition which constitutes a life safety hazard, shall be authorized to cause the
event to be stopped until such condition or obstruction is corrected.
108 APPEALS
108.1 Right of Appeal. Any person directly affected by a notice or order issued under this Fire
Code shall have the right to appeal to the Office of Administrative Hearings, pursuant to the
Office of Administrative Hearings Establishment Act of 2001, effective March 6, 2002 (D.C.
Law 14-76; D.C. Official Code § 2-1831.01 et seq. (2012 Repl.)) and regulations promulgated
thereunder. The appeal shall be filed within 15 days of the date of service of the notice or order.
An appeal shall be based on a claim that the true intent of the Fire Code has been incorrectly
interpreted, the provisions of the code do not fully apply, or the requirements of the Fire Code
are adequately satisfied by other means.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, OAH review of a notice or order to close or vacate a residential
premises issued pursuant to Section 110 shall be based solely on the issue of whether the

premises are unsafe or unfit for occupancy requiring a building closure under the provisions of
Section 110 of the Fire Code; and OAH review of a notice or order to close or vacate a
residential premises issued pursuant to Section 111 shall be based solely on the issue of whether
the code official’s building closure decision was arbitrary and capricious.
108.1.2 Expedited OAH hearing for Section 110 closure orders. Where a notice or
order to close or vacate a residential premises is issued pursuant to Section 111, a tenant
or occupant of the premises affected by the closure has a right to request an expedited
1. The tenant or occupant shall file the request for an expedited hearing with OAH
no later than the date specified in the closure order for tenants or occupants to
vacate the structure or unit;
2. OAH review shall be based solely on the issue of whether the premises are unsafe
or unfit for occupancy requiring a building closure under the provisions of Section
110 of the Fire Code;
3. Enforcement of the closure notice or order shall be stayed until OAH issues a
written decision; and
4. OAH shall hold a hearing within 72 hours of receipt of a timely request, and shall
issue a decision within 72 hours after the hearing record is closed. In determining
the 72-hour period, weekends and legal holidays shall be excluded.
Nothing herein shall be construed to authorize an expedited hearing for any notices or
orders issued, or actions taken, pursuant to Section 111.
108.1.3 Section 111 closure or imminently dangerous orders and notices. Appeal of a
closure notice or order issued pursuant to Section 110, or a request for an expedited
hearing pursuant to 108.1.2, shall not preclude the code official from issuing a notice or
order pursuant to Section 111 for the same premises or structure, while such appeal or
hearing is pending.
108.2 Stay of Action. Appeals of notices or orders shall stay the enforcement of the notice or
order until the appeal is heard by the Office of Administrative Hearings.
Exceptions:
1. Notices or orders issued pursuant to Section 1110 Emergency Measures.
2. Closure notices or orders issued pursuant to Section 110, and related orders to vacate
premises, except where the tenant or occupant has requested an expedited OAH hearing
in accordance with Section 108.1.2.

3. Stop work orders issued pursuant to Section 109.6.
108.3 Unsafe Conditions; Emergency Measures. Any person ordered to take emergency
measures or to correct unsafe conditions shall comply with such order forthwith. Any affected
person may thereafter pursue his, her or its right of appeal pursuant to Section 108.1.
109 VIOLATIONS
109.1 Unlawful acts. It shall be unlawful for a person, firm or corporation to erect, construct,
alter, repair, remove, demolish or utilize a building, occupancy, premises or system regulated by
the Fire Code, or cause same to be done, in conflict with or in violation of any of the provisions
of the Fire Code.
109.2 Notice of violation or order. When the code official finds a building, premises, vehicle,
storage facility or outdoor area that is in violation of the Fire Code, the code official is
authorized to prepare a written notice of violation or order describing the conditions deemed
unsafe and, when compliance is not immediate, specifying a time for re-inspection.
109.2.1 Service. A notice of violation or order issued pursuant to the Fire Code shall be
served upon the owner, operator, occupant, or other person responsible for the condition
or violation, in accordance with the service provisions set forth in 12 DCMR A, §
113.2.1, which are incorporated herein by reference.
109.2.2 Special notification provisions for residential premises. Where a notice or

order is issued to the owner of a residential premises with respect to a dwelling unit
occupied by a tenant, the code official shall provide such tenant with a copy of the notice
or order. This requirement will be satisfied by mailing a copy to the tenant by first-class
mail, leaving a copy at the tenant’s residence or any other reasonable method in the code
official’s discretion.
109.2.2.1 Notification for multiple tenants. In any instance where a notice or

order affects more than one tenant of a residential building or dwelling, including
notices or orders involving common space, the code official shall post a copy of
any notice or order issued to the owner for a reasonable time in one or more
locations within the building or buildings in which the violation exists. The
locations for posting the notification shall be reasonably selected to give notice to
all tenants affected. Any tenant directly affected by the violation(s) shall, upon
request to the code official, be sent a copy of the posted notification.
109.2.2.1.1 Building Closures. Where the code official (a) issues an

order or notice to close and barricade a residential structure or dwelling
unit, pursuant to Section 110, or (b) posts a closure or imminently
dangerous order or notice pursuant to Section 111, in addition to posting

the notice or order as provided in 109.2.2.1, the code official shall provide
a copy of the notice or order to each tenant affected by the notice or order
by leaving a copy at each dwelling unit or any other reasonable method in
the code official’s discretion.
109.2.2.2 Exclusivity of tenant notice provisions. The code official shall

not be subject to any other tenant notification provisions, except as
expressly set forth in this Section 109.2.2.
109.2.3 Failure to Issue a Notice. Issuance of a notice of violation pursuant to this

section is at the discretion of the code official. Failure to give a notice of violation shall
not be a bar to any criminal prosecution, civil action, or civil infraction proceeding
brought under the Fire Code.
109.2.4 Compliance with Orders and Notices. A notice of violation or order issued or
served as provided by the Fire Code shall be complied with by the owner, operator,
occupant or other person responsible for the condition or violation to which the notice of
violation or order pertains.
109.2.5 Prosecution of Collateral Fines and Other Violations. If the notice of

violation is not complied with as specified by the code official, the code official may
issue a collateral notice, or civil infraction. If violations are not corrected as specified, a
request may be made to the District of Columbia Office of the Attorney General to
institute the appropriate legal proceedings to restrain, correct or abate the violation or
require removal or termination of the unlawful use of the building or structure in
violation of the provisions of the Fire Code or of any related order or direction. The code
official may request a law enforcement officer to make arrests for any offense cited in the
Fire Code or orders of the code official affecting the immediate safety of the public.
109.2.6 Unauthorized Tampering. Signs, tags or seals posted or affixed by the code
official shall not be mutilated, destroyed, obstructed, tampered with or removed without
authorization from the code official.
109.3 Violation Penalties. Any person, firm, or corporation violating any of the provisions of
the Fire Code or failing to comply with any order issued pursuant to any section of the Fire
Code, upon conviction thereof shall be punished by a fine of not more than $300 or
imprisonment for not more than 90 days, or both. Each day that a violation continues, after a
service of notice as provided in the Fire Code, shall be deemed a separate offense.
109.4 Civil Infractions. Civil fines, penalties, and fees may be imposed as alternative sanctions
for any infraction of the provisions of the Fire Code, or any rules or regulations issued under
authority of the Fire Code or pursuant to Title I-III of the Department of Consumer and
Regulatory Affairs Civil Infractions Act of 1985 (D.C. Law 6-42, D.C. Official Code § 2-
1801.01 et seq. (2012 Repl.)) (“Civil Infractions Act”). Notices of infraction shall be issued in

accordance with the procedures and fine amounts set forth in Section 201 of the Civil Infractions
Act and Title 16 of the DCMR.
109.5 Abatement of Violation. In addition to the imposition of the penalties herein described,
the code official is authorized to institute appropriate action to prevent unlawful construction or
to restrain, correct or abate a violation; or to prevent illegal occupancy of a structure or premises;
or to stop an illegal act, conduct of business or occupancy of a structure on or about any
premises.
109.6 Stop work order. Whenever the code official finds any work regulated by the Fire Code
being performed in a manner contrary to the provisions of the Fire Code or in a dangerous or
unsafe manner, the code official is authorized to issue a stop work order.
109.6.1. Form of stop work order. A stop work order shall be in writing, in a form
prescribed by the code official, and shall be given to the owner of the property, or to the
owner’s agent, or to the person doing the work. If the stop work order cannot be
delivered personally, notice shall be effected by posting the stop work order in or about
the structure affected by such notice as provided in Section 109.6.1.1. Upon issuance of
a stop work order, the cited work shall immediately cease, except such work as that
person is directed to perform by the code official to remove a violation or unsafe
condition. The stop work order shall state the reason for the order, and the conditions
under which the cited work is authorized to resume. The stop work order shall state the
address of the property and the specific section or sections of the Fire Code violated. It
shall also contain a description of the right to appeal the order and how to obtain an
appeal form. No stop work order shall be issued nor considered valid unless it contains
all of the above information, along with the signature of the issuing official.
109.6.1.1 Posting of stop work order. Regardless of how service is effected, the
code official shall post the stop work order in a conspicuous location, visible to
the public and other government officials, in or about the building, structure or
premises affected by the stop work order.
109.6.1.2 Removal or obstruction of a posted stop work order. Unauthorized

removal or obstruction of a posted stop work order is a violation of the
Construction Codes, and is subject to the penalties provided in D.C. Official Code
§ 6-1406 (2012 Repl.) and the injunctive relief set out in D.C. Official Code § 6-
1407 (2012 Repl.).
109.6.1.3 Access required to post a stop work order. Where the code official
requires access into a structure to post a stop work order, the owner of the
structure, or his or her agent, must provide the required access within 24 hours
after receiving written notice from the code official pursuant to Section 109.6.1
109.6.2 Emergencies. Where an emergency or imminently dangerous condition exists,

the code official shall not be required to give a written notice prior to stopping the work.
109.6.3 Failure to comply. Any person who shall continue any work after a stop work
order has been posted , except such work as that person is directed to perform to remove a
violation or unsafe condition, shall be subject to the penalties set forth in D.C. Official
Code § 6-1406 (2012 Repl.) and the injunctive relief set out in D.C. Official Code § 6-
1407 (2012 Repl.).
109.6.3.1 Owner and/or designated agent responsible for ensuring

compliance with stop work order. The owner of the property, or his or her
agent, serving as the contractor of record, shall be deemed to have violated the
stop work order where his or her subordinate employees, workers, and sub-
contractors do not comply with the requirements of the stop work order.
109.6.3.2 Code official may seek a warrant for violation of stop work order.
Upon finding that the requirements of a stop work order have been violated,
including the removal of a stop work order, the code official may request the
Office of the Attorney General for the District of Columbia to institute
appropriate proceedings which may include the arrest and prosecution of the
owner or agent.
109.6.4 Appeal of stop work order. The property owner, his or her agent, or the person
responsible for the work cited in a stop work order, may initiate an appeal within the
Department from a stop work order. Claimants shall appeal using a form provided by the
code official, on which they shall state the grounds for the appeal, which shall be based
on a claim that the Fire Code or the rules legally adopted thereunder, have been
incorrectly interpreted or applied, or the requirements of the Fire Code are adequately
satisfied by other means. The appeal shall be filed within 15 days after the date on which
the stop work order is posted.
109.6.4.1 Action on appeal. Within 10 business days after the date of receipt of
the appeals form, the code official shall affirm, modify, or reverse the previous
action or decision. The decision of the code official shall be the final decision of
the Department. If the code official denies the appeal, or does not act upon the
appeal within the 10 business day period, the decision will be deemed affirmed
and the claimant may appeal the matter directly to the Office of Administrative
Hearings, as provided for in Section 108.
109.6.4.2 Stay of action. The filing of an appeal does not stay the effect of a stop
work order.
110.1 General. If during the inspection of a premises, a building or structure or any building

system, in whole or in part, or existing equipment constitutes a clear and inimical threat to
human life, safety or health, the code official shall issue such notice or orders to remove or
remedy the conditions as shall be deemed necessary in accordance with this section and shall
notify the building code official of any repairs, alterations, remodeling, removing or demolition
required.
110.1.1 Unsafe Conditions. Structures or existing equipment that are or hereafter

become unsafe or deficient because of inadequate means of egress, or which constitute a
fire hazard, or are otherwise dangerous to human life or the public welfare, or which
involve illegal or improper occupancy or inadequate maintenance, shall be deemed
unsafe conditions. A vacant structure which is not secured against unauthorized entry as
required by Section 311 shall be deemed unsafe.
110.1.2 Structural Hazards. When an apparent structural hazard is caused by the faulty
installation, operation or malfunction of any of the items or devices governed by the Fire
Code, the code official shall immediately notify the building code official in accordance
with Section 110.1.
110.1.3 Special Measures. Temporary special fire protection measures shall be taken
when adequate fire protection is not being provided or hazardous or dangerous conditions
exist. Installation of special fire protection equipment is one of the available special
measures. Special fire protection equipment shall be installed in accordance with the
requirements of the Fire Code and the Building Code.
110.2 Evacuation. The code official or the fire department official in charge of an incident shall
be authorized to order the immediate evacuation of any occupied building deemed unsafe when
such building has hazardous conditions that present imminent danger to building occupants.
Persons so notified shall immediately leave the structure or premises and shall not enter or re-
enter until authorized to do so by the code official or the fire department official in charge of the
incident.
110.3 Summary Abatement. Where conditions exist that violate the Fire Code and are deemed
hazardous to life and property, the code official or fire department official in charge of the
incident is authorized to abate summarily such hazardous conditions.
110.4 Abatement. The owner, operator or occupant of a premises, including any buildings or
structures thereon, deemed unsafe by the code official shall abate or cause to be abated or
corrected such unsafe conditions either by repair, rehabilitation, demolition or other approved
corrective action.
110.5 Owner/Tenant Responsibility. The owner of a premises, including any structures and
buildings thereon, shall be responsible for the safe and proper maintenance of the premises at all
times in compliance with Fire Code requirements, except as otherwise provided in this code.
Occupants are responsible for keeping that part of the premises which they occupy and control in

a safe condition. In existing buildings, the fire protection equipment systems or devices, means
of egress and safeguards required by the Fire Code or a previous statute, code or other District of
Columbia municipal regulation, shall be maintained in good working order. If an owner, tenant
or other legitimate occupant of a premises, including any building or structure thereon, creates
conditions in violation of the Fire Code by virtue of storage, handling and use of substances,
materials, devices and appliances, the owner, tenant or occupant shall be held responsible for the
abatement of said hazardous conditions.`
110.6 Special provisions for residential building closures. Where the code official issues an
order or notice to close and barricade a residential building or dwelling unit pursuant to Section
110, the following additional provisions shall apply.
1. The notice or order shall specify a date by which tenants or occupants are required to
vacate the residential building or dwelling unit.
2. The notice or order shall include a statement informing tenants or occupants of the
building or unit of the right to appeal pursuant to Section 108 of the Fire Code, including,
where applicable, the right to an expedited hearing pursuant to Section 108.1.2.
3. A copy of the notice or order shall be provided to tenants in accordance with Section
109.2.2.
4. The notice shall provide contact information for the Office of the Tenant Advocate.
111.1 Imminent Danger. The code official is hereby authorized and empowered to order and
require the occupants to vacate the premises forthwith when, in the opinion of the code official,
any work, operations, processes or conditions regulated by the Fire Code create an imminent
danger to building occupants or those in the proximity of any premises because of: the hazard of
fire and explosion arising from the storage, handling or use of structures, materials or devices;
fire hazards in the structure or on the premises from occupancy or operation; conditions affecting
the safety of fire fighters and emergency responders during emergency operations; or conditions
hazardous to life, property or public welfare. The code official shall cause to be posted at each
entrance to such structure a notice reading as follows: “This Structure Is Unsafe and Its
Occupancy Has Been Prohibited by the [code official].” It shall be unlawful for any person to
enter such structure except for the purpose of securing the structure, making the required repairs,
removing the hazardous condition or of demolishing the same.
111.2 Temporary Safeguards. Whenever, in the opinion of the code official, there is imminent
danger due to an unsafe condition, the code official is authorized to order the necessary work to
be done, including the boarding up of openings, to render such structure or premises temporarily
safe whether or not the legal procedures set forth in Section 109 have been instituted; and shall
further cause such other action to be taken as the code official deems necessary to meet such

emergency.
111.3 Closing Streets. When necessary for the public safety, the code official is authorized to
111.4 Emergency Repairs. For the purposes of this section, the code official shall employ the
111.5 Costs of Emergency Repairs. Where the code official causes emergency work to be done
work shall be paid from appropriations of the District of Columbia on certification of the code
official and shall be assessed as a tax against the property on which the emergency work or
repairs were performed, carried as a tax on the regular tax rolls, and collected in the same
manner as real estate taxes are collected.
111.6 Special Provisions Applicable to Residential Premises. Where the code official posts a
closure or imminently dangerous notice or order pursuant to Section 111, the code official is
authorized to order all tenants or occupants to vacate the imminently dangerous structure or
dwelling unit. The notice or order shall include the time by which the premises must be vacated,
provided that tenants and occupants shall be given at least 24 hours to vacate, unless the code
official determines that tenants and occupants must leave the premises immediately for their
personal safety. If any tenant or occupant fails to vacate the structure or unit within the time
specified in the notice or order, the code official is authorized to order removal of the tenant or
occupant from the structure or unit.
111.6.1 Additional provisions for residential building closures. Where the code
official posts a closure or imminently dangerous order or notice in a residential structure
or dwelling unit pursuant to Section 111, the following additional provisions shall apply.
1. The notice or order shall specify a date by which tenants or occupants are
required to vacate the residential building or dwelling unit.
2. The notice or order shall include a statement informing tenants or occupants of

the building or unit of the right to appeal pursuant to Section 108.1 of the Fire
Code.
3. A copy of the notice or order shall be provided to tenants in accordance with

Section 109.2.2.
4. The notice shall provide contact information for the Office of the Tenant
Advocate.
111.6.2 Other rental housing provisions. The removal of tenants from imminently

dangerous premises, or the service of an order to vacate, pursuant to this Section 111
3505.01 (2012 Repl.). Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall be construed
to nullify or abrogate any other rights to which a tenant is entitled under District laws or
regulations, including relocation assistance, the right to reoccupy the rental unit following
rehabilitation, or the right to pursue rights and remedies under D.C. Official Code, Title
42, Chapter 34.
111.7 Appeals. Imminent danger notices and orders, and other orders and notices issued
pursuant to Section 111, are appealable to OAH pursuant to Section 108, but any appeal shall not
stay the enforcement of the notice or order. Any person ordered to take emergency measures or
actions shall comply with such order forthwith. The expedited hearing procedures set forth in
Section 108.1.2 shall not apply to orders and notices issued pursuant to Section 111.
112 SERVICE UTILITIES
112.1 Authority to Disconnect Service Utilities. The code official shall have the authority to
authorize disconnection of utility service to a building, structure or system in order to safely
execute emergency operations or to eliminate an immediate hazard. The code official shall
notify the serving utility and, whenever possible, the owner and occupant of the building,
structure or service system of the decision to disconnect prior to taking such action if not notified
prior to disconnection. The owner or occupant of the building, structure or service system shall
be notified in writing as soon as practical thereafter.
113 FEES
113.1 Fees. A permit shall not be issued until the applicable fees have been paid, nor shall an
amendment to a permit be released until the additional fee, if any, has been paid.
113.2 Fee Schedule. A fee for each plan examination, permit and inspection shall be paid in
accordance with the applicable fee schedule published in the D.C. Register, as amended from
time to time.
113.3 Work Commencing Before Permit Issuance. Any person who commences any work,
activity or operation regulated by the Fire Code before obtaining the necessary permits shall be
subject to an additional fee, which shall be in addition to the required permit fees.
113.4 Related Fees. The payment of the fee for the construction, alteration, removal or
demolition of work done in connection to or concurrently with the work or activity authorized by
a permit shall not relieve the applicant or holder of the permit from the payment of other fees that
are prescribed by law.

202 Definitions
202 DEFINITIONS
Insert a new definition in Section 202 of the Fire Code to read as follows:
SKY LANTERN. An unmanned device designed to carry an open flame as an airborne

decorative device and/or light. Also known as kongming lantern, wish lantern, sky candle, fire
balloon or aerial luminaries.

PART II GENERAL SAFETY PROVISIONS
CHAPTER 3 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
308 Open Flames
308 OPEN FLAMES
Strike Section 308.1.4 of the International Fire Code in its entirety and insert new Section
308.1.4 to the Fire Code in its place to read as follows:
308.1.4 Open-flame cooking devices. Charcoal burners and other open-flame cooking
devices shall not be operated on balconies or within 10 feet (3048mm) of any building or
combustible construction.
Exceptions:
1. Detached single-family dwellings.
2. Where buildings, balconies and decks are protected by an automatic sprinkler

system.
3. Natural gas grills approved and installed in accordance with the Construction
Codes, provided that such grills are installed on a non-combustible surface and
located 10 feet (3048 mm) or more from any combustible construction.
Insert new Section 308.1.6.3 in the Fire Code to read as follows:
308.1.6.3 Sky Lanterns. The lighting of, use, and release of untethered sky lanterns is
prohibited.

PART III BUILDING AND EQUIPMENT DESIGN FEATURES
CHAPTER 5 FIRE SERVICE FEATURES
507 Fire Protection Water Supplies

508 Fire Command Center
507 FIRE PROTECTION WATER SUPPLIES
507.5.2 in the Fire Code in its place to read as follows:
507.5.2 Inspection, testing and maintenance. Fire hydrant systems shall be subject to
periodic tests as required by the fire code official. Fire hydrant systems shall be
maintained in an operative condition at all times and shall be repaired where defective.
Additions, repairs, alterations and servicing shall comply with approved standards.
Approved markings such as color, status rings, and flow rating bands shall be provided
and maintained for all fire hydrants in accordance with the requirements of the fire code
official.
507.5.2.1 Private fire hydrant systems. Private fire hydrant systems shall
comply with the Private Fire Hydrant Act of 2010, effective March 31, 2011
(D.C. Law 18-337; D.C. Official Code § 34-2410.01 et. seq. (2012 Repl.)
(“Private Fire Hydrant Act”).
508 FIRE COMMAND CENTER
Strike Sections 508.1 through 508.1.5 of the International Fire Code in their entirety and insert
new Sections 508.1 through 508.1.5 in the Fire Code in their place to read as follows:
508.1 General. Where required by other sections of this code and in all high-rise buildings, a
fire command center for fire department operations shall be provided and shall comply with
Sections 508.1.1 through 508.1.5.
508.1.1 Location and access. The fire command center shall be directly accessible from
the exterior on the address side of the building; or, where approved by the code official in
consultation with the Fire Chief, in an interior location which has direct access from the
entrance lobby on the address side of the building.
508.1.1.1 Identification. The entrance door to the fire command center shall be
illuminated and clearly marked “Fire Command Center” with letters a minimum
of 3 inches (76 mm) in height on a contrasting background. In instances where
the fire command center is not located near the building’s main entrance, a sign

indicating the location of the fire control room shall be conspicuously posted near
the building’s main entrance.
508.1.1.2 Prohibited use. Electrical, mechanical or plumbing equipment other

than those associated with the fire command center, shall not be located within the
fire command center. The fire command center shall not be used for other than its
intended use unless approved by the Fire Chief.
508.1.1.3 Locking arrangements. The fire command center shall be secured

from unauthorized entry and shall be accessible to the Department at all times.
508.1.1.4 Access. Where access to the fire command center from the building’s
exterior is restricted because of secured openings, a key box-in accordance with
Section 506 of the Fire Code shall be installed at the building’s main entrance or
other approved location for Department access. The key box shall be of an
approved type and shall contain keys to gain necessary access to the building and
fire command center as required by the code official in consultation with the Fire
Chief.
508.1.2 Separation. The fire command center shall be separated from the remainder of
the building by not less than a 1-hour fire barrier constructed in accordance with Section
707 of the Building Code or horizontal assembly constructed in accordance with Section
711 of the Building Code, or both.
508.1.3 Size. The fire command center shall be of sufficient size to accommodate all
equipment and features required by this section but not less than 96 square feet (8.9 m²).
A minimum clear aisle width of 48 inches (1220 mm) shall be provided in front of all
equipment panels.
508.1.4 Layout approval. A layout of the fire command center and all features required
by this section to be contained therein shall be submitted for approval prior to
installation.
508.1.5 Required features. The fire command center shall comply with NFPA 72 and
shall contain the following features:
1. The emergency voice/alarm communication system control unit.
2. The fire department communications system.
3. Fire detection and alarm system annunciator.
4. Annunciator unit visually indicating the location of the elevators and whether they
are operational.

5. The fire-fighter’s control panel required by Section 909.16 for smoke control
systems installed in the building.
6. Controls for unlocking stairway doors simultaneously.
7. Sprinkler valve and water-flow detector display panels.
8. Emergency and standby power status indicators.
9. A telephone for Department use with controlled access to the public telephone
system.
10. Fire pump status indicators.
11. Schematic building plans indicating the typical floor plan and detailing the
building core, means of egress, fire protection systems, fire-fighting equipment
and fire department access, and other building features affecting emergency
response. The schematic plans shall be readily accessible, diagrammatic in
nature, and fabricated of durable material or provided with a protective cover and
bound in one set.
12. A copy of the facility’s Fire Safety Plans and Fire Evacuation Plans that are
prepared and maintained in accordance-with the Fire Code.
13. Generator supervision devices, manual start and transfer features.
14. Public address system, where specifically required by other sections of this code.
15. Elevator fire recall switch in accordance with ASME A17.1.
16. Elevator emergency or standby power selector switch(es), where emergency or

standby power is provided.
17. An approved Building Information Card that contains, but is not limited to, the
following information:
17.1. General building information that includes: property name, address, the
number of floors in the building (above and below grade), use and
occupancy classification (for mixed uses, identify the different types of
occupancies on each floor), estimated building population (i.e., day, night,
weekend);
17.2. Building emergency contact information that includes: a list of the

building’s emergency contacts (e.g., building manager, building engineer,
etc.) and their respective work phone number, cell phone number, and
email address;
17.3. Building construction information that includes: the type of building

construction (e.g., floors, walls, columns, and roof assembly);
17.4. Exit stair information that includes: number of exit stairs in the building,
each exit stair designation and floors served, location where each exit stair
discharges, exit stairs that are pressurized, exit stairs provided with
emergency lighting, each exit stair that allows reentry, exit stairs
providing roof access;
17.5 Elevator information that includes: number of elevator banks, elevator

bank designation, elevator car numbers and respective floors that they
serve, location of elevator machine rooms, location of sky lobby, location
of freight elevator banks;
17.6. Building services and system information that includes: location of

mechanical rooms, location of building management system, location and
capacity of all fuel oil tanks, location of emergency generator, location of
natural gas service;
17.7. Fire protection system information that includes: locations of standpipes,

location of fire pump room, location of fire department connections, floors
protected by automatic sprinklers, location of different types of sprinkler
systems installed (e.g., dry, wet, pre-action, etc.); and
17.8. Hazardous material information that includes: location of hazardous

material, quantity of hazardous material.

CHAPTER 6 BUILDING SERVICES AND SYSTEMS
601 General
604 Emergency and Standby Power Systems
601 GENERAL
Strike Section 601.2 of the International Fire Code in its entirety and insert new Section 601.2 in
the Fire Code in its place to read as follows:
602.1 Permits. Permits shall be obtained for refrigeration systems and battery systems as set
forth in Section 105.6.
604 EMERGENCY AND STANDBY POWER SYSTEMS
604.5.1 in its place in the Fire Code to read as follows:
604.5.1. Activation test. An activation test of the emergency lighting equipment

shall be completed annually. The activation test shall ensure the emergency
lighting activates automatically upon normal electrical disconnect and stays
sufficiently illuminated for a minimum of 30 seconds.
(No change to Section 604.5.1.1 of the International Fire Code.)

903 Automatic Sprinkler Systems

905 Standpipe Systems
906 Portable Fire Extinguishers
907 Fire Alarm and Detection Systems
908 Emergency Alarm Systems
909 Smoke Control Systems
914 Fire Protection Based on Special Detailed Requirements of Use and Occupancy
903 AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEMS
903.4.2 to the Fire Code in its place to read as follows:
903.4.2 Alarms. An approved audible device, located on the exterior of the building in
an approved location, shall be connected to each automatic sprinkler system. Such
sprinkler water-flow alarm devices shall be activated by water flow equivalent to the flow
of a single sprinkler of the smallest orifice size installed in the system. Where a fire
alarm system is installed, actuation of the automatic sprinkler system shall actuate the
building fire alarm system.
Exception: An alarm device shall not be required on the exterior of the building
when the sprinkler system is monitored by an approved central station, remote
supervising station or proprietary supervising station in accordance with NFPA 72.
905 STANDPIPE SYSTEMS
Strike Section 905.2 of the International Fire Code in its entirety and insert new Section 905.2 to
905.2 Installation standard. Standpipe systems shall be installed in accordance with this
section and NFPA 14.
Exceptions:
1. The residual pressure of 100 psi for 2½-inch hose connection and 65 psi for 1½-inch hose
connection is not required to be greater than 65 psi in buildings equipped throughout with
an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1, where the highest
floor level is not more than 150 feet above the lowest level of fire department vehicle
access.
2. No fire pump shall be required provided that the standpipes are capable of a minimum

250 gallons per minute (gpm) at 65 psi to the topmost floor in buildings equipped
throughout with an automatic sprinkler system, or a minimum of 500 gpm at 65 psi to the
topmost floor in all other buildings, from the lowest level of fire department vehicle
access.
905.3.1 Building height. Class III standpipe systems shall be installed throughout
buildings where the floor level of the highest story is located more than 30 feet (9144
mm) above the lowest level of the fire department vehicle access, or where the floor level
of the lowest story is located more than 30 feet (9144 mm) below the highest level of fire
department vehicle access. In determining the lowest level of fire department vehicle
access for purposes of this section, recessed loading docks for four vehicles or less shall
be excluded. Conditions where topography makes access from the fire department
vehicle to the building impractical or impossible shall be excluded from the
determination of the lowest level or highest level of fire department vehicle access.
Exceptions:
1. Class I standpipes are allowed in buildings equipped throughout with an

automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.1.1 or 903.3.1.2.
2. Class I manual standpipes are allowed in open parking garages where the highest
floor is located not more than 150 feet (45 720 mm) above the lowest level of fire
department vehicle access.
3. Class I manual dry standpipes are allowed in open parking garages that are
subject to freezing temperatures, provided that the hose connections are located as
required for Class II standpipes in accordance with Section 905.5.
4. Class I standpipes are allowed in basements equipped throughout with an

5. Hose stations for use by the building occupants shall not be required, subject to
the approval of the Fire Chief, provided that each hose connection is 2 1/2 inches
(63.5 mm) and is equipped with a 2 ½-inch by 1 ½- inch (63.5 mm by 38.2 mm)
reducer and a cap attached with a chain.
906 PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS
Strike Section 906.1 of the International Fire Code in its entirety (without striking Table 906.1)
and insert new Section 906.1 in its place in the Fire Code to read as follows:

906.1 Where required. Portable fire extinguishers shall be installed in the following locations.
1. In Group A, B, E, F, H, I, M, R-1, R-2, R-4 and S occupancies, as required by the

code under which the building or space was permitted.
Exceptions:
1. In Group R-2 occupancies, portable fire extinguishers shall be required

only in locations specified in Items 2 through 6 where each dwelling unit
is provided with a portable fire extinguisher having a minimum rating of
1-A:10-B:C.
2. In Group E occupancies equipped throughout with quick-response

sprinklers, portable fire extinguishers shall be required only in locations
specified in Items 2 through 6.
2. Within 30 feet (9144 mm) of commercial cooking equipment.
3. In areas where flammable or combustible liquids are stored, used or dispensed.
4. On each floor of structures under construction, except Group R-3 occupancies, in

5. Where required by the Fire Code sections indicated in Table 906.1.
6. Special-hazard areas, including but not limited to laboratories, computer rooms

and generator rooms, where required by the fire code official.
(No change to Table 906.1.)
907 FIRE ALARM AND DETECTION SYSTEMS
907.3.3 Elevator emergency operation. Automatic fire detectors and all fire alarm
system components installed for elevator emergency operation shall be installed in
accordance with the provisions of ASME A17.1 and NFPA 72. Smoke detectors shall
not be installed in unsprinklered elevator hoistways unless they are installed to activate
the elevator hoistway smoke relief equipment.
Strike Section 907.6.3.1 of the International Fire Code in its entirety and insert new Sections
907.6.3.1 through 907.6.3.1.1.2.1 to the Fire Code in its place to read as follows:

907.6.3.1 Zoning indicator panel. A zoning indicator panel and the associated controls
shall be provided in an approved location that is readily discernible and readily accessible
to the responding fire department. The visual zone indication shall lock in until the
system is reset and shall not be canceled by the operation of an audible alarm-silencing
switch. Zoning indicator panels shall include remote annunciator panels and zoning
displays that are integral to the fire alarm control equipment.
907.6.3.1.1 Remote annunciator panels. Where remote annunciator panels are

required, they shall be provided at the main entrance, at each designated fire
department entrance, and where specified by Section 907.6.3.1.1.2. Remote
annunciator panels shall be provided as follows:
907.6.3.1.1.1 Directory-style display. A directory-style annunciator shall

be provided in buildings with more than one story above or below grade
and in buildings with more than one zone per floor. The directory-style
annunciator shall consist of either an alpha-numeric LCD display or an
approved directory-style panel with individual lamps. As a minimum, the
annunciator shall indicate related floor, zone and status conditions using
readily identifiable designations in plain English text.
Exception: Where a graphic display with individual lamps is

provided in accordance with Section 907.6.3.1.1.2.1.
907.6.3.1.1.2 Graphic display. A graphic annunciator display shall be

provided at the main entrance, and in the fire command center or at the
fire alarm control panel location where there is no fire command center,
for buildings of the following types:
1. High-rise buildings.
2. Covered mall buildings.
3. Nursing homes and hospitals.
4. Buildings of any occupancy where three or more exits are provided

per floor level above or below the level of exit discharge.
5. Buildings comprised of more than one street address with separate

entrances.
6. Buildings with Group A occupancies of greater than 1,000 persons.
907.6.3.1.1.2.1 Graphic display features. Graphic annunciator

displays shall consist of an integrated graphic annunciator panel or

where approved in buildings not more than four stories above or
two stories below the fire department entrance, a directory-style
annunciator panel with a permanently mounted graphic diagram.
Graphic annunciator displays shall be fabricated of a durable
material and shall incorporate the following features:
1. A graphic diagram that identifies:
1.1. Building address.
1.2. North arrow.
1.3. Building floor plan outline of each general type,

where the orientation of each diagram is
consistent with the annunciator location.
1.4. Fire alarm zoning.
1.5. Location of exit stairways, labeled with

designations that are consistent with Section
1022.9 and labeled to indicate stairways that
provide roof access.
1.6. Location of elevator banks.
1.7. Location of elevator machine room.
1.8. Location of the annunciator with “YOU ARE

HERE” marker.
1.9. Location of fire command center or fire alarm

control equipment.
1.10. Location of fire department connections.
2. Individual lamps that identify each associated device,

floor, zone, and system status condition. Lamp colors
shall be coordinated with the associated system
conditions as follows: red for alarm; yellow or amber for
supervisory; and yellow or amber for system trouble.
Green lamps are permitted to indicate annunciator power
supervision. A push-button style switch shall be
provided for lamp test operation.

3. Audible alert sounder that locally annunciates alarm,
trouble, and supervisory conditions, with alert silencing-
switch that is accessible to authorized personnel only.
Exception: An audible sounder is not required for an

annunciator panel where the required audible
annunciation is provided by fire alarm control
equipment that is located adjacent to the annunciator.
908 EMERGENCY ALARM SYSTEMS
Strike Sections 908.1 and 908.2 of the International Fire Code in their entirety and insert new
Sections 908.1 and 908.2 in the Fire Code in their place to read as follows:
908.1 General. The systems required by this section shall be designed and installed in
accordance with the provisions of both this code and the Building Code. Before proceeding with
design, construction, installation, or use of systems required by Sections 908.2 through 908.6, the
owner shall request and participate in a coordination meeting with DCRA and the Fire
Department to determine the applicable code requirements. The meeting shall be attended by all
concerned parties, including, but not limited to, the owner, contractor, architect and design
professionals.
908.2 Group H occupancies; Group H-5 Occupancy. Emergency alarms for the detection and
notification of an emergency condition in Group H occupancies shall be provided as required in
Chapter 50. Emergency alarms for notification of an emergency condition in an HPM facility
shall be provided as required in Section 2703.12. A continuous gas-detection system shall be
provided for HPM gases in accordance with Section 2703.13.
909 SMOKE CONTROL SYSTEMS
Strike Section 909.16 of the International Fire Code and accompanying Exception; do not strike
Subsections 909.16.1 through 909.16.3 of the International Building Code. Insert new Section
909.16 and accompanying Exception in the Fire Code to read as follows:
909.16 Fire-fighter’s smoke control panel. A fire-fighter’s smoke control panel for fire
department emergency response purposes only shall be provided and shall include manual
control or override of automatic control for mechanical smoke systems. The panel shall be
located in a fire command center complying with Section 508 in high-rise buildings or buildings
with smoke-protected assembly seating. In all other buildings, the fire-fighter’s smoke control
panel shall be installed in an approved location adjacent to the fire alarm control panel. The fire-
fighter’s smoke control panel shall comply with Sections 909.16.1 through 909.16.3.
Exception: Where buildings are equipped with stair pressurization systems and/or elevator
hoistway venting systems or elevator hoistway pressurization systems and no mechanical

smoke control systems per Section 909 of the Building Code, the required manual controls
are permitted to be integral to the fire alarm control panel or located at another approved
location and are not required to comply with the provisions of Section 909.16.
Maintain Subsections 909.16.1 through 909.16.3 without any changes.
914 FIRE PROTECTION BASED ON SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS OF

USE AND OCCUPANCY
Strike Section 914.3.1.2, Water supply to required fire pumps, of the International Fire Code in
its entirety without substitution.

1003 General Means of Egress

1005 Means of Egress Sizing
1008 Doors, Gates and Turnstiles
1015 Exit and Exit Access Doorways
1022 Interior Exit Stairways and Ramps
1024 Luminous Egress Path Markings
1003 GENERAL MEANS OF EGRESS
Strike Section 1003.2 of the International Fire Code in its entirety and insert new Section 1003.2
in the Fire Code in its place to read as follows:
1003.2 Ceiling height. The means of egress shall have a ceiling height of not less than 7 feet
(2134 mm).
Exceptions:
1. Sloped ceilings in accordance with Section 1208.2 of the Building Code.
2. Ceilings of dwelling units and sleeping units within residential occupancies in accordance
with Section 1208.2 of the Building Code.
3. Allowable projections in accordance with Section 1003.3.
4. Stair headroom in accordance with Section 1009.5.
5. Door height in accordance with Section 1008.1.1.
6. Ramp headroom in accordance with Section 1010.6.2.
1005 MEANS OF EGRESS SIZING
Strike Section 1005.3.1 of the International Fire Code in its entirety and insert a new Section
1005.3.1 Stairways. The capacity, in inches (mm), of means of egress stairways shall be
calculated by multiplying the occupant load served by such stairway by a means of egress
capacity factor of 0.3 inch (7.6 mm) per occupant. Where stairways serve more than one
story, only the occupant load of each story considered individually shall be used in
calculating the required capacity of the stairways serving that story.

(mm), of the means of egress stairways shall be calculated by multiplying the
occupant load served by the stairway by a means of egress capacity factor of 0.2 inch
(5.1 mm) per occupant in buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler
system installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2.
Strike Section 1005.3.2 of the International Fire Code in its entirety and insert a new Section
1005.3.2 Other egress components. The capacity, in inches (mm), of means of egress
components other than stairways shall be calculated by multiplying the occupant load
served by such component by a means of egress capacity factor of 0.2 inch (5.1 mm) per
occupant.
(mm), of means of egress components other than stairways shall be calculated by
multiplying the occupant load served by such component by a means of egress
capacity factor of 0.15 inch (3.8 mm) per occupant in buildings equipped throughout
with an automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or
903.3.1.2
1008 DOORS, GATES AND TURNSTILES
Strike Section 1008.1.9.11 of the International Fire Code in its entirety and insert new Section
1008.1.9.11 to the Fire Code in its place to read as follows:
1008.1.9.11 Stairway doors. Interior stairway means of egress doors shall be

openable from both sides without the use of a key or special knowledge or effort.
Exceptions:
1. Stairway discharge doors shall be openable from the egress side and shall
only be locked from the opposite side.
2. This section shall not apply to doors arranged in accordance with Section
403.5.3 of the Building Code.
3. In stairways serving not more than four stories, doors are permitted to be
locked from the side opposite the egress side, provided they are openable
from the egress side and capable of being unlocked simultaneously
without unlatching upon a signal from the fire command center, if present,
or a signal by emergency personnel from a single location inside the main
entrance to the building.

4. Stairway exit doors shall be openable from the egress side and shall only
be locked from the opposite side in Group B, F, M and S occupancies
where the only interior access to the tenant space is from a single exit stair
where permitted in Section 1021.2.
5. Stairway exit doors shall be openable from the egress side and shall only
be locked from the opposite side in Group R-2 occupancies where the only
interior access to the dwelling unit is from a single exit stair where
permitted in Section 1021.2.
6. In buildings five or more stories in height, including existing buildings

without a fire command center complying with Section 508, doors are
permitted to be locked from the side opposite the egress side provided they
are unlocked without unlatching upon activation of the building’s fire
alarm system and the stairway is provided with a telephone or other two-
way communication system in accordance with Section 403.5.3 of the
Building Code.
1015 EXIT AND EXIT ACCESS DOORWAYS
1015.2.1 Two exits or exit access doorways. Where two exits or exit access doorways
are required from any portion of the exit access, the exit doors or exit access doorways
shall be placed a distance apart equal to not less than one-half of the length of the
maximum overall diagonal dimension of the building or area to be served measured in a
straight line between exit doors or exit access doorways. Interlocking or scissor stairs
shall be counted as one exit stairway.
Exceptions:
1. Where interior exit stairways are interconnected by a 1-hour fire-resistance-rated

corridor conforming to the requirements of Section 1018, the required exit
separation shall be measured along the shortest direct line of travel within the
corridor.
2. Where a building is equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in

accordance with Sections 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2, the separation distance of the
exit doors or exit access doorways shall not be less than one-fourth of the length
of the maximum overall diagonal dimension of the area served.
1022 INTERIOR EXIT STAIRWAYS AND RAMPS

1022.9 Stairway signage. Signs shall be provided in all interior exit stairways and ramps
connecting more than three stories, and for all interior exit stairways and ramps in buildings with
three or more interior exit stairways or ramps.
1022.9.1 Signs outside stairway. A sign complying with ICC A117.1 shall be provided
at each entrance to the exit stairway and ramp, identifying the stair or ramp with the
same designations used for the stairway identification signs in Section 1022.9.2.1. The
sign also shall state “EXIT” in raised characters and Braille in accordance with Section
1011.4 of the Fire Code.
1022.9.2 Signs inside stairway. Stairway identification signs, floor-level signs, and exit
discharge signs shall comply with the following requirements:
1022.9.2.1 Stairway identification signs. A stairway identification sign shall be

provided at each floor landing in the interior exit stairway and ramp designating the floor
level, the terminus of the top and bottom of the interior exit stairway and ramp and the
identification of the stair or ramp. The signage shall also identify the story of, and the
direction to, the exit discharge and the availability of roof access from the interior exit
stairway and ramp. The sign shall be located entirely between 5 feet (1524 mm) and 8
feet (2438 mm) above the floor landing in a position that is readily visible when the doors
are in the open and closed positions and located so that occupants egressing from floors
that are more remote from the exit discharge will face the sign frontally at some point in
their path of egress
Exception: Stairway identification signs are not required to identify the story of, and
direction to, the exit discharge in interior exit stairways and ramps that connect less
than three stories.
1022.9.2.1.1 Signage requirements. Stairway identification signs shall comply

with all of the following requirements:
1. The signs shall be a minimum size of 18 inches (457 mm) by 12 inches

(305 mm).
2. The word “STAIR” and the stair designation or “RAMP” and the ramp
designation shall consist of numerals and/or capital letters designating the
identification of the interior exit stairway and ramp. The characters shall
be a minimum of 1 1/2 inches (38 mm) in height but not greater than one-
third the height of the floor level identification characters.
3. The numerals or capital letters designating the floor level shall be a

minimum of 5 inches (127 mm) in height and located in the center of the
sign.
4. All other lettering and numbers shall be a minimum of 1 inch (25 mm) in
height but not greater than the stair or ramp identification characters.
5. The directional arrow shall be a minimum of 4 inches (102 mm) in length.
6. If the interior exit stairway or ramp provides access to the roof, the words
“FIRE DEPT. ROOF ACCESS” shall be displayed immediately after the
stair or ramp identification.
7. The signs shall identify floor levels, stairs and ramps by one or more
characters, using a designation that is consistent with the floor level, stair
and ramp designations used throughout the building.
8. Characters and their background shall have a non-glare finish. Characters

shall contrast with their background, with either light characters on a dark
background or dark characters on a light background.
9. The sign shall be of an approved design, and shall be durable and of a

material that complies with other sections of the Construction Codes.
Unless painted on the wall, the sign shall be securely fastened to the
structure.
1022.9.2.2 Floor-level signs. In addition to the stairway identification sign, a floor-level

sign in raised characters and Braille complying with ICC A117.1 shall be located at each
floor-level landing adjacent to the door leading from the interior exit stairway and ramp
into the corridor to identify the floor level.
1022.9.2.3 Exit discharge signs. A sign stating “EXIT” in raised characters and Braille
shall be located adjacent to the door to the exit discharge in accordance with Section
1011.4.
1024 LUMINOUS EGRESS PATH MARKINGS
Strike Section 1024 of the International Fire Code in its entirety without substitution.

CHAPTER 11 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS FOR EXISTING
BUILDINGS
1101 General
1102 Definitions
1103 Fire Safety Requirements for Existing Buildings
1104 Means of Egress for Existing Buildings
1101 GENERAL
1101.2 Intent. The intent of this chapter is to provide a minimum degree of fire and life safety
to persons occupying existing buildings. Existing buildings shall comply with the requirements
of the Building Code that applied at the time of construction, and any other D.C. laws which
apply to existing buildings. When the fire code official, in consultation with the building code
official, believes that an existing or newly presented condition in an existing building has
reduced compliance with the minimum degree of fire and life safety required by this chapter, the
fire code official may require that a life safety evaluation of that condition be prepared,
consistent with the requirements of Section 104.8.2. The life safety evaluation shall identify any
changes that are necessary to address the condition and restore compliance with the required
minimum degree of fire and life safety. The building shall be modified to comply with the
recommendations set forth in the approved evaluation; provided, that the modifications required
shall not exceed the minimum requirements of the Existing Building Code.
1103 FIRE SAFETY REQUIREMENTS FOR EXISTING BUILDINGS
1103.6 Standpipes. Existing buildings shall be equipped with standpipe systems installed in
accordance with Section 905 where required in Sections 1103.6.1 and 1103.6.2. The fire code
official is authorized to approve the use of manual standpipe systems to achieve compliance with
this section where the responding fire department is capable of providing the required hose flow
at the highest standpipe outlet.
Exception: Existing buildings that are equipped with existing standpipe systems are not
required to upgrade the standpipe systems to comply with the installation requirements of
Section 905, where approved by the fire code official.
1103.6.1 Existing multiple-story buildings. Existing buildings with occupied floors

located more than 75 feet (22 860 mm) above the lowest level of fire department vehicle

access or more than 75 feet (22 860 mm) below the highest level of fire department
vehicle access shall be equipped with standpipes systems.
1103.6.2 Existing helistops and heliports. Existing buildings with a rooftop helistop or
heliport located more than 30 feet (9144 mm) above the lowest level of fire department
vehicle access shall be equipped with a standpipe system extended to the roof level on
which the helistop or heliport is located in accordance with Section 2007.
Strike Sections 1103.8 and 1103.8.1 of the International Fire Code in their entirety (with no
change to Sections 1103.8.2 and 1103.8.3) and insert new Sections 1103.8 and 1103.8.1 in the
Fire Code in their place to read as follows:
1103.8 Single and multiple-station smoke alarms. Single- or multiple-station smoke alarms
shall be installed and maintained in Group R or I-1 occupancies, regardless of occupant load at
all of the following locations:
1. On the ceiling or wall outside of each separate sleeping area in the immediate vicinity of
bedrooms.
2. In each room used for sleeping purposes.
3. In each story within a dwelling unit, including basements and cellars but not including
crawl spaces and uninhabitable attics. In dwellings or dwelling units with split levels and
without an intervening door between the adjacent levels, a smoke alarm installed on the
upper level shall suffice for the adjacent lower level provided that the lower level is less
than one full story below the upper level.
Single- or multiple-station smoke alarms shall be installed in other groups in accordance with the
Fire Code.
1103.8.1 Existing occupancies. Existing Group I-1 and R occupancies shall have a 36
month period, commencing on the date of adoption of the 2013 edition of the D.C.
Construction Codes in accordance with Section 122 of the Building Code to install smoke
alarms that comply with the requirements of Section 1103.8.
Strike Section 1103.23 of the International Fire Code in its entirety and insert new Section
1103.23 in the Fire Code in its place to read as follows:
1103.23 Elevator operation. Existing elevators with a travel distance of 25 feet (7620 mm) or
more above or below the main floor or other level of a building, and intended to serve the needs
of emergency personnel for fire-fighting or rescue purposes, shall be provided with emergency
operation when required by the Existing Building Code.

1104 MEANS OF EGRESS FOR EXISTING BUILDINGS
Strike Section 1104.24 of the International Fire Code in its entirety without substitution.

CHAPTER 56 EXPLOSIVES AND FIREWORKS
5601 General
5609 Temporary Storage of Consumer Fireworks
5601 GENERAL
Strike Section 5601.1.3 of the International Fire Code in its entirety and substitute new Section
5601.1.3 in its place in the Fire Code to read as follows:
5601.1.3 Fireworks. The possession, manufacture, storage, sale, handling and use of
fireworks are prohibited.
Exceptions:
1. Storage and handling of fireworks as allowed in Section 5604.
2. Manufacture, assembly and testing of fireworks as allowed in Section 5605.
3. The use of fireworks for fireworks displays as allowed in Section 5608.
4. The possession, storage, sale, handling and use of specific types of Division 1.4G
fireworks where allowed by Section 5609, provided such fireworks comply with
CPSC 16 CFR Parts 1500 and 1507, and DOTn 49 CFR Parts 100–185, for
consumer fireworks.
5609 TEMPORARY STORAGE OF CONSUMER FIREWORKS
Strike Section 5609 of the International Fire Code in its entirety and insert new Section 5609 in
5609 CONSUMER FIREWORKS
5609.1 General.
5609.1.1 Scope. The manufacture of fireworks is prohibited in the District of Columbia.

The display, sale or discharge of consumer fireworks shall comply with the requirements
of this Section.
5609.1.1.1 Prohibited Fireworks. The manufacture, possession, storage,

display, sale, setting off, or discharge of any fireworks listed below is prohibited
in the District of Columbia:

1. Firecrackers of any kind or description;
2. Any fireworks that explodes, such as cherry bombs, salutes, roman

candles, floral shells, artillery shells;
3. Any firework intended to move after the piece is placed and fired; such as
bottle rockets, parachutes, buzzbombs, pinwheels, helicopters, jumping
jacks;
4. Wire sSparklers more than 20 inches (508 mm) in length;
5. Any firework that contains mercury, arsenic tetryl, phosphorous,

sulphocyanide, mercury, magnesium, potassium picrate, gallic acid,
chlorate compounds, gunpowder, sulphur, chlorate or potash and sugar, or
any highly oxidizing agent;
6. Any firework having a side fuse, or a fuse inserted at any point along the
length of the firework;
7. Notwithstanding section 5609.1.1.2(3), cylindrical tube sparklers of any

size which emit showers of sparks, or heat and light, including, but not
limited to, products advertised as champagne sparklers, birthday cake
sparklers, and wedding sparklers; and
8. Any firework found by the Fire Chief to be dangerous to the safety of any
person or property.
5609.1.1.2 Permitted Fireworks. The following fireworks are permitted to be

stored, displayed, sold, delivered, used and possessed in accordance with the
provisions of this article:
1. Any firework specifically excepted in this article;
2. Toy paper caps containing not more than twenty-five hundredths (0.25) of
a grain of explosive composition per cap;
3. Sparklers not more than 20 inches (508 mm) in length (except for
cylindrical tube sparklers prohibited in 5609.1.1);
4. Torches;
5. Box fire;
6. Fountains;

7. Cones;
8. Non-poisonous snakes;
9. Paper novelty items;
10. Colored lights; and
11. Any other fireworks tested by an approved agency or organization and

approved by the code official.
5609.1.1.3 Labeling. Each standard retail package or retail item of fireworks

stored, kept for sale, sold, or delivered by any person engaged in the business of
selling fireworks shall be labeled or marked with the name of the manufacturer,
the number and type of the firework, and directions of use.
5609.2 Limitations and Requirements for Permitted Fireworks.
5609.2.1 Prohibitions. No person shall manufacture, process, package, repackage, store,

keep for sale, display, sell or deliver any of the following in the District of Columbia:
1. Any firework which emits flame or sparks to a distance greater than 12 feet (3658
mm);
2. Any imitation or actual firework which resembles a firecracker or cherry bomb;
3. Any firework that has a fuse which is not individually protected by a protective
cap or seal approved by the Fire Chief or the designated agent of the Fire Chief;
or
4. Any cylindrical tube firework that has a clay choke or other restrictive device
which may delay the escape of gases.
5609.2.2 Cylindrical Tube Fireworks. Cylindrical tube fireworks that comply with the
following requirements are permitted to be sold or offered for sale in the District of
Columbia:
1. The top surface of the composition load shall be flat (parallel to the plane of the
tube end);
2. The space between the top surface and the open end of the tube shall be equal in
all diameters to the maximum inside diameter of the tube, without restrictions of
any kind;

3. Between the lower end of the composition load and the base of the tube there
shall be a solid clay plug with a minimum length of 1 inch (25 mm);
4. The plug shall be formed of clay moistened with oil, dextrine, or other material
suitable to give uniform hardness and strength and to ensure positive adhesion to
the inside of the tube;
5. There shall be no void between the end of the composition load and the clay plug,
or between the clay plug and the handle or spike;
6. The specifications for the manufacture of the firework shall require the clay plug
to be loaded into the tube in not less than four increments, each separately loaded
and separately pressed;
7. Handles or spikes shall be inserted into the tube a minimum distance of 2 inches
(51 mm) or 25 percent of the tube length in tubes less than 5 inches (152 mm)
long; and
8. The spike or handle shall be firmly attached to the clay base and to the sides of
the tube.
5609.3 License to Sell Fireworks. No person shall engage in the business of selling or offering
to sell any fireworks, either at wholesale or at retail, until a license in accordance with Section
5609.4 or 5609.5, as applicable, has been issued by the Department of Consumer and Regulatory
Affairs.
5609.4 License to Sell Fireworks: Wholesale.
5609.4.1 Wholesale License Required. No person shall engage in the business of

selling or offering to sell at wholesale in the District of Columbia any of the permitted
fireworks described in Section 5609.1.1.2 without first securing a wholesaler’s license to
sell fireworks from the Department of Consumer and Regulatory Affairs.
5609.4.2 Minimum Age. No individual shall be issued a wholesaler’s license unless the
applicant has passed his or her 21st birthday.
5609.4.3 Deadline for applications. All applications for a wholesale license to sell
fireworks shall be submitted to the Department of Consumer and Regulatory Affairs no
later than May 25 for the sale of fireworks during the same calendar year. This license
must be renewed annually.
5609.4.4 License conditions. All wholesale license applicants shall:

1. Maintain for the period of the license issued to him or her a depot or warehouse in
the District of Columbia, in which all fireworks shall be held for at least 24 hours
during the period from June 20 through July 5, inclusive, and for at least three
business days at all other times, for inspection by the Fire Chief prior to shipment
to any retail licensee; or
2. Submit to inspection of the entire contents of each wholesale shipment, at a site to

be determined by the Fire Chief, prior to distribution to any retail licensee.
5609.4.5 Warehouse inspections. Each wholesale licensee applicant who maintains a

warehouse or depot in the District of Columbia shall notify the Fire Chief of each
shipment received or deposited at the warehouse or depot. Said notice shall be furnished
not less that three business days before the date on which the fireworks are delivered to
any retail licensee.
5609.4.6 Non-warehouse inspections. Each wholesale licensee applicant who does not
maintain a warehouse or depot in the District of Columbia is required to provide advance
notice of at least three business days to schedule appointments for inspection. All
inspections shall be conducted by appointment only, during hours to be determined by the
Fire Chief and at a site to be provided by the District of Columbia, except that from June
28 through July 4, inclusive, wholesale licensee applicants shall provide advance notice
of at least 24 hours. Inspections will be scheduled between the hours of 10:00 am and
2:00 pm.
5609.4.6.1 No storage of fireworks on site. The site provided by the District of

Columbia for inspections shall not be used to store, sell or distribute fireworks.
Fireworks shall be removed from the inspection site immediately following
completion of the inspection.
5609.4.6.2 Inclement weather. Inspections may be conducted outside. In an

event of inclement weather, the applicant has the option of either rescheduling the
inspection for a later date or providing, at his or her own expense, a tarp or other
means of protection for the fireworks during such inspection.
5609.4.6.3 Unloading and Reloading of Fireworks. It is the applicant’s

responsibility to provide sufficient labor to unload and reload each fireworks
shipment, as shall be required for inspection. The inspectors shall not participate
in unloading or reloading fireworks.
5609.4.6.4 Voucher issued. After the fireworks have been inspected and
approved, the Fire Chief shall issue to the wholesale licensee a voucher, which
shall be carried on the vehicle used to transport wholesale fireworks at all times.
5609.4.7 Overnight storage. No wholesale fireworks shall be stored overnight in the

District of Columbia except in a warehouse, depot or other facility pursuant to a permit
issued by the Department of Consumer and Regulatory Affairs for such purposes. For
the purposes of this section, overnight shall be defined as the hours between 8:00 p.m. to
5:00 a.m. All wholesale fireworks that are not stored in an approved location are
required to be removed from the jurisdiction.
5609.4.8 Restrictions on deliveries. No wholesale licensee shall make deliveries to

retail sale location during rush hour. For the purposes of this section, rush hour shall be
defined as the hours between 6:30 a.m. and 9:30 a.m. and between 3:30 p.m. and 6:30
p.m. daily, except Saturdays, Sundays and legal holidays.
5609.4.9 Vehicle standards. In the interest of public safety, all vehicles transporting
wholesale fireworks shall meet the following standards.
1. All vehicles used to transport or distribute wholesale fireworks shall be placarded

to indicate their contents;
2. A 2A20 BC fire extinguisher shall be carried in the cab of each vehicle; and
3. Tractor-trailer trucks in excess of 20 feet in length and straight trucks in excess of

18 feet in length shall not be used to transport wholesale fireworks within the
5609.4.10 Wholesaler’s records. Each wholesaler licensee shall maintain full and
complete records of all purchases and sales of fireworks. The Fire Chief is authorized to
examine the books and records of any wholesale licensee with respect to purchases and
sales of fireworks.
5609.4.11 Other fireworks prohibited. No person licensed under this section shall
store, keep for sale, deliver, or display any fireworks other than those authorized by this
article.
5609.4.12 Sample required. Persons engaged in the business of selling or offering to

sell fireworks at wholesale shall submit to the Fire Chief at least three samples of each
firework proposed to be sold or delivered by the wholesaler, together with complete
specifications and a chemical analysis for each firework. These samples shall be
submitted to the Office of the Fire Marshal no later than February 1 of each year.
5609.5 License to Sell Fireworks: Retail.
5609.5.1 Retail license required. No person shall engage in the business of selling or
offering to sell at retail in the District of Columbia any of the fireworks described in
Section 5609.1.1.2 without first securing a fireworks retailer’s license from the
Department of Consumer and Regulatory Affairs.

5609.5.2 Permit required. Each retailer shall obtain a permit from the Fire Chief to
ensure the proper storage of fireworks.
5609.5.3 Retail sale of fireworks. All fireworks for retail sale in the District of
Columbia shall be purchased in the District of Columbia from a licensed fireworks
wholesaler.
5609.5.4 Minimum age. No individual shall participate in the retail sale of fireworks
unless he or she has reached his or her 18th birthday.
5609.5.5 Application period. The application period shall be from June 1 of each
calendar year through June 25. If June 25 falls on a day other than a business day, the
last day of the application period shall be the last business day prior to June 25.
5609.5.6 Hours of sales operation. No fireworks product shall be offered for

retail sale from any location in the District of Columbia between the hours of 10:00 p.m.
to 10:00 a.m.
5609.5.7 Sale from fixed locations. A retail license will be issued to persons for the sale
of fireworks only from a fixed location.
5609.5.8 Retailers records. Each retail licensee shall maintain full and complete records
of all purchases of fireworks.
5609.5.9 Financial responsibility. Any person or business applying for a permit for the
purposes of storage or retail of fireworks shall file with the Fire Chief or his
representative a corporate surety bond in the principal minimum sum of $100,000 or a
public liability insurance policy for the same sum for the purposes of payment of
damages to persons or property which arise from, or are caused by, the conduct of any act
authorized by the permit upon which any judicial judgment results. This section shall
apply to all permanent and temporary retail establishments.
5609.6 Additional Safety Requirements for Fireworks.
5609.6.1 Prohibitions near flammable materials. No person shall sell, handle, store, or
discharge any fireworks within 50 feet (15 240 mm) of any gasoline pump, fill line, vent
line, or any building where flammable liquids are stored or handled.
5609.6.2 Places where discharges are prohibited. No person shall discharge fireworks
within 50 feet (15 240 mm) of a place where fireworks are stored, handled, or sold.
5609.6.3 Removal or relocation. If the Fire Chief finds that fireworks are stored or
displayed in any of the following ways, the Fire Chief is authorized to issue written

orders to the licensee to remove or relocate that storage or display.
1. In a location that would impede egress from the premises in the event of a fire;
2. In close proximity to a source of possible ignition; or
3. In any other manner that is dangerous to persons or property.
5609.6.4 No Smoking Signs. No smoking signs that comply with Section 310.3 shall be
posted at all retail firework stands.
5609.6.5 Fire Extinguishers. At least one fire extinguisher with a minimum rating of
2A shall be installed in each retail fireworks stand. The fire extinguisher shall be
maintained in accordance with NFPA 10.
5609.7 Seizure of Fireworks.
5609.7.1 Fireworks Subject to Seizure. All fireworks sold, offered for sale, stored,
processed, or transported in violation of this article shall be subject to seizure by the Fire
Chief.
5609.7.2 Impounding. The Fire Chief shall impound all seized fireworks in a place
under such conditions that will reduce as much as reasonably possible any threat from
those impounded fireworks to the safety of any person or property.
5609.7.3 Notice to Destroy or Transport. At the time of seizure, the Fire Chief shall
issue a written notice to the owner of the fireworks or the owner’s agent stating that all
seized fireworks shall be destroyed 30 days from the date of the notice. All seized
fireworks approved for sale in the District of Columbia shall be returned provided the
owner of the fireworks or the owner’s agent can make arrangements satisfactory to the
Fire Chief within 30 days from the date of the notice to properly transport the permitted
fireworks to an approved location.
5609.7.4 Destruction of Fireworks. If the arrangements required under Section

5609.7.3 are not made within 30 days from the date on which written notice is given by
the Fire Chief to the owner of the fireworks or the owner’s agent, the Fire Chief shall
destroy or order the destruction of the seized fireworks in a manner that reasonably
avoids danger to any person or property.

CHAPTER 61 LIQUEFIED PETROLEUM GASES
6101 General
6101 GENERAL
in the Fire Code in its place to the read as follows:
6101.2 Permits. An operational permit for storage and/or uses of LP-gas is required in
accordance with Section 105.6.27. Distributors shall not fill an LP-gas container for which a
permit is required unless a permit for installation has been issued for that location by the code
official.
6101.2.1 Empty Containers: Empty containers which have been used in LP-gas service
and partially filled containers shall be considered as a full container.
Insert a new Section 6101.4 in the Fire Code to read as follows:
6101.4 Natural Gas: The use of LP-gas is prohibited wherever natural gas is available except
where permitted by the code official.

APPENDIX B FIRE-FLOW REQUIREMENTS FOR BUILDINGS
The provisions of Appendix B, Fire-Flow Requirements for Buildings, to the International Fire
Code are adopted in their entirety as Appendix B to the Fire Code.

APPENDIX C FIRE HYDRANT LOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTION
The provisions of Appendix C, Fire Hydrant Locations and Distribution, to the International
Fire Code are adopted in their entirety as Appendix C to the Fire Code.

APPENDIX D FIRE APPARATUS ACCESS ROADS
The provisions of Appendix D, Fire Apparatus Access Roads, to the International Fire Code are
adopted in their entirety as Appendix D to the Fire Code.

APPENDIX H HAZARDOUS MATERIALS MANAGEMENT PLAN (HMMP)
AND HAZARDOUS MATERIALS INVENTORY STATEMENT
(HMIS) INSTRUCTIONS
The provisions of Appendix H, Hazardous Materials Management Plan (HMMP) and Hazardous
Materials Inventory Statement (HMIS) Instructions, to the International Fire Code are adopted
in their entirety as Appendix H to the Fire Code.

12 DCMR I ENERGY CONSERVATION CODE SUPPLEMENT
The District of Columbia has adopted the 2012 edition of the International Energy Conservation
Code (IECC), as amended by this Supplement.
IECC CHAPTERS AMENDED BY THIS SUPPLEMENT:
IECC – COMMERCIAL PROVISIONS
CHAPTER 1[CE] ADMINISTRATION

CHAPTER 2[CE] DEFINITIONS
CHAPTER 4[CE] COMMERCIAL ENERGY EFFICIENCY
IECC – RESIDENTIAL PROVISIONS
CHAPTER 1[RE] SCOPE AND ADMINISTRATION

CHAPTER 4[RE] RESIDENTIAL ENERGY EFFICIENCY
The District of Columbia Energy Conservation Code (2013), referred to as the “Energy Conservation Code,” consists of the 2012 edition of the
International Energy Conservation Code, published by the International Code Council, as amended by the District of Columbia Energy
Conservation Code Supplement (2013)(12 DCMR I). The International Energy Conservation Code is copyrighted by the ICC and therefore is not
republished here. However, a copy of the text may be obtained at: http://publicecodes.cyberregs.com/icod/iecc/2012/index.htm?bu=IC-P-2012-
000014&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.
2013 DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA ENERGY CONSERVATION CODE SUPPLEMENT 1

IECC-COMMERCIAL PROVISIONS
CHAPTER 1[CE] ADMINISTRATION
C101 General
Strike Parts 1 and 2 of Chapter 1[CE] of the International Energy Conservation Code in their
entirety and insert new Section C101 to the Energy Conservation Code in their place to read as
follows:
C101 GENERAL
C101.1 General. Administration and enforcement of the Energy Conservation Code shall be
governed by Chapter 1 of the Building Code, 12 DCMR A.
000014&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

CHAPTER 2[CE] DEFINITIONS
C202 General Definitions
C202 GENERAL DEFINITIONS
Strike definition of Above-grade Wall in Section 202 of the International Energy Conservation
Code-Commercial in its entirety and insert a new definition of Above-grade Wall in Section 202
of the Energy Conservation Code Commercial in its place to read as follows:
ABOVE-GRADE WALL. Definition provided in Section C402.2.2.1.
Insert a new definition of Below-grade Wall in Section 202 of the Energy Conservation Code-
Commercial to read as follows:
BELOW-GRADE WALL. Definition provided in Section C402.2.2.2.
000014&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

CHAPTER 4[CE] COMMERCIAL ENERGY EFFICIENCY
C402 Building Envelope Requirements

C408 System Commissioning
C402 BUILDING ENVELOPE REQUIREMENTS
Strike Section C402.2.1.1 of the International Energy Conservation Code in its entirety and
insert new Section C402.2.1.1 in the Energy Conservation Code in its place to read as follows:
C402.2.1.1 Roof solar reflectance and thermal emittance. Low-sloped roofs,

with a slope less than 2 units vertical in 12 horizontal, directly above cooled
conditioned spaces in Climate Zones 1, 2, 3 and 4 shall comply with one or more
of the options in Table C402.2.1.1.
Exceptions: The following roofs and portions of roofs are exempt from the
requirements in Table C402.2.1.1:
1. Portions of roofs that include or are covered by:
1.1. Photovoltaic systems or components.
1.2. Solar air or water heating systems or components.
1.3. Roof gardens or landscaped roofs.
1.4. Above-roof decks or walkways.
1.5. Skylights.
1.6. HVAC systems, components, and other opaque objects mounted

above the roof.
2. Portions of roofs shaded during the peak sun angle on the summer
solstice by permanent features of the building, or by permanent features
of adjacent buildings.
3. Portions of roofs that are ballasted with a minimum stone ballast of 17

pounds per square foot (psf) (74 kg/m2) or 23 psf (117 kg/m2) pavers.
000014&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

4. Roofs where a minimum of 75 percent of the roof area meets a minimum
of one of the exceptions above.
TABLE C402.2.1.1
MINIMUM ROOF REFLECTANCE AND EMITTANCE OPTIONSa
Three-year-aged solar reflectanceb of 0.55 and three-year aged thermal emittancec

of 0.75
Initial solar reflectanceb of 0.70 and initial thermal emittancec of 0.75
Three-year-aged solar reflectance indexd of 64
Initial solar reflectance indexd of 82
a. The use of area-weighted averages to meet these requirements shall be permitted. Materials
lacking initial tested values for either solar reflectance or thermal emittance shall be assigned both
an initial solar reflectance of 0.10 and an initial thermal emittance of 0.90. Materials lacking
three-year-aged tested values for either solar reflectance or thermal emittance shall be assigned
both a three-year-aged solar reflectance of 0.10 and a three-year aged thermal emittance of 0.90.
b. Solar reflectance tested in accordance with ASTM C 1549, ASTM E 903 or ASTM E 1918.
c. Thermal emittance tested in accordance with ASTM C 1371 or ASTM E 408.
d. Solar reflectance index (SRI) shall be determined in accordance with ASTM E 1980 using a
convection coefficient of 2.1 Btu/h × ft2×°F (12W/m2 × K). Calculation of aged SRI shall be
based on aged tested values of solar reflectance and thermal emittance. Calculation of initial SRI
shall be based on initial tested values of solar reflectance and thermal emittance.
Strike Section C402.2.6 of the International Energy Conservation Code in its entirety and insert
new Section C402.2.6 in the Energy Conservation Code in its place to read as follows:
C402.2.6 Slabs on Grade. Where the slab-on-grade is in contact with the ground, the
minimum thermal resistance (R-value) of the insulation around the perimeter of unheated
or heated slab-on-grade floors, and the minimum thermal resistance of the insulation
under heated slab-on-grade floors, shall be as specified in Table C402.2. The under-slab
insulation shall be placed immediately below required vapor retarder. The perimeter
insulation shall be placed on the outside of the foundation or on the inside of the
foundation wall. The perimeter insulation shall extend downward from the top of the
slab surface for a minimum distance as shown in the table or to the top of the footing,
whichever is less, or downward to at least the bottom of the slab and then horizontally to
the interior or exterior for the total distance shown in the table. Perimeter insulation
extending away from the building foundation shall be protected by pavement or by a
minimum of 10 inches (254 mm) of soil cover.
Exception: Where the unheated slab-on-grade floor is greater than 24 inches (610
000014&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

mm) below the finished exterior grade, perimeter insulation is not required.
Strike Section C408 of the International Energy Conservation Code in its entirety and insert new
Section C408 in the Energy Conservation Code in its place to read as follows:
C408 SYSTEM COMMISSIONING
Strike Section C408 of the International Energy Conservation Code in its entirety without
substitution.
000014&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

IECC-RESIDENTIAL PROVISIONS
CHAPTER 1 [RE] SCOPE AND ADMINISTRATION
R101 General
Strike Chapter 1[RE] of the International Energy Conservation Code in its entirety and insert
new Section 101 in the Energy Conservation Code in its place to read as follows:
R101 GENERAL
R101.1 General. Administration and enforcement of the Energy Conservation Code shall be
governed by Chapter 1 of the Building Code, 12 DCMR A.
000014&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

CHAPTER 4 [RE] RESIDENTIAL ENERGY EFFICIENCY
R402 Building Thermal Envelope

R403 Systems
R402 BUILDING THERMAL ENVELOPE
Strike Section R402.2.9 in the International Energy Conservation Code in its entirety and insert
new Section R402.2.9 in the Energy Conservation Code in its place to read as follows:
R402.2.9. Slab-on-grade floors. Slab-on-grade floors shall be insulated in accordance

with Table R402.1.1. Under-slab insulation is required for heated slabs on grade and
shall be placed immediately below required vapor retarders. The perimeter insulation
shall extend downward from the top of the slab surface on the outside or inside of the
foundation wall. Perimeter insulation located below grade shall be extended the distance
provided in Table R402.1.1 by any combination of vertical insulation, insulation
extending under the slab or insulation extending out from the building foundation.
Perimeter insulation extending away from the building foundation shall be protected by
pavement or by a minimum of 10 inches (254 mm) of soil cover. The top edge of the
insulation installed between the exterior wall and the edge of the interior slab-on-grade
shall be permitted to be cut at a 45-degree (0.79 rad) angle away from the exterior wall.
Slab-edge insulation shall not be required where the code official designates the District
of Columbia as having a very heavy termite infestation.
Exception: Where the unheated slab-on-grade floor is greater than 12 inches (305
mm) below the finished exterior grade, perimeter insulation is not required.
Strike Section R402.4.1 of the International Energy Conservation Code in its entirety and insert
new Section R402.4.1 in the Energy Conservation Code in its place to read as follows:
R402.4.1 Building thermal envelope. The building thermal envelope of (1) detached one- and
two-family dwellings and townhouses; (2) Group R-3 buildings and (3) their accessory structures
shall comply with Sections R402.4.1.1 and R402.4.1.2. The building thermal envelope of Group
R-2 and R-4 buildings three stories or less in height above grade plane shall comply with either
Sections R402.4.1.1 or R402.4.1.2. The sealing methods between dissimilar materials shall
allow for differential expansion and contraction.
R402.4.1.1 Installation. The components of the building thermal envelope as listed in

Table R402.4.1.1 shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions
and the criteria listed in Table R402.4.1.1, as applicable to the method of construction.
Where required by the code official, an approved third party shall inspect all components
000014&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

and verify compliance.
R402.4.1.2 Testing. The building or dwelling unit shall be tested and verified as having
an air leakage rate of less than or equal to 5 air changes per hour at a pressure of 0.2
inches w.g. (50 Pascals). Testing shall be conducted with a blower door at a pressure of
0.2 inches w.g. (50 Pascals). Where required by the code official, testing shall be
conducted by an approved third party. A written report of the results of the test shall be
signed by the party conducting the test and provided to the code official. Testing shall be
performed at any time after creation of all penetrations of the building thermal envelope.
Testing shall be conducted in accordance with a method approved by the code official
including, but not limited to, an approved sampling protocol.
Exception: Additions, alterations, renovations or repairs are not subject to the testing
requirements under R402.4.1.2 except for Level 3 alterations. However, the air
barrier and insulation installation for additions, alterations, renovations or repairs
shall be completed in accordance with Table R402.4.1.1 as applicable to the scope of
work.
During testing:
1. Exterior windows and doors, fireplace and stove doors shall be closed, but
not sealed, beyond the intended weather stripping or other infiltration
control measures;
2. Dampers including exhaust, intake, makeup air, backdraft and flue dampers
shall be closed, but not sealed beyond intended infiltration control measures;
3. Interior doors, if installed at the time of the test, shall be open;
4. Exterior doors for continuous ventilation systems and heat recovery

ventilators shall be closed and sealed;
5. Heating and cooling systems, if installed at the time of the test, shall be
turned off; and
6. Supply and return registers, if installed at the time of the test, shall be fully
open.
Strike Table R402.4.1.1 in the International Energy Conservation Code in its entirety and insert
new Table R402.4.1.1 in the Energy Conservation Code in its place to read as follows:
TABLE R402.4.1.1
000014&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

AIR BARRIER AND INSULATION INSTALLATION
COMPONENT AIR BARRIER INSULATION

CRITERIA a INSTALLATION
CRITERIA
General Requirements A continuous air barrier Air-permeable insulation
shall be installed in the shall not be used as a sealing
building envelope. material.
Exterior thermal envelope
shall contain a continuous
air barrier.
Breaks or joints in the air
barrier shall be sealed.
Ceiling / attic The air barrier in any The insulation in any
dropped ceiling/soffit shall dropped ceiling/soffit shall
be aligned with the be aligned with the air
insulation and any gaps in barrier.
the air barrier sealed.
Access openings, drop down
stair or knee wall doors to
unconditioned attic spaces
shall be sealed.
Walls Junctions of the foundation Corners and headers shall be
and sill plate shall be sealed. insulated. Exterior thermal
Junctions of the top plate envelope insulation for
and top of exterior walls framed walls shall be
shall be sealed. installed in substantial
Knee walls shall be sealed. contact and continuous
alignment with the air
barrier.
Windows, skylights and The space between
doors window/door jambs and
framing, and skylights and
framing shall be sealed.
Rim joists Rim joists shall include the Rim joists shall be insulated.
air barrier.
Floors (including above The air barrier shall be Insulation shall be installed
garage and cantilevered installed at any exposed to maintain permanent
floors) edge of insulation. contact with underside of
subfloor decking.
000014&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

CRITERIA
Crawl space walls Exposed earth in unvented Where provided in lieu of
crawl spaces shall be floor insulation, insulation
covered with a Class I vapor shall be permanently
retarder with overlapping attached to the crawlspace
joints taped. walls.
Shafts, penetrations Duct shafts, utility
penetrations, and flue shafts
opening to exterior or
unconditioned space shall be
sealed.
Narrow cavities Batts in narrow cavities
shall be cut to fit, or narrow
cavities shall be filled by
insulation that on
installation readily conforms
to the available cavity space.
Garage separation Air sealing shall be provided
between the garage and
conditioned spaces.
Recessed lighting Recessed light fixtures Recessed light fixtures
installed in the building installed in the building
thermal envelope shall be thermal envelope shall be air
sealed to the drywall. tight, IC rated.
Plumbing and wiring Batt insulation shall be cut
neatly to fit around wiring
and plumbing in exterior
walls, or insulation that on
installation readily conforms
to available space shall
extend behind piping and
wiring.
Shower / tub on exterior The air barrier installed at Exterior walls adjacent to
wall exterior walls adjacent to showers and tubs shall be
showers and tubs shall insulated.
separate them from the
showers and tubs.
000014&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

CRITERIA
Electrical / phone box on The air barrier shall be
exterior walls installed behind electrical or
communication boxes, or air
sealed boxes shall be
installed.
HVAC register boots HVAC register boots that
penetrate building thermal
envelope shall be sealed to
the subfloor or drywall.
Fireplace An air barrier shall be
installed on fireplace walls.
Fireplaces shall have
gasketed doors
a. In addition, inspection of log walls shall be in accordance with the provisions of ICC-400
R403 SYSTEMS
Strike Section R403.2 (including Subsections R403.2.1 through R403.2.3) of the International
Energy Conservation Code in its entirety and insert new Section R403.2 in the Energy
Conservation Code in its place to read as follows
R403.2 Ducts. Ducts and air handlers shall be in accordance with Sections R403.2.1 through
R403.2.3.
R403.2.1 Insulation (Prescriptive). Supply ducts located in attics shall be insulated to a

minimum of R-8. All other ducts shall be insulated to a minimum of R-6.
Exception: Ducts or portions thereof located completely inside the building

thermal envelope.
R403.2.2 Sealing (Mandatory). Ducts, air handlers, and filter boxes shall be sealed.
Joints and seams shall comply with either the Mechanical Code or Residential Code, as
applicable.
Exceptions:
1. Air-impermeable spray foam products shall be permitted to be applied

without additional joint seals.
000014&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

2. Where a duct connection is made that is partially inaccessible, three screws
or rivets shall be equally spaced on the exposed portion of the joint so as to
prevent a hinge effect.
3. Continuously welded and locking-type longitudinal joints and seams in

ducts operating at static pressures less than 2 inches of water column (500
Pa) pressure classification shall not require additional closure systems.
Duct tightness shall be verified by either of the following:
1. Postconstruction test: Total duct leakage shall be less than or equal to 8 cfm
(113.3 L/min) per 100 square feet (9.29 m2) of conditioned floor area when tested
at a pressure differential of 0.1 inches w.g. (25 Pa) across the entire system,
including the manufacturer’s air handler enclosure. All register boots shall be
taped or otherwise sealed during the test.
2. Rough-in test: Total leakage shall be less than or equal to 8 cfm (113.3 L/min)
per 100 square feet (9.29 m2) of conditioned floor area when tested at a pressure
differential of 0.1 inches w.g. (25 Pa) across the system, including the
manufacturer’s air handler enclosure. All registers shall be taped or otherwise
sealed during the test. If the air handler is not installed at the time of the test, total
leakage shall be less than or equal to 4 cfm (85 L/min) per 100 square feet (9.29
m2) of conditioned floor area.
Testing shall be conducted in accordance with a method approved by the code official,
including, but not limited to, an approved sampling protocol.
Exceptions to testing requirements:
1. The total leakage test is not required for ducts and air handlers located entirely
within the building thermal envelope.
2. Existing duct systems that are part of an addition, alteration, renovation, or

repair shall not be subject to the testing requirements set forth in this section.
New duct systems that are part of an addition, alteration, renovation or repair
shall be subject to the testing requirements set forth in this section.
R403.2.2.1 Sealed air handler. Air handlers shall have a manufacturer’s

designation for an air leakage of no more than 2 percent of the design air flow rate
when tested in accordance with ASHRAE 193.
R403.2.3 Building cavities (Mandatory). Building framing cavities shall not be used as
000014&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

ducts or plenums.
000014&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

12 DCMR J EXISTING BUILDING CODE SUPPLEMENT
The District of Columbia has adopted the 2012 edition of the International Existing Building
Code (IEBC), as amended by this Supplement.
IEBC CHAPTERS AMENDED BY THIS SUPPLEMENT:

CHAPTER 4 PRESCRIPTIVE COMPLIANCE METHOD
CHAPTER 6 REPAIRS
CHAPTER 7 ALTERATIONS-LEVEL 1
CHAPTER 10 CHANGE OF OCCUPANCY
CHAPTER 15 CONSTRUCTION SAFEGUARDS
The District of Columbia Existing Building Code (2013), referred to as the “Existing Building Code,” consists of the 2012 edition of the
International Existing Building Code as amended by the District of Columbia Existing Building Code Supplement (2013)(12 DCMR J)). The
International Existing Building Code is copyrighted by the International Code Council and therefore is not republished here. However, a copy of
the text may be obtained at: http://publicecodes.cyberregs.com/icod/iebc/2012/index.htm?bu=IC-P-2012-000006&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.
2013 DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA EXISTING BUILDING CODE 1

101 General
Strike Chapter 1 of the International Existing Building Code in its entirety and insert new
Section 101 to the Existing Building Code in its place to read as follows:
101 GENERAL
101.1 Administration and enforcement of the Existing Building Code shall be governed by

Strike the following definitions in the International Existing Building Code and insert the new
definitions to the Existing Building Code in their place to read as follows:
ADDITION. An extension or increase in the building area, aggregate floor area, number of
stories or height of a building or structure.
EXISTING BUILDING. Any building or structure that was erected and occupied or issued a
certificate of occupancy at least one year before a construction permit application for that
building or structure was made to DCRA.
Insert the following new definition to Section 202 of the Existing Building Code to read as
follows:
FIRE RESISTANCE RATING. The period of time a building element, component or

assembly maintains the ability to confine a fire, continues to perform a given structural function,
or both, as determined by the tests, or the methods based on tests, prescribed in fire resistance
ratings of building assemblies and structural elements shall be determined in accordance with
Section 703 of the Building Code, 12 DCMR A. The fire resistance rating of existing building
assemblies which have not been rated in accordance with Section 703 of the Building Code shall
be determined in accordance with the procedures set forth in Guidelines on Fire Ratings of
Archaic Materials and Assemblies, published in the Existing Building Code as Resource A.

CHAPTER 4 PRESCRIPTIVE COMPLIANCE METHOD
403 Alterations
410 Accessibility for Existing Buildings
403 ALTERATIONS
Strike Section 403.3.1 of the International Existing Building Code in its entirety and insert new
Section 403.3.1 to the Existing Building Code in its place to read as follows:
403.3.1 Design live load. Where the alteration does not result in increased design live
load, existing gravity load-carrying structural elements shall be permitted to be evaluated
and designed for live loads approved prior to the alteration. If the approved live load is
less than that required by Section 1607 of the Building Code, 12 DCMR A, the area
designed for the nonconforming live load shall be posted with placards of approved
design indicating the approved live load. Where the alteration does result in increased
design live load, the live load required by Section 1607 of the Building Code shall be
used.
Exception: In buildings erected before July 1, 1925, the code official is authorized to
allow a maximum reduction of 30 percent of the specified minimum live loads in
Table 1607.1 of the Building Code, with a minimum live load for other than
residential buildings of 40 psf (1.92 kN/m2), provided official live load placards are
posted showing this reduced live load.
410 ACCESSIBILITY FOR EXISTING BUILDINGS
Strike Section 410.7 of the International Existing Building Code in its entirety and insert Section
410.7 to the Existing Building Code in its place to read as follows:
410.7 Alterations affecting an area containing a primary function. Where an alteration

affects the accessibility to, or contains an area of, primary function, the route to the primary
function area shall be accessible. The accessible route to the primary function area shall include
toilet facilities or drinking fountains serving the area of primary function.
Exceptions:
1. The costs of providing the accessible route are not required to exceed 20 percent of the
costs of the alterations affecting the area of primary function.
2. This provision does not apply to alterations limited solely to windows, hardware,
operating controls, electrical outlets, signs, mechanical systems, electrical systems,

installation or alteration of fire protection systems and abatement of hazardous
materials.
3. This provision does not apply to alterations undertaken for the primary purpose of
increasing the accessibility of a facility.
4. This provision does not apply to altered areas limited to Type B dwelling and sleeping
units.
5. Power-operated doors at the main building entrance are not required except where that
entrance is part of the work area.

CHAPTER 6 REPAIRS
606 Structural
606 STRUCTURAL
Insert new Section 606.3 to the Existing Building Code to read as follows:
606.3 Reduction of strength. Repairs shall not reduce the structural strength or stability of the
building, structure or any individual member thereof.
Exception: Such reduction shall be allowed if structural integrity is not reduced below the
current Building Code levels as determined by the code official.

704 Means of Egress

705 Accessibility
704 MEANS OF EGRESS
Insert new Sections 704.2 and 704.3 to the Existing Building Code to read as follows:
704.2 Use of Exit and Exit Access Enclosures. Exits and exit access corridors shall comply
with Section 1018.5 of the Building Code, 12 DCMR A.
Exception:
Existing exit access corridors that serve areas undergoing Level 1 alterations shall be allowed
to be used as air return plenums where the following four conditions are verified:
1. The existing HVAC system already uses the corridor as a return plenum.
2. The HVAC system remains as existing, except for rearrangement of terminal branches,
relocation of supply diffusers or replacement in kind of equipment.
3. The transfers from the altered space, to the corridor, shall be equipped with an
approved smoke damper arranged to close upon detection of smoke on either side of the
transfer.
4. The corridor is not an exit discharge.
704.3 Allowance for Fire Resistance Upgrading: When improving the fire resistance rating of
the enclosure of stairways, exit access corridors or exit passageways complying with Section
1005 of the Building Code, 12 DCMR A, a tolerance of up to 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) shall be
allowed in the minimum width of those elements of egress. When improving the fire resistance
rating of a wall assembly on one side of stairways, exit access corridors or exit passageways, a
tolerance of up to 3/4 inches (19 mm) shall be allowed in the minimum width of those elements
of egress.
705 ACCESSIBILITY
Strike Section 705.2 of the International Existing Building Code in its entirety and insert new
Section 705.2 to the Existing Building Code in its place to read as follows:
705.2 Alterations affecting an area containing a primary function. Where an alteration

affects the accessibility to, or contains an area of, primary function, the route to the primary

function area shall be accessible. The accessible route to the primary function area shall include
toilet facilities or drinking fountains serving the area of primary function.
Exceptions:
1. The costs of providing the accessible route are not required to exceed 20 percent of the
costs of the alterations affecting the area of primary function.
2. This provision does not apply to alterations limited solely to windows, hardware,
operating controls, electrical outlets, signs, mechanical systems, electrical systems,
installation or alteration of fire protection systems and abatement of hazardous
materials.
3. This provision does not apply to alterations undertaken for the primary purpose of
increasing the accessibility of a facility.
4. This provision does not apply to altered areas limited to Type B dwelling and sleeping
units.
5. Power-operated doors at the main building entrance are not required except where that
entrance is part of the work area.

801 General
804 Fire Protection
805 Means of Egress
801 GENERAL
801.1 Scope. Level 2 alterations as described in Section 504 shall comply with the
requirements of this chapter.
Exceptions:
1. Buildings in which the reconfiguration is exclusively the result of compliance with the
accessibility requirements of Section 705.2 shall be permitted to comply with Chapter
7.
2. Sections 803.2.1, 805.3 and 805.4 shall not be mandatory for Level 2 alteration work
areas of less than 500 square feet (46.5 m²) provided:
2.1. There is no increase in hazard; and
2.2. The alterations do not adversely affect the existing means of egress or any
required fire resistance rating.
Strike Section 801.3 of the International Existing Building Code in its entirety and insert
new Section 801.3 to the Existing Building Code in its place to read as follows:
801.3 Compliance. All new construction elements, components, systems and spaces shall
comply with the requirements of the Building Code, 12 DCMR A.
Exceptions:
1. Windows may be added without requiring compliance with the light and ventilation
requirements of the Building Code.
2. Newly installed electrical equipment shall comply with the requirements of Section
808.

3. The length of dead-end corridors in newly constructed spaces shall only be required to
comply with the provisions of Section 805.6.
4. The minimum ceiling height of the newly created habitable and occupiable spaces and
corridors shall be 7 feet (2134 mm). A lower clearance than that set forth in Exceptions
to Subsection 1208.2 of the Building Code is permitted in special cases where the code
official determines that a lower clearance will pose no undue health or safety hazard to
the occupants.
804 FIRE PROTECTION
804.3 Standpipes. Where the work area includes exits or corridors shared by more than one
tenant and is located more than 50 feet (15 240 mm) above or below the lowest level of fire
department access, a standpipe system shall be provided. Standpipes shall have an approved fire
department connection with hose connections at each floor level above or below the lowest level
of fire department access. Standpipe systems shall be installed in accordance with the Building
Code, 12 DCMR A.
Exceptions:
1. Installation of a manual, wet standpipe system is permitted to achieve compliance with

this section.
2. The interconnection of multiple standpipe risers shall not be required.
805 MEANS OF EGRESS
Strike Section 805.3.1.1 of the International Existing Building Code in its entirety and insert new
Section 805.3.1.1 to the Existing Building Code in its place to read as follows:
805.3.1.1 Single-exit buildings. Only one exit is required from buildings and
spaces of the following occupancies:
1. In Group A, B, E, F, M, U and S occupancies, a single exit is permitted in

the story at the level of exit discharge when the occupant load of the story
does not exceed 49 and the exit access travel distance does not exceed 75
feet (22 860 mm).
Exception: In Group A, B, E, F, M, U and S the exit access travel

distance may be increased to 100 feet (30 480 mm) when the area

served by the single exit and all egress components of the single exit
are protected with automatic sprinklers.
2. Group B, F-2 and S-2 occupancies not more than two stories in height that
are not greater than 3,500 square feet per floor (326 m²), when the exit
access travel distance does not exceed 75 feet (22 860 mm). The
minimum fire-resistance rating of the exit enclosure and of the opening
protection shall be 1-hour.
Exception: In Group B occupancies not more than three stories in

height provided the exit access travel distance does not exceed 100
feet (30 480 mm) and the building is equipped with an approved
automatic fire suppression system and automatic fire alarm system
with smoke detectors located in all corridors, lobbies and common
areas.
3. Open parking structures where vehicles are mechanically parked.
4. In community residences for individuals with developmental disabilities,

the maximum occupant load excluding staff is 12.
5. Groups R-1 and R-2 not more than two stories in height, when there are
not more than four dwelling units per floor and the exit access travel
distance does not exceed 50 feet (15 240 mm). The minimum fire-
resistance rating of the exit enclosure and of the opening protection shall
be 1-hour.
Exception: Group R-2 buildings may be not more than three stories in
height where the building is equipped with an automatic fire
suppression system and automatic fire alarm system.
6. In multilevel dwelling units in buildings of occupancy Group R-1 or R-2,

an exit shall not be required from every level of the dwelling unit provided
that one of the following conditions is met:
6.1. The travel distance within the dwelling unit does not
exceed 75 feet (22 860 mm); or
6.2. The building is not more than three stories in height and all
third-floor space is part of one or more dwelling units
located in part on the second floor; and no habitable room
within any such dwelling unit shall have a travel distance
that exceeds 50 feet (15 240 mm) from the outside of the

habitable room entrance door to the inside of the entrance
door to the dwelling unit.
7. In Group R-2, H-4, H-5 and I occupancies and in rooming houses and
child care centers, a single exit is permitted in a one-story building with a
maximum occupant load of 10 and the exit access travel distance does not
exceed 75 feet (22 860 mm).
8. In buildings of Group R-2 occupancy that are equipped throughout with an

automatic fire sprinkler system, a single exit shall be permitted from a
basement or story below grade if every dwelling unit on that floor is
equipped with an approved window providing a clear opening of at least 5
square feet (0.47 m²) in area, a minimum net clear opening of 24 inches
(610 mm) in height and 20 inches (508 mm) in width and a sill height of
not more than 44 inches (1118 mm) above the finished floor.
9. In buildings of Group R-2 occupancy of any height with not more than
four dwelling units per floor, with a smokeproof enclosure or outside stair
as an exit and with such exit located within 20 feet (6096 mm) of travel to
the entrance doors to all dwelling units served thereby.
10. In buildings of Group R-3 occupancy equipped throughout with an

automatic fire sprinkler system, only one exit shall be required from
basements or stories below grade.
11. In Group E occupancies that satisfy all of the following conditions:
11.1. Not more than two stories above the level of exit discharge.
11.2. The floor area of the story does not exceed 3,000 square
feet (279 m²).
11.3. Total occupant load served by the single exit does not
exceed 49 persons per floor.
11.4. Automatic sprinkler protection throughout the building, and

a building fire alarm system.
12. In Group A-3, A-4, B, E, M and R occupancies located not more than one
story below grade that satisfy all the following conditions:
12.1. The floor area of the story does not exceed 2,500 square
feet (233 m²).

12.2. The area served by the single exit and all egress
components of the single exit are equipped with an
approved automatic fire suppression system.
12.3. The building is equipped with an automatic fire alarm

system.
13. In Group A occupancies located not more than one story above the level
of exit discharge where all of the following conditions are satisfied:
13.1. The floor area of the Group A occupancy does not exceed
2,000 square feet (186 m²).
Exception: Where the entire building is protected by an

automatic sprinkler system, the floor area shall not exceed
3,000 square feet (279 m²).
13.2. The occupant load of the assembly area served by the

single exit does not exceed 2/3 of the capacity of the single
exit.
13.3. The area served by the single exit and all egress
components of the single exit are protected with an
13.4. All portions of the level of discharge with access to the

single exit egress path shall be protected by an automatic
sprinkler system or shall be separated from the egress path
in by an enclosure with a fire resistance rating of not less
than 1-hour.
13.5. The building is provided with an automatic fire alarm

system in accordance with the Building Code and NFPA
72.
14. In below-grade parking garages of Group S-2, provided:
14.1. The parking levels are protected with automatic sprinklers

and a fire alarm system;
14.2. The travel distance to the exit does not exceed 400 feet
(121 920 mm); and

14.3. A car ramp is available for exit in addition to the single
exit.
15. Group R-2 occupancies in buildings of any height that are provided with
an approved, automatic fire suppression system, a single exit from a
dwelling unit (i.e., apartment) is permitted, provided both of the following
conditions are met:
15.1. Travel distance within the dwelling unit to the exit access
corridor does not exceed 125 feet (38 100 mm); and
15.2. Travel distance from corridor door to an exit does not

exceed 200 feet (60 960 mm).
Strike Section 805.4.1.1 of the International Existing Building Code in its entirety and insert new
Section 805.4.1.1 to the Existing Building Code in its place to read as follows:
805.4.1.1 Occupant load and travel distance. In any work area, all rooms and
spaces having an occupant load greater than 50 or in which the travel distance to
an exit exceeds 75 feet (22 860 mm) shall have a minimum of two egress
doorways.
Exceptions:
1. Storage rooms having a maximum occupant load of 10.
2. Where the work area is served by a single exit in accordance with

Section 805.3.1.1.
3. In Group B occupancies, only one egress doorway is required when

conditions 3.1, 3.2, and 3.3 are met, and either condition 3.4 or 3.5, as
applicable, is also met.
3.1. The space is confined, restricted or isolated by the demising

partitions of the existing adjacent spaces such that two egress
doorways complying with the remoteness requirements of the
Building Code cannot be provided;
3.2. The common path of travel within the space is not more than 100
feet (30 480 mm);
3.3. The occupant load of the space does not exceed 49;
3.4. In non-sprinklered, non-high-rise buildings, automatic smoke


detection is provided both in the spaces served by the single egress
doorway and throughout the means of egress to the building exits;
or
3.5. In high-rise buildings, both the spaces served by the single egress
doorway and the means of egress to the building exit are provided
with automatic sprinklers.
805.6 Dead-end corridors. Dead-end corridors in any work area shall not exceed 35 feet (10
670 mm).
Exceptions:
1. Where dead-end corridors of greater length are permitted by the Building Code, 12
DCMR A.
2. In other than Group A and H occupancies, the maximum length of an existing dead-end
corridor shall be 50 feet (15 240 mm) in buildings equipped throughout with an
automatic fire alarm system installed in accordance with the Building Code.
corridor shall be 75 feet (22 860 mm) where the floor containing the dead-end corridor
is equipped with automatic sprinkler protection in accordance with the Building Code.
corridor shall be 100 feet (30 480 mm) in buildings equipped throughout with an
automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with the Building Code.
5. In other than Group A and H occupancies, the maximum length of an extended dead-
end corridor shall not exceed 50 feet (15 240 mm) on floors equipped with an automatic
sprinkler system installed in accordance with the Building Code.

902 Special Use and Occupancy

903 Building Elements and Materials
904 Fire Protection
908 Energy Conservation
902 SPECIAL USE AND OCCUPANCY
Strike Section 902.1 of the International Existing Building Code I its entirety and insert new
902.1 High-rise buildings. Any building having occupied floors more than 75 feet (22 860 mm)
above the lowest level of fire department vehicle access shall comply with the requirements of
Sections 902.1.1 and 902.1.2.
Exception: Existing high-rise buildings that are stripped of all systems and interior walls in
all areas other than those used as a public garage, leaving no more than the structure, shaft
walls and the exterior envelope assemblies, shall be rebuilt in full compliance with Section
403 of the Building Code, 12 DCMR A.
Maintain Sections 902.1.1 and 902.1.2 of the International Existing Building Code.
903 BUILDING ELEMENTS AND MATERIALS
Insert new Section 903.4 in the Existing Building Code to read as follows:
903.4 Air-borne sound. Walls, partitions and floor/ceiling assemblies separating dwelling units
from each other or from public or service areas shall have a sound transmission class (STC) of
not less than 50 (45 if field tested) for air-borne noise when tested in accordance with ASTM E
90. Walls, partitions and floor/ceiling assemblies separating Group A-2 occupancies from
dwelling units shall have a sound transmission class (STC) of not less than 55 and shall be field
tested to achieve a rating of not less than 50 for air-borne noise. Penetrations or openings in
construction assemblies for piping; electrical devices; recessed cabinets; bathtubs; soffits; or
heating, ventilating or exhaust ducts shall be sealed, lined, insulated or otherwise treated to
maintain the required ratings. This requirement shall not apply to dwelling unit entrance doors;
however, such doors shall be tight fitting to the frame and sill.
Exception: Group A-2 occupancies that do not utilize amplified music as part of their use
shall be exempt from these provisions.
904 FIRE PROTECTION

904.1.1 High-rise buildings. In high-rise buildings, work areas shall be provided with
automatic sprinkler protection in accordance with Section 903 of the Building Code, 12
DCMR A.
904.1.1.1 Where Level 3 work areas occur on 75 percent or more of the building
floors, excluding mechanical, parking and non-occupiable levels, automatic
sprinkler protection shall be provided throughout the entire building in accordance
with Section 903 of the Building Code.
904.1.1.2 Where an automatic sprinkler system with sprinkler control valves and
water flow devices is provided for each floor throughout the building in
accordance with Section 903 of the Building Code, modifications to the minimum
type of construction and fire resistance rating requirements of the Construction
Codes are permitted as described in Section 403.2 of the Building Code.
904.1.1.3 Additional requirements for alterations to 100% percent of floors.

Where Level 3 alteration work areas occur on all floors, excluding mechanical,
parking and non-occupiable levels, the building shall comply with the following
additional requirements:
1. Emergency voice/alarm communication systems. Provide an

emergency voice/alarm communication system in accordance with Section
2. Emergency responder radio coverage. Provide a two-way fire

department communications system in accordance with Section 403.4.5 of
the Building Code.
3. Fire command center. Provide a fire command center in accordance

with Section 403.4.6 of the Building Code.
Exception: Where the following features do not exist in the building or

cannot be readily provided as part of a Level 3 alteration, they are not
required to be added for compliance with Section 911.1 of the Building
Code: annunciator unit visually indicating the location of the elevators and
whether they are operational; status indicators and controls for air-
handling systems and emergency and standby power status indicators.
4. Standby power and emergency power systems. Provide standby power

and emergency power systems in accordance with Sections 403.4.8 and

904.1.2 Rubbish and linen chutes. Rubbish and linen chutes located in the work area
shall be provided with automatic sprinkler system protection where protection of the
rubbish and linen chute would be required under the provisions of the Building Code for
new construction.

CHAPTER 10 CHANGE OF OCCUPANCY
1012 Change of Occupancy Classification
1012 CHANGE OF OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION
Insert new Section 1012.1.5 in the Existing Building Code to read as follows:
1012.1.5 Air-borne sound. All buildings undergoing a change of occupancy classification shall
comply with Section 903.4.
1012.4.2 Means of egress for change of use to equal or lower hazard category. When
a change of occupancy classification is made to an equal or lesser hazard category (higher
number) as shown in Table 1012.4, existing elements of the means of egress shall comply
with the requirements of Section 905 for the new occupancy classification. Newly
constructed or configured means of egress shall comply with the requirements of Chapter
10 of the Building Code, 12 DCMR A.
Exceptions:
1. Any stairway replacing an existing stairway within a space where the pitch or
slope cannot be reduced because of existing construction shall not be required to
comply with the maximum riser height and minimum tread depth requirements.
2. When the following conditions are met, a single open stair shall be permitted to
serve as the exit:
1. Change of use Group from R-3 to B;
2. The building is three stories above grade or less;
3. Occupant load served is fewer than 50 persons;
4. Egress capacity is met; and
5. The existing egress features are maintained or improved.

CHAPTER 15 CONSTRUCTION SAFEGUARDS
1501 General
Strike Chapter 15 of the International Existing Building Code in its entirety and insert new
Section 1501 to the Existing Building Code in its place to read as follows:
1501 GENERAL
1501.1 The provisions of Chapter 33 of the Building Code, 12 DCMR A, shall govern safety
during construction that is under the jurisdiction of this code and the protection of adjacent
public and private properties.

12 DCMR K GREEN CONSTRUCTION CODE SUPPLEMENT
The District of Columbia has adopted the 2012 edition of the International Green Construction
Code (IgCC), as amended by this Supplement.
IgCC CHAPTERS AMENDED BY THIS SUPPLEMENT:

CHAPTER 3 GREEN BUILDING ACT AND ASHRAE 189.1
CHAPTER 4 SITE DEVELOPMENT AND LAND USE
CHAPTER 5 MATERIAL RESOURCE CONSERVATION AND EFFICIENCY
CHAPTER 6 ENERGY CONSERVATION, EFFICIENCY AND CO2e
EMISSION REDUCTION
CHAPTER 7 WATER RESOURCE CONSERVATION, QUALITY
AND EFFICIENCY
CHAPTER 8 INDOOR ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY AND COMFORT
CHAPTER 9 COMMISSIONING
CHAPTER 10 EXISTING BUILDINGS
CHAPTER 11 EXISTING BUILDING SITE DEVELOPMENT
APPENDIX A PROJECT ELECTIVES
The District of Columbia Green Construction Code (2013), referred to as the ―Green Construction Code,‖ consists of the 2012 edition of
the International Green Construction Code published by the International Code Council (ICC), as amended by the District of Columbia
Green Construction Code Supplement (2013) (12 DCMR K). The International Green Construction Code is copyrighted by the ICC and
therefore is not republished here. However, a copy of the text may be obtained at:
http://publicecodes.cyberregs.com/icod/igcc/2012/index.htm?bu=IC-P-2012-000023&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019 .
2013 DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA GREEN CONSTRUCTION CODE SUPPLEMENT 1

Strike Chapter 1 of the International Green Construction Code in its entirety and insert new
Chapter 1 in the Green Construction Code in its place to read as follows.
101 General
101 GENERAL
101.1 Scope and intent. Scope and intent of the Green Construction Code shall be governed by
101.2 Administration and enforcement. Administration and enforcement of the Green

Construction Code shall be governed by Chapter 1 of the Building Code, 12 DCMR A.
The District of Columbia Green Construction Code (2013) , referred to as the ―Green Construction Code,‖ consists of the 2012 edition of
Green Construction Code Supplement (2013)(12 DCMR K). The International Green Construction Code is copyrighted by the
http://publicecodes.cyberregs.com/icod/igcc/2012/index.htm?bu=IC-P-2012-000023&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

202 Definitions
202 DEFINITIONS
Insert the following new definitions in Section 202 of the Green Building Code to read as
follows:
DAYLIT AREA.
1. Under skylights. The area under skylights whose horizontal dimension, in each
direction, is equal to the skylight dimension in that direction plus either the floor-to-
ceiling height or the dimension to a ceiling height opaque partition, or one-half the
distance to adjacent skylights or vertical fenestration, whichever is least.
2. Adjacent to vertical fenestration. The area adjacent to vertical fenestration which

receives daylight through the fenestration. For purposes of this definition and unless
more detailed analysis is provided, the daylight zone depth is assumed to extend into the
space a distance of 15 feet (4572 mm) or to the nearest ceiling height opaque partition,
whichever is less. The daylight zone width is assumed to be the width of the window
plus 2 feet (610 mm) on each side, or the window width plus the distance to an opaque
partition, or the window width plus one-half the distance to adjacent skylight or vertical
fenestration, whichever is least.
DISTRICT FINANCED. (1) Financing of a project or contract where funds or resources to be

used for construction and development costs, excluding ongoing operational costs, are received
from the District, or funds or resources which, in accordance with a federal grant or otherwise,
the District administers, including a contract, grant, loan, tax abatement or exemption, land
transfer, land disposition and development agreement, or tax increment financing, or any
combination thereof, provided, that federal funds may be applied to the financing percentage
only if permitted by federal law and grant conditions; or (2) Financing whose stated purpose is,
in whole or in part, to provide for the new construction or substantial rehabilitation of affordable
housing.
DISTRICT INSTRUMENTALITY FINANCED. See ―District financed.‖
ELECTRIC VEHICLE. An automotive-type vehicle for on-road use, such as passenger

automobiles, buses, trucks, vans, neighborhood electric vehicles, electric motorcycles and the
like, primarily powered by an electric motor that draws current from a rechargeable storage
battery, fuel cell, photovoltaic array, or other source of electric current. Plug-in hybrid electric
vehicles (PHEV) are considered electric vehicles.

ELECTRIC VEHICLE CONNECTOR. A device that, by insertion into an electric vehicle
inlet, establishes an electrical connection to the electric vehicle for the purpose of power transfer
and information exchange.
ELECTRIC VEHICLE SUPPLY EQUIPMENT. The conductors, including the ungrounded,

grounded, and equipment grounding conductors and the electric vehicle connectors, attachment
plugs, and all other fittings, devices, power outlets, or apparatus installed specifically for the
purpose of transferring energy between the premises wiring and the electric vehicle.
FLOOR AREA, GROSS (For Section 302). Gross floor area shall have the same meaning
ascribed to it as in the Zoning Regulations, 11 DCMR, and as interpreted by the Zoning
Administrator.
GROSS FLOOR AREA (For Section 302). See Floor area, gross.
NEW CONSTRUCTION (For Section 302). The construction of any building or structure
whether as a stand-alone, or an addition to, a building or structure. The term ―new construction‖
includes new buildings and additions or enlargements of existing buildings, exclusive of any
alterations or repairs to any existing portion of a building.
PROJECT (For Section 302). Construction that is all or a part of one development scheme,
built at one time or in phases.
RESIDENTIAL OCCUPANCIES (For Section 302). Residential Group R-2, R-3 or R-4
occupancies, and buildings regulated by the Residential Code.
SUBSTANTIAL IMPROVEMENT (For Section 302). Any repair, alteration, or addition of a

building or structure, the cost of which equals or exceeds 50 percent of the market value of the
building or structure before the repair, alteration, or addition is started.

Chapter 3 in the Green Construction Code in its place to read as follows:
CHAPTER 3 GREEN BUILDING ACT AND ASHRAE 189.1
301 General
302 Green Building Act Requirements
303 ASHRAE 189.1 Adoption
301 GENERAL
301.1 General. The scope of the Green Construction Code, and alternative paths for complying
with the Green Construction Code, are set forth in 12 DCMR A § 101.4.9.
302 GREEN BUILDING ACT REQUIREMENTS
302.1 Green Building Act of 2006 requirements. An applicant for permits subject to Section
302.2 or Section 302.3 shall comply with Sections 302.4 through 302.12 and the Green Building
Act of 2006, effective March 8, 2007 (D.C. Law 16-234; D.C. Official Code §§ 6-1451.01 et seq.
(2012 Repl. & 2013 Supp.)), as amended (―Green Building Act‖ or ―GBA‖). Other components
of the Green Building Act are administered by other District of Columbia agencies. The
applicant shall have the option of requesting a Green Building Act Preliminary Design Review
Meeting (―GBA PDRM‖) with the Department, at the discretion of the applicant.
302.2 Publicly-owned or publicly financed projects. This section shall apply to each project
that is new construction or a substantial improvement; and, is either:
1. A District-owned or District instrumentality-owned project; or
2. A District financed or District instrumentality financed project, where the financing

represents at least 15 percent of the project‘s total cost.
302.2.1 Energy Star Target Finder Tool. Each project of 10,000 square feet (929 m2)
or more of gross floor area shall be designed and constructed to achieve a minimum
score of 75 points on the Energy Star Target Finder Tool. The applicant shall provide
plans and supporting documents in sufficient detail and clarity to enable the code official
to verify compliance with this section.
Exceptions:
1. Building occupancies for which the Energy Star tool is not available.

2. Alterations.
302.2.2 Non-residential projects. A project which does not contain residential

occupancies that equal or exceed 50 percent of the gross floor area of the project,
including allocable area of common space, shall be deemed a non-residential project and
shall be designed and constructed so as to achieve no less than the applicable LEED
standard listed in Section 302.4, at the Silver level or higher. The applicant shall provide
plans and supporting documents in sufficient detail and clarity to enable the code official
to verify compliance with this section.
Exceptions:
1. Educational Group E (covered by Section 302.2.3).
2. Space designed and occupied for residential occupancies in a non-residential

project (covered by Section 302.2.4).
3. Space designed and occupied for non-residential uses located in a residential

project (covered by Section 302.2.5).
4. Space designed and occupied for non-residential uses located in a District-

owned or a District instrumentality-owned building (covered by either Section
302.2.6 or Section 302.2.7 as applicable).
302.2.3 Educational Group E. A project of Educational Group E shall be designed and

constructed to meet the LEED standard for Schools, at the Gold level or higher. The
applicant shall provide plans and supporting documents in sufficient detail and clarity to
enable the code official to verify compliance with this section. This section shall apply
only to the following: (1) schools owned, operated or maintained by the District of
Columbia Public Schools (DCPS); and (2) District of Columbia public charter schools.
Exceptions:
1. Where sufficient funding is not available to meet the applicable LEED standard
for Schools at the Gold level, then the project shall meet the LEED standard for
Schools at no less than the Certified Level of the LEED standard for Schools.
Prior to submitting a permit application under this exception, the applicant shall
obtain an exemption based on insufficient funding from DDOE pursuant to
Section 302.12.
2. Where a project for Educational Group E occupancy is located in only a portion

of a building, then only that portion of the building that is the subject of the
project shall comply with this Section 302.2.3.

302.2.4 Project containing residential occupancies. Where a project contains 10,000
square feet (929 m2) or more of gross floor area for residential occupancies including the
allocable area of common space, then the residential occupancies of the project shall be
designed and constructed to meet or exceed the Enterprise Green Communities Criteria,
or a substantially equivalent standard as determined by the code official. The applicant
shall provide plans and supporting documents in sufficient detail and clarity to enable the
code official to verify compliance with this section. A self-certification checklist shall be
submitted to the code official with the application for the certificate of occupancy of the
residential component of the project. The residential component of the project shall not
be required to meet a LEED standard.
302.2.5 Interior construction of a mixed use space in a residential project. Where

residential occupancies exceed 50 percent of the gross floor area of the project,
including allocable area of common space, and the project contains at least 50,000
contiguous square feet (4645 m2) of gross floor area, exclusive of common space of the
non-residential occupancies, then the space designated for non-residential occupancies
shall be designed and constructed to meet or exceed one or more of the applicable LEED
standards listed in Section 302.4 at the Certified Level. The applicant shall provide plans
and supporting documents in sufficient detail and clarity to enable the code official to
verify compliance with this section.
302.2.6 Interior tenant fit-out alteration in a District-Owned or a District

Instrumentality-Owned project. Where a project in a District-owned or a District
instrumentality-owned building involves the alteration of 30,000 square feet (2787 m2) or
more of gross floor area for a single non-residential occupancy, exclusive of common
space, for which space a certificate of occupancy for non-residential use has been or
would be issued, then the portion of the project subject to alteration shall be designed
and constructed to meet or exceed one or more of the LEED standards listed in Section
302.4 at the Certified Level. The applicant shall provide plans and supporting documents
in sufficient detail and clarity to enable the code official to verify compliance with this
section.
302.2.7 Interior tenant fit-out in new construction. Where a project in a District-

owned or a District-instrumentality-owned building involves the fit-out for tenant
occupancy of shell space or spaces of 30,000 square feet (2787 m2) or more of gross floor
area, exclusive of common space, for a single non-residential occupancy, for which
space a certificate of occupancy would be issued, the portion of the project subject to
tenant fit-out shall be designed and constructed to meet or exceed one or more of the
applicable LEED standards listed in Section 302.4 at the Certified Level. The applicant
shall provide plans and supporting documents in sufficient detail and clarity to enable the
code official to verify compliance with this section.

302.3 Privately-owned projects. All privately-owned projects that are (a) new construction or
substantial improvement; and (b) 50,000 square feet (4645 m2) or more of gross floor area shall
comply with Section 302.3. Privately-owned projects shall mean projects owned or developed by
a non-governmental person which are not within the scope of Section 302.2. This category shall
also include, but shall not be limited to, a projects involving the following District of Columbia
participation:
1. Improved and unimproved real property acquired by sale from the District or a District
instrumentality to a private entity;
2. Unimproved real property leased from the District or a District instrumentality to a

private entity: and
3. Any project where some portion but less than 15 percent of the project‘s total project
cost is District financed or District instrumentality financed. Privately-owned projects
receiving 15 percent or greater of the project’s cost from the District or a District
instrumentality shall comply with Section 302.2.
302.3.1 Energy Star Target Finder Tool. Each project of 50,000 square feet (4645 m2)
or more of gross floor area shall estimate the project‘s energy performance using the
Energy Star Target Finder Tool and submit this data to the code official with the permit
application.
Exception: Building occupancies for which the Energy Star tool is not available.
302.3.2 Privately-owned non-residential projects. In addition to compliance with

Section 302.3.1, each non-residential project of 50,000 square feet (4645 m2) or more of
gross floor area shall be designed and constructed to meet or exceed one or more of the
LEED standards listed in Section 302.4 at the Certified Level. A ―non-residential
project‖ shall mean a project where 50 percent or more of the gross floor area, including
allocable area of common space, is occupied or intended for occupancy for uses that are
not residential occupancies. The applicant shall provide plans and supporting documents
in sufficient detail and clarity to enable the code official to verify compliance with this
section.
302.3.3 Interior construction of mixed use space in a residential project. Where

residential occupancies exceed 50 percent of the gross floor area of the project,
including allocable area of common space, and the project contains at least 50,000
contiguous square feet (4645 m2) of gross floor area, exclusive of common space of the
non-residential occupancies, then the space designated for non-residential occupancies
shall be designed and constructed to meet or exceed one or more of the applicable LEED
standards listed in Section 302.4 at the Certified Level. The applicant shall provide plans

and supporting documents in sufficient detail and clarity to enable the code official to
verify compliance with this section.
302.3.4 Educational Group E. A project of Educational Group E occupancy shall be

designed and constructed to meet the LEED standard for Schools, at the Gold level or
higher. The applicant shall provide plans and supporting documents in sufficient detail
and clarity to enable the code official to verify compliance with this section. This section
shall apply only to the following: (1) schools owned, operated or maintained by the
District of Columbia Public Schools (DCPS); and (2) District of Columbia public charter
schools.
Exceptions:
1. Where sufficient funding is not available to meet the applicable LEED standard
for Schools at the Gold level, then the project shall meet the LEED standard for
Schools at no less than the Certified Level of the LEED standard for Schools.
Prior to submitting a permit application under this exception, the applicant shall
obtain an exemption based on insufficient funding from DDOE pursuant to
Section 302.12.
2. Where a project for Educational Group E occupancy is located in only a portion

of a building, then only that portion of the building that is the subject of the
project shall comply with this Section 302.3.4.
302.3.5 Terminology. Where the term ―gross floor space‖ is used in the Green Building
Act, the term shall mean gross floor area.
302.4 LEED standards. Applicants, in consultation with the U.S. Green Building Council
(USGBC) listed in Chapter 12, shall utilize one or more of the following LEED standards listed
in Chapter 12, as appropriate for the type of project or occupancy:
1. New Construction & Major Renovations.
2. Commercial Interiors.
3. Core & Shell.
4. Healthcare.
5. Retail: Commercial Interiors.
6. Retail: New Construction & Major Renovations.

7. Schools.
302.4.1 LEED version. An applicant for permits subject to Sections 302.2.2 through
302.2.7 (excluding residential projects subject to 302.2.4) or Section 302.3.2 through
302.3.34 shall either register the project with the USGBC or shall meet the LEED
requirements without USGBC registration and provide verification of compliance in
accordance with alternatives 2 or 3 of Section 302.5.1.
302.4.1.1 LEED version applicable to certain projects.
302.4.1.1.1 Prior USGBC registration. Where an applicant has

registered a project with the USGBC using an earlier version of the LEED
standards listed in Section 302.4 and Chapter 12, then the applicant may
elect to have verification of the project based upon such earlier LEED
version, provided that the USGBC will continue the certification process
under the earlier version.
302.4.1.1.2 Verification of compliance without USGBC registration.

Where an applicant elects to meet the LEED requirements without
USGBC registration, the applicant shall use the LEED standards listed in
Section 302.4.
Exception: Where the applicant has engaged in at least one of the

following interactions with the District of Columbia, then the applicant
may elect to have verification of the project based upon an earlier
LEED version, provided that the earliest version of the appropriate
LEED standard that shall be used is the version in effect one year prior
to whichever of the interactions of the applicant with the District of
Columbia came first:
1. The approval of a land disposition agreement;
2. The submission of an application to the Board of Zoning

Adjustment for a variance or special exception relief;
3. The submission of an application to the Zoning Commission

for a planned unit development or other approval requiring
Zoning Commission action;
4. The submission of an application to the Historic Preservation

Review Board or Mayor‘s Agent for the Historic
Preservation Review Board;

5. The filing of a building permit application for the primary
scope of work of project, but not applications for other types
of permits, including, but not limited to, applications for raze
permits, trade permits, foundation and earthwork permits or
miscellaneous; or
6. Other substantial land-use interactions with the District as

determined by the code official.
302.4.1.2 Enterprise Green Communities version. An applicant for

permits subject to 302.2.4 shall register the project with Enterprise Green
Communities or with the entity that certifies compliance with an approved
substantially equivalent standard; or, the applicant shall meet the
applicable standard without registration of the project and provide
verification of compliance in accordance with alternatives 2 or 3 of
Section 302.5.1
302.4.1.2.1 Prior registration. Where an applicant has registered

a project with Enterprise Green Communities or with an entity that
certifies compliance with an approved substantially equivalent
standard, using an earlier version of the applicable standards than
listed in Chapter 12, then the applicant may elect to have
verification of the project based upon such earlier version,
provided that the certifying organization will continue the
certification process under the earlier version.
302.4.1.2.2 Verification of compliance without registration.

Where an applicant elects to meet the Enterprise Green
Communities Criteria (or an approved substantially equivalent
standard) without registration, the applicant shall use the
Enterprise Green Communities Criteria listed in Chapter 12 or, if
applicable, the approved substantially equivalent standard.
Exception: Where the applicant has engaged in at least one of

the interactions with the District of Columbia listed in Section
302.4.1.1.2, then the applicant may elect to have verification of
the project based upon an earlier version of the appropriate
standard; provided, that the earliest version of the appropriate
standard that shall be used is the version in effect one year
prior to whichever of the interactions of the applicant with the
District of Columbia listed in Section 302.4.1.1.2 came first.
302.5 Verification. Evidence that a project meets or exceeds the LEED standard required by

Sections 302.2.2 through 302.2.7 or Sections 302.3.2 through 302.3.43, or the Enterprise Green
Communities Criteria (or approved substantially equivalent standard) required by Section
302.2.4, shall be submitted to the code official within 24 calendar months after the project‘s
receipt of the first certificate of occupancy issued for occupiable space in a story above grade
plane.
302.5.1 Evidence required. For purposes of this section, verification of compliance

shall be established by the following:
1. A certification by the USGBC that the project meets or exceeds the applicable
LEED standard required by Sections 302.2.2 through 302.2.7 or Sections 302.3.2
through 302.3.43, or, if applicable, a certification by Enterprise Green
Communities (or entity that certifies an approved substantially equivalent
standard) that the project meets or exceeds the applicable standard required by
Section 302.2.4; or
2. A determination by the code official that the project meets or exceeds the LEED
standard required by Sections 302.2.2 through 302.2.7 or Section 302.3.2 through
302.3.43, or the Enterprise Green Communities Criteria (or approved
substantially equivalent standard) required by Section 302.2.4; or
3. A certification by an approved agency or approved source that the project meets

or exceeds the LEED standard required by Sections 302.2.2 through 302.2.7 or
Section 302.3.2 through 302.3.43, or the Enterprise Green Communities Criteria
(or approved substantially equivalent standard) required by Section 302.2.4.
302.5.2 Extension. The code official, for good cause and upon written request, is
authorized to extend the period for verification of compliance for up to three consecutive
one-year periods.
302.6 Financial security. Before issuance of the first certificate of occupancy for occupiable
space in a story above grade plane of a privately-owned project subject to the provisions of
Sections 302.3.2 through 302.3.4, the applicant shall provide to the code official evidence of
financial security to cover the amount of fine that would be imposed under the Green Building
Act for non-compliance with the provisions of Sections 302.3.2 through 302.3.4.
302.6.1 Amount of financial security. The amount of the potential fine on a project,
and thus the amount of financial security, shall be as follows:
1. $7.50 per square foot of gross floor area of construction if the project is less than
100,000 square feet (9290 m2) of gross floor area of the project.
2. $10.00 per square foot of gross floor area of construction if the project is equal to

or greater than 100,000 square feet (9290 m2) of gross floor area of the project.
The amount of a fine for non-compliance under this sub-section, and thus the amount of
security, shall not exceed $3,000,000. When applying the provisions of this Section
302.6 to interior construction of a mixed use space in a residential project covered by
Section 302.3.3, the gross floor area of the project shall be deemed to mean the
contiguous gross floor area, exclusive of common space, of the non-residential
occupancies. The amount of this fine shall be subject to modification based upon the
form of security for performance as provided for in Sections 302.6.2.1 through 302.6.2.3.
302.6.2 Security for performance/form of delivery. The financial security requirement

shall be met through one of the following four methods:
302.6.2.1 Cash. If this option is elected, cash shall be deposited in an escrow

account in a financial institution in the District in the names of the applicant and
the District. A copy of a binding escrow agreement of the financial institution
shall be submitted to the code official in a form satisfactory to the Office of the
Attorney General, which provides that the funds can be released upon direction of
the District where remitted pursuant to Section 302.7. If cash is used as the
financial security, the amount of the financial security posted shall be discounted
by 20 percent.
302.6.2.2 Irrevocable letter of credit. If this option is elected, an irrevocable

letter of credit benefitting the District shall be submitted to the code official in a
form satisfactory to the Office of the Attorney General from a financial institution
authorized to do business in the District. The irrevocable letter of credit, issued
by the financial institution, shall comply with applicable regulatory requirements.
If an irrevocable letter of credit is used as the financial security, the amount of the
financial security posted shall be discounted by 20 percent.
302.6.2.3 Bond. If this option is elected, a bond benefitting the District, which
complies with applicable regulatory requirements, shall be submitted to the code
official in a form satisfactory to the Office of the Attorney General. If a bond is
used as the financial security, the amount of the financial security posted shall be
discounted by 20 percent.
302.6.2.4 Binding pledge. If this option is elected, a binding pledge shall be

submitted to the code official in a form approved by the Office of the Attorney
General. The binding pledge shall be recorded as a covenant in the land records
of the District against legal title to the land in which the project is located and
shall bind the owner and any successors in title to pay any fines levied under
Section 302.7.1.

302.7 Enforcement. Where a project fails to provide pursuant to Section 302.5 satisfactory
verification of the project‘s compliance with the requirements of Sections 302.3.2 through
302.3.43 within the prescribed time frame and any extensions thereof granted by the code official
pursuant to Section 302.5.2, the code official is authorized to draw down on the financial security
submitted as cash, irrevocable letter of credit or bond, by submission by the District of the
original security documentation, provided that where a binding pledge has been provided, to
enforce such pledge agreement pursuant to its terms. The amounts thus drawn down from the
financial security shall be deposited in the Green Building Fund set up under the Green Building
Act.
302.7.1 Financial security drawdowns. If a project fails to provide satisfactory

verification of compliance, the drawdowns of the financial security in the form of cash,
irrevocable letter of credit, or bond shall be as follows:
1. Failure to provide proof of compliance within 24 calendar months after the

project‘s receipt of the first certificate of occupancy for occupiable space in a story
above grade plane: 100 percent drawdown; or
2. Miss up to three LEED points in the applicable LEED standard: 50 percent

drawdown; or
3. Miss more than three LEED points in the applicable LEED standard: 100 percent
drawdown.
302.7.2 Binding pledge fines. If a project fails to provide satisfactory verification of

compliance within 24 calendar months after the project‘s receipt of the first certificate of
occupancy for occupiable space in a story above grade plane and a binding pledge is
used as the form of financial security, one or more fines shall be due and payable per the
amounts set out in Section 302.6.1 as may be modified pursuant to Section 302.7.1.
302.8 Release of financial security. If, within 24 calendar months following the issuance of the
first certificate of occupancy for occupiable space in a story above grade plane, the project
fulfills the requirements of Section 302.5, the financial security shall be released by the District
of Columbia and, as applicable, returned.
302.9 Remediation. If within 24 months after receipt of the first certificate of occupancy for
occupiable space in a story above grade plane, or within the extension periods granted to the
project per Section 302.5.2, the project does not meet the requirements of Section 302.5, the
project owner shall, at its own cost, design and renovate the existing building to meet or exceed
the current edition of the LEED standard for Existing Buildings: Operations & Maintenance at
the Certified Level. The project owner shall submit sufficient data to the code official to verify
compliance with this section. The project owner shall provide to the code official certification,
by the owner‘s registered design professional or an approved agency or an approved source that

the project complies with this section.
302.10 Additional fine. If within 48 calendar months after receipt of the first certificate of
occupancy for occupiable space in a story above grade plane, a project subject to Section 302.34
fails to provide satisfactory verification in accordance with the provisions of Section 302.5 or
Section 302.9, the project owner shall pay a monthly fine of $0.02 per square foot of gross floor
area of the project to the District of Columbia. The fine shall be a civil penalty, due and payable
annually. The fine shall be in addition to any fines issued under Section 302.7 and shall not be
subject to the $3,000,000 limit under Section 302.6.1.
302.11 Appeals. Determinations made by the code official under Sections 302.2 through 302.10
may be appealed pursuant to Section 112 of the Building Code.
302.12 Exemptions. A request for an exemption from application of the Green Building Act, or
the implementing regulations set forth in Section 302, to any project may be made to DDOE
pursuant to the provisions of 20 DCMR Chapter 35 and D.C. Official Code § 6-1451.10 (2012
Repl.).
303 ASHRAE 189.1 ADOPTION
303.1 Adoption. ASHRAE 189.1 is adopted and incorporated into the Green Construction
Code by this reference, subject to the amendments set forth in this section.
303.2 Amendments to ASHRAE 189.1.
Strike Section 2 of ASHRAE 189.1 in its entirety and insert new Section 2 in its place to read as
follows:
2. SCOPE
The scope of ASHRAE 189.1 shall be governed by 12 DCMR A § 101.4.9.
3. DEFINITIONS, ABBREVIATIONS, AND ACRONYMS
3.2 Definitions.
Strike the definition of “acceptance representative” in Section 3.2 of ASHRAE 189.1 and insert a
new definition of “acceptance representative” in its place to read as follows:
Acceptance representative: An entity identified by the owner who leads, plans, schedules, and
coordinates the activities needed to implement the building acceptance testing activities. The
acceptance representative may be a qualified employee or consultant of the owner. The

acceptance representative shall meet the qualifications for an approved agency set forth in the
Green Building Program Manual.
Strike the title of Section 4 of ASHRAE 189.1 in its entirety and insert a new title in Section 4 in
4. GENERAL AND APPENDICES
Insert the following amendments to Section 5 of ASHRAE 189.1:
5. SITE SUSTAINABILITY
5.3 Mandatory Provisions.
Strike Sections 5.3.1.2 (Prohibited Development Activity) and 5.3.2 (Mitigation of Heat Island
Effect) of ASHRAE 189.1 in their entirety without substitution.
Strike the Exceptions to Sections 5.3.3.2 and 5.3.3.3 in ASHRAE 189.1 in their entirety and insert
new Exceptions in their place to read as follows:
Exceptions to Sections 5.3.3.2 and 5.3.3.3:
1. Specialized signal, directional, and marker lighting associated with

transportation.
2. Advertising signage or directional signage.
3. Lighting integral to equipment or instrumentation and installed by its

manufacturer.
4. Lighting for theatrical purposes, including performance, stage, film

production, and video production.
5. Lighting for athletic playing areas.
6 Lighting that is in use for no more than 60 continuous days and is not re-
installed any sooner than 60 days after being uninstalled.
7. Lighting for industrial production, material handling, transportation

sites, and associated storage areas.
8. Theme elements in theme/amusement parks.

9. Roadway lighting required by governmental authorities.
10. Lighting classified for and used in hazardous locations as specified in

NFPA 70.
11. Lighting for swimming pools and water features.
12. Means of egress and emergency lighting.
13. Lighting for public safety.
14. Lighting for security.
5.4 Prescriptive Option.
Strike Section 5.4.1 (Site Development) of ASHRAE 189.1 in its entirety and insert new Section
5.4.1 in its place to read as follows:
5.4.1 Site Development. Building projects shall comply with Section 5.4.1.1.
5.4.1.1 Greenfield Sites. On a greenfield site:
a. Where more than 20 percent of the area of the predevelopment site has
existing native plants or adapted plants, a minimum of 20 percent of the
area of native plants or adapted plants shall be retained.
b. Where 20 percent or less of the area of the predevelopment site has existing
native plants or adapted plants, a minimum of 20 percent of the site shall be
developed or retained as vegetated area. Such vegetated areas include
bioretention facilities, rain gardens, filter strips, grass swales, vegetated
level spreaders, constructed wetlands, planters, and open space with
plantings. A minimum of 60 percent of such vegetated area shall consist of
biodiverse planting of native plants and/or adapted plants other than
turfgrass.
6. WATER USE EFFICIENCY
6.3.1 Site Water Use Reduction.
Strike Section 6.3.1.3 of ASHRAE 189.1 in its entirety and insert new Section 6.3.1.3 in its place
to read as follows:

6.3.1.3 Controls. Any irrigation system for the project site shall be controlled by
a qualifying smart controller that uses either ET and weather data or soil moisture
readings to adjust irrigation schedules and an on-site rain or moisture sensor that
automatically shuts the system off after a predetermined amount of rainfall or
sensed moisture in the soil. Qualifying smart controllers shall meet the minimum
requirements as listed below when tested in accordance with IA SWAT
Climatological Based Controllers 8th Draft Testing Protocol or IA SWAT Soil
Moisture Sensor-Based Controllers: Laboratory and Operational Tests Version
3.0. Smart controllers that use ET or soil moisture shall use the following inputs
for calculating appropriate irrigation amounts:
a. Irrigation adequacy—80% minimum ETc.
b. Irrigation excess—not to exceed 10%.
6.3.2 Building Water Use Reduction.
Strike Section 6.3.2, Subsection i. of ASHRAE 189.1 in its entirety without substitution.
6.3.2.3 HVAC Systems and Equipment.
Strike Section 6.3.2.3, Subsection c. of ASHRAE 189.1 in its entirety without substitution.
Strike Section 6.4.1 (Site Water Use Reduction) of ASHRAE 189.1 in its entirety without
substitution.
Strike Section 6.4.2.3 (Medical and Laboratory Facilities) of ASHRAE 189.1 in its entirety
7. ENERGY EFFICIENCY
Strike Section 7.3.2 (On-Site Renewable Energy Systems) of ASHRAE 189.1 in its entirety
Strike Section 7.4.1.1 (On-Site Renewable Energy Systems) of ASHRAE 189.1 in its entirety

Strike 7.4.3.3 (Economizers) of ASHRAE 189.1 in its entirety without substitution.
Strike Section 7.5 (Performance Option) of ASHRAE 189.1 in its entirety and insert new Section
7.5 in its place to read as follows:
7.5 Performance Option.
7.5.1 General Comprehensive Performance Requirements. Projects shall comply

with Section 7.5.2.
7.5.2 Annual Energy Cost. The building project shall have an annual energy cost less
than or equal to that achieved by compliance with Sections 7.3 and 7.4, and Sections
5.3.2.2, 5.3.2.3, 6.3.2, 6.4.2, 8.3.1, 8.3.4, and 8.4.1. Comparisons shall be made using
Normative Appendix D.
8. INDOOR ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY (IEQ)
Strike Section 8.3.2 (Thermal Environmental Conditions for Human Occupancy) of ASHRAE
189.1 in its entirety and without substitution.
9. THE BUILDING’S IMPACT ON THE ATMOSPHERE, MATERIALS, AND

RESOURCES
Strike Section 9.3.4 (Storage and Collection of Recyclables and Discarded Goods) of ASHRAE
189.1 in its entirety without substitution.
10. CONSTRUCTION AND PLANS FOR OPERATION
Strike Section 10.1 (Scope) of ASHRAE 189.1 in its entirety and insert new Section 10.1 in its
10.1 Scope. This section specifies requirements for construction and plans for operation,
including the commissioning process, building acceptance testing, measurement and verification,
energy use reporting, durability, transportation management, erosion and sediment control,
construction, and indoor air quality during construction. Commissioning documents shall be
available to the code official upon request.

Strike Section 10.3.1.1.1 (Activities Prior to Building Permit) of ASHRAE 189.1 in its entirety
Strike Section 10.3.1.2 (Building Project Commissioning) of ASHRAE 189.1 in its entirety and
insert new Section 10.3.1.2 in its place to read as follows:
10.3.1.2 Building Project Commissioning. Commissioning shall be performed

in accordance with this section using generally accepted engineering standards
and handbooks acceptable to the AHJ. Buildings undergoing the commissioning
process will be deemed to comply with the requirements of Section 10.3.1.1,
―Building Acceptance Testing.‖ A commissioning process shall be incorporated
into the predesign, design, construction, and first year occupancy of the building
project that verifies that the delivered building and its components, assemblies,
and systems comply with the documented OPR. Procedures, documentation,
tools, and training shall be provided to the building operating staff to sustain
features of the building assemblies and systems for the service life of the building.
This material shall be assembled and organized into a systems manual that
provides necessary information to the building operating staff to operate and
maintain all commissioned systems identified within the building project.
Strike Section 10.3.1.2.1 (Activities Prior to Building Permit) of ASHRAE 189.1 in its entirety
Strike Section 10.3.1.2.3 (Post-Occupancy Activities) of ASHRAE 189.1 in its entirety without
substitution.
Strike Section 10.3.1.3 (Erosion and Sediment Control (ESC)) of ASHRAE 189.1 in its entirety
Strike Section 10.3.2 (Plans for Operation) of ASHRAE 189.1 in its entirety and insert new
Section 10.3.2 in its place to read as follows:
10.3.2 Preliminary Commissioning Report. Prior to the final inspection, the

Preliminary Commissioning Report shall be provided to the owner. A copy of the report
shall be made available to the code official upon request.
Insert new Section 10.3.3 in ASHRAE 189.1 to read as follows:
10.3.3 Final Commissioning Report Requirement. A Final Commissioning Report

shall be provided to the owner within 180 days after the date of issuance of the first
certificate of occupancy for occupiable space in a story above grade plane, and a copy
shall be made available to the code official upon request.

11. NORMATIVE REFERENCES
Under subheading “Irrigation Association (IA)” in Section 11 of ASHRAE 189.1, strike the
SWAT reference in its entirety, and insert the following new references in its place under
subheading “Irrigation Association (IA)” in Section 11 of ASHRAE 189.1 to read as follows:
Irrigation Association (IA)

6450 Arlington Boulevard
Falls Church, VA 22042-
6638
1-703-536-7080
www.irrigation.org
Reference Title Section
Smart Water Application Smart Water Application 6.3.1.3
Technologies (SWAT) Technologies (SWAT),
Soil Moisture Sensor-Based Turfgrass and Landscape
Controllers: Laboratory and Irrigation System Smart
Operational Tests Version 3.0, Controllers
August 2011 Soil Moisture Sensor-Based
Controllers
Smart Water Application Smart Water Application 6.3.1.3
Technologies (SWAT) Technologies (SWAT), Turf
Climatological Based and Landscape Irrigation
Controllers 8th Draft Testing Equipment
Protocol, September 2008 Climatologically Based
Controllers

CHAPTER 4 SITE DEVELOPMENT AND LAND USE
401 General
402 Preservation of Natural Resources
403 Stormwater Management
404 Landscape Irrigation and Outdoor Fountains
405 Management of Vegetation, Soils and Erosion Control
406 Building Site Waste Management
407 Transportation Impact
408 Heat Island Mitigation
409 Site Lighting
401 GENERAL
Strike Section 401.2 of the International Green Construction Code in its entirety and insert new
Section 401.2 in the Green Construction Code in its place to read as follows:
401.2 Predesign site inventory and assessment. An inventory and assessment of the natural
resources and baseline conditions of the building site shall be submitted with the construction
documents. The inventory and assessment shall:
1. Identify how soils will be prepared, amended and placed in a manner that
establishes or restores the ability of the soil to support the vegetation that has been
protected and that will be planted;
2. Identify invasive plant species on the site for removal; and
3. Identify native plant species on the site.
402 PRESERVATION OF NATURAL RESOURCES
Strike Section 402 of the International Green Construction Code in its entirety without
substitution.
403 STORMWATER MANAGEMENT
substitution.
404 LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION AND OUTDOOR FOUNTAINS

substitution.
405 MANAGEMENT OF VEGETATION, SOILS AND EROSION CONTROL
405.1 Soil and water quality protection. Soil and water quality shall be protected in
accordance with Section 405.1.4.
Strike Sections 405.1.1, 405.1.2, and 405.1.3 of the International Green Construction Code in
their entirety without substitution.
Strike Section 405.1.4 of the International Green Construction Code in its entirety and insert
new Section 405.1.4 in the Green Construction Code in its place to read as follows:
405.1.4 Soil reuse and restoration. Soils that are being placed or replaced on a building
site shall be prepared, amended and placed in a manner that establishes or restores the
ability of the soil to support the vegetation that has been protected and that will be
planted. Soil reuse and restoration shall be in accordance with Sections 405.1.4.1 and
405.1.4.2.
405.1.4.1 Preparation. Before placing stockpiled or imported topsoils,

compliance with all of the following shall occur:
1. Areas shall be cleared of debris including, but not limited to, building
materials, plaster, paints, road base type materials, petroleum based
chemicals, and other harmful materials;
2. Areas of construction-compacted subsoil shall be scarified; and
3. The first lift of replaced soil shall be mixed into this scarification zone to
improve the transition between the subsoil and overlying soil horizons.
Exceptions: Scarification is prohibited in all of the following

locations:
1. Where scarification would damage existing tree roots.
2. On inaccessible slopes.
3. On or adjacent to trenching and drainage installations.

4. On areas intended by the design to be compacted such as
abutments, footings, inslopes.
5. Brownfields.
6. Other locations where scarification would damage existing

structures, utilities and vegetation being preserved.
405.1.4.2 Restoration. Soils disturbed during construction shall be restored in

areas that will not be covered by buildings, structures or hardscapes. Soil
restoration shall comply with the following:
1. Organic matter. To provide appropriate organic matter for plant growth

and for water storage and infiltration, soils shall be amended with a
mature, stable compost material so that not less than the top 6 inches
(152.4 mm) of soil contains not less than 3 percent organic matter.
Sphagnum peat or organic amendments that contain sphagnum peat shall
not be used. Soil organic matter shall be determined in accordance with
ASTM D 2974. Organic materials selected for onsite amendment or for
blending of imported soils shall be renewable within a 50-year cycle.
Exception: Where the reference soil for a building site has an organic
level depth other than 6 inches, soils shall be amended to organic
matter levels and organic matter depth that are comparable to the site‘s
reference soil.
2. Additional soil restoration criteria. In addition to compliance with Item

1, soil restoration shall comply with not less than three of the following
criteria:
1. Compaction. Bulk densities within the root zone shall not exceed
the densities specified in Table 405.1.4 and shall be measured
using a soil cone penetrometer in accordance with ASAE S313.3.
The root zone shall be not less than 6 inches (152.4 mm), nor less
than the site‘s reference soil, whichever results in the greater depth
of measurement. Data derived from a soil cone penetrometer shall
be reported in accordance with ASAE EP542.
2. Infiltration rates. Infiltration rates or saturated hydraulic

conductivity of the restored soils shall be comparable to the site‘s
reference soil. Infiltration rates shall be determined in accordance
with ASTM D 3385 or ASTM D 5093. For sloped areas where the
methods provided in the referenced standards cannot be used

successfully, alternate methods approved by the code official shall
be permitted provided that the same method is used to test both
reference soil and onsite soil.
3. Soil biological function. Where remediated soils are used, the

biological function of the soils‘ mineralizable nitrogen shall be
permitted as a proxy assessment of biological activity.
4. Soil chemical characteristics. Soil chemical characteristics

appropriate for plant growth shall be restored. The pH, cation
exchange capacity and nutrient profiles of the original undisturbed
soil or the site‘s reference soil shall be matched in restored soils.
Salinity suitable for regionally appropriate vegetation shall be
established. Soil amendments and fertilizers shall be selected from
those which minimize nutrient loading to waterways or
groundwater.
TABLE 405.1.4
MAXIMUM CONE PENETROMETER READINGS
SURFACE RESISTANCE (PSI) SUBSURFACE RESISTANCE (PSI)

All Sand Silt Clay
Textures (includes loamy (includes loam, (includes
Sand sand, sandy loam, silt loam, silty clay loam)
sandy clay loam, clay loam, and
and sandy clay) silty clay)
110 260 260 225
Section 405.2 in the Green Construction Code in its place to read as follows
405.2 Invasive plant species. Invasive plant species shall not be planted on a building site.
Containment or removal of any invasive plant species currently on the site is required.
405.3 Native plant landscaping. Where new landscaping is installed as part of a site plan or
within the building site, not less than 50 percent of the newly landscaped area shall be planted
with native plant species.
Exceptions:

1. Locations where non-native plant species are required by laws or regulations of the
District of Columbia;
2. Vegetative roofs for buildings or structures; or
3. Trees.
406 BUILDING SITE WASTE MANAGEMENT
406.1 Building site waste management requirements plan. Not less than 75 percent of the
land-clearing debris from a building site shall be diverted from landfills. Land-clearing debris
includes rock, trees, stumps and associated vegetation. The building site development shall
comply with the following additional requirements:
1. The effective destruction and disposal of invasive plant species.
2. Where the site is located in a federal or state designated quarantine zone for invasive
insect species, building site vegetation management shall comply with the quarantine
rules.
3. Receipts or other documentation related to diversion shall be maintained through the

course of construction. When requested by the code official, evidence of diversion shall
be provided.
Insert new Section 406.3 in the Green Construction Code to read as follows:
406.3 Verification. Prior to issuance of the first certificate of occupancy for occupiable space in
a story above grade plane, or prior to final inspection, if a new certificate of occupancy is not
required, the Department is authorized to may require the owner, contractor or an approved
agency to provide verification of the project‘s compliance with Section 406.1.
407 TRANSPORTATION IMPACT
substitution.
408 HEAT ISLAND MITIGATION

408.1 General. The heat island effect of building and building site development shall be
mitigated in accordance with Section 408.2.
408.2.2 Shading by structures. Where shading is provided by a building or structure or

a building element or component, such building, structure, component or element shall
comply with the following:
1. Where open trellis-type free standing structures, such as, but not limited to,
covered walkways, and trellises or pergolas, are covered with native plantings, the
plantings shall be designed to achieve mature coverage within five years; and
2. Shade provided onto the hardscape by an adjacent building or structure located on

the same lot shall be calculated and credited toward compliance with this section
based on the projected peak sun angle on the summer solstice.
Strike Section 408.3 of the International Green Construction Code in its entirety without
substitution.
409 SITE LIGHTING
409.1 Light pollution control. Uuplight, light trespass, and glare shall be limited for all exterior
lighting equipment as described in Sections 409.2 and 409.3. The provisions of this section shall
only apply to new construction and Level 3 alterations complying with the applicable
requirements of the Existing Building Code.
Exceptions: Lighting used for the following exterior applications is exempt where equipped
with a control device independent of the control of the non-exempt lighting:
1. Specialized signal, directional, and marker lighting associated with transportation.
2. Advertising signage or directional signage.
3. Lighting integral to equipment or instrumentation and installed by its manufacturer.

4. Theatrical purposes, including performance, stage, film production, and video
production.
5. Athletic playing areas where lighting is equipped with hoods or louvers for glare
control.
6. Temporary lighting.
7. Lighting for industrial production, material handling, transportation sites, and

associated storage areas where lighting is equipped with hoods or louvers for glare
control.
8. Theme elements in theme and amusement parks.
9. Roadway lighting required by governmental authorities.
10. Lighting used to highlight features of public monuments and registered landmark
structures.
11. Lighting classified for and used in hazardous areas.
12. Lighting for swimming pools and water features.
13. Means of egress and emergency lighting.
14. Lighting for public safety.
15. Lighting for security.
Strike Section 409.1.1 and Table 409.1.1 of the International Green Construction Code in their
entirety and insert new Section 409.1.1 and Table 409.1.1 in the Green Construction Code in
their place to read as follows:
409.1.1 Exterior lighting zones. The lighting zone for the building site shall be
determined from Table 409.1.1 as clarified by Administrative Bulletins.
TABLE 409.1.1 EXTERIOR LIGHTING ZONES

LIGHTING
ZONE DESCRIPTION
1 Developed areas of national parks, state parks, forest land and rural areas
Areas predominantly consisting of residential zoning, neighborhood
2
business districts, light industrial with limited nighttime use and

residential mixed use areas
3 All other areas (not included in other zones)
4 High-activity commercial districts
409.2 Uplight. Exterior lighting shall comply with the requirements of Table 409.2 for the
exterior lighting zones (LZ) appropriate to the building site.
Exceptions: Lighting used for the following exterior applications shall be exempt from the
requirements of Table 409.2:
1. Lighting for building facades, landscape features, and public monuments in exterior
lighting zones 3 and 4.
2. Lighting for building facades in exterior lighting zone 2.
3. Lighting installed below canopies.
4. Lighting for flag poles.

CHAPTER 5 MATERIAL RESOURCE CONSERVATION AND EFFICIENCY
503 Construction Waste Management

504 Waste Management and Recycling
505 Material Selection
503 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT
503.1 Construction material and waste management requirements. Not less than 50 percent
of nonhazardous construction waste shall be diverted from disposal, by recycling or salvage of
construction materials and waste.
The owner, contractor or approved agency shall maintain receipts and other documentation
through the course of construction relating to diversion. The percentage of materials diverted
shall be calculated by weight or volume, but not both. For the purposes of this section,
construction materials and waste shall include, but are not limited to (1) all materials delivered to
the site and intended for installation prior to the issuance of the certificate of occupancy,
including related packaging; and (2) construction materials and waste removed during demolition
or razing. Construction and waste materials shall not include land-clearing debris. Land-clearing
debris shall include trees, stumps, rocks, and vegetation and shall be managed in accordance with
Section 406.1.
Insert new Section 503.2 in the Green Construction Code to read as follows:
503.2 Verification. Prior to issuance of the first certificate of certificate of occupancy for
occupiable space in a story above grade plane, or prior to final inspection, if a new certificate of
occupancy is not required, the Department is authorized to require the owner, contractor or an
approved agency to provide verification of the project‘s compliance with Section 503.1. When
requested by the code official, evidence of diversion shall be provided, which may include, but is
not limited to, hauling receipts.
504 WASTE MANAGEMENT AND RECYCLING
substitution.
505 MATERIAL SELECTION
Strike Section 505 of the International Green Construction Code in its entirety and insert new

Section 505 in the Green Construction Code in its place to read as follows:
505.1 Material selection and properties. Building materials shall conform to Section 505.2.
Furniture and furnishings may be included, but are not required. Section 505 shall not apply to
projects of less than 50,000 square feet (15 240 m2).
Exceptions:
1. Electrical, mechanical, plumbing, security and fire detection, and alarm equipment and
controls, automatic fire sprinkler systems, elevators and conveying systems shall not be
required to comply with Section 505.2.
2. Where a whole building life cycle assessment is performed in accordance with Section
505.1.1, compliance with Section 505.2 shall not be required.
505.1.1 Whole building life cycle assessment; alternative compliance. Where a whole
building life cycle assessment is performed, compliance with the material selection
requirements of Section 505 is not required. The requirements for the execution of a
whole building life cycle assessment shall be performed in accordance with the
following:
1. The assessment shall demonstrate that the building project achieves not less
than a 20 percent improvement in environmental performance for global
warming potential and at least two of the following impact measures, as
compared to a reference design of similar usable floor area, function and
configuration that meets the minimum energy requirements of this code and
the structural requirements of the Building Code. For relocatable buildings,
the reference design shall be comprised of the number of reference buildings
equal to the estimated number of uses of the relocatable building.
1.1. Primary energy use.
1.2. Acidification potential.
1.3. Eutrophication potential.
1.4. Ozone depletion potential.
1.5. Smog potential.
2. The reference and project buildings shall utilize the same life cycle
assessment tool.

3. The life cycle assessment tool shall be approved by the code official.
4. Building operational energy shall be included. For relocatable buildings, an

average building operational energy shall be estimated to reflect potential
changes in location, siting, and configuration by adding or subtracting
modules, or function.
5. Building process loads shall be permitted to be included.
6. Maintenance and replacement schedules and actions for components shall be

included in the assessment. For relocatable buildings, average
transportation energy, material and waste generation associated with reuse
of relocatable buildings shall be included in the assessment.
7. The full life cycle shall be assessed from resource extraction to demolition
and disposal, including, but not limited to, onsite construction, maintenance
and replacement; relocation and reconfiguration; material and product
embodied acquisition; and process and transportation energy.
Exception: Electrical and mechanical equipment and controls, plumbing

products, fire detection and alarm systems, elevators and conveying
systems shall not be included in the assessment.
8. The complete building envelope, structural elements, inclusive of footings

and foundations, and interior walls, floors and ceilings, including interior
and exterior finishes, shall be assessed to the extent that data are available
for the materials being analyzed in the selected life cycle assessment tool.
9. The life cycle assessment shall conform to the requirements of ISO 14044.
505.2 Material selection. Not less than 40 percent of the total building materials used in the
project, based on cost, shall comply with Sections 505.2.1, 505.2.2, 505.2.3, 505.2.4, or 505.2.5.
Where a material complies with more than one section, the material value shall be multiplied by
the number of sections that it complies with. The value of total building material cost shall
remain constant regardless of whether materials are tabulated in more than one section.
505.2.1 Used materials and components. Used materials and components shall comply
with the provisions for such materials in accordance with the applicable requirements of
this code. The value of used materials shall be either the actual cost paid or the
replacement value.
505.2.2 Recycled content building materials. Recycled content building materials shall
comply with the following:

1. The recycled content value of a material assembly shall be determined by weight.
The recycled fraction of the assembly is then multiplied by the cost of assembly to
determine the recycled content value.
2. Recycled content shall mean material that has been reprocessed from
recovered [reclaimed] material by means of a manufacturing process and
made into a final product or into a component for incorporation into a final
product.
505.2.3 Recyclable building materials and building components. Building materials

and building components that can be recycled into the same material or another material
with a minimum recovery rate of not less than 30 percent through recycling and
reprocessing or reuse, or building materials shall be recyclable through an established,
nationally available closed loop manufacturer‘s take-back program.
505.2.4 Bio-based materials. Bio-based materials shall be those materials that comply
with one or more of the following:
1. The bio-based content is not less than 75 percent as determined by testing in

accordance with ASTM D6866.
2. Wood and wood products used to comply with this section, other than salvaged or
reused wood products, shall be labeled in accordance with the SFI Standard, FSC
STD-40-004 V2-1 EN, PEFC Council Technical Document or equivalent fiber
procurement system. As an alternative to an on-product label, a Certificate of
Compliance indicating compliance with the fiber procurement system shall be
permitted. Manufacturer‘s fiber procurement systems shall be audited by an
accredited third-party.
3. The requirements of USDA 7CFR, Part 2902.
505.2.5 Indigenous (regional) materials. Indigenous materials or components shall be

composed of resources that are recovered, harvested, extracted or manufactured within a
500 mile (800 km) radius of the building site. Where only a portion of a material or
product is recovered, harvested, extracted or manufactured within 500 miles (800 km),
only that portion shall be included. Where resources are transported by water or rail, the
distance to the building site shall be determined by multiplying the distance that the
resources are transported by water or rail by 0.25, and adding that number to the distance
transported by means other than water or rail.
505.3 Verification. Within 180 days after the final inspection, the owner, contractor, or an
approved agency shall provide the code official with documentation verifying compliance with

the material selection or whole building life cycle assessment requirements of Section 505.

CHAPTER 6 ENERGY CONSERVATION, EFFICIENCY AND C02e EMISSION
REDUCTION
601 General
602 Modeled Performance Pathway Requirements
603 Energy Metering, Monitoring and Reporting
604 Automated Demand-response (Auto-DR) Infrastructure
605 Building Envelope Systems
606 Building Mechanical Systems
607 Building Service Water Heating Systems
608 Building Electrical Power and Lighting Systems
609 Specific Appliances and Systems
610 Building Renewable Energy Systems
611 Energy Systems Commissioning and Completion
601 GENERAL
Strike Section 601.3.1 in the International Green Construction Code in its entirety and insert
601.3.1 Performance-based compliance. Buildings designed on a performance basis

shall comply with Sections 602, 608.6, 609, and 611.
601.3.2 Prescriptive-based compliance. Buildings designed on a prescriptive basis

shall comply with the requirements of Sections 605, 606, 607, 608, 609, and 611.
602 MODELED PERFORMANCE PATHWAY REQUIREMENTS
Strike Section 602.1 and Subsection 602.1.1 of the International Green Construction Code in
their entirety and insert new Section 602.1 and Subsection 602.1.1 in the Green Construction
Code in their place to read as follows:
602.1 Performance-based compliance. Compliance for buildings and their sites to be designed
on a performance basis shall be determined by predictive modeling. Predictive modeling shall
use source energy kBtu/sf-y unit measure based on compliance with Section 602.1.1. Where a
building has mixed uses, all uses shall be included in the performance-based compliance.
602.1.1 zEPI. Performance-based designs shall demonstrate a zEPI of not more than 51
as determined in accordance with Equation 6-1 for energy use reduction.

(Equation 6-1)
zEPI = 57 × (EUIp/EUI)
Where:
EUIp =the proposed energy use index in source kBtu/sf-y for the proposed design of the
building and its site calculated in accordance with Section 602.1.2.
EUI = the base annual energy use index in source kBtu/sf-y for a baseline building and
its site calculated in accordance with Section 602.1.2.
Strike subsection 602.1.2 of the International Green Construction Code in its entirety and insert
new subsection 602.1.2 in the Green Construction Code in its place to read as follows:
602.1.2 Base annual energy use index. The proposed energy use index (EUIp) of the
building and building site shall be calculated in accordance with Equation 6-1; Appendix
G to ASHRAE 90.1, as modified by Sections 602.1.2.1 through 602.1.2.3; and approved
modeling guidelines. The annual energy use shall include all energy used for building
functions and its anticipated occupancy.
Retain subsections 602.1.2.1 and 602.1.2.2 of the International Green Construction Code in their
entirety.
Strike Subsection 602.1.2.3 of the International Green Construction Code in its entirety and
insert new Subsection 602.1.2.3 in the Green Construction Code in its place to read as follows:
602.1.2.3 Non-renewable energy. In calculating the annual energy use index, for
fuel other than electrical power, energy use shall be converted to consistent units
by multiplying the non-renewable energy fossil fuel use at the utility meter or
measured point of delivery to Btu‘s and multiplying by the conversion factor in
Table 602.1.2.2.
Strike Table 602.1.2.2 of the International Green Construction Code in its entirety and insert
new Table 602.1.2.2 in the Green Construction Code in its place to read as follows:
TABLE 602.1.2.2
U.S. AVERAGE BUILDING FUELS ENERGY CONVERSION
FACTORS BY FUEL TYPEa
FUEL TYPE ENERGY CONVERSION FACTOR
Natural Gas 1.09
Fuel Oil 1.13

LPG 1.12
Purchased heat (hot water) 1.35
Purchased heat (steam) 1.45
District cooling 1.033
Other 1.1
a. Source: Gas Technology Institute Source Energy and Emissions Analysis Tool.
Retain Subsection 602.1.3 of the International Green Construction Code in its entirety.
Strike Section 602.2 of the International Green Construction Code in its entirety (including
associated subsections) without substitution.
603 ENERGY METERING, MONITORING AND REPORTING
603.1 Scope. The provisions of Section 603 shall only apply to new construction and projects
that are undertaking a complete electrical system replacement. Section 603 shall not apply to
Group R occupancies.
603.1.1 Purpose. The purpose of this section is to provide requirements that will ensure
that buildings are constructed or altered in a way that will provide the capability for their
energy use, production and reclamation to be measured, monitored and reported. This
includes the design of energy distribution systems so as to isolate load types, the
installation of or ability to install in the future meters, devices and a data acquisition
system, and the installation of, or the ability to provide, energy displays and other
appropriate reporting mechanisms in the future.
All forms of energy delivered to the building and building site, produced on the building
site or in the building, and reclaimed at the building site or in the building shall be
metered and all energy load types measured in accordance with this section.
603.1.1.1 Buildings with tenants within the scope of Section 603. In buildings
with nonresidential tenants, the metering required by Section 603.3 shall be
collected for the entire building and for each floor in the building. Tenants within
the scope of Section 603 shall have access to all data collected for the floors in
which they have occupancy. Means of access shall be left to the discretion of the
owner.
new Section 603.3.7 in the Green Construction Code in its place as follows:

603.3.7 Renewable energy. Equipment and systems providing energy from renewable
energy sources which is included in the determination of the building zEPI, shall be
capable of being metered to allow a determination of the output of equipment and
systems in accordance with Sections 603.3.7.1 through 603.3.7.3.
603.3.7.1 Solar electric. Equipment and systems providing electric power

through conversion of solar energy directly to electric power shall be capable of
being metered so that the peak electric power (kW) provided to the building and
its systems or to off-site entities can be determined at 15 minute intervals, and the
amount of electric power (kWh) provided to the building and its systems can be
determined at intervals of one hour or less.
603.3.7.2 Wind power systems. Equipment and systems providing electric

power through conversion of wind energy directly to electric power shall be
capable of being metered so that the peak electric power (kW) provided to the
building and its systems or to off-site entities can be determined at 15 minute
intervals, and the amount of electric power (kWh) provided to the building and its
systems can be determined at intervals of one hour or less.
603.3.7.3 Other renewable energy electric production systems. Equipment

and systems providing electric power through conversion of other forms of
renewable energy directly to electric power shall be capable of being metered so
that the peak electric power (kW) provided to the building and its systems or to
off-site entities can be determined at 15 minute intervals, and the amount of
electric power (kWh) provided to the building and its systems can be determined
at intervals of one hour or less.
Section 603.4 in the Green Construction Code in its place to read as follows
603.4 Energy load type sub-metering. For buildings that are not less than 50,000 square feet
(4645 m2) in total building floor area, the energy use of the categories specified in Table 603.2
shall be metered through the use of sub-meters or other approved equivalent methods meeting
the capability requirements of Section 603.3.
603.4.1 Buildings less than 50,000 square feet. For buildings that are less than 50,000
square feet (4645 m2) in total building floor area, the energy distribution system shall be
designed and constructed to accommodate the future installation of sub-meters and other
approved devices in accordance with Section 603.4. This includes, but is not limited to,
providing access to distribution lines and ensuring adequate space for the installation of
sub-meters and other approved devices.

603.5 Minimum energy measurement and verification. Meters, sub-meters, and other
approved devices installed in compliance with Sections 603.3 and 603.4 shall be connected to a
data acquisition and management system capable of storing not less than 36 months worth of
data collected by all meters and other approved devices.
substitution.
604 AUTOMATED DEMAND-RESPONSE (AUTO-DR) INFRASTRUCTURE
604.1 Establishing an open and interoperable automated demand response (Auto-DR)

infrastructure. Buildings that contain heating, ventilation, or air conditioning (HVAC) systems
shall comply with Sections 604.1 through 604.3. Where a building energy management and
control system (EMCS) is being installed, it shall be integrated with building HVAC systems
controls to receive an open and interoperable automated demand response (Auto-DR) relay or
Internet signal. Actual participation in demand response programs is not required by the Green
Construction Code.
Exceptions: Auto-DR infrastructure is not required for the following:
1. Buildings located where the electric utility or regional Independent System Operator
(ISO) or Regional Transmission Operator (RTO) does not offer a demand response
program to buildings regulated by this code.
2. Buildings with a peak electric demand not greater than 0.75 times that of the standard
reference design.
3. Buildings that have incorporated on-site renewable energy generation to provide 20

percent or more of the building‘s energy demand.
Strike the Exception to Section 604.3 of the International Green Construction Code in its entirety
and insert a new Exception to Section 604.3 of the Green Construction Code in its place to read
as follows:
Exceptions: The Auto-DR strategy is not required to include the following buildings and
systems:

1. Hospitals and critical emergency response facilities.
2. Ventilation and exhaust systems required by Chapter 5 of the Mechanical Code for the
control or removal of dust, particles, odors, fumes, spray, gas, smoke or other
hazardous materials, considered to be irritating or injurious to health or safety, and
produced by or involved in operations or processes, including hazardous materials
storage.
3. Manufacturing process systems.
4. Group R occupancies.
substitution.
605 BUILDING ENVELOPE SYSTEMS
605.1 Prescriptive compliance. Where buildings are designed using the prescriptive-based
compliance path in accordance with Section 60l.3.2, building thermal envelope systems shall
comply with the provisions of Section C402 of the Energy Conservation Code and the provisions
of Section 605.2 where applicable.
605.1.1 Insulation and fenestration criteria. The building thermal envelope shall meet
the requirements of Tables C402.1.2 and C402.3 of the Energy Conservation Code.
605.1.2 Air leakage. The building thermal envelope shall be durably sealed to limit air
leakage in accordance with Section C402.4 of the Energy Conservation Code.
605.2. Roof replacement. For roof replacement on an existing building with insulation entirely
above the deck and where the roof slope is less than two units vertical in 12 units horizontal (17-
percent slope), the insulation shall conform to the energy conservation requirements for
insulation entirely above deck in the Energy Conservation Code.
Exception: Where the required R-value cannot be provided due to thickness limitations
presented by existing rooftop conditions, including heating, ventilating and air-
conditioning equipment, low door or glazing heights, parapet heights, proper roof
flashing heights, the maximum thickness of insulation compatible with the available

space and existing uses shall be installed.
606 BUILDING MECHANICAL SYSTEMS
substitution.
606.3 Duct and plenum insulation, sealing and testing. Supply and return air ducts and
plenums, air handlers and filter boxes shall be insulated and sealed in accordance with Section
C403.2.7.1.1 of the Energy Conservation Code and shall be tested using guidelines in Section
606.3.1.
Retain Subsection 606.3.1 of the International Green Construction Code in its entirety.
substitution.
606.5 Economizers. Economizers shall comply with the requirements of the Energy
Conservation Code.
606.6 Variable air volume (VAV) fan control. Individual fans with motors equal to or greater
than 5.0 horsepower (3.7285 kW) shall be one of the following:
1. Driven by a mechanical or electrical variable speed drive;
2. Driven by a vane-axial fan with variable-pitch blades; or
3. Provided with controls or devices that will result in fan motor demand of not more than
30 percent of its design wattage at 50 percent of design airflow when the static pressure
set point equals one-third of the total design static pressure, based on manufacturer‘s
certified fan data.

For systems with direct digital control of individual zone boxes reporting to the central control
panel, the static pressure set point shall be reset based on the zone requiring the most pressure.
The set point shall be reset lower until one zone damper is wide open.
Exceptions:
1. Systems without zone dampers are exempt from the static

pressure reset requirements.
2. Fans that are part of a required fire protection system.
606.7 Kitchen makeup air systems. Kitchen ventilation and exhaust systems shall be in
accordance with the Mechanical Code and this section. Kitchen ventilation systems that deliver
conditioned supply air to any space containing a kitchen hood shall not be capable of exceeding
the greater of the following:
1. The supply airflow rate required to meet the conditioning load;
2. The ventilation rate required for the area; or
3. The hood exhaust flow minus the available transfer air from adjacent spaces. For the
purposes of this section, available transfer air is considered to be that portion of outdoor
ventilation air not required to satisfy other exhaust needs, such as restrooms, and not
required to maintain pressurization of adjacent spaces.
Section 606.8 in the Green Construction Code in its place to read as follows.
606.8 Laboratory exhaust systems. Laboratory exhaust systems shall comply with the
provisions of the Energy Conservation Code except as specified in Section 606.8.1.
606.8.1 Laboratory exhaust systems. Buildings with laboratory exhaust systems having
a total exhaust rate greater than 5,000 cfm (2360 L/s) shall be provided with one or more
of the following:
1. A variable air volume (VAV) laboratory exhaust and room supply system capable
of reducing exhaust and makeup air flow rates to the minimum required in the
Mechanical Code.

2. A heat recovery system to precondition makeup air from laboratory exhaust so
that the percentage that the exhaust and makeup air flow rates can be reduced
from design conditions plus the sensible recovery effectiveness percentage totals
not less than 50 percent. The heat recovery system must be in compliance with
the Mechanical Code and shall not be provided where the Mechanical Code
prohibits such systems.
3. Direct makeup auxiliary air supply equal to not less than 75 percent of the exhaust
air flow rate capable of being heated and cooled to the design temperatures
specified in Section C302.1 of the Energy Conservation Code.
607 BUILDING SERVICE WATER HEATING SYSTEMS
607.2.2 Water heater controls for dwelling units. Water heaters installed in dwelling
units in buildings shall be equipped with external water temperature thermostat controls.
substitution.
substitution.
substitution.
substitution.
substitution.
608 BUILDING ELECTRICAL POWER AND LIGHTING SYSTEMS
Strike Section 608.4 (including Sections 608.4.1 and 608.4.2) of the International Green
Construction Code in its entirety and insert new Section 608.4 in the Green Construction Code
608.4 Exterior lighting reduction controls. Exterior lighting shall be controlled by a time
switch and configured so that the total exterior lighting power is automatically reduced by not
less than 30 percent within two hours after facility operations conclude.

Exceptions: An exterior lighting time switch shall not be required for the following
occupancies and conditions:
1. Group H occupancies.
2. Group I occupancies.
3. Group R occupancies.
4. Lighting that is connected to occupant sensor controls.
5. Means of egress lighting required by the Building Code or the Fire Code.
6. Solar powered luminaires that are not connected to a centralized power source.
608.5 Automatic daylight controls. Automatic daylight controls shall be provided in daylit
areas to control the lights serving those areas.
Exceptions: Automatic daylight controls are not required for the following spaces and
equipment:
1. Daylit areas where the skylight is located in a portion of the roof that is shaded during
the peak sun angle on the summer solstice by permanent features of the building or by
permanent features of adjacent buildings.
2. Daylit areas where the fenestration is located in an obstructed exterior wall that does
not face a public way, or a yard or court complying with Section 1206 of the Building
Code.
3. Daylit areas served by less than 120 watts of lighting.
4. Spaces where medical care is directly provided.
5. Spaces within dwelling units or sleeping units.
6. Lighting required to comply with Section C405.2.3 of the Energy Conservation Code.
7. Lobbies and retail spaces.

8. Areas where the sidelighting effective aperture is less than 10 percent.
608.6 Equipment controls. Water dispensers, vending machines, and refrigerator and freezer
cases shall be controlled by an occupant sensor or time switch as follows:
1. Water dispensers that utilize energy to cool or heat drinking water shall be
controlled by time switch controls.
2. Lighting integral to vending machines and refrigerator and freezer cases shall be
controlled by an occupancy sensor or a time switch.
substitution.
substitution.
substitution.
substitution.
substitution.
609 SPECIFIC APPLIANCES AND EQUIPMENT
609.2 Permanent appliances and equipment. Appliances and equipment that are permanently
connected to the building energy supply systems shall comply with the provisions of Sections
609.2.1 through 609.2.4 as applicable. Such appliances and equipment shall be listed, labeled
and installed in accordance with the manufacturer‘s installation instructions and the provisions
and terms of their listing, the Energy Conservation Code, Fuel Gas Code, Mechanical Code,
Plumbing Code and Building Code, and shall be provided with controls and energy monitoring

systems as required by this code.
609.2.1 Elevators. Elevator systems shall comply with Section 609.2.1.1
609.2.1.1 Ventilation. Cab ventilation fans other than air conditioning or air
purifying fans shall have an efficacy greater than or equal to 3.0 cfm per watt
(0.085 m3/min./watt).
609.2.2 Escalators and moving walkways. Escalators and moving walkways shall be
capable of being automatically slowed in accordance with ASME A17.1/CSA B44.
609.2.3 Commercial food service equipment. Not less than 50 percent, based on total
wattage, of the commercial food service equipment installed shall be Energy Star rated.
Equipment that is ineligible for Energy Star ratings is excluded from the calculation.
609.2.4 Conveyors. Motors associated with conveyors shall be sized to meet the
expected load and designed to run within 90 percent of capacity at all times the conveyor
is expected to operate. Conveyor motors shall be provided with sleep mode controls.
Two-speed motors and adjustable-speed drives shall be provided where load weights are
expected to vary. Readily accessible controls shall be provided to allow for manual shut
off of the conveyor when the conveyor is not needed. Conveyor systems shall be
designed to use gravity feed where conditions allow and arranged so that long straight
runs are provided with as few drives as possible.
610 BUILDING RENEWABLE ENERGY SYSTEMS
substitution.
611 ENERGY SYSTEMS COMMISSIONING AND COMPLETION
Strike Section 611 of the International Green Construction Code in its entirety and insert new
Section 611 in the Green Construction Code in its place to read as follows:
611.1 Mechanical systems commissioning and completion requirements. Mechanical

systems commissioning and completion of the mechanical system installation shall comply with
Section 611.1 and the Green Building Program Manual.
611.1.1 Commissioning plan. A commissioning plan shall be developed by a registered

design professional or approved agency and shall include at a minimum all of the
following items:

1. A narrative describing the activities that will be accomplished during each phase
of commissioning, including guidance on who accomplishes the activities and
how they are completed.
2. Equipment and systems to be tested including, but not limited to, the specific
equipment, appliances or systems to be tested and the number and extent of tests.
3. Functions to be tested including, but not limited to, calibrations and economizer
controls.
4. Conditions under which the test shall be performed including, but not limited to,
affirmation of winter and summer design conditions and full outside air.
5. Measurable criteria for performance.
611.1.2 Systems adjusting and balancing. HVAC systems shall be balanced in

accordance with generally accepted engineering standards. Air and water flow rates shall
be measured and adjusted to deliver final flow rates within the tolerances provided in the
product specifications. Test and balance activities shall include as a minimum, the
provisions of Sections 611.1.2.1 and 611.1.2.2.
611.1.2.1 Air systems balancing. Each supply air outlet and zone terminal
device shall be equipped with a means for air balancing in accordance with the
IMC. Discharge dampers are prohibited on constant volume fans and variable
volume fans with motors of 10 hp (18.6 kW) and larger. Air systems shall be
balanced in a manner to first minimize throttling losses then, for fans with system
power of greater than 5 hp, fan speed shall be adjusted to meet design flow
conditions.
Exception: Fans with fan motor horsepower of 5 hp or less.
611.1.2.2 Hydronic systems balancing. Individual hydronic heating and cooling

coils shall be equipped with means for balancing and measuring flow. Hydronic
systems shall be proportionately balanced in a manner to first minimize throttling
losses, then the pump impeller shall be trimmed or pump speed shall be adjusted
to meet design flow conditions. Each hydronic system shall have either the
capability to measure pressure across the pump, or shall have test ports at each
side of each pump.
Exceptions:
1. Pumps with pump motors of 5 hp or less.

2. Where throttling results in not greater than 5 percent of the nameplate
horsepower draw above that required if the impeller were trimmed.
611.1.3 Functional performance testing. Functional performance testing shall

be in accordance with the requirements of Sections 611.1.3.1, 611.1.3.2 and
611.1.3.3.
611.1.3.1 Equipment. Equipment functional performance testing shall

demonstrate the installation and operation of components, systems, and
system-to-system interfacing relationships in accordance with approved
plans and specifications so that operation, function, and maintenance
serviceability for each of the commissioned systems is confirmed. Testing
shall include all specified modes of control and sequence of operation,
including under full-load, part-load and all of the following emergency
conditions:
1. Each mode as described in the sequence of operation.
2. Redundant or automatic back-up mode.
3. Performance of alarms.
4. Mode of operation upon a loss of power and restoration of power.
611.1.3.2 Controls. HVAC control systems shall be tested to document

that control devices, components, equipment, and systems are calibrated
adjusted and operate in accordance with the approved plans and
specifications. Sequences of operation shall be functionally tested to
document that they operate in accordance with the approved plans and
specifications.
611.1.3.3 Economizers. Air economizers shall undergo a functional test

to determine that they operate in accordance with manufacturer‘s
specifications.
611.1.4 Preliminary commissioning report. A preliminary report of

commissioning test procedures and results shall be completed and certified by the
registered design professional or approved agency and provided to the building
owner prior to the final mechanical inspection. The report shall be identified as
―Preliminary Commissioning Report‖ and shall identify all of the following:
1. Itemization of deficiencies found during testing required by this section

that have not been corrected at the time of report preparation.

2. Deferred tests that cannot be performed at the time of report preparation
because of climatic conditions.
3. Climatic conditions required for performance of the deferred tests.
611.1.4.1 Acceptance. Buildings, or portions thereof, shall not pass the

final mechanical inspection until such time as the code official has
received a letter of transmittal from the building owner acknowledging
that the building owner has received the Preliminary Commissioning
Report.
611.1.4.2 Copy. At the request of the code official, a copy of the

Preliminary Commissioning Report shall be made available for review.
611.1.4.3 Certification. A certification, signed and sealed by the

registered design professional or approved agency, documenting that the
mechanical and service water heating systems comply with Sections C403
and C404 of the Energy Conservation Code shall be provided to the code
official by or before the final inspection.
611.1.5 Completion requirements. The construction documents shall specify

that the requirements described in this section be provided to the building owner
within 180 days of the date of issuance of the certificate of occupancy.
611.1.5.1 Drawings. Construction documents shall include the location of

and performance data pertaining to each piece of equipment.
611.1.5.2 Manuals. An operating and maintenance manual in accordance

with industry-accepted standards shall be provided and shall include all of
the following:
1. Submittal data stating equipment size and selected options for each
piece of equipment requiring maintenance.
2. Manufacturer‘s operation manuals and maintenance manuals for

each piece of equipment furnished as part of the building project.
Required routine maintenance shall be clearly identified.
3. Names and addresses of not less than one service agency.
A Systems Manual shall be provided and shall include all of the following:

1. HVAC controls system maintenance and calibration information,
including wiring diagrams, schematics, and control sequence
descriptions. Desired or field-determined set-points shall be
permanently recorded on control drawings at control devices or,
for digital control systems, in programming comments.
2. A complete narrative of how each system is intended to operate,

including recommended setpoints, seasonal change-over
information and emergency shutdown operation.
3. Control sequence descriptions for lighting, domestic hot water

heating and all renewable energy systems complete with a
description of how these systems connect to, and are controlled in
conjunction with, the overall building system.
611.1.5.3 System balancing report. A written report describing the

activities and measurements completed in accordance with Section 611.1.2
shall be provided.
611.1.5.4 Final commissioning report. A complete report of test

procedures and results identified as ―Final Commissioning Report‖ shall
be completed and provided to the building owner, and shall be made
available to the code official upon request. The report shall include all of
the following:
1. Results of all functional performance tests.
2. Disposition of all deficiencies found during testing, including

details of corrective measures used or proposed.
3. All functional performance test procedures used during the

commissioning process including measurable criteria for test
acceptance, provided herein for repeatability.
Exception: Deferred tests that were not performed at the time of

report preparation because of climatic conditions.
611.2 Sequence of operation. A sequence of operation shall be developed and finalized upon
commissioning, when the operational details are initialized and validated. A sequence of
operation shall be the final record of system operation, and shall be included on the control
diagram ‗as-builts‘, or as part of the education and operation and maintenance document that is
provided to the owner.

611.3 Lighting commissioning and completion requirements. The registered design
professional or approved agency shall provide evidence of compliance with the provisions of
Sections 611.3.1 and 611.3.2.
611.3.1 Pre-occupancy requirement. Prior to final electrical inspection, the approved

agency conducting commissioning shall verify that controls have been installed in
accordance with the approved construction documents. Any discrepancies shall be
reviewed for compliance with Section 608 and the requirements of Section C405.2 of the
Energy Conservation Code.
611.3.2 Final commissioning report. Lighting controls shall be commissioned in

accordance with this Section. Within 180 days of the date of issuance of the first
certificate of occupancy for occupiable space in a story above grade plane, the owner
shall be provided with a Final Commissioning Report and a copy shall be made available
to the code official upon request. The report shall include the following:
611.3.2.1 Occupant sensors. It shall be verified that testing to verify compliance

with Section C405.2 of the Energy Conservation Code has been performed.
611.3.2.2 Automatic daylight controls. Automatic daylight controls shall be

commissioned in accordance with all of the following:
1. It shall be verified that the placement and orientation of each sensor is

consistent with the manufacturer‘s instructions. If not, the sensor shall be
relocated or replaced.
2. Control systems shall be initially calibrated to meet settings and design

intent established in the construction documents;
3. Prior to calibration of systems controlling dimmable luminaires all lamps

shall be seasoned in accordance with the recommendations of the lamp
manufacturer.
4. Where located inside buildings, calibration of open-loop daylight controls,

which receive illumination from natural light only, shall not occur until
fenestration shading devices such as blinds or shades have been installed
and commissioned;
5. Calibration of closed-loop daylight controls, that receive illumination

from both natural and artificial light, shall not occur until furniture
systems and interior finishes have been installed, and any fenestration
shading devices such as blinds or shades have been installed and
commissioned; and

6. Calibration procedures shall be in accordance with the manufacturer‘s
instructions.
611.3.2.3 Time switch and programmable schedule controls. Lighting controls

installed in accordance with Section 608 shall be programmed. Scheduling shall
incorporate weekday, weekend and holiday operating times, including leap year
and daylight savings time corrections. It shall be verified that system overrides
work and are located in compliance with Section C405.2 of the Energy
Conservation Code.
611.3.2.4 Dimming systems with preset scenes. For programmable dimming

systems it shall be verified that automatic shutoff and manual overrides are
working and that programming is complete. Prior to programming, all lamps
shall be seasoned in accordance with NEMA LSD 23.

CHAPTER 7 WATER RESOURCE CONSERVATION, QUALITY AND
EFFICIENCY
702 Fixtures, Fittings, Equipment and Appliances

703 HVAC Systems and Equipment
704 Water Treatment Devices and Equipment
705 Metering
708 Gray Water Systems
709 Reclaimed Water Systems
710 Alternate Onsite Nonpotable Water Sources
702 FIXTURES, FITTINGS, EQUIPMENT AND APPLIANCES
702.1 Fitting and fixture consumption. Fixtures shall comply with Table 702.1.
Strike Table 702.1 of the International Green Construction Code in its entirety and insert new
Table 702.1 in the Green Construction Code in its place to read as follows:
TABLE 702.1
MAXIMUM FIXTURE AND FITTING FLOW RATES

FOR REDUCED WATER CONSUMPTION
MAXIMUM FLOW
FIXTURE OR FIXTURE FITTING TYPE
RATE
2.0 gpm and WaterSense
Showerheada
labeled
1.5 gpm and WaterSense
Lavatory faucet and bar sink—private
labeled
Lavatory faucet—public (metered) 0.25 gpcb
Lavatory faucet—public (nonmetered) 0.5 gpm
Kitchen faucet—private 2.2 gpm
Kitchen and bar sink faucets in other than dwelling units
2.2 gpm
and guestrooms
0.5 gpf and WaterSense
Urinal
labeled or nonwater urinal
Water closet—public and remotec 1.6 gpf

Water closet—public and nonremote 1.28 gpf averaged, e
1.28 gpf and WaterSense
Water closet—tank type, private
labeledd
Water closet—flushometer type, private 1.28 gpfe
Prerinse spray valves 1.3 gpm
Drinking fountains (manual) 0.7 gpm
Drinking fountains (metered) 0.25 gpcb
For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 gallon per cycle (gpc) = 3.8 Lpc, 1 gallon per flush (gpf) = 3.8 Lpf,
1 gallon per minute (gpm) = 3.8 Lpm.
a. Includes hand showers, body sprays, rainfall panels and jets. Showerheads shall be supplied by
automatic compensating valves that comply with ASSE 1016 or ASME A112.18.1/CSA B125.1
and that are specifically designed to function at the flow rate of the showerheads being used.
b. Gallons per cycle of water volume discharged from each activation of a metered faucet.
c. A remote water closet is a water closet located not less than 30 feet upstream of other drain line
connections or fixtures and is located where less than 1.5 drainage fixture units are upstream of
the drain line connection.
d. The effective flush volume for a dual-flush water closet is defined as the composite, average
flush volume of two reduced flushes and one full flush.
e. In public settings, the maximum water use of a dual flush water closet is based solely on its full
flush operation; not an average of full and reduced volume flushes.
Strike Section 702.6 of the International Green Construction Code in its entirety and substitute
new Section 702.6 in the Green Construction Code in its place to read as follows:
702.6 Appliances. Sections 702.6.1 through 702.6.4 shall regulate appliances that are not
related to space conditioning.
702.6.1 Clothes washers. Clothes washers of the type in the ENERGY STAR program
as defined in ―ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements, Product Specification for
Clothes Washers, Eligibility Criteria,‖ shall have a water factor (WF) not exceeding 6.0
and a modified energy factor (MEF) of not less than 2.0.
702.6.2 Ice makers. Ice makers producing cubed-type ice shall be ENERGY STAR
qualified as commercial ice machines. Ice makers of a type not currently ENERGY
STAR qualified, such as flake, nugget or continuous-type ice makers, shall not exceed the
total water use of 25 gallons per 100 pounds (208 L per 100 kg) of ice produced.
Exception: Under counter ice makers.

702.6.3 Steam cookers. Steam cookers with drain connections shall consume no more
than 5 gal (18.9 L)/hour/pan, and those without drain connections shall consume no more
than 2 gal (7.6 L)/hour/pan.
702.6.4 Dishwashers. Dishwashers shall be ENERGY STAR qualified where an

ENERGY STAR category exists for the specific dishwasher type. Where an ENERGY
STAR category does not exist, the dishwasher shall be in accordance with Table 702.6.4.
TABLE 702.6.4
MAXIMUM WATER CONSUMPTION FOR COMMERCIAL DISHWASHERS
DISHWASHER TYPE MAXIMUM WATER CONSUMPTION
Rackless conveyor 2.2 gallons per minute
Utensil washer 2.2 gallons per rack
For SI: 1 gallon per minute = 3.785 Lpm.
substitution.
substitution.
substitution.
702.13 Automated vehicle wash facilities. Not less than 50 percent of the water used for the
rinsing phase of the wash cycle at automated vehicle wash facilities shall be collected to be
reused for the washing phase. Towel and chamois washing machines shall have high-level water
cut-offs.
702.13.1 Nonpotable water use. Except for water recirculated within the facility,
potable and nonpotable water use for automobile washing shall not exceed 40 gallons
(151 L) per vehicle for in-bay automatic washing, and 35 gallons (132.5 L) per vehicle
for conveyor and express type car washing.
Exception: Bus and large commercial vehicle washing facilities.
substitution.

substitution.
substitution.
703 HVAC SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT
substitution.
substitution.
substitution.
substitution.
substitution.
Strike Section 703.7.5 of the International Green Construction Code in its entirety without
substitution.
substitution.
704 WATER TREATMENT DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT
704.1.4 Efficiency and listing. Water softeners that regenerate in place, that are
connected to the water system they serve by piping not exceeding 1 ¼ inches (31.8 mm)
in diameter, or that have a volume of 3 cubic feet (0.085 m3) or more of cation exchange
media shall have a rated salt efficiency of not less than 4,000 grains of total hardness
exchange per pound of salt (571 g of total hardness exchange per kg of salt), based on
sodium chloride equivalency and shall be listed and labeled in accordance with NSF 44.
All other water softeners shall have a rated salt efficiency of not less than 3,000 grains of
total hardness exchange per pound of salt (429 g of total hardness exchange per kg of
salt), based on sodium chloride equivalency.

704.2 Reverse osmosis water treatment systems. Point-of-use reverse osmosis treatment
systems shall be listed and labeled in accordance with NSF 58. Point-of-use reverse osmosis
systems shall be equipped with an automatic shutoff valve that prevents the production of reject
water when there is no demand for treated water.
704.3 Onsite reclaimed water treatment systems. Onsite reclaimed water treatment systems
shall be listed and labeled to NSF 350. These systems shall include gray water, rainwater, and
other nonpotable water reuse treatment systems and waste water treatment systems used to
produce nonpotable water for water closet and urinal flushing, surface irrigation and similar
applications.
705 METERING
Strike Table 705.1.1, Metering Requirements, of the International Green Construction Code in
its entirety and insert new Table 705.1.1 in the Green Construction Code in its place to read as
follows:
TABLE 705.1.1 METERING REQUIREMENTS
APPLICATION REQUIREMENTS
Irrigation systems that are automatically controlled shall be
Irrigation
metered.
Tenant spaces that are estimated to consume over 1000 gallons of
Tenant spaces
water per day shall be metered individually.
Onsite water The makeup water lines supplying onsite water collection systems
collection systems shall be metered.
Ornamental water features with a permanently installed water
Ornamental water
supply shall be required to utilize a meter on makeup water supply
features
lines.
Pools and in-ground Indoor and outdoor pools and in-ground spas shall be required to
spas utilize a meter on makeup water supply lines.
Cooling towers of 100 tons capacity or greater or groups of towers
Cooling towers shall be required to utilize a meter on makeup water and blow-
down water supply lines.
Steam boilers The makeup water supply line to steam boilers anticipated to draw

more than 100,000 gallons annually or having a rating of 500,000
Btu/h or greater shall be metered.
Industrial processes consuming more than 1,000 gallons per day on
Industrial processes
average shall be metered individually.
Evaporative coolers supplying in excess of 0.6 gpm, on average,
Evaporative coolers
makeup water shall be.
Fluid coolers and Water-cooled fluid coolers and chillers that do not utilize closed-
chillers loop recirculation shall be metered.
Roof spray systems for irrigating vegetated roofs or thermal
Roof spray systems
conditioning shall be metered.
For SI: 1 gallon = 3.8 L, 1 gallon per minute = 3.8 Lpm, 1 ton = 12,000 Btu, 1 British thermal
unit per hour = 0.00029 kWh.
706 NONPOTABLE WATER REQUIREMENTS
substitution.
707 RAINWATER COLLECTION AND DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS
substitution.
708 GRAY WATER SYSTEMS
substitution.
709 RECLAIMED WATER SYSTEMS
substitution.
710 ALTERNATE ONSITE ONPOTABLE WATER SOURCES
substitution.

CHAPTER 8 INDOOR ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY AND COMFORT
802 Building Construction Features, Operations and Maintenance Facilitation

803 HVAC Systems
804 Specific Indoor Air Quality and Pollutant Control Measures
806 Material Emissions and Pollutant Control
808 Daylighting
802 BUILDING CONSTRUCTION FEATURES, OPERATIONS AND

MAINTENANCE FACILITATION
802.3 Air-handling system filters. Filter racks shall be designed to prevent airflow from
bypassing filters. Access doors and panels provided for filter replacement shall be fitted with
flexible seals to provide an effective seal between the doors and panels and the mating filter rack
surfaces. Filter access panels and doors shall not be obstructed.
803 HVAC SYSTEMS
substitution.
substitution.
substitution.
Section 803.5 in the Green Construction Code to read as follows:
803.5 Filters. Filters for air conditioning systems that serve occupied spaces and handle a
component of outdoor air shall be rated at MERV 11 or higher, in accordance with ASHRAE
Standard 52.2, and system equipment shall be designed to be compatible. The air handling
system design shall account for pressure drop across the filter. Filter performance shall be
shown on the filter manufacturer‘s data sheet.
804 SPECIFIC INDOOR AIR QUALITY AND POLLUTANT CONTROL

MEASURES

substitution.
806 MATERIAL EMISSIONS AND POLLUTANT CONTROL
Strike the Exceptions to Section 806.1 of the International Green Construction Code in their
entirety and insert new Exceptions to Section 806.1 in the Green Construction Code in their
Exceptions:
1. Composite wood products that are made using adhesives that do not contain urea-
formaldehyde (UF) resins.
2. Composite wood products that are sealed with an impermeable material on all sides and
edges.
3. Composite wood products that are used to make elements considered to be furniture,
fixtures and equipment (FF&E) that are not permanently installed.
4. Fire-retardant composite wood products.
Section 806.2 in the Green Construction Code to read as follows:
806.2 Adhesives and sealants. Projects shall comply with the limits on volatile organic
compound (―VOC‖) emissions for adhesives and sealants as established in Chapter 7 (Volatile
Organic Compounds and Hazardous Air Pollutants) of DCMR Title 20 (Environment).
806.3 Architectural paints and coatings. Projects shall comply with the limits on volatile
organic compound (―VOC‖) emissions for architectural paints and coatings as established in
Chapter 7 (Volatile Organic Compounds and Hazardous Air Pollutants) of DCMR Title 20
(Environment).
807 ACOUSTICS
substitution.
808 DAYLIGHTING

substitution.

Chapter 9 in the Green Construction Code in its place to read as follows:
CHAPTER 9 COMMISSIONING
901 General
902 Approved Agency
903 Commissioning
901 GENERAL
901.1 Scope. The provisions of this chapter are intended to facilitate the commissioning of
buildings constructed in accordance with the Green Construction Code. The requirements shall
only apply to equipment and systems covered by the code that are new or are being replaced in
total.
902 APPROVED AGENCY
902.1 Approved agency. The code official shall determine the required qualifications of an
approved agency for purposes of this chapter and of Section 611, in accordance with Section
903.1 and the Green Building Program Manual. Where commissioning is required by the Green
Construction Code, the owner shall name the individual or firms who are to perform the
commissioning and to provide the requisite certifications and verifications. The approved
agency shall comply with the commissioning requirements set forth in the Green Construction
Code and in the Green Building Program Manual.
903 COMMISSIONING
903.1 General. Where application is made for construction as described in this section, the
registered design professional in responsible charge or approved agency shall perform
commissioning during construction as required by Table 903.1 and by Administrative Bulletins.
The approved agency shall be qualified and shall demonstrate competence, to the satisfaction of
the code official, for the commissioning of the particular type of construction or operation in
accordance with the qualification requirements set forth in the Administrative Bulletins. The
registered design professional in responsible charge and engineers of record involved in the
design of the project are permitted to act as the approved agency provided those personnel meet
the qualification requirements set forth in the Green Building Program Manual to the satisfaction
of the code official.
903.2 Preliminary commissioning report requirement. The approved agency shall keep
records of the commissioning required by Table 903.1. The approved agency shall furnish
commissioning reports to the owner and the registered design professional in responsible charge

and, upon request, to the code official. Reports shall indicate that work was or was not
completed in conformance to approved construction documents. Discrepancies shall be brought
to the immediate attention of the contractor for correction. Where discrepancies are not
corrected, they shall be brought to the attention of the owner, code official and to the registered
design professional in responsible charge prior to the completion of that phase of the work.
Prior to the final inspection, a Preliminary Commissioning Report shall be provided to the owner
and a copy shall be made available to the code official upon request.
903.3 Final commissioning report requirement. A Final Commissioning Report shall be

provided to the owner within 180 days after the date of issuance of a the first certificate of
occupancy for occupiable space in a story above grade plane, and a copy shall be made available
to the code official upon request.
TABLE 903.1
COMMISSIONING PLAN
CONSTRUCTION OR OCCURRENCE SECTION/
SYSTEM REQUIRING REFERENCED
VERIFICATION PREOCCUPANCY METHOD Preoccupancy STANDARD
Chapter 4: Site Development
and Land Use
Section 614 of the
Landscape irrigation systems X Field-inspection Installation
Plumbing Code
21 DCMR (Water
and Sanitation),
Stormwater management
None Field-inspection Installation Chapter 5 (Water
system operation
Quality and
Pollution)
Site lighting X Testing and report Installation 409
Chapter 6: Energy
Energy consumption,
monitoring, targeting and
reporting
During
Inspection and
a. Monitoring system X construction and 603
verification
prior to occupancy
Testing and review
During
b. Calibration X and evaluation or test 603
commissioning
reports
Mechanical systems
completion
a. Air system balancing – 611.1.2.1 and
During
provide the means for system Inspection and through reference
X construction and
balancing verification to Energy
prior to occupancy
Conservation Code
b. Hydronic system balancing – X Inspection and During 611.1.2.2 and

provide means for system verification construction and through reference
balancing prior to occupancy to Energy
Conservation Code
c. Mechanical system manuals Verification of
– construction documents to X construction Plan review 611.1.5.2
require O&M manual documents
Mechanical systems
a. Commissioning required and Verification of
noted in plans and X construction Plan review 611.1
specifications documents
Subsequent to
completion
b. Documentation of required Verification with the
X of all 611.1
commissioning outcomes building owner
commissioning
activities
Between plan
Verification with the
c. Preparation and availability review and
X RDP or 611.1.1
of a commissioning plan commissioning
commissioning agent
initiation
HVAC system After installation
d. Balance HVAC systems installer/contractor of HVAC systems
X 611.1.2
(both air and hydronic) or commissioning and prior to
agent occupancy
e. Functional performance installer/contractor of HVAC systems
X 611.1.3
testing of HVAC equipment or commissioning and prior to
agent occupancy
f. Functional performance
installer/contractor of HVAC systems
testing of HVAC controls and X 611.1.3.2
or commissioning and prior to
control systems
agent occupancy
HVAC system
g. Preparation of preliminary installer/contractor
None None 611.1.4
commissioning report or commissioning
agent
h. Acceptance of HVAC
systems and equipment/system None Building owner None 611.1.4.1
verification report
i. Preparation and distribution
of final HVAC system
completion. Documentation
that construction documents RDP, contractor or
require drawings, manuals, None commissioning None 611.1.5
balancing reports and authority
commissioning report be
provided to the owner and that
they have been provided

Chapter 6: Lighting
Verification of lamp X Field inspection Final inspection 611.3
Verification of ballast X Field inspection Final inspection 611.3
Lighting Controls
a. Installation X Field inspection Final inspection 611.3.2
System
installer/Contractor
b. Calibration X Final inspection 611.3
or commissioning
agent
Chapter 7: Water Resource
Conservation, Quality and
Efficiency
Cooling tower performance — — — 703.7.7
Metering X — — 705.1.1
Chapter 8: Indoor
Environmental Quality and
Comfort
During
Field inspection and
Air-handling system access X construction and 802.2
verification
prior to occupancy
During
Field inspection and
Air-handling system filters X construction and 802.3
verification
prior to occupancy
For SI: 1 square foot =
0.0929 m2.

CHAPTER 10 EXISTING BUILDINGS
Strike Chapter 10 of the International Green Construction Code in its entirety without
substitution.

CHAPTER 11 EXISTING BUILDING SITE DEVELOPMENT
Strike Chapter 11 of the International Green Construction Code in its entirety without
substitution.

Under the heading “ASME”, in Chapter 12 of the Green Construction Code, insert a new
standard reference number ASME/A17.1 2010/CSA B44-10 to read as follows:
American Society of
ASME Mechanical Engineers, Inc.
Three Park Avenue
New York, NY 10016-5990
Standard Title Referenced
reference in code
number section number
ASME/A17.1 2010/CSA B44- Safety Code for Elevators and 609.2.2

10 Escalators
Under the heading “ASHRAE”, in Chapter 12 of the International Green Construction Code,
strike standard reference number 189.1-2011 in its entirety and insert standard reference
number 189.1-2011 in its place to read as follows:
American Society of Heating,

ASHRAE Refrigerating and Air-
Conditioning Engineers, Inc.
1791 Tullie Circle
Atlanta, GA 30329-2305
reference in code
189.1-2011 Standard for the Design of 303

High-performance Green
Buildings Except Low-rise
Residential Buildings

Insert a new Referenced Standard to Chapter 12 of the Green Construction Code to read as
follows:
Enterprise Enterprise Community

Partners, Inc.
Community Partners 70 Corporate Center
11000 Broken Land Parkway
Suite 700
Columbia, MD 21044

reference in code
Enterprise Green Enterprise Green 302.2.4

Communities Criteria Communities Criteria
2011
Under the heading “EPA”, in Chapter 12 of the Green Construction Code, insert the following
new Referenced Standards to read as follows:
Environmental Protection
EPA Agency
Ariel Rios Building
reference in code
ENERGY STAR Energy Star Target Finder Tool 302.2.1

302.3.1
Under the heading “EPA” in Chapter 12 of the International Green Construction Code, strike
the WaterSense Referenced Standards in their entirety and insert new WaterSense Referenced
Standards under the heading “EPA” in Chapter 12 of the Green Construction Code in their

reference code section
number number
WaterSense High-efficiency Lavatory Table 702.1
October 2007 Faucet Specification
WaterSense WaterSense Specification for Table 702.1
August 2009 Flushing Urinals
March 2010 Showerheads
May 2011 Tank-Type Toilets
Under the heading “ISO”, in Chapter 12 of the International Green Construction Code, strike
standard reference number 14044-2006 in its entirety and insert in Chapter 12 of the Green
Construction Code under subheading “ISO” a new standard reference number 14044-2006 in its
International Organization for

ISO Standardization
ISO Central Secretariat
1 ch, de la Voie-Creuse,
Case Postale 56
CH-1211 Geneva 20,
Switzerland
reference in code
14044-2006 Environmental Management- 505.1.1

Lifecycle Assessment-
Requirements and Guidelines
Under the heading “ISO”, in Chapter 12 of the Green Construction Code, insert a new standard
reference number 14021 to read as follows:
International Organization for

ISO Standardization
ISO Central Secretariat
1 ch, de la Voie-Creuse,
Case Postale 56
CH-1211 Geneva 20,
Switzerland

reference in code
14021:2001 +A1:2011 Environmental labels and

declarations. Self-declared 505.2.2
environmental claims
(Type II environmental
labeling)(British Standard)
Insert a new Referenced Standard in Chapter 12 of the Green Construction Code to read as
follows:
U.S. Green Building Council
USGBC 2101 L Street, NW, Suite 500
reference in code
LEED-NC 2009 New Construction & Major

Renovations 302.4
LEED-CI 2009 Commercial Interiors 302.4
LEED-CS 2009 Core & Shell 302.4
LEED 2009 Healthcare 302.4
LEED 2009 Retail: Commercial Interiors 302.4
LEED 2009 Retail: New Construction &

Major Renovations 302.4
LEED 2009 Schools 302.4
LEED-EB 2009 Existing Buildings: Operations

& Maintenance 302.9

Appendix A to the International Green Construction Code is adopted and incorporated into the
Green Construction Code as Appendix A with the following modifications.
APPENDIX A PROJECT ELECTIVES
A101 General
A102 Applicability and Conformance
A104 Site Project Electives
A105 Material Resource Conservation and Efficiency
A106 Energy Conservation, Efficiency and Earth Atmospheric Quality
A107 Water Resource Conservation and Efficiency
A108 Indoor Environmental Quality and Comfort
A101 GENERAL
Strike Section A101.1 of Appendix A in the International Green Construction in its entirety and
insert new Section A101.1 in Appendix A of the Green Construction Code in its place to read as
follows:
A101.1 Scope. The provisions of this appendix are designed to offer conservation practices that
achieve greater benefit than the minimum requirements of the Green Construction Code.
Appendix A shall only apply to projects within the scope of the Green Construction Code as set
forth in Section 101.4.9.3 of the Building Code that are either new construction or Level 3
alterations.
A102 APPLICABILITY AND CONFORMANCE
Strike Section A102.2 of Appendix A in the International Green Construction Code in its entirety
and insert new Section A102.2 in Appendix A of the Green Construction Code in its place to read
as follows:
A102.2 Required number of and selection of project electives. New construction projects
shall attain a total of 15 project electives, and Level 3 alterations shall attain 13 project electives.
Selected project electives shall be applied as mandatory requirements for the project. Selected
project electives shall be communicated to the code official in the manner and form specified by
the code official.
A104 SITE PROJECT ELECTIVES
Strike Section A104.1 (including Subsections 104.1.1 through 104.1.3) of Appendix A of the
International Green Construction Code in its entirety without substitution.

Strike Table A104, Site Project Electives, in Appendix A of the International Green Construction
Code in its entirety and insert new Table A104 in its place in Appendix A of the Green
Construction Code to read as follows:
TABLE A104
SITE PROJECT ELECTIVES
MINIMUM NUMBER
OF
ELECTIVES
REQUIRED
AND ELECTIVES
SECTION DESCRIPTION SELECTED
A104.2 Wildlife corridor

Yes No
A104.3 Infill site

Yes No
A104.4 Brownfield site

Yes No
A104.5 Site restoration

Yes No
A104.6 Mixed use development

Yes No
A104.7 Changing and shower facilities

Yes No
A104.8 Long-term bicycle parking and storage

Yes No
A104.9 Heat island

Yes No
Site hardscape project elective 1

A104.9.1
Yes No

Site hardscape project elective 2
A104.9.2
Yes No
A104.9.4 Roof covering project elective – 25 percent vegetative

roof coverage Yes No


A104.10 Native plant landscaping – 75 percent native plants

Yes No
A104.10 Native plant landscaping – 100 percent native plants

Yes No
A104.11 Electric vehicle charging infrastructure project elective

Yes No
Strike Sections A104.7 and A104.8 in Appendix A of the International Green Construction Code
in their entirety and substitute new Sections A104.7 and A104.8 in Appendix A of the Green
Construction Code in their place to read as follows:
A104.7 Changing and shower facilities project elective. Projects that provide changing and
shower facilities shall receive a project elective.
A104.8 Long-term bicycle parking and storage project elective. Projects that provide not less
than 90 percent of long term bicycle parking within a building or provide the parking with a
permanent cover including, but not limited to, roof overhangs, awnings, or bicycle storage
lockers, shall be recognized as a single project elective.
Strike Section A104.9 in Appendix A of the International Green Construction Code in its entirety
as follows:
A104.9 Heat island. Project electives related to heat island impact shall comply with Sections
A104.9.1, A104.9.2 or A104.9.4. Compliance with multiple electives shall be recognized.

Strike Section A104.9.3 in Appendix A of the International Green Construction Code in its
entirety and insert new Section A104.9.4 in Appendix A of the Green Construction Code in its
A104.9.4 Roof covering project elective. Projects that install vegetative roofs shall be
recognized as a project elective. Projects will receive one project elective for 25 percent
coverage of total roof square footage, one additional elective credit for 50 percent coverage, or
three total elective credits for 75 percent coverage.
Insert new Section A104.10 in Appendix A of the Green Construction Code to read as follows:
A104.10 Native plant landscaping project elective. Projects that install native plant
landscaping beyond the code minimum shall be recognized as a project elective. Projects will
receive one project elective for 75 percent native plant landscaping coverage, and an additional
project elective for 100 percent coverage.
Insert new Section A104.11 in Appendix A of the Green Construction Code to read as follows:
A104.11 Electric vehicle charging infrastructure project elective. Projects intending to

qualify for an electric vehicle charging infrastructure project elective shall install electric vehicle
supply equipment, or electrical infrastructure suitable for the future installation of electric vehicle
supply equipment, in accordance the following requirements:
1. At least 6.6kW of power shall be supplied to the electric vehicle parking space(s).
2. The total power divided by the number of electric vehicle parking spaces shall not be less
than 1.5kW.
3. In all locations other than Group M, electric vehicle supply equipment, an appropriate
NEMA receptacle, or a junction box shall be installed and co-located with each electric
vehicle charging parking space. In order to receive the project elective in Group M
locations, an electric vehicle connector shall be installed.
4. There shall be at least one electric vehicle charging space per each 30 parking spaces or
fraction thereof.
5. At least one electric vehicle charging parking space shall be adjacent to an ADA
accessible space.

6. Electric vehicle charging infrastructure shall be designated on the construction
documents.
A105 MATERIAL RESOURCE CONSERVATION AND EFFICIENCY
as follows:
A105.1 Waste management project elective. Projects seeking a waste management project
elective shall comply with Section 503.1, except that the nonhazardous construction waste
materials required to be diverted from landfills shall be increased by 20 percent.
as follows:
A105.3 Material selection project electives. Each of the following shall be considered a
separate material selection project elective. The project electives are cumulative and compliance
with each item shall be recognized individually.
1. Compliance with this project elective shall require compliance with Section 505.2, except
that buildings and structures shall contain used, recycled content, recyclable, bio-based
and indigenous materials that comply with Sections 505.1 through 505.2.5, such that the
aggregate total materials compliant with those sections constitute at least 50 percent of
the total building products and materials used, based on cost, used singularly or in
combination.
2. Compliance with Item 1, except that such materials shall be used for at least 75 percent of
the total cost of materials in the project.
Strike Table A105 in Appendix A of the International Green Construction Code in its entirety
and insert new TableA105 in Appendix A of the Green Construction Code in its place to read as
follows:
TABLE A105
MATERIAL RESOURCE CONSERVATION AND EFFICIENCY
PROJECT ELECTIVES
MINIMUM
NUMBER OF
ELECTIVES
REQUIRED AND
SECTION DESCRIPTION ELECTIVES

SELECTED
A105.1 Waste management

Yes No
A105.2 Construction waste landfill maximum

Yes No
A105.3(1) Reused, recycled content, recyclable, bio-based and

indigenous materials (50percent) Yes No
A105.3(2) Reused, recycled content, recyclable, bio-based and

indigenous materials (75percent) Yes No
A105.4 Service life plan

Yes No
A105.5 Design for deconstruction and building reuse

Yes No
A105.6 Existing building reuse

Yes No
A105.7 Historic building reuse

Yes No
A106 ENERGY CONSERVATION, EFFICIENCY AND EARTH ATMOSPHERIC

QUALITY
and insert new Table A106 in Appendix A of the Green Construction Code in its place to read as
follows:
TABLE A106
ENERGY CONSERVATION AND EFFICIENCY
PROJECT ELECTIVES

MINIMUM
NUMBER OF
ELECTIVES
REQUIRED AND
ELECTIVES
A106.1 zEPI reduction project electives

Yes No
A106.1 Project zEPI is at least 5 points lower than required by

Table 302.1 1 elective

Table 302.1 2 electives





Project zEPI is at least 40 points lower than required by

A106.1



A106.2 Mechanical systems project elective
Yes No
A106.3 Service water heating

Yes No
A106.4 Lighting systems

Yes No
A106.5 Passive design

Yes No
A106.6 Renewable energy systems—5 percent

Yes No

Yes No

Yes No
A106.7 Energy display

Yes No
A106.8 Auto demand response for lighting

Yes No
A106.9 Insulation and fenestration

Yes No
A106.10 Permanent shading devices for fenestration

Yes No
A106.11 Air leakage testing—0.25 cfm/ft2 qualifies for 2 project

electives Yes No

A106.11 Air leakage testing—0.15 cfm/ft2 qualifies for 2 project
electives Yes No
A106.12 Waste water heat recovery

Yes No
A106.13 Circulating hot water systems

Yes No
A106.14 Exterior lighting and signage shutoff

Yes No
A106.15 Energy Star equipment

Yes No
A106.16 Lighting power density – 15 percent reduction

Yes No

Yes No

Yes No

Yes No

Yes No
A106.17 Green power purchases

Yes No
and insert new Section A106.63 in Appendix A of the Green Construction Code in its place to
read as follows:
A106.6 Renewable energy system project electives. Buildings seeking a renewable energy
system project elective or electives shall be equipped with one or more renewable energy

systems that have the capacity to provide the percent of annual energy used within the building
as selected in Table A106.
Insert new Sections A106.7 through A106.17 in Appendix A of the Green Construction Code to
read as follows:
A106.7 Energy display. Buildings seeking an energy display project elective shall install a
permanent, readily accessible and visible display adjacent to the main building entrance or on a
publicly available Internet web site. The display shall be capable of providing all of the
following:
1. The current energy demand for the whole building level measurements, updated for
each fuel type at the intervals specified in Section 603.3.
2. The average and peak demands for the previous day and the same day the previous
year.
3. The total energy usage for the previous 18 months.
A106.8 Auto demand response system for lighting. Buildings seeking an auto demand
response system for lighting project elective shall install a system capable of reducing total
connected power of lighting as determined in accordance with Section C405.5 of the Energy
Conservation Code by not less than 15 percent.
A106.9 Insulation and fenestration project elective. For projects seeking the insulation and
fenestration project elective, the building thermal envelope shall exceed the requirements of
Tables C402.1.2 and C402.3 of the Energy Conservation Code by not less than 10 percent.
Specifically, for purposes of compliance with this code, each U-factor, C-factor, F-factor and
SHGC in the specified tables shall be reduced by 10 percent to determine the prescriptive
criteria.
A106.10 Permanent shading devices for fenestration. Projects seeking the permanent shading
devices project elective shall comply with one of the following for vertical fenestration on the
West, South, and East facades:
1. Vertical Fenestration shall be shaded by permanent projections that have an area-

weighted average projection factor of not less than 0.50. The building is allowed to
be rotated up to 45 degrees to the nearest cardinal orientation for purposes of
calculations and showing compliance.
2. Vertical fenestration shall have direct solar radiation for fewer than 250 hours per
year because of shading by permanent external buildings, existing permanent
infrastructure, or topography.

3. Vertical fenestration shall have automatically controlled shading devices capable of
modulating in multiple steps the amount of solar gain and light transmitted into the
space in response to daylight levels or solar intensity that comply with all of the
following:
a. Exterior shading devices shall be capable of providing at least 90 percent

coverage of the fenestration in the closed position.
b. Interior shading devices shall be capable of providing at least 90 percent

coverage of the fenestration in the closed position and have a minimum
solar reflectance of 0.50 for the surface facing the fenestration.
c. A manual override located in the same enclosed space as the vertical

fenestration shall override operation of automatic controls no longer than
four hours.
d. Acceptance testing and commissioning shall be conducted to verify that

automatic controls for shading devices respond to changes in illumination or
radiation intensity.
4. Vertical fenestration shall have automatically controlled dynamic glazing capable of

modulating in multiple steps the amount of solar gain and light transmitted into the
space in response to daylight levels or solar intensity that comply with all of the
following:
a. Dynamic glazing shall have a lower labeled SHGC equal to or less than
0.12, lowest labeled VT no greater than 0.05, and highest labeled VT no less
than 0.40.
b. A manual override located in the same enclosed space as the vertical

fenestration shall override operation of automatic controls no longer than
four hours.
c. Acceptance testing and commissioning shall be conducted to verify that

automatic controls for dynamic glazing respond to changes in illumination
or radiation intensity.
A106.11 Air leakage testing. Projects shall receive 2 project electives where the tested air
leakage of the total area of the building thermal envelope is less than 0.25 cfm/ft2 under a
pressure differential of 0.3 in water column (1.57 lb/ft2) (1.25 L/s.m2 under a pressure differential
of 75 Pa). Projects shall receive 2 additional project electives where the tested air leakage is 0.15
cfm/ft2 under the same conditions. Testing shall occur after rough-in and after installation of

penetrations of the building envelope, including penetrations for utilities, heating, ventilating and
air-conditioning (HVAC) systems, plumbing, and electrical equipment and appliances. Testing
shall be done in accordance with ASTM E 779. Where a building entrance is required to be
protected with a vestibule in accordance with the Energy Conservation Code, an air curtain
tested in accordance with ANSI/AMCA 220 is permitted to be used as an alternative to separate
conditioned space from the exterior.
A106.12 Waste water heat recovery. Projects that install a waste water heat recovery system
shall qualify for a project elective provided that the system preheats the incoming water used for
hot water functions by not less than 10 °F (5.6 °C).
A106.13 Circulating hot water systems. Projects seeking a circulating hot water systems
project elective shall not have continuous, timer, or water temperature-initiated (aquastat)
operation of circulating pumps. Gravity or thermosyphon circulation loops are prohibited.
Pumps on circulating hot water systems shall be activated on demand by either a hard-wired or
wireless activation control of one of the following types:
1. A normally open, momentary contact switch.
2. Motion sensors that make momentary contact when motion is sensed.
3. A flow switch.
4. A door switch.
A106.14 Exterior lighting and signage shutoff. Projects seeking an exterior lighting and
signage shutoff project elective shall control the lighting of building facades, signage, and
landscape features by a time switch control configured so that the lighting automatically shuts off
from within one hour after facility operations conclude until within 1 hour before facility
operations begin.
A106.15 Energy Star equipment elective. Projects seeking the Energy Star equipment elective
shall install 100 percent Energy Star rated equipment for all equipment types that have Energy
Star ratings.
A106.16 Lighting power density reduction. Projects seeking the lighting power density
reduction elective shall receive one project elective for a 15 percent reduction, two project
electives for 20 percent reduction, three project electives for 25 percent reduction, four project
electives for 30 percent reduction, and five project electives for 35 percent reduction, compared
to the requirements found in the Energy Conservation Code.
A106.17 Green power purchases. Projects that sign up for 100 percent green power for five
years of modeled design energy consumption or 8 kWh/sf/year shall receive one project elective.

A107 WATER RESOURCE CONSERVATION AND EFFICIENCY
follows:
TABLE A107
WATER RESOURCE CONSERVATION AND EFFICIENCY
PROJECT ELECTIVES
MINIMUM NUMBER
OF ELECTIVES
REQUIRED AND
ELECTIVES
A107.2 Onsite waste water treatment

Yes No
A107.3 Alternate onsite nonpotable water for outdoor hose

connections Yes No
A107.4 Alternate onsite nonpotable water for plumbing fixture

flushing Yes No
A107.7 Alternate onsite nonpotable water for industrial process

makeup water Yes No
A107.8 Alternate onsite nonpotable water for cooling tower

makeup water Yes No
A107.9 Gray water collection

Yes No
A107.10 Condensate drainage recovery

Yes No
A107.11 Wet-hood exhaust scrubber system

Yes No

Strike Sections A107.4.1 through A107.4.3 in Appendix A of the International Green

Construction Code in their entirety without substitution.
Strike Section A107.5 (including subsections) in Appendix A of the International Green

Construction Code in its entirety without substitution.
Strike Section A107.6 (including subsections) in Appendix A of the International Green

Construction Code in its entirety without substitution.
Strike Sections A107.8 and A107.9 in Appendix A of the International Green Construction Code
in their entirety and insert new Sections A107.8 and A107.9 in Appendix A of the Green
Construction Code in their place to read as follows:
A107.8 Alternate onsite nonpotable water for cooling tower makeup water project elective.
Where projects are intended to qualify for an alternate onsite nonpotable water for cooling tower
makeup water project elective in accordance with Section A107.7, nonpotable water shall be
utilized for cooling tower makeup water in accordance with the requirements of Section 703.7.
A107.9 Gray water collection project elective. Where projects are intended to qualify for a
gray water collection project elective in accordance with Section A107.8, waste water from
lavatories, showers, bathtubs, clothes washers, and laundry trays shall be collected for reuse
onsite.
Insert new Sections A107.10 and A107.11 in Appendix A of the Green Construction Code to read
as follows:
A107.10 Condensate drainage recovery. Projects that are pursuing a condensate drainage
recovery project selective shall collect 100 percent of condensate for reuse in applications such
as water features, fountains, gray water collection systems and rainwater collection systems.
A107.11 Wet-hood exhaust scrubber systems. Where wet-hood exhaust scrubber systems are
used, projects that are pursuing this elective shall incorporate a water recirculation system. The
makeup water supplies for such systems shall be metered in accordance with Section 705.1.
A107.11.1 Washdown systems. Hoods incorporating washdown or rinsing systems for

perchloric acid and similar chemicals shall utilize self-closing valves. Such systems shall
be designed to drain automatically after each washdown process has been completed.

A107.11.2 Water sources. Where suitable alternate onsite nonpotable water is available,
makeup water supplies to the recirculation system of wet-hood exhaust scrubbers shall
utilize alternate onsite nonpotable water or municipal reclaimed water of a water quality
appropriate for the application.
A108 INDOOR ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY AND COMFORT
follows:
TABLE A108
INDOOR ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY AND COMFORT
PROJECT ELECTIVES
MINIMUM NUMBER OF
ELECTIVES REQUIRED
AND ELECTIVES
A108.2 VOC emissions – flooring

Yes No
A108.3 VOC emissions – ceiling systems

Yes No
A108.4 VOC emissions – wall systems

Yes No
A108.5 Total VOC limit

Yes No
A108.6 Views to building exterior – 50percent

Yes No
A108.6 Views to building exterior – 75percent

Yes No
A108.7 Daylighting – 25percent

Yes No

Yes No

Yes No
A108.8 Post-construction, pre-occupancy baseline IAQ testing

Yes No
A108.9 Post-construction, pre-occupancy flush out

Yes No
as follows:
A108.6 Views to building exterior project elective. Where projects are intended to qualify for
a ―views to building exterior‖ project elective in accordance with Section A108.6, not less than
50 percent of the net floor area shall have a direct line of sight to the exterior through clear vision
glazing. A total of not less than 45 square feet (4.18 m2) of clear vision glazing in the exterior
wall or roof shall be visible. The direct line of sight shall originate at a height of 42 inches (1067
mm) above the finished floor of the space, shall terminate at the clear vision glazing in the
exterior wall or roof, and shall be less than 40 feet (12 192 mm) in length. Projects that have a
direct line of sight to the exterior for 75 percent of the net floor area shall qualify for an
additional project elective.
Exception: Where the direct line of sight is less than 25 feet (7620 mm) in length, a total of
not less than 18 square feet (1.67 m2) of clear vision glazing in the exterior wall or roof shall
be visible.
Insert new Sections A108.7, A108.8 and A108.9 in Appendix A of the Green Construction Code
to read as follows:
A108.7 Daylighting project elective. Where projects intend to qualify for a daylighting project
elective, 25 percent of the net floor area shall be located within a daylit area. Projects can
receive one additional project elective with 50 percent and another additional project elective for
75 percent daylighting. All projects shall comply with either Section A108.7.1 or Section
A108.7.2.
A108.7.1 Daylight prescriptive requirements. Daylit areas shall comply with Sections
A108.7.1.1 or A108.7.1.2. For determining the total daylit area, any overlapping daylit

areas shall be counted only once. Drawings clearly showing the daylit areas of the plan
shall be provided as part of the permit application.
The total daylit area shall be the sum of the area of all sidelighting daylit areas and the
area of all toplighting daylit areas, except that sidelighting daylit areas shall not be
included in the calculation of the area of toplighting daylit areas.
A108.7.1.1 Sidelighting. The daylit area shall be illuminated by fenestration that

complies with Table A108.7.1 and Figure A108.7.1 (4). Where fenestration is
located in a wall, the daylit area shall extend laterally to the nearest 56 inch (1.4
m) high partition, or up to 2.0 times the height from the floor to the top of
fenestration. Where fenestration is located in a rooftop monitor, the daylit area
shall extend laterally to the nearest 56 inch (1.4 m) high partition, or up to 1.0
times the height from the floor to the bottom of the fenestration, whichever is less,
and longitudinally from the edge of the fenestration to the nearest 56 inch (1.4 m)
high partition, or up to 0.25 times the height from the floor to the bottom of the
fenestration, whichever is less, as indicated in Figures A108.7.1(2) and
A108.7.1(3).
A108.7.1.2 Toplighting. The daylit area shall be illuminated by a roof

fenestration assembly such as a skylight, sloped glazing or tubular daylighting
device that complies with Table A108.7.1 and Figure A108.7.2. The daylit area
extends laterally and longitudinally beyond the glazed opening of the roof
fenestration assembly to the nearest 56 inch (1.4 m) high partition, or up to 0.7
times the height from the floor to the bottom of the rough opening of the
daylighting well, whichever is less, as indicated in Figure A108.7.2.
A108.7.2 Daylight performance requirements. Each daylit area shall comply with the
requirements of either Sections A108.7.2.1 or A108.7.2.2. Daylight analysis shall be
conducted in accordance with Section A108.7.2.3. Drawings or documents
demonstrating compliance with A108.7.2 shall be provided as part of the permit
application.
A108.7.2.1 Morning illumination. Not less than 28 foot-candles (300 lux) and
not more than 418 foot-candles (4500 lux) of natural light shall be available at a
height of 30 inches (750 mm) above the floor 3 hours before the peak solar angle
on the spring equinox.
A108.7.2.2 Afternoon illumination. Not less than 28 foot-candles (300 lux) and
not more than 418 foot-candles (4500 lux) of natural light shall be available at a
height of 30 inches (750 mm) above the floor 3 hours after the peak solar angle on
the spring equinox.

A108.7.2.3 Daylight analysis. A daylight analysis shall:
1. Assume sky conditions to be clear.
2. Address the effects of exterior shading devices, buildings, structures,

and geological formations on the fenestration of the proposed
building and on the ground and other light reflecting surfaces.
Include the effects of movable exterior fenestration shading devices.
The configuration of fenestration with automatically controlled
variable transmittance shall be adjusted to accurately represent the
control system operation.
3. Exclude the effects of interior furniture systems, shelving, and

stacks.
4. Use the actual reflectance characteristics of all materials.
5. Assume that blinds, shades and other movable interior fenestration

shading devices are completely diffusing, with a visible
transmittance of 5 percent for fabric shades, and 20 percent for
horizontal or vertical blinds.
6. Use calculation spaced not more than 39.4 inches (1 m) by 39.4

inches (1 m). The calculation grid shall start within 20 inches (508
mm) of each wall or partition.
7. Reduce the visible transmittance of all fenestration by 20 percent

where details about the window framing, mullions, wall thickness
and well depth cannot be included in the model.
A108.7.3 Sky types. Registered design professionals shall use sky type B in determining
the applicable effective aperture in Table A108.7.1.
A108.8 Post-construction, pre-occupancy baseline IAQ testing. Where projects are intended
to qualify for this project elective, after all interior finishes are installed, the building shall be
tested for indoor air quality and the testing results shall indicate that the levels of VOCs meet the
levels detailed in Table A108.8 using testing protocols in accordance with ASTM D 6196,
ASTM D 5466, ASTM D 5197, ASTM D 6345, and ISO 7708. Test samples shall be taken in
not less than one location in each 25,000 square feet (1860 m2) of floor area or in each
contiguous floor area.
A108.9 Post-construction, pre-occupancy flush out. After construction ends, prior to

occupancy and with all interior finishes installed, install new filtration media and perform a

building flush-out by supplying a total air volume of 14,000 cubic feet of outdoor air per square
foot (4,500 cubic meters of outdoor air per square meter) of floor area while maintaining an
internal temperature of at least 60 °F (15 °C) and relative humidity no higher than 60 percent.
Insert new Table A108.7.1 in Appendix A of the Green Construction Code to read as follows:
TABLE A108.7.1
MINIMUM EFFECTIVE APERTURE
MINIMUM EFFECTIVE APERTURE
(percentage)
Sidelighting from Sidelighting from rooftop
fenestration in a wall monitor [see Figures
SKY [see Figure A108.7..1(2) Toplighting (see
TYPE A108.7.1(1)] and A108.7.1(3)] Figure A108.7.2)
Aa 10.0 5.0 1.0
Bb 12.0 6.0 1.2
Cc 16.0 8.0 2.2
a. Sky Type A – more than 75 percent mean sunshine, in accordance with the NOAA Annual Mean
Sunshine Percentage Table.
b. Sky Type B – 45 percent to 75 percent mean sunshine, in accordance with the NOAA Annual Mean
c. Sky Type C – less than 45 percent mean sunshine, in accordance with the NOAA Annual Mean

Insert new Figure A108.7.1(1) in Appendix A of the Green Construction Code to read as follows
(See Figure 808.3.1.1(1) of the International Green Construction Code):
FIGURE A108.7.1 (1)

DAYLIT AREA ADJACENT TO FENESTRATION IN A WALL
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 degree = 0.017 rad.

FIGURE A108.7.1 (2)

DAYLIT AREA ADJACENT UNDER A ROOFTOP MONITOR
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

FIGURE A108.7.1 (3)

DAYLIT AREA ADJACENT UNDER A ROOFTOP MONITOR

FIGURE A108.7.1 (4)

SKY TYPES

Insert new Figure A108.7.2 in Appendix A of the Green Construction Code to read as follows
(See Figure 808.3.1.2 of the International Green Construction Code):
FIGURE A108.7.2
DAYLIT AREA UNDER A SKYLIGHT

Insert new Table A108.8 in Appendix A of the Green Construction Code to read as follows (See
Table 804.2 of the International Green Construction Code):
TABLE A108.8
MAXIMUM CONCENTRATION OF AIR POLLUTANTS a
MAXIMUM CONCENTRATION OF AIR MAXIMUM CONCENTRATION

POLLUTANTS RELEVANT TO IAQ ug/m3 (unless otherwise noted)
1–Methyl-2-pyrrolidinonea 160
1,1,1-Trichloroethane 1000
1,3-Butadiene 20
1,4-Dichlorobenzene 800
1,4-Dioxane 3000
2-Ethylhexanoic acida 25
2-Propanol 7000
4-Phenylcyclohexene (4-PCH)a 2.5
Acetaldehyde 140
Acrylonitrile 5
Benzene 60
t-Butyl methyl ether 8000
Caprolactama 100
Carbon disulfide 800
Carbon monoxide 9 ppm and no greater than 2 ppm above
outdoor levels
Carbon tetrachloride 40
Chlorobenzene 1000
Chloroform 300
Dichloromethane 400
Ethylbenzene 2000
Ethylene glycol 400
Formaldehyde 27
n-Hexane 7000
Naphthalene 9
Nonanala 13
Octanala 7.2
Particulates (PM 2.5) 35 (24-hr)
Particulates (PM 10) 150 (24-hr)
Phenol 200
Styrene 900
Tetrachloroethene 35
Toluene 300
Total volatile organic compounds (TVOC) 500

Trichloroethene 600
Xylene isomers 700
a. This chemical has a limit only where carpets and fabrics with styrene butadiene rubber (SBR) latex backing
material are installed as part of the base building systems.

12 DCMR L SWIMMING POOL AND SPA CODE SUPPLEMENT
The District of Columbia has adopted the 2012 edition of the International Swimming Pool and
Spa Code (ISPSC), as amended by this Supplement.
ISPSC CHAPTERS AMENDED BY THIS SUPPLEMENT:

The District of Columbia Swimming Pool and Spa Code (2013), referred to as the “Swimming Pool and Spa Code,” consists of the 2012 edition
of the International Swimming Pool and Spa Code,) as amended by the District of Columbia Swimming Pool and Spa Code Supplement
(2013)(12 DCMR L). The International Swimming Pool and Spa Code is copyrighted by the International Code Council and therefore is not
republished here. However, a copy of the text may be obtained at: http://publicecodes.cyberregs.com/icod/ispsc/2012/index.htm?bu=IC-P-2012-
000024&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.
2013 DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA SWIMMING POOL AND SPA CODE SUPPLEMENT 1

101 General
Strike Chapter 1 of the International Swimming Pool and Spa Code in its entirety and insert a
new Chapter 1 in the Swimming Pool and Spa Code in its place to read as follows:
101 GENERAL
101.1 Administration and enforcement of the Swimming Pool and Spa Code shall be governed
by Chapter 1 of the Building Code, 12 DCMR A.
000024&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

202 Definitions
202 DEFINITIONS
Strike the definition of Aquatic Vessel in Section 202 of the International Swimming Pool and
Spa Code in its entirety and insert a new definition of Aquatic Vessel in Section 202 of the
Swimming Pool and Spa Code in its place to read as follows:
AQUATIC VESSEL. A vessel, permanent or temporary, intended for swimming, bathing, or

wading and that is designed and manufactured to be connected to a circulation system. For
purposes of this code, the term is used to identify all the types of vessels governed by this code,
including: swimming pools, aquatic facilities, spas and hot tubs, and related equipment. Such
vessels are either used in a residential application or in a public application. This definition does
not include: prefabricated pools accessory to a Group R-3 occupancy, or accessory to buildings
under the jurisdiction of the Residential Code, which are less than 24 inches (610 mm) deep, do
not exceed 1000 gallons (3785.41 L), are installed entirely above ground, and are not designed or
manufactured to be connected to a circulation system.
000024&bu2=IC-P-2012-000019.

DCMR 12 ConstructionCodes 2013

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

DCMR 12 ConstructionCodes 2013

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

DCMR 12 ConstructionCodes 2013

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

DEPARTMENT OF CONSUMER AND REGULATORY AFFAIRS

CONSTRUCTION CODES COORDINATING BOARD

NOTICE OF FINAL RULEMAKING

District of Columbia Construction Codes Supplement of 2013

2013 DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA BUILDING CODE SUPPLEMENT 1

Title 12 (D.C. Construction Codes Supplement of 2008) of the District of Columbia

2013 DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA BUILDING CODE SUPPLEMENT 2

Subtitle 12-K (Fees) is redesignated as Subtitle M (Fees).

A new Subtitle 12-K (Green Construction Code Supplement of 2013) is added.

SUBTITLE A – BUILDING CODE SUPPLEMENT

Chapter 1 Administration and Enforcement

SUBTITLE B – RESIDENTIAL CODE SUPPLEMENT

Chapter 1 Scope and Administration

2013 DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA BUILDING CODE SUPPLEMENT 3

SUBTITLE C – ELECTRICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT

SUBTITLE D – FUEL GAS CODE SUPPLEMENT

Chapter 1 Scope and Administration

SUBTITLE E – MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT

Chapter 1 Scope and Administration

SUBTITLE F – PLUMBING CODE SUPPLEMENT

Chapter 1 Scope and Administration

2013 DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA BUILDING CODE SUPPLEMENT 4

SUBTITLE G – PROPERTY MAINTENANCE CODE SUPPLEMENT

Chapter 1 Administration and Enforcement

SUBTITLE H – FIRE CODE SUPPLEMENT

Chapter 1 Administration and Enforcement

SUBTITLE I – ENERGY CONSERVATION CODE SUPPLEMENT

Chapter 1[CE] Administration

2013 DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA BUILDING CODE SUPPLEMENT 5

SUBTITLE J – EXISTING BUILDING CODE SUPPLEMENT

Chapter 1 Scope and Administration

SUBTITLE K – GREEN CONSTRUCTION CODE

Chapter 1 Scope and Administration

SUBTITLE L – SWIMMING POOL AND SPA CODE SUPPLEMENT

Chapter 1 Scope and Administration

2013 DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA BUILDING CODE SUPPLEMENT 6

IBC CHAPTERS AMENDED BY THIS SUPPLEMENT:

CHAPTER 1 ADMINISTRATION AND ENFORCEMENT

2013 DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA BUILDING CODE SUPPLEMENT 7

2013 DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA BUILDING CODE SUPPLEMENT 8

101.2.1 Appendices. Provisions in the appendices of the International Building Code

101.2.2 Administration and Enforcement. Chapter 1 of the International Building

2013 DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA BUILDING CODE SUPPLEMENT 9

2. Existing buildings undergoing repair, alteration, additions or change of

101.3.1 Appendices. Provisions in the appendices of the International Residential Code

101.3.2 Administration and Enforcement. Chapter 1 of the International Residential

1. Live/work units complying with the requirements of Section 419 of the

2013 DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA BUILDING CODE SUPPLEMENT 10

101.3.4 Intent. The purpose of the Residential Code is to establish minimum

101.4.1.2 Administration and Enforcement. The provisions of 12 DCMR A,

2013 DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA BUILDING CODE SUPPLEMENT 11

3. Installation of conductors and equipment that connect to the supply of

4. Installations used by the electric utility, such as office buildings,

1. Installations in ships, watercraft other than floating buildings,

2. Installations underground in mines and self-propelled mobile

3. Installation of railways for generation, transformation,

4. Installations of communications equipment under the exclusive

5. Installations under the exclusive control of an electrical utility

5.1 Consist of service drops or service laterals, and associated

5.2 Are on property owned or leased by the electric utility for